Sensory Activities for Complex Needs

Browse and manage activities

Not all activities are suitable for those with few or no words and major physical disability, but many are, especially if cleverly modified.

---
Multi-Sensory

Description

✨ BALLOON BATTING

Lightweight tactile and visual engagement through gentle movement.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Balloon batting is a fun, low-pressure activity that encourages reaching, tracking, and motor engagement. By using a lightweight balloon, we create an unpredictable and gentle visual-motor challenge that responds easily to even the lightest touch.

• This activity is excellent for promoting range of motion, hand-eye coordination, and joyful interaction in a controlled, non-threatening environment.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Improves visual tracking of a slow-moving, colorful object.

• Provides gentle tactile input upon contact.

• Encourages motor planning and spatial awareness through reaching.

• Promotes emotional regulation and shared connection through play.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Standard latex balloons (various bright colors).

• A soft scarf or pool noodle for extended reach if needed.

• A quiet, clear space with plenty of room to move.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Inflate the balloon to a medium size so it stays light and drifts slowly.

• Sit or stand comfortably near the individual and gently toss the balloon toward them.

• Encourage them to bat, tap, or swat at the balloon as it descends.

• Follow their pace; if they stop moving, simply hold the balloon within their visual field to keep the engagement active.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Secure the balloon to a ribbon tied to the wheelchair tray or armrest to keep it within the individual's reach.

• Use a pool noodle to extend the reach of the individual's hand, allowing them to swat at the balloon without leaning far forward.

• Position the balloon at different heights to encourage shoulder and neck movement.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Always supervise closely to ensure burst balloon pieces are immediately cleared to prevent choking hazards.

• Monitor for latex allergies; if present, use Mylar or foil balloons instead.

• Ensure the area is free of sharp objects that could pop the balloon unexpectedly.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Use a balloon with a bell inside for added auditory feedback.

• Play gentle, rhythmic music to help pace the batting motions.

• Use a 'balloon tower' by taping multiple balloons together for a larger target.

• Try batting the balloon with different parts of the body, such as feet or elbows, to increase body awareness.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Simply float the balloon near the person's face for light visual tracking.

• Allow the balloon to gently brush against their hand or cheek.

• Use only one balloon to keep the environment predictable.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Encourage consistent tapping back and forth between you and the individual.

• Increase the speed of the balloon by tossing it slightly higher.

• Introduce a second balloon to create more frequent, randomized movement.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use a fan to create a breeze that keeps the balloons moving actively in the air.

• Use balloons of different weights or textures (e.g., filled with a tiny bit of water or rice for varied momentum).

• Incorporate a game of 'keep it up' where the goal is to prevent any balloons from touching the floor.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Observe their reaction; if the balloon causes startle, slow your movements down.

• Offer choices by presenting different colored balloons to see which they prefer.

• Celebrate small movements, such as a subtle finger flick or a focused gaze.

• Keep the atmosphere light and playful to foster engagement rather than performance.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• Balloon batting is a beautifully simple way to bring a smile to anyone's face, transforming a simple piece of latex into a catalyst for connection, movement, and pure sensory joy.

'Book' Weight Training
Proprioceptive

Description

Book Lifts (Everyday Weights)

Activity Description

Using books as gentle, familiar weights provides predictable proprioceptive input through safe, resistance-based movement. This activity supports body awareness, grounding, and functional strength using everyday items, and can be easily adapted for seated, standing, or fully supported participation.

Movements are intentionally slow and deliberate, encouraging the nervous system to register joint and muscle feedback without overload or alerting input.

🔷 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

Book Lifts sit squarely within the Proprioceptive Protocol, providing:

  • Deep joint compression through lifting and holding

  • Sustained muscle activation rather than fast or stimulating movement

  • Predictable, controllable sensory input that supports regulation

  • Clear beginning, middle, and end, supporting nervous-system safety

Best used before demands, during transition periods, or as part of a regulation / reset block.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Strong proprioceptive feedback through weighted movement

  • Increased body and joint awareness

  • Improved postural control and stability

  • Functional strengthening of arms, shoulders, and trunk

  • Optional mild vestibular input during reaching or overhead movements

  • Supports focus, grounding, and sustained attention

♿ Wheelchair & Seated Adaptations

  • Lift books from lap to table and back

  • Hold a book close to the chest for sustained pressure

  • Stack or unstack books on a nearby surface

  • Pass a book hand-to-hand or to a support person

  • Push a small stack of books across a table

  • Carry books on the lap while being wheeled short distances (if safe)

⚠️ Prioritise symmetry, comfort, and slow pacing. Stop immediately if signs of fatigue, distress, or reduced postural control appear.

🔵 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • One light book

  • Short holds (5–10 seconds)

  • Movements kept close to the body

  • Suitable for high sensitivity, fatigue, or first exposure

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Two to three books stacked

  • Repeated lifts from lap to table

  • Slow carrying or stacking tasks

  • Suitable for regulation before tasks or transitions

🌳 Strong Input

  • Larger stack of books (only if well tolerated)

  • Sustained holds or slow, controlled lifts

  • Carrying books short distances

  • Suitable for higher movement needs, grounding, or calming agitation

🧠 Support Tips

  • Allow the person to choose the number of books whenever possible

  • Emphasise slow, heavy, purposeful movement

  • Avoid rushing, counting repetitions, or competitive framing

  • Always prioritise comfort, predictability, and choice

'Letting Go' Floating
Interoceptive

Description

🌊 Supported Floating in Water

Activity Description

Supported floating provides a deep experience of weightlessness and containment, allowing the body to relax while remaining physically and emotionally safe. With consistent, attuned support, gravitational load is reduced, muscles are given permission to release, and the nervous system can shift into a calm, regulated state.

This activity is particularly suitable for individuals with high muscle tone, chronic physical tension, sensory overload, or limited opportunities to fully relax on land.

🔷 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

Although water reduces direct joint compression, supported floating aligns strongly with the P-Protocol through:

  • Whole-body containment and even pressure provided by the water

  • Sustained muscle release, especially following prior heavy-work input

  • Slow, predictable sensory input that reduces arousal

  • Clear beginning and end, supporting safety, trust, and nervous-system settling

This activity is most effective when used after proprioceptive or movement-based input, or as a regulation and recovery experience.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Deep relaxation and stress reduction

  • Gentle vestibular input through slow, controlled water movement

  • Proprioceptive feedback via full-body containment in a weight-reduced environment

  • Increased body awareness and sense of safety

  • Supports trust, emotional release, and co-regulation

  • Strong calming effect on the autonomic nervous system

♿ High-Support & Accessibility Considerations

  • Use flotation aids as required (neck float, pool noodle, float vest)

  • Provide continuous support to head, neck, and trunk

  • Maintain close physical contact only if experienced as safe and calming

  • Keep water warm, lighting soft, and the environment quiet

  • One-to-one support is essential for individuals with complex needs

⚠️ This activity must never be rushed. Cease immediately if there are signs of distress, fear, breath-holding, or physiological stress.

🔵 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Partial floating with feet touching the pool floor

  • Minimal movement with strong, steady physical support

  • Duration: 1–3 minutes

  • Suitable for first exposure, anxiety, or fragile regulation

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Full floating with head and trunk supported

  • Gentle side-to-side or forward movement

  • Duration: 3–6 minutes

  • Suitable for calming, trust-building, and emotional regulation

🌳 Deep / Strong Calming Input

  • Sustained full-body floating with consistent support

  • Very slow rhythmic movement or stillness

  • Duration: 6–10 minutes (if well tolerated)

  • Suitable for profound relaxation, tension release, and recovery from overload

🧠 Support Tips

  • Explain the sequence clearly before entering the water

  • Maintain continuous, predictable physical and/or verbal reassurance if helpful

  • Allow the person to end the activity at any time

  • Follow with a warm towel wrap, quiet rest, or gentle deep pressure to support integration


**🌬 Touch**
Tactile

Description

🌬 Touch

Engaging the senses through gentle tactile exploration.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Touch is a foundational activity designed to encourage sensory awareness and connection through tactile interaction. By using a variety of textures against the skin, we help the person explore their physical boundaries and foster a sense of grounding.

• This activity focuses on providing controlled sensory input that is easy to customize, making it an excellent tool for regulation, social engagement, or simple sensory exploration.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Improves tactile processing and discrimination.

• Provides grounding input to assist with emotional regulation.

• Increases body awareness and connection to the environment.

• Promotes alertness and sensory engagement.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Selection of textured materials (feathers, soft velvet, silk, or coarse sponges).

• Soft blankets or towels for comfort.

• Optional: Warm or cool packs if temperature variation is desired.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Begin by ensuring the person is comfortable and in a supportive position.

• Slowly introduce one texture at a time, moving it gently across the palm, inner wrist, or forearm.

• Observe closely for non-verbal cues indicating preference or discomfort, such as muscle tension or reaching behaviors.

• Wait for a response before moving to the next area or texture.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Ensure the person is securely positioned with appropriate postural support to allow for relaxation.

• Use a lap tray or pillow to bring tactile materials closer to the hands for easier engagement.

• Keep materials within the person's visual field if they have limited head control.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Always test materials on your own skin first to ensure they are not too abrasive.

• Monitor for signs of sensory overload, such as pulling away or increased agitation.

• Maintain clear communication by stating what you are doing before touching the skin.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Use a soft brush for light, predictable sweeping motions.

• Try incorporating natural items like dried leaves or smooth river stones.

• Use a vibrating massager or sensory glove to provide deeper tactile input.

• Create a 'touch board' with various fabrics attached for independent exploration.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use extremely soft materials like silk or feathers.

• Apply very light, slow touches on the hands only.

• Focus on brief intervals of stimulation followed by long rest periods.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Introduce slightly firmer materials like cotton or felt.

• Use firm but steady strokes on the arms or legs.

• Encourage the person to reach out and touch the materials themselves.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use firmer textures like terry cloth or loofahs.

• Apply rhythmic, repetitive pressure to help with calming.

• Incorporate contrasting temperatures with warm or cool textured cloths.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always offer the person the opportunity to pull away or end the activity.

• Use a slow, rhythmic pace to build trust and anticipation.

• Follow the person's lead; if they reach for a specific texture, prioritize that choice.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• You will love Touch for its simplicity and the immediate, positive way it builds connection, offering a beautiful way to communicate safety and presence through the power of tactile care.

**💚 Emotional Regulation**
Multi-Sensory

Description

💚 Emotional Regulation

Creating a grounding space for calm and connection.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Emotional regulation activities focus on utilizing deep pressure, rhythmic movement, or calming tactile input to help the nervous system return to a state of balance and comfort. This activity is designed to provide a secure environment where the individual can process sensory input at their own pace to feel safe and regulated.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides proprioceptive input through deep pressure to calm the central nervous system.

• Offers predictable, rhythmic input to reduce anxiety and promote emotional stability.

• Encourages interoceptive awareness by helping the individual recognize and respond to internal comfort cues.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Weighted blanket or lap pad.

• Soft, textured sensory pillows or cushions.

• Noise-canceling headphones or calming auditory tracks.

• Dimmable lighting or sensory light projector.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Create a quiet, dedicated zone free from unnecessary distractions.

• Invite the individual to sit or lie down in a comfortable position of their choice.

• Apply the weighted item slowly to the lap or chest, always waiting for a positive signal before proceeding.

• Observe their breathing rate and facial expression to ensure they are remaining relaxed and engaged.

• Maintain a calm, low-energy presence, mirroring the state of relaxation you wish to facilitate.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Place a weighted wrap around the shoulders or secure it across the lap while seated in the wheelchair.

• Use soft cushions to provide extra lateral support for stability and comfort.

• Ensure the individual’s feet are well-supported on footrests or a stable surface to maintain a grounded feeling.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Always ensure the individual can easily remove any weighted items themselves or that they are easily removable by the support worker.

• Monitor for signs of overheating or discomfort, particularly with heavier weighted items.

• Avoid using weighted items over the neck or face.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Incorporate soft, slow rhythmic music to create an auditory anchor for calmness.

• Use a fiber-optic light source to provide a gentle, non-intrusive visual focus.

• Utilize essential oil diffusers with calming scents like lavender, if appropriate for the individual.

• Use a rocking chair or sensory swing for slow, rhythmic vestibular movement alongside deep pressure.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use only light textures like soft fleece without added weight.

• Provide a quiet space with natural light only.

• Keep interactions minimal to allow the individual to rest deeply.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Apply a light weighted lap pad during preferred activities.

• Use soft ambient music at a comfortable volume.

• Offer a handheld tactile fidget tool to provide sensory grounding.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Utilize a heavier weighted blanket over the legs and torso for maximum proprioceptive feedback.

• Engage in slow, rhythmic swaying or rocking to match deep pressure input.

• Use dim lighting with a slow-moving sensory projection for deep visual regulation.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Follow the individual's lead; if they push an item away, stop the activity immediately.

• Use a low, calm voice and slow movements when facilitating the session.

• Offer choices between two comfort items to give the individual a sense of agency.

• Always allow for a transition period before and after the activity to avoid overstimulation.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• You will love how quickly this activity can shift the atmosphere of a room and restore a sense of peace, providing a vital toolkit for managing stress in a way that respects the individual’s unique sensory profile.

# 🌬️ GENTLE BREEZE
Tactile

Description

🌬️ GENTLE BREEZE

A calming sensory experience using airflow to soothe and orient the body.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• This activity uses soft, rhythmic airflow to provide gentle tactile and proprioceptive stimulation. It is designed to foster relaxation and body awareness through the sensation of air moving across the skin.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides calming tactile input to the skin and face.

• Encourages awareness of body boundaries and personal space.

• Offers gentle regulation for those experiencing sensory overwhelm.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Handheld manual fan or electric fan with a gentle setting.

• Soft fabric or silk scarf to diffuse the air.

• Optional: Battery-operated personal mister.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Ensure the participant is in a comfortable, supported position.

• Hold the fan or air source at a distance of 1-2 feet from the participant.

• Use slow, sweeping motions to move the air across their arms, legs, or face.

• Observe their reaction; pause if they show signs of distress or overstimulation.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Use a clamp-on fan attached to the wheelchair tray or frame for consistent positioning.

• Encourage the participant to lean forward or backward to change the angle of the breeze.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Always test the intensity of the air on your own skin first.

• Keep fans away from long hair or jewelry to prevent entanglement.

• Do not blow air directly into the eyes if using a mister feature.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Experiment with different textures of fabric placed in front of the fan.

• Combine with soft, calming instrumental music.

• Vary the speed of the fan to match the person's breathing rate.

• Use the fan to blow cool air after warm exercise to aid in transition.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use a manual paper fan for minimal, intermittent air movement.

• Move the fan in wide, slow arcs far from the body.

• Keep the breeze focused on the feet or lower legs only.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use an electric fan on the lowest setting.

• Position the fan closer to the chest or arms for a steady, rhythmic stream.

• Introduce a thin silk scarf over the fan to soften the airflow.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use a larger desk fan to create a wider, more enveloping stream of air.

• Vary the angle of the air to hit multiple parts of the body simultaneously.

• Use a cool mist spray alongside the airflow for added sensory depth.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Follow the participant's lead; if they move away, stop the activity immediately.

• Communicate verbally about what is happening to provide context.

• Watch for subtle cues like changes in breathing or muscle tension.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• It is an incredibly non-invasive and flexible tool that can be used anywhere to help someone find their center, especially during moments of anxiety or transition.

### ☁️ Breeze & Scarves
Multi-Sensory

Description

☁️ Breeze & Scarves

A gentle, calming sensory interaction using light fabrics and airflow.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• This activity centers on the rhythmic movement of light, colorful scarves combined with gentle air currents. It creates a soothing environment that encourages tracking, relaxation, and calm connection.

• By using soft materials and controlled airflow, we help lower arousal levels and provide a predictable, pleasant sensory experience for individuals with complex needs.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Improves visual tracking as scarves float through the air.

• Provides light tactile input across the skin via soft fabric contact.

• Promotes vestibular regulation through slow, rhythmic swaying motions.

• Encourages focused attention through gentle, non-threatening engagement.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Lightweight chiffon or silk scarves.

• A handheld fan or gentle electric floor fan.

• Comfortable seating or a flat surface for lying down.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Begin in a quiet, low-stimulus room to maximize focus.

• Gently wave a scarf in the individual's peripheral vision, slowly moving it toward their center.

• Introduce the fan on a low setting, directing the air to ripple the fabric as it floats over the person's arms or face.

• Observe the person's breathing and facial expressions to ensure they are responding positively to the airflow and tactile sensation.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Attach the scarves to the wheelchair frame or a tray to allow the person to interact with them independently.

• Position the fan at a safe distance on a mount or table to ensure consistent, non-intrusive airflow.

• Use a lap tray to drape scarves, allowing the person to pull or grasp them with minimal effort.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure the fan is out of reach to prevent hair or clothing entanglement.

• Monitor for signs of over-stimulation, such as turning away or pulling back.

• Ensure scarves are clean and soft, and never place them directly over the nose or mouth to avoid airway obstruction.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Use scarves of different colors to see if the individual shows a preference.

• Play soft instrumental music to accompany the rhythmic flow of the scarves.

• Incorporate gentle touch by brushing the scarf lightly over the person’s hands or feet.

• Experiment with different fan speeds to provide varied levels of sensory input.

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use one small, soft scarf.

• Hold the scarf still near the person without moving it.

• Use natural airflow rather than a fan.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Wave two scarves in a slow, rhythmic pattern.

• Use a handheld fan on the lowest setting.

• Incorporate soft, rhythmic vocalizations or gentle music.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use multiple scarves to create a colorful canopy effect.

• Use a larger fan to create more significant movement of the fabric.

• Move the scarves in varied, faster patterns to provide higher visual stimulation.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Follow the person's lead; if they reach out, let them touch the fabric.

• Pace the activity according to their response, pausing if they appear overwhelmed.

• Offer choices by presenting different colors or textures to encourage active participation.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• You will love this activity for its simplicity and the immediate, visible sense of calm it brings to the person you are supporting, turning a basic room into a tranquil, soothing sanctuary.

### 🌈 Ribbon Dance
Visual

Description

🌈 RIBBON DANCE

Dynamic movement with soft ribbons to encourage visual tracking and gentle motor engagement.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Ribbon dance is an engaging, low-impact activity that uses flowing, lightweight ribbons to encourage visual tracking, reach, and gentle movement. By creating colorful arcs and ripples in the air, the user is invited to connect with their environment through fluid, predictable movement patterns.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Encourages smooth visual tracking of moving objects.

• Provides gentle proprioceptive feedback through shoulder and arm engagement.

• Promotes vestibular regulation through rhythmic movement.

• Supports spatial awareness and body positioning.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Ribbons attached to lightweight wands or rings.

• Optional: Ambient or rhythmic music.

• Optional: A portable fan to create gentle air movement.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Begin by demonstrating the movement of the ribbon slowly in the user's peripheral field.

• Observe for eye contact or a shift in focus toward the moving object.

• Gently move the ribbon in sweeping, rhythmic arcs across the midline.

• Allow the user to mimic the motion if they are able, or provide hand-under-hand support to explore the texture and movement.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Secure the ribbon wand to a tray or armrest if active gripping is not possible.

• Use overhead movements to allow the ribbon to drape near the face or shoulders.

• Incorporate gentle torso rocks to coincide with the movement of the ribbons.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure ribbons are not long enough to pose a risk of entanglement.

• Monitor for signs of overstimulation such as eye rubbing or withdrawing.

• Use lightweight, soft materials to prevent injury if contact occurs.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Try using ribbons with different tactile textures like silk or satin.

• Pair the movement with slow, classical music.

• Introduce a battery-operated fan to blow the ribbons gently.

• Use high-contrast colors like black and white for visual clarity.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use only one short ribbon at a distance.

• Move very slowly without crossing the midline.

• Keep the ribbon low to the ground to reduce visual overwhelm.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Introduce a second ribbon of a different color.

• Increase the speed of the arcs slightly.

• Encourage larger reaching movements if comfort allows.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use longer ribbons to create wider, more dramatic arcs.

• Increase the tempo to match upbeat music rhythms.

• Encourage full-arm rotations to maximize proprioceptive input.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always wait for the user to initiate eye contact before starting.

• Keep the pace predictable to build trust and anticipation.

• Offer the ribbon in different positions to find the user's preferred visual plane.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• You will love this activity for its simplicity and the immediate, joyful connection it fosters through shared movement and rhythmic play.

### 🌿 Scented Breeze
Olfactory

Description

🌿 Scented Breeze

A gentle, calming olfactory sensory experience using rhythmic air movement.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Scented Breeze is a soothing sensory activity that combines the calming effect of gentle airflow with carefully chosen, pleasant scents. By wafting air toward the individual using a fan or card, you create a rhythmic, predictable experience that aids in regulation and sensory orientation.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides calming olfactory input to help with emotional regulation.

• Offers gentle tactile stimulation through light air movement across the face or hands.

• Encourages focused attention and sensory tracking through predictable rhythmic motion.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A hand-held fan, piece of stiff cardboard, or an electric fan with a soft setting.

• Essential oils or natural scent sources like fresh herbs, citrus peels, or mild flower petals.

• A small cotton ball or a porous diffuser stone.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Place a few drops of a calming essential oil, such as lavender or vanilla, onto a cotton ball.

• Position yourself at a comfortable distance, approximately 12-18 inches from the person's face or hands.

• Use the fan or cardboard to create slow, rhythmic, sweeping motions to waft the air toward the individual.

• Observe their breathing rate and facial expressions to gauge their level of comfort and engagement.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Ensure the person is in a comfortable, reclined, or upright seated position that allows for easy airflow.

• Attach a small, battery-operated fan to the wheelchair frame if the person prefers a constant, low-level breeze.

• Use a tray table to hold the scent source if the person prefers exploring the scent through proximity rather than air movement.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Always check for scent allergies or sensitivities before beginning the activity.

• Ensure the airflow is gentle and never directed forcefully toward the eyes.

• Maintain a safe distance to prevent the fan or cardboard from making physical contact with the person.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Use seasonal scents like pine for winter or fresh grass for summer to create a thematic connection.

• Alternate between warm and cool air by adjusting the environment or using a fan with a heat setting.

• Incorporate soft, calming ambient music to complement the olfactory experience.

• Use a scented spray on a piece of fabric to change the intensity of the breeze.

• Encourage the person to hold the fan if they are able, promoting active participation.

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use a very mild scent like diluted chamomile or rose water.

• Fan from a greater distance to create only a subtle movement of air.

• Provide the scent for only 30-60 seconds at a time to avoid sensory fatigue.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use more distinct scents like citrus or peppermint.

• Establish a steady, rhythmic pattern of fanning that the person can anticipate.

• Engage for 2-3 minutes to support calming before a transition.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use more potent, invigorating scents like eucalyptus or cedarwood.

• Increase the speed and range of the fanning motion for more tactile feedback.

• Pair the scent with gentle touch on the arms or legs for added sensory input.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always offer a choice between two scents to empower the individual.

• Follow the person's lead; if they lean back or turn away, pause the activity immediately.

• Maintain a calm, unhurried pace to allow them time to process the sensory input.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love this activity for its simplicity and the immediate, visible relaxation it can provide, making it a perfect tool for de-escalation and quiet connection.

### 🪶 Feather Float
Visual

Description

🪶 FEATHER FLOAT

Gentle airflow and visual tracking for calm engagement.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Feather Float is a soothing sensory activity that uses the gentle movement of feathers in the air to promote visual tracking and relaxed attention. By creating soft air currents, we help the person explore light, unpredictable movement in a non-threatening way.

• This activity is designed to encourage gentle engagement with the environment, providing a light visual and tactile experience that is ideal for regulation and calming.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Enhances visual tracking and ocular motor control.

• Provides calming visual input through soft, flowing motion.

• Offers light tactile stimulation if feathers brush against the skin.

• Promotes relaxed alertness and grounding.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Large, lightweight craft feathers.

• A handheld fan or a piece of firm cardboard for fanning.

• A calm, low-distraction space.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Seat the participant comfortably in a supported position where they can easily look up and forward.

• Hold one or two feathers in your hand at eye level, roughly 30cm away from the participant.

• Use a fan or your hand to create a soft breeze, causing the feathers to dance and drift slowly through the air.

• Observe the participant's eyes; wait for them to focus on the movement before gently changing the direction or height of the feathers.

• Allow the feathers to drift down onto their lap or arms if they seem comfortable with tactile contact.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Position the feathers directly in the visual field of someone in a reclined wheelchair by standing at the side of the chair.

• Use a tray table to catch the feathers so they can be retrieved and reused easily.

• Attach feathers to a soft ribbon to create a 'dangle' effect that can be held over the participant.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure feathers are clean and soft with no sharp quills to avoid accidental scratching.

• Keep feathers away from the mouth and nose to prevent inhalation.

• Monitor for signs of sensory overload, such as turning away or pulling back.

• Always maintain a safe distance to prevent eye contact with the quill tip.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Use different colors of feathers to observe if the participant shows a preference.

• Add soft, ambient instrumental music to match the flow of the feathers.

• Use a larger feather boa for a more significant visual presence.

• Pair the movement with a slow, rhythmic verbal narrative like 'up... and down'.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use a single, light feather.

• Move the feather very slowly without creating strong air currents.

• Keep the activity in the periphery of their vision rather than directly in front.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use two or three feathers together.

• Create rhythmic, predictable 'swish' movements.

• Allow feathers to gently land on their hands or shoulders.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use a handful of feathers to create a 'cloud' of movement.

• Use a hand fan to create faster, more unpredictable darting motions.

• Move the feathers across a wider range of the visual field to encourage head turning.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always follow the participant's lead; if they look away, pause and wait for them to re-engage.

• Observe their breath; if they breathe more deeply, continue the current pace.

• Offer choice by presenting different colored feathers first.

• Maintain a calm, unhurried demeanor throughout the session.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• You will love how quickly this simple, low-cost activity can transform the mood of a room, providing a beautiful, peaceful moment of connection between you and the participant.

✨ Floating Lights
Visual

Description

✨ FLOATING LIGHTS

Creating a soothing, ethereal light display to encourage visual tracking and gentle engagement.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Floating Lights invites the participant into a magical, low-stimulation environment where soft, dancing lights drift across surfaces. By using light sources like fiber optic sprays, LED lanterns, or projection effects, we create a calm atmosphere that invites the eyes to wander and focus, promoting visual exploration in a relaxed, non-demanding way.

SENSORY BENEFITS

VISION: The soft, shifting light patterns encourage smooth visual tracking and sustained gaze, helping to develop ocular motor skills in a soothing manner.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Fiber optic lamp or light wand

• Battery-operated LED tealights or color-changing orbs

• Darkened, quiet room

• Lightweight, translucent fabrics or white sheer curtains

• Mirror or reflective surface

ACTIVITY IDEAS

GENTLE DRIFT: Place fiber optic sprays near the person’s hands or feet so the ends brush against them, creating a gentle tactile sensation alongside the visual stimulation of the glowing tips.

REFLECTIVE DANCE: Position a small LED orb on a mirror or reflective tray to double the light patterns, making the visual field feel larger and more immersive.

FABRIC FILTER: Drape white sheer fabric over an LED light source to soften the intensity of the glow, creating a diffused, dream-like light effect that is easier to process for those with sensory sensitivities.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Use a single, slow-moving light source initially to prevent sensory overload.

• Position lights within the person's primary field of vision to reduce the need for head movement.

• Incorporate a switch-adapted light source if the person enjoys taking an active role in turning the lights on and off to reinforce cause-and-effect.

Always observe the person’s responses closely, adjusting the speed, brightness, and proximity of the lights based on their comfort, engagement, and unique sensory preferences.

TIPS

• Ensure the light sources are cool to the touch for safe proximity.

• Keep the environment calm by reducing ambient noise while the lights are in use.

• Use slow-fading color transitions rather than rapid flashing to maintain a restful, therapeutic state.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity provides a beautiful, serene way to connect through shared quiet moments, celebrating small visual responses and helping the participant feel calm and present in their environment.

❄️ Ice Treasure Hunt
Tactile

Description

❄️ ICE TREASURE HUNT

Discovering hidden objects through cold, melting, and tactile play.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Ice Treasure Hunt invites participants to explore the cooling, slippery world of ice to uncover small treasures frozen inside. This tactile and visual journey encourages curiosity as items gradually reveal themselves through touch and the natural melting process.

SENSORY BENEFITS

TOUCH: Provides intense temperature input and varied textures ranging from smooth, slippery ice to the tactile nature of the hidden objects. VISION: High-contrast items trapped within clear or colorful ice offer focused visual tracking as the ice clarifies or melts away.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A plastic container or bowl • Small plastic toys or colorful beads • Water • A tray to catch melting water • A soft, warm towel

ACTIVITY IDEAS

COLORED ICE. Use food coloring in the water before freezing to provide visual stimulation and contrast against the hidden items. GRADUAL MELT. Use warm water spray bottles to accelerate the melting process, allowing the individual to interact with the change in state. MULTI-TEXTURE. Freeze different materials like foam shapes or smooth stones to change the feel as the ice breaks down.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Provide hand-over-hand assistance to guide the participant across the icy surface. • Place the ice blocks on a weighted tray to prevent sliding during exploration. • Use a hairdryer on a low, cool setting to provide sensory airflow while melting the surface. Always prioritize the individual's comfort and emotional response; if they withdraw from the cold, switch to room-temperature water play instead.

TIPS

• Monitor for cold sensitivity and provide breaks if the skin becomes too chilled. • Ensure items frozen inside are large enough to be safe if a small piece of ice breaks off. • Use a shallow tray to contain the water mess.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity provides a rich, multi-sensory experience that adapts to the participant's pace, turning simple physical properties of water into a captivating game of discovery.

🌈 Melting Rainbows
Multi-Sensory

Description

🌈 Melting Rainbows

Experience a vibrant, multisensory journey as frozen colorful blocks transform into a pool of liquid art.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Melting Rainbows invites participants to explore the changing states of matter through a vivid, icy landscape. By placing vibrant, frozen ice blocks on a tray, participants can witness the slow transformation of solid, cold geometry into flowing, colorful puddles, creating a calm yet stimulating visual and tactile environment.

SENSORY BENEFITS

TOUCH: The contrasting temperatures of frozen ice against skin provide intense, grounding tactile feedback that helps wake up the nervous system. VISION: Watching primary colors bleed and mix as the ice melts offers high-contrast visual stimulation that tracks movement and promotes ocular focus. PROPRIOCEPTION: Maneuvering the slick, shifting ice blocks encourages light motor engagement and awareness of hand positioning in space.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Ice cube trays or silicone molds

• Food coloring or liquid watercolors

• A shallow, watertight tray with a rim

• A dark or white towel for contrast

• Warm water or a spray bottle

ACTIVITY IDEAS

THE SLOW MELT: Place the ice blocks on a white tray and allow them to melt naturally, observing how the colors pool and bleed together over time. WARM MIST: Use a spray bottle filled with warm water to mist the ice, speeding up the melting process and creating a gentle sensory shower. VIBRANT TRACKING: Slide individual ice blocks across the tray to create long streaks of color, allowing the participant to track the movement visually. ICE BATH: Place the tray near the participant's hands, allowing them to feel the cold condensation as they reach out to touch the wet surface.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Secure the tray to the wheelchair lap tray or tabletop to prevent spills.

• Use oversized ice blocks (made in large containers) for easier grasping by those with limited fine motor control.

• Place the tray on a dark surface to enhance the visibility of bright, light-colored dyes.

• Keep in mind that every individual responds differently; monitor facial expressions and breathing patterns to ensure they are enjoying the cold stimulation rather than feeling overwhelmed.

TIPS

• Use non-toxic food coloring to ensure safety during accidental ingestion.

• Put a thin cloth or towel between the ice and the hand if the temperature is too intense for sensitive skin.

• Document which colors seem to draw the most visual attention to help guide future activities.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity provides a beautiful, low-pressure way to explore the physics of melting while offering a rich, calming, and deeply engaging sensory experience that honors the curiosity of everyone involved.

🌊 Ocean Escape
Multi-Sensory

Description

🌊 OCEAN ESCAPE

A gentle, immersive sensory journey bringing the calming essence of the seaside to you.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Ocean Escape invites the individual to experience the rhythmic and soothing qualities of the sea through a curated multi-sensory environment. By simulating the sights, sounds, and tactile sensations of the beach, we create a secure space for relaxation and sensory exploration.

SENSORY BENEFITS

TOUCH: The use of cool water and textured sand or pebbles provides tactile stimulation that can be grounding and calming. HEARING: Gentle waves and ambient coastal sounds support auditory regulation and encourage focused listening. VISION: Exploring deep blue hues and shifting light creates a visually engaging experience that mimics the gentle movement of water.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A shallow plastic bin or tray

• Warm water mixed with a drop of blue sensory gel

• Fine craft sand or smooth river stones

• A Bluetooth speaker for ocean soundscapes

• Lightweight blue or teal fabric scarves

ACTIVITY IDEAS

Rhythmic Splashing: Gently guide the individual’s hands into the water, moving them in slow, side-to-side motions to mimic the ebb and flow of tides. Ocean Fabric Waving: Drape the blue scarves over the individual's arms or legs, gently waving them like rolling waves to provide soft, rhythmic tactile contact. Sound Immersion: Play high-quality recordings of gentle surf, keeping the volume low to encourage a relaxed and tranquil atmosphere. Sand Exploration: If tolerated, place a small tray of soft sand within reach to allow for deep tactile input through fingertips or palms.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Use a lukewarm temperature for the water to ensure maximum comfort and avoid cold-shock responses. • Apply the fabric scarves by gently stroking them across the face or neck if the individual enjoys light pressure. • Maintain consistent, slow movements to prevent overstimulation and allow the person time to process each sensory cue. • Observe facial expressions closely, pausing if the individual shows signs of distress or fatigue. Always follow the person's unique interests and cues, adjusting the intensity and duration of the session to match their current state of regulation.

TIPS

• Keep the environment dim to heighten the focus on the auditory and tactile elements. • Use a waterproof mat underneath the setup to reduce anxiety about potential spills. • Introduce scents like light sea salt or eucalyptus if the individual responds well to aromatherapy.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

Ocean Escape is a beautiful way to foster a connection with nature while providing a gentle, regulated experience that honors the individual's need for comfort and peaceful exploration.

🌼 Lavender Water Spa
Multi-Sensory

Description

🌼 Lavender Water Spa

A gentle, calming multisensory immersion experience.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Create a serene, spa-like environment using the soothing properties of lavender. This activity encourages relaxation and gentle engagement through warm water and aromatic scents, providing a predictable and comforting sensory experience.

SENSORY BENEFITS

SMELL: The natural scent of lavender promotes relaxation and can help regulate the nervous system. TOUCH: The gentle warmth and fluid texture of the water provide soothing tactile input for the hands or feet. VISION: Floating flower petals provide soft, natural visual points of interest to track and observe.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A shallow basin or foot bath • Warm water • Dried culinary-grade lavender flowers or food-grade lavender oil • Soft towels • Relaxing instrumental music

ACTIVITY IDEAS

WARM SOAK: Place the basin at a comfortable height and gently guide the individual’s hands or feet into the warm, lavender-scented water. FLOWERS AFAR: Sprinkle dried lavender petals onto the surface of the water, allowing them to float and move as the individual stirs the water gently. GENTLE MASSAGE: Use a lavender-infused warm washcloth to slowly stroke the arms or legs, providing firm, rhythmic tactile pressure.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Use a waterproof sensory tray if a full basin is not accessible. • Keep the water at a neutral, skin-safe temperature to avoid over-stimulation. • If the individual is non-mobile, perform this as a hand-soak at their bedside or wheelchair tray. • Allow the individual to initiate contact by gently introducing the scent first before the water. Always monitor the individual's facial expressions and body language, following their lead to ensure they feel safe and comfortable throughout the session.

TIPS

• Ensure the lavender is high-quality and free from harsh chemicals. • Dim the lights to enhance the calming atmosphere. • Always test the water temperature on your own wrist first.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity provides a restorative break from the busy world, using simple, natural elements to foster a deep sense of calm and well-being for those with high sensory needs.

🌿 Herb Infusion
Multi-Sensory

Description

🌿 HERB INFUSION

A gentle, calming sensory experience exploring the natural scents and textures of fresh garden herbs.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Herb Infusion is a mindful, calming activity that invites individuals to engage with the natural world through the gentle handling and aromatic properties of fresh herbs. By creating a customized sensory display, you can support an environment that encourages exploration at a relaxed pace, focusing on the subtle tactile variations and refreshing scents of greenery.

SENSORY BENEFITS

SMELL: The release of essential oils from fresh leaves provides a natural, calming olfactory stimulation that can help regulate mood and alertness. TOUCH: Exploring the differing textures of leaves—from fuzzy mint to waxy rosemary or delicate cilantro—offers a varied tactile experience that stimulates nerve endings in the hands. VISION: The diverse shades of green and the natural structure of stems and sprigs provide a visually grounding, low-contrast aesthetic experience.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A selection of fresh, aromatic herbs like mint, rosemary, basil, and thyme

• A shallow tray or sensory bin to contain the materials

• A small bowl of warm water for releasing scents

• Soft microfiber towels for cleaning or drying hands

• A comfortable, supportive chair or positioning system

ACTIVITY IDEAS

GENTLE BRUSHING: Gently rub a sprig of mint against the back of the hand or forearm to introduce the scent and texture in a non-intrusive way. WARM WATER RELEASE: Place fresh herbs into a bowl of warm water and help the individual stir or dip their fingers to release the fragrant oils through steam. PUREE EXPLORATION: Lightly bruise a few leaves to release oils and let the individual get closer to the surface to experience the scent profile. TEXTURE MAPPING: Present different herbs one by one, allowing enough time for the individual to respond to each distinct leaf shape and stem thickness.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• For individuals with limited movement, place the herbs on a tray that can be brought within their line of sight or within reaching distance of their preferred hand. • If sensitivity to touch is a concern, use a soft paintbrush to tickle the herb leaves against the skin instead of direct manual handling. • Use a desktop fan to gently circulate the scent toward the individual if they find it difficult to lean in toward the source. • Monitor facial expressions and respiratory rates carefully; if the individual leans away or shows signs of distress, stop and move to a neutral, unscented area. Always prioritize the individual's comfort and follow their lead—if they show signs of enjoyment, continue, but be prepared to pause or stop if they show signs of sensory fatigue.

TIPS

• Ensure all herbs are non-toxic and thoroughly washed before use. • Keep the environment quiet and minimize background noise to allow the individual to focus on the olfactory and tactile input. • Observe subtle cues, such as a change in breathing or a slight turn of the head, as these are significant indicators of engagement.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

Herb Infusion is a beautifully simple, cost-effective way to provide high-quality sensory input that promotes relaxation and connection to nature, making it a perfect addition to any daily routine.

🍊 Citrus Splash
Multi-Sensory

Description

🍊 CITRUS SPLASH

An immersive sensory journey exploring the vibrant textures and zesty scents of fresh citrus.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Citrus Splash is an inviting, multi-sensory experience designed to awaken the senses using the bright colors, refreshing aromas, and varying textures of assorted citrus fruits. By interacting with oranges, lemons, limes, and grapefruits, participants engage in a controlled exploration of sensory input that is both calming and stimulating.

SENSORY BENEFITS

SMELL: The sharp, clean scent of citrus essential oils released from the zest provides a strong olfactory stimulus that can help with alertness and mood regulation. TOUCH: Participants experience a variety of tactile inputs ranging from the bumpy, waxy skin of the fruit to the cool, pulpy, and wet sensation of the inner flesh. TASTE: Small, controlled tastes of the juice offer a sharp, tangy sensory experience that promotes oral awareness and tongue movement. VISION: The vibrant, high-contrast colors of orange, yellow, and green provide clear visual stimulation that is easy for the eyes to track and focus on.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Assorted fresh citrus fruits (oranges, lemons, limes, grapefruits)

• A soft, textured tray or bowl

• A blunt plastic knife or citrus zester

• A warm, damp cloth for cleanup

• A shallow basin for water play

ACTIVITY IDEAS

TEXTURE EXPLORATION: Place whole fruits in front of the participant and encourage them to feel the dimpled skin. Roll the fruits against their palms or forearms to introduce different levels of pressure and temperature.

AROMA ACTIVATION: Use a zester to release the oils from the rind. Hold the fruit close to the participant to allow them to inhale the natural, refreshing scent, noting their reaction to the intensity.

WATER SPLASH: Float slices of fruit in a shallow bowl of room-temperature water. Allow the participant to push the slices around, feeling the resistance of the water and the cool, slippery texture of the fruit pulp.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Position the participant in a comfortable, supported seat and bring the citrus fruits within their primary line of sight and reach.

• If the participant has limited reach, gently guide their hand to touch the fruit skin, ensuring pressure is light and predictable.

• Use pre-cut fruit to minimize the effort required to experience the wet, squishy textures of the inside of the citrus.

• Always observe the participant's body language and facial expressions closely; if they pull away or show signs of discomfort with the strong scent, move the fruit further away immediately to respect their preferences.

TIPS

• Ensure all fruits are washed thoroughly before use.

• Have a towel nearby as citrus juices can be sticky and wet.

• Check for any skin sensitivities or allergies to citrus before beginning the activity.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

Citrus Splash is a wonderful way to bring a burst of natural, refreshing sensory input into your day. It is highly adaptable, cost-effective, and provides a rich variety of textures and scents that offer a meaningful and accessible sensory experience for everyone.

🍊 Exploring Citrus
Multi-Sensory

Description

🍊 Exploring Citrus A Multi-Sensory Journey with Nature's Most Refreshing Fruits Activity Description Discover the amazing sensory world hidden inside everyday citrus fruits! Smell, squeeze, peel, taste, paint, compare textures, explore colours, and enjoy the refreshing aromas of oranges, lemons, limes, mandarins and grapefruit. This uplifting activity encourages curiosity, relaxation and meaningful sensory experiences that can be adapted for people of all ages and abilities. Sensory Benefits 🍋 Olfactory (Smell) Fresh citrus provides strong, distinctive aromas that are naturally stimulating and uplifting. Compare sweet oranges with the sharper scent of lemons or the fragrant aroma of mandarins. 🍊 Tactile (Touch) Explore the smooth, bumpy, cool and sometimes waxy skins. Peel the fruit, feel the juicy flesh, gently squeeze segments, rub the peel between fingers or lightly roll whole fruit across the hands and arms. 🍋 Gustatory (Taste) Sample a variety of citrus fruits and compare sweet, tangy and sour flavours. Fresh juice can also be tasted or added to water for a refreshing sensory experience. 👀 Visual Observe the vibrant colours, shiny skins, juicy segments and interesting patterns inside each fruit. Compare the size, colour and shape of different citrus varieties. 💪 Proprioceptive Squeezing fruit, pulling apart segments, peeling skins and juicing citrus provide enjoyable resistance and strengthen hand muscles. 👂 Auditory Listen to the gentle sounds of peeling, squeezing, cutting and juicing the fruit. What You'll Need Oranges Mandarins Lemons Limes Grapefruit (optional) Cutting board Knife (staff use if required) Bowls or trays Paper towels Citrus juicer (optional) Paint and paper (optional) Citrus scented moisturiser (optional) Activity Ideas 🍊 Smell Exploration Invite participants to smell whole fruit, freshly peeled fruit and squeezed peel. Compare which aromas are strongest, sweetest or most refreshing. ✋ Texture Discovery Feel the rough peel, smooth skin and juicy flesh. Gently rub whole fruit or peel along the hands and forearms if this is enjoyable. 💦 Juice Exploration Squeeze citrus by hand or use a juicer. Watch the juice flow and enjoy tasting fresh juice together. 🎨 Citrus Printing Cut fruit in half and use it as a stamp to create colourful citrus prints using paint. Notice the beautiful patterns each fruit creates. Citrus printing combines tactile exploration with creative expression. 🍽 Taste Comparison Compare sweet oranges with tangy mandarins, sour lemons and refreshing limes. Discuss favourite flavours or facial expressions when tasting something sour. 🍰 Citrus Treats Finish by enjoying citrus-inspired foods such as: Orange cake Lemon slice Lemon drizzle cake Mandarin segments Orange jelly Citrus yoghurt Fresh fruit salad 🌿 Citrus Moisturiser Complete the activity by applying a citrus-scented moisturiser to the hands and forearms, combining calming touch with lingering fresh aromas. Adaptations for People with Profound Disability This activity can easily be adapted for individuals with profound disability by bringing the sensory experience to them. Support the person to: Smell freshly cut citrus held near the face. Feel whole fruit, peel and juicy segments against the hands or arms. Gently rub citrus peel over the hands or forearms if pleasant. Assist with squeezing fruit so they can experience the resistance and fresh juice. Offer tiny tastes of citrus juice where safe and appropriate. Watch brightly coloured fruit being peeled and cut. Participate in citrus printing by helping press fruit onto paper. Enjoy citrus moisturiser as part of a calming hand or arm massage. All experiences should be offered slowly, respectfully and according to the person's preferences and responses. Tips Offer several citrus varieties for comparison. Encourage exploration rather than completing tasks. Allow plenty of time to smell before tasting. Consider running the activity outdoors to enhance the natural aromas and atmosphere. Observe which sensory experiences the participant enjoys most and repeat these during future sessions. Multi-sensory play with citrus can support exploration, fine motor skills, sensory discrimination and meaningful engagement across a range of ages and abilities. Why You'll Love This Activity Sometimes the simplest ideas create the richest sensory experiences. Citrus fruits provide colour, texture, aroma, taste and movement all in one activity, making them a wonderfully accessible way to encourage curiosity, connection and joyful sensory exploration.
🎨 Water Painting
Multi-Sensory

Description

🎨 WATER PAINTING

A mess-free, calming exploration of moisture and change.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Water painting offers a gentle, non-toxic way to explore mark-making without the stress of dyes or paints. By applying water to specific surfaces, participants can watch colors appear or deepen, providing a soothing sensory experience that focuses on the transition between dry and wet states.

SENSORY BENEFITS

TOUCH: The cool temperature of the water and the varying textures of wet versus dry surfaces offer calming tactile input. VISION: Watching the contrast change as the surface darkens provides a visual reward that is gentle on the eyes.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A bowl of room temperature water • Large, soft-bristled paintbrushes or thick sponges • A variety of surfaces: dark-colored construction paper, slate boards, or a wooden tray • A soft cloth or absorbent towel for managing drips

ACTIVITY IDEAS

SWEEPING BRUSHSTROKES. Guide the participant's hand to make long, rhythmic strokes on dark construction paper, focusing on the sensory feeling of the brush dragging across the fibers. SURFACE CONTRAST. Use a piece of slate or a wooden cutting board to demonstrate how the water creates a temporary dark mark that gradually fades as it dries. TEXTURED DABS. Use a thick sponge to tap the surface, creating patterns of wet dots to explore different pressure and sound-dampening qualities.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Use a thick-handled brush or a sponge secured with a strap to accommodate limited grasp. • Place the work surface on a slanted stand to make the activity accessible while lying down or reclined. • Incorporate hand-under-hand assistance to guide movement without being intrusive. Always observe the individual's facial expressions and body language to ensure the temperature of the water and the pressure of the brush remain comfortable and engaging.

TIPS

• Keep the water bowl within easy reach but away from edges to avoid accidental spills. • Experiment with lukewarm water if the individual is sensitive to cold sensations. • Use a hairdryer on a low, cool setting if you want to speed up the evaporation process for a quick reset.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity is deeply grounding and requires zero cleanup, making it a perfect tool for regulating energy levels while providing a high-success, low-demand sensory experience.

💦 Gentle Rain Shower
Multi-Sensory

Description

💦 Gentle Rain Shower

A calming sensory experience simulating the soothing rhythm of a spring rain shower.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Gentle Rain Shower is a multisensory exploration designed to simulate the soothing, rhythmic patterns of rain. By using gentle tactile input and soft, ambient sounds, this activity creates a safe and tranquil environment that invites relaxation and gentle engagement.

SENSORY BENEFITS

TOUCH: The soft mist provides light, non-threatening tactile input to the skin, helping to increase body awareness and provide calming sensory regulation.

HEARING: The rhythmic, consistent sound of falling water or soft rain recordings promotes relaxation and can help mask unpredictable environmental noises.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A fine-mist spray bottle filled with warm, filtered water.

• A soft, textured cotton towel or a natural sea sponge.

• A Bluetooth speaker for playing ambient rain soundscapes.

• A bowl of room-temperature water for dipping hands.

ACTIVITY IDEAS

SENSORY MISTING: Hold the spray bottle several inches away and lightly mist the air above the individual, allowing the cool droplets to drift down onto their skin.

SPONGE EXPLORATION: Dip a soft sea sponge into warm water and gently squeeze it near their hands or feet, letting the water trickle slowly to provide a sense of flow.

AUDITORY IMMERSION: Place the speaker near the individual and play a low-volume track of gentle rain, adjusting the intensity to match their breathing rhythm.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Use a lukewarm mist to ensure comfort and prevent startling the individual.

• Position the individual in a comfortable, supported reclined position before beginning.

• Focus on one sensory input at a time, such as just the sound or just the mist, to avoid sensory overload.

Always follow the person's unique interests and cues, adjusting the intensity or stopping the activity if they signal discomfort or a desire for a change in pace.

TIPS

• Always test the temperature of the water on your own wrist first to ensure it is comfortably warm.

• Observe closely for non-verbal cues such as changes in heart rate, muscle tension, or vocalizations.

• Keep the environment dim to allow the individual to focus fully on the tactile and auditory sensations.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love this activity for its ability to transform a standard space into a serene, meditative sanctuary, fostering a deep sense of connection and quiet comfort.

💦 Spray Bottle Fun
Tactile

Description

💦 Spray Bottle Fun

Explore the refreshing sensation of cool water mist through tactile discovery and visual play.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Spray Bottle Fun is a gentle, immersive activity that turns a simple household tool into a gateway for sensory exploration. By misting water onto different surfaces, hands, or even the air, you create an engaging, low-pressure interaction that invites curiosity and awareness through light, refreshing sensory feedback.

SENSORY BENEFITS

TOUCH: The cool mist provides a gentle, stimulating sensation on the skin, ideal for those who may find direct contact overwhelming. VISION: Observing the fine water droplets sparkle in the light or watching them bead up on surfaces encourages visual tracking and focus.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A clean, adjustable trigger-action spray bottle. • A basin or tray to catch drips. • Various textured materials like felt, plastic, or metal. • A soft towel for drying.

ACTIVITY IDEAS

Surface Exploration: Spray water onto various materials to observe how droplets form differently on smooth versus absorbent surfaces. Air Misting: Gently mist the air above the user to allow the cool vapor to settle lightly on their face or arms. Light Play: Hold the spray bottle near a window to catch the sunlight, helping the user see the rainbows hidden within the mist. Target Practice: Place a large, high-contrast shape in the tray and encourage the user to help aim the bottle toward it.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Use a bottle with an ergonomic trigger that requires very little force to actuate. • Consider an automated misting device if manual pressure is difficult to sustain. • Focus on repetitive, rhythmic misting to create a predictable and calming experience. • Always monitor facial expressions and breathing patterns to ensure the individual is enjoying the sensation. Follow the person's unique rhythm and cues; if they turn away or show signs of discomfort, adjust the distance or switch to a different sensory engagement.

TIPS

• Ensure the water is at a comfortable room temperature before starting. • If the sound of the trigger is startling, muffle it by wrapping a soft cloth around the handle. • Always keep a towel nearby to prevent clothing from becoming too damp.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love how simple and versatile this activity is, offering a refreshing way to connect through the gentle, non-invasive experience of mist and light.

💦 Waterfall Hands
Tactile

Description

💦 Waterfall Hands

A gentle, calming sensory experience using flowing water to soothe and regulate.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Waterfall Hands provides a soothing, repetitive tactile experience that mimics the gentle rush of a mountain stream. By guiding water over the user’s hands or forearms, you create a rhythmic sensory input that can help lower arousal levels and increase body awareness in a non-intrusive way.

SENSORY BENEFITS

TOUCH: The consistent sensation of running water provides deep pressure and tactile stimulation to the hands and forearms, which can be grounding for individuals with sensory processing differences. HEARING: The soft, rhythmic sound of splashing or trickling water acts as an auditory anchor, creating a predictable and calming soundscape.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A small plastic pitcher or pourable container • A shallow basin or bowl to catch water • A warm towel for post-activity drying • Optional: scented bath salts or drops of essential oil

ACTIVITY IDEAS

GENTLE STREAM: Slowly pour warm water from a height of three inches, letting it run over the back of the hands toward the wrists. RHYTHMIC TAPPING: Use a small sponge to drip water onto the palms in a slow, heartbeat-like rhythm. TEMPERATURE CONTRAST: If safe and tolerated, alternate between warm and room-temperature water to provide extra sensory alerts.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Position the person in a semi-reclined chair with their arms supported by pillows to ensure muscle relaxation. • Use a waterproof mat to protect their clothing so they can fully immerse their focus in the sensation. • Use an automated battery-operated water fountain for a hands-free, continuous waterfall effect that requires no active interaction. Always prioritize the user’s non-verbal cues and comfort; if they pull away or show signs of distress, stop the activity immediately and offer a warm towel for comfort.

TIPS

• Ensure the water temperature is tested on your own inner wrist to prevent any risk of discomfort. • Keep the environment quiet to allow the user to focus entirely on the sensation of the water. • If the user is tactile-defensive, start by pouring water on their outer forearm rather than their hands.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity is incredibly simple yet profoundly effective, turning a routine hygiene moment into a dedicated space for sensory regulation and peaceful engagement.

🫧 Bubble Catchers
Multi-Sensory

Description

🫧 BUBBLE CATCHERS

A gentle and engaging multisensory experience using floating spheres to inspire curiosity and movement.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Bubble Catchers is a soothing yet stimulating activity that brings a sense of wonder to any environment. By filling the space with shimmering, floating bubbles, we invite participants to engage with movement, tracking, and delicate tactile sensations in a calm and supportive way.

SENSORY BENEFITS

VISION: The gentle, slow-moving iridescence of the bubbles provides a captivating focal point for visual tracking and focusing. TOUCH: The soft, fleeting sensation of bubbles landing on the skin offers a light tactile input that can be soothing or alerting depending on individual preference. HEARING: The soft popping sound as bubbles land creates a quiet, rhythmic auditory backdrop that is gentle on the ears.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• High-quality bubble solution • A sturdy bubble wand or a bubble machine • A soft, clean towel for quick cleanup • Comfortable seating or positioning equipment

ACTIVITY IDEAS

Gentle Waving: Move the wand slowly through the air to create a soft stream of bubbles that drift near the person, allowing them to watch the movement. Bubble Massage: Gently pop bubbles near the person's hands or arms, using the popping sensation to provide light touch and sensory feedback. Reflection Play: Use a mirror placed behind the bubble machine to double the visual input, creating a sense of depth and excitement in the room. Quiet Drift: Simply sit with the person and allow the bubbles to float down naturally, observing their reactions and engagement with the floating shapes.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Use a bubble machine to provide a consistent, predictable flow of bubbles without needing to move the wand manually. • Position the participant in a semi-reclined, comfortable position so they can easily scan the area where bubbles are drifting. • Apply non-scented, hypoallergenic bubble solution to ensure the activity is safe for individuals with skin sensitivities. Always observe the individual's facial expressions and body language to ensure they are enjoying the input; adjust the speed and proximity of the bubbles based on their comfort levels.

TIPS

• Ensure the room is well-lit to highlight the colors of the bubbles. • Keep bubble solution off the floor to prevent slippery surfaces. • If using a machine, place it far enough away that the bubbles have time to float and drift rather than blast in a concentrated stream.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

Bubble Catchers is a low-pressure, high-reward activity that fosters connection and joy through simple, beautiful sensory input, making it a perfect tool for moments of shared calm and exploration.

10 Pin Bowling
Proprioceptive

Description

🎳 Ten-Pin Bowling

Proprioceptive Regulation & Motor Planning Activity

🧩 Activity Overview

Ten-pin bowling offers rich, satisfying proprioceptive input through lifting, carrying, and rolling a weighted ball within a predictable, goal-based sequence. The clear rhythm of approach → release → follow-through supports motor planning, coordination, and nervous-system regulation.

Its playful, social nature boosts motivation, while the strong cause-and-effect feedback (ball → pins) helps anchor attention and engagement. When paced and supported appropriately, bowling can be a highly effective sensory-regulation tool.

🔷 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity strongly supports the Proprioceptive Protocol by providing:

  • 🏋️‍♂️ Heavy joint and muscle input through ball handling and release

  • 🔄 Sustained muscle activation rather than fast or alerting movement

  • 🔁 Repetitive, predictable motor patterns that promote regulation

  • ⏱️ Clear start and finish to each turn, supporting nervous-system safety

Best used:
Before seated tasks, during community access, or within a movement-based regulation block.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Strong proprioceptive input from lifting, carrying, and throwing

  • Vestibular input during approach, trunk rotation, and release

  • Practice in motor planning, timing, and sequencing

  • Development of hand–eye coordination

  • Opportunities for shared attention and social participation

  • Auditory feedback from ball impact and falling pins

♿ Accessibility & High-Support Adaptations

  • Use lighter balls, ramps, or adapted bowling equipment

  • Roll the ball from a seated or wheelchair position

  • Provide arm or trunk support during release

  • Shorten lane length or use soft-play bowling sets

  • Allow extra time and remove performance pressure

⚠️ Monitor for sensory overload from noise, visual stimulation, or crowds.
Choose quieter times or adaptive sessions where possible.

🔵 Graded Input Levels

(For SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Lightweight ball or soft bowling set

  • Seated rolling or ramp-assisted release

  • Minimal repetitions

Best for: high sensitivity, fatigue, or early skill development

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Standard-weight or slightly reduced ball

  • Standing or supported approach

  • Several turns with rest breaks

Best for: regulation, coordination, and engagement

🌳 Strong Input

  • Heavier ball (only if well tolerated)

  • Full approach with trunk rotation and follow-through

  • Multiple repetitions with predictable pacing

Best for: high movement needs, grounding, and proprioceptive regulation

🧠 Support Tips

  • Emphasise effort and movement, not score or competition

  • Encourage slow, controlled throws rather than speed

  • Build in rest breaks to prevent fatigue or overload

  • Pair with a calming or deep-pressure activity afterward if needed

Alternating Textures
Gustatory

Description

👄 Tasting & Texture Exploration

🥗 1. Fresh Version (start here)

Offer the fresh food first. Encourage the participant to look, smell, touch, and then taste.

Try prompts like:

  • “How does this feel in your mouth—crunchy or soft?”

  • “Is it juicy, dry, smooth, or firm?”

  • “Does it taste sweet, sour, or mild?”

Allow plenty of time for exploration—biting, chewing, or simply holding the food.

🥫 2. Canned Version

Next, introduce the canned version, which often feels softer and wetter.

Ask:

  • “How does this feel compared to the fresh one?”

  • “Is it softer or slipperier?”

  • “Does the flavour feel stronger or different?”

Encourage noticing changes in texture, moisture, and mouth-feel.

🍑 3. Dried Version

Finish with the dried version, usually the most distinct texture.

Explore with:

  • “Is this chewy, sticky, crunchy, or dry?”

  • “Does the flavour feel more intense?”

  • “How long does it take to chew compared to the others?”

Side-by-side comparison can be helpful here.

💬 Reflection & Sensory Talk

After tasting all three, support reflection:

  • “Which one did you like best?”

  • “Was any texture tricky or surprising?”

  • “Which one would you choose again?”

Optional:

  • ⭐ Rate each texture (smiley faces, numbers, or colours)

  • 📊 Create a simple sensory preference chart

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Sensory discrimination: Builds awareness of texture differences

  • Texture tolerance: Gradually increases comfort with varied mouth-feels

  • Taste awareness: Highlights changes in flavour strength and sweetness

  • Oral sensory integration: Supports oral motor skills for everyday eating

  • Fine motor skills: Handling food pieces supports dexterity

  • Cognitive skills: Encourages comparing, categorising, and decision-making

  • Self-regulation: Calm, focused tasting can be grounding and organising

🧠 Adjustments & Tips

  • Go slow and pressure-free, especially if textures are challenging

  • Allow touching or smelling without tasting if needed

  • Use clear descriptive language (e.g., chewy, smooth, juicy)

  • Start with preferred foods to reduce overwhelm

  • Stop or pause at the first sign of discomfort


Alternating Textures
Gustatory

Description

Assisting a Client with Different Textures

Tasting and Exploring Versions of the Same Food

This activity allows the participant to explore how the same food changes across different textures (fresh, canned, dried).
It supports sensory processing, taste awareness, and self-regulation in a safe and engaging way.

🌟 Quick Overview

  • Focus: Texture exploration (fresh vs canned vs dried)
  • Skills Supported: Sensory tolerance, taste awareness, regulation
  • Best For: Gradual exposure to new textures in a low-pressure way

🍊 Set-Up

Materials Needed

  • Fresh version of a food (e.g., apple, banana, carrot, peach)
  • Canned version (prepared and safe to eat)
  • Dried version (e.g., raisins, dried mango, apricots)
  • Plates or bowls (separate each texture)
  • Napkins or wipes

🗣️ Introduce the Activity

“Today we’re going to explore the same food in three different ways — fresh, canned, and dried.
Let’s see how they feel and taste!”

🥄 Activity Steps: Texture Exploration

1. Fresh Version

  • Encourage touch, smell, and taste
  • Prompt gently:
    • Is it crunchy or soft?
    • Juicy or dry?
    • Sweet or sour?
  • Allow time to explore (no rushing)

2. Canned Version

  • Highlight the change in texture:
    • Is it softer?
    • More liquid?
    • Does it taste different?
  • Support comparison with the fresh version

3. Dried Version

  • Explore the biggest contrast:
    • Is it chewy, sticky, or dry?
    • Does the flavour feel stronger or sweeter?
  • Encourage noticing differences across all three

4. Compare Side-by-Side

  • Lay all three out together
  • Allow the participant to move between them freely

📝 Reflection & Discussion

  • Which one did you like best? Why?
  • Was any texture uncomfortable or fun?
  • What felt different between them?

Optional:

  • Use a simple rating (👍 / 👎 or 1–5)
  • Create a basic sensory chart

🌈 Sensory Benefits

🍏 Sensory Processing

Builds tolerance and discrimination of different textures.

🍇 Taste Awareness

Highlights differences in flavour intensity and profile.

🥕 Fine Motor Skills

Handling and picking up foods supports coordination.

🍊 Tactile Experience

Explores smooth, sticky, crunchy, and soft sensations.

🍎 Cognitive Skills

Encourages comparing, sorting, and evaluating.

🍍 Self-Regulation

Can be calming and grounding for some participants.

🍑 Oral Sensory Integration

Supports comfort with a wider range of food textures.

⚠️ Support Tips & Adjustments

  • Introduce textures slowly and without pressure
  • Allow participation through:
    • Looking 👀
    • Touching ✋
    • Smelling 👃
    • (Tasting only if comfortable)
  • Use simple descriptive language:
    • “This one is chewy and a bit sticky.”
  • Respect preferences — avoid overwhelming disliked textures
  • Stop or pause at first signs of discomfort

💡 Key Principle

This is exploration, not compliance.
The goal is comfort, curiosity, and positive sensory experience — not eating.

Autumn Leaves
Proprioceptive

Description

🍂 Walking & Kicking Autumn Leaves

A Gentle Multisensory Outdoor Activity

🌟 Overview

Walking through and gently kicking autumn leaves provides rich, natural sensory input within a low-pressure, enjoyable movement activity.

The combination of:

  • Rhythmic walking
  • Foot-to-ground contact
  • Interaction with leaves

supports sensory integration, emotional regulation, and calm alertness.

This activity is especially helpful for individuals who benefit from movement-based regulation without structured demands.

🔷 P-Protocol Alignment

This activity naturally supports the Proprioceptive Protocol through:

  • Weight-bearing input during walking and standing
  • Joint and muscle feedback from stepping and kicking
  • Rhythmic, repetitive movement patterns
  • Predictable pacing with a clear beginning and end

💡 Best used as:

  • A gentle regulation activity
  • An outdoor break
  • A transition between more demanding tasks

🌿 Sensory Benefits

⚖️ Vestibular

Rhythmic walking and gentle movement through space

💪 Proprioceptive

Weight-bearing and foot-to-ground resistance

✋ Tactile

Dry, crisp textures underfoot

🔊 Auditory

Crunching and rustling leaf sounds

👀 Visual

Seasonal colours, movement, and contrast

🌱 Olfactory

Subtle earthy outdoor smells

🥾 How to Do the Activity

1. Begin Walking

  • Walk at a comfortable, self-selected pace
  • No need for structure — allow natural movement

2. Engage with Leaves

  • Step through leaves
  • Gently kick or shuffle them
  • Repeat movements rhythmically

3. Follow the Experience

  • Allow pauses, stops, or changes in direction
  • Let the person guide how they interact

4. Optional Ending

  • Sit quietly, observe surroundings, or transition to a calm activity

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Slow walking, minimal leaf contact
  • Focus on watching and listening
  • Duration: 2–5 minutes

Best for:
High sensitivity, fatigue, settling after overload

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Steady walking with regular gentle kicking
  • Repeated leaf contact underfoot
  • Duration: 5–10 minutes

Best for:
Regulation, grounding, emotional reset

🌳 Stronger / Energising Input

  • Brisk walking with more active kicking
  • Larger leaf piles (if safe)
  • Longer duration with rest breaks

Best for:
Low arousal, movement seeking, mood elevation

♿ Accessibility & Adaptations

  • Walk at the person’s preferred pace
  • Stop and start freely
  • Step through rather than kick if balance is limited
  • Push leaves with feet or mobility aids
  • Wheelchair users can:
    • Roll through leaves
    • Engage through sound and visual experience

💡 Participation can be active or observational — both are valid.

⚠️ Safety Considerations

  • Check for:
    • Uneven ground
    • Wet or slippery leaves
  • Provide balance support if needed
  • Adjust intensity based on fatigue or stability

🧠 Support Tips

  • Follow the person’s lead — no “right way” to engage
  • Keep the experience unhurried and low-demand
  • Avoid adding extra instructions or goals
  • Pair with:
    • Quiet sitting
    • Reflection
    • Warm drinks (if calming is the goal)

⛔ Stop immediately if signs of:

  • Sensory overload
  • Fatigue
  • Distress

💡 Key Principle

This is a regulation activity, not a task.
The goal is enjoyment, calm engagement, and sensory nourishment.

Autumn Leaves
Vestibular

Description

🍂 Walking & Kicking Autumn Leaves

A Gentle Multisensory Outdoor Activity

🌟 Overview

Walking through and gently kicking autumn leaves provides rich, natural sensory input within a low-pressure, enjoyable movement activity.

The combination of:

  • Rhythmic walking
  • Foot-to-ground contact
  • Interaction with leaves

supports sensory integration, emotional regulation, and calm alertness.

This activity is especially helpful for individuals who benefit from movement-based regulation without structured demands.

🔷 P-Protocol Alignment

This activity naturally supports the Proprioceptive Protocol through:

  • Weight-bearing input during walking and standing
  • Joint and muscle feedback from stepping and kicking
  • Rhythmic, repetitive movement patterns
  • Predictable pacing with a clear beginning and end

💡 Best used as:

  • A gentle regulation activity
  • An outdoor break
  • A transition between more demanding tasks

🌿 Sensory Benefits

⚖️ Vestibular

Rhythmic walking and gentle movement through space

💪 Proprioceptive

Weight-bearing and foot-to-ground resistance

✋ Tactile

Dry, crisp textures underfoot

🔊 Auditory

Crunching and rustling leaf sounds

👀 Visual

Seasonal colours, movement, and contrast

🌱 Olfactory

Subtle earthy outdoor smells

🥾 How to Do the Activity

1. Begin Walking

  • Walk at a comfortable, self-selected pace
  • No need for structure — allow natural movement

2. Engage with Leaves

  • Step through leaves
  • Gently kick or shuffle them
  • Repeat movements rhythmically

3. Follow the Experience

  • Allow pauses, stops, or changes in direction
  • Let the person guide how they interact

4. Optional Ending

  • Sit quietly, observe surroundings, or transition to a calm activity

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Slow walking, minimal leaf contact
  • Focus on watching and listening
  • Duration: 2–5 minutes

Best for:
High sensitivity, fatigue, settling after overload

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Steady walking with regular gentle kicking
  • Repeated leaf contact underfoot
  • Duration: 5–10 minutes

Best for:
Regulation, grounding, emotional reset

🌳 Stronger / Energising Input

  • Brisk walking with more active kicking
  • Larger leaf piles (if safe)
  • Longer duration with rest breaks

Best for:
Low arousal, movement seeking, mood elevation

♿ Accessibility & Adaptations

  • Walk at the person’s preferred pace
  • Stop and start freely
  • Step through rather than kick if balance is limited
  • Push leaves with feet or mobility aids
  • Wheelchair users can:
    • Roll through leaves
    • Engage through sound and visual experience

💡 Participation can be active or observational — both are valid.

⚠️ Safety Considerations

  • Check for:
    • Uneven ground
    • Wet or slippery leaves
  • Provide balance support if needed
  • Adjust intensity based on fatigue or stability

🧠 Support Tips

  • Follow the person’s lead — no “right way” to engage
  • Keep the experience unhurried and low-demand
  • Avoid adding extra instructions or goals
  • Pair with:
    • Quiet sitting
    • Reflection
    • Warm drinks (if calming is the goal)

⛔ Stop immediately if signs of:

  • Sensory overload
  • Fatigue
  • Distress

💡 Key Principle

This is a regulation activity, not a task.
The goal is enjoyment, calm engagement, and sensory nourishment.

Autumn Leaves
Tactile

Description

🍂 Walking & Kicking Autumn Leaves

A Gentle Multisensory Outdoor Activity

🌟 Overview

Walking through and gently kicking autumn leaves provides rich, natural sensory input within a low-pressure, enjoyable movement activity.

The combination of:

  • Rhythmic walking
  • Foot-to-ground contact
  • Interaction with leaves

supports sensory integration, emotional regulation, and calm alertness.

This activity is especially helpful for individuals who benefit from movement-based regulation without structured demands.

🔷 P-Protocol Alignment

This activity naturally supports the Proprioceptive Protocol through:

  • Weight-bearing input during walking and standing
  • Joint and muscle feedback from stepping and kicking
  • Rhythmic, repetitive movement patterns
  • Predictable pacing with a clear beginning and end

💡 Best used as:

  • A gentle regulation activity
  • An outdoor break
  • A transition between more demanding tasks

🌿 Sensory Benefits

⚖️ Vestibular

Rhythmic walking and gentle movement through space

💪 Proprioceptive

Weight-bearing and foot-to-ground resistance

✋ Tactile

Dry, crisp textures underfoot

🔊 Auditory

Crunching and rustling leaf sounds

👀 Visual

Seasonal colours, movement, and contrast

🌱 Olfactory

Subtle earthy outdoor smells

🥾 How to Do the Activity

1. Begin Walking

  • Walk at a comfortable, self-selected pace
  • No need for structure — allow natural movement

2. Engage with Leaves

  • Step through leaves
  • Gently kick or shuffle them
  • Repeat movements rhythmically

3. Follow the Experience

  • Allow pauses, stops, or changes in direction
  • Let the person guide how they interact

4. Optional Ending

  • Sit quietly, observe surroundings, or transition to a calm activity

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Slow walking, minimal leaf contact
  • Focus on watching and listening
  • Duration: 2–5 minutes

Best for:
High sensitivity, fatigue, settling after overload

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Steady walking with regular gentle kicking
  • Repeated leaf contact underfoot
  • Duration: 5–10 minutes

Best for:
Regulation, grounding, emotional reset

🌳 Stronger / Energising Input

  • Brisk walking with more active kicking
  • Larger leaf piles (if safe)
  • Longer duration with rest breaks

Best for:
Low arousal, movement seeking, mood elevation

♿ Accessibility & Adaptations

  • Walk at the person’s preferred pace
  • Stop and start freely
  • Step through rather than kick if balance is limited
  • Push leaves with feet or mobility aids
  • Wheelchair users can:
    • Roll through leaves
    • Engage through sound and visual experience

💡 Participation can be active or observational — both are valid.

⚠️ Safety Considerations

  • Check for:
    • Uneven ground
    • Wet or slippery leaves
  • Provide balance support if needed
  • Adjust intensity based on fatigue or stability

🧠 Support Tips

  • Follow the person’s lead — no “right way” to engage
  • Keep the experience unhurried and low-demand
  • Avoid adding extra instructions or goals
  • Pair with:
    • Quiet sitting
    • Reflection
    • Warm drinks (if calming is the goal)

⛔ Stop immediately if signs of:

  • Sensory overload
  • Fatigue
  • Distress

💡 Key Principle

This is a regulation activity, not a task.
The goal is enjoyment, calm engagement, and sensory nourishment.

Bad VS Good Scents
Olfactory

Description

👃 Smell Preferences Discovery Game

Exploring Pleasant, Neutral, and Uncomfortable Smells

🌟 Overview

This activity supports the participant to explore a range of everyday smells and discover what feels pleasant, neutral, or uncomfortable.

The focus is on:

  • Awareness
  • Preference
  • Choice

—not “right or wrong” answers.

🌱 Sensory Benefits

👃 Olfactory Awareness

Supports noticing, registering, and differentiating smells.

🧠 Discrimination & Insight

Builds understanding of personal preferences through comparison.

💬 Communication & Choice-Making

Encourages expressing likes, dislikes, and tolerances.

📊 Emotional & Body Awareness

Helps identify how smells affect mood and arousal:

  • Calming
  • Alerting
  • Neutral
  • Irritating

🧺 Set-Up

Prepare a Range of Smells

Choose familiar, everyday scents with varied qualities:

  • Sweet / floral / earthy
  • Strong / mild

💡 The goal is exploration, not shock.

Examples of Smells

🍪 Often Pleasant / Comforting

  • Baked goods (vanilla, cookies, bread)
  • Fresh fruit (orange peel, apple, strawberry)
  • Flowers or herbs (lavender, rose, basil)
  • Mild candles or essential oils (used sparingly)

🌿 Neutral or Strong (Mixed Reactions)

  • Earthy smells (soil, damp fabric)
  • Animal-related (e.g. clean dog blanket)
  • Household (soap, vinegar, coffee)
  • Outdoor scents (leaves, grass)

⚠️ Avoid overwhelming or extreme smells

Environment

  • Calm, predictable space
  • Minimal distractions
  • Smells placed in:
    • Small containers
    • Cloth bags (to reduce visual cues)

✔️ Clearly state:

“You can stop, move away, or skip any smell at any time.”

👃 Activity Steps

1. Introduce One Smell at a Time

  • Present gently at a comfortable distance
  • Allow time to notice
  • No pressure to respond

2. Explore the Experience

Use open, preference-based prompts:

  • What does this smell remind you of?
  • Do you like it, or not so much?
  • Does it feel nice, okay, or uncomfortable?
  • Would you want to smell this again?

💡 Reinforce:

“Some people like this, others don’t — both are okay.”

3. Support Communication

Accept all forms of response:

  • Facial expressions
  • Turning away
  • Reaching
  • Thumbs up/down

Use visuals if helpful:

  • 😊 Like
  • 😐 Not sure
  • 😣 Don’t like

Reflect back observations:

  • “That one seems calming for you.”
  • “That might be too strong.”

4. Compare & Build Preferences

  • Offer simple choices:
    • This one or that one?
  • Repeat preferred smells to build:
    • Familiarity
    • Confidence

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • 1–2 mild, familiar smells
  • Greater distance
  • Brief exposure

Best for:
High sensitivity, uncertainty, low tolerance

🌿 Moderate

  • Small range of smells
  • Short, repeated exposure
  • Simple comparisons

Best for:
Building awareness and preference

🌳 Stronger Exploration

  • Wider variety of smells
  • Closer exposure (as tolerated)
  • More active comparison

Best for:
Curiosity, engagement, expanding tolerance

⚠️ Support Tips & Adjustments

  • Follow the participant’s lead
  • Reduce intensity at first signs of discomfort
  • Allow skipping without comment
  • Avoid encouraging endurance or “pushing through”
  • Keep the experience calm and unhurried

⛔ Stop immediately if signs of:

  • Distress
  • Withdrawal
  • Overload

💡 Key Principle

This is about preference, not tolerance training.
The goal is awareness, comfort, and safe exploration — not forcing exposure.

Balance Board
Proprioceptive

Description

⚖️ Balance Board Activity

Building Balance, Body Awareness, and Regulation

🌟 Overview

Using a balance board provides controlled movement and body feedback that supports:

  • Balance and coordination
  • Core strength
  • Sensory regulation

This activity can be calming or alerting, depending on how it is used.

🧠 Sensory Benefits

⚖️ Vestibular (Balance & Spatial Awareness)

  • Supports processing of movement and gravity
  • Improves equilibrium and stability

💪 Proprioceptive (Body Awareness)

  • Encourages weight shifting and joint stabilisation
  • Builds core strength and postural control

✋ Tactile (Foot Awareness)

  • Barefoot contact increases sensory feedback from the feet

🔄 Motor Planning & Coordination

  • Develops controlled movement and balance reactions
  • Supports bilateral coordination

🎯 Focus & Regulation

  • Can improve attention and engagement
  • May be:
    • Calming (slow, controlled movement)
    • Alerting (dynamic, active balance)

🧺 Set-Up

Choose the Right Board

  • Beginner: Rocker board (one direction)
  • Intermediate: Wobble board (multi-direction)
  • Advanced: Roller board or Bosu ball

Prepare the Environment

  • Flat, non-slip surface (carpet or rubber mat)
  • Position near:
    • Wall
    • Table
    • Parallel bars
  • Ensure close supervision

🥾 How to Do the Activity

1. Getting On

  • Barefoot or grippy socks
  • Step on one foot at a time
  • Feet shoulder-width apart
  • Slight bend in knees, relaxed posture

2. Provide Support

  • Stand beside the client
  • Offer:
    • Hand or forearm support
  • Allow holding a stable surface if needed

3. Start with Basic Movements

  • Rocking: forward/back or side-to-side
  • Still Balance: hold steady for a few seconds
  • Weight Shifting: gently move from one foot to the other

4. Build Confidence

  • Encourage brief moments without holding on
  • Keep movements slow and controlled

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Supported standing
  • Minimal movement
  • Short duration

Best for:
Low confidence, high sensitivity, early introduction

🌿 Moderate

  • Controlled rocking and weight shifting
  • Occasional hands-free balance
  • Moderate duration

Best for:
Building stability and body awareness

🌳 Stronger / Challenging

  • Hands-free balancing
  • Reaching or turning
  • Longer duration

Best for:
Improving coordination, strength, and engagement

🌟 Progression Ideas

  • Lift one foot slightly (single-leg balance)
  • Reach for objects while balancing
  • Catch and throw a soft ball
  • Change direction or speed
  • Close eyes (only if safe and appropriate)

⚠️ Safety & Support

  • Always supervise closely
  • Stop if signs of:
    • Fatigue
    • Frustration
    • Loss of control
  • Allow regular breaks
  • Encourage relaxed breathing (avoid tension)

🧠 Support Tips

  • Keep instructions simple and minimal
  • Focus on success and comfort, not performance
  • Follow the client’s pace
  • Small improvements matter

💡 Key Principle

This is about controlled sensory input, not challenge for its own sake.
The goal is confidence, regulation, and body awareness — not pushing limits.

Balloons
Gustatory

Description

🎈 Blowing Up Balloons: A Fun Engaging Sensory Activity 🎈 Blowing up balloons is a great oral motor activity that helps strengthen breath control, lung capacity, and coordination. It can also provide sensory feedback through the feeling of air resistance and the stretching of the balloon. 🌟 How to Assist a Client with Balloon Blowing 🌟 🛍 Materials Needed: Balloons (various sizes, shapes, and colors) Hand pump (if blowing is too difficult) Optional: Stickers or markers for decorating 👄 Step-by-Step Guide for Blowing Up Balloons 👄 1️⃣ Introduce the Activity Were going to blow up balloons today! Lets see how big we can make them! Encourage deep breathing before starting: Lets take a big breath in... and blow out slowly. 2️⃣ Demonstrate Balloon Blowing Show them how to stretch the balloon a few times to make it easier to inflate. Lets take a deep breath and blow air into the balloon! 3️⃣ Encourage Independent Attempts Let them hold the balloon and try blowing into it. If struggling, suggest they purse their lips tightly around the opening. Try making your lips like a small circle, then blow as hard as you can! 4️⃣ Assist If Needed If blowing is too difficult, provide a hand pump to help them participate. If they manage to inflate it but struggle to tie, assist by holding the balloon while they pull the neck. 5️⃣ Explore Different Sensory Aspects Squeeze Feel: Let them feel the expanding balloon. Sound Experiment: Let air out slowly to make funny noises! Decorate: Use stickers or markers to personalize their balloons. 6️⃣ Wrap Up Celebrate You did an amazing job blowing up that balloon! Allow them to play with, tap, or throw the inflated balloon. 🌈 Sensory Developmental Benefits ✅ Oral Motor Strengthening Builds breath control, lung capacity, and jaw strength. ✅ Tactile Exploration Feeling the balloon expand and contract. ✅ Fine Motor Skills Holding and tying the balloon improves finger dexterity. ✅ Self-Regulation Deep breathing can have a calming effect. ✅ Fun Engagement Balloons bring joy and motivation to participate! 🛠 Adjustments Tips ✔ For Participants Who Struggle to Blow Use a hand pump to make it easier. Encourage short puffs rather than long breaths. ✔ For Those Who Are Sensitive to Air Resistance Start with smaller balloons that require less force. Let them explore deflated balloons first before blowing them up. ✔ For Extra Engagement Try water balloons for a different sensory experience. Experiment with helium balloons to observe how they float.
Barefoot Adventures
Tactile

Description

👣 Barefoot Adventure

Exploring Ground Textures Through the Feet

🌟 Overview

Walking barefoot across a variety of natural surfaces provides rich tactile and proprioceptive input through the feet.

This activity supports:

  • Sensory awareness
  • Grounding and regulation
  • Balance and coordination

It is a playful, low-pressure way to explore sensory experiences in nature.

🧠 Sensory Benefits

✋ Tactile (Foot Sensory Input)

  • Stimulates nerve endings in the soles of the feet
  • Builds awareness of texture, temperature, and pressure

💪 Proprioceptive (Body Awareness)

  • Uneven surfaces provide deep pressure input
  • Supports balance, coordination, and postural control

⚖️ Vestibular

  • Movement across varied terrain supports balance and spatial awareness

🧠 Cognitive & Emotional Awareness

  • Encourages noticing and describing sensations
  • Supports mindfulness and present-moment focus

🧘 Self-Regulation & Calm

  • Rhythmic walking and grounding input can reduce stress
  • Can be calming or gently alerting depending on pace and surface

🧺 Set-Up

Choose a Safe, Varied Space

Include a mix of textures such as:

  • Grass (soft, cool)
  • Sand (gritty, warm)
  • Mud (soft, squelchy)
  • Pebbles or stones (rough, uneven)
  • Smooth surfaces (tiles or concrete)

⚠️ Ensure:

  • No sharp objects
  • Surfaces are safe and stable

Introduce the Activity

“We’re going to explore different textures with our feet and see how they feel.”

👣 How to Do the Activity

1. Start Slowly

  • Begin with a comfortable texture (e.g., grass)
  • Encourage slow stepping and noticing

Prompts:

  • How does it feel? Soft? Tickly? Cool?

2. Gradually Introduce New Textures

  • Move to new surfaces one at a time
  • Allow full control over pacing

Prompts:

  • Can you feel the sand between your toes?
  • What happens when you step on the mud?

3. Encourage Active Exploration

  • Walk, stomp, or gently jump
  • Try different movements:
    • Tiptoeing
    • Hopping
    • Slow vs faster walking

4. Reflect & Engage

  • Pause and discuss the experience

Questions:

  • What did you like best?
  • What felt different?
  • Did anything feel calming or exciting?

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • One or two soft textures
  • Slow walking only
  • Short duration

Best for:
High sensitivity, uncertainty, early exposure

🌿 Moderate

  • Multiple textures
  • Walking and light exploration
  • Moderate duration

Best for:
Building tolerance and awareness

🌳 Stronger / Playful

  • Wider range of textures
  • Active movement (jumping, stomping)
  • Longer duration

Best for:
Movement seekers, engagement, confidence building

🎉 Play Ideas (Optional)

  • Texture obstacle course
  • Footprint patterns in sand or mud
  • Counting steps on different surfaces
  • Follow-the-path games

⚠️ Safety & Support

  • Monitor for:
    • Discomfort
    • Fatigue
    • Withdrawal
  • Allow stopping or skipping any surface
  • Clean feet afterward (offer wipes or wash)

🧠 Support Tips

  • Follow the client’s lead
  • No pressure to tolerate all textures
  • Accept all responses (including avoidance)
  • Keep the experience playful and relaxed

💡 Key Principle

This is about exploration, not tolerance.
The goal is comfort, curiosity, and positive sensory connection.

Beautiful Things
Multi-Sensory

Description

✨ BEAUTIFUL THINGS

An immersive exploration of textures, light, and colour.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Beautiful Things is a guided sensory exploration designed to engage the senses through high-contrast materials, tactile surfaces, and ambient lighting. It provides a calm, focused environment to encourage visual tracking and tactile curiosity.

• This activity creates a 'sensory sanctuary' where the user can explore objects at their own pace, promoting regulation and meaningful engagement with their immediate environment.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Enhances visual tracking and focus through high-contrast and reflective items.

• Supports tactile discrimination and sensory regulation via varied fabric and surface textures.

• Promotes calm and alertness through controlled, predictable sensory input.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A selection of beautiful objects: silk scarves, metallic ribbons, smooth river stones, and soft velvet scraps.

• LED fairy lights or a small fibre-optic lamp.

• A dark or semi-darkened room to increase the impact of visual stimuli.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Create a quiet, darkened space and arrange the selected items on a tray or directly on the floor within the user's line of sight.

• Begin by slowly introducing one item, such as a silk scarf, moving it gently through their field of vision to encourage tracking.

• Allow the user to reach for or touch the items, providing hand-under-hand support if needed to explore different textures.

• Follow their lead; if they show interest in a specific object, allow them to linger with it before introducing the next.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Use an adjustable over-chair tray to bring the sensory items to the user's midline.

• Drape reflective fabrics or lights over the wheelchair headrest for overhead visual stimulation.

• Secure objects to a sensory board or blanket placed on their lap to prevent items from falling.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure all items are non-toxic and have no sharp edges or small parts that pose a choking hazard.

• Monitor for signs of sensory overload, such as turning away, closing eyes, or increased agitation, and reduce input immediately.

• Keep cables from lights safely tucked away to avoid entanglement.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Use a mirror to reflect the fairy lights for an added visual depth.

• Incorporate a soft, slow-tempo calming music playlist in the background.

• Experiment with temperature by placing a few smooth stones in a bowl of warm water before use.

• Use a 'scent-free' approach or add a very subtle, calming scent like lavender if tolerated.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use only one soft, slow-moving object like a single silk scarf.

• Keep ambient lighting dim and comfortable.

• Keep physical touch to a minimum, allowing the user to observe from a distance.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Introduce two or three different textures, such as velvet and metal.

• Use gentle, rhythmic movements with the objects.

• Encourage light, intentional touch with guided hand-over-hand interaction.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use multiple high-contrast objects and shimmering light sources simultaneously.

• Encourage active exploration by allowing the user to bunch, crinkle, or manipulate the items.

• Increase the speed and variety of the movement patterns in the user's field of vision.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Observe their breathing and muscle tone to gauge their comfort level.

• Respect 'no' signals; if the person turns their head or pushes an item away, stop that specific stimulus immediately.

• Pace the interaction slowly, allowing 10-15 seconds of silence or stillness between introducing items.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• You will love how this simple activity transforms a standard room into a magical experience, turning everyday objects into treasures that foster deep connection and quiet, joyful engagement.

Beautiful Things
Multi-Sensory

Description

✨ BEAUTIFUL THINGS

A curated sensory experience celebrating aesthetic variety.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Beautiful Things is a gentle, immersive exploration designed to bring a variety of visually, texturally, and auditorily stimulating objects into the user's personal space. By curating a collection of interesting items—ranging from soft feathers and cool stones to shiny trinkets and gentle chimes—you create an opportunity for the individual to notice, react to, and engage with different properties of the world around them in a safe, controlled environment.

SENSORY BENEFITS

TOUCH: Exploring different surface textures like smooth glass, rough bark, or soft velvet helps develop tactile discrimination and grounding. VISION: Contrasting colors, reflective surfaces, and shimmering lights encourage visual tracking and focusing skills. HEARING: Gentle sounds from bells, rustling paper, or clicking beads provide auditory stimulation that can alert or soothe based on the individual's preference.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A selection of items with varying textures (velvet, silk, wood, metal).

• Objects that catch the light (mirrors, sequins, crystals).

• Soft, rhythmic sound-making objects (chimes, small bells).

• A clean, neutral-colored tray or cloth for presentation.

ACTIVITY IDEAS

Slow Presentation: Bring one object at a time toward the user's midline, allowing ample time for them to look, reach, or pull back before introducing the next item. Texture Comparisons: Offer two items with starkly different textures—such as a cool, smooth stone and a warm, fuzzy pom-pom—to encourage comparison and choice-making. The Reflective Catch: Use a small mirror or a prism to move light gently across the ceiling or the user's hands, observing how they track the movement. Rhythmic Response: Use a soft shaker or bell, moving it slowly near the user's ear to encourage them to turn their head toward the sound source.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Place items directly within the user's field of vision or within reach of their resting hand position. • Use a light-box or high-contrast background to make items more visually accessible. • Observe breathing patterns and subtle facial expressions as indicators of preference or discomfort. • For individuals with limited movement, provide hand-under-hand assistance to guide them toward exploring a new texture. Always prioritize the individual's unique preferences, moving away from items that trigger withdrawal and lingering on those that elicit signs of curiosity or calm.

TIPS

• Limit the number of items introduced at once to avoid sensory overload. • Observe the user for 'stop' signals, such as turning the head away or increased muscle tension. • Use consistent, calm vocal cues to accompany each object.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity provides a beautiful, respectful way to honor individual preference and curiosity, turning everyday objects into meaningful sensory pathways for connection and discovery.

Bike Ride
Vestibular

Description

🚲 Bike or Tricycle Adventure

Overview

Riding a bike or tricycle is a wonderful way to combine movement, independence and sensory regulation. Whether enjoying a quiet park, shared bike path or local neighbourhood, cycling provides enjoyable physical activity while supporting balance, coordination, confidence and emotional wellbeing. Tricycles can be an excellent option for people who require greater stability while still experiencing the freedom and enjoyment of riding.

Why Try This Activity?

  • Encourages independence and confidence
  • Provides enjoyable physical exercise
  • Supports sensory regulation
  • Develops balance and coordination
  • Promotes community participation
  • Creates opportunities for shared outdoor experiences

Sensory Systems Targeted

  • Vestibular
  • Proprioceptive
  • Visual
  • Tactile
  • Auditory

Equipment Needed

  • Bicycle or tricycle suitable for the person's size and abilities
  • Correctly fitted helmet
  • Knee and elbow pads (recommended)
  • Comfortable clothing
  • Closed-toe shoes
  • Water bottle
  • Optional: High-visibility vest

Preparation

Before beginning:

  • Check tyres are inflated.
  • Ensure brakes are working correctly.
  • Check handlebars and seat are secure.
  • Adjust the seat so the person's feet comfortably reach the pedals.
  • Select a quiet, flat riding area free from traffic.
  • Ensure all safety equipment fits correctly.

How to Run the Activity

Getting Started

Allow the person time to become familiar with the bike or tricycle before moving.

Encourage them to:

  • Sit comfortably.
  • Hold the handlebars firmly.
  • Place their feet on the pedals.
  • Practise steering while stationary.

For bicycles, provide support until balance improves.

For tricycles, encourage relaxed pedalling while enjoying the additional stability.

Riding

Encourage slow, steady pedalling.

Talk calmly while riding.

Notice interesting things along the way:

  • Trees
  • Birds
  • Flowers
  • Dogs
  • Cars
  • Wind
  • Sunshine

Make the ride enjoyable rather than focusing on distance.

Steering

Encourage smooth, gentle turns.

Avoid sudden movements.

Practise turning around cones, trees or markers once confidence improves.

Slowing Down

Practise slowing gradually.

Teach gentle braking rather than sudden stops.

Allow plenty of space before stopping.

Finishing

Finish with positive encouragement.

Offer a drink.

Talk about favourite parts of the ride.

Ways to Adapt the Activity

  • Use a tricycle for greater stability.
  • Begin with very short rides.
  • Walk alongside if reassurance is needed.
  • Stop regularly to explore the environment.
  • Ride at quieter times of the day.
  • Use familiar routes before exploring new ones.
  • Include favourite destinations such as cafés, playgrounds or parks.

Sensory Benefits

Vestibular

The gentle movement of riding supports balance, movement processing and spatial awareness.

Proprioception

Pedalling, steering and controlling the bike provide strong proprioceptive input through the muscles and joints, helping improve body awareness and regulation.

Visual

Travelling through changing environments encourages visual tracking and awareness of the surroundings.

Tactile

Feeling the handlebars, pedals, wind and changing outdoor temperatures provides rich tactile experiences.

Auditory

The sounds of tyres on the path, birds, leaves, wind and surrounding community create meaningful auditory input.

Emotional Regulation

The rhythmic nature of cycling is calming for many people and can reduce stress, improve mood and promote a sense of freedom and achievement.

Therapeutic Benefits

Cycling may help develop:

  • Gross motor skills
  • Balance
  • Coordination
  • Motor planning
  • Confidence
  • Community participation
  • Independence
  • Emotional regulation
  • Endurance
  • Attention
  • Shared enjoyment with others

Support Worker Tips

  • Focus on enjoyment rather than performance.
  • Offer encouragement frequently.
  • Allow the person to ride at their own pace.
  • Take breaks whenever needed.
  • Incorporate conversation about the environment.
  • Celebrate small achievements.
  • Finish while the person is still enjoying the experience so they look forward to the next ride.

Safety Considerations

  • Always wear a correctly fitted helmet.
  • Supervise according to the person's abilities.
  • Ride away from traffic whenever possible.
  • Avoid steep hills until confidence develops.
  • Regularly check the bike or tricycle for maintenance issues.
  • Carry water during warmer weather.
  • Be aware of fatigue, especially on longer rides.
  • Ensure the person understands basic stopping and safety rules before riding independently.

Quick Ideas to Extend the Activity

  • 🚲 Nature Bike Ride
  • 🌸 Flower Hunt Ride
  • 🍂 Autumn Leaf Ride
  • ☕ Café Ride
  • 🌳 Park Explorer
  • 📷 Photo Ride
  • 🦆 Duck Spotting Ride
  • 🍦 Ice Cream Adventure
  • 🌈 Rainbow Colour Hunt
  • 🧺 Picnic by Bike 
Bird Watching
Multi-Sensory

Description

🐦 Bird Watching Exploration

Calm Observation and Sensory Awareness in Nature

🌟 Overview

Bird watching is a gentle, low-demand activity that supports sensory awareness, mindfulness, and curiosity.

By combining:

  • Visual observation
  • Listening to bird sounds
  • Awareness of the natural environment

the activity promotes calm alertness, regulation, and connection to nature.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

👂 Auditory

  • Focus on bird calls and environmental sounds
  • Supports auditory discrimination and attention

👀 Visual

  • Encourages tracking movement and noticing detail
  • Builds attention to colour, shape, and size

🌬️ Tactile & Environmental

  • Awareness of breeze, ground textures, and temperature

🧘 Self-Regulation

  • Quiet, repetitive observation promotes calm
  • Supports mindfulness and reduced anxiety

🌱 Connection to Nature

  • Encourages engagement with the natural environment
  • Can reduce sensory overload from busy settings

🧠 Cognitive Skills

  • Builds observation, comparison, and pattern recognition

🧺 Set-Up

Choose a Suitable Location

  • Quiet park, garden, or natural area
  • Minimal noise and visual distractions

Optional Materials

  • Binoculars (only if comfortable)
  • Notebook or paper
  • Pencil for drawing or recording

Introduce the Activity

“We’re going to watch birds and listen to their sounds. Let’s see what we notice.”

👀 How to Do the Activity

1. Begin Observing

  • Sit or stand comfortably
  • Allow time for birds to appear naturally

2. Guide Visual Attention

  • Point out a bird or invite the participant to find one

Prompts:

  • What colour is the bird?
  • Can you see its wings or tail?
  • What shape is its beak?

3. Encourage Listening

  • Pause and listen quietly

Prompts:

  • Can you hear the bird?
  • Is the sound high or low?
  • Does it repeat or change?

4. Broaden Sensory Awareness

  • Gently include other environmental sensations

Prompts:

  • Can you feel the breeze?
  • What can you smell?
  • How does your body feel here?

5. Reflect & Share

  • Encourage simple reflection

Questions:

  • What did you enjoy most?
  • Did anything feel calming or exciting?

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Sit quietly and observe
  • Focus on one bird or sound
  • Short duration

Best for:
Fatigue, high sensitivity, calming

🌿 Moderate

  • Observe multiple birds
  • Compare colours and sounds
  • Short movement (walking slowly)

Best for:
Engagement and gentle regulation

🌳 More Engaging

  • Move between locations
  • Track birds in flight
  • Use binoculars or simple identification

Best for:
Curiosity, attention building, alerting input

🎯 Optional Engagement Ideas

  • Look up birds in a guide or app
  • Describe birds verbally
  • Draw or sketch what is seen
  • Compare different birds (size, colour, sound)

⚠️ Support Tips

  • Keep the environment calm and predictable
  • Avoid rushing or over-instruction
  • Allow quiet pauses (this is part of the activity)
  • Follow the participant’s interests
  • Accept brief or observational participation

⛔ Stop or move away if:

  • Signs of discomfort
  • Overstimulation
  • Fatigue

💡 Key Principle

This is a noticing activity, not a performance task.
The goal is calm attention, sensory awareness, and enjoyment of the environment.

Body Brush
Tactile

Description

🪶 Body Brushing

Firm, Predictable Touch for Body Awareness and Regulation

🌟 Overview

Body brushing provides firm, consistent tactile input that supports:

  • Body awareness
  • Sensory organisation
  • Emotional regulation

When delivered respectfully, it can be grounding, calming, and containing, particularly for individuals with reduced body awareness or limited movement.

🎯 Purpose of the Activity

  • Support body awareness and sensory integration
  • Provide clear, predictable tactile input
  • Promote regulation and grounding
  • Increase comfort with touch
  • Support calm alertness or relaxation

🧠 Sensory Benefits

✋ Tactile (Deep Touch)

  • Clear, firm input is easier to process than light touch
  • Reduces sensitivity to unpredictable touch

💪 Proprioceptive (Body Awareness)

  • Supports awareness of body position and boundaries

🧘 Self-Regulation

  • Can reduce agitation and support calm states
  • May promote a sense of safety and containment

🔑 Core Principles

  • Consent and safety come first
  • The person’s responses guide the activity
  • Use firm, predictable touch (not light or tickly)
  • Touch should feel containing, not intrusive
  • Stop or adjust at the first sign of discomfort

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

Do NOT brush:

  • Over sores, rashes, bruises, wounds
  • Over recent surgery or fractures
  • Over fragile skin (without medical advice)
  • Over breasts, groin, or genital areas
  • Over the abdomen

Use caution if:

  • Osteoporosis or brittle bones
  • Altered muscle tone (e.g., spasticity)
  • History of pressure injury (especially buttocks)

⚠️ Always monitor for unexpected reactions and stop if needed.

🧺 Set-Up

What You Need

  • Firm body brush
  • Optional softer alternatives (if needed)
  • Calm, warm environment
  • Optional:
    • Blanket (after activity)
    • Drink

Prepare the Person

  • Ensure comfortable positioning
  • Allow them to:
    • See the brush
    • Touch or explore it
  • Explain what will happen (verbally or visually)

Prepare Yourself

  • Be calm and unhurried
  • Maintain good posture
  • Use smooth, rhythmic movements

🪶 How to Do the Activity

General Technique

  • Always brush toward the heart
  • Use a consistent rhythm:
    • brush → stroke → brush → stroke
  • Keep one hand in contact for predictability
  • Adjust pressure based on response

Lower Limbs

  • Start with legs (often best tolerated)
  • Brush from:
    • Toes → knee
    • Heel → back of knee
    • Knee → hip
  • Use circular motions on outer thigh if appropriate

Upper Limbs

  • Start at hands
  • Brush from:
    • Fingers → shoulder
  • Reduce pressure on inner arm
  • Avoid armpit area

Back & Trunk (if appropriate)

  • Brush from outer edges → centre
  • Use slow, firm, predictable strokes
  • Avoid pressure-risk areas

👀 Reading the Person

Signs of Comfort

  • Relaxed face
  • Slower breathing
  • Reduced muscle tension
  • Leaning into touch

Signs to Stop or Adjust

  • Withdrawal
  • Increased tension
  • Distress or agitation
  • Vocal protest

🛑 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually slow the rhythm
  • Clearly signal the end
  • Check comfort and temperature
  • Offer:
    • Blanket
    • Quiet rest
    • Drink

💡 Responses may vary:

  • Calm and relaxed
  • More alert and energised

Both are valid.

🔄 Activities That Pair Well

  • Quiet rest or supported lying
  • Listening to music
  • Gentle rocking
  • Calm shared activity

⚠️ Avoid immediately transitioning to demanding tasks

📊 What to Observe & Record

  • Emotional state
  • Muscle tone and posture
  • Breathing patterns
  • Skin colour and warmth
  • Behavioural changes
  • Energy levels
  • Sleep and appetite
  • Duration of effect

💡 Look for patterns over time, not single sessions.

💡 Key Principle

Body brushing is not something you “do to” a person.
It is a conversation through touch.

When offered with sensitivity and respect, it can help a person feel:

  • More present in their body
  • Safer in their environment
  • More settled within themselves
Body Buzz Journey
Proprioceptive

Description

🚀 Body Buzz Journey

A rhythmical vibration exploration to support body awareness and grounding.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Body Buzz Journey uses gentle vibration to provide consistent sensory feedback throughout the body. This activity helps individuals reconnect with their physical boundaries and promotes a sense of calm through organized input.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Increases proprioceptive awareness of limbs and joints.

• Provides calming input to help regulate the central nervous system.

• Enhances body mapping and spatial awareness.

• Reduces tactile defensiveness by introducing controlled, rhythmic stimulation.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Handheld massage wand or vibrating massager.

• Soft, textured fabrics or towels.

• A quiet, comfortable space with soft seating.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Begin with the person in a comfortable position, ensuring they are relaxed.

• Introduce the vibration device near their feet first to allow them to anticipate the sensation.

• Slowly move the device up the legs, using firm but gentle pressure.

• Pause frequently to check for signs of enjoyment or discomfort.

• End the journey at the arms or shoulders, keeping the session brief and rhythmically paced.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Use a chair with good support to keep the person stable while applying vibration.

• Place a textured cushion behind the back to provide a base for the vibrating device.

• Work through the arms and legs while the person remains seated in their wheelchair, focusing on limb access.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Avoid direct contact with the head, neck, or sensitive areas.

• Always check for skin reactions or redness before and after the activity.

• Monitor facial expressions and muscle tension to ensure the person is not over-stimulated.

• Keep the device away from medical equipment, pacemakers, or feeding tubes.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Use a 'vibration pillow' for back support during rest.

• Incorporate rhythmic music to match the timing of the vibration.

• Try different attachments for varied surface textures.

• Use the vibration through a heavy blanket to provide diffused, deeper input.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Keep the device at a low power setting.

• Use a thick towel or blanket as a barrier between the device and the skin.

• Apply vibration only to the feet or palms of the hands.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use medium speed and direct contact with clothing.

• Follow the natural curves of the arms and legs.

• Integrate the vibration into a stretching or massage routine.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use the highest comfortable setting on the device.

• Apply direct, firm pressure for longer durations on major muscle groups.

• Incorporate a combination of firm massage strokes and steady vibration.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Follow the person's lead; stop immediately if they pull away.

• Provide choices by showing the device before switching it on.

• Maintain a consistent, steady rhythm to help the person predict the input.

• Keep your voice low and calm throughout the session.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love the Body Buzz Journey because it is a simple yet powerful way to help a person feel grounded and present in their own body, making it a perfect tool for de-escalation and calm transitions.

Body Buzz Journey
Proprioceptive

Description

🐝 Body Buzz Journey

A gentle, grounding exploration of vibration and rhythmic touch.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Body Buzz Journey invites participants into a soothing experience focused on gentle vibrations. By using varied textures and vibrating tools, we create a sensory-rich environment that helps individuals feel more connected to their bodies and the space around them in a calm, non-intrusive way.

SENSORY BENEFITS

TOUCH: The use of rhythmic vibrations offers deep pressure input that can help regulate the nervous system. PROPRIOCEPTION: These sensations help the individual map their body boundaries and increase awareness of their limbs in space.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Handheld vibrating massager with soft attachments

• Plush, textured fabric or faux fur

• Soft, weighted bean bags or vibration pillows

• Calming instrumental music

ACTIVITY IDEAS

GENTLE VIBRATION: Place the vibrating massager against the palm of the hand or shoulder, observing how the participant tracks the sensation. RHYTHMIC STROKING: Combine the vibration with slow, long strokes using a soft piece of fabric to create a multi-sensory contrast. WEIGHTED COMFORT: Place a vibration pillow behind the back or under the knees for steady, grounded input while seated or reclined. SOUNDSCAPES: Pair the physical vibration with low-frequency sounds that resonate with the physical sensations to deepen the experience.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Ensure the participant is in their most comfortable, supported position, such as a specialist chair or wedge. • Keep the intensity of vibrations low and consistent to avoid sensory overload. • Observe facial expressions and breathing patterns closely, stopping immediately if the participant appears startled. By honoring the participant's unique cues and comfort levels, you ensure the experience remains person-centered and safe.

TIPS

• Introduce the vibration on your own hand first so the participant can see and hear the device. • Maintain a consistent, slow pace throughout the session to promote relaxation. • Pause frequently to allow the participant time to process the sensory input.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity is a wonderful tool for building body awareness and providing a safe, predictable sensory experience that can be easily customized to support deep regulation and connection.

Bread Making
Tactile

Description

🍞 Bread & Dough Making

A Hands-On Sensory and Regulation Activity

🌟 Overview

Making bread or dough is a rich, multisensory activity that combines:

  • Touch
  • Movement
  • Smell
  • Taste

The repetitive process of mixing and kneading provides calming, organising input, while also supporting creativity, engagement, and skill development.

🧠 Sensory Benefits

✋ Tactile

  • Explores textures: dry, sticky, smooth, elastic
  • Builds tactile discrimination and comfort with messy play

💪 Proprioceptive

  • Kneading provides deep pressure input
  • Supports grounding, regulation, and body awareness

🧘 Self-Regulation

  • Repetitive actions are calming and organising
  • Can reduce stress and anxiety

✍️ Fine Motor Skills

  • Strengthens hands and improves coordination
  • Supports functional tasks (writing, utensils, tools)

👃 Olfactory & 👅 Taste

  • Smell of baking provides strong sensory reward
  • Tasting completes the sensory experience

🧠 Cognitive Skills

  • Supports sequencing and following steps
  • Builds patience and problem-solving

🎨 Creativity

  • Shaping dough encourages imagination and play

🧑🤝🧑 Social Engagement

  • Encourages communication and shared activity

🧺 Set-Up

Ingredients

  • Flour
  • Water
  • Yeast (for bread)
  • Salt
  • Sugar
  • Optional: olive oil, butter

Equipment

  • Mixing bowl
  • Measuring cups/spoons
  • Clean workspace

Introduce the Activity

“We’re going to make dough from scratch and see how it changes as we mix and knead it.”

👐 How to Do the Activity

1. Explore Dry Ingredients

  • Combine flour, salt, and sugar

Prompts:

  • Does the flour feel soft or powdery?
  • Can you feel the grains of salt?

2. Add Wet Ingredients

  • Slowly add water (and oil if used)

Prompts:

  • Is it getting sticky or wet?
  • How is it changing?

3. Knead the Dough

  • Press, fold, and turn repeatedly

Prompts:

  • Is it getting softer or smoother?
  • Can you feel it stretch?

💡 This is the core regulating part of the activity

4. Let the Dough Rest

  • Cover and allow to rise

Optional:

  • Talk about how it is changing
  • Take a break

5. Shape the Dough

  • Gently press and form into shapes

Prompts:

  • Can you stretch it?
  • What shape would you like to make?

6. Bake & Notice

  • Bake as appropriate

Encourage:

  • Smelling the bread
  • Noticing changes

7. Reflect

  • What did you enjoy most?
  • How did it feel?

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Touch and explore dough only
  • Minimal kneading
  • Short duration

Best for:
Sensitivity to texture, early engagement

🌿 Moderate

  • Mixing and kneading with support
  • Simple shaping

Best for:
Regulation and sensory engagement

🌳 Stronger / Active

  • Full process participation
  • Vigorous kneading and shaping

Best for:
Movement seekers, deeper proprioceptive input

⚠️ Support Tips

  • Expect and allow mess (this is part of the experience)
  • Follow the client’s pace
  • Reduce demands if overwhelmed
  • Offer hand wiping or breaks if needed
  • Focus on experience over outcome

⛔ Stop or adjust if:

  • Distress
  • Strong aversion to texture
  • Fatigue

🎉 Optional Extensions

  • Create shapes (letters, animals, patterns)
  • Work together in a group
  • Compare textures at different stages

💡 Key Principle

This is a sensory experience, not a cooking task.
The goal is engagement, regulation, and exploration — not a perfect result.

Bubble Light Show
Visual

Description

🫧 BUBBLE LIGHT SHOW

A mesmerizing visual sensory experience using moving bubbles and light.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Create a calm, immersive environment by combining a bubble machine with colored light projections. This activity provides a rhythmic, non-demanding visual focus that can help with regulation and sustained attention.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides gentle, rhythmic visual stimulation. • Encourages tracking and scanning movements for the eyes. • Promotes relaxation through soft, shifting colors and movement. • Offers a calming, predictable sensory environment.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Bubble machine. • Bubble solution (non-toxic). • Colored LED projector or light filters. • Darkened room or corner. • Comfortable floor mats or beanbag.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Darken the room and set up the projector to cast soft colors onto the wall. • Position the bubble machine so the bubbles drift through the beam of light. • Allow the individual to sit or lie comfortably where they can observe the bubbles safely. • Observe their reaction and adjust the speed or color intensity based on their visual comfort.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Position the wheelchair at eye level with the main stream of bubbles. • Use a tray-mounted bubble machine if the person is limited to a specific chair position. • Ensure the person has full head support if they are tracking movement for extended periods.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure the floor does not become slippery due to bubble solution residue. • Monitor for signs of sensory overload, such as turning away or irritability. • Keep bubble solution out of reach to prevent ingestion. • Ensure electrical cords for the projector and machine are safely tucked away.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Add calming ambient instrumental music. • Use a fan to gently circulate the bubbles across the room. • Experiment with different colored light gels to change the mood. • Try 'scented' bubble solution to add a subtle olfactory layer.

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use a single, dim color like deep blue. • Keep the bubble machine at a distance to reduce sound. • Offer brief 2-minute sessions.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Introduce slow-changing color cycles. • Place the bubble machine closer for increased visual detail. • Use a 5-10 minute session duration.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use bright, multi-colored rotating projections. • Increase the frequency of bubbles with a powerful machine. • Encourage the person to reach out and pop bubbles if they show interest in tactile feedback.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always check if the person is showing signs of 'tracking' the bubbles with their eyes. • Follow the person's lead; stop if they look away or show fatigue. • Use a slow, quiet voice if you are narrating the experience. • Offer the person the chance to choose the color or pace by observing their reaction to changes.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• You will love this activity because it creates an instant 'chill-out' zone that requires almost zero physical effort from the person, making it perfect for days when energy levels are low.

Bubble Mountain
Multi-Sensory

Description

🫧 BUBBLE MOUNTAIN

Creating a towering, tactile mountain of bubbles for sensory exploration.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Bubble Mountain transforms simple soap and water into an immersive, sculptural experience. By creating a stable pile of thick suds, you provide a soft, tactile surface that invites gentle touch and visual tracking.

This activity encourages exploration of textures and temperatures while providing calming, repetitive sensory input. It is excellent for promoting engagement and focus through playful, hands-on interaction.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides tactile input through the soft, foam-like texture of the bubbles.

• Offers visual stimulation through the shimmering, reflective nature of the suds.

• Encourages fine motor exploration and finger isolation as the person pokes or swipes at the bubbles.

• Supports olfactory regulation if using lightly scented, hypoallergenic soaps.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A large, shallow tray or basin.

• High-quality bubble solution or gentle tear-free dish soap.

• An electric hand mixer or bubble machine.

• Warm water.

• Waterproof mat or towels for cleanup.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Fill the tray with a small amount of warm water and soap solution.

• Use the electric mixer to whip the water into a thick, stiff-peaked mountain of bubbles.

• Place the tray on a stable table or lap tray within easy reach of the individual.

• Guide the individual’s hand toward the mountain to experience the airy, cool sensation.

• Encourage them to watch as you collapse the mountain and rebuild it.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Place the tray on a height-adjustable lap tray or a stable over-bed table to ensure comfortable access without reaching strain.

• If in a wheelchair, secure the tray using non-slip matting to prevent movement during interaction.

• Ensure the individual is positioned for optimal trunk stability to allow them to focus on arm and hand movements.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Always use tear-free, hypoallergenic soap to prevent eye or skin irritation.

• Ensure the tray is stable and cannot tip over if the individual leans on it.

• Monitor for any signs of sensory overload or skin sensitivity to the soap.

• Keep the floor area clear of water splashes to prevent slipping hazards.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Add food-grade glitter to the bubble mix for increased visual sparkle.

• Hide small, waterproof plastic toys inside the mountain for the individual to find.

• Use a straw to gently blow more bubbles, creating a soft sound for auditory awareness.

• Change the temperature of the water (keep it lukewarm) to provide subtle thermal contrast.

• Use different colored soaps to create a marbled, rainbow-colored mountain.

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use a very small amount of bubbles in a shallow tray.

• Gently brush bubbles against the person’s fingertips with a soft sponge.

• Keep the environment quiet and minimize sudden movements.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Create a standard-sized bubble mountain in a deeper tray.

• Allow the individual to swipe their whole hand through the bubbles at their own pace.

• Incorporate rhythmic, gentle music in the background.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Build a massive, overflowing mountain that spills over the sides of the tray.

• Encourage deep pressure by allowing the individual to press their palms firmly into the suds.

• Use a small fan to blow bubbles around the workspace for tracking and movement.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Follow the person's lead; if they pull away, respect that boundary and pause the activity.

• Use hand-under-hand technique to offer support, ensuring they remain the active participant.

• Observe their facial expressions and breathing to gauge their level of enjoyment or overstimulation.

• Provide verbal encouragement, describing the "soft," "cool," and "popping" sensations.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love Bubble Mountain because it is an incredibly low-cost, high-impact sensory experience that is easy to set up and even easier to adapt to any person's unique needs. It turns simple household items into a magical, calming, and interactive sensory landscape.

Bubble Mountain
Tactile

Description

🫧 BUBBLE MOUNTAIN

Creating an immersive, tactile playground of mountain-sized suds.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Bubble Mountain invites the user into a soft, voluminous landscape of whipped soap foam that invites exploration and provides deep, soothing input. By creating high, fluffy mounds of bubbles using a specialized mixture, we transform a simple sensory bin into a tactile sanctuary that encourages reaching, grasping, and sensory grounding.

SENSORY BENEFITS

TOUCH: The soft, dense texture of the foam provides a gentle yet firm tactile experience that is grounding and calming for the nervous system. VISION: Bright, reflective bubbles catch the light and provide high-contrast visual stimulation as they stack and collapse. PROPRIOCEPTION: Pushing hands into the foam mountain provides light resistance, helping the user gain spatial awareness of their hands and arms.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A large, shallow sensory tray or inflatable pool

• Tear-free baby soap or bubble bath solution

• Warm water

• An electric hand mixer or whisk

• Sensory toys or scoops

ACTIVITY IDEAS

PEAK EXPLORATION: Use a mixer to build the mountain higher and higher while narrating the process, allowing the user to watch the foam grow. HAND SUBMERGENCE: Guide the user’s hand slowly into the peak of the mountain, describing the temperature and texture changes. TOY DISCOVERY: Hide small, brightly colored tactile toys deep within the bubbles for the user to find as they push through the foam. RHYTHMIC SWEEPING: Encourage broad, rhythmic movements to knock down the mountain, focusing on the sensory feedback of the foam against their skin.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• If the user has limited reach, bring the mountain closer to their chest or lap in a high-sided container to minimize physical effort. • Use unscented soap if the user has sensory sensitivities to strong smells. • If the user cannot independently move their hands, apply the warm foam gently to their arms or shoulders to provide tactile stimulation through skin-to-skin contact. Always follow the person’s lead, watching for signs of engagement or withdrawal, and adjust the volume and speed of the activity to match their comfort level.

TIPS

• Use lukewarm water to ensure the foam feels cozy and inviting against the skin. • Place a waterproof mat underneath the tray to allow for worry-free, messy play. • Take photos of the bubbles before they collapse to celebrate the creation together.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

Bubble Mountain is a versatile, low-cost activity that transforms simple ingredients into a magical, calming environment, making it perfect for both active exploration and quiet, soothing sensory regulation.

Bubble Wrap Games
Auditory

Description

🎈 Bubble Wrap Popping

A Simple, Satisfying Sensory Regulation Activity

🌟 Overview

Popping bubble wrap is a low-demand, highly engaging sensory activity that provides:

  • Tactile input
  • Auditory feedback
  • Repetitive, rhythmic movement

It can be calming, organising, or gently alerting, depending on pace and intensity.

🧠 Sensory Benefits

✋ Tactile

  • Pressing bubbles provides satisfying pressure input
  • Supports tactile awareness and hand engagement

👂 Auditory

  • Predictable “pop” sound provides clear sensory feedback
  • Can be calming for those who enjoy repetitive sounds

💪 Proprioceptive (Light)

  • Finger and hand pressure supports body awareness
  • Encourages controlled force and coordination

🎯 Focus & Attention

  • Repetitive nature supports sustained attention
  • Can promote a mindful, absorbed state

🧘 Self-Regulation

  • Rhythmic popping can reduce stress and anxiety
  • Provides a controlled, predictable sensory experience

💬 Communication & Interaction

  • Encourages shared play and engagement
  • Supports choice-making and expression

🧺 Set-Up

Materials

  • Bubble wrap (small or large bubbles)
  • Flat surface (table, floor, or tray)

Prepare the Space

  • Comfortable, easy-to-reach position
  • Minimal distractions if calming is the goal

Introduce the Activity

“We’re going to pop bubbles and see how it feels and sounds. You can go as slow or fast as you like.”

👋 How to Do the Activity

1. Start Exploring

  • Use fingers or palms to press bubbles
  • Demonstrate if needed

2. Find a Comfortable Method

  • Single bubble popping
  • Pressing multiple bubbles
  • Rubbing or squeezing the wrap

💡 Allow the client to discover their preferred style

3. Build Rhythm or Variety

  • Slow, one-by-one popping
  • Faster sequences
  • Create simple patterns

4. Optional Play Ideas

  • Pop to music or rhythm
  • “Pop as many as you can” game
  • Create shapes or designs
  • Compare large vs small bubbles

5. Reflect

  • Did you like the sound?
  • Was it calming or exciting?

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Occasional popping
  • Slow pace
  • Short duration

Best for:
Sensitivity, calming, low energy

🌿 Moderate

  • Steady popping
  • Some rhythm or pattern

Best for:
Focus, engagement, regulation

🌳 More Active / Alerting

  • Fast popping
  • Games or challenges
  • Larger movements

Best for:
Energy release, alertness

⚠️ Support Tips

  • Follow the client’s preferred pace
  • Avoid over-directing
  • Offer help only if needed
  • Allow repetition (this is often the regulating part)

⛔ Adjust or stop if:

  • Frustration (e.g., difficulty popping bubbles)
  • Sensory discomfort (sound or texture)
  • Fatigue

🧠 Clinical Notes

  • Larger bubbles = more force, often more satisfying
  • Smaller bubbles = easier, more repetitive input
  • Useful as:
    • A short regulation break
    • A transition activity
    • A calming “reset”

💡 Key Principle

This is about rhythm and satisfaction, not completion.
The goal is regulation, enjoyment, and sensory engagement.

Bubbles
Visual

Description

🫧 Blowing Bubbles Activity Description Blowing bubbles is a simple, playful activity that supports oral-motor development, breath control, and visual attention while offering a naturally calming, engaging experience. The slow, sustained exhalation required to create bubbles promotes regulation, while watching bubbles float and pop encourages visual tracking, coordination, and shared enjoyment. This activity is particularly useful for settling arousal, supporting speech-related skills, and encouraging gentle social interaction without high physical demands. 🔷 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment While not a heavy-work activity, blowing bubbles complements the Proprioceptive Protocol by: Supporting oromotor proprioceptive feedback through resisted blowing Encouraging slow, controlled breathing that reduces arousal Providing predictable, repetitive sensory input Working well as a regulation or recovery activity following stronger proprioceptive input Best used after movement-based activities, during settle-down periods, or as a low-demand engagement option. 🌿 Sensory Benefits Oral-motor strengthening through sustained blowing Improved breath control and respiratory coordination Visual tracking and sustained attention as bubbles float Hand–eye coordination when reaching or popping Calming and soothing visual input Opportunities for shared attention and social interaction ♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations Use bubble machines or squeeze-activated bubble toys if blowing is difficult Provide larger wands to reduce precision demands Allow watching only — active blowing is optional Support hand-over-hand for popping bubbles if appropriate Position at eye level for optimal visual engagement ⚠️ Monitor for dizziness or fatigue if blowing is prolonged. Encourage pauses as needed. 🔵 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters) 🌱 Very Gentle Input Watching bubbles without blowing Short bursts (1–2 minutes) Focus on visual calm Ideal for: high sensitivity, fatigue, or emotional regulation 🌿 Moderate Input Independent or supported blowing Reaching or popping bubbles Moderate duration (3–5 minutes) Ideal for: breath control, attention, and engagement 🌳 More Active Input Repeated blowing with varied wand sizes Moving to follow bubbles Longer duration with breaks Ideal for: low arousal, engagement, and playful interaction 🧠 Support Tips Model slow, steady blowing rather than forceful exhalation Avoid turning the activity into a performance or demand Follow the person’s interest — popping, watching, or blowing are all valid Pair with a grounding activity if transitioning to a more demanding task
Butterfly Basket
Tactile

Description

🦋 BUTTERFLY BASKET

Soft, rhythmic tactile engagement with colorful sensory materials.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Butterfly Basket provides a gentle, immersive tactile experience using soft fabrics and light materials. By moving items through the air and across the skin, the person experiences soothing, rhythmic stimulation that encourages awareness of personal space.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides calming tactile input through gentle touch and varied fabric textures.

• Encourages visual tracking of moving objects and colors.

• Promotes body awareness as materials make light contact with the limbs.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A shallow basket, soft colorful silk scarves or chiffon fabric, and soft ribbons.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Seat yourself comfortably beside or in front of the individual.

• Hold the basket of scarves and slowly pull one out at a time.

• Let the fabric drift slowly through the air like a butterfly before lightly brushing it against the person’s arms or hands.

• Narrate the movement softly, watching for the person's cues to continue or pause.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Place the basket on a tray attached to the wheelchair for easy access.

• Drape the scarves over the person's lap if they prefer a stationary, weighted touch.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure all fabrics are lightweight and breathable to prevent overheating or airway obstruction.

• Monitor for signs of sensory overload, such as pulling away or blinking rapidly.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Add a small bell to one ribbon to introduce gentle auditory feedback.

• Use scented sachets hidden within the scarves for olfactory integration.

• Use scarves with different textures like velvet, lace, or satin.

• Use a gentle fan to make the fabrics flutter on their own.

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use only one single, soft silk scarf.

• Keep the movement very slow and predictable.

• Touch only the fingertips or the back of the hand.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use two or three scarves of different colors.

• Incorporate gentle, rhythmic brushing across the arms.

• Increase the speed of the floating fabric slightly.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use a larger variety of fabrics with contrasting textures.

• Allow the fabrics to rest on the person's shoulders or face for longer periods.

• Move the fabrics in wider, more energetic patterns through the air.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always wait for an invitation, such as a look or a reach, before initiating the next movement.

• Adjust your pace based on the person's breathing rate and physical tension.

• Use soft, soothing vocal tones to complement the rhythmic motion.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love this activity because it creates a peaceful, non-threatening sensory dialogue. It is a beautiful way to foster connection, follow the person's lead, and bring a sense of lightness and wonder to their day.

Candles
Tactile

Description

🕯️ Candle Blowing

Breath Control, Focus, and Oral Motor Activity

🌟 Overview

Candle blowing is a simple, engaging activity that supports:

  • Breath control
  • Oral motor strength
  • Focus and self-regulation

It provides a clear cause-and-effect experience, making it both motivating and meaningful.

🧠 Sensory & Developmental Benefits

💨 Oral Motor

  • Strengthens lips, cheeks, and diaphragm
  • Develops controlled exhalation

🧘 Self-Regulation

  • Encourages slow, controlled breathing
  • Can support calming and focus

🎯 Attention & Focus

  • Requires concentration and timing
  • Builds task persistence

✋ Fine Motor

  • Handling and positioning candles supports coordination

🔄 Cause & Effect

  • Demonstrates how airflow impacts the flame

🌟 Confidence

  • Success builds motivation and self-esteem

🧺 Set-Up

Materials

  • Candles (birthday or larger)
  • Lighter/matches (adult use only)
  • Stable surface (table or tray)
  • Cup of water (for safety)

💡 Alternative: Battery-operated candles

🔥 How to Do the Activity

1. Start Simple

  • Use one candle
  • Place it safely on a stable surface

2. Teach the Breath

  • Breathe in through the nose
  • Blow out slowly and steadily

Prompt:

  • “Take a big breath in… now blow gently.”

3. Build Difficulty

  • Add more candles
  • Change distance (closer/further away)
  • Try:
    • One candle at a time
    • All at once

4. Make It Playful

  • Blow softly vs strongly
  • Blow without making a sound
  • “Birthday game” pretend play
  • Timed challenges

5. Reflect

  • Was that easy or hard?
  • What helped you blow it out?

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • One candle
  • Close distance
  • Short attempts

Best for:
Low strength, early practice

🌿 Moderate

  • Multiple candles
  • Controlled blowing
  • Some variation in distance

Best for:
Skill building and focus

🌳 More Challenging

  • Increased distance
  • Selective blowing (one candle only)
  • Strong vs soft breath control

Best for:
Oral motor development and coordination

⚠️ Safety Considerations

  • Always supervise closely
  • Keep water nearby
  • Ensure stable setup
  • Consider flame-free options if needed

🛠 Adjustments & Supports

If Blowing is Difficult

  • Use shorter candles
  • Try a straw to direct airflow
  • Practice with:
    • Bubbles
    • Dandelions

For Engagement

  • Turn into a game or celebration
  • Use rewards or playful themes
  • Introduce simple science:
    • “Fire needs air — blowing takes it away”

🧠 Support Tips

  • Keep instructions simple
  • Focus on effort, not success
  • Allow repetition (important for learning)
  • Follow the participant’s pace

⛔ Stop if:

  • Frustration
  • Fatigue
  • Dizziness

💡 Key Principle

This is about controlled breathing, not performance.
The goal is confidence, regulation, and skill development.

Category Sorting
Visual

Description

🧩 Category Sorting

Exploring, Classifying, and Making Sense of the Environment

🌟 Overview

Category sorting is a flexible activity that supports observation, thinking, and sensory exploration.

By finding and grouping items based on shared features (e.g., colour, texture, shape), the participant develops:

  • Awareness of their environment
  • Problem-solving skills
  • Focus and organisation

🧠 Sensory & Developmental Benefits

👀 Visual Discrimination

  • Noticing differences in colour, shape, and detail

✋ Tactile Exploration

  • Handling objects with different textures (soft, rough, smooth)

🧠 Cognitive Flexibility

  • Sorting, comparing, and categorising
  • Encourages flexible thinking

✍️ Fine Motor Skills

  • Picking up and manipulating objects

🚶 Gross Motor Movement

  • Walking, bending, reaching during search

🧘 Self-Regulation

  • Structured task supports focus and calm engagement

🧺 Set-Up

Choose the Environment

  • Indoors or outdoors
  • Clear, low-distraction space

Select a Category

Based on interests and ability:

  • Colours (e.g., green items)
  • Textures (soft, rough)
  • Shapes
  • Nature items

Optional Supports

  • Visual cards or labels
  • Containers or tubs for sorting
  • Notebook or checklist

Introduce the Activity

“Let’s find things that belong in this group — like green things or soft things.”

🔍 How to Do the Activity

1. Start with an Example

  • Find one item together
  • Model what to look for

2. Explore and Collect

  • Allow free searching
  • Encourage independence

Prompts:

  • Can you find something else like this?
  • What makes that a good choice?

3. Acknowledge Effort

  • Reinforce discoveries:
    • “Great finding!”
    • “That’s a good match.”

4. Sort and Group

  • Place items into categories
  • Compare similarities and differences

5. Reflect

  • What was easy or hard to find?
  • What else could belong in this group?

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • One simple category
  • Limited items
  • Guided support

Best for:
Early learners, low tolerance, fatigue

🌿 Moderate

  • Multiple items
  • Independent searching
  • Simple sorting

Best for:
Engagement and skill building

🌳 More Complex

  • Multiple categories
  • Timed challenges or rules
  • Comparing and discussing

Best for:
Cognitive challenge and flexibility

🎯 Play & Engagement Ideas

  • Timed challenge: “How many can you find?”
  • Scavenger hunt:
    • “Find something green you can eat”
  • Sorting station with tubs or baskets
  • Create patterns or groups

⚠️ Support Tips

  • Keep instructions simple
  • Follow the participant’s interests
  • Reduce complexity if overwhelmed
  • Accept all attempts (not about being “correct”)

⛔ Adjust or stop if:

  • Frustration
  • Fatigue
  • Loss of engagement

🛠 Adaptations

  • Use textured objects for more tactile input
  • Add auditory categories (loud vs quiet)
  • Try outdoor nature-based sorting
  • Use a camera to take photos instead of collecting items

💡 Key Principle

This is about noticing and exploring, not getting it “right.”
The goal is engagement, curiosity, and meaningful interaction with the environment.

Chair Push Ups
Proprioceptive

Description

💺 Chair Push-Ups

Deep Pressure and Strength for Regulation and Focus

🌟 Overview

Chair push-ups are a simple, effective activity that provides strong proprioceptive (deep pressure) input through the arms and upper body.

They support:

  • Regulation
  • Body awareness
  • Strength and stability

This is a powerful “reset” activity, especially during transitions or periods of restlessness.

🧠 Sensory Benefits

💪 Proprioceptive (Deep Pressure)

  • Strong joint and muscle input
  • Grounding and organising for the nervous system

🧍 Body Awareness

  • Improves spatial awareness and control
  • Supports coordination and motor planning

🎯 Focus & Attention

  • Rhythmic, repetitive movement supports concentration
  • Helpful as a reset before seated tasks

🧘 Self-Regulation

  • Can reduce anxiety and hyperactivity
  • Provides a structured outlet for excess energy

🏋️ Strength & Stability

  • Builds upper body strength
  • Supports posture and endurance

🧺 Set-Up

Equipment

  • Sturdy chair (non-slip, stable)
  • Flat surface

Starting Position

  • Sit upright on the chair
  • Feet flat on the floor
  • Hands placed on the edges of the seat
  • Fingers facing forward

🔄 How to Do the Activity

1. Lift

  • Shift weight forward slightly
  • Push through hands to lift hips off the chair

2. Lower

  • Bend elbows slowly
  • Keep elbows close to the body

3. Push Up

  • Press through arms to return to starting position
  • Use controlled movement

4. Repeat

  • Aim for 10–15 repetitions
  • Adjust based on strength and comfort

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Small lifts (partial weight-bearing)
  • Fewer repetitions

Best for:
Low strength, fatigue, early introduction

🌿 Moderate

  • Full lift with controlled lowering
  • Steady rhythm

Best for:
Regulation and strength building

🌳 Stronger / Intense

  • More repetitions
  • Slower, deeper bends
  • Increased time under tension

Best for:
High energy, strong proprioceptive input

⚠️ Support Tips

  • Encourage slow, controlled movement
  • Keep elbows close to avoid strain
  • Remind the client to engage their core
  • Adjust difficulty:
    • Feet closer = easier
    • Feet further away = harder

⛔ Stop if:

  • Pain or discomfort
  • Fatigue or loss of form
  • Shoulder strain

🧠 Clinical Use

Use chair push-ups:

  • Before or after seated work
  • During movement breaks
  • As a transition activity
  • When signs of restlessness or overload appear

💡 Key Principle

This is a regulating activity, not a strength exercise alone.
The goal is organising input, improved focus, and a settled body.

Chewy Foods
Gustatory

Description

🍬 Exploring Chewy Foods

Oral Sensory Exploration and Texture Awareness

🌟 Overview

This activity supports participants to explore chewy food textures in a safe, structured way.

It focuses on:

  • Oral sensory awareness
  • Texture recognition
  • Building comfort with different mouth-feel experiences

💡 The goal is exploration and awareness, not eating volume or compliance.

⚠️ Important Safety Check (Before Starting)

This activity should only proceed if confirmed safe.

✔ Check:

  • Mealtime management plan
  • Diet and texture restrictions
  • Speech pathologist recommendations

❌ Do NOT proceed if the participant:

  • Requires modified textures (e.g., soft, minced, pureed)
  • Has swallowing concerns without clearance

💡 If unsure, pause and consult the speech therapist or care team.

🧠 Sensory Benefits

👄 Oral Sensory Processing

  • Supports awareness of chewing and mouth-feel

💪 Oral Motor Input

  • Engages jaw muscles and chewing patterns

✋ Tactile (Oral & Hand)

  • Explores sticky, soft, fibrous, and firm textures

🧠 Sensory Integration

  • Combines taste, touch, and proprioceptive input

🍽️ Texture Awareness

  • Differentiates between chewy, soft, sticky, and firm

🌱 Food Flexibility

  • Gradual exposure may increase tolerance over time

🧺 Set-Up

Materials

  • Small portions of chewy foods:
    • Marshmallows
    • Gummy lollies
    • Licorice
    • Dried fruit (apricots, raisins)
  • Plates or bowls
  • Napkins

Environment

  • Calm, quiet, low-distraction space
  • Seated safely and comfortably

Introduce the Activity

“We’re going to explore how different foods feel when we touch and chew them.”

👄 How to Do the Activity

1. Start with Touch

  • Encourage feeling the food first

Prompts:

  • What does it feel like? Soft? Sticky? Squishy?

2. Taste and Explore

  • Take a small bite
  • Focus on chewing

Prompts:

  • Is it chewy or soft?
  • Does it melt or stay firm?

3. Notice the Chewing Experience

  • Encourage awareness of:
    • Time to break down
    • Where it is chewed

Prompts:

  • Does it feel different at the front or back teeth?

4. Introduce Variety Gradually

  • Start with familiar foods
  • Progress to more challenging textures

Examples:

  • Marshmallow → soft and spongy
  • Gummy → sticky and elastic
  • Licorice → firmer
  • Dried fruit → fibrous and tougher

5. Reflect

  • Which did you like best?
  • Did anything feel unusual?

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • One familiar food
  • Small amounts
  • Slow pacing

Best for:
Sensitivity, early exploration

🌿 Moderate

  • 2–3 foods
  • Comparing textures
  • Supported exploration

Best for:
Building awareness and tolerance

🌳 More Advanced

  • Wider range of textures
  • Clear comparison and description

Best for:
Expanding food flexibility

⚠️ Support Tips

  • Keep the activity slow and pressure-free
  • Allow time to explore safely
  • Use simple descriptive language:
    • Squishy, sticky, bouncy, tough
  • Follow the participant’s cues
  • Offer breaks as needed

⛔ Stop immediately if:

  • Signs of distress
  • Fatigue
  • Choking risk or swallowing concern

🧠 Clinical Notes

  • This is sensory exploration, not feeding therapy
  • Progression should always be:
    • Gradual
    • Respectful
    • Guided by the participant

💡 Key Principle

This is about safe exploration, not eating performance.
The goal is comfort, awareness, and positive sensory experience.

Chewy Foods
Gustatory

Description

🍬 Exploring Chewy Foods

Oral Sensory Exploration and Texture Awareness

🌟 Overview

This activity supports participants to explore chewy food textures in a calm, structured way.

It encourages:

  • Oral sensory awareness
  • Texture recognition
  • Gradual comfort with different food experiences

💡 The focus is on exploration and curiosity, not eating performance.

⚠️ Important Safety Check (Before Starting)

This activity must only be used when safe and appropriate.

✔ Confirm:

  • Mealtime management plan
  • Diet and texture restrictions
  • Speech pathologist recommendations

❌ Do NOT proceed if the participant:

  • Requires modified textures (e.g., soft, minced, pureed)
  • Has swallowing concerns without professional clearance

💡 If unsure, pause and consult the speech therapist or care team.

🧠 Sensory Benefits

👄 Oral Sensory Processing

  • Builds awareness of chewing and mouth-feel

💪 Oral Motor Input

  • Strengthens chewing patterns and jaw use

✋ Tactile (Oral & Hands)

  • Explores sticky, soft, fibrous, and firm textures

🧠 Sensory Integration

  • Combines taste, touch, and proprioceptive feedback

🍽️ Texture Recognition

  • Differentiates chewy, soft, sticky, and tough textures

🌱 Food Flexibility

  • Gradual exposure may increase tolerance over time

🧺 Set-Up

Materials

  • Small portions of chewy foods:
    • Marshmallows
    • Gummy lollies
    • Licorice
    • Dried fruit (e.g., apricots, raisins)
  • Small bowls or plates
  • Napkins

Environment

  • Calm, quiet, low-distraction space
  • Comfortable, supported seating

Introduce the Activity

“We’re going to explore how different foods feel when we touch and chew them.”

👄 How to Do the Activity

1. Start with Touch

  • Encourage feeling the food before tasting

Prompts:

  • What does it feel like? Soft? Sticky? Squishy?

2. Taste and Explore

  • Take a small bite
  • Focus on the chewing experience

Prompts:

  • Is it chewy or soft?
  • Does it melt or stay firm?

3. Notice the Chewing Process

  • Encourage awareness of:
    • Time to break down
    • Where chewing occurs (front vs back teeth)

Prompt:

  • Does it feel different at the front compared to the back?

4. Introduce Variety Gradually

  • Start with familiar foods
  • Progress to more complex textures

Examples:

  • Marshmallow → soft, spongy
  • Gummy → sticky, elastic
  • Licorice → firmer
  • Dried fruit → fibrous, tougher

5. Encourage Description

  • Use meaningful language:
    • Squishy, bouncy, sticky, tough

6. Reflect

  • Which one did you like best?
  • Did anything feel unusual?

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • One familiar food
  • Small amounts
  • Slow pacing

Best for:
Sensitivity, early exploration

🌿 Moderate

  • 2–3 foods
  • Simple comparison

Best for:
Building awareness and tolerance

🌳 More Advanced

  • Wider range of textures
  • Clear comparison and discussion

Best for:
Expanding flexibility and confidence

⚠️ Support Tips

  • Keep the activity relaxed and unhurried
  • Follow the participant’s cues
  • Allow breaks and pacing
  • Use simple, descriptive language
  • Expect variability in responses

⛔ Stop immediately if:

  • Distress
  • Fatigue
  • Choking or swallowing concerns

🧠 Clinical Notes

  • This is sensory exploration, not feeding therapy
  • Progression should be:
    • Gradual
    • Respectful
    • Participant-led

🎯 Optional Extensions

  • Sort foods by texture
  • Guess texture before tasting
  • Compare similar foods

💡 Key Principle

This is about safe exploration, not eating success.
The goal is comfort, awareness, and positive sensory experience.

Citrus & Fresh Things
Multi-Sensory

Description

🍋 Citrus & Fresh Things

An aromatic exploration of zest and fruit textures.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Explore the refreshing properties of citrus fruits through gentle touch, smell, and visual engagement. This activity uses natural textures and bright, zesty scents to awaken the senses and promote grounding.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides strong olfactory stimulation to assist with alertness and mood regulation.

• Offers varied tactile feedback through smooth peels and textured fruit surfaces.

• Encourages visual scanning of vibrant, natural colors.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Fresh lemons, limes, and oranges.

• A soft, textured washcloth or sensory mitt.

• A small bowl or tray.

• A knife (for staff use only).

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Set up the materials on a tray within the participant's visual field.

• Slowly introduce the scent by gently squeezing the zest of a citrus fruit near the participant's nose.

• Offer the whole fruit for the participant to touch or feel the cool, waxy surface.

• Cut a small slice to reveal the internal texture and increase the intensity of the aroma.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Secure the tray to a lap tray or table at chest height for easy reach.

• Position the fruit close to the participant's face to accommodate limited range of motion.

• Place the fruits on a non-slip mat to prevent rolling off the tray.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure the participant does not have any known citrus allergies or sensitivities to essential oils.

• Keep small fruit pieces, seeds, or rinds away from the mouth to prevent choking hazards.

• Watch for signs of sensory overload, such as turning away or pulling back from the scent.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Freeze segments of orange for a cold, refreshing tactile sensation.

• Mix citrus juice with warm water in a bowl for a scented hand bath.

• Compare the smooth skin of a lemon to the bumpy surface of an orange.

• Use a grater (out of reach) to release maximum scent into the air.

• Decorate a small paper plate with fruit slices to create a temporary scented collage.

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Hold a whole, unpeeled orange at a distance.

• Allow the participant to passively observe the colors.

• Use soft, ambient exposure without direct touch.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Gently brush the peel against the back of the hand.

• Squeeze a small amount of zest to release a light scent.

• Encourage light touching of the fruit surface.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Cut the fruit in half to expose the juicy segments.

• Apply moderate, rhythmic pressure to the fruit segments.

• Enhance the aroma by squeezing the fruit directly onto a warm cloth.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always offer the scent before initiating touch to gauge the participant's comfort level.

• Respect a 'stop' signal, such as head turning or pushing away, immediately.

• Follow the participant's gaze to see which citrus type they show the most interest in.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• You will love this activity for its simplicity, natural components, and the immediate, positive impact that clean citrus scents have on creating a bright and engaging atmosphere.

Citrus Cloud
Multi-Sensory

Description

☁️ CITRUS CLOUD

Experience a gentle, zesty sensory journey through whipped citrus textures.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Citrus Cloud is a light and airy sensory experience that combines the invigorating scent of fresh fruit with the soft, whipped texture of a citrus-infused sensory foam. This activity encourages exploration of contrast, offering a bubbly sensation that melts away upon touch, providing a calming yet stimulating environment perfect for those who enjoy light tactile inputs.

SENSORY BENEFITS

SMELL: The bright, natural zest of citrus provides an awakening olfactory experience that can help promote alertness and mood regulation. TOUCH: The foam creates a light, aerated tactile sensation that offers a non-threatening and gentle input for those with tactile defensiveness. VISION: The bright, opaque white foam against the colorful citrus zest provides clear visual contrast for easier tracking.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• 1 cup of citrus-scented liquid soap or foaming hand wash

• 1/2 cup of warm water

• A handheld electric mixer

• Fresh lemon or orange zest for garnish

• A shallow, wide-rimmed sensory tray

ACTIVITY IDEAS

Foam Sculpting. Place a large mound of foam on the tray and help the individual press their hands into the center to feel the resistance and the collapsing bubbles. Zest Sprinkling. Gently guide the individual's hand to sprinkle light citrus zest over the top of the foam mountain, focusing on the auditory crunch and the changing texture. Whipped Hand Massage. Use a small amount of the foam to gently massage the palms and fingers, emphasizing the temperature change from warm foam to cool skin. Visual Floating. Use a straw or your breath to gently blow small bits of citrus peel across the surface of the foam, encouraging visual tracking as the pieces drift.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Apply a small amount of foam to the back of the hand or forearm if the individual is hesitant to touch the palm. • Use a mirror underneath a clear tray to enhance the visual experience of the foam bubbles. • Focus on passive exposure by placing the tray near the individual's face for maximum scent impact without requiring active movement. Always remain attuned to the individual's subtle cues and non-verbal communication, honoring their pace and sensory preferences throughout the experience.

TIPS

• Ensure the liquid soap is tear-free if there is a risk of the individual touching their eyes. • If the individual is non-vocal, monitor breathing patterns and facial expressions to gauge their level of enjoyment or overstimulation. • Keep a damp towel nearby for quick clean-up.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love Citrus Cloud because it transforms simple, accessible materials into a multidimensional sensory landscape that is easy to customize and clean, making it a perfect low-stress activity for meaningful connection.

Citrus Discovery
Olfactory

Description

🍊 EXPLORING CITRUS

A Multi-Sensory Journey with Nature's Most Refreshing Fruits

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Discover the amazing sensory world hidden inside everyday citrus fruits! Smell, squeeze, peel, taste, paint, compare textures, explore colours, and enjoy the refreshing aromas of oranges, lemons, limes, mandarins and grapefruit. This uplifting activity encourages curiosity, relaxation and meaningful sensory experiences that can be adapted for people of all ages and abilities.

SENSORY BENEFITS

SMELL

Fresh citrus provides strong, distinctive aromas that are naturally stimulating and uplifting. Compare the sweet fragrance of oranges with the sharper aroma of lemons or the refreshing scent of limes and mandarins.

TOUCH

Explore the smooth, cool, slightly bumpy skin of citrus fruits. Peel the fruit, feel the juicy segments, gently squeeze them, or rub the peel between your fingers. Whole fruit can also be gently rolled or rubbed over the hands and forearms.

TASTE

Enjoy tasting a variety of citrus fruits and compare sweet, tangy and sour flavours. Freshly squeezed juice can also be sampled or added to water.

VISION

Observe the bright colours, shiny skins, juicy segments and beautiful patterns inside each fruit. Compare the different sizes, colours and shapes.

PROPRIOCEPTION

Peeling fruit, pulling apart segments, squeezing citrus and using a hand juicer provide enjoyable resistance that strengthens the muscles of the hands and fingers.

HEARING

Listen to the gentle sounds of peeling, squeezing, cutting and juicing the fruit.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Oranges

• Mandarins

• Lemons

• Limes

• Grapefruit (optional)

• Cutting board

• Knife (staff use if required)

• Bowls or trays

• Paper towels

• Hand juicer (optional)

• Paint and paper

• Citrus scented moisturiser

ACTIVITY IDEAS

Smell Exploration

Invite participants to smell whole fruit, freshly peeled fruit and squeezed peel. Compare which aromas are strongest, sweetest or most refreshing.

Texture Discovery

Feel the rough peel, smooth skin and juicy flesh. Gently rub whole fruit or peel over the hands and forearms if this is enjoyable.

Juice Exploration

Squeeze citrus by hand or use a juicer. Watch the juice flow and enjoy tasting freshly squeezed juice.

Citrus Painting

Cut citrus fruit in half and dip it into paint to create colourful citrus prints. Experiment with different fruits and colours to create interesting artwork.

Taste Exploration

Compare sweet oranges, tangy mandarins, sour lemons and refreshing limes. Notice how each fruit tastes different and the facial expressions they create.

Citrus Treats

Enjoy citrus-inspired foods such as:

• Orange cake

• Lemon drizzle cake

• Lemon slice

• Mandarin segments

• Orange jelly

• Citrus yoghurt

• Fresh fruit salad

Citrus Moisturiser

Finish the activity by applying a citrus-scented moisturiser to the hands and forearms while enjoying the lingering fresh aroma.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

This activity can be easily adapted by bringing the sensory experience directly to the person.

• Hold freshly cut citrus close enough to enjoy the aroma.

• Gently place whole fruit, peel or juicy segments into the person's hands.

• Lightly rub citrus peel over the hands or forearms if this is enjoyable.

• Support the person to squeeze fruit and experience the resistance and flowing juice.

• Offer tiny tastes of citrus juice where safe and appropriate.

• Encourage visual tracking while peeling or cutting brightly coloured fruit.

• Assist with pressing citrus fruit into paint to create colourful prints.

• Finish with a gentle hand or arm massage using citrus-scented moisturiser.

Always follow the person's interests, preferences and responses. Some people may enjoy only one sensory experience, while others may enjoy exploring every aspect of the activity.

TIPS

• Offer several different citrus fruits to compare.

• Allow plenty of time to smell before tasting.

• Encourage exploration rather than focusing on completing tasks.

• Try the activity indoors or outdoors.

• Observe which sensory experiences the participant enjoys most and repeat these in future sessions.

• Share freshly squeezed juice or citrus treats with others to encourage social interaction and enjoyment.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

Who would have thought such a simple idea could offer so many wonderful sensory experiences? Citrus fruits provide colour, texture, aroma, taste, movement and creativity in one joyful activity. Whether smelling, squeezing, painting, tasting or simply enjoying the refreshing scents, this activity offers endless opportunities for exploration, relaxation and meaningful engagement.

Citrus Discovery

Description

🍊 EXPLORING CITRUS A Multi-Sensory Journey with Nature's Most Refreshing Fruits ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION Discover the amazing sensory world hidden inside everyday citrus fruits! Smell, squeeze, peel, taste, paint, compare textures, explore colours, and enjoy the refreshing aromas of oranges, lemons, limes, mandarins and grapefruit. This uplifting activity encourages curiosity, relaxation and meaningful sensory experiences that can be adapted for people of all ages and abilities. SENSORY BENEFITS SMELL Fresh citrus provides strong, distinctive aromas that are naturally stimulating and uplifting. Compare the sweet fragrance of oranges with the sharper aroma of lemons or the refreshing scent of limes and mandarins. TOUCH Explore the smooth, cool, slightly bumpy skin of citrus fruits. Peel the fruit, feel the juicy segments, gently squeeze them, or rub the peel between your fingers. Whole fruit can also be gently rolled or rubbed over the hands and forearms. TASTE Enjoy tasting a variety of citrus fruits and compare sweet, tangy and sour flavours. Freshly squeezed juice can also be sampled or added to water. VISION Observe the bright colours, shiny skins, juicy segments and beautiful patterns inside each fruit. Compare the different sizes, colours and shapes. PROPRIOCEPTION Peeling fruit, pulling apart segments, squeezing citrus and using a hand juicer provide enjoyable resistance that strengthens the muscles of the hands and fingers. HEARING Listen to the gentle sounds of peeling, squeezing, cutting and juicing the fruit. WHAT YOU'LL NEED • Oranges • Mandarins • Lemons • Limes • Grapefruit (optional) • Cutting board • Knife (staff use if required) • Bowls or trays • Paper towels • Hand juicer (optional) • Paint and paper • Citrus scented moisturiser ACTIVITY IDEAS Smell Exploration Invite participants to smell whole fruit, freshly peeled fruit and squeezed peel. Compare which aromas are strongest, sweetest or most refreshing. Texture Discovery Feel the rough peel, smooth skin and juicy flesh. Gently rub whole fruit or peel over the hands and forearms if this is enjoyable. Juice Exploration Squeeze citrus by hand or use a juicer. Watch the juice flow and enjoy tasting freshly squeezed juice. Citrus Painting Cut citrus fruit in half and dip it into paint to create colourful citrus prints. Experiment with different fruits and colours to create interesting artwork. Taste Exploration Compare sweet oranges, tangy mandarins, sour lemons and refreshing limes. Notice how each fruit tastes different and the facial expressions they create. Citrus Treats Enjoy citrus-inspired foods such as: • Orange cake • Lemon drizzle cake • Lemon slice • Mandarin segments • Orange jelly • Citrus yoghurt • Fresh fruit salad Citrus Moisturiser Finish the activity by applying a citrus-scented moisturiser to the hands and forearms while enjoying the lingering fresh aroma. ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY This activity can be easily adapted by bringing the sensory experience directly to the person. • Hold freshly cut citrus close enough to enjoy the aroma. • Gently place whole fruit, peel or juicy segments into the person's hands. • Lightly rub citrus peel over the hands or forearms if this is enjoyable. • Support the person to squeeze fruit and experience the resistance and flowing juice. • Offer tiny tastes of citrus juice where safe and appropriate. • Encourage visual tracking while peeling or cutting brightly coloured fruit. • Assist with pressing citrus fruit into paint to create colourful prints. • Finish with a gentle hand or arm massage using citrus-scented moisturiser. Always follow the person's interests, preferences and responses. Some people may enjoy only one sensory experience, while others may enjoy exploring every aspect of the activity. TIPS • Offer several different citrus fruits to compare. • Allow plenty of time to smell before tasting. • Encourage exploration rather than focusing on completing tasks. • Try the activity indoors or outdoors. • Observe which sensory experiences the participant enjoys most and repeat these in future sessions. • Share freshly squeezed juice or citrus treats with others to encourage social interaction and enjoyment. WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY Who would have thought such a simple idea could offer so many wonderful sensory experiences? Citrus fruits provide colour, texture, aroma, taste, movement and creativity in one joyful activity. Whether smelling, squeezing, painting, tasting or simply enjoying the refreshing scents, this activity offers endless opportunities for exploration, relaxation and meaningful engagement.
Clean Cupboards
Tactile

Description

:

🧽 Wiping Down Cupboards

A Functional, Calming Sensory Activity

🌟 Overview

Wiping down cupboards is a simple, meaningful daily task that provides:

  • Repetitive movement
  • Tactile and proprioceptive input
  • A clear sense of completion

It supports regulation, focus, and independence, while building everyday life skills.

🧠 Sensory Benefits

✋ Tactile

  • Cloth against surfaces provides varied textures
  • Dry vs damp cloth offers contrast

🌡 Temperature

  • Warm water can be calming
  • Cool surfaces provide contrast

💪 Proprioceptive

  • Wiping and wringing offer joint and muscle input
  • Strengthens hands and supports coordination

🧘 Self-Regulation

  • Repetitive motion can be soothing and grounding
  • Supports calm focus

👃 Olfactory

  • Optional scents (e.g., lemon, lavender)
  • Fresh “clean” smell can be rewarding

🌱 Emotional & Functional

  • Builds independence and responsibility
  • Provides visible results → sense of achievement

🧺 Set-Up

Materials

  • All-purpose cleaner (or mild/natural alternative)
  • Soft cloth or microfiber towel
  • Bucket of warm water
  • Optional gloves
  • Optional mild scent

Prepare the Space

  • Clear cupboard surfaces
  • Set up materials within easy reach
  • Keep the environment calm and organised

Introduce the Activity

“We’re going to wipe the cupboards and see how they change as we clean them.”

🧽 How to Do the Activity

1. Explore the Materials

  • Let the client:
    • Feel the cloth
    • Try the spray bottle
    • Smell the cleaner (if appropriate)

2. Apply Cleaner

  • Demonstrate spraying the surface
  • Support controlled use of the spray

3. Start Wiping

  • Fold cloth into a manageable size
  • Use:
    • Circular motions
    • Back-and-forth strokes

Prompts:

  • Can you feel how the cloth moves?
  • What happens when you wipe here?

4. Rinse & Wring

  • Dip cloth in warm water
  • Wring out

Encourage noticing:

  • Wet vs dry texture
  • Squeezing pressure

5. Continue & Finish

  • Wipe remaining areas
  • Check for missed spots
  • Dry surfaces if needed

6. Pack Away

  • Return materials
  • Admire the clean space

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Small area
  • Light wiping
  • Short duration

Best for:
Fatigue, low engagement

🌿 Moderate

  • Larger surfaces
  • Repeated wiping and wringing

Best for:
Regulation and focus

🌳 More Active

  • Full cupboard area
  • Stronger wiping and squeezing

Best for:
Proprioceptive input and engagement

⚠️ Support Tips

  • Keep instructions simple
  • Allow repetition (this is regulating)
  • Adjust scent intensity based on preference
  • Offer gloves if tactile sensitivity is present

⛔ Adjust or stop if:

  • Sensory discomfort (texture or smell)
  • Fatigue
  • Loss of engagement

🧠 Clinical Notes

  • Strong combination of:
    • Tactile + proprioceptive + functional tasking
  • Useful for:
    • Regulation
    • Routine building
    • Increasing independence

💡 Key Principle

This is both a sensory activity and a meaningful task.
The goal is calm engagement, skill-building, and a sense of accomplishment.

Clean the Fridge
Tactile

Description

🧊 Cleaning the Fridge

A Structured, Sensory-Rich Daily Living Activity

🌟 Overview

Cleaning the fridge is a meaningful, real-life activity that combines:

  • Sorting and decision-making
  • Repetitive movement
  • Sensory exploration

It supports regulation, organisation, and independence, while providing a clear and satisfying outcome.

🧠 Sensory & Developmental Benefits

🧠 Cognitive & Sorting Skills

  • Decision-making (keep vs discard)
  • Categorising and organising

✋ Tactile

  • Handling food items and wiping surfaces
  • Exploring textures (smooth, sticky, soft)

💪 Proprioceptive

  • Wiping, scrubbing, and reaching
  • Provides grounding deep pressure input

👃 Olfactory

  • Smell of food and cleaning products
  • Fresh, clean scents can be regulating

👀 Visual Organisation

  • Clear, ordered space reduces visual clutter
  • Creates a sense of calm and control

🧘 Self-Regulation

  • Repetitive, structured task supports focus
  • Predictability reduces anxiety

🌱 Emotional & Functional

  • Builds independence and responsibility
  • Strong sense of completion and achievement

🧺 Set-Up

Materials

  • All-purpose cleaner or vinegar-water solution
  • Spray bottle
  • Cloths, paper towels, or sponges
  • Bucket or bowl of warm water
  • Optional gloves
  • Trash bags
  • Optional organising bins

Prepare the Space

  • Ensure safe access to fridge
  • Clear nearby surfaces
  • Set up materials within reach

Introduce the Activity

“We’re going to clean and organise the fridge so everything is easy to find.”

🧊 How to Do the Activity

1. Empty the Fridge

  • Remove all items
  • Place on bench or table

2. Sort Items

  • Check expiry dates
  • Decide:
    • Keep
    • Throw away

Optional grouping:

  • Dairy
  • Fruit/vegetables
  • Condiments

3. Clean Surfaces

  • Spray shelves and compartments
  • Let cleaner sit briefly
  • Wipe:
    • Top to bottom
    • Circular or back-and-forth motions

4. Rinse & Dry

  • Wipe again with damp cloth
  • Dry with clean cloth or paper towel

Encourage noticing:

  • Wet vs dry
  • Smooth surfaces

5. Reorganise the Fridge

  • Return items
  • Create clear, consistent spaces

Support:

  • Simple systems (by type, colour, or use)

6. Review & Finish

  • Check layout together
  • Adjust if needed
  • Acknowledge completion

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Clean one shelf
  • Minimal sorting
  • Short duration

Best for:
Fatigue, low engagement

🌿 Moderate

  • Multiple shelves
  • Simple sorting and wiping

Best for:
Focus and organisation

🌳 More Active

  • Full fridge clean
  • Detailed sorting and organising

Best for:
Engagement, independence, deeper input

⚠️ Support Tips

  • Break into small steps
  • Offer choices (what to keep, where to place)
  • Keep pace slow and predictable
  • Adjust smells if sensitive
  • Allow repetition (organising is often regulating)

⛔ Adjust or stop if:

  • Overwhelm
  • Fatigue
  • Sensory discomfort (smell, texture)

🧠 Clinical Notes

  • Strong integration of:
    • Cognitive + sensory + functional skills
  • Particularly useful for:
    • Building independence
    • Supporting routine and structure
    • Regulation through meaningful activity

💡 Key Principle

This is both a life skill and a sensory activity.
The goal is calm engagement, organisation, and a sense of control and achievement.

Clean Windows
Proprioceptive

Description

🪟 Window Washing

Proprioceptive-Rich Functional Activity for Regulation and Focus

🌟 Overview

Window washing is a meaningful, movement-based activity that provides strong proprioceptive input through the arms and upper body.

It supports:

  • Regulation
  • Body awareness
  • Focus and coordination

The repetitive, rhythmic nature of the task can be both calming and organising.

🧠 Sensory Benefits

💪 Proprioceptive (Primary Input)

  • Scrubbing, squeezing, and lifting provide deep pressure
  • Supports body awareness and regulation

✋ Tactile

  • Wet vs dry surfaces
  • Cloth, sponge, and water textures

🎯 Focus & Attention

  • Visual tracking and attention to detail
  • Clear start–finish task

🧘 Self-Regulation

  • Repetitive movement creates rhythm and calm
  • Structured activity supports engagement

👀 Visual Processing

  • Noticing clean vs dirty surfaces
  • Visual satisfaction of clarity

👃 Olfactory (optional)

  • Mild cleaning scents (if tolerated)

🧺 Set-Up

Materials

  • Spray bottle with water or mild cleaner
  • Cloths or sponges
  • Bucket of water
  • Optional squeegee
  • Optional gloves

Prepare the Environment

  • Safe access to windows
  • Clear surrounding area
  • Use stable footing (no climbing unless supported)

Introduce the Activity

“We’re going to wash the windows and see how they become clearer as we clean.”

🪟 How to Do the Activity

1. Spray the Window

  • Spray evenly across the surface
  • Encourage controlled hand movement

2. Scrub the Glass

  • Use firm pressure with sponge or cloth
  • Try:
    • Circular motions
    • Up-and-down strokes

💡 Strong proprioceptive input here

3. Wipe or Squeegee

  • Remove water using cloth or squeegee
  • Use smooth, controlled strokes

4. Repeat as Needed

  • Re-spray and wipe
  • Focus on remaining marks

5. Finish & Check

  • Step back and observe the result
  • Re-clean if needed
  • Acknowledge completion

🔵 Proprioceptive Activity Components

👐 Scrubbing

  • Deep pressure through arms and shoulders

💪 Squeezing Cloth/Sponge

  • Strengthens hands and forearms

🏋️ Lifting Bucket

  • Full-body resistance input

📏 Reaching High/Low

  • Enhances balance and body awareness

💧 Pouring & Rinsing

  • Controlled, deliberate movements

🔵 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Small window area
  • Light wiping only
  • Minimal reaching

Best for:
Fatigue, low tolerance

🌿 Moderate

  • Full window
  • Scrubbing and wiping
  • Some reaching

Best for:
Regulation and engagement

🌳 Stronger / Active

  • Multiple windows
  • Firm scrubbing
  • Lifting and repeated rinsing

Best for:
High energy, strong proprioceptive input

⚠️ Support Tips

  • Use clear, simple instructions
  • Encourage slow, controlled movement
  • Provide easy-grip tools
  • Offer help with high areas
  • Include breaks as needed

⛔ Adjust or stop if:

  • Fatigue
  • Loss of balance
  • Sensory discomfort (wetness, smell)

🛠 Adaptations

  • Use spray bottle only (lighter input)
  • Use scent-free cleaners if sensitive
  • Work seated for reduced demand
  • Limit to one section at a time

🧠 Clinical Notes

  • Strong combination of:
    • Proprioceptive + tactile + visual feedback
  • Useful for:
    • Regulation breaks
    • Transition activities
    • Building independence through functional tasks

💡 Key Principle

This is a regulating, functional activity — not just cleaning.
The goal is organising input, calm focus, and a sense of achievement.

Cloud Scanning
Visual

Description

☁️ Cloud Watching

A calming, nature-based sensory activity for relaxation and imagination

🌿 Activity Overview

Cloud watching is a simple, low-demand activity that invites the client to observe the sky and notice the slow movement and changing shapes of clouds.

The focus is on calm engagement, gentle attention, and imagination—with no pressure to perform or respond.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👀 Visual Tracking & Perception

  • Following cloud movement supports eye coordination
  • Encourages gentle visual attention without overload

🧘 Calm & Self-Regulation

  • Slow, predictable movement of clouds is naturally regulating
  • Supports reduction in stress and sensory overwhelm

🌿 Mindfulness & Presence

  • Encourages being in the moment
  • Promotes a sense of calm and grounding

✏️ Fine Motor & Cognitive Skills

  • Drawing cloud shapes supports hand–eye coordination
  • Encourages memory, attention, and processing

💬 Communication & Language

  • Describing shapes supports expressive language
  • Encourages storytelling and shared interaction

🧰 Materials (Optional)

  • Comfortable seating or blanket
  • Paper and pencils for drawing
  • Sunglasses (to reduce glare)
  • Binoculars (optional, if appropriate)
  • Soft music or nature sounds (optional)

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Choose a quiet outdoor space or a window with sky visibility
  • Ensure comfort (shade, seating, temperature)
  • Minimise distractions where possible

Positioning

  • Client may:
    • Lie on their back
    • Sit in a chair
    • Recline comfortably

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start

  • Invite the client to look up at the sky
  • Keep language simple: “Let’s watch the clouds together”
  • Allow time to settle

2. Observation

  • Encourage slow looking without pressure
  • Optional: guide breathing
    • “Slow breath in… and out…”
  • Allow silence and stillness

3. Engagement (Optional)

Follow the client’s lead. You may gently prompt:

  • “What does that cloud look like?”
  • “Is it changing?”

Options for engagement:

  • Describing shapes
  • Imagining stories
  • Drawing what they see

4. Exploration Over Time

  • Notice how clouds move and transform
  • Highlight changes gently if appropriate
  • Allow repetition and extended observation

💡 Variations

🎨 Drawing Clouds

  • Sketch shapes seen in the sky
  • Keep it simple and pressure-free

🐘 Themed Imagination

  • Suggest a theme (animals, objects)
  • Use only if helpful—not required

🎵 Sensory Enhancement

  • Add soft music or nature sounds
  • Use only if it enhances calm

🕶 Visual Supports

  • Sunglasses to reduce brightness
  • Binoculars for a different perspective

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Keep interaction minimal and calm
  • ✔ Allow long pauses—silence is valuable
  • ✔ Follow the client’s interest (or lack of it)
  • ✔ Do not force engagement or responses
  • ✔ Watch for light sensitivity or discomfort
  • ✔ End early if attention or comfort declines

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is typically:

  • Calming and grounding
  • Low sensory demand
  • Well suited to:
    • Recovery periods
    • Transition times
    • Reducing overload

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Give gentle notice: “We’ll finish in a moment”
  • Help the client transition slowly
  • Move to a familiar or calming next activity 
Colour Mixing
Visual

Description

🎨 Primary Colour Mixing

A creative, multi-sensory activity for exploration, regulation, and expression

🌿 Activity Overview

This activity invites the client to explore colour through hands-on, sensory-rich experiences. Using materials like water, ice, paint, or shaving cream, the client mixes primary colours to create new ones.

The focus is on gentle exploration, sensory enjoyment, and creativity—not correctness or outcomes.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👀 Visual Engagement

  • Observing colours blend and change supports visual processing
  • Encourages curiosity and sustained attention

✋ Tactile Input

  • Materials like shaving cream and milk provide rich sensory feedback
  • Can be calming and regulating for many clients

🖐 Fine Motor Skills

  • Using droppers, spoons, or brushes supports hand control and coordination
  • Builds strength and precision in a relaxed context

🧠 Cognitive Development

  • Introduces cause-and-effect (mixing = new colours)
  • Supports problem-solving and experimentation

🎨 Creativity & Expression

  • Open-ended exploration encourages self-expression
  • No “right way” to participate

🧰 Materials

Choose based on the client’s preferences and tolerance:

  • Primary colours (red, blue, yellow) in one or more forms:
    • Coloured water (food colouring)
    • Coloured ice cubes
    • Milk or white paint
    • Shaving cream with colour added
    • Paints (washable preferred)
  • Bowls or containers
  • Droppers, spoons, or brushes
  • Tray or paper for mixing
  • Apron or old clothes

🛠 Setup

Prepare Materials

  • Create separate primary colour sources
  • Keep presentation simple and not overwhelming
  • Offer only a few options at first

Prepare Environment

  • Use a tray or covered surface
  • Ensure easy reach to all materials
  • Keep the space calm and uncluttered

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Show the three colours (red, blue, yellow)
  • Allow the client to explore them freely
  • Offer choice: “Which one would you like to start with?”

2. Colour Mixing

  • Encourage combining colours in any way
  • Model simple examples if helpful:
    • Red + Blue → Purple
    • Blue + Yellow → Green
    • Yellow + Red → Orange
  • Allow time for repetition and experimentation
  • Avoid over-instruction—let the process lead

3. Explore & Create

  • Use new colours to:
    • Paint or draw
    • Mix into textures (e.g. shaving cream)
    • Make prints or patterns
  • Follow the client’s interest and pace

💡 Variations

🧊 Ice Colour Play

  • Use coloured ice cubes
  • Watch colours blend as they melt

✋ Texture Additions

  • Add sand, fabric, or other materials
  • Expand tactile exploration

🎲 Colour Guessing Game

  • Ask: “What do you think will happen?”
  • Keep it playful, not test-based

🖐 Finger Painting

  • Encourage direct hand use if tolerated
  • Provides deeper sensory input

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Keep instructions simple and minimal
  • ✔ Follow the client’s lead
  • ✔ Offer choices rather than direction
  • ✔ Watch for signs of sensory overload
  • ✔ Stop or modify at the first sign of discomfort
  • ✔ Focus on enjoyment, not outcome

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity can be:

  • Calming when slow and tactile (e.g. shaving cream, milk)
  • Alerting when more active or visually stimulating

Adjust materials and pace based on the client’s state.

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Give a clear signal the activity is finishing
  • Assist with clean-up if needed
  • Transition to a calming or familiar activity

Colouring
Visual

Description

🖍 Colouring In

A calming, creative activity for focus, regulation, and self-expression

🌿 Activity Overview

Colouring is a simple, low-demand activity that supports calm engagement, fine motor development, and creative expression through repetitive and predictable hand movements.

The focus is on enjoyment and participation, not accuracy or staying within lines.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

✋ Fine Motor Skills

  • Strengthens hand muscles and grip control
  • Supports pencil control and coordination

👀 Hand–Eye Coordination

  • Improves visual-motor integration
  • Encourages controlled, purposeful movement

🧘 Self-Regulation

  • Repetitive colouring can be calming and grounding
  • Supports emotional regulation and reduced stress

🎯 Focus & Attention

  • Encourages sustained engagement
  • Builds tolerance for quiet, seated activities

🎨 Creativity & Expression

  • Allows choice and personal expression
  • No “right or wrong” way to participate

🧰 Materials

  • Coloured pencils, crayons, markers, or pens
  • Colouring books, printed sheets, or blank paper
  • Optional: stencils or simple outlines

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet, low-distraction space
  • Good lighting
  • Comfortable seating and table height

Presentation

  • Offer a small selection of tools initially
  • Avoid overwhelming with too many choices

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start

  • Invite the client to choose materials
  • Keep language simple: “Would you like to do some colouring?”
  • Allow time to settle

2. Engagement

  • Encourage colouring at the client’s pace
  • Allow freedom to colour in or outside lines
  • Follow the client’s interest

Optional prompts:

  • “That’s a great colour choice”
  • “Would you like to try another colour?”

3. Extend (If Appropriate)

Only if the client is engaged and interested:

  • Introduce colouring within lines
  • Suggest simple patterns or shading
  • Offer images to copy
  • Suggest a gentle theme (e.g. favourite animal)

💡 Variations

✏️ Free Drawing

  • Use blank paper for open-ended creativity

🧩 Structured Colouring

  • Use stencils or simple outlines for guidance

🎨 Colour Blending

  • Explore mixing colours or shading techniques

🖍 Texture Exploration

  • Try different tools (crayons vs markers) for varied sensory input

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Focus on enjoyment, not neatness
  • ✔ Avoid correcting or over-directing
  • ✔ Offer choices rather than instructions
  • ✔ Keep prompts gentle and minimal
  • ✔ Watch for signs of fatigue or frustration
  • ✔ Stop or simplify if needed

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is typically:

  • Calming and organising
  • Useful for:
    • Transition times
    • Quiet periods
    • Recovery after stimulation

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Give gentle notice before finishing
  • Allow the client to complete a section if possible
  • Transition to the next activity calmly
Comfort Basket
Multi-Sensory

Description

🧺 Comfort Basket

A curated sensory exploration for comfort and self-regulation.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Comfort Basket is a personalized collection of tactile and olfactory items designed to provide a predictable, grounding sensory experience. It serves as a "portable sanctuary" to help individuals regulate their nervous system through familiar, comforting textures and scents.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides calming tactile input to reduce anxiety.

• Offers olfactory grounding to help with transition periods.

• Encourages focused attention and visual engagement.

• Supports self-soothing behaviors through controlled sensory exposure.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A sturdy, shallow basket or soft bin.

• A variety of textures: silk, velvet, faux fur, or weighted plush.

• A scent bag or diffuser with familiar, non-toxic essential oils.

• A small handheld massager or sensory brush.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Place the basket on a tray or table directly in front of the individual.

• Allow them time to orient to the items before offering assistance.

• Gently guide their hand to different textures, observing for signs of comfort or withdrawal.

• Use the scent bag near their nose only if they show positive engagement with other items.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Use a lap tray to keep the basket stable and accessible.

• Attach items to the basket with sensory-safe ribbons to prevent them from falling to the floor.

• Position the basket at eye level if the individual has limited reach.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure all materials are non-toxic and choking-hazard free.

• Monitor for sensory overload; stop immediately if the individual pulls away or shows distress.

• Check for allergies regarding scented items.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Themes: Seasonal (e.g., cool silks for summer, warm knits for winter).

• Include a "fidget" object like a stress ball or textured ring.

• Incorporate auditory elements like a soft-sounding chime.

• Rotate items weekly to maintain novelty and interest.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Offer just one textured square at a time.

• Use unscented materials only.

• Limit contact to the palm or back of the hand.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Allow the individual to choose between two textures.

• Use mild, familiar scents like vanilla or lavender.

• Encourage grasping and releasing items.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Encourage deep pressure touch using a weighted plushie.

• Use a vibrating massager for increased sensory feedback.

• Introduce multiple, contrasting textures simultaneously.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Follow the individual's lead; if they push an item away, remove it immediately.

• Use calm, low tones of voice while exploring items together.

• Observe micro-expressions like brow furrowing or relaxing shoulders to gauge the experience.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity is deeply empowering because it puts choice and control directly into the hands of the individual. It is a beautiful, low-pressure way to build connection and find peace throughout a busy day.

Comfort Cave
Multi-Sensory

Description

⛺ COMFORT CAVE

A cozy, enclosed retreat designed to provide deep calming and sensory regulation.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Comfort Cave is a dedicated, low-stimulation sanctuary that invites individuals to retreat from the bustle of their environment. By creating a small, enclosed space using blankets or a sensory tent, you offer a sense of security and containment that can help to ground the nervous system and encourage relaxation.

SENSORY BENEFITS

TOUCH: Soft fabrics and weighted blankets provide gentle deep-pressure input that promotes physical comfort. PROPRIOCEPTION: The enclosed nature of the space provides a sense of boundary and awareness of the body in space. HEARING: Blocking out external noise creates a quiet environment that reduces auditory overstimulation. VISION: Dim lighting inside the cave helps to lower visual input, allowing the eyes to rest and the mind to calm.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A pop-up tent, sturdy table, or draped blankets. • Soft pillows and cushions. • A weighted blanket or heavy comforter. • Fairy lights or a soft projection lamp. • Calming sensory toys or plush textures.

ACTIVITY IDEAS

THE LIGHT GARDEN: Drape battery-operated fiber optic strands or soft LED fairy lights across the ceiling to create a soothing, twinkling canopy. THE CALM CORNER: Fill the space with textured tactile mats and squishy pillows to provide varied sensory feedback for the hands and body. SOUND VIBRATION: Place a Bluetooth speaker inside to play low-frequency rhythmic beats or nature sounds that can be felt through the floor. THE HIDEAWAY HUG: Use weighted wraps or multiple pillows to create a structured nook that mimics a firm, comforting hold.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Ensure the entrance is wide enough for easy wheelchair access or caregiver support. • Use non-allergenic, breathable fabrics to ensure safety during periods of rest. • Incorporate familiar scents like lavender or vanilla on a sensory cloth to enhance the feeling of safety. • Position the person in their preferred postural support within the space. Always observe the individual's facial expressions and body language closely to ensure they are enjoying the experience and feeling safe, adjusting the intensity of the sensory input based on their unique responses.

TIPS

• Always keep the cave space well-ventilated for safety. • Check the temperature inside the cave regularly to prevent overheating. • Use a dimmer switch to control the light level based on the person's current alertness level.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity provides a powerful, portable way to reset a sensory system, offering an essential pause button in a busy day that builds trust and promotes profound relaxation.

Couch Jumping
Proprioceptive

Description

🛋️ Couch Jumping (Vertical Jumps) 


A high-intensity movement activity for regulation and energy release

🌿 Activity Overview

Couch jumping provides strong, whole-body proprioceptive and vestibular input through repeated vertical jumping in a familiar and contained environment.

The focus is on controlled, vertical movement with clear boundaries, supporting regulation rather than unstructured play.

This activity is best used in a planned and time-limited way to assist with managing high arousal states and movement-seeking behaviour.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Strong joint compression through landing
  • Activates muscles in legs, hips, and trunk
  • Supports body awareness and organisation

🔄 Vestibular Input

  • Repetitive vertical movement supports sensory processing
  • Can assist with regulation when contained and predictable

🧘 Regulation & Grounding

  • Helps release built-up physical and emotional tension
  • Often followed by a noticeable calming effect

🎯 Focus After Movement

  • Can improve attention and readiness for seated tasks
  • Useful as part of a structured regulation routine

🔷 P-Protocol Alignment

This activity aligns strongly with the Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) by providing:

  • High-intensity joint compression
  • Rhythmic, repetitive movement
  • Clear beginning and end points
  • Whole-body activation supporting nervous system regulation

Best used:

  • Before seated or structured tasks
  • During high arousal or agitation
  • Within a planned movement block

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Use a stable couch positioned away from hard surfaces
  • Surround edges with pillows or cushions
  • Ensure clear space around the activity area

Structure

  • Define clear boundaries: vertical jumping only
  • Use a timer or countdown to signal duration
  • One-to-one supervision recommended

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Clear Start

  • Introduce simply: “Time for jumping”
  • Show where to stand and how to jump
  • Reinforce: “Up and down on the spot”

2. Jumping Phase

  • Encourage steady, vertical jumps
  • Maintain a consistent rhythm if possible
  • Use counting or timing for predictability

3. Clear Finish

  • Use countdown or timer
  • Clearly signal the end: “Finished jumping”
  • Assist transition to next activity

4. Follow-Up (Important)

  • Always follow with a calming activity:
    • Deep pressure (e.g. cushions, bean bag)
    • Lying under a blanket
    • Slow, quiet activity

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Small, slow jumps or bouncing
  • 10–20 seconds
  • Close support

Use for: cautious clients or introduction

🌿 Moderate

  • Steady vertical jumping
  • 30–60 seconds
  • Clear boundaries

Use for: general regulation and energy release

🌳 Strong

  • Higher, more forceful jumps
  • 60–90 seconds (only if well tolerated)

Must be followed by calming input

Use for: high movement needs

⚠️ Safety & Support

  • ✔ Supervise at all times
  • ✔ Ensure soft landing surface
  • ✔ Maintain vertical movement only
  • ✔ Stop if:
    • Dysregulation increases
    • Movement becomes unsafe
    • Fatigue or loss of control appears

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Present as a structured regulation activity, not free play
  • ✔ Use counting or timers for predictability
  • ✔ Keep instructions simple and consistent
  • ✔ Do not use as reward or punishment
  • ✔ Always pair with a calming follow-up

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Highly alerting initially
  • Organising and calming afterwards (when well contained)

Best outcomes occur when:

  • Clearly structured
  • Time-limited
  • Followed by deep pressure or calming input

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Give a clear, predictable finish
  • Support transition immediately
  • Move into a calming or familiar activity

Crunchy Foods
Gustatory

Description

🥨 Exploring Crunchy Foods

A structured sensory activity for oral awareness, texture exploration, and food confidence

🌿 Activity Overview

This activity supports the client to explore a range of crunchy food textures in a calm, structured way.

The focus is on gentle sensory exploration, choice, and awareness—not on eating large amounts or trying everything.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👄 Oral Sensory Awareness

  • Supports chewing, jaw work, and mouth-feel awareness
  • Builds confidence with firmer textures

🧠 Texture Discrimination

  • Helps recognise differences in crunch, hardness, and breakdown
  • Supports sensory processing and understanding

🔊 Auditory–Tactile Integration

  • Links the sound of crunch with how it feels in the mouth

🍽 Food Acceptance

  • Gradual exposure can reduce anxiety around crunchy foods

🎯 Cognitive Skills

  • Encourages comparison (e.g. crunchier, softer, louder)
  • Builds simple categorisation skills

🧘 Regulation & Predictability

  • Structured, slow pace supports emotional regulation
  • Choice reduces pressure and builds safety

🧰 Materials

Select a small, appropriate range:

  • Crackers or rice crackers
  • Pretzels
  • Corn chips
  • Dry cereal
  • Raw vegetables (e.g. carrot sticks) (if approved)
  • Nuts or seeds (only if safe and approved)

Also include:

  • Small bowls or plates
  • Napkins or wipes
  • Water for palate breaks

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet, low-distraction space
  • Comfortable seating
  • Calm, unhurried pace

Presentation

  • Offer one food at a time
  • Keep portions small
  • Avoid overwhelming with too many choices

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Present one food clearly:
    “This is a cracker. Today we’re noticing crunchy foods.”
  • Allow looking and touching before tasting if helpful

2. Taste & Explore

  • Invite a small bite
  • Encourage noticing texture and sound

Simple prompts:

  • “Is it crunchy or quiet?”
  • “Does it feel hard, crumbly, or smooth?”
  • Allow time between bites

3. Encourage Choice & Expression

  • Ask simple, open questions:
    • “Is this crunchier than the last one?”
    • “Do you like this crunch today?”
  • Accept all responses without pressure

4. Gradual Progression

  • Start with mild, easy textures (e.g. crackers)
  • Slowly introduce:
    • Louder crunch
    • Firmer textures
  • Compare side-by-side if appropriate:
    • “Which one breaks easily?”

5. Sensory Awareness

Support noticing:

  • The sound of crunch
  • How food breaks down
  • Changes as it softens in the mouth

Use neutral, descriptive language (not judgement-based)

6. Review (Optional)

  • Reflect together:
    • “Which did you like best?”
    • “Was anything too hard or too loud?”
  • Optional: record preferences

💡 Variations

🧩 Simple Choice Version

  • Offer only 2 options
  • Focus on “like / not today”

📊 Sensory Chart

  • Record preferences (e.g. crunchy, soft, loud)
  • Build awareness over time

🔄 Repeat Familiar Foods

  • Use preferred items for safety
  • Introduce new textures slowly alongside

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Always use small bites
  • ✔ Allow plenty of time for chewing
  • ✔ Offer water between foods
  • ✔ Respect refusals immediately
  • ✔ Do not rush or pressure
  • ✔ Adjust for cultural and dietary needs
  • ✔ Monitor for fatigue or overwhelm

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Organising and grounding for many clients
  • Can become overwhelming if:
    • Too many textures are introduced
    • Pace is too fast

Return to familiar textures or stop if needed

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Finish calmly and without pressure
  • Offer water
  • Transition to a familiar or calming activity 
Crunchy Foods
Gustatory

Description

🥨 Exploring Crunchy Foods

A structured sensory activity for oral awareness, texture exploration, and food confidence

🌿 Activity Overview

This activity supports the client to explore a range of crunchy food textures in a calm, structured way.

The focus is on gentle sensory exploration, choice, and awareness—not on eating large amounts or trying everything.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👄 Oral Sensory Awareness

  • Supports chewing, jaw work, and mouth-feel awareness
  • Builds confidence with firmer textures

🧠 Texture Discrimination

  • Helps recognise differences in crunch, hardness, and breakdown
  • Supports sensory processing and understanding

🔊 Auditory–Tactile Integration

  • Links the sound of crunch with how it feels in the mouth

🍽 Food Acceptance

  • Gradual exposure can reduce anxiety around crunchy foods

🎯 Cognitive Skills

  • Encourages comparison (e.g. crunchier, softer, louder)
  • Builds simple categorisation skills

🧘 Regulation & Predictability

  • Structured, slow pace supports emotional regulation
  • Choice reduces pressure and builds safety

🧰 Materials

Select a small, appropriate range:

  • Crackers or rice crackers
  • Pretzels
  • Corn chips
  • Dry cereal
  • Raw vegetables (e.g. carrot sticks) (if approved)
  • Nuts or seeds (only if safe and approved)

Also include:

  • Small bowls or plates
  • Napkins or wipes
  • Water for palate breaks

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet, low-distraction space
  • Comfortable seating
  • Calm, unhurried pace

Presentation

  • Offer one food at a time
  • Keep portions small
  • Avoid overwhelming with too many choices

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Present one food clearly:
    “This is a cracker. Today we’re noticing crunchy foods.”
  • Allow looking and touching before tasting if helpful

2. Taste & Explore

  • Invite a small bite
  • Encourage noticing texture and sound

Simple prompts:

  • “Is it crunchy or quiet?”
  • “Does it feel hard, crumbly, or smooth?”
  • Allow time between bites

3. Encourage Choice & Expression

  • Ask simple, open questions:
    • “Is this crunchier than the last one?”
    • “Do you like this crunch today?”
  • Accept all responses without pressure

4. Gradual Progression

  • Start with mild, easy textures (e.g. crackers)
  • Slowly introduce:
    • Louder crunch
    • Firmer textures
  • Compare side-by-side if appropriate:
    • “Which one breaks easily?”

5. Sensory Awareness

Support noticing:

  • The sound of crunch
  • How food breaks down
  • Changes as it softens in the mouth

Use neutral, descriptive language (not judgement-based)

6. Review (Optional)

  • Reflect together:
    • “Which did you like best?”
    • “Was anything too hard or too loud?”
  • Optional: record preferences

💡 Variations

🧩 Simple Choice Version

  • Offer only 2 options
  • Focus on “like / not today”

📊 Sensory Chart

  • Record preferences (e.g. crunchy, soft, loud)
  • Build awareness over time

🔄 Repeat Familiar Foods

  • Use preferred items for safety
  • Introduce new textures slowly alongside

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Always use small bites
  • ✔ Allow plenty of time for chewing
  • ✔ Offer water between foods
  • ✔ Respect refusals immediately
  • ✔ Do not rush or pressure
  • ✔ Adjust for cultural and dietary needs
  • ✔ Monitor for fatigue or overwhelm

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Organising and grounding for many clients
  • Can become overwhelming if:
    • Too many textures are introduced
    • Pace is too fast

Return to familiar textures or stop if needed

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Finish calmly and without pressure
  • Offer water
  • Transition to a familiar or calming activity 
Crystal Catchers
Visual

Description

✨ CRYSTAL CATCHERS

Refining visual tracking and reach through tactile sparkle.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Crystal Catchers is a calming, high-contrast sensory activity designed to encourage visual engagement and controlled reaching. By using light-catching crystals or beads, we create a shimmering environment that invites the individual to follow, track, or reach for moving objects.

This activity provides a focused, gentle sensory experience that helps ground the participant, encouraging moments of stillness and intentional movement as they interact with the light-reflecting materials.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Enhances visual tracking and ocular motor control.

• Provides calming tactile input through smooth, cold surface textures.

• Encourages spatial awareness and reach-space engagement.

• Supports focus and sustained attention through captivating light play.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A selection of high-quality acrylic crystals or glass beads.

• A bright LED torch or fibre-optic light source.

• A shallow, high-contrast tray or dark velvet cloth.

• A string or ribbon for dangling crystals.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Position the participant comfortably in a dim, quiet room.

• Place the tray of crystals in their primary visual field.

• Shine the light source onto the crystals to create reflections and movement.

• Slowly move the light or the objects to encourage the individual to follow the shimmer with their eyes.

• If the individual shows interest, gently guide their hand toward a crystal, allowing them to feel the texture and temperature.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Secure the tray to the wheelchair lap tray using non-slip matting.

• Use a flexible arm or mount to hang the crystals at eye level if the individual has limited neck mobility.

• Position the light source to be operated by a switch-adapted device if the individual wishes to control the movement themselves.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure all crystals are large enough to prevent any choking hazards.

• Monitor for over-stimulation; dim the lights or pause if the individual shows signs of gaze aversion or distress.

• Ensure the light source is not too bright or flashing to prevent sensory overload.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Submerge crystals in a water basin to add visual refraction and temperature variety.

• Create a 'crystal curtain' by hanging pieces at different heights.

• Incorporate a soft, ambient soundscape to deepen the relaxing atmosphere.

• Use a dark-coloured mirror tray to double the visual input of the crystal reflections.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use only one or two crystals held in the hand.

• Keep the light source static and soft.

• Simply place the crystals near the individual to allow for passive visual viewing.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use a small handful of crystals in a tray.

• Use slow, rhythmic movements of the light source to encourage tracking.

• Encourage light, assisted touch of the crystals.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use a larger collection of crystals for a high-intensity sparkle effect.

• Use a rotating light source to create rapid, shifting patterns.

• Encourage reaching and grasping with deeper tactile exploration.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Observe the participant's blink rate and facial expression to gauge their interest.

• Pace the movement of the light to match the individual’s natural speed of response.

• Offer 'choice pauses' where the light is turned off to see if they initiate a request for more.

• Keep instructions minimal, allowing the visual and tactile experience to speak for itself.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love Crystal Catchers because it transforms simple materials into a magical, responsive experience. It is a beautiful way to foster deep connection, rewarding small movements with significant, shimmering visual feedback.

Cup Telephone
Auditory

Description

📞 Cup Phone

A playful sensory activity for sound exploration, communication, and connection

🌿 Activity Overview

The cup phone activity allows the client to explore how sound travels using two cups connected by string.

It provides a fun, low-pressure way to engage in communication, while supporting auditory awareness and curiosity about sound.

The focus is on playful interaction, listening, and experimentation.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👂 Auditory Awareness

  • Encourages listening for sound through the string
  • Supports discrimination of volume, tone, and type of sound

🗣 Communication & Speech

  • Promotes speaking clearly in a fun, low-demand way
  • Encourages turn-taking and interaction

🧠 Cognitive Engagement

  • Builds attention and listening skills
  • Supports memory (hearing and repeating sounds or words)

🔊 Understanding Sound

  • Introduces how sound travels and changes
  • Encourages curiosity and experimentation

✋ Fine Motor Skills

  • Holding and positioning the cups supports coordination
  • Managing string tension builds control

🔄 Sensory Integration

  • Combines auditory input (hearing sounds)
  • With tactile input (feeling string tension)

🧰 Materials

  • Two plastic cups
  • String (2–3 feet or longer if appropriate)
  • Small tool to make holes (prepared beforehand)

🛠 Setup

Prepare the Cups

  • Create a small hole in the base of each cup
  • Thread string through and tie securely
  • Ensure string is taut when in use

Environment

  • Quiet space to support listening
  • Minimal background noise

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Show the cup phone
  • Keep language simple:
    “We can talk through this and listen”

2. First Listening Experience

  • Speak into one cup
  • Encourage the client to hold the other to their ear

Prompt:

  • “Can you hear something?”

3. Swap Roles

  • Invite the client to speak
  • You listen through the other cup

Encourage:

  • Clear, slow speaking
  • Any sounds (not just words)

4. Explore Sounds

Encourage different types of sound:

  • Talking
  • Whispering
  • Humming
  • Tapping
  • Silly or playful noises

Allow experimentation and repetition

5. Extend (If Appropriate)

  • Guessing game:
    “What sound did I make?”
  • Change distance between cups
  • Try different volumes
  • Notice how sound changes

💡 Variations

🎲 Sound Guessing

  • One person makes a sound
  • The other guesses

📏 Distance Play

  • Move further apart
  • Observe changes in sound clarity

🔇 Quiet vs Loud

  • Compare whispering and loud sounds

🧪 Material Changes

  • Add fabric over cup
  • Notice how sound changes

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Keep it playful and low-pressure
  • ✔ Follow the client’s interest
  • ✔ Accept all attempts at communication
  • ✔ Keep instructions simple
  • ✔ Reduce background noise where possible
  • ✔ Stop if frustration or disengagement occurs

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Lightly alerting but engaging
  • Often regulating through:
    • Predictable turn-taking
    • Focused listening

Can be used for:

  • Social connection
  • Gentle engagement
  • Transition activities

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Give a clear, gentle finish
  • “All done with the phone now”
  • Transition to a calm or familiar activity
Curiosity Box
Multi-Sensory

Description

📦 CURIOSITY BOX

An interactive, multi-textured exploration experience.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Curiosity Box is a tactile discovery activity designed to engage the senses through hidden objects. By reaching into a darkened or enclosed space to find surprise items, the individual is encouraged to explore textures, shapes, and weights.

This activity promotes curiosity and provides proprioceptive feedback through the action of reaching and manipulating objects within the container. It is a fantastic way to encourage engagement and focus in a calm, controlled environment.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Develops tactile discrimination and awareness by exploring varying material textures.

• Provides proprioceptive input through reaching, grasping, and manipulating hidden objects.

• Enhances visual-motor integration if the box is partially obscured.

• Supports emotional regulation through focused, predictable sensory engagement.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A sturdy cardboard or plastic box with a hand-sized hole cut in one side.

• A selection of textured items (e.g., velvet, sandpaper, bubble wrap, soft toys, silicone shapes).

• A light fabric cover or curtain to place over the hole to further hide the contents.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Place a variety of items inside the box before the participant arrives.

• Position the box comfortably in front of the participant.

• Encourage them to reach through the opening to touch and describe (or react to) the items they find.

• Allow time for the participant to remove items from the box if they choose.

• Follow their lead; if they are hesitant, start with one familiar, comforting object.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Place the box on an over-chair table or a tray at the appropriate height for easy access.

• If reaching is difficult, place the box on the lap and tip it slightly toward the participant.

• Secure the box to the tray or surface with non-slip matting to prevent it from sliding during use.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure all objects inside are safe to touch and have no sharp edges.

• Monitor for over-stimulation if the participant finds certain textures or the 'surprise' element overwhelming.

• Ensure the box opening is large enough for their hand to enter and exit without getting stuck.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Theme the box (e.g., 'Nature' with pinecones and leaves, or 'Kitchen' with sponges and whisks).

• Use scented items inside the box to add an olfactory component.

• Add musical or vibrating toys that activate upon touch for auditory feedback.

• Use cold or warm items (ensure safe temperatures) for thermal input.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use one single, soft, familiar toy inside the box.

• Keep the opening very large for easy visibility.

• Keep the box stationary and stable.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Include 3-4 items with varied but neutral textures.

• Use a fabric flap over the opening to encourage 'hidden' exploration.

• Mix weights of items to vary proprioceptive feedback.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use items with high-contrast textures (e.g., rough, sticky, vibrating).

• Place the box in a slightly different position to encourage reaching across the midline.

• Include objects that make a sound when manipulated.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always offer choices; let them decide whether to engage with the box today.

• Pace the interaction based on their non-verbal cues (e.g., leaning in or pulling away).

• Model the action of reaching in and 'feeling' the items to build confidence.

• Use verbal prompts that focus on curiosity, such as 'I wonder what is hiding in there?'

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love the Curiosity Box because it turns simple sensory stimulation into a playful game. It is a wonderful way to build trust and connection, providing a safe 'mystery' that allows the individual to discover the world at their own pace.

Curiosity Box
Multi-Sensory

Description

📦 Curiosity Box

An interactive tactile discovery experience for sensory exploration.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Curiosity Box invites individuals to reach into a darkened, tactile-rich environment to discover hidden treasures. This activity is designed to spark curiosity and build anticipation, providing a safe space to explore textures, shapes, and sounds without the overwhelming influence of bright visual stimuli.

SENSORY BENEFITS

TOUCH: The primary focus is on exploring various textures such as velvet, sandpaper, bubble wrap, or wooden blocks to encourage hand-eye coordination and fine motor movement. PROPRIOCEPTION: Reaching inside the box and manipulating objects provides deep pressure and feedback, helping to organize the body and regulate sensory input. VISION: Using a darkened or partially covered box reduces visual clutter, allowing for a more focused engagement when the individual pulls an item out into the light.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A sturdy cardboard box with a hand-sized hole cut in the side

• A selection of varied textures like faux fur, silk, and textured rubber

• Small sound-making toys like bells or rattles

• Lightweight scarves or sensory ribbons

ACTIVITY IDEAS

HIDDEN SOUNDS: Place items that make distinct noises inside, such as a shaker or a bell, and encourage the individual to shake them while they are still hidden to create a guessing game. THEME COLLECTIONS: Create boxes based on nature themes like smooth river stones, dry leaves, and pinecones to introduce environmental sensations. TEMPERATURE CONTRAST: Include items with different thermal properties, such as a cool metal spoon and a warm plush toy, to introduce the concept of temperature differentiation. SURPRISE REVEAL: Wrap a small toy in different layers of fabric so the individual can enjoy the sensation of unwrapping the item before discovering what is inside.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Use a soft, fabric-covered box or a basket with a cloth flap to ensure that entering the box is physically gentle and safe. • Pre-load the box with items that the person already finds comforting or familiar to build confidence before introducing new textures. • If the person cannot reach into the box, place the box on their lap and lift the flap so they can explore the contents with their hands or feet. • Use sensory-rich items with strong, clear characteristics like high-contrast colors or distinct, gentle vibrations to ensure the input is accessible. Always prioritize the person's comfort, observing their reactions closely and adjusting the speed and nature of the interaction based on their engagement cues.

TIPS

• Keep the opening large enough so that the person does not feel trapped or restricted. • Change the contents regularly to keep the experience fresh and exciting. • Ensure all objects used are safe for tactile exploration and free of sharp edges or choking hazards.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love this activity because it turns simple exploration into a magical, game-like experience that empowers the individual to lead the pace of their own discovery, fostering autonomy and sensory joy.

Dancing
Auditory

Description

💃 Dancing

A flexible, music-based movement activity for regulation, coordination, and expression

🌿 Activity Overview

Dancing combines rhythm, movement, and music to provide rich multisensory input in an enjoyable and engaging way.

The activity can be adapted from gentle swaying to energetic full-body movement, allowing it to meet a wide range of sensory needs.

The focus is on enjoyment, participation, and self-expression—not performance or accuracy.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🔄 Vestibular Input

  • Rhythmic movement supports balance and sensory processing
  • Helps organise the nervous system

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Movement and weight shifts provide body awareness
  • Supports coordination and motor control

🎵 Auditory Input

  • Music and rhythm support timing and engagement
  • Encourages predictable movement patterns

🧠 Coordination & Motor Planning

  • Supports bilateral coordination
  • Encourages sequencing and movement planning

🧘 Regulation & Emotional Expression

  • Can calm or energise depending on pace and music
  • Provides a safe outlet for emotional expression

🤝 Social Connection

  • Encourages shared attention and interaction
  • Supports connection through rhythm and movement

🧰 Materials (Optional)

  • Music (preferred songs or playlists)
  • Scarves, ribbons, or lightweight props
  • Speaker or headphones (as appropriate)

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Safe space with room to move
  • Minimise obstacles and hazards
  • Adjust lighting and noise levels as needed

Music Selection

  • Use familiar or preferred songs where possible
  • Match tempo to the desired level of activity

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start

  • Begin music at an appropriate volume
  • Invite participation simply:
    “Let’s move to the music”
  • Allow time to settle into rhythm

2. Movement

  • Encourage any form of movement:
    • Swaying
    • Stepping
    • Arm movements
    • Full-body dancing
  • Follow the client’s lead

3. Support Engagement (If Helpful)

  • Model simple movements
  • Use mirroring or “follow me”
  • Introduce props (e.g. scarves)

Keep prompts minimal and flexible

4. Extend or Adjust

  • Change music tempo or style
  • Increase or decrease movement intensity
  • Allow rest breaks as needed

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Slow music
  • Small, contained movements
  • 2–4 minutes

Use for: high sensitivity, fatigue, or calming

🌿 Moderate

  • Steady rhythm
  • Larger, repeated movements
  • 5–8 minutes

Use for: regulation, coordination, enjoyment

🌳 Strong / Energising

  • Faster tempo or highly preferred music
  • Full-body movement (jumps, spins if safe)
  • Longer duration with breaks

Use for: low arousal, movement seeking

♿ Adaptations

  • Seated or wheelchair-based dancing
  • Focus on upper-body movement
  • Use props to support engagement
  • Observation-only participation is valid

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Follow the client’s lead
  • ✔ There is no “right way” to dance
  • ✔ Prioritise enjoyment over structure
  • ✔ Use familiar music for predictability
  • ✔ Allow stopping or changing at any time
  • ✔ Monitor for overload (noise, movement, visual)

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity can be:

  • Calming (slow rhythm, gentle movement)
  • Alerting/Energising (fast tempo, full-body movement)

Adjust based on the client’s state and needs

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce movement or change to slower music
  • Give a clear signal: “Finished dancing”
  • Transition to a calming or familiar activity
Dancing
Proprioceptive

Description

💃 Dancing

A flexible, music-based movement activity for regulation, coordination, and expression

🌿 Activity Overview

Dancing combines rhythm, movement, and music to provide rich multisensory input in an enjoyable and engaging way.

The activity can be adapted from gentle swaying to energetic full-body movement, allowing it to meet a wide range of sensory needs.

The focus is on enjoyment, participation, and self-expression—not performance or accuracy.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🔄 Vestibular Input

  • Rhythmic movement supports balance and sensory processing
  • Helps organise the nervous system

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Movement and weight shifts provide body awareness
  • Supports coordination and motor control

🎵 Auditory Input

  • Music and rhythm support timing and engagement
  • Encourages predictable movement patterns

🧠 Coordination & Motor Planning

  • Supports bilateral coordination
  • Encourages sequencing and movement planning

🧘 Regulation & Emotional Expression

  • Can calm or energise depending on pace and music
  • Provides a safe outlet for emotional expression

🤝 Social Connection

  • Encourages shared attention and interaction
  • Supports connection through rhythm and movement

🧰 Materials (Optional)

  • Music (preferred songs or playlists)
  • Scarves, ribbons, or lightweight props
  • Speaker or headphones (as appropriate)

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Safe space with room to move
  • Minimise obstacles and hazards
  • Adjust lighting and noise levels as needed

Music Selection

  • Use familiar or preferred songs where possible
  • Match tempo to the desired level of activity

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start

  • Begin music at an appropriate volume
  • Invite participation simply:
    “Let’s move to the music”
  • Allow time to settle into rhythm

2. Movement

  • Encourage any form of movement:
    • Swaying
    • Stepping
    • Arm movements
    • Full-body dancing
  • Follow the client’s lead

3. Support Engagement (If Helpful)

  • Model simple movements
  • Use mirroring or “follow me”
  • Introduce props (e.g. scarves)

Keep prompts minimal and flexible

4. Extend or Adjust

  • Change music tempo or style
  • Increase or decrease movement intensity
  • Allow rest breaks as needed

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Slow music
  • Small, contained movements
  • 2–4 minutes

Use for: high sensitivity, fatigue, or calming

🌿 Moderate

  • Steady rhythm
  • Larger, repeated movements
  • 5–8 minutes

Use for: regulation, coordination, enjoyment

🌳 Strong / Energising

  • Faster tempo or highly preferred music
  • Full-body movement (jumps, spins if safe)
  • Longer duration with breaks

Use for: low arousal, movement seeking

♿ Adaptations

  • Seated or wheelchair-based dancing
  • Focus on upper-body movement
  • Use props to support engagement
  • Observation-only participation is valid

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Follow the client’s lead
  • ✔ There is no “right way” to dance
  • ✔ Prioritise enjoyment over structure
  • ✔ Use familiar music for predictability
  • ✔ Allow stopping or changing at any time
  • ✔ Monitor for overload (noise, movement, visual)

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity can be:

  • Calming (slow rhythm, gentle movement)
  • Alerting/Energising (fast tempo, full-body movement)

Adjust based on the client’s state and needs

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce movement or change to slower music
  • Give a clear signal: “Finished dancing”
  • Transition to a calming or familiar activity
Dancing
Vestibular

Description

💃 Dancing

A flexible, music-based movement activity for regulation, coordination, and expression

🌿 Activity Overview

Dancing combines rhythm, movement, and music to provide rich multisensory input in an enjoyable and engaging way.

The activity can be adapted from gentle swaying to energetic full-body movement, allowing it to meet a wide range of sensory needs.

The focus is on enjoyment, participation, and self-expression—not performance or accuracy.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🔄 Vestibular Input

  • Rhythmic movement supports balance and sensory processing
  • Helps organise the nervous system

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Movement and weight shifts provide body awareness
  • Supports coordination and motor control

🎵 Auditory Input

  • Music and rhythm support timing and engagement
  • Encourages predictable movement patterns

🧠 Coordination & Motor Planning

  • Supports bilateral coordination
  • Encourages sequencing and movement planning

🧘 Regulation & Emotional Expression

  • Can calm or energise depending on pace and music
  • Provides a safe outlet for emotional expression

🤝 Social Connection

  • Encourages shared attention and interaction
  • Supports connection through rhythm and movement

🧰 Materials (Optional)

  • Music (preferred songs or playlists)
  • Scarves, ribbons, or lightweight props
  • Speaker or headphones (as appropriate)

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Safe space with room to move
  • Minimise obstacles and hazards
  • Adjust lighting and noise levels as needed

Music Selection

  • Use familiar or preferred songs where possible
  • Match tempo to the desired level of activity

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start

  • Begin music at an appropriate volume
  • Invite participation simply:
    “Let’s move to the music”
  • Allow time to settle into rhythm

2. Movement

  • Encourage any form of movement:
    • Swaying
    • Stepping
    • Arm movements
    • Full-body dancing
  • Follow the client’s lead

3. Support Engagement (If Helpful)

  • Model simple movements
  • Use mirroring or “follow me”
  • Introduce props (e.g. scarves)

Keep prompts minimal and flexible

4. Extend or Adjust

  • Change music tempo or style
  • Increase or decrease movement intensity
  • Allow rest breaks as needed

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Slow music
  • Small, contained movements
  • 2–4 minutes

Use for: high sensitivity, fatigue, or calming

🌿 Moderate

  • Steady rhythm
  • Larger, repeated movements
  • 5–8 minutes

Use for: regulation, coordination, enjoyment

🌳 Strong / Energising

  • Faster tempo or highly preferred music
  • Full-body movement (jumps, spins if safe)
  • Longer duration with breaks

Use for: low arousal, movement seeking

♿ Adaptations

  • Seated or wheelchair-based dancing
  • Focus on upper-body movement
  • Use props to support engagement
  • Observation-only participation is valid

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Follow the client’s lead
  • ✔ There is no “right way” to dance
  • ✔ Prioritise enjoyment over structure
  • ✔ Use familiar music for predictability
  • ✔ Allow stopping or changing at any time
  • ✔ Monitor for overload (noise, movement, visual)

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity can be:

  • Calming (slow rhythm, gentle movement)
  • Alerting/Energising (fast tempo, full-body movement)

Adjust based on the client’s state and needs

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce movement or change to slower music
  • Give a clear signal: “Finished dancing”
  • Transition to a calming or familiar activity
Dandelion Blowing
Visual

Description

🌼 Dandelion Blowing

A gentle outdoor activity for breath control, regulation, and sensory awareness

🌿 Activity Overview

Dandelion blowing is a simple, nature-based activity that supports breath control, mindfulness, and sensory exploration.

Watching the seeds float away provides a calming visual experience, while the act of blowing encourages slow, controlled breathing.

The focus is on relaxation, gentle participation, and curiosity.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👄 Oral Motor Skills

  • Supports breath control and airflow regulation
  • Encourages lip rounding and controlled exhalation

🧘 Self-Regulation & Calm

  • Slow breathing promotes relaxation
  • Visual tracking of seeds supports grounding

👀 Visual Tracking

  • Following drifting seeds supports eye coordination
  • Encourages sustained, gentle attention

✋ Fine Motor Skills

  • Holding the stem supports grip and coordination

🧠 Cognitive Awareness

  • Builds understanding of cause-and-effect
  • Encourages observation of nature and movement

🧰 Materials

  • Dandelion puff (fully formed seed head)
  • Outdoor space (preferred)
  • Optional: container to catch seeds indoors
  • Optional: gentle breeze or fan

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet outdoor space such as a garden or park
  • Minimal distractions
  • Comfortable positioning (standing or seated)

Preparation

  • Locate a suitable dandelion
  • Allow time to observe before starting

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start

  • Invite observation:
    “Let’s look at the dandelion”
  • Notice texture, shape, and colour

2. Breathing Preparation

  • Encourage a slow breath in through the nose
  • Model calm breathing if helpful

3. Blowing

  • Invite a gentle, steady blow

Simple prompts:

  • “Blow slowly”
  • “Watch what happens”

4. Observation

  • Watch seeds drift and fall
  • Allow quiet time for visual tracking

5. Playful Exploration (Optional)

  • Try different strengths of blowing
  • See how far seeds travel
  • Repeat with another dandelion

6. Reflection (Optional)

  • “How did that feel?”
  • “Was it easy or tricky to blow?”

💡 Variations

🎯 One Breath Challenge

  • Try to blow seeds in one breath
  • Keep it playful, not pressured

🌬 Direction Play

  • Blow gently vs strongly
  • Try different angles (up, sideways)

🧪 Science Exploration

  • Talk about how seeds spread
  • Observe where they land

🎥 Visual Engagement

  • Watch seeds in slow motion (if appropriate)

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Model slow, calm breathing
  • ✔ Keep instructions simple
  • ✔ Allow time between attempts
  • ✔ Do not force blowing
  • ✔ Respect fatigue or frustration
  • ✔ Adjust for weather and environment

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Calming and grounding
  • Particularly useful for:
    • Transition times
    • Emotional regulation
    • Quiet outdoor engagement

🛠 Adjustments

For Clients Who Find Blowing Difficult

  • Practice blowing (e.g. candles, bubbles)
  • Use a straw to direct airflow

For Increased Engagement

  • Make a wish before blowing
  • Use natural breeze to support movement

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Allow a calm natural finish
  • “All done with the dandelion”
  • Transition to another quiet or familiar activity
Deep Pressure Massage
Proprioceptive

Description

🤲 Deep Pressure Massage

A calming body-based activity for regulation, grounding, and body awareness

🌿 Activity Overview

Deep pressure massage provides firm, slow, and predictable touch to deliver calming proprioceptive and tactile input.

When delivered with clear consent and careful observation, this activity supports relaxation, reduces tension, and helps the body feel more organised and grounded.

The focus is on safety, predictability, and calm engagement.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Deep pressure supports body awareness and organisation
  • Helps the nervous system feel more settled

✋ Tactile Input

  • Firm, predictable touch is often calming
  • Reduces sensitivity to light or unexpected touch

🧘 Regulation & Calm

  • Can reduce emotional and physical tension
  • Supports grounding and a sense of safety

😴 Sleep & Recovery

  • May support improved relaxation and sleep readiness

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet, low-stimulation space
  • Comfortable positioning (seated or lying)
  • Minimal distractions

Preparation

  • Seek clear consent (verbal or behavioural)
  • Explain simply:
    “I’m going to use firm pressure to help your body feel calm”

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start

  • Begin with one area (e.g. shoulders or arms)
  • Use slow, firm contact

2. Apply Pressure

  • Use firm, steady pressure (never light or tickly)
  • Hold for 3–10 seconds, then release
  • Move slowly between areas

3. Observe & Adjust

  • Watch:
    • Breathing
    • Muscle tone
    • Facial expression
  • Adjust pressure or stop as needed

4. Maintain Calm Pace

  • Keep rhythm slow and predictable
  • Minimise talking

5. Finish

  • Gradually reduce input
  • Allow time to rest

✔️ Where to Apply Pressure

  • Shoulders and upper arms
  • Back (either side of the spine, not on the spine)
  • Thighs and calves
  • Hands and feet (firm squeezes)

❌ Where to Avoid

  • Neck and throat
  • Spine and kidney area
  • Abdomen (unless specifically indicated and tolerated)
  • Any area of injury, pain, or medical concern

⏱️ Duration

  • Start: 1–3 minutes
  • Build gradually: 5–10 minutes (if well tolerated)

Short, consistent sessions are often most effective

🛑 Stop Immediately If

  • Pulling away, stiffening, or guarding
  • Facial distress or vocal protest
  • Increased agitation
  • Shallow or changed breathing

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Firm holding or compressions
  • 1–3 minutes

Use for: high sensitivity or introduction

🌿 Moderate

  • Sustained, even pressure
  • 3–6 minutes

Use for: general calming and regulation

🌳 Strong / Deep

  • Firm, steady pressure (never painful)
  • Longer duration with regular check-ins

Use for: high tension or strong proprioceptive needs

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Always seek consent
  • ✔ Let the client control start and stop
  • ✔ Keep pressure firm and predictable
  • ✔ Avoid light or tickly touch
  • ✔ Use minimal language
  • ✔ Monitor continuously
  • ✔ Follow with rest or quiet activity

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Deeply calming and organising
  • Most effective when:
    • Delivered slowly
    • Predictable in rhythm
    • Stopped early if needed

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce pressure
  • Allow stillness and rest
  • Offer water if appropriate
  • Transition to a low-stimulation activity
Deep Pressure Squeeze Grounding Technique
Proprioceptive

Description

🤲 Deep Pressure Squeeze (Grounding Technique)

A structured, body-based activity for calming, grounding, and nervous system regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

This technique uses firm, rhythmic squeezes along the limbs to provide deep proprioceptive input.

Delivered slowly and predictably, it supports calm, body awareness, and emotional regulation, helping the client feel more organised and grounded.

The focus is on gentle, respectful input with clear structure and pauses.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Deep pressure supports body awareness
  • Helps organise the nervous system

🧘 Regulation & Grounding

  • Can reduce physical and emotional tension
  • Supports a sense of calm and safety

😌 Relaxation Response

  • May assist the body to shift toward a calmer state
  • Often paired well with slow breathing

🧠 Body Awareness

  • Supports awareness of limbs and body position

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet, low-stimulation space
  • Comfortable position (seated or lying)
  • Minimal distractions

Preparation

  • Seek clear consent (verbal or behavioural)
  • Explain simply:
    “I’m going to use firm squeezes to help your body feel calm”

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start

  • Begin at the shoulder (upper limb)
  • Use both hands to apply firm, steady pressure

2. Squeeze Sequence

  • Apply a firm squeeze for 5–10 seconds
  • Release slowly
  • Move gradually down the limb toward the hand

Repeat along:

  • Upper arm → forearm → hand

Then repeat on lower limb:

  • Thigh → lower leg → foot

3. Pause & Absorb

  • Pause for approximately 5 minutes
  • Allow the client to rest and absorb the effect

4. Repeat

  • Repeat the full sequence up to 2 more times
  • Maintain a 5-minute break between rounds

⏱️ Duration

  • Each sequence: ~2–5 minutes
  • Total session: flexible depending on tolerance

Short, structured sessions are most effective

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Always seek and respect consent
  • ✔ Use firm, steady pressure (not light or tickly)
  • ✔ Move slowly and predictably
  • ✔ Watch for changes in:
    • Breathing
    • Muscle tone
    • Facial expression
  • ✔ Keep language minimal and calm
  • ✔ Stop immediately if discomfort occurs

🛑 Stop Immediately If

  • Pulling away or guarding
  • Signs of distress or discomfort
  • Increased agitation
  • Changes in breathing pattern

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Light compressions
  • Short sequence (one limb only)

Use for: initial exposure or high sensitivity

🌿 Moderate

  • Firm squeezes across all limbs
  • One full sequence

Use for: general calming and grounding

🌳 Strong / Deep

  • Firmer pressure (never painful)
  • Multiple sequences with breaks

Use for: high proprioceptive needs

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Deeply organising and calming
  • Most effective when:
    • Slow and predictable
    • Delivered with pauses
    • Combined with quiet or breathing

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Finish gradually
  • Allow rest and stillness
  • Offer water if appropriate
  • Transition to a low-stimulation activity

💡 Additional Notes

  • This technique may support the body’s natural calming responses
  • Always prioritise comfort, consent, and pacing
  • If not tolerated, stop and try again another time

SensePlanner acknowledges the practical insight of a parent contributor in the development of this approach.

Dot To Dot
Visual

Description

✏️ Dot-to-Dot

A structured tabletop activity for visual tracking, sequencing, and fine motor control

🌿 Activity Overview

Dot-to-dot activities involve connecting numbered or lettered points to gradually reveal an image.

This provides a clear beginning, middle, and end, supporting engagement, focus, and a sense of achievement.

The focus is on gentle progression, accuracy without pressure, and enjoyment of the process.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👀 Visual Tracking

  • Supports smooth eye movements between points
  • Encourages visual attention and scanning

✋ Fine Motor Skills

  • Develops pencil control and hand stability
  • Supports precision and coordination

🧠 Sequencing & Problem-Solving

  • Reinforces number or letter order
  • Encourages logical thinking and planning

🎯 Focus & Attention

  • Supports sustained engagement
  • Builds tolerance for structured tasks

😊 Confidence & Completion

  • Clear outcome provides a sense of success
  • Encourages persistence

🧰 Materials

  • Dot-to-dot worksheets (matched to interest and level)
  • Pencil, marker, or crayon
  • Optional: eraser

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet, low-distraction space
  • Good lighting
  • Comfortable seating and table height

Presentation

  • Select an appropriate level (not too complex)
  • Offer a small number of choices

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start

  • Introduce simply:
    “Let’s join the dots”
  • Show where to begin

2. Guided Connection

  • Encourage following numbers or letters in order

Simple prompts:

  • “Find number 3… now 4”
  • Use minimal cues if the client loses track

3. Observe Progress

  • Allow pauses to notice the image forming
  • Encourage curiosity:
    “What do you think it might be?”

4. Continue to Completion

  • Support pacing without rushing
  • Assist only as needed

5. Optional Finish

  • Colour in the completed image
  • Reinforce completion and effort

💡 Variations

🌱 Simple Version

  • Fewer dots
  • Larger spacing

🌿 Moderate Version

  • More dots
  • Smaller spacing

🌳 Advanced Version

  • Complex images
  • Alphabet sequencing

🎯 Guessing Game

  • Predict the image before completion

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Match difficulty to ability
  • ✔ Avoid over-correcting mistakes
  • ✔ Use gentle prompts only when needed
  • ✔ Allow time and pauses
  • ✔ Focus on effort, not perfection
  • ✔ Stop if frustration increases

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Organising and focusing
  • Best suited to:
    • Tabletop work
    • Quiet periods
    • Skill-building sessions

May become frustrating if too difficult

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Allow the client to finish a section if possible
  • Acknowledge effort and completion
  • Transition to another activity or break
Dream Tent
Multi-Sensory

Description

✨ DREAM TENT

Create a personal, glowing sanctuary for calm exploration and deep relaxation.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Dream Tent invites individuals into a controlled, low-stimulation environment where they can escape the sensory demands of the busy world. By utilizing a small pop-up tent or a draped blanket fort, we create a specialized 'blackout' space that allows for focused engagement with soft light, gentle textures, and quiet sounds. This intimate space provides a sense of security and containment, fostering a calm, cozy atmosphere perfect for regulation and rest.

SENSORY BENEFITS

VISION: Soft, fairy-light illumination reduces high-contrast visual input and provides a soothing, flickering focal point. TOUCH: Soft velvet, fleece, or faux-fur blankets provide deep tactile comfort and rhythmic sensory input as the user explores different fabrics.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Pop-up play tent or bed canopy • Battery-operated LED string lights • Various textured fabrics like fleece or silk • Soft cushions or beanbag chairs • Bluetooth speaker for ambient soundscapes

ACTIVITY IDEAS

GLOWING GALAXY: Drape sheer fabrics over the top of the tent and secure fairy lights above them to create a soft, diffused starlight effect. TACTILE NEST: Fill the floor space with high-contrast, soft textures to encourage reaching and grasping movements within a contained area. SOUND OASIS: Play gentle white noise or nature sounds to mask external ambient distractions and promote internal rhythm. CALM CORNER: Use the tent as a dedicated transition space when the user needs to recover from overstimulation or fatigue.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Ensure the tent is spacious enough for a caregiver to sit alongside the user comfortably. • Use weighted blankets to provide deep pressure sensation if the user finds comfort in heavy input. • Place light sources at eye level to encourage tracking and visual engagement. • Position the tent in a quiet, low-traffic area of the home to minimize auditory disturbances. Always follow the person's unique interests and cues; if they reach out, lean in, or vocalize, validate their engagement and adjust the level of light or sound accordingly to match their sensory preference.

TIPS

• Always use cool-to-the-touch LED lights to ensure maximum safety. • Check the tent's stability before use to ensure it cannot easily collapse. • Keep the environment scent-free or add a single drop of lavender to promote relaxation if scent is tolerated.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love the Dream Tent for its ability to instantly transform any room into a safe, individualized haven, offering a gentle way to connect with your loved one in a quiet and supportive environment.

Dress Ups
Tactile

Description

🎭 Dress-Up Play

A creative, sensory-rich activity for imagination, expression, and social engagement

🌿 Activity Overview

Dress-up play allows the client to explore different clothing, textures, and roles through imaginative play.

It combines sensory input, movement, and storytelling, supporting creativity, confidence, and self-expression.

The focus is on choice, exploration, and enjoyment—not performance or correctness.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

✋ Tactile Sensory Input

  • Exploring different fabrics (soft, smooth, textured)
  • Supports sensory awareness and tolerance

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Wearing costumes provides body feedback (light or deep pressure)
  • Movement in costumes supports body awareness

🎨 Imagination & Emotional Expression

  • Role-play allows safe exploration of emotions
  • Encourages creativity and storytelling

🧠 Cognitive Development

  • Supports flexible thinking and problem-solving
  • Encourages narrative building and symbolic play

🤝 Social Interaction

  • Promotes shared play and communication
  • Encourages turn-taking and collaboration

✋🦶 Motor Skills

  • Dressing supports fine motor skills (buttons, zips)
  • Movement supports gross motor development

🧰 Materials

  • Costumes (e.g. superhero, pirate, princess)
  • Hats, scarves, jewellery
  • Shoes (slippers, boots)
  • Optional: wigs or face paint
  • Props (e.g. wand, sword, shield)

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Safe space with room to move
  • Clothes presented neatly and visibly
  • Easy access to items

Presentation

  • Offer a manageable selection
  • Avoid overwhelming with too many choices

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start

  • Invite choice:
    “What would you like to wear?”
  • Support autonomy and decision-making

2. Dressing

  • Encourage trying on items at their own pace
  • Start small if needed (e.g. hat or scarf)
  • Keep the experience relaxed and pressure-free

3. Explore & Play

  • Encourage movement and role-play

Simple prompts:

  • “What does your character do?”
  • “Where are they going?”
  • Follow the client’s ideas

4. Extend (If Appropriate)

  • Add props to enrich play
  • Introduce simple scenarios:
    • Adventure
    • Rescue
    • Celebration
  • Join in or mirror their play if helpful

5. Social Play (Optional)

  • Invite others to join
  • Encourage shared stories or games

6. Reflection (Optional)

  • “What was your favourite costume?”
  • “How did it feel to wear it?”

💡 Variations

🌱 Gentle Exploration

  • Touch and try individual items only
  • No full dressing required

🌿 Role-Based Play

  • Focus on one character or theme

🌳 Full Imaginative Play

  • Multiple costumes and scenarios
  • Extended storytelling

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Follow the client’s lead
  • ✔ Respect sensory preferences (some fabrics may not be tolerated)
  • ✔ Do not force dressing or role-play
  • ✔ Keep prompts light and optional
  • ✔ Allow observation-only participation
  • ✔ Support autonomy and choice

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity can be:

  • Calming (slow exploration, familiar items)
  • Alerting (active role-play and movement)

Adjust based on the client’s sensory needs

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Give gentle notice before finishing
  • Support removing costumes calmly
  • Transition to a quieter or familiar activity
Drums
Auditory

Description

🥁 Drumming

A rhythmic sensory–motor activity for regulation, expression, and connection

🌿 Activity Overview

Drumming provides strong auditory, proprioceptive, tactile, and rhythmic input through repeated tapping or striking.

It offers a safe and structured outlet for energy and emotion, particularly when verbal communication is limited.

The focus is on rhythm, expression, and shared engagement—not musical skill.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🔊 Auditory Input

  • Rhythm and sound support engagement
  • Can organise or energise depending on tempo

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Striking the drum provides joint and muscle feedback
  • Supports grounding and body awareness

✋ Tactile Input

  • Contact with the drum surface provides sensory feedback

🧘 Regulation & Expression

  • Offers a safe outlet for emotion and energy
  • Can calm or energise depending on rhythm

🤝 Connection & Shared Attention

  • Supports non-verbal interaction
  • Encourages rhythm-based connection

🧰 Materials

  • Hand drums, djembes, bongos, or frame drums
  • Drumsticks or hands (hands often more regulating)
  • Alternative: sturdy surface for tapping

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Safe, uncluttered space
  • Room for arm movement
  • Reduce competing noise

Positioning

  • Seated or standing based on comfort and stability

Equipment Considerations

  • Use softer drums or padded mallets if needed
  • Monitor and manage volume

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Present the drum without pressure
  • Demonstrate simple tapping

Minimal language:

  • “Drum”
  • “Tap”
  • Allow exploration before joining

2. Independent Drumming

  • Allow free exploration
  • Observe rhythm, speed, and force
  • Avoid correcting unless safety requires it

3. Shared Drumming

  • Sit or stand nearby
  • Match the client’s rhythm
  • Use mirroring to support connection

4. Turn-Taking (If Tolerated)

  • Drum briefly, then pause
  • Allow time for response
  • Keep turns short and predictable

5. Rhythmic Regulation

  • Slow, steady rhythm → calming
  • Strong, repetitive beats → grounding

Adjust based on the client’s arousal level

⚠️ Monitoring & Safety

Watch for:

  • Increasing force or speed
  • Rising vocalisation
  • Muscle tension (shoulders, jaw)
  • Signs of agitation

If arousal increases:

  • Slow your rhythm
  • Reduce volume
  • Increase space
  • Pause the activity
  • Offer grounding (e.g. stillness, deep pressure)

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Follow the client’s rhythm
  • ✔ Use minimal language
  • ✔ Avoid over-directing
  • ✔ Respect stopping or changing at any time
  • ✔ Behaviour through drumming is communication
  • ✔ Focus on regulation, not performance

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity can be:

  • Calming (slow, predictable rhythm)
  • Alerting/Energising (fast, loud rhythm)

Best outcomes occur when rhythm is matched to the client’s state

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually slow the rhythm
  • Allow a moment of stillness
  • Avoid abrupt stopping where possible
  • Support calm transition

👀 What to Observe

  • Engagement level
  • Rhythm (steady, chaotic, patterned)
  • Force of movement
  • Changes in posture or muscle tone
  • Emotional expression or vocalisation
  • Ability to transition after

🌱 When This Activity Is Helpful

  • High energy or agitation
  • Movement or sensory seeking
  • Difficulty expressing emotions verbally
  • Positive response to rhythm and repetition
  • Need for a safe outlet for frustration

💡 Final Note

Drumming is not about music or skill.
It is about rhythm, expression, and regulation.

A simple, repeated beat—shared or independent—can be enough.

Drums and Percussion
Auditory

Description

🎶 Sing-Along

A music-based activity for engagement, communication, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

A sing-along session combines music, rhythm, and voice to support engagement, expression, and connection.

Clients can participate in a way that suits them—singing, humming, clapping, moving, or simply listening.

The focus is on enjoyment, familiarity, and shared experience.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🎧 Auditory Processing

  • Supports listening and responding to rhythm and melody
  • Builds sound recognition and attention

💬 Communication & Speech

  • Encourages vocalisation and articulation
  • Supports rhythm and flow of speech

🧘 Emotional Regulation

  • Music can calm or uplift depending on selection
  • Supports stress reduction and emotional expression

✋ Proprioceptive & Tactile Input

  • Clapping, tapping, or using instruments supports body awareness

🤝 Social Connection

  • Encourages shared participation
  • Supports interaction in a low-pressure way

🧠 Memory & Cognitive Skills

  • Familiar songs support recall and sequencing
  • Encourages attention and engagement

🧰 Materials (Optional)

  • Music player or speaker
  • Lyrics (large print or visual supports)
  • Tablet or karaoke-style display
  • Simple instruments (e.g. tambourine, shaker)
  • Optional: weighted lap pad

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet, low-distraction space
  • Comfortable seating (e.g. chair, cushion, therapy ball)
  • Lighting adjusted to preference

Music Selection

  • Familiar and preferred songs
  • Simple, repetitive lyrics
  • Themes of interest (e.g. movies, childhood songs)

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start

  • Begin with a familiar song
  • Keep volume comfortable

Simple prompt:

  • “Let’s listen to this song”

2. Encourage Participation

  • Allow the client to choose how to engage:
    • Singing
    • Humming
    • Clapping or tapping
    • Listening
  • Use minimal prompts

3. Support Engagement

  • Use visual supports if helpful
  • Try call-and-response:
    • You sing → pause → client responds
  • Add gentle movement:
    • Swaying
    • Tapping hands or feet

4. Adapt as Needed

  • Adjust volume, tempo, or song choice
  • Offer breaks if needed
  • Reduce stimulation if signs of overload appear

5. Continue or Transition

  • Follow the client’s interest
  • Repeat preferred songs
  • Keep session flexible

💡 Variations

🎤 Karaoke Style

  • Use on-screen lyrics
  • Encourage singing along visually

🥁 Rhythm Support

  • Add simple instruments
  • Focus on beat rather than singing

🌱 Passive Participation

  • Listening only
  • Gentle movement or stillness

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Follow the client’s lead
  • ✔ Keep expectations low and flexible
  • ✔ Use familiar songs for predictability
  • ✔ Avoid pressure to sing
  • ✔ Watch for sensory sensitivities (especially sound)
  • ✔ Offer breaks when needed

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity can be:

  • Calming (slow, familiar songs)
  • Energising (upbeat, rhythmic songs)

Adjust based on the client’s state

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Finish with a slower or familiar song
  • Gradually reduce volume
  • Give a clear signal: “All done singing”
  • Transition to a calm or familiar activity
Easy Ladder Climbing
Proprioceptive

Description

🪜 Vertical Ladder Climbing

A structured movement activity for strength, coordination, and sensory regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Vertical ladder climbing provides strong proprioceptive and vestibular input through controlled upward movement.

It supports body awareness, coordination, and confidence, while offering a structured and purposeful movement experience.

The focus is on slow, controlled climbing with safety and predictability.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Gripping and lifting body weight provides deep pressure input
  • Supports body awareness and organisation

🔄 Vestibular Input

  • Vertical movement activates balance systems
  • Supports spatial awareness and orientation

🧠 Coordination & Motor Planning

  • Requires sequencing of hand and foot placement
  • Builds planning and movement control

🎯 Focus & Confidence

  • Encourages sustained attention
  • Builds confidence through clear achievement

🧰 Equipment

  • Vertical ladder or climbing frame
  • Soft mats or cushions underneath
  • Optional: spotter support

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Safe, uncluttered space
  • Soft landing surface beneath ladder
  • Ensure equipment is stable and appropriate height

Preparation

  • Explain simply:
    “We’re going to climb up the ladder slowly”
  • Allow time to feel stable before starting

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Starting Position

  • Stand at the base with feet shoulder-width apart
  • Hands ready on the lower rungs

2. Begin Climbing

Hands:

  • Grip rungs firmly (not tightly)
  • Keep arms slightly bent

Feet:

  • Step up one foot at a time
  • Ensure stable placement before moving

3. Controlled Movement

  • Encourage slow, steady climbing
  • Allow pauses between steps
  • Support rhythm and confidence

4. Provide Support

  • Stay close for safety
  • Offer verbal encouragement
  • Provide gentle support if needed (e.g. at hips or lower back)

5. Reach the Top

  • Allow a brief pause
  • Acknowledge effort and success

6. Descend Safely

  • Guide slow, controlled descent
  • Support as needed

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Low height
  • Partial climb or supported steps

Use for: beginners or high sensitivity

🌿 Moderate

  • Full climb at steady pace
  • Focus on control and sequencing

Use for: general coordination and regulation

🌳 Strong / Challenging

  • Increased height or speed (if safe)
  • Reduced visual reliance (looking ahead instead of down)

Use for: strength, balance, and advanced coordination

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Prioritise safety at all times
  • ✔ Encourage slow, controlled movement
  • ✔ Avoid rushing
  • ✔ Provide reassurance without over-assisting
  • ✔ Allow breaks as needed
  • ✔ Watch for fatigue or hesitation

⚠️ Monitor & Adjust

Watch for:

  • Loss of balance
  • Fatigue or reduced grip strength
  • Hesitation or anxiety
  • Signs of vestibular overload

If needed:

  • Reduce height or duration
  • Increase support
  • Pause the activity

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Organising and grounding (proprioceptive input)
  • Alerting (vestibular input)

Adjust intensity based on the client’s state

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Support a calm, controlled finish
  • Allow rest after climbing
  • Transition to a quieter or grounding activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Coordination and sequencing
  • Grip strength and control
  • Balance and posture
  • Confidence and engagement
  • Response to height and movement
Edible Finger Painting
Multi-Sensory

Description

🍽 Edible Finger Painting

A multi-sensory activity for exploration, creativity, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Edible finger painting uses soft, food-based materials to support safe exploration of touch, taste, and creativity.

It provides a low-pressure, sensory-rich experience where clients can explore textures and flavours while creating freely.

The focus is on sensory enjoyment, expression, and gentle skill development.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

✋ Tactile Sensory Input

  • Explores textures (smooth, creamy, sticky)
  • Supports sensory awareness and tolerance

👅 Taste Exploration

  • Encourages safe exploration of flavours
  • Supports sensory processing of taste

✋ Fine Motor Skills

  • Finger movements support coordination and control
  • Builds pre-writing skills

🧠 Cognitive Development

  • Supports shapes, letters, and number formation
  • Encourages learning through play

🎨 Creativity & Expression

  • Open-ended activity with no right or wrong outcome
  • Encourages imagination and self-expression

🧘 Regulation & Calm

  • Repetitive, sensory engagement can be soothing
  • Supports emotional regulation

🧰 Materials

  • Soft, spreadable foods (choose based on tolerance):
    • Yogurt
    • Baby food
    • Pudding
    • Whipped cream
    • Melted chocolate (if appropriate)
  • Tray or flat surface
  • Wet wipes or cloths

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Easy-to-clean surface
  • Calm, low-pressure setting
  • Comfortable seating

Preparation

  • Offer a small selection of textures/flavours
  • Avoid overwhelming with too many choices

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Explain simply:
    “We’re going to make art with food you can touch and taste”
  • Allow observation before touching

2. Sensory Exploration

  • Encourage touching and spreading

Simple prompts:

  • “How does it feel?”
  • “Is it smooth or thick?”
  • Allow free exploration

3. Creative Play

  • Support drawing shapes or patterns if appropriate

Optional prompts:

  • “Can you make a circle?”
  • “Can you draw a line?”
  • Follow the client’s interest

4. Taste Engagement (Optional)

  • Encourage tasting if appropriate

Prompts:

  • “What does it taste like?”
  • “Do you like this one?”
  • Accept all responses

5. Extend (If Appropriate)

  • Introduce letters or numbers
  • Turn into a simple game
  • Repeat preferred textures

💡 Variations

🌱 Sensory-Only Version

  • Focus on touch only
  • No expectation to draw or taste

🌿 Learning Focus

  • Draw letters, numbers, or shapes

🌳 Creative Exploration

  • Mix colours or flavours
  • Create patterns or designs

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Follow the client’s lead
  • ✔ Do not force touching or tasting
  • ✔ Keep instructions minimal
  • ✔ Respect sensory preferences
  • ✔ Monitor for discomfort or aversion
  • ✔ Keep the experience playful and relaxed

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Calming and grounding for many clients
  • May become overwhelming if:
    • Too many textures are introduced
    • Strong food aversions are present

Adjust accordingly

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Give gentle notice before finishing
  • Support clean-up calmly
  • Transition to a neutral or calming activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Texture preferences
  • Willingness to engage (touch/taste)
  • Fine motor control
  • Emotional response
  • Regulation before and after
Egg Shaker
Auditory

Description

🥚 Egg Shaker Rhythm Game

A rhythmic activity for auditory processing, coordination, and engagement

🌿 Activity Overview

The Egg Shaker Rhythm Game uses simple percussion and repetition to support listening, timing, and coordinated movement.

Clients are invited to listen to and copy rhythms, with the option to create their own patterns as confidence grows.

The focus is on rhythm, participation, and enjoyment—not accuracy or performance.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🎧 Auditory Processing

  • Supports listening and discrimination of rhythm and timing
  • Builds awareness of patterns and beats

🧠 Cognitive Skills

  • Encourages sequencing and working memory
  • Supports pattern recognition

💪 Motor Coordination

  • Develops hand control and timing
  • Supports motor planning through rhythmic movement

🎯 Focus & Attention

  • Encourages sustained listening
  • Builds concentration as patterns increase

🔄 Sensory Integration

  • Combines sound (auditory) with movement (proprioceptive)
  • Supports whole-body processing of rhythm

🤝 Communication & Confidence

  • Encourages turn-taking and interaction
  • Builds confidence through success and participation

🧰 Materials

  • Egg shakers (one or two per client)

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet space with minimal background noise
  • Comfortable seating or standing

Preparation

  • Ensure shakers are safe and easy to hold
  • Offer one shaker if two is too complex

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Present the shaker:
    “We’re going to make some rhythms”
  • Demonstrate simple shaking

2. Start with Simple Rhythms

  • Model a basic pattern:
    • Shake → pause → shake shake
  • Keep pace slow and clear
  • Invite copying:
    “Your turn”

3. Support Engagement

  • Repeat patterns as needed
  • Allow time to process
  • Use minimal prompts

4. Increase Complexity (If Appropriate)

  • Add longer sequences:
    • Shake → shake → pause → shake shake shake
  • Vary speed (slow / fast)
  • Combine with claps or pauses

5. Reverse Roles (Optional)

  • Invite the client to create rhythms
  • Follow their lead

6. Keep it Playful

  • Emphasise fun over accuracy
  • Celebrate attempts and effort

💡 Variations

🌱 Simple Version

  • One shaker
  • Short, slow rhythms

🌿 Moderate Version

  • Two shakers
  • Longer patterns

🌳 Advanced Version

  • Faster or more complex sequences
  • Add movement (clapping, tapping feet)

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Keep rhythms simple and clear
  • ✔ Allow processing time
  • ✔ Avoid correcting too much
  • ✔ Follow the client’s pace
  • ✔ Use repetition for success
  • ✔ Stop or simplify if frustration occurs

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Organising and engaging
  • Can be:
    • Calming (slow, steady rhythm)
    • Alerting (fast, energetic rhythm)

Adjust based on the client’s state

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Slow the rhythm gradually
  • Pause and allow stillness
  • Give a clear finish: “All done with the shakers”
  • Transition to a calm or familiar activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Ability to follow rhythm
  • Timing and coordination
  • Attention and engagement
  • Response to increasing complexity
  • Regulation before and after
Essential Oils
Olfactory

Description

🌿 Essential Oil Diffuser

A gentle sensory activity for calming, alerting, and environmental regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Using an essential oil diffuser provides subtle olfactory and visual sensory input in a controlled and non-intrusive way.

It can support calm, focus, and comfort, depending on the scent and environment.

The focus is on gentle exposure, choice, and observation of response.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👃 Olfactory Input

  • Engages the sense of smell
  • Can support relaxation or alertness depending on scent

🌈 Visual Input (Optional)

  • Soft lighting can provide calming visual stimulation
  • Can be adjusted or turned off based on preference

💨 Environmental Comfort

  • Light mist may support comfortable breathing
  • Creates a soothing atmosphere

🧘 Regulation & Emotional Support

  • Certain scents may support calm, focus, or mood
  • Can reduce stress or sensory overload

🧰 Materials

  • Essential oil diffuser
  • Clean water
  • Essential oils (client-preferred)

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet, comfortable space
  • Stable surface away from electronics
  • Ensure adequate ventilation

Preparation

  • Fill diffuser with water (as per instructions)
  • Add 2–5 drops of essential oil
  • Keep scent mild initially

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Turn on diffuser
  • Allow scent to disperse gradually

Simple prompt:

  • “Let’s notice the smell”

2. Sensory Exploration

  • Invite gentle awareness

Prompts:

  • “What does it smell like?”
  • “Do you like it?”
  • Observe response carefully

3. Adjust & Personalise

  • Modify based on preference:
    • Fewer drops for sensitivity
    • Different scent if not tolerated
  • Optional: turn on soft lighting

4. Maintain Calm Environment

  • Keep activity passive and low-demand
  • Allow quiet enjoyment or pairing with another activity

5. Reflection (Optional)

  • “How did that smell feel?”
  • “Would you like that one again?”

💡 Scent Suggestions

🌱 Calming

  • Lavender
  • Chamomile

🍊 Uplifting

  • Orange
  • Lemon

🌿 Refreshing / Focus

  • Peppermint
  • Eucalyptus

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Start with very mild scent
  • ✔ Always observe for sensitivity or aversion
  • ✔ Allow the client to choose or reject scents
  • ✔ Avoid strong or overwhelming combinations
  • ✔ Ensure oils are safe and appropriate for the client
  • ✔ Use in well-ventilated areas

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Low demand and non-intrusive
  • Useful for:
    • Creating a calm environment
    • Supporting transitions
    • Background sensory regulation

May be overwhelming if scent is too strong

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Turn off the diffuser
  • Allow scent to fade naturally
  • Transition to the next activity calmly

👀 What to Observe

  • Preference for specific scents
  • Signs of relaxation or discomfort
  • Changes in attention or mood
  • Tolerance to intensity
Explore Reflections
Visual

Description

🪞 Mirror Exploration

A visual sensory activity for self-awareness, curiosity, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Mirror exploration uses a range of reflective surfaces to support visual tracking, body awareness, and curiosity.

Different mirrors create varied visual effects, encouraging exploration, movement, and flexible thinking.

The focus is on gentle discovery, observation, and engagement—not performance.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👀 Visual Processing

  • Enhances tracking, focus, and attention
  • Supports depth perception and visual discrimination

🧠 Body Awareness

  • Builds self-recognition and understanding of movement
  • Supports awareness of facial expressions and posture

🔄 Cognitive Flexibility

  • Encourages adapting to changing visual input
  • Supports curiosity and problem-solving

💪 Movement & Coordination

  • Links movement with visual feedback
  • Supports motor planning and control

🧘 Regulation & Engagement

  • Can be calming through repetitive observation
  • Encourages quiet, focused attention

🧰 Materials

  • Flat mirror (standard)
  • Magnifying mirror
  • Concave or convex mirror
  • Handheld mirror
  • Optional: safe fragmented/shatter-style mirror

Optional additions:

  • LED lights or coloured lighting
  • Reflective surfaces (metal tray, water, objects)

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet, low-distraction space
  • Stable mirror placement
  • Comfortable positioning (seated or standing)

Presentation

  • Start with one mirror
  • Introduce others gradually

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start (Flat Mirror)

  • Invite simple observation:
    “Let’s look in the mirror”
  • Encourage noticing:
    • Face
    • Expressions
    • Movements

2. Self-Exploration

Simple prompts:

  • “What happens when you smile?”
  • “Can you move your hand?”

Optional:

  • Explore symmetry (cover part of the face)
  • Copy facial expressions

3. Introduce Different Mirrors

Offer one at a time:

  • Magnifying: focus on small details
  • Concave/Convex: notice distortion
  • Handheld: move and explore angles

Allow free exploration

4. Movement Exploration

Encourage gentle movement:

  • Raise/lower arms
  • Step forward/back
  • Sway or dance

Optional:

  • Mirror imitation (copy movements)

5. Light & Reflection Play (Optional)

  • Change light angles
  • Use a torch or natural light
  • Explore reflections in water or surfaces
  • Add colour effects if appropriate

💡 Variations

🌱 Gentle Exploration

  • One mirror
  • Minimal movement

🌿 Interactive Play

  • Movement and imitation
  • Multiple mirror types

🌳 Creative Exploration

  • Light, colour, and reflective surfaces
  • Complex visual experiences

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Introduce gradually to avoid overload
  • ✔ Follow the client’s interest
  • ✔ Keep language minimal
  • ✔ Allow observation without expectation
  • ✔ Monitor for visual sensitivity
  • ✔ Stop or simplify if overwhelmed

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity can be:

  • Calming (slow observation)
  • Alerting (movement and visual complexity)

Adjust based on the client’s response

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce stimulation
  • Return to a simple mirror or remove mirrors
  • Transition to a calm or familiar activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Engagement with reflection
  • Comfort with visual changes
  • Movement coordination
  • Emotional response
  • Preference for specific mirror types

🌱 When This Activity Is Helpful

  • Developing body awareness
  • Supporting visual tracking
  • Encouraging curiosity and exploration
  • Providing calming visual input
  • Sensory room or structured play settings
Exploring Sour Foods
Gustatory

Description

🍋 Exploring Sour Foods

A sensory food activity for taste awareness, tolerance, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Exploring sour foods supports the client to experience and understand strong taste sensations in a structured and supportive way.

This activity focuses on gentle exposure, choice, and awareness, helping build tolerance and confidence with more intense flavours.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👅 Taste Awareness

  • Expands understanding of sour flavours
  • Supports development of a broader palate

✋ Texture Exploration

  • Encourages awareness of different food textures
  • Supports sensory processing of food experiences

🔄 Sensory Integration

  • Combines taste with oral and tactile input
  • Helps the brain process strong sensory information

🧘 Self-Regulation

  • Experiencing strong tastes can support alerting and organisation
  • Structured exposure supports emotional control

😊 Emotional Regulation

  • Builds tolerance to intense sensations
  • Supports managing reactions to unexpected input

🌱 Confidence Building

  • Encourages trying new foods safely
  • Builds trust and willingness over time

🧰 Materials (Examples)

  • Lemon or lime slices
  • Sour yoghurt
  • Sour lollies (if appropriate)
  • Pickled foods (mild options to start)
  • Sour fruits (e.g. green apple)
  • Water for palate breaks
  • Small plates or bowls

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Calm, low-pressure setting
  • Seated comfortably
  • Minimal distractions

Presentation

  • Offer small portions only
  • Introduce one food at a time
  • Start with milder sour options

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Present the food:
    “This one is sour”
  • Allow looking and smelling first

2. Taste Exploration

  • Encourage a small taste

Simple prompts:

  • “What does it feel like?”
  • “Is it very sour or a little sour?”
  • Allow time between tastes

3. Observe & Respond

  • Watch facial expressions and reactions
  • Accept all responses without pressure

4. Compare Experiences

  • Try different sour foods

Optional prompts:

  • “Which one is more sour?”
  • “Which one do you like today?”

5. Support Regulation

  • Offer water between tastes
  • Pause if intensity is high
  • Return to familiar foods if needed

💡 Variations

🌱 Gentle Exposure

  • Very mild sour foods
  • Smell or touch only

🌿 Moderate Exploration

  • Small tastes of varied sour foods
  • Simple comparisons

🌳 Strong Sensory Experience

  • More intense sour flavours
  • Combined with discussion and comparison

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Always start small and go slowly
  • ✔ Respect refusal immediately
  • ✔ Avoid pressure to taste
  • ✔ Watch for strong reactions
  • ✔ Offer water regularly
  • ✔ Keep the experience positive and safe

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is typically:

  • Alerting and organising
  • Can become overwhelming if:
    • Too intense
    • Too many foods introduced quickly

Adjust pace and intensity carefully

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Finish with a neutral or preferred taste
  • Offer water
  • Transition to a calming or familiar activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Tolerance to sour intensity
  • Facial and emotional responses
  • Willingness to try again
  • Preferences and aversions
  • Regulation before and after
Eye Spy
Visual

Description

👀 Environmental Scanning & Object Identification

A structured game for attention, communication, and cognitive engagement

🌿 Activity Overview

This activity encourages clients to scan their environment, select an object, and provide clues for others to identify it.

It supports attention, observation, language, and social interaction in a playful and adaptable format.

The focus is on participation, turn-taking, and shared engagement.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👀 Visual Scanning & Attention

  • Encourages active observation of the environment
  • Supports visual search and focus

🧠 Cognitive Skills

  • Builds reasoning, categorisation, and problem-solving
  • Supports flexible thinking through varied clues

💬 Communication

  • Encourages expressive language
  • Supports listening and comprehension

🤝 Social Interaction

  • Promotes turn-taking and shared play
  • Encourages group engagement

🧘 Regulation & Engagement

  • Structured format supports predictability
  • Can be calming or alerting depending on pace

🧰 Materials

  • No materials required (optional objects in the environment)
  • Optional: pre-selected objects

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet, safe space with visible objects
  • Ensure objects are appropriate and accessible

Group Structure

  • Individual, pairs, or small group
  • Define clear turn-taking order

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Explain simply:
    “We’re going to choose something and give clues”

2. Choose an Object

  • One client selects an object in the environment
  • Keeps it hidden or unannounced

3. Give a Clue

  • Client provides one clue

Example:

  • “It starts with B”

4. Guessing

  • Others look around and guess
  • Allow time and multiple attempts

5. Reveal & Swap

  • Object is revealed once guessed
  • Next client takes a turn

💡 Variations

🌱 Simple (Colour-Based)

  • “It’s something green”

🌿 Shape-Based

  • “It’s round” or “It’s long”

🌿 Function-Based

  • “You can sit on it”
  • “You write with it”

🌿 Category-Based

  • “It’s furniture”
  • “It’s something in the kitchen”

🌳 Increased Challenge

  • Combine clues:
    • “It starts with C and you wear it”
  • Add time limits
  • Use “hot/cold” guidance

👥 Group Options

  • Work in teams
  • Take turns guessing collaboratively
  • Add scoring for engagement (optional)

♿ Adaptations

For Lower Verbal Skills

  • Point to or bring the object
  • Use single-word clues

For More Structure

  • Provide a limited set of objects
  • Offer visual supports

Sensory-Based Variation

  • Use non-visual clues:
    • “It feels rough”
    • “It makes a sound”

🔄 Follow-Up Activities

  • Discuss choices:
    • “Why did you choose that?”
  • Group objects by:
    • Colour
    • Function
    • Category

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Match complexity to ability
  • ✔ Keep instructions simple
  • ✔ Allow processing time
  • ✔ Encourage all attempts
  • ✔ Avoid over-correcting
  • ✔ Keep the activity playful

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Organising and engaging
  • Can be:
    • Calming (slow pace, simple clues)
    • Alerting (fast pace, complex guessing)

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Complete a final round
  • Acknowledge participation
  • Transition to a calm or familiar activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Attention and scanning ability
  • Communication style
  • Problem-solving approach
  • Social interaction and turn-taking
  • Engagement and regulation
Fabric Waterfall
Multi-Sensory

Description

🌈 Fabric Waterfall

A gentle, calming cascade of soft textures for visual and tactile engagement.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Fabric Waterfall invites the user to experience the slow, rhythmic movement of soft materials draped over them. It provides a contained and soothing sensory experience that can be adjusted to match the individual’s need for predictability and gentle touch.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides calming proprioceptive input through the gentle weight of hanging fabrics.

• Offers soft, varied tactile feedback across the skin.

• Encourages visual tracking of moving objects and colors.

• Supports self-regulation through rhythmic, predictable movement.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A selection of lightweight, soft fabrics (silk, fleece, or cotton).

• A support structure or pole to drape fabrics from (e.g., a curtain rod, bed canopy frame, or held by a caregiver).

• Optional: A mirror or LED light strip for visual enhancement.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Securely drape the fabrics over a stable horizontal bar or the back of a high chair.

• Position the participant comfortably underneath or in front of the fabric display.

• Slowly guide the fabrics down over the person’s shoulders, arms, or legs, ensuring the movement is predictable.

• Allow the participant to initiate interaction by reaching for or pulling at the fabrics.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Use a portable telescopic pole to drape fabrics directly over the top of a wheelchair headrest or handle.

• Drape fabrics from a low-profile hoop attached to the wheelchair tray for seated tactile play.

• Ensure the fabric length is adjusted so it does not interfere with wheelchair wheels or medical equipment.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure all fabrics are lightweight to prevent overheating or restricted breathing.

• Monitor for signs of sensory overload or withdrawal.

• Ensure the support structure is stable and cannot topple onto the participant.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Use fabrics with contrasting colors for visual stimulation.

• Incorporate fabrics with different textures, such as velvet or satin, to increase tactile interest.

• Add gentle music to create a multi-sensory relaxing environment.

• Use a fan to create a light breeze that causes the fabrics to sway on their own.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use only one, light-weight silk fabric.

• Maintain a slow, consistent movement speed.

• Keep the fabric away from the face, focusing on the hands or lap.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use two to three fabrics of varying textures.

• Incorporate brief, light strokes against the forearms or cheeks.

• Allow the participant to grasp the fabric while you move it slowly.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use a variety of fabrics to create a 'curtain' effect around the user.

• Encourage active pulling and tugging on the fabrics.

• Use heavier fabrics like fleece to provide more direct proprioceptive feedback.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always wait for a clear sign of engagement before introducing the fabric cascade.

• Use the same verbal cue or music track each time to signal the activity start.

• Allow plenty of time for processing between movements.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love the Fabric Waterfall for its simplicity and the immediate, visible relaxation it brings to those with complex needs. It is a beautiful, low-pressure way to connect through touch and sight.

Face Massage
Tactile

Description

💆 Face Massage

A gentle sensory activity for relaxation, body awareness, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Face massage provides gentle, controlled tactile and proprioceptive input through slow, predictable touch.

When delivered with care and consent, it supports relaxation, tension release, and body awareness, particularly in clients who hold stress in facial muscles.

The focus is on comfort, predictability, and calm engagement.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

✋ Tactile & Proprioceptive Input

  • Gentle pressure supports body awareness
  • Helps organise sensory input in a controlled way

🧘 Regulation & Calm

  • Slow, rhythmic touch supports relaxation
  • May reduce stress and anxiety

😌 Tension Release

  • Relieves tightness in forehead, jaw, and cheeks
  • Can reduce discomfort linked to stress

👁 Eye & Facial Relaxation

  • May assist with eye strain and facial fatigue
  • Supports overall comfort

🌿 Circulation & Comfort

  • Gentle stimulation supports blood flow
  • Creates a soothing, calming sensation

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet, low-stimulation space
  • Comfortable positioning (seated or lying)
  • Soft lighting preferred

Preparation

  • Seek clear consent
  • Explain simply:
    “I’m going to gently massage your face to help you relax”
  • Optional: use a small amount of gentle oil or cream

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start

  • Begin with light touch
  • Allow the client to adjust to contact

2. Build Pressure Gradually

  • Use fingertips only
  • Increase pressure slightly if tolerated (never firm or deep)

3. Apply Techniques

Forehead

  • Slow, horizontal strokes across the forehead

Temples & Jawline

  • Gentle pressure using fingers or thumbs

Cheeks

  • Small circular movements

Under Eyes

  • Very light strokes using ring fingers

Chin & Jaw

  • Gentle upward strokes along jawline

4. Maintain Rhythm

  • Keep movements slow and predictable
  • Minimise talking

5. Observe & Adjust

  • Watch for:
    • Facial tension
    • Breathing changes
    • Signs of comfort or discomfort

6. Finish

  • Gradually reduce touch
  • Allow a moment of stillness

⏱️ Duration

  • Start: 1–2 minutes
  • Build to: 3–5 minutes if well tolerated

Short sessions are often most effective

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Always seek and respect consent
  • ✔ Use very gentle pressure
  • ✔ Avoid sudden or unpredictable touch
  • ✔ Keep movements slow and consistent
  • ✔ Encourage calm breathing if appropriate
  • ✔ Use minimal language
  • ✔ Stop immediately if discomfort occurs

🛑 Avoid or Use Caution

  • Around sensitive or irritated skin
  • With any pain, injury, or skin condition
  • If the client shows aversion to facial touch

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Deeply calming for some clients
  • Highly sensitive for others

Introduce slowly and only continue if clearly tolerated

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Fade out touch gradually
  • Allow rest and stillness
  • Transition to a quiet or familiar activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Tolerance to facial touch
  • Changes in muscle tension
  • Emotional response
  • Breathing patterns
  • Overall regulation 
Favourite Things Basket
Multi-Sensory

Description

🎁 FAVOURITE THINGS BASKET

A curated sensory exploration of meaningful objects.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Create a personal treasure chest filled with items that have specific tactile, visual, or olfactory appeal to the participant. This activity encourages active engagement and exploration in a safe, controlled environment.

• It helps build a sense of familiarity and comfort by presenting beloved items in a dedicated sensory basket, promoting focus and interaction.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Tactile discrimination through varying textures.

• Visual tracking of bright or high-contrast objects.

• Olfactory stimulation through scented items.

• Proprioceptive input via holding and manipulating objects.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A sturdy basket or box.

• A collection of 5-8 familiar, meaningful objects.

• Different textures (e.g., silk, wool, plastic, metal).

• Optional: Scent sachets or soft music.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Position the basket within comfortable reach of the participant.

• Allow time for the participant to notice the items before introducing them.

• Slowly present one item at a time, observing their reaction to the touch, sight, or smell.

• Wait for cues like reaching, looking, or vocalizing before offering the next item.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Secure the basket to a lap tray or a stable side table.

• Use a shallow basket to prevent items from getting lost out of reach.

• Place the basket at an angle that allows for easier visual and physical access.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Check all items for sharp edges, small choking hazards, or loose parts.

• Monitor for signs of sensory overload, such as turning away or pulling back.

• Ensure items are clean and hypoallergenic where necessary.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Create themed baskets: Nature, Kitchen, or Comfort.

• Add a musical item that makes a sound when touched.

• Use a soft, weighted item for calming tactile input.

• Introduce a mirror to the basket for visual self-exploration.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Present only one soft, familiar item.

• Allow long periods of passive observation.

• Keep the environment dim and quiet.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Offer two items with contrasting textures.

• Encourage gentle hand-over-hand exploration.

• Include a light, pleasant scent like vanilla.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Include items with vibration or distinct temperature differences (e.g., cold metal).

• Use items that provide louder acoustic feedback.

• Rotate items frequently to maintain high levels of engagement.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always follow the participant's lead; if they ignore an item, move to the next.

• Narrate the experience gently to build a connection.

• Observe body language for comfort rather than relying on verbal feedback.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• It is a deeply personal and low-pressure way to connect, build trust, and learn about the sensory preferences of those you support through their unique, favorite items.

Feather Forest
Tactile

Description

🪶 FEATHER FOREST

A gentle, calming sensory exploration using soft tactile brushes.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Feather Forest transforms the immediate environment into a gentle, tactile experience. By brushing soft textures across the skin, we encourage body awareness and promote a calm, alert state.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides light tactile input to desensitize tactile defensive responses.

• Encourages body mapping through light touch across various limbs and trunk.

• Promotes emotional regulation through predictable, rhythmic movement.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A selection of feathers (ostrich, peacock, or synthetic).

• Soft makeup brushes or sensory mitts.

• Relaxing ambient background music.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Ensure the person is comfortable and in a supported position.

• Begin by showing the feather and touching it to your own hand to demonstrate safety.

• Using slow, rhythmic strokes, move the feather along the person's forearm, hand, or shoulder.

• Observe closely for signs of enjoyment or hesitation, adjusting pace accordingly.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Keep the person in their current chair to avoid unnecessary transfers.

• Use a lap tray to display the different feathers for visual exploration.

• Support limbs with cushions to ensure the person is relaxed before starting the tactile input.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Check for any skin allergies or sensitivities before beginning.

• Avoid the face and eyes if the person has a sensitive gag or startle reflex.

• Watch for signs of sensory overload such as pulling away or tensing muscles.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Pair the feathers with a cool breeze from a gentle handheld fan.

• Use different textures alongside feathers, like silk or velvet, to create contrast.

• Incorporate a "tickle" game if appropriate and enjoyable for the participant.

• Create a "scent forest" by lightly misting feathers with calming essential oils like lavender.

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use one large, soft feather.

• Only provide contact on the hands or feet.

• Keep strokes very slow and infrequent.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use a cluster of feathers for a broader stroke.

• Move input to larger areas like the arms or legs.

• Incorporate rhythmic, steady strokes.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use firmer brushes or sensory mitts instead of soft feathers.

• Increase the speed and frequency of the contact.

• Include the trunk and back areas for a full-body experience.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always wait for an invitation to touch, such as the person leaning in or relaxing.

• Stop immediately if you notice increased tension or vocalizations of distress.

• Keep the environment calm and low-light to reduce distraction.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• This activity is simple to prepare and offers a wonderful opportunity to build connection through quiet, mindful touch.

Feather Forest
Tactile

Description

🪶 FEATHER FOREST

A gentle, calming sensory experience exploring light textures and soft movements.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Feather Forest invites individuals to engage with the delicate, ticklish, and rhythmic qualities of various feathers. By creating a suspended, forest-like environment, participants can explore the sensation of feathers brushing against their skin, encouraging relaxation and sensory awareness through gentle stimulation.

SENSORY BENEFITS

TOUCH: The varied textures of feathers provide light, non-threatening tactile input that can soothe or alert the nervous system depending on the speed of movement. VISION: Observing the slow, floating movement of feathers helps support visual tracking and engagement with the environment. PROPRIOCEPTION: Light stroking can heighten body awareness, providing a gentle sensory input that feels grounding for many individuals.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A selection of feathers of different sizes, lengths, and softness levels.

• A length of string or ribbon to hang the feathers.

• A soft mat or comfortable resting space.

• A lightweight frame or hoop for mounting the forest.

ACTIVITY IDEAS

FEATHER ARCH: Hang multiple feathers from a hoop suspended over the person's resting area to create a sensory canopy. GENTLE TICKLE: Slowly trail individual feathers along the hands, arms, or feet to provide localized, predictable tactile stimulation. FLOATING FEATHERS: Gently blow feathers toward the person to allow them to experience the sight and light contact of a feather landing on their cheek or hand. RHYTHMIC SWAYING: Move the suspended feathers in a slow, rhythmic pattern to encourage consistent visual tracking.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Mount the feathers at a level where they can make accidental contact with the user during small, natural movements. • Use a fan to create subtle air currents, causing the feathers to brush against the user's skin without needing manual manipulation. • Focus on a single, ultra-soft feather for users with high tactile sensitivity to avoid overstimulation. Always monitor facial expressions and breathing patterns to ensure the individual remains comfortable and engaged with the stimulation provided.

TIPS

• Ensure all feathers are clean and free of sharp quills or debris. • Keep the environment quiet to allow the person to focus on the fine tactile sensations. • Observe closely to see which texture or speed of movement elicits the most positive response.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

Feather Forest is a beautiful, low-impact activity that prioritizes gentle contact, making it a perfect tool for promoting relaxation and deepening the sensory bond between caregiver and participant.

Feeling firm vs light touch
Interoceptive

Description

🤲 Touch Guessing Games

A playful activity for body awareness, consent, and sensory discrimination

🌿 Activity Overview

Touch guessing games use contrasting sensory experiences (e.g. light vs firm touch) to support body awareness, communication, and choice-making.

The activity is designed to be joyful, safe, and non-threatening, with a strong focus on consent, predictability, and engagement.

The focus is on feeling, noticing, and choosing—not getting the “right answer”.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

✋ Tactile & Proprioceptive Awareness

  • Builds understanding of different types of touch
  • Supports body awareness and sensory discrimination

🧠 Interoception Foundations

  • Helps clients notice what feels “light” or “firm”
  • Builds early awareness of internal responses

🤝 Consent & Choice

  • Reinforces the ability to choose or refuse touch
  • Supports autonomy and safety

😊 Emotional Regulation

  • Predictable, playful interaction supports calm
  • Reduces anxiety around touch experiences

🎯 Communication Skills

  • Encourages pointing, looking, or verbal responses
  • Supports matching and simple decision-making

🧰 Materials (Optional)

  • Picture cards (e.g. light vs firm)
  • Soft toy / firm toy
  • Blanket or towel
  • Simple sound cues or music
  • Optional objects (brush, ball, vibration tool)

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Calm, safe space
  • Comfortable positioning
  • Minimal distractions

Preparation

  • Introduce simply:
    “We’re going to play a touch game”
  • Show visual choices if using them

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Show two options (e.g. light vs firm)
  • Model each briefly

2. Provide the Touch

  • Apply either:
    • Light, soft touch
    • Firm, slow pressure
  • Keep movement predictable and calm

3. Invite Response

  • Ask simply:
    “Which one?”
  • Accept any response:
    • Pointing
    • Looking
    • Smiling
    • Moving toward/away

4. Repeat Playfully

  • Vary touch types
  • Keep tone light and engaging
  • No pressure to be correct

5. Offer Choice (Important)

  • Allow the client to choose the next touch
  • Respect all preferences

💡 Game Variations

🪶 Feather or Elephant

  • Light touch vs firm pressure
  • Add playful sounds (soft vs heavy)

🧸 Soft vs Firm Objects

  • Use toys instead of hands
  • Good for touch-sensitive clients

🎵 Music Touch Game

  • Pair touch with rhythm or sound
  • Light = soft music
  • Firm = slow beat

🟦 Visual Choice Game

  • Use picture cards
  • Match touch to image

🛏 Blanket Touch

  • Apply touch through fabric
  • Reduces intensity of direct contact

🕵️ Touch Detective

  • Use different objects
  • Client identifies or chooses

🤗 Hug Strength Game (if appropriate)

  • Offer light vs firm hug
  • Always based on consent

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Always seek and respect consent
  • ✔ Keep touch predictable and slow
  • ✔ Use minimal language
  • ✔ Focus on enjoyment, not accuracy
  • ✔ Watch for signs of discomfort
  • ✔ Stop immediately if needed
  • ✔ Let the client lead when possible

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Calming and organising when predictable
  • Can be alerting if too varied or fast

Best used when:

  • Building tolerance to touch
  • Supporting body awareness
  • Encouraging safe interaction

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Finish with a preferred or calming touch
  • Gradually reduce interaction
  • Transition to a quiet or familiar activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Preference for light vs firm input
  • Tolerance to touch
  • Communication style
  • Emotional response
  • Ability to make choices

🌱 Key Outcomes

This activity supports:

  • Body boundaries
  • Pressure awareness
  • Sensory discrimination
  • Interoception development
  • Safe relational touch
  • Confidence in choice-making
Feeling Grounded
Interoceptive

Description

🧘 5–4–3–2–1 Grounding Routine

A structured sensory activity for calming, focus, and emotional regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

The 5–4–3–2–1 grounding routine uses the five senses to bring attention back to the present moment.

It is a simple, repeatable strategy that helps reduce anxiety, increase calm, and support a sense of control.

The focus is on slowing down, noticing, and reconnecting with the environment.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🧘 Emotional Regulation

  • Reduces anxiety and overwhelm
  • Supports a sense of calm and safety

👀 Sensory Awareness

  • Engages all five senses
  • Encourages connection to the present moment

🧠 Cognitive Focus

  • Shifts attention away from distressing thoughts
  • Supports attention and processing

💪 Confidence & Independence

  • Builds a reliable self-regulation strategy
  • Encourages independent use over time

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Can be used anywhere
  • Start in a calm, familiar space

Preparation

  • Explain simply:
    “This will help your body feel calm and focused”
  • Model the steps slowly

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Guide the client calmly
  • Move through each step slowly

2. Grounding Steps

👀 5 Things You Can See

  • Look around and name five things
  • Pointing is helpful

✋ 4 Things You Can Touch

  • Notice textures and sensations
  • “Soft, rough, warm, cool”

👂 3 Things You Can Hear

  • Listen carefully
  • Include quiet or distant sounds

👃 2 Things You Can Smell

  • Notice scents or recall familiar smells

👅 1 Thing You Can Taste

  • Use a drink/snack or imagine a taste

3. Slow the Pace

  • Allow pauses between each step
  • Encourage calm breathing

🌍 Practice Across Settings

🌱 Calm Space

  • Quiet room
  • Full guided support

🌿 Busy Environment

  • Classroom, park
  • Support focus despite distractions

🌳 Outdoors

  • Walking or nature setting
  • Use natural sensory input

🌤 Mildly Stressful Situation

  • Waiting in line
  • Practice in real-life context

💡 Adaptations

For Lower Verbal Skills

  • Point instead of naming
  • Use visual supports

For Simplicity

  • Reduce steps (e.g. 3–2–1)
  • Focus on strongest senses

For Sensory Sensitivities

  • Skip overwhelming senses
  • Adjust pace and expectations

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Keep voice calm and steady
  • ✔ Model each step
  • ✔ Allow processing time
  • ✔ Accept partial participation
  • ✔ Do not rush
  • ✔ Reinforce effort, not completion

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Calming and grounding
  • Particularly helpful for:
    • Anxiety
    • Overwhelm
    • Transition moments

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Pause and notice how the body feels
  • Use simple reflection:
    “Do you feel a bit calmer?”
  • Transition gently

👀 What to Observe

  • Ability to engage with each sense
  • Changes in breathing or body tension
  • Emotional state before and after
  • Preferred sensory channels

🌱 Building Independence

  • Practice regularly in calm settings
  • Gradually reduce prompts
  • Encourage use in real situations
  • Celebrate small successes

💡 Key Outcome

Over time, this routine becomes a reliable, internal tool the client can use to self-regulate and feel more in control.

Feeling Tired
Interoceptive

Description

🌙 Recognising “Tired” & Moving to Rest

A structured support approach for building body awareness and independent rest

🌿 Activity Overview

This approach helps clients learn to recognise signs of tiredness and connect these with a predictable, calming rest routine.

It uses visuals, repetition, sensory cues, and modelling—rather than language—to build understanding over time.

The focus is on association, predictability, and gentle guidance.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🧠 Interoception (Body Awareness)

  • Builds recognition of internal body states (tiredness)
  • Links physical sensations with meaningful action (rest)

🧘 Regulation & Recovery

  • Supports timely rest before dysregulation occurs
  • Encourages calm, restorative breaks

🔁 Predictability & Learning

  • Repetition strengthens understanding
  • Consistent routines build confidence

🤝 Independence & Choice

  • Encourages self-initiation of rest over time
  • Supports simple decision-making

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Consistent, quiet rest area
  • Low lighting and minimal stimulation

Materials (Optional)

  • Visual cards (tired / rest / body states)
  • “Tired box” (blanket, pillow, soft object, scent)
  • Soft lighting or rest lamp
  • Simple music cue

▶️ How to Run the Approach

1. Notice Tired Cues

Observe early signs:

  • Slower movement
  • Yawning
  • Rubbing eyes
  • Reduced engagement

2. Pair “Tired” with “Rest”

  • Show visual (tired → rest)
  • Use minimal language:
    “Rest time”
  • Guide immediately to rest

3. Follow a Predictable Routine

Use the same sequence each time:

  • Sit or lie down
  • Blanket or support
  • Dim lights
  • Quiet pause (3–5 minutes)

4. Repeat Consistently

  • Use the same cues, place, and sequence
  • Over time, the client begins to anticipate and recognise

💡 Key Strategies

🖼 Visual Pairing

  • Tired image → Rest image
  • Builds simple, repeatable association

🪞 Body Mirroring

  • Model tired cues (yawning, slowing, lowering posture)
  • Supports non-verbal learning

📦 Tired Box

  • A consistent set of calming items
  • Presented only when tired

💡 Sensory Cues

  • Dim lights or use a specific lamp
  • Play a short, consistent sound or music cue

📍 Location-Based Learning

  • Always use the same rest area
  • Builds strong environmental association

🤲 Body Check (Brief Routine)

  • Gentle touch sequence (if tolerated):
    • Chest → forehead → shoulders → temples
  • Then gesture to rest

🎵 Sound Cue

  • Same short, calming sound each time
  • Becomes a predictable signal

🧩 Micro-Choices

  • Offer two rest options:
    • Beanbag or blanket
  • Supports autonomy

😊 After-Rest Reflection (Optional)

  • Use simple visuals (calm / neutral)
  • Reinforces the benefit of resting

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Use minimal language
  • ✔ Be consistent every time
  • ✔ Respond early to tired cues
  • ✔ Avoid waiting for overt fatigue or distress
  • ✔ Respect refusal and try again later
  • ✔ Keep the routine short and predictable

🧘 Regulation Notes

This approach is:

  • Preventative (before dysregulation)
  • Calming and organising

Most effective when:

  • Introduced early
  • Repeated consistently
  • Kept simple

🔄 Ending the Rest

  • Allow a natural, calm finish
  • Gradually return to activity
  • Avoid abrupt transitions

👀 What to Observe

  • Early signs of tiredness
  • Response to rest routine
  • Emerging independence (moving to rest area)
  • Preferred rest supports
  • Changes in regulation after rest

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, the client learns:

  • “This feeling in my body = time to rest”

Leading to increased self-awareness, regulation, and independence.

Find Objects in Jelly
Tactile

Description

🍮 Finding Objects in Jelly

A multi-sensory activity for tactile exploration, fine motor skills, and engagement

🌿 Activity Overview

This activity invites the client to search for and retrieve objects hidden in jelly, providing rich tactile and sensory input.

The soft, wobbly texture creates a novel and engaging experience, supporting exploration, problem-solving, and regulation.

The focus is on safe exploration, choice, and enjoyment.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

✋ Tactile Sensory Input

  • Encourages exploration of soft, wet textures
  • Supports tolerance of new sensory experiences

💪 Fine Motor Skills

  • Digging, pinching, and grasping builds hand strength
  • Supports coordination and control

👀 Hand–Eye Coordination

  • Locating and retrieving objects supports visual-motor integration

🧠 Problem-Solving

  • Encourages searching, planning, and persistence

🌡 Temperature Awareness

  • Cold jelly provides additional sensory input
  • Supports body awareness

🧘 Regulation & Calm

  • Repetitive, sensory play can be soothing
  • Supports emotional regulation

🧰 Materials

  • Jelly (set in a tray or container)
  • Small objects (safe and washable):
    • Plastic animals
    • Beads or marbles
    • Foam letters
    • Small toys
  • Tray or shallow container
  • Wipes or towels

Optional tools:

  • Tweezers or tongs
  • Spoons or scoops
  • Small strainers

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Easy-to-clean surface
  • Calm, low-pressure setting
  • Comfortable seating

Preparation

  • Embed objects within the jelly
  • Offer a small number of items initially

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Invite observation:
    “Let’s see what’s inside”
  • Allow touching before searching

2. Exploration

  • Encourage digging or pressing into the jelly
  • Allow free sensory exploration

3. Object Finding

  • Support searching and retrieving

Optional prompts:

  • “Can you find one?”
  • “What did you get?”

4. Offer Tools (If Needed)

  • Provide alternatives if direct touch is difficult
  • Allow choice between hands or tools

5. Extend the Activity

  • Turn into a simple game:
    • Find specific colours
    • Count objects
    • Sort items

6. Clean-Up

  • Encourage participation
  • Support transition out of activity

💡 Variations

🌱 Gentle Version

  • Touch only (no searching required)
  • Fewer objects

🌿 Moderate Version

  • Search and retrieve objects
  • Simple sorting or counting

🌳 Advanced Version

  • Timed challenges
  • Categorising or matching tasks

🌈 Sensory Variations

  • Warm vs Cold Jelly – compare temperature
  • Scented Jelly – add mild scent (e.g. vanilla, lemon)
  • Glow Version – use light effects (if appropriate)
  • Edible Option – for clients who mouth items

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Allow time to adjust to texture
  • ✔ Never force touch
  • ✔ Offer tools as an alternative
  • ✔ Keep instructions simple
  • ✔ Monitor for sensory overload
  • ✔ Keep the experience playful

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Engaging and organising
  • Can be calming through repetition

May be overwhelming if:

  • Texture is aversive
  • Too many objects are introduced

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Give gentle notice before finishing
  • Support clean-up
  • Transition to a neutral or calming activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Tactile tolerance
  • Preference for tools vs hands
  • Fine motor ability
  • Problem-solving approach
  • Emotional response
  • Regulation before and after 
Finger Painting
Tactile

Description

🎨 Finger Painting

A tactile sensory activity for exploration, creativity, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Finger painting provides direct, hands-on tactile input through interaction with paint.

It offers a low-pressure, open-ended experience where clients can explore texture, colour, and movement at their own pace.

Participation may range from brief touch to full messy play, depending on comfort and interest.

The focus is on sensory experience, choice, and expression—not the finished product.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

✋ Tactile Sensory Input

  • Rich exploration of texture (smooth, thick, cool)
  • Supports tolerance to messy sensations

👀 Visual Engagement

  • Observing colours spread and mix
  • Encourages attention and curiosity

💪 Fine Motor Skills

  • Strengthens fingers, hands, and wrists
  • Supports control and coordination

🧠 Bilateral Coordination

  • Encourages use of both hands together

🎨 Creativity & Expression

  • Supports free, non-verbal expression
  • Encourages choice and experimentation

🧘 Regulation & Calm

  • Repetitive movement can be soothing
  • Supports emotional release and regulation

🧰 Materials

  • Paint (washable preferred)
  • Paper, tray, or surface
  • Optional tools:
    • Brushes
    • Sponges
    • Rollers
  • Wipes, water, or towels

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Easy-to-clean surface
  • Calm, low-pressure setting
  • Comfortable seating or standing

Presentation

  • Start with one colour
  • Gradually introduce more options

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Invite exploration:
    “You can touch the paint if you like”
  • Allow observation first

2. Sensory Exploration

  • Encourage touching, smearing, or spreading
  • Follow the client’s pace

3. Creative Engagement

  • Support free movement or simple shapes

Optional prompts:

  • “What happens when you move it?”
  • “Can you make a line?”

4. Adapt as Needed

  • Offer tools if direct touch is difficult
  • Adjust surface (table, tray, vertical)

5. Continue or Pause

  • Allow stopping at any time
  • Repeat preferred actions

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Brief touch with one finger
  • Use of tools instead of hands
  • 1–3 minutes

Use for: high tactile sensitivity or first exposure

🌿 Moderate

  • Fingers or palms used
  • Two or more colours
  • 5–10 minutes

Use for: sensory exploration and creativity

🌳 Strong / Messy

  • Full hand exploration
  • Smearing and mixing colours
  • Larger or vertical surfaces
  • Longer duration with breaks

Use for: tactile seeking or emotional release

♿ Adaptations

  • Gloves for reduced tactile input
  • Tools instead of direct contact
  • Vertical painting for different sensory input
  • Observation-only participation

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Never force contact
  • ✔ Follow the client’s lead
  • ✔ Keep language descriptive, not directive
  • ✔ Offer control (wipes, water nearby)
  • ✔ Allow stopping at any time
  • ✔ Keep focus on experience, not outcome

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity can be:

  • Calming (slow, repetitive movement)
  • Alerting (active, messy play)

Adjust based on the client’s response

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Give gentle notice before finishing
  • Support hand washing or clean-up
  • Follow with calming input if needed

👀 What to Observe

  • Tactile tolerance
  • Preferred level of engagement
  • Fine motor use
  • Emotional response
  • Regulation before and after
Fit-Ball Bouncing
Proprioceptive

Description

⚽ Exercise Ball Activities

A movement-based activity for balance, core strength, and sensory regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Using a large exercise ball provides proprioceptive and vestibular input through controlled movement and balance.

It supports core strength, coordination, and body awareness, while offering both calming rhythmic movement and alerting balance challenges.

The focus is on safe, supported movement and gradual progression.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Core muscles engage to maintain balance
  • Supports body awareness and strength

🔄 Vestibular Input

  • Gentle rocking and shifting stimulates balance systems
  • Supports spatial awareness and coordination

✋ Tactile Input

  • Contact with the ball provides sensory feedback
  • Supports grounding through hands and feet

🧠 Coordination & Motor Planning

  • Requires controlled, purposeful movement
  • Builds sequencing and stability

🧘 Regulation

  • Calming with slow rhythmic movement
  • Alerting with active balance challenges

🧰 Equipment

  • Exercise ball (appropriately sized)
  • Clear space
  • Optional: mat or soft surface

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Clear, uncluttered space
  • Stable surface

Preparation

  • Ensure ball is properly inflated
  • Feet flat on the ground, knees at ~90°
  • Stay close to support

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start (Seated Balance)

  • Sit on the ball
  • Feet flat, back upright

Encourage:

  • Holding arms out for balance
  • Gentle rocking (forward/back, side-to-side)

2. Progress to Movement

⚖️ Ball Marches

  • Lift one foot at a time
  • Alternate legs slowly

🔄 Trunk Twists

  • Rotate gently left and right
  • Keep movements controlled

3. Increase Challenge (If Appropriate)

🌊 Dynamic Balance

  • Increase speed of movement
  • Reduce arm support

🌀 Advanced Rollouts

  • Roll body forward over the ball (supported)
  • Return to seated position slowly

4. Maintain Control

  • Encourage slow, steady movement
  • Allow pauses as needed

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Sitting and small rocking movements
  • Short duration

Use for: beginners or high sensitivity

🌿 Moderate

  • Marching and trunk movements
  • Steady pace

Use for: coordination and regulation

🌳 Strong / Challenging

  • Faster movement or reduced support
  • Advanced balance tasks

Use for: strength and vestibular challenge

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Stay close at all times
  • ✔ Encourage slow, controlled movement
  • ✔ Avoid sudden or jerky motion
  • ✔ Match activity to ability level
  • ✔ Allow rest breaks
  • ✔ Provide reassurance without over-assisting

⚠️ Safety Considerations

  • ✔ Ensure correct ball size
  • ✔ Feet remain grounded where possible
  • ✔ Monitor for fatigue or instability
  • ✔ Stop if balance is compromised

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity can be:

  • Calming (slow, rhythmic rocking)
  • Alerting (active balance challenges)

Adjust intensity based on the client’s state

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually slow movement
  • Assist off the ball safely
  • Transition to a calm or seated activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Balance and stability
  • Core engagement
  • Coordination and control
  • Confidence and willingness
  • Regulation before and after 
Five Minute Holiday
Multi-Sensory

Description

🏖️ FIVE MINUTE HOLIDAY

A multisensory vacation to recharge and reconnect in the comfort of home.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Five Minute Holiday is a guided, immersive experience designed to transport the individual to a place of relaxation and joy. By layering gentle sensory inputs, we create a temporary escape from daily routines, encouraging regulation and connection through the sights, sounds, and scents of a seaside retreat.

SENSORY BENEFITS

SMELL: The scent of essential oils like sea salt or citrus promotes emotional regulation and creates a distinct environmental marker for the activity. TOUCH: Smooth shells, cool water, or warm weighted blankets provide tactile grounding to help the person feel secure in their space. VISION: Shimmering light projections or bright, warm colors mimic the glow of the sun to encourage visual tracking and engagement. HEARING: Rhythmic ocean wave tracks lower the heart rate and mask background noise, fostering a calm, meditative state.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A small portable speaker for nature soundscapes

• An essential oil diffuser or scented sensory cloth

• A collection of natural items such as smooth pebbles or seashells

• A soft weighted blanket or a warm towel

• An LED light projector or gold-toned fabric to filter light

ACTIVITY IDEAS

The Coastal Soundscape. Begin by playing a high-quality recording of gentle waves or a coastal breeze. Sit close to the person so they can hear the directionality of the sound, adjusting the volume to their comfort level.

Scented Relaxation. Use an aromatherapy diffuser to introduce a light, refreshing ocean or citrus scent. Allow the person to inhale the aroma for a few moments before introducing any other sensory layers.

Tactile Exploration. Place a cool, smooth seashell or a polished stone in the person's hand. Gently guide their fingers over the textures, noting their reaction to the cool, hard surface against their skin.

Warmth and Comfort. Drape a warm, heavy blanket over their lap or shoulders to mimic the feeling of a heavy sun-warmed towel. This deep pressure provides a sense of physical safety and containment during the activity.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• For individuals with limited movement, bring the sensory items to them by gently brushing objects against their palm or cheek.

• Adjust the light intensity based on their visual comfort; if they are light-sensitive, use dimmer settings and warm, filtered light instead of direct projection.

• Monitor facial expressions and muscle tension closely; if the person shows signs of overstimulation, simplify the experience by removing one sensory layer at a time. Always prioritize the person's unique preferences and comfort, ensuring the pace of the activity matches their specific responses and communication signals.

TIPS

• Keep the duration short to ensure the person remains engaged rather than overwhelmed.

• Use the same scent or music consistently to create a 'learned' association with relaxation over time.

• Narrate the experience gently to provide social connection without requiring a verbal response.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity provides a powerful way to shift a person's mood and environment in just a few minutes, offering a simple yet profound way to honor their need for comfort, joy, and sensory-rich connection.

Flashlight Tag
Visual

Description

🔦 Flashlight Tracking Game

A visual activity for tracking, focus, and engagement

🌿 Activity Overview

This activity uses a moving light source to support visual tracking, attention, and eye movement control.

The client follows the light as it moves across a surface, with opportunities to guess shapes, patterns, or take turns leading.

The focus is on smooth tracking, engagement, and playful interaction.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👀 Visual Tracking

  • Supports smooth eye movements
  • Builds ability to follow moving objects

🧠 Visual Processing

  • Encourages recognition of shapes and patterns
  • Supports interpretation of movement

🎯 Focus & Attention

  • Builds sustained attention
  • Encourages concentration in a fun format

✋ Eye–Hand Coordination

  • Supports readiness for reading and writing tasks

🧘 Regulation & Engagement

  • Predictable movement can be calming
  • Interactive play supports motivation

🧰 Materials

  • Flashlight (handheld or phone light)
  • Plain wall or surface
  • Optional: coloured lights or glow sticks

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Dim or darkened room
  • Minimal distractions
  • Comfortable seating or standing position

Preparation

  • Ensure light is visible but not too bright
  • Position client to allow easy eye movement

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Explain simply:
    “Follow the light with your eyes”
  • Demonstrate slow movement

2. Begin Tracking

  • Move the light slowly across the wall
  • Encourage tracking with eyes only

3. Build Engagement

Start with simple patterns:

  • Straight lines
  • Circles
  • Zigzags

4. Increase Challenge (If Appropriate)

  • Create shapes or letters
  • Spell simple words
  • Introduce short sequences to remember

5. Interactive Play

  • Guessing game:
    “What did I draw?”
  • Take turns controlling the light
  • Change speed (slow → fast → slow)

💡 Variations

🌱 Gentle Version

  • Slow, predictable movement
  • Short duration

🌿 Moderate Version

  • Shapes and simple patterns
  • Guessing included

🌳 Advanced Version

  • Faster movement
  • Sequences or word formation
  • Memory challenges

🎶 Sensory Variations

  • Use coloured lights
  • Add music and move to rhythm
  • Combine with movement (reach or step toward light)
  • Create simple “light stories”

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Keep movements smooth and controlled
  • ✔ Encourage eye movement rather than head movement
  • ✔ Allow rest breaks to avoid eye strain
  • ✔ Keep instructions simple
  • ✔ Adjust speed based on ability
  • ✔ Keep the activity playful

⚠️ Monitor & Adjust

Watch for:

  • Eye fatigue
  • Excessive head movement
  • Loss of focus
  • Signs of discomfort

Adjust by:

  • Slowing movement
  • Reducing duration
  • Simplifying patterns

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Organising and focusing
  • Can be calming with slow movement
  • Can be alerting with faster pace

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually slow the light movement
  • Pause and allow visual rest
  • Transition to a calm or familiar activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Smoothness of eye tracking
  • Ability to follow patterns
  • Attention and engagement
  • Response to speed changes
  • Signs of fatigue
Floating Flowers
Multi-Sensory

Description

🌸 FLOATING FLOWERS

A calming, visual, and tactile exploration of water and floating objects.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Floating Flowers invites the participant to interact with soft, artificial flower heads gently bobbing in a tray of warm water. This activity provides a soothing, low-arousal experience that encourages gentle hand movement and visual tracking in a contained space.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides calming visual input through watching objects float and move.

• Offers gentle tactile exploration of water temperature and textures.

• Encourages slow, intentional reaching and tracking movements.

• Promotes postural stability through supported arm placement at the tray edge.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Shallow tray or wash basin

• Warm water

• Silk or foam artificial flower heads

• Waterproof mat or towel for spills

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Place the tray on a stable table or tray table at chest height.

• Fill the tray with warm water and gently scatter the flowers on the surface.

• Allow the participant to observe the movement of the flowers before introducing touch.

• Encourage the participant to stir the water or gently push the flowers across the surface.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Use a lap tray to bring the basin directly to the participant.

• If the participant has limited range, bring the basin closer to their midline.

• Place a non-slip mat under the basin to ensure it remains secure on the lap tray.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Check water temperature carefully to ensure it is comfortable and safe.

• Monitor for any splashing if the participant is sensitive to water on the face or clothing.

• Ensure flowers are large enough to prevent any risk of mouthing.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Use flowers with different textures or fabric finishes.

• Introduce a small sponge to create gentle ripples in the water.

• Try adding a drop of food coloring to the water for increased visual contrast.

• Use different sized containers to change the scope of the water surface.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use only one or two flowers to minimize visual clutter.

• Place the basin slightly further away so they can just watch the movement.

• Use lukewarm water that matches skin temperature exactly.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Add five to ten flowers to create a full surface effect.

• Encourage the participant to dip their fingers in to feel the water movement.

• Use flowers with varied leaf textures for more complex tactile input.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Encourage sweeping arm movements to push flowers across the tray.

• Use a small hand-held fan to create currents that move the flowers autonomously.

• Combine with soft, calming instrumental music to provide a multi-sensory environment.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Observe the participant's reaction to the water temperature before moving to touch.

• Follow their lead; if they prefer only to watch, respect that as their chosen level of engagement.

• Use hand-under-hand guidance if they seem hesitant to reach into the water.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love Floating Flowers for its simplicity and the immediate, serene atmosphere it creates. It is a wonderful way to offer meaningful engagement without over-stimulating, providing a peaceful moment of connection that can easily be adapted to anyone's needs.

Floating Petals
Multi-Sensory

Description

🌸 Floating Petals

A gentle, calming sensory experience exploring movement and color.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Floating Petals involves observing, touching, and interacting with soft silk or real flower petals drifting in water. This activity creates a peaceful, immersive environment that encourages visual tracking and tactile exploration in a slow, rhythmic way.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Promotes visual tracking of slow-moving objects.

• Provides soothing tactile input through water and soft textures.

• Encourages focused attention and quiet observation.

• Assists in regulation by reducing environmental noise and movement.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A shallow plastic tub or sensory tray.

• Warm water.

• Silk or real flower petals.

• A soft cloth for drying hands.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Place the tub on a stable surface at a comfortable height.

• Fill the tub with warm water and scatter the petals on the surface.

• Gently guide the person’s hand to touch the water or create ripples.

• Observe their reactions to the movement and temperature of the water.

• Allow time for the person to watch the petals drift and rotate.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Place the tub on a height-adjustable table or an over-bed tray.

• Use a lap tray to bring the activity directly to the individual.

• Support the person's arms on a pillow to prevent fatigue while reaching.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure the water is at a comfortable, warm temperature, never hot.

• Monitor for any signs of splashing or sensory overload.

• Keep a towel ready to manage spills immediately.

• Check that petals are clean and free of any sharp stems or thorns.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Use a small fan to create a light breeze that moves the petals.

• Add a drop of calming lavender essential oil to the water.

• Use colored LED lights underneath a clear tub for visual effect.

• Alternate between silk petals and real ones for texture variety.

• Use floating battery-operated candles alongside the petals.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Just watch the petals without touching the water.

• Use only a few petals to keep the space uncluttered.

• Keep the water very still without creating ripples.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Encourage gentle finger touches to move a single petal.

• Use a mix of colors to engage visual interest.

• Create soft ripples with your own hand nearby.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Encourage splashing or pushing a handful of petals around.

• Add more petals for a thicker, more tactile layer.

• Move the tub slightly to increase the speed of the floating petals.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Follow the person's lead; if they prefer only watching, do not force touch.

• Use a slow, rhythmic pace to match a calm breathing pattern.

• Offer choices between different colored petals to empower participation.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love Floating Petals for its simplicity and the immediate, visible relaxation it brings. It transforms a simple bowl of water into a serene, therapeutic oasis that grounds both the participant and the supporter.

Floating Treasure Hunt
Multi-Sensory

Description

🏴‍☠️ FLOATING TREASURE HUNT

Explore buoyancy and water textures in a calming, aquatic discovery task.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Floating Treasure Hunt invites individuals to interact with water and buoyant objects to encourage reaching, tracking, and tactile exploration. It creates a gentle, rhythmic experience that promotes calm and engagement through the properties of water.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides calming, continuous tactile input through water contact.

• Supports visual tracking of objects as they bob and move across the surface.

• Encourages proprioceptive input through reaching, splashing, or scooping motions.

• Assists in state regulation through the repetitive nature of water play.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A shallow plastic tub or sensory tray.

• Warm, sensory-safe water.

• Assorted buoyant items (foam shapes, plastic animals, bath toys).

• A mesh sieve or ladle for scooping.

• Towels for managing spills.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Fill the tray with shallow warm water and place it on a stable surface.

• Place the 'treasures' into the water and observe how they float.

• Gently guide the individual’s hand toward the water to feel the temperature and movement.

• Use the sieve to catch the items, naming them as you pull them out.

• Allow the individual to splash or push the toys to watch the ripples.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Place the tray on an adjustable height table or a lap tray secured to the wheelchair.

• Ensure the individual is positioned with trunk support to allow for comfortable reaching.

• Use a damp cloth to provide tactile water input if a full tub is not feasible.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Monitor water temperature closely to prevent burns.

• Supervise closely to prevent accidental ingestion or aspiration.

• Ensure surfaces remain dry to avoid slipping hazards.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Add a drop of food coloring to change the water visual context.

• Use scented soap bubbles for added olfactory stimulation.

• Introduce items that sink to challenge different reaching heights.

• Add musical toys that chime when touched.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use a damp sponge to pat water onto hands.

• Keep water very still with minimal splashing.

• Use only one or two large, brightly colored items.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Encourage grasping and moving toys across the water.

• Use a mix of items with different textures.

• Add gentle ripples to the water using a soft brush.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Encourage splashing and vigorous hand movements.

• Use a larger tub to allow for deeper arm submersion.

• Add many items to increase the visual and tactile density of the hunt.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Follow the individual's pace; do not rush the discovery of the items.

• Offer choices between two items before putting them in the water.

• Use a soft, narrating voice to enhance the calming atmosphere.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity transforms simple water play into a rich discovery experience, fostering both relaxation and active participation through gentle, customizable sensory engagement.

Floating Treasure Hunt
Multi-Sensory

Description

🪩 Floating Treasure Hunt

A gentle, calming exploration of light, texture, and movement in a water-filled environment.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Floating Treasure Hunt is a sensory-rich activity that transforms a simple water container into a shimmering landscape of discovery. By placing various tactile objects into shallow water, you create a space for the individual to reach, track, and interact with items that drift and bob, providing a soothing yet engaging experience for those with complex needs.

SENSORY BENEFITS

TOUCH: The immersion of hands or feet into water provides gentle pressure and varied surface textures, from smooth plastic to textured fabric. VISION: Floating reflective items create shimmering patterns and movement that encourage visual tracking and focus. PROPRIOCEPTION: The resistance provided by the water allows the individual to feel the position and weight of their limbs during gentle, purposeful movements.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A shallow, sturdy plastic tray or basin • Warm, tempered water • A selection of buoyant, waterproof items (colored balls, light scarves, plastic shapes) • Optional: waterproof LED tea lights or reflective mirrors

ACTIVITY IDEAS

GENTLE RIPPLES: Slowly drag your fingers through the water to create rhythmic waves, encouraging the person to feel the change in pressure against their skin. SHIMMER TRACKING: Gently move a reflective object across the water surface, observing how the light catches it to encourage the user to follow the movement. TEXTURE EXPLORATION: Place items with high-contrast surfaces, such as ribbed balls or silky fabrics, into the water to provide varied tactile feedback during exploration. CALMING DEPTH: Use lukewarm water to encourage relaxation, allowing the individual to rest their hands in the basin and feel the weightlessness of the floating items.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Use a tray placed at eye level for those with limited mobility to minimize the range of movement required. • For those with sensory defensiveness, use warm water and introduce objects slowly, observing for signs of comfort. • Use bright, high-contrast objects for those with visual impairments to make them easier to locate against the water. Always follow the person's unique interests and cues, adjusting the pace and materials to match their comfort level and regulatory needs.

TIPS

• Ensure the water is at a comfortable, consistent temperature before starting. • If the person is sensitive to sounds, keep the environment quiet to emphasize the subtle splashing noises. • Monitor the user closely to ensure objects remain in reach and safe for interaction.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity provides a beautiful, low-pressure way to engage with the environment. It honors the individual’s pace and offers a multisensory experience that is as soothing as it is stimulating, making it a perfect choice for quiet, one-on-one connection.

Flower Rain
Multi-Sensory

Description

🌸 FLOWER RAIN

A gentle tactile and visual experience mimicking a falling spring shower.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Flower Rain involves gently showering the user with soft fabric flower petals, creating a calming, rhythmic, and multisensory experience. This activity invites a sense of tranquility by combining soft touch with gentle visual tracking opportunities.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides soothing tactile input through light touch.

• Encourages visual tracking of falling objects.

• Promotes body awareness as petals land on different areas.

• Facilitates deep breathing and relaxation during quiet engagement.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A generous supply of soft silk or fabric flower petals.

• A soft basket or bowl to hold the petals.

• A comfortable, reclined, or seated position for the participant.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Position the person comfortably so they are supported and relaxed.

• Sit beside them and hold a handful of petals at a comfortable height above their field of vision.

• Slowly release the petals to let them drift down onto the person's hands, shoulders, or legs.

• Use soft, descriptive language like 'soft rain' or 'gentle breeze' to narrate the movement.

• Observe their reaction, adjusting the speed and volume of petals based on their engagement.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Ensure the chair is tilted back to a comfortable, supported angle if the user prefers looking upward.

• Place a tray or lap board down to catch the petals, creating a second layer of tactile interaction.

• Use a soft scarf or light blanket over their lap to make the landing of petals even more subtle.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Always ensure petals are clean and soft to prevent skin irritation.

• Keep petals away from the face and mouth to avoid choking hazards.

• Watch for signs of over-stimulation, such as pulling away or increased muscle tension.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Use scented petals with a very light, natural floral oil.

• Add soft, ambient instrumental music to complement the 'rain' aesthetic.

• Try 'catching' the petals together using a large, wide-brimmed hat.

• Alternate between dropping petals one by one and a larger 'shower' of petals.

• Incorporate a fan set on very low to make the petals dance in the air before landing.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Release only one or two petals at a time.

• Focus on the person's feet or hands only, avoiding the face.

• Use extremely soft, lightweight silk petals.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Release a small handful of petals over the torso area.

• Incorporate rhythmic movement by swaying the basket side to side before releasing.

• Pause frequently to allow the person to process the sensation of the falling petals.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use a larger quantity of petals to create a fuller 'downpour' effect.

• Gently brush the petals across the skin once they have landed.

• Use petals of varying textures, including slightly firmer fabric to increase sensory feedback.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always offer a 'first touch' trial to allow the person to feel the petals before you begin.

• Follow the person's pacing; if they look away or stiffen, stop the flow immediately.

• Use consistent, rhythmic motions to help regulate the nervous system.

• Offer choice by presenting different colors or types of petals before you begin.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

Flower Rain is a simple yet profoundly beautiful way to connect through touch. It turns a quiet moment into a magical experience that encourages stillness, connection, and deep sensory regulation.

Food Preparation
Tactile

Description

🍽 Food Preparation

A multi-sensory activity for skill-building, independence, and engagement

🌿 Activity Overview

Food preparation offers a rich, hands-on experience where clients can explore textures, smells, tastes, and movement while participating in a meaningful daily task.

It supports both sensory development and practical life skills, with the added reward of enjoying the finished result.

The focus is on participation, exploration, and confidence—not perfection.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

✋ Tactile Sensory Input

  • Explores textures (soft, smooth, crunchy, sticky)
  • Supports tolerance and sensory awareness

👃 Taste & Smell Exploration

  • Encourages exposure to new flavours and aromas
  • Supports sensory processing of food

💪 Fine Motor Skills

  • Stirring, cutting, peeling, and pouring build coordination
  • Strengthens hand control and dexterity

🧠 Cognitive Skills

  • Supports sequencing and following steps
  • Encourages problem-solving and understanding processes

🌱 Independence & Confidence

  • Builds practical life skills
  • Encourages pride in contribution

🧰 Materials

  • Simple recipe (e.g. smoothie, sandwich, fruit salad)
  • Ingredients (pre-measured if needed)
  • Safe utensils (e.g. child-safe knife, spoon, bowl)

Optional:

  • Visual recipe cards
  • Gloves

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Clean, safe workspace
  • Minimal clutter
  • Comfortable working height

Preparation

  • Choose a simple, engaging recipe
  • Pre-measure ingredients if needed
  • Organise materials clearly

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Explain simply:
    “We’re going to make something to eat”
  • Allow observation before participation

2. Sensory Exploration

  • Encourage touching, smelling, and looking

Simple prompts:

  • “How does it feel?”
  • “Can you smell it?”

3. Hands-On Participation

Offer simple tasks:

  • Stirring or mixing
  • Pouring ingredients
  • Mashing or pressing
  • Cutting (with support if needed)

4. Taste Along the Way (Optional)

  • Encourage small tastes

Prompts:

  • “What does it taste like?”
  • “Is it different now?”

5. Final Steps

  • Observe cooking or assembly
  • Present finished food

Encourage:

  • “You helped make this”

💡 Variations

🌱 Gentle Participation

  • Observation only
  • Touching ingredients without cooking

🌿 Moderate Participation

  • Simple tasks (stirring, pouring)
  • Limited steps

🌳 Full Participation

  • Multiple steps
  • Greater independence

♿ Adaptations

For Sensory Sensitivities

  • Allow observation first
  • Use gloves
  • Start with familiar foods

For Additional Support

  • Use visual step-by-step guides
  • Provide hand-over-hand assistance

For Selective Eaters

  • Offer small tastes only
  • Avoid pressure
  • Use positive, descriptive language

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Keep instructions simple
  • ✔ Follow the client’s pace
  • ✔ Avoid rushing
  • ✔ Focus on participation, not outcome
  • ✔ Respect refusals
  • ✔ Maintain safety at all times

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity can be:

  • Calming (slow, repetitive tasks)
  • Engaging/alerting (active participation)

Adjust pace and demands based on the client’s state

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Enjoy the finished food together
  • Support clean-up
  • Transition calmly

👀 What to Observe

  • Sensory preferences (texture, smell, taste)
  • Willingness to participate
  • Fine motor ability
  • Sequencing skills
  • Emotional response

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Increased sensory tolerance
  • Greater independence in daily living
  • Improved confidence and engagement
Foot Bath
Tactile

Description

🦶 Foot Bath

A calming sensory activity for relaxation, body awareness, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

A foot bath provides gentle tactile and proprioceptive input through warm water and controlled movement.

It supports relaxation, body awareness, and sensory integration, particularly for clients who benefit from grounding, lower-body input.

The focus is on comfort, calm, and predictable sensory experience.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Gentle pressure through feet and ankles
  • Supports body awareness and grounding

✋ Tactile Sensory Input

  • Warm water stimulates skin receptors
  • Enhances sensory feedback

😌 Regulation & Calm

  • Warmth supports relaxation
  • Helps reduce stress and agitation

🦶 Body Awareness

  • Encourages awareness of feet and lower limbs
  • Supports balance and positioning

💧 Circulation & Comfort

  • Promotes blood flow
  • Relieves muscle tension

🧰 Materials

  • Foot bath basin
  • Warm water
  • Towel

Optional:

  • Epsom salts
  • Essential oils (if tolerated)
  • Soft brush or cloth
  • Small stones or massage roller

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet, low-stimulation space
  • Comfortable seating with support
  • Soft lighting (optional)

Preparation

  • Fill basin with warm water (comfortable, not hot)
  • Check temperature before use
  • Position basin for easy access

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Explain simply:
    “We’re going to put your feet in warm water to help you relax”

2. Foot Placement

  • Support feet into the water
  • Ensure full, comfortable contact

3. Encourage Relaxation

  • Allow stillness or gentle movement

Simple prompts:

  • “You can move your feet slowly”
  • “Notice how it feels”

4. Add Movement (Optional)

  • Gentle foot movements
  • Toe wiggling or flexing
  • Slow swishing in water

5. Add Tactile Input (If Appropriate)

  • Light scrubbing with cloth or brush
  • Gentle massage
  • Rolling foot over small objects

6. Maintain Calm

  • Keep environment quiet
  • Encourage slow breathing
  • Monitor comfort

⏱️ Duration

  • Typically 10–20 minutes
  • Shorter if sensitivity or fatigue present

💡 Variations

🌱 Gentle Version

  • Still feet in warm water
  • Minimal movement

🌿 Moderate Version

  • Gentle movement and toe activity
  • Light tactile input

🌳 Enhanced Sensory Version

  • Add salts, scent, or massage elements
  • Increased sensory richness (if tolerated)

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Always check water temperature
  • ✔ Monitor comfort regularly
  • ✔ Keep experience calm and predictable
  • ✔ Respect sensory preferences
  • ✔ Avoid strong scents unless preferred
  • ✔ Keep communication minimal and soothing

⚠️ Safety Considerations

  • ✔ Avoid hot water
  • ✔ Monitor skin sensitivity
  • ✔ Ensure safe seating and positioning
  • ✔ Maintain hygiene between uses

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Deeply calming and grounding
  • Particularly helpful for:
    • Restlessness
    • Anxiety
    • Transition to rest

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Remove feet slowly
  • Dry gently with towel
  • Transition to rest or quiet activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Tolerance to temperature and texture
  • Preference for movement vs stillness
  • Relaxation response
  • Changes in mood or regulation

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Increased body awareness
  • Improved calm and regulation
  • Greater tolerance to sensory input
Foot Massage
Proprioceptive

Description

🦶 Foot Massage

A calming tactile activity for grounding, body awareness, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Foot massage provides deep, predictable tactile and proprioceptive input through the feet.

It supports relaxation, grounding, and body awareness, particularly for clients who benefit from lower-body sensory input.

The focus is on slow, rhythmic pressure and comfort.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Pressure through the soles supports body awareness
  • Provides grounding input to the nervous system

✋ Tactile Sensory Input

  • Stimulates sensory receptors in the feet
  • Supports sensory integration

😌 Regulation & Calm

  • Rhythmic pressure supports relaxation
  • May reduce anxiety and stress

🦶 Muscle Relaxation

  • Releases tension in feet and lower limbs
  • Supports comfort and ease of movement

💧 Circulation & Comfort

  • Encourages blood flow
  • Can reduce stiffness or discomfort

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet, low-stimulation space
  • Comfortable seated or lying position
  • Optional soft lighting

Preparation

  • Seek clear consent
  • Explain simply:
    “I’m going to gently massage your feet to help you relax”
  • Ensure feet are clean and warm

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start

  • Begin with light touch
  • Allow the client to adjust

2. Build Pressure Gradually

  • Increase to firm but comfortable pressure
  • Keep movements slow and predictable

3. Apply Techniques

Soles (Circular Strokes)

  • Use thumbs for small circular movements

Focused Pressure

  • Apply gentle pressure to:
    • Arch
    • Ball of the foot
    • Heel

Toe Movement

  • Gently stretch and move toes

Ankle Circles

  • Rotate ankle slowly to mobilise joints

Palm Pressure

  • Use whole hand for even, steady pressure

4. Maintain Rhythm

  • Keep movements slow and consistent
  • Minimise talking

5. Observe & Adjust

  • Watch for comfort and relaxation
  • Adjust pressure as needed

6. Finish

  • Gradually reduce pressure
  • Allow stillness

⏱️ Duration

  • Start: 2–3 minutes
  • Build to: 5–10 minutes if well tolerated

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Always seek and respect consent
  • ✔ Use firm but comfortable pressure (not light/tickly)
  • ✔ Keep movements slow and predictable
  • ✔ Monitor response closely
  • ✔ Use minimal language
  • ✔ Stop immediately if discomfort occurs

🛑 Avoid or Use Caution

  • Areas of pain, injury, or sensitivity
  • If the client dislikes foot contact
  • With medical conditions affecting circulation (check first)

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Deeply grounding and calming
  • Particularly helpful for:
    • Anxiety
    • Restlessness
    • Sensory overload

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Reduce pressure gradually
  • Allow rest
  • Transition to a calm or low-stimulation activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Tolerance to touch and pressure
  • Changes in muscle tone
  • Signs of relaxation
  • Emotional response
  • Regulation before and after

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Increased body awareness
  • Improved calm and regulation
  • Greater tolerance to tactile input
Footy
Proprioceptive

Description

⚽ Simple Football Activities

A movement-based activity for coordination, regulation, and engagement

🌿 Activity Overview

Simple football activities provide proprioceptive, vestibular, and visual input through kicking, passing, and movement.

They support coordination, balance, and body awareness, while also offering opportunities for social interaction and structured energy release.

The focus is on controlled movement, participation, and enjoyment—not performance.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Kicking and catching provide joint and muscle feedback
  • Supports body awareness and coordination

🔄 Vestibular Input

  • Movement (walking, running, turning) supports balance
  • Enhances spatial awareness

👀 Visual Tracking

  • Following the ball supports eye movement and focus

🧠 Motor Planning

  • Sequencing movements (kick, pass, receive)
  • Builds coordination and timing

🤝 Social Interaction

  • Encourages turn-taking and shared play
  • Supports communication and engagement

🧘 Regulation

  • Structured movement helps release energy
  • Can improve focus after activity

🧰 Materials

  • Football (size and texture appropriate)
  • Open space
  • Optional:
    • Cones or markers
    • Target (goal, box, or object)

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Safe, open area
  • Minimal hazards

Preparation

  • Choose a ball suited to the client:
    • Softer or larger for beginners
  • Start with simple, achievable tasks

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Present the ball
  • Allow touching, holding, or rolling

2. Toss & Catch (If Appropriate)

  • Start with short, gentle throws
  • Encourage catching with both hands

3. Kicking

  • Place ball on the ground
  • Encourage slow, controlled kicks

Optional prompt:

  • “Kick it forward”

4. Passing

  • Roll or pass the ball to a partner
  • Start close, increase distance gradually

5. Dribbling

  • Tap the ball gently with feet
  • Focus on control rather than speed

6. Target Games

  • Aim for a simple target
  • Encourage focus and accuracy

7. Movement with Ball

  • Walk or jog with the ball
  • Adjust pace based on ability

8. Cool Down

  • Gentle stretching
  • Slow breathing or rest

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Rolling or holding the ball
  • Short, slow movements

Use for: beginners or high sensitivity

🌿 Moderate

  • Kicking, passing, simple dribbling
  • Controlled movement

Use for: coordination and engagement

🌳 Strong / Active

  • Running, faster dribbling, target play
  • Increased intensity

Use for: energy release and higher movement needs

♿ Adaptations

  • Use larger or softer ball
  • Reduce distance
  • Seated play (rolling, passing)
  • Simplify tasks (one-step actions)

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Keep instructions simple
  • ✔ Focus on participation, not skill
  • ✔ Match pace to ability
  • ✔ Allow rest breaks
  • ✔ Encourage success with small steps
  • ✔ Keep activity fun and flexible

⚠️ Monitor & Adjust

Watch for:

  • Fatigue
  • Frustration
  • Loss of coordination
  • Over-arousal

Adjust by:

  • Slowing pace
  • Reducing complexity
  • Increasing support

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Alerting and organising
  • Useful for:
    • Releasing energy
    • Improving focus after movement

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Slow movement gradually
  • Complete a final simple task
  • Transition to a calm or seated activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Coordination and timing
  • Balance and posture
  • Engagement level
  • Social interaction
  • Regulation before and after

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Improved motor coordination
  • Increased body awareness
  • Better regulation through movement
Fresh Bread Morning
Multi-Sensory

Description

🍞 Fresh Bread Morning

Experience the warmth and comforting aroma of home-baked bread.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Fresh Bread Morning turns the kitchen into a cozy sensory hub, focusing on the deep, grounding experience of kneading dough and the rich, homey scent of baking bread. This activity is designed to soothe the nervous system through rhythmical movement and familiar, comforting smells.

• By engaging with the physical texture of the dough and the warmth of the oven, the participant can achieve a state of calm, focused regulation. It is a perfect activity for building anticipation and enjoying a shared, multi-sensory reward.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Tactile: Deep pressure from kneading dough provides grounding proprioceptive feedback.

• Olfactory: Warm, yeasty scents can trigger emotional memories and induce feelings of comfort and safety.

• Visual: Tracking the transformation of dough from a sticky ball to a risen, golden-brown loaf.

• Auditory: The rhythmic sounds of kneading, the timer ticking, and the 'crackle' of cooling crusts.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Bread dough (pre-made or store-bought)

• Flour for dusting

• A sturdy mixing bowl

• Baking sheet

• Oven mitts

• A soft, clean towel

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Prepare the dough area on a flat, stable surface at the participant's height.

• Invite the participant to touch the raw dough, using hand-under-hand support to explore the texture.

• Encourage rhythmic pushing and folding movements to build tactile awareness.

• Place the shaped dough into the oven; allow the participant to smell the transformation as the baking progresses.

• Once finished, place the warm bread near the participant to allow for the release of comforting aromatic steam.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Use a height-adjustable table or a portable tray securely locked onto the wheelchair.

• Place the bowl on a non-slip mat to prevent movement during kneading.

• Bring the sensory experience to the participant by moving the bowl or cooling loaf closer to their face for smelling.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure all hot surfaces are clearly marked and physically unreachable for the participant.

• Be mindful of flour dust if the participant has respiratory sensitivities.

• Monitor for food allergies regarding gluten or yeast ingredients.

• Always maintain physical distance from the open oven door.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Use different textures like whole wheat versus white flour dough.

• Add herbs like rosemary or garlic to increase olfactory input.

• Use a vibrating massager near the hands while kneading to enhance proprioception.

• Press small seeds or dried fruit into the dough for added tactile detail.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Simply smell the yeast or flour from a distance.

• Use a pre-warmed 'play-dough' ball for soft tactile exploration.

• Observe the baking process through the oven window only.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Assist with gentle patting of the dough with hand-over-hand support.

• Help sprinkle flour onto the board.

• Engage with the warmth of the finished bread on the cooling rack.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Engage in vigorous, deep-pressure kneading with both hands.

• Press and stretch the dough to build hand strength.

• Actively help shape the dough into rolls or loaves.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Respect the participant's sensory threshold; some may find the sticky texture of raw dough overwhelming.

• Use 'wait time' to allow the person to process the change in temperature and scent.

• Follow the participant's lead—if they prefer just smelling, do not force the tactile kneading.

• Use calm, low-arousal verbal prompts to describe the smells and textures.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• There is nothing quite as regulating as the smell of fresh bread; it provides an immediate, natural sense of 'home' that helps the participant feel safe, grounded, and ready to engage with the world.

Furry Friends
Tactile

Description

🐾 Furry Friends

Tactile exploration of diverse fur textures.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Engage with a collection of soft, plush, and textured faux-fur items to provide calming and interesting tactile input. This activity uses varied surfaces to stimulate the senses and provide grounding comfort for individuals with complex needs.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides localized tactile stimulation to hands, arms, or cheeks.

• Promotes emotional regulation through soothing repetitive touch.

• Assists in desensitization for individuals with tactile defensiveness.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Assorted fabric swatches (faux fur, velvet, fleece, shag).

• Stuffed animals of varying sizes.

• A soft blanket or sensory mitt.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Position the person comfortably in a supported sitting or reclined position.

• Begin by presenting one texture at a time, moving it slowly toward their hand or arm.

• Observe their reaction; if they lean in, encourage further exploration by stroking their skin gently.

• Rotate through different fur types to provide variety in tactile density and softness.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Drape the fur fabrics over the wheelchair tray or lap belt.

• Secure the fabric to the armrests using Velcro for easy access.

• Attach soft textures to a mounting arm for individuals with limited reach.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Monitor for signs of tactile over-stimulation or aversion.

• Ensure all materials are clean and free of loose fibers that could be ingested.

• Check for hidden seams or hard plastic parts on stuffed animals.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Use a 'sensory sleeve' made of different fabrics for the person to put their hand inside.

• Place a warm heating pad beneath the fur fabric for added comfort.

• Use a fan to create a light breeze through the fur for a multi-sensory experience.

• Introduce a vibrating pet toy underneath the fur to add a proprioceptive element.

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use a single, very soft faux-fur piece only.

• Present the texture near the person's hand without physical contact initially.

• Keep sessions very short, lasting only 1-2 minutes.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use a mix of two different textures.

• Allow the person to brush the fabric against their own arm or cheek.

• Increase session time to 5-10 minutes of supported exploration.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use textures with high shag or varied fiber density.

• Combine with firm pressure or rhythmic stroking along the limbs.

• Encourage deep contact by pressing the textures firmly against the palms.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always offer choices by presenting two textures and observing which one they reach for.

• Follow the person's lead; if they pull away, respect the boundary immediately.

• Use a calm, low voice to narrate the experience and promote a relaxing atmosphere.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• Furry Friends is a simple yet deeply comforting activity that transforms tactile exploration into a gentle moment of connection and calm for those with sensory processing differences.

Gardening
Proprioceptive

Description

🌱 Gardening

A multisensory activity for engagement, regulation, and meaningful participation

🌿 Activity Overview

Gardening provides rich, purposeful sensory experiences through digging, planting, watering, and observing growth.

It combines movement, touch, and nature-based exploration in a meaningful context, supporting regulation and a sense of contribution.

Participation may range from brief interaction to ongoing routines, depending on comfort, ability, and interest.

The focus is on process, connection, and engagement.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

✋ Tactile Sensory Input

  • Exploring soil, water, and plant textures
  • Supports sensory tolerance and awareness

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Digging, scooping, lifting, and carrying
  • Provides grounding, organising input

👀 Visual Engagement

  • Observing colour, growth, and change over time
  • Supports attention and curiosity

👃 Olfactory Input

  • Natural scents (soil, herbs, flowers)
  • Enhances sensory experience

🧠 Cognitive & Emotional Development

  • Builds understanding of routines and life cycles
  • Encourages responsibility and nurturing

🧘 Regulation & Wellbeing

  • Outdoor environment supports calm
  • Repetitive tasks can be soothing

🧰 Materials

  • Soil, plants, or seeds
  • Pots, garden beds, or containers
  • Watering can
  • Simple gardening tools

Optional:

  • Gloves
  • Raised beds or tabletop setup

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Outdoor or well-lit space
  • Safe, accessible area
  • Shade and hydration available

Preparation

  • Select simple, achievable tasks
  • Organise materials clearly
  • Break activity into small steps

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Invite participation:
    “We’re going to help the plants”
  • Allow observation first

2. Sensory Exploration

  • Encourage touching soil, leaves, or water
  • Follow the client’s pace

3. Hands-On Participation

Simple tasks:

  • Watering plants
  • Placing soil in pots
  • Planting seeds or seedlings

4. Movement-Based Tasks (If Appropriate)

  • Carrying small pots
  • Scooping soil
  • Digging or turning soil

5. Observe & Return

  • Encourage looking at plants over time
  • Revisit activity across days or weeks

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Watering plants
  • Touching leaves or observing
  • 2–5 minutes

Use for: high sensitivity or low stamina

🌿 Moderate

  • Planting or transferring soil
  • Carrying small items
  • 5–15 minutes

Use for: engagement and routine building

🌳 Strong / Active

  • Digging, lifting, repetitive tasks
  • Larger or heavier movements
  • Longer duration with breaks

Use for: grounding and movement needs

♿ Adaptations

  • Raised garden beds or tabletop gardening
  • Lightweight tools
  • Gloves for tactile sensitivity
  • Hand-over-hand support
  • Observation-only participation

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Focus on participation, not outcome
  • ✔ Use simple language and modelling
  • ✔ Allow time to explore and return
  • ✔ Monitor fatigue and sensory response
  • ✔ Provide breaks, shade, and water
  • ✔ Keep tasks short and achievable

⚠️ Monitor & Adjust

Watch for:

  • Fatigue
  • Sun exposure
  • Sensory overload
  • Loss of interest

Adjust by:

  • Reducing duration
  • Simplifying tasks
  • Increasing support

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Grounding and organising
  • Particularly helpful for:
    • Movement seeking
    • Calm engagement
    • Routine-based participation

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Complete a simple task (e.g. watering)
  • Wash hands
  • Transition to rest or another activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Sensory preferences (soil, water, plants)
  • Level of engagement
  • Motor skills and coordination
  • Emotional response
  • Interest in returning

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, gardening supports:

  • Increased sensory tolerance
  • Improved regulation and calm
  • Development of routine and responsibility
Gathering Flowers and Display
Tactile

Description

🌸 Gathering & Arranging Flowers

A multisensory activity for exploration, creativity, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

This activity involves collecting flowers and creating a simple arrangement, offering rich sensory input through touch, smell, colour, and movement.

It supports calm engagement, creativity, and connection to nature, with a meaningful end product to enjoy.

The focus is on sensory experience, choice, and participation.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

✋ Tactile Sensory Input

  • Exploring petals, leaves, and stems
  • Supports awareness of different textures

👀 Visual Engagement

  • Observing colours, shapes, and patterns
  • Encourages creativity and attention

👃 Olfactory Input

  • Smelling flowers supports relaxation
  • Can influence mood and emotional state

💪 Fine Motor Skills

  • Picking, cutting, and arranging
  • Supports coordination and control

🎨 Creativity & Expression

  • Choosing and arranging flowers
  • Encourages personal expression

🧘 Regulation & Wellbeing

  • Nature-based activity supports calm
  • Repetitive, gentle actions can be soothing

🧰 Materials

  • Basket or container
  • Flowers (garden, park, or safe environment)
  • Scissors or garden shears (if appropriate)
  • Vase or container

Optional:

  • Decorative items (stones, ribbons)

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Outdoor space or garden area
  • Safe, accessible pathways
  • Comfortable working area indoors for arranging

Preparation

  • Identify safe flowers to pick
  • Ensure tools are appropriate and supervised

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Invite participation:
    “Let’s find some flowers”
  • Allow observation before touching

2. Explore the Environment

  • Encourage looking, touching, and smelling

Simple prompts:

  • “How does this feel?”
  • “What does it smell like?”

3. Select & Gather Flowers

  • Support choosing preferred flowers
  • Assist with gentle picking or cutting

4. Sensory Exploration

  • Notice textures, colours, and scents
  • Allow time for interaction

5. Arrange the Flowers

  • Place flowers into a vase
  • Encourage simple arrangement:
    • Taller at the back
    • Shorter at the front
  • Allow creative placement

6. Personalise (Optional)

  • Add decorative elements
  • Adjust arrangement as desired

7. Enjoy the Result

  • Observe from different angles
  • Smell and appreciate the display

8. Ongoing Care (Optional)

  • Change water
  • Trim stems
  • Revisit and adjust

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Observing flowers
  • Touching or smelling only
  • Short duration

Use for: high sensitivity or low stamina

🌿 Moderate

  • Gathering a few flowers
  • Simple arrangement

Use for: engagement and routine building

🌳 Strong / Active

  • Walking, collecting multiple flowers
  • Full arrangement and setup

Use for: movement, exploration, and creative expression

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Follow the client’s interests
  • ✔ Avoid forcing touch or smell
  • ✔ Monitor for thorns or sharp stems
  • ✔ Keep instructions simple
  • ✔ Allow time to explore
  • ✔ Focus on experience, not outcome

⚠️ Monitor & Adjust

Watch for:

  • Fatigue
  • Sensory overload
  • Discomfort with textures or smells

Adjust by:

  • Reducing duration
  • Simplifying tasks
  • Increasing support

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Calming and grounding
  • Particularly helpful for:
    • Anxiety
    • Low mood
    • Sensory regulation through nature

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Place arrangement in a chosen spot
  • Wash hands
  • Transition to a calm activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Sensory preferences (texture, scent, colour)
  • Engagement level
  • Fine motor ability
  • Creative choices
  • Emotional response

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Increased sensory awareness
  • Improved calm and regulation
  • Greater confidence and creative expression
Gentle Breeze
Tactile

Description

🌬️ GENTLE BREEZE

A calming sensory experience using soft moving air, flowing ribbons and gentle natural scents to encourage quiet moments of curiosity, relaxation and connection.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Gentle Breeze is a wonderfully calming activity that uses soft airflow to create movement, coolness and gentle sensory experiences. A handheld fan or battery-operated fan is used to move ribbons, feathers, lightweight fabrics or natural scents through the air, creating an experience that is both relaxing and captivating.

Unlike many activities that require active participation, Gentle Breeze simply invites the person to watch, feel and enjoy. Even people who rarely engage may respond by watching ribbons dance, smiling as cool air touches their face or reaching towards the moving objects.

This is an ideal activity for creating calm moments, encouraging shared attention and gently introducing sensory experiences without placing demands on the participant.

SENSORY BENEFITS

🌬 Touch

Soft moving air provides gentle tactile input across the skin that may be calming, refreshing and alerting depending on the individual's preferences.

👀 Vision

Flowing ribbons, feathers and lightweight fabrics encourage visual tracking and sustained attention as they gently move through the air.

👂 Hearing

The quiet sound of moving ribbons or a gentle fan creates soft background auditory input without overwhelming the senses.

💚 Emotional Regulation

The slow, rhythmic movement of air and objects often promotes relaxation, reduces tension and creates opportunities for peaceful shared experiences.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

  • Handheld fan, battery-operated fan or paper fan
  • Long colourful ribbons
  • Lightweight scarves
  • Soft feathers
  • Pinwheels (optional)
  • Fresh herbs or lavender sachets (optional)
  • Comfortable seating or positioning equipment

ACTIVITY IDEAS

🌈 Ribbon Dance

Allow long ribbons to float and dance through the air while encouraging the person to watch or reach towards them.

🪶 Feather Float

Gently carry feathers through the air using the breeze, allowing them to drift slowly onto hands, arms or laps.

🌿 Scented Breeze

Place fresh lavender, mint, rosemary or citrus peel near the airflow so subtle natural aromas drift gently towards the participant.

☁️ Breeze & Scarves

Float lightweight scarves above or beside the person, creating slow, graceful movement.

🌻 Nature Breeze

Sit outdoors on a calm day and enjoy the natural breeze moving leaves, grasses and flowers together.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

  • Position the person comfortably with a clear view of the moving objects.
  • Introduce airflow gradually and observe their response.
  • Move ribbons or feathers slowly rather than quickly.
  • Allow the breeze to gently pass across the hands before introducing it near the face.
  • Follow the person's reactions and adjust the activity to suit their comfort.
  • Watch for subtle signs of enjoyment such as eye tracking, smiling, relaxed breathing, reaching or vocalisations.

SUPPORT WORKER TIPS

  • Less is often more.
  • Keep movements slow, smooth and predictable.
  • Pause regularly to allow the person time to process what they are seeing and feeling.
  • Follow the person's gaze and interests.
  • Share the experience by smiling, commenting gently and enjoying the moment together.
  • Outdoor breezes often provide the richest and most natural sensory experience.

SAFETY

  • Avoid directing strong airflow into the eyes.
  • Ensure feathers or ribbons cannot wrap around the neck.
  • Monitor for discomfort if using scented materials.
  • Secure long ribbons if outdoors on windy days.
  • Supervise throughout the activity.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

Gentle Breeze is a beautifully simple activity that transforms something we often take for granted—the feeling of moving air—into a calming multisensory experience. The combination of flowing movement, gentle touch and quiet shared observation creates opportunities for relaxation, curiosity and connection, especially for people who rarely initiate interaction. With very little equipment and almost no preparation, it can become a favourite activity that invites participation without ever demanding it.

Gentle Waterfall
Multi-Sensory

Description

💧 Gentle Waterfall

A soothing tactile and auditory experience using cascading water.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• The Gentle Waterfall activity provides a calming, rhythmic experience using the soothing sound and sensation of trickling water. It helps individuals connect with their environment through light, predictable touch and auditory grounding.

• This activity is designed to promote relaxation and help nervous system regulation by focusing on the gentle, repetitive patterns of water movement.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Improves tactile awareness through localized water contact.

• Provides calming auditory input to assist with emotional regulation.

• Encourages focused attention and visual tracking of moving water.

• Reduces anxiety through predictable, repetitive sensory input.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A small pitcher or watering can with a rose head attachment.

• A large, shallow basin or waterproof tray.

• Warm water (ensure temperature is comfortable).

• Absorbent towels.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Place the basin on a stable surface or the person's lap tray.

• Slowly pour the warm water from the pitcher, allowing it to trickle onto the person’s hands or forearms.

• Maintain a consistent, slow rhythm to create a gentle waterfall effect.

• Observe the person’s facial expressions and body language to gauge their comfort and enjoyment.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Place the basin securely on a height-adjustable table positioned in front of the wheelchair.

• Use a waterproof lap tray if the person remains in their chair, ensuring towels are placed to catch any splashes.

• Support the arm on a gel pad or cushion to allow for relaxed, comfortable positioning during the activity.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Always test water temperature on your inner wrist before starting to prevent burns.

• Ensure the floor is kept dry to prevent slips or falls.

• Monitor for signs of sensory over-stimulation, such as pulling away or increased agitation.

• Ensure the person remains upright to prevent any risk of aspiration if near the face.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Add a drop of calming lavender essential oil to the water.

• Use colored water to increase visual interest and contrast.

• Place smooth river stones in the basin for additional tactile exploration.

• Change the speed of the pour to alternate between a steady stream and a rhythmic drip.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use a very fine-mist spray bottle instead of a direct pour.

• Pour water onto a thick cloth draped over the hand rather than direct skin contact.

• Keep the duration very short, lasting only 30-60 seconds.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use a steady, slow pour directly onto the back of the hands.

• Increase the volume of water used to create a more consistent sound.

• Engage in the activity for 3-5 minutes during a quiet transition time.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use a larger watering can to create a wider, heavier stream of water.

• Encourage the person to move their hands through the water flow.

• Use slightly cooler or warmer water (within safe ranges) to increase temperature contrast.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always offer a choice before starting, such as asking if they are ready for the water.

• Follow the person's lead; if they pull away, stop immediately and offer a rest.

• Use a soft, reassuring voice to accompany the sound of the water.

• Maintain a calm, unhurried pace throughout the entire session.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• You will love how simple yet profound this activity is for fostering a quiet, restorative moment in a busy day, effectively acting as a sensory reset for those who find peace in the gentle rhythm of water.

Gentle Weight Training
Proprioceptive

Description

🏋️ Simple Weight Training

A structured movement activity for strength, body awareness, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Simple weight training provides strong proprioceptive input through controlled resistance exercises.

It supports strength, coordination, and body awareness, while offering a predictable and structured way to organise the nervous system and release energy.

The focus is on slow, controlled movement and safe participation.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Resistance through muscles and joints
  • Strong grounding and organising input

🧠 Body Awareness

  • Enhances awareness of movement and position
  • Supports motor planning and control

🎯 Focus & Attention

  • Concentration on form supports mental grounding
  • Helps reduce sensory overload

⚖️ Posture & Stability

  • Encourages alignment and core engagement
  • Supports balance and coordination

😊 Regulation & Mood

  • Physical effort can reduce stress
  • Supports emotional regulation

🧰 Materials

  • Light dumbbells or hand weights
  • Optional: resistance bands or bodyweight only
  • Clear space

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Safe, uncluttered space
  • Stable footing
  • Minimal distractions

Preparation

  • Select light weights initially
  • Demonstrate each movement
  • Emphasise slow, controlled technique

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Explain simply:
    “We’re going to do some slow, strong movements”
  • Demonstrate the exercise

2. Start with Simple Exercises

Examples:

  • Bicep curls
  • Shoulder presses
  • Squats (bodyweight or supported)

3. Focus on Controlled Movement

  • Lift slowly (~2 seconds)
  • Lower slowly (~2 seconds)
  • Encourage steady breathing

4. Use Small Sets

  • 8–10 repetitions
  • 1–2 sets initially

5. Rest Between Sets

  • Allow pauses
  • Monitor fatigue and regulation

6. Progress Gradually

  • Increase repetitions or sets
  • Adjust weight only when ready

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Bodyweight only
  • Minimal repetitions
  • Slow pace

Use for: beginners or low tolerance

🌿 Moderate

  • Light weights
  • Structured sets
  • Controlled movement

Use for: strength and regulation

🌳 Strong / Heavy Work

  • Increased resistance
  • More repetitions or sets
  • Full-body engagement

Use for: high movement needs and grounding

♿ Adaptations

  • Seated exercises
  • Resistance bands instead of weights
  • Reduced range of motion
  • Hand-over-hand support if needed

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Prioritise technique over weight
  • ✔ Keep movements slow and controlled
  • ✔ Provide clear demonstration
  • ✔ Allow rest breaks
  • ✔ Monitor for fatigue or discomfort
  • ✔ Keep instructions simple

⚠️ Safety Considerations

  • ✔ Use appropriate weight
  • ✔ Avoid fast or jerky movements
  • ✔ Monitor posture
  • ✔ Stop if pain or strain occurs

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Strongly organising and grounding
  • Particularly helpful for:
    • High arousal
    • Anxiety
    • Movement seeking

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce intensity
  • Include gentle stretching
  • Transition to a calm or low-stimulation activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Strength and control
  • Coordination and posture
  • Tolerance to resistance
  • Signs of fatigue
  • Regulation before and after

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Improved strength and coordination
  • Increased body awareness
  • Better self-regulation through heavy work
Giant Pom Pom Adventure
Tactile

Description

🧶 GIANT POM POM ADVENTURE

Soft textures and visual engagement for sensory exploration.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Giant Pom Pom Adventure involves exploring a collection of large, soft, tactile spheres of varying colors and sizes. This activity focuses on providing gentle sensory feedback through touch and vision, promoting curiosity and calm engagement.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides tactile variety through different pom pom textures and densities.

• Offers visual stimulation through bright colors and tracking movement.

• Encourages fine motor exploration through grasping, squeezing, or pushing.

• Promotes body awareness and grounding through soft pressure against the skin.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A selection of oversized yarn pom poms in various colors.

• A soft basket or low-sided bin for containment.

• A clean, comfortable floor mat or support cushion.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Arrange the pom poms in a container or spread them on a soft surface within easy reach.

• Offer one pom pom at a time to allow the participant to notice the texture and weight.

• Gently move a pom pom across the palm, back of the hand, or arm, observing the participant's reaction.

• Allow time for the participant to squeeze or grasp the pom pom if they choose.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Use a lap tray or a soft, elevated cushion to bring the pom poms closer to the midline.

• Secure a pom pom to a string or sensory mitt to prevent them from falling to the floor.

• Attach a pom pom to a vertical armrest or mobile stand to encourage reaching.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Supervise closely to prevent accidental mouthing or choking if pom poms have loose fibers.

• Ensure all materials are clean and free of loose strings or small detached parts.

• Stop the activity immediately if the participant displays signs of sensory overload or withdrawal.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Scent a pom pom with a drop of calming lavender oil for olfactory input.

• Place a small bell inside one pom pom to add an auditory element.

• Use a fan to gently blow the lighter pom poms across the floor for tracking.

• Compare different pom poms by putting one in a freezer bag and one at room temperature.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use only one, very soft pom pom.

• Offer the pom pom to the person's hand without moving it across the body.

• Keep the environment dim and quiet to reduce competing stimuli.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Introduce 3-4 pom poms of varying sizes and colors.

• Gently roll the pom poms across the surface of their hands or forearms.

• Encourage the person to reach out and touch the objects independently.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use a large bin filled with a variety of textures and sizes for deep tactile exploration.

• Gently press the pom poms against the arms or legs to provide proprioceptive deep pressure.

• Incorporate rhythmic movement by tossing the pom poms back and forth.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always wait for an initiation or positive gaze before introducing the next item.

• Observe the person's facial expressions and body language to gauge their interest levels.

• Keep the pace slow to allow for adequate processing time between sensory exposures.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity is incredibly versatile and provides a safe, non-threatening way to engage the senses, making it perfect for building connection and providing comfort during moments of transition.

Glass Symphony
Multi-Sensory

Description

✨ GLASS SYMPHONY

An immersive exploration of resonance and tonal beauty.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Glass Symphony invites participants to engage with the gentle vibrations and melodic resonance of high-quality glassware. By softly tapping, gliding, or swirling various glass vessels, you create a captivating soundscape that offers both auditory stimulation and a calming, rhythmic experience for the user.

SENSORY BENEFITS

HEARING: The clear, sustained tones provide high-fidelity auditory input that helps develop sound localization and promotes relaxation through melodic patterns. VISION: The reflective surfaces and light-catching edges of the glass offer visual interest that changes with movement and perspective. TOUCH: Feeling the fine vibrations of the glass while striking or holding it provides subtle tactile feedback that bridges the gap between sound and physical sensation.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A selection of glass tumblers, goblets, and bottles of varying thickness

• A small wooden or rubber-tipped mallet

• A shallow tray filled with a thin layer of sand or rice for stability

• A collection of warm water and a splash of food coloring for visual contrast

ACTIVITY IDEAS

Rhythmic Tapping: Gently tap the side of each glass to explore the different pitches created by varying water levels, encouraging the participant to notice the tonal shifts. Sound Immersion: Hold a ringing glass near the participant's hand or ear to let them experience the long-decaying resonance and physical hum of the vessel. Visual Shimmer: Use a flashlight or colored light to shine through the water-filled glasses, creating shimmering light projections on the wall while sounds are being produced. Tactile Vibration: Place the participant's hand on the base of a glass while striking it so they can feel the acoustic vibrations traveling through the material.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Use foam-backed mats to hold glasses in place, preventing tipping while allowing for a secure striking surface. • Utilize a long, soft-handled mallet that is lightweight and easy to grasp for those with limited motor control. • Focus on a single glass at a time to reduce sensory clutter and allow for deep, sustained focus on one tone. • Use a gentle hand-under-hand technique to help the participant explore the vibration of the glass if they cannot strike it independently. Always observe the individual's subtle cues of engagement or overstimulation and adjust the frequency and volume of the sounds accordingly to respect their unique sensory preferences.

TIPS

• Ensure all glass is placed on a non-slip surface to maximize safety during the activity. • Experiment with different mallets, such as felt-tipped vs. wood, to see which sound profile produces the most positive response. • Keep the room quiet prior to starting to help the participant distinguish the glass sounds from background noise.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity provides a sophisticated, low-pressure way to engage with the physics of sound, fostering a shared experience that is both elegant and deeply calming for the senses.

Glow Sticks
Visual

Description

🌟 Glow Stick Exploration

A visual sensory activity for engagement, creativity, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Glow stick exploration provides gentle visual and tactile sensory input in a low-light environment.

The activation process and glowing effect support focus, curiosity, and calm engagement, while offering opportunities for fine motor use and creative play.

The focus is on exploration, repetition, and visual enjoyment.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👀 Visual Sensory Input

  • Soft glowing light reduces visual clutter
  • Supports focus and visual attention

✋ Tactile & Proprioceptive Input

  • Bending and snapping provides resistance feedback
  • Supports hand awareness and control

💪 Fine Motor Skills

  • Connecting, holding, and manipulating sticks
  • Builds finger strength and coordination

🧠 Spatial Awareness

  • Creating shapes and structures
  • Supports problem-solving and planning

🧘 Regulation & Calm

  • Watching the glow can be soothing
  • Supports decompression and sensory breaks

🎨 Creativity & Expression

  • Open-ended play with colours and shapes
  • Encourages imagination

🧰 Materials

  • Glow sticks (various colours)
  • Connectors (optional)

Optional:

  • Translucent containers or bottles
  • Water tray or bath setup
  • Soft music

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Dim or darkened space
  • Minimal distractions
  • Comfortable positioning

Preparation

  • Provide a small selection of glow sticks
  • Introduce gradually

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Show how to activate:
    “You can bend it and watch it glow”
  • Allow observation before participation

2. Activation & Exploration

  • Encourage bending and snapping
  • Allow time to observe the glow

3. Free Play

  • Hold, wave, or move glow sticks
  • Watch light patterns and movement

4. Creative Play (Optional)

  • Connect sticks to make shapes:
    • Circles
    • Lines
    • Simple structures
  • Explore colour combinations

5. Extend the Activity (Optional)

  • Place in water or containers
  • Combine with gentle movement
  • Add music for rhythm

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Watching glow only
  • Minimal handling

Use for: high sensitivity or calming

🌿 Moderate

  • Holding, bending, simple shapes
  • Short to moderate duration

Use for: engagement and exploration

🌳 Strong / Active

  • Building structures
  • Movement-based play (waving, rolling)
  • Longer duration

Use for: creative engagement and movement

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Introduce slowly to avoid overload
  • ✔ Follow the client’s interest
  • ✔ Keep instructions minimal
  • ✔ Allow repetition
  • ✔ Monitor for visual sensitivity
  • ✔ Ensure safe use (no bending near face)

⚠️ Monitor & Adjust

Watch for:

  • Visual fatigue
  • Overstimulation
  • Loss of interest

Adjust by:

  • Reducing number of lights
  • Slowing pace
  • Returning to simple observation

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Calming and visually organising
  • Particularly helpful for:
    • Sensory breaks
    • Evening routines
    • Low-stimulation engagement

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce visual input
  • Remove or dim lights
  • Transition to a calm or rest activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Visual engagement
  • Fine motor use
  • Interest in colour and movement
  • Tolerance to light intensity
  • Regulation before and after

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Improved visual focus and tracking
  • Increased sensory tolerance
  • Greater calm and self-regulation
Glow Toys
Visual

Description

🌟 Glow Toys Exploration

A visual and tactile sensory activity for engagement, curiosity, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Glow toys provide a rich visual and tactile sensory experience in a low-light environment.

The contrast between light and dark, combined with glowing effects, supports focus, exploration, and calm engagement.

The focus is on sensory discovery, repetition, and enjoyment.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👀 Visual Sensory Input

  • Glowing toys provide strong visual contrast
  • Supports attention and visual focus

✋ Tactile Sensory Input

  • Different textures (smooth, soft, bumpy)
  • Encourages hands-on exploration

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Holding, squeezing, and manipulating toys
  • Supports body awareness

🧠 Curiosity & Exploration

  • Novelty encourages engagement
  • Supports problem-solving and discovery

🧘 Regulation & Calm

  • Low-light environment reduces sensory load
  • Gentle glow can be soothing

🧰 Materials

  • Glow-in-the-dark toys (balls, shapes, soft toys, figurines)
  • Optional: flashlight

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Dim or darkened space
  • Safe, uncluttered area
  • Comfortable positioning

Preparation

  • Allow exploration in normal light first
  • Introduce glow gradually

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Present toys in normal light
  • Allow touching and exploration

2. Transition to Low Light

  • Dim or turn off lights
  • Allow time to notice the glow

3. Visual Exploration

  • Encourage watching how toys glow

Simple prompts:

  • “Look at the light”
  • “What happens when it moves?”

4. Tactile Exploration

  • Encourage holding, squeezing, or rolling
  • Explore textures and shapes

5. Movement & Interaction

  • Move toys slowly
  • Roll or stack them
  • Observe changing glow patterns

6. Use Light Variation (Optional)

  • Briefly shine a flashlight
  • Observe changes in glow intensity

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Watching glow only
  • Minimal handling

Use for: high sensitivity or calming

🌿 Moderate

  • Holding and exploring toys
  • Simple movement

Use for: engagement and sensory exploration

🌳 Strong / Active

  • Rolling, stacking, or moving toys
  • Changing light conditions

Use for: active play and curiosity

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Introduce light changes gradually
  • ✔ Follow the client’s interest
  • ✔ Keep instructions minimal
  • ✔ Allow repetition and exploration
  • ✔ Monitor for visual sensitivity
  • ✔ Ensure safe handling

⚠️ Monitor & Adjust

Watch for:

  • Visual fatigue
  • Overstimulation
  • Withdrawal or discomfort

Adjust by:

  • Reducing number of toys
  • Increasing light slightly
  • Slowing pace

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Calming and visually organising
  • Particularly helpful for:
    • Sensory breaks
    • Low-stimulation environments
    • Evening routines

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually increase lighting
  • Reduce visual input
  • Transition to a calm or rest activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Visual engagement
  • Tactile preferences
  • Response to light changes
  • Level of curiosity
  • Regulation before and after

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Improved visual attention
  • Increased sensory tolerance
  • Enhanced calm and regulation
Go-Round
Vestibular

Description

🔄 Merry-Go-Round

A vestibular activity for balance, body awareness, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Using a merry-go-round provides vestibular, proprioceptive, and visual input through controlled spinning.

Different positions (seated, prone, supine) offer varying sensory experiences, supporting regulation, coordination, and body awareness.

The focus is on controlled movement, safety, and graded exposure.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🔄 Vestibular Input

  • Spinning stimulates the balance system
  • Supports spatial awareness and motion processing

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Holding, bracing, and adjusting position engages muscles
  • Supports core strength and coordination

👀 Visual Input

  • Moving environment supports visual tracking
  • Enhances processing of motion

🧘 Regulation

  • Can be alerting (fast, upright spinning)
  • Can be calming (slow, rhythmic movement)

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Safe, well-maintained equipment
  • Soft ground surface (e.g. mulch, rubber)
  • Clear surrounding space

Preparation

  • Explain simply:
    “We’re going to spin gently”
  • Choose preferred position

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start

  • Assist client onto the merry-go-round
  • Ensure secure grip or stable position

🪑 Position Options

🪑 Seated (Most Stable)

  • Sit facing inward or cross-legged
  • Hold bars or handles
  • Begin with slow spinning

Use for: beginners or those needing stability

🤸 Prone (On Stomach)

  • Lie flat with arms supporting
  • Hold edges or bars
  • Maintain steady, controlled speed

Sensory effect: deep pressure + organising input

🛌 Supine (On Back)

  • Lie flat with head centred
  • Arms relaxed or lightly holding
  • Begin very slowly

Sensory effect: unique vestibular experience, can be calming

🔄 Movement Progression

  • Start slow
  • Maintain steady rhythm
  • Increase speed gradually (only if well tolerated)

🛑 Stopping

  • Slow down gradually
  • Allow stillness before getting off
  • Support transition to upright position

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Slow rotation
  • Short duration

Use for: high sensitivity or initial exposure

🌿 Moderate

  • Steady spinning
  • Moderate duration

Use for: regulation and engagement

🌳 Strong / Intense

  • Faster spinning (only if well tolerated)
  • Longer duration with breaks

Use for: movement seeking or alerting input

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Stay in control of speed at all times
  • ✔ Use slow, predictable movement
  • ✔ Check in frequently
  • ✔ Allow breaks between spins
  • ✔ Match activity to tolerance
  • ✔ Keep instructions simple

⚠️ Safety Considerations

  • ✔ Watch for dizziness or nausea
  • ✔ Avoid sudden starts or stops
  • ✔ Ensure secure positioning
  • ✔ Support when getting off
  • ✔ Stop immediately if discomfort occurs

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Highly alerting at higher speeds
  • Organising or calming at slow, rhythmic speeds

Best used:

  • Before seated tasks (to organise)
  • For movement seekers
  • With careful monitoring

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce speed
  • Allow time to sit or stand still
  • Transition to a calm or grounding activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Tolerance to spinning
  • Preferred position
  • Signs of overstimulation
  • Balance and coordination
  • Regulation before and after

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Improved balance and spatial awareness
  • Increased tolerance to movement
  • Better self-regulation through vestibular input
Golf
Proprioceptive

Description

⛳ Golf (Graded Activity)

A sensory–motor activity for coordination, focus, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Golf is a highly adaptable activity that provides proprioceptive, vestibular, and visual input through swinging, aiming, and controlled movement.

When graded appropriately, it supports coordination, focus, and engagement across a wide range of abilities.

The focus is on participation, success, and regulation—not performance.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Swinging the club provides strong joint and muscle feedback
  • Supports body awareness and control

🔄 Vestibular Input

  • Rotation and weight shift during the swing
  • Supports balance and spatial awareness

👀 Eye–Hand Coordination

  • Tracking and striking the ball
  • Supports visual-motor integration

🧠 Motor Planning

  • Sequencing: aim → swing → stop
  • Builds coordination and timing

🎯 Focus & Attention

  • Target-based activity supports concentration

🧘 Regulation

  • Repetitive, rhythmic movement can be organising
  • Structured activity supports calm engagement

🧰 Materials

  • Golf club (plastic, foam, or lightweight)
  • Balls (foam or soft preferred initially)
  • Targets (bucket, cone, hoop)
  • Tee (standard or oversized)

Optional:

  • Chair or wheelchair for seated play

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Flat, open, safe space
  • Minimal distractions initially
  • Clear visual boundaries

Preparation

  • Select simple, achievable setup
  • Demonstrate slowly
  • Emphasise fun:
    “We’re just hitting the ball”

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Allow watching first
  • Demonstrate slow swing

2. Basic Skill Practice

Focus on:

  • Holding the club
  • Positioning (seated or standing)
  • Simple swing

3. Hitting the Ball

  • Place ball close
  • Encourage simple action:
    “Hit the ball”

4. Target Play (Optional)

  • Introduce a large, close target
  • Focus on direction rather than accuracy

5. Repeat & Build Rhythm

  • Keep turns predictable
  • Allow repetition

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Seated position
  • Large ball and target
  • One-step instruction

Use for: beginners or high support needs

🌿 Moderate

  • Standing or supported standing
  • Simple aiming
  • Short distance

Use for: coordination and engagement

🌳 Strong / Complex

  • Increased distance
  • Smaller targets
  • Multi-step sequencing

Use for: higher skill and focus

⚙️ Grading Options

Equipment

  • Easier: soft balls, large clubs, large targets
  • Harder: smaller balls, smaller targets

Position

  • Easier: seated, tee used
  • Harder: standing, ball on ground

Distance

  • Easier: 1–2 metres
  • Harder: increase gradually

Motor Planning

  • Easier: one-step action
  • Harder: aim + adjust + repeat

Cognitive Load

  • Easier: no scoring, repetition
  • Harder: simple counting or turn-taking

Sensory Load

  • Easier: quiet, low stimulation
  • Harder: outdoor or group setting

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Start easier than expected
  • ✔ Focus on success and enjoyment
  • ✔ Use simple instructions
  • ✔ Allow frequent breaks
  • ✔ Avoid pressure or competition
  • ✔ Stop early if frustration appears

⚠️ Safety Considerations

  • ✔ Maintain safe distance from others
  • ✔ Use appropriate equipment
  • ✔ Monitor fatigue and coordination
  • ✔ Supervise at all times

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Organising and focusing
  • Useful for:
    • Building attention
    • Supporting structured engagement
    • Moderate energy release

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Finish on a successful attempt
  • Remove equipment calmly
  • Transition to next activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Coordination and control
  • Ability to follow sequence
  • Engagement and motivation
  • Frustration tolerance
  • Preferred level of challenge

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Improved coordination and motor planning
  • Increased focus and participation
  • Better regulation through structured movement
Golf Cart
Vestibular

Description

🚙 Golf Cart Ride (Community Activity)

A movement-based activity for regulation, sensory input, and community participation

🌿 Activity Overview

A golf cart ride provides vestibular, proprioceptive, and visual sensory input through gentle movement in an outdoor environment.

It offers a low-demand, real-world experience that supports regulation, engagement, and inclusion without the physical effort of sport.

The focus is on safe participation, predictable movement, and enjoyment.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🔄 Vestibular Input

  • Gentle acceleration, turning, and movement
  • Supports balance and motion processing

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Vibration and seated pressure through the body
  • Supports grounding and body awareness

👀 Visual Processing

  • Flow of scenery supports visual tracking
  • Encourages environmental awareness

🌬 Sensory Experience

  • Wind, temperature, and outdoor exposure
  • Engages multiple sensory systems

🧘 Regulation & Wellbeing

  • Rhythmic movement can be calming
  • Predictable pacing supports emotional regulation

🤝 Community Participation

  • Engages in a real-world setting
  • Supports inclusion and meaningful activity

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet time at golf course
  • Clear, low-traffic route
  • Safe and predictable surroundings

Equipment

  • Golf cart (with seat belts)
  • Sun protection (hat, sunscreen)
  • Weather-appropriate clothing

Optional:

  • Noise-reducing headphones

⚠️ Safety Check (Before Starting)

  • ✔ Medical suitability (motion, seizures, vertigo)
  • ✔ Ability to remain seated safely
  • ✔ Behavioural safety and supervision level
  • ✔ Seat belt tolerance and use
  • ✔ No interference with controls
  • ✔ Sensory tolerance (noise, environment)

If unsure: trial a short ride first

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Explain simply:
    “We’re going for a ride. We’ll go slowly and stop anytime.”
  • Allow sitting in the cart before moving

2. Position & Safety

  • Ensure seated position
  • Fasten seat belt
  • Show where hands and feet stay

3. Start Movement

  • Begin slowly
  • Use smooth, predictable motion

4. Support During Ride

Use calm narration:

  • “We’re moving now”
  • “We’re turning”
  • “We’re slowing down”

5. Monitor & Adjust

  • Watch for signs of discomfort
  • Stop immediately if needed

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Short ride (2–5 minutes)
  • Slow speed
  • Minimal movement

Use for: initial exposure or high sensitivity

🌿 Moderate

  • Longer ride
  • Gentle turns and varied movement

Use for: engagement and regulation

🌳 Strong / Complex

  • Extended duration
  • More environmental stimulation

Use for: experienced participants with good tolerance

⚙️ Grading Options

Duration

  • Easier: short, single loop
  • Harder: longer ride, multiple loops

Speed & Movement

  • Easier: slow, smooth paths
  • Harder: increased speed, gentle slopes

Sensory Load

  • Easier: quiet, calm conditions
  • Harder: busier environment, more stimulation

Support Level

  • Easier: close support and reassurance
  • Harder: reduced prompting

Participation

  • Easier: passive ride
  • Harder: choosing route or noticing features

Cognitive Demand

  • Easier: predictable, no demands
  • Harder: simple observation or conversation

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Keep pace slow and predictable
  • ✔ Narrate changes in movement
  • ✔ Monitor closely at all times
  • ✔ Allow stops and breaks
  • ✔ Respect refusal immediately
  • ✔ Keep experience calm and positive

⚠️ Safety Considerations

  • ✔ Always use seat belts
  • ✔ Avoid sudden stops or sharp turns
  • ✔ Secure loose items
  • ✔ Follow all course rules
  • ✔ Maintain supervision at all times

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Organising and often calming
  • Particularly helpful for:
    • Sensory regulation
    • Community engagement
    • Low-demand participation

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Prepare in advance:
    “We’ll stop soon”
  • Allow quiet sitting before exiting
  • Support safe transition out of the cart
  • Follow with grounding input (walking, deep pressure)

👀 What to Observe

  • Tolerance to movement
  • Response to sensory input
  • Engagement and enjoyment
  • Signs of distress or overload
  • Preferred duration and pace

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Increased tolerance to movement and sensory input
  • Improved regulation in community settings
  • Greater participation and enjoyment in real-world environments
Grapefruit Discovery
Multi-Sensory

Description

🍊 Grapefruit Discovery

A refreshing, multisensory exploration of citrus textures and aromas.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Grapefruit Discovery invites individuals to explore the vibrant colors, zesty scents, and tactile variety of fresh grapefruit. This activity uses natural stimuli to spark engagement and promote sensory regulation.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides strong olfactory input to wake up the senses.

• Offers tactile contrast between the waxy rind and the juicy, segmented fruit.

• Encourages visual scanning through bright, contrasting colors.

• Supports gustatory exploration for those who enjoy tart sensations.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• One fresh grapefruit.

• A soft, textured cloth or towel.

• A small tray or mat.

• A plastic knife for segmenting.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Place the grapefruit on the tray in front of the individual.

• Allow the person to feel the weight and temperature of the fruit before opening.

• Slice the grapefruit in half to release the essential oils and citrus aroma.

• Encourage the person to touch the exposed juicy segments and notice the texture.

• Gently guide their hand toward their face to experience the scent if they are interested.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Secure the grapefruit on a high-sided tray to prevent it from rolling off the table.

• Use an adjustable lap tray to bring the activity closer to the person's midline.

• Position the fruit within easy reach of the person's dominant side.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Check for citrus allergies before beginning the activity.

• Be mindful of juice drips; ensure the individual does not touch their eyes after touching the fruit.

• Use a plastic knife for safety and keep sharp implements out of reach.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Chill the grapefruit in the fridge for a cooling sensation.

• Squeeze a small amount of juice onto a sensory mitt for hand exploration.

• Use different colors like pink and white grapefruit for visual comparison.

• Incorporate a warm towel to wash hands after the session to extend the ritual.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Present the whole, uncut fruit from a distance.

• Focus on the smooth, waxy rind texture only.

• Allow the scent to drift toward them naturally without direct application.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Slice the fruit to release a mild scent.

• Allow brief, controlled contact with the fleshy segments.

• Use a soft cloth to gently wipe the skin with the citrus scent.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Offer a taste of the tart segments if appropriate.

• Use the textured rind to provide deeper pressure on the palm.

• Increase the intensity of the scent by pressing the peel near the nose.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always offer a 'no thank you' signal if the individual seems overwhelmed by the strong scent.

• Follow the person's pace; wait for them to reach out before introducing the fruit.

• Verbally describe the sensations as you explore to bridge communication.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love this activity for its simplicity and the immediate, joyful response that fresh citrus aromas often elicit, making it a perfect quick-win for sensory regulation.

Grass Play
Olfactory

Description

🌼 Sitting in the Grass – Smell Exploration

A calming sensory activity for olfactory awareness, mindfulness, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

This activity involves sitting quietly in a natural environment and exploring smells from grass, flowers, soil, and fresh air.

It supports mindfulness, relaxation, and sensory awareness, helping the client connect with their environment in a gentle, non-demanding way.

The focus is on breathing, noticing, and calm exploration.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👃 Olfactory Sensory Input

  • Engages the sense of smell through natural scents
  • Builds awareness of different environmental smells

🧘 Mindfulness & Relaxation

  • Encourages slow breathing and present-moment focus
  • Supports emotional regulation and calm

🌿 Connection to Nature

  • Promotes wellbeing through outdoor engagement
  • Supports grounding and sensory integration

🧠 Sensory Awareness

  • Encourages noticing differences in smell
  • Builds understanding of preferences

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet outdoor space with grass, plants, or flowers
  • Safe, comfortable area
  • Minimal distractions

Preparation

  • Choose a calm time of day
  • Position comfortably on the grass

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Invite simply:
    “Let’s sit and notice the smells around us”

2. Settling

  • Sit or lie comfortably
  • Encourage slow breathing

3. Smell Exploration

Encourage noticing:

  • Grass
  • Flowers
  • Soil
  • Fresh air

Simple prompts:

  • “What can you smell?”
  • “Is it fresh, earthy, or sweet?”

4. Explore Variation (Optional)

  • Move slightly to new spots
  • Compare different smells

5. Reflection (Optional)

  • “Which smell did you like?”
  • “Did anything stand out?”

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Sitting quietly
  • Noticing general smell of air
  • Short duration

Use for: high sensitivity or calming

🌿 Moderate

  • Exploring specific smells
  • Gentle movement between areas

Use for: engagement and awareness

🌳 Strong / Active

  • Moving around to different areas
  • Comparing multiple scents

Use for: active exploration and curiosity

♿ Adaptations

  • Observation-only participation
  • Focus on breathing without prompting smell identification
  • Stay in one position if movement is difficult

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Keep language minimal and calm
  • ✔ Avoid strong prompting
  • ✔ Allow silence and stillness
  • ✔ Respect sensory preferences
  • ✔ Monitor for overwhelm
  • ✔ Follow the client’s pace

⚠️ Monitor & Adjust

Watch for:

  • Sensory sensitivity to smells
  • Discomfort or withdrawal
  • Fatigue

Adjust by:

  • Reducing prompts
  • Staying with mild scents
  • Shortening duration

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Calming and grounding
  • Particularly helpful for:
    • Anxiety
    • Overwhelm
    • Low-energy regulation

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually bring attention back
  • Sit quietly before standing
  • Transition to next activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Response to different smells
  • Preference for certain environments
  • Ability to remain calm and present
  • Engagement level

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Increased sensory awareness
  • Improved calm and regulation
  • Greater connection to environment
Guess The Scent
Olfactory

Description

👃 Guess the Scent Game

A sensory activity for smell recognition, memory, and engagement

🌿 Activity Overview

The Guess the Scent Game supports olfactory exploration and sensory discrimination by inviting clients to smell items and match them to familiar images or categories.

It combines smell, memory, and simple decision-making in a playful and structured way.

The focus is on exploration, curiosity, and participation—not accuracy.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👃 Olfactory Processing

  • Builds awareness of different smells
  • Supports scent recognition and memory

🧠 Cognitive Skills

  • Encourages matching and categorising
  • Supports memory and recall

👀 Visual Association

  • Links smells to images or objects
  • Strengthens sensory integration

✋ Tactile Engagement

  • Handling items adds additional sensory input

😊 Emotional Engagement

  • Novelty and discovery increase motivation
  • Supports positive interaction

🧰 Materials

  • Scented items (e.g. fruit, herbs, food, household items)
  • Visual cards or pictures (optional)

Examples:

  • Fruit (apple, orange)
  • Sweet scents (vanilla, chocolate)
  • Everyday scents (soap, coffee)
  • Nature scents (lavender, mint)

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Calm, low-distraction space
  • Comfortable seating

Preparation

  • Arrange visual cards (if used)
  • Present a small number of scents initially

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Explain simply:
    “We’re going to smell and match”

2. Present the Scent

  • Offer one item at a time
  • Encourage smelling at their own pace

3. Matching

  • Ask the client to:
    • Match to a picture
    • Point, choose, or name

Simple prompts:

  • “Which one does it match?”
  • “Is it sweet or fresh?”

4. Repeat & Build Familiarity

  • Use consistent scents
  • Allow repetition

5. Increase Challenge (If Appropriate)

  • Eyes closed or blindfolded
  • Remove item after smelling
  • Introduce mixed or unfamiliar scents

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Smelling only
  • No matching required

Use for: high sensitivity or early exposure

🌿 Moderate

  • Simple matching with visual cues
  • Familiar scents

Use for: engagement and learning

🌳 Strong / Complex

  • Memory-based matching
  • Multiple or mixed scents

Use for: higher cognitive and sensory challenge

♿ Adaptations

  • Pointing instead of naming
  • Use fewer options
  • Focus on preference rather than accuracy
  • Use mild scents only

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Use mild, familiar scents first
  • ✔ Avoid overwhelming intensity
  • ✔ Keep instructions simple
  • ✔ Allow time to process
  • ✔ Accept all responses
  • ✔ Keep the activity playful

⚠️ Monitor & Adjust

Watch for:

  • Sensory discomfort
  • Aversion to smells
  • Fatigue

Adjust by:

  • Reducing number of scents
  • Using milder options
  • Increasing breaks

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Calming and engaging
  • Can be alerting with strong or novel scents

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Reflect simply:
    “Which one did you like?”
  • Remove scents gradually
  • Transition to a calm activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Scent preferences
  • Tolerance to smell intensity
  • Matching ability
  • Engagement level
  • Emotional response

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Improved sensory discrimination
  • Increased tolerance to smells
  • Enhanced memory and association skills
Guess the Scent Play Dough
Olfactory

Description

👃🎨 Guess the Scent Playdough

A multi-sensory activity for smell recognition, tactile exploration, and engagement

🌿 Activity Overview

This activity combines tactile play with olfactory exploration by embedding scents inside playdough.

As the client squeezes and manipulates the dough, scents are released, supporting sensory awareness, curiosity, and simple problem-solving.

The focus is on exploration, discovery, and enjoyment—not accuracy.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👃 Olfactory Processing

  • Builds awareness and recognition of scents
  • Supports memory and sensory association

✋ Tactile Sensory Input

  • Squishing and shaping dough provides rich tactile input
  • Supports tolerance to different textures

💪 Fine Motor Skills

  • Strengthens fingers and hands
  • Supports coordination and control

🧠 Cognitive Skills

  • Encourages guessing, matching, and recall
  • Supports attention and curiosity

😊 Emotional Engagement

  • Playful, low-pressure activity
  • Encourages positive sensory experiences

🧰 Materials

  • Playdough (same colour for all pieces)
  • Scented additions (e.g. extracts, oils, powders)

Examples:

  • Strawberry
  • Citrus (lemon, orange)
  • Lavender
  • Cinnamon
  • Chocolate

Optional:

  • Visual cards for matching
  • Warm water for hand washing

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Calm, low-distraction space
  • Comfortable seating

Preparation

  • Divide playdough into 4–6 identical pieces
  • Add a different scent to each piece
  • Keep appearance consistent to focus on smell

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Explain simply:
    “We’re going to smell the playdough and see what it is”

2. Tactile Exploration

  • Encourage squeezing, rolling, and pressing
  • Allow scent to release naturally

3. Smell & Guess

Simple prompts:

  • “What does it smell like?”
  • “Does it remind you of something?”
  • Allow time—no pressure to answer

4. Confirm & Reinforce

  • Name the scent
  • Celebrate participation

5. Repeat

  • Move through each piece
  • Allow comparison between scents

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Explore texture only
  • Minimal focus on scent

Use for: high sensitivity or early exposure

🌿 Moderate

  • Smell and simple guessing
  • Familiar scents

Use for: engagement and learning

🌳 Strong / Complex

  • Eyes closed or blindfolded
  • Mixed or unfamiliar scents
  • Memory-based guessing

Use for: higher sensory and cognitive challenge

♿ Adaptations

  • Use mild, familiar scents
  • Provide visual matching supports
  • Allow pointing instead of naming
  • Offer fewer options

💡 Variations

  • Colour-code dough to match scents
  • Combine two scents in one piece
  • Use as part of a themed activity (food, nature, etc.)

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Use mild scents initially
  • ✔ Avoid overwhelming intensity
  • ✔ Keep instructions simple
  • ✔ Allow time to explore
  • ✔ Accept all responses
  • ✔ Keep the activity playful

⚠️ Monitor & Adjust

Watch for:

  • Sensory discomfort
  • Aversion to specific smells
  • Fatigue

Adjust by:

  • Reducing number of scents
  • Simplifying choices
  • Offering breaks

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Calming and engaging
  • Can be alerting depending on scent intensity

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Reflect simply:
    “Which one did you like?”
  • Wash hands if needed
  • Transition to a calm activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Scent preferences
  • Tactile tolerance
  • Fine motor use
  • Engagement and curiosity
  • Emotional response

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Improved sensory discrimination
  • Increased tolerance to textures and smells
  • Enhanced engagement and curiosity
Guess the Shape
Interoceptive

Description

🤲 Shape Guessing (Back Drawing Game)

A tactile activity for body awareness, sensory discrimination, and focus

🌿 Activity Overview

This activity involves drawing shapes on the client’s back for them to identify through touch alone.

It supports tactile processing, body awareness, and attention, while offering a playful and interactive sensory experience.

The focus is on feeling, noticing, and exploring—not getting the answer “right”.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

✋ Tactile Sensory Input

  • Develops awareness of touch and pressure
  • Supports sensory discrimination

🧠 Body Awareness (Interoception Foundations)

  • Builds awareness of sensations on the body
  • Supports understanding of where and how the body is being touched

🧠 Cognitive Skills

  • Encourages recognition of shapes and patterns
  • Supports memory and problem-solving

🎯 Focus & Attention

  • Requires sustained attention to subtle sensations
  • Encourages mindfulness

🤝 Social Engagement

  • Interactive and reciprocal
  • Supports connection and shared activity

🛠 Setup

Positioning

  • Seated or lying comfortably
  • Back accessible and supported

Preparation

  • Ask client to close eyes or look away
  • Explain simply:
    “I’m going to draw shapes on your back—see if you can feel them”

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start

  • Begin with simple shapes
  • Use slow, clear movements

2. Draw the Shape

Start with:

  • Circle
  • Square
  • Triangle
  • Rectangle
  • Use gentle, steady pressure

3. Invite a Guess

Simple prompts:

  • “What did it feel like?”
  • “Was it round or pointy?”
  • Offer choices if needed

4. Repeat & Build Familiarity

  • Use consistent shapes
  • Allow time to process

5. Increase Challenge (If Appropriate)

  • More complex shapes:
    • Star
    • Heart
    • Spiral
    • Lines or patterns
  • Vary pressure (light vs firm)

6. Interactive Play (Optional)

  • Client draws on your back
  • You guess the shape

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Simple shapes
  • Firm, clear pressure
  • With visual or verbal choices

Use for: beginners or high sensitivity

🌿 Moderate

  • Independent guessing
  • Mix of simple shapes
  • Slight variation in pressure

Use for: sensory awareness and engagement

🌳 Strong / Complex

  • Complex shapes or patterns
  • No prompts or cues
  • Memory-based guessing

Use for: higher cognitive and sensory challenge

♿ Adaptations

  • Use a shape card for visual reference
  • Offer yes/no or forced-choice options
  • Reduce number of shapes
  • Use consistent pressure only

💡 Variations

  • Change location (arms, hands, legs)
  • Use different tools (finger, soft brush)
  • Vary speed or rhythm
  • Add counting elements (e.g. number of corners)

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Always seek consent before touch
  • ✔ Use slow, predictable movements
  • ✔ Avoid light, tickly touch
  • ✔ Keep language simple
  • ✔ Allow processing time
  • ✔ Focus on experience, not accuracy

⚠️ Monitor & Adjust

Watch for:

  • Discomfort with touch
  • Sensory sensitivity
  • Loss of focus

Adjust by:

  • Increasing pressure
  • Simplifying shapes
  • Reducing duration

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Calming and organising when slow and predictable
  • Can become alerting if too varied or fast

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Finish with a simple, familiar shape
  • Allow a moment of stillness
  • Transition to a calm activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Tactile tolerance
  • Ability to discriminate shapes
  • Response to pressure
  • Engagement level
  • Emotional response

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Improved tactile discrimination
  • Increased body awareness
Guess the Sound
Interoceptive

Description

👂 Sound Bingo (Mindful Listening)

An auditory activity for focus, awareness, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Sound Bingo encourages clients to listen carefully to their environment and identify different sounds.

It supports auditory processing, attention, and mindfulness, helping the client become more aware of the present moment.

The focus is on noticing and listening—not getting every answer correct.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👂 Auditory Processing

  • Builds awareness of environmental sounds
  • Supports sound identification and discrimination

🎯 Focus & Attention

  • Encourages sustained listening
  • Reduces distraction

🧘 Mindfulness & Regulation

  • Promotes present-moment awareness
  • Can reduce anxiety and support calm

🧠 Cognitive Skills

  • Supports recognition and categorisation
  • Encourages memory and recall

😊 Engagement

  • Game format increases motivation
  • Encourages participation and enjoyment

🧰 Materials

  • Sound Bingo card (pictures or simple words)
  • Pen or marker

Examples of sounds:

  • Birds
  • Wind
  • Leaves
  • Cars
  • Footsteps
  • Voices
  • Water
  • Clock

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet or moderately active setting
  • Indoors or outdoors
  • Minimal visual distractions

Preparation

  • Sit comfortably
  • Explain simply:
    “We’re going to listen and find sounds”

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Provide bingo card
  • Show how to mark sounds

2. Listening Phase

  • Sit quietly
  • Encourage stillness

Simple prompts:

  • “What can you hear?”
  • “Listen carefully”

3. Identify & Mark

  • Tick sounds as they are heard
  • Offer support if needed

4. Build Awareness

  • Notice different types of sounds
  • Compare loud vs quiet, near vs far

5. Increase Challenge (If Appropriate)

  • Close eyes
  • Identify sound location
  • Categorise sounds (nature, people, objects)

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Listen without marking
  • Identify one or two sounds

Use for: high sensitivity or early exposure

🌿 Moderate

  • Use bingo card
  • Identify familiar sounds

Use for: engagement and learning

🌳 Strong / Complex

  • Eyes closed
  • Identify source and location
  • Complete full bingo card

Use for: higher focus and auditory challenge

♿ Adaptations

  • Use picture-based cards
  • Reduce number of sounds
  • Allow pointing instead of naming
  • Use guided listening instead of independent

💡 Variations

  • Nature Sounds Bingo
  • Indoor Sounds Bingo
  • Community Sounds Bingo
  • Create personalised sound lists

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Keep environment manageable
  • ✔ Use minimal language
  • ✔ Allow silence
  • ✔ Support without over-prompting
  • ✔ Follow the client’s pace
  • ✔ Keep it playful

⚠️ Monitor & Adjust

Watch for:

  • Auditory sensitivity
  • Overwhelm or distraction
  • Fatigue

Adjust by:

  • Reducing sound complexity
  • Shortening duration
  • Returning to simple listening

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Calming and grounding
  • Can be alerting in busy environments

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Reflect simply:
    “What did you hear?”
  • Pause before transitioning
  • Move to next activity calmly

👀 What to Observe

  • Ability to detect sounds
  • Attention and focus
  • Sensory tolerance
  • Engagement level
  • Emotional response

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Improved auditory awareness
  • Increased focus and attention
  • Enhanced mindfulness and regulation
Guess the Touch
Interoceptive

Description

🤲 Tactile Guessing Game

A sensory activity for touch discrimination, awareness, and engagement

🌿 Activity Overview

This activity involves identifying objects through touch alone, without visual input.

It supports tactile processing, sensory awareness, and cognitive connection, helping the client link what they feel with what the object might be.

The focus is on exploration, noticing, and curiosity—not accuracy.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

✋ Tactile Sensory Input

  • Builds awareness of different textures
  • Supports discrimination between sensations

🧠 Sensory Processing

  • Links touch with recognition and meaning
  • Supports sensory integration

🧠 Cognitive Skills

  • Encourages guessing, matching, and recall
  • Supports problem-solving

💬 Communication

  • Encourages describing sensations
  • Builds sensory vocabulary

🎯 Focus & Attention

  • Requires attention to subtle body input
  • Encourages mindfulness

🧰 Materials

A variety of textured objects, such as:

  • Feather
  • Spoon
  • Soft brush
  • Fabric pieces (cotton, velvet, wool)
  • Sponge
  • Ball (plastic or rubber)
  • Wooden stick
  • Stone

Optional:

  • Tactile card (pictures or labels)

🛠 Setup

Positioning

  • Seated or lying comfortably
  • Area being touched out of view

Preparation

  • Explain simply:
    “I’m going to touch your arm—see if you can guess what it is”
  • Offer choice to close eyes or look away

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Begin with one object
  • Use slow, clear touch

2. Tactile Exploration

  • Touch forearm, hand, or fingers
  • Allow time to feel the sensation

3. Guessing

Simple prompts:

  • “What does it feel like?”
  • “Is it soft or hard?”
  • Accept all responses

4. Support Identification

  • Offer choices if needed
  • Use tactile card for matching

5. Repeat & Build Familiarity

  • Use consistent objects
  • Allow comparison between textures

6. Increase Challenge (If Appropriate)

  • Use less familiar body areas
  • Introduce temperature differences
  • Remove prompts or choices

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Simple textures
  • Clear, firm touch
  • With visual or verbal choices

Use for: high sensitivity or early exposure

🌿 Moderate

  • Variety of textures
  • Independent guessing
  • Familiar objects

Use for: engagement and learning

🌳 Strong / Complex

  • Similar or subtle textures
  • No prompts
  • Memory-based identification

Use for: higher tactile discrimination

♿ Adaptations

  • Use fewer objects
  • Focus on preference rather than naming
  • Allow pointing instead of verbal response
  • Keep touch consistent and predictable

💡 Variations

  • Nature objects (leaves, twigs, stones)
  • Household items (utensils, tools)
  • Fabric exploration (different textures)
  • Add warm or cool objects

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Always seek consent before touch
  • ✔ Use firm, predictable pressure (avoid tickly touch)
  • ✔ Keep language simple
  • ✔ Allow processing time
  • ✔ Follow the client’s response
  • ✔ Keep the activity playful

⚠️ Monitor & Adjust

Watch for:

  • Tactile sensitivity
  • Discomfort or withdrawal
  • Loss of attention

Adjust by:

  • Simplifying textures
  • Increasing pressure clarity
  • Reducing duration

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Calming and organising when slow and predictable
  • Can be alerting if varied or unexpected

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Finish with a familiar, preferred object
  • Allow a moment of stillness
  • Transition to a calm activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Texture preferences
  • Tactile tolerance
  • Ability to discriminate sensations
  • Engagement level
  • Emotional response

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Improved tactile discrimination
  • Increased sensory awareness
  • Enhanced focus and body connection
Gym Ball Bounces
Proprioceptive

Description

⚽ Gym Ball Bounces

A proprioceptive activity for regulation, body awareness, and postural control

🌿 Activity Overview

Gym ball bouncing provides rhythmic proprioceptive and vestibular input through gentle vertical movement while seated on a therapy ball.

With appropriate support, the client experiences repeated joint compression and muscle activation, supporting regulation, postural control, and body awareness.

The focus is on slow, predictable movement and safe engagement.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Joint compression through bouncing
  • Muscle activation across trunk and legs

🔄 Vestibular Input

  • Gentle vertical movement
  • Supports balance and spatial awareness

🧠 Postural Control

  • Activates core muscles
  • Supports sitting stability

🧘 Regulation

  • Rhythmic movement supports calming and organisation
  • Can improve attention following the activity

🛠 Setup

Equipment

  • Gym ball (correct size – hips and knees ~90°)

Environment

  • Non-slip surface
  • Clear, safe space

Positioning

  • Feet flat on floor or supported
  • Upright seated posture

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Assist client onto the ball
  • Ensure stable positioning

2. Provide Support

Support balance by:

  • Holding hands, or
  • Supporting shoulders or trunk from behind

3. Begin Movement

  • Start with gentle vertical bouncing
  • Keep movement slow and rhythmic

4. Maintain Rhythm

  • Avoid fast or irregular movement
  • Keep motion predictable

5. Pause & Repeat

  • Allow rest between sets
  • Repeat if well tolerated

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Gentle rocking or minimal bounce
  • Short duration (10–20 seconds)

Use for: high sensitivity or initial exposure

🌿 Moderate

  • Steady, rhythmic bouncing
  • Medium duration (30–60 seconds)

Use for: regulation and engagement

🌳 Strong Input

  • Deeper, slower bounces
  • Longer duration with breaks

Use for: higher proprioceptive needs

⏱ Duration

  • Start: 10–20 seconds
  • Progress: 30–60 seconds
  • Always allow rest between sets

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Maintain one-to-one supervision
  • ✔ Keep movement vertical only (no rolling)
  • ✔ Use slow, predictable rhythm
  • ✔ Keep verbal input minimal
  • ✔ Use counting or timer for structure
  • ✔ Follow with calming input if needed

🛑 Stop Immediately If

  • Loss of balance or sliding
  • Signs of distress or fear
  • Stiffening or withdrawal
  • Dizziness, nausea, or fatigue

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Organising and grounding
  • Particularly useful:
    • Before seated tasks
    • During dysregulation
    • As part of a movement break

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually stop movement
  • Assist client safely off the ball
  • Transition to a calm or seated activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Postural control
  • Tolerance to movement
  • Muscle engagement
  • Regulation before and after
  • Preferred intensity and duration

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Improved postural stability
  • Increased body awareness
  • Enhanced self-regulation through proprioceptive input
Gym Ball Bounces
Proprioceptive

Description

⚽ Gym Ball Bounces

A proprioceptive activity for regulation, body awareness, and postural control

🌿 Activity Overview

Gym ball bouncing provides rhythmic proprioceptive and vestibular input through gentle vertical movement while seated on a therapy ball.

With appropriate support, the client experiences repeated joint compression and muscle activation, supporting regulation, postural control, and body awareness.

The focus is on slow, predictable movement and safe engagement.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Joint compression through bouncing
  • Muscle activation across trunk and legs

🔄 Vestibular Input

  • Gentle vertical movement
  • Supports balance and spatial awareness

🧠 Postural Control

  • Activates core muscles
  • Supports sitting stability

🧘 Regulation

  • Rhythmic movement supports calming and organisation
  • Can improve attention following the activity

🛠 Setup

Equipment

  • Gym ball (correct size – hips and knees ~90°)

Environment

  • Non-slip surface
  • Clear, safe space

Positioning

  • Feet flat on floor or supported
  • Upright seated posture

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Assist client onto the ball
  • Ensure stable positioning

2. Provide Support

Support balance by:

  • Holding hands, or
  • Supporting shoulders or trunk from behind

3. Begin Movement

  • Start with gentle vertical bouncing
  • Keep movement slow and rhythmic

4. Maintain Rhythm

  • Avoid fast or irregular movement
  • Keep motion predictable

5. Pause & Repeat

  • Allow rest between sets
  • Repeat if well tolerated

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Gentle rocking or minimal bounce
  • Short duration (10–20 seconds)

Use for: high sensitivity or initial exposure

🌿 Moderate

  • Steady, rhythmic bouncing
  • Medium duration (30–60 seconds)

Use for: regulation and engagement

🌳 Strong Input

  • Deeper, slower bounces
  • Longer duration with breaks

Use for: higher proprioceptive needs

⏱ Duration

  • Start: 10–20 seconds
  • Progress: 30–60 seconds
  • Always allow rest between sets

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Maintain one-to-one supervision
  • ✔ Keep movement vertical only (no rolling)
  • ✔ Use slow, predictable rhythm
  • ✔ Keep verbal input minimal
  • ✔ Use counting or timer for structure
  • ✔ Follow with calming input if needed

🛑 Stop Immediately If

  • Loss of balance or sliding
  • Signs of distress or fear
  • Stiffening or withdrawal
  • Dizziness, nausea, or fatigue

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Organising and grounding
  • Particularly useful:
    • Before seated tasks
    • During dysregulation
    • As part of a movement break

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually stop movement
  • Assist client safely off the ball
  • Transition to a calm or seated activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Postural control
  • Tolerance to movement
  • Muscle engagement
  • Regulation before and after
  • Preferred intensity and duration

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Improved postural stability
  • Increased body awareness
  • Enhanced self-regulation through proprioceptive input
Hammock
Vestibular

Description

🪢 Hammock Relaxation

A vestibular and proprioceptive activity for calming, regulation, and body awareness

🌿 Activity Overview

Hammock use provides gentle vestibular input through rhythmic rocking and deep proprioceptive input through full-body support.

When set up safely and used with slow, predictable movement, it can support relaxation, emotional regulation, and body awareness.

The focus is on comfort, safety, and calm sensory experience.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🔄 Vestibular Input

  • Gentle rocking supports balance and spatial awareness
  • Rhythmic movement promotes calm

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Full-body support provides deep pressure
  • Enhances body awareness and grounding

🧘 Regulation & Relaxation

  • Predictable movement reduces anxiety
  • Supports emotional calming

🌙 Sleep & Wind-Down

  • Can assist with pre-rest or bedtime routines
  • Reduces physical tension

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Calm, low-stimulation space
  • Soft flooring (mat, grass)
  • Clear surrounding area

Equipment

  • Securely installed hammock
  • Strong anchor points
  • Evenly spread fabric

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Explain simply:
    “We’re going to sit in the hammock and gently rock”

2. Getting Into the Hammock

  • Support client to sit first
  • Assist legs into position
  • Ensure body is centred and fully supported

3. Settling

  • Adjust position for comfort
  • Ensure head, back, and legs are supported

4. Begin Movement

  • Start with very gentle rocking
  • Keep movement slow and predictable

5. Adjust & Follow

  • Observe response
  • Adjust speed based on comfort

6. Regulation Phase (Optional)

Encourage:

  • Slow breathing
  • Stillness between movements
  • Awareness of body sensations

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Minimal movement or stillness
  • Short duration

Use for: high sensitivity or calming

🌿 Moderate

  • Slow, rhythmic rocking
  • Moderate duration

Use for: relaxation and regulation

🌳 Strong / Active

  • Slightly increased movement
  • Longer duration (if well tolerated)

Use for: vestibular seekers

⏱ Duration

  • Start: 1–2 minutes
  • Progress: 5–10 minutes
  • Adjust based on tolerance

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Always stay nearby
  • ✔ Move slowly and predictably
  • ✔ Avoid sudden or fast swinging
  • ✔ Keep verbal input calm and minimal
  • ✔ Support safe entry and exit
  • ✔ Follow the client’s cues

⚠️ Safety Considerations

  • ✔ Check hammock setup before use
  • ✔ Ensure stable anchors
  • ✔ Monitor posture and positioning
  • ✔ Prevent over-rotation or tipping
  • ✔ Stop immediately if distress occurs

🛑 Stop Immediately If

  • Signs of dizziness or nausea
  • Distress or fear
  • Loss of safe positioning
  • Increased agitation

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Deeply calming and organising
  • Particularly helpful for:
    • Anxiety
    • Sensory overload
    • Pre-rest routines

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually slow movement
  • Allow stillness before exiting
  • Assist safely out of hammock
  • Transition to quiet activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Response to movement
  • Preference for speed and duration
  • Body relaxation or tension
  • Emotional state before and after

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Increased calm and emotional regulation
  • Improved body awareness
  • Greater tolerance to vestibular input
Hand and Foot Prints
Visual

Description

🎨 Hand & Footprint Painting

A tactile activity for sensory exploration, body awareness, and creative expression

🌿 Activity Overview

Hand and footprint painting provides rich tactile input through direct contact with paint, combined with movement, pressure, and visual feedback.

It supports sensory exploration, body awareness, and creative expression in a playful, low-pressure way.

The focus is on experience and participation, not the final product.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

✋ Tactile Sensory Input

  • Direct contact with wet paint
  • Supports tolerance to different textures

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Pressing hands or feet into surfaces
  • Builds awareness of pressure and force

🧠 Body Awareness

  • Identifying and using hands and feet
  • Supports spatial understanding

🎨 Creative Expression

  • Non-verbal outlet for ideas and emotion
  • Encourages choice and exploration

🧘 Regulation

  • Repetitive, sensory-rich activity can be calming
  • Can also be alerting depending on engagement

🧰 Materials

  • Washable, non-toxic paint
  • Paper, canvas, or fabric
  • Tray or plate for paint
  • Towels and warm water
  • Surface covering (e.g. plastic, newspaper)

Optional:

  • Brush or sponge

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Table, floor, or outdoor space
  • Protected surface
  • Comfortable positioning

Preparation

  • Introduce paint slowly
  • Offer simple choices (colour, hand or foot)

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Show paint and materials
  • Allow brief touch with fingertip

2. Apply Paint

  • Spread paint on tray
  • Encourage dipping or brushing onto hand or foot

3. Make the Print

  • Guide gentle pressing onto surface
  • Lift to reveal the imprint

4. Repeat & Explore

  • Try different colours
  • Vary pressure or placement
  • Allow free exploration

5. Creative Play (Optional)

  • Layer prints
  • Add finger or toe patterns
  • Create simple images or shapes

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Touch paint with one finger
  • Use tools instead of direct contact
  • Short duration

Use for: high tactile sensitivity

🌿 Moderate

  • Hand or foot prints
  • One or two colours
  • Moderate duration

Use for: exploration and engagement

🌳 Strong / Messy

  • Full hand and foot use
  • Multiple colours and layering
  • Longer duration

Use for: tactile seeking and creative expression

♿ Adaptations

  • Use gloves or tools (brush, sponge)
  • Begin with thicker or less wet paint
  • Limit to hands only
  • Provide quick access to wipes for control

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Introduce slowly and respectfully
  • ✔ Avoid forcing contact
  • ✔ Keep language simple
  • ✔ Follow the client’s pace
  • ✔ Focus on experience, not outcome
  • ✔ Allow control over stopping and cleaning

⚠️ Monitor & Adjust

Watch for:

  • Discomfort with texture
  • Withdrawal or hesitation
  • Overstimulation

Adjust by:

  • Reducing paint contact
  • Using tools instead of hands
  • Shortening duration

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Calming when slow and repetitive
  • Alerting when energetic and messy

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Transition to clean-up with warm water
  • Offer calming input (e.g. towel pressure, hand massage)
  • Move to a quiet activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Tactile tolerance
  • Pressure used in prints
  • Willingness to explore
  • Emotional response
  • Engagement level

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Increased tactile tolerance
  • Improved body awareness
  • Enhanced creative engagement and regulation
Hand Massage
Proprioceptive

Description

✋ Hand Massage

A deep-pressure activity for calming, body awareness, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Hand massage provides gentle, controlled proprioceptive and tactile input through slow, firm touch to the hands and fingers.

When delivered predictably and with consent, it supports relaxation, body awareness, and emotional regulation.

The focus is on slow, steady pressure and comfort.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Deep pressure through palms and fingers
  • Supports body awareness and grounding

✋ Tactile Input

  • Gentle touch across hands and joints
  • Builds sensory awareness

🧠 Nervous System Regulation

  • Activates calming (parasympathetic) responses
  • Reduces stress and tension

🌸 Circulation & Muscle Relief

  • Encourages blood flow
  • Reduces stiffness in hands and wrists

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Quiet, calm space
  • Comfortable seated position

Preparation

  • Always seek consent (verbal or behavioural)
  • Explain simply:
    “I’m going to gently massage your hands”

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Start

  • Begin with light, slow strokes
  • Observe response and comfort

2. Palm Pressure

  • Use thumbs to apply firm, steady pressure
  • Focus on centre of the palm

3. Back of Hand

  • Use small, circular motions
  • Move slowly and evenly

4. Finger Work

  • Gently squeeze each finger
  • Move from base to tip

5. Wrist Movement (Optional)

  • Support the hand
  • Gently rotate wrist in small circles

6. Finish

  • End with slow, steady pressure
  • Pause before releasing

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Light pressure
  • Short duration (1–2 minutes)

Use for: high sensitivity or initial exposure

🌿 Moderate

  • Firm, steady pressure
  • Full hand coverage (2–5 minutes)

Use for: relaxation and regulation

🌳 Strong / Deep Input

  • Deeper pressure (never painful)
  • Longer duration with pauses

Use for: strong proprioceptive needs

⏱ Duration

  • Start: 1–2 minutes
  • Build to: 5–10 minutes (if well tolerated)

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Always seek consent
  • ✔ Use firm, predictable pressure (avoid tickly touch)
  • ✔ Move slowly and calmly
  • ✔ Watch breathing and muscle tone
  • ✔ Keep verbal input minimal
  • ✔ Let the client guide duration

🛑 Stop Immediately If

  • Pulling away or guarding
  • Facial distress or discomfort
  • Increased agitation
  • Pain response

⚠️ Areas to Avoid

  • Injured or painful areas
  • Inflamed joints
  • Any medical concern areas

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Calming and grounding
  • Particularly helpful for:
    • Anxiety
    • Sensory overload
    • Transition times

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Slow pressure before finishing
  • Gentle release
  • Transition to quiet or restful activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Response to pressure
  • Preferred intensity
  • Muscle relaxation
  • Emotional state before and after

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Increased calm and regulation
  • Improved body awareness
  • Reduced tension and stress
Hand Wash Clothes
Tactile

Description

🧺 Handwashing Garments

A functional sensory activity for tactile exploration, regulation, and independence

🌿 Activity Overview

Handwashing garments provides a rich multi-sensory experience through water, fabric, and repetitive movement.

It combines tactile, thermal, proprioceptive, and olfactory input, supporting regulation while also building functional life skills and independence.

The focus is on slow, repetitive movement and sensory engagement within a meaningful task.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

✋ Tactile Sensory Input

  • Feeling wet fabric, soap, and water
  • Supports tolerance to different textures

🌡 Thermal Input

  • Warm water provides calming input
  • Cool rinse offers contrast and alerting sensation

💪 Proprioceptive Input

  • Squeezing, pressing, and moving fabric
  • Builds hand strength and body awareness

🧘 Regulation

  • Repetitive, rhythmic movement supports calm
  • Predictable sequence reduces anxiety

🧠 Sensory Integration

  • Combines touch, sight, smell, and movement
  • Supports processing of multiple sensory inputs

🌱 Independence & Confidence

  • Functional self-care skill
  • Builds autonomy and competence

🧰 Materials

  • Basin or sink
  • Warm water
  • Gentle detergent
  • Garments (small, manageable items)
  • Towel or drying rack

Optional:

  • Fabric softener
  • Gloves (for sensitivity)

🛠 Setup

Environment

  • Calm, uncluttered space
  • Comfortable access to sink or basin

Preparation

  • Fill basin with warm water
  • Add small amount of detergent
  • Allow client to notice smell and texture

▶️ How to Run the Activity

1. Gentle Introduction

  • Explain simply:
    “We’re going to wash clothes in the water”

2. Submerge & Explore

  • Place garment into water
  • Encourage squeezing and feeling

3. Washing Motion

  • Use slow, repetitive movements:
    • Squeeze
    • Rub
    • Swirl

4. Cleaning Focus

  • Gently rub areas of fabric
  • Maintain steady rhythm

5. Rinse

  • Use clean, cool water
  • Notice change in texture

6. Squeeze & Dry

  • Gently press out water (no harsh wringing)
  • Lay flat or hang to dry

🌳 Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Brief contact with water and fabric
  • Minimal movement

Use for: high sensitivity or early exposure

🌿 Moderate

  • Full washing sequence
  • Repetitive squeezing and rinsing

Use for: regulation and engagement

🌳 Strong / Active

  • Multiple garments
  • Extended duration and repetition

Use for: sensory seeking and task engagement

♿ Adaptations

  • Use gloves for tactile sensitivity
  • Start with one small garment
  • Use milder scents
  • Reduce steps or simplify sequence

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • ✔ Keep movements slow and repetitive
  • ✔ Avoid rushing
  • ✔ Allow sensory exploration
  • ✔ Use simple, minimal language
  • ✔ Follow the client’s pace
  • ✔ Focus on experience, not outcome

⚠️ Monitor & Adjust

Watch for:

  • Sensory discomfort (water, texture, smell)
  • Fatigue
  • Loss of engagement

Adjust by:

  • Changing water temperature
  • Reducing duration
  • Simplifying steps

🧘 Regulation Notes

This activity is:

  • Calming and organising
  • Particularly helpful for:
    • Sensory regulation
    • Routine-based engagement
    • Transition periods

🔄 Ending the Activity

  • Complete drying step
  • Offer towel drying for hands
  • Transition to a calm activity

👀 What to Observe

  • Texture preferences
  • Response to water temperature
  • Hand strength and coordination
  • Engagement with routine
  • Emotional regulation

🌱 Key Outcome

Over time, this activity supports:

  • Improved sensory tolerance
  • Increased self-regulation
  • Development of functional independence
Handball
Proprioceptive

Description

🏐 Handball Play

A simple, rhythmic activity for coordination, regulation, and whole-body engagement

🌿 Activity Overview

Handball is a versatile, engaging activity that combines movement, rhythm, and ball control.

It offers opportunities for proprioceptive input, visual tracking, and motor planning, while remaining flexible enough to match each client’s abilities.

The focus is on repetition, predictability, and enjoyment, rather than performance.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🤲 Proprioceptive Input
Throwing, catching, and bouncing the ball provides deep pressure through the hands and arms
Supports body awareness and regulation

👀 Visual Tracking
Following the ball improves coordination and reaction time

🧠 Motor Planning
Sequencing movements (throw → bounce → catch) supports organisation of movement

💨 Regulation Through Rhythm
Repetitive bouncing and passing can be calming and organising

🤝 Social Engagement (if shared)
Simple turn-taking builds connection without pressure

🧰 Materials

  • Handball (soft, textured, or slightly larger if needed)
  • Smooth wall or flat ground surface
  • Chalk or tape (to mark targets or zones)

▶️ How to Do It

🔵 1. Wall Pass (Start Here)

  • Throw the ball against a wall
  • Catch it as it returns

👉 Keep the rhythm slow and predictable

🟡 2. Bounce Pass

  • Bounce the ball on the ground before catching or passing

👉 Focus on controlled, gentle force

🟢 3. Dribbling

  • Bounce the ball repeatedly with one hand
  • Progress to alternating hands if appropriate

👉 Aim for a steady rhythm rather than speed

🟠 4. Movement with the Ball

  • Step forward while passing
  • Try gentle pivoting (one foot stays still while turning)

👉 Keep movements slow and supported

🏐 5. Target Practice

  • Aim at a marked spot on the wall or ground
  • Use two hands initially, then progress to one hand

👉 Celebrate accuracy, not force

🟢 6. Simple Play Options

  • Solo Rally: Keep the ball going against the wall
  • Partner Play: Take turns passing
  • Target Game: Hit marked zones

👉 Keep rules simple and flexible

🧩 Modifications

  • Use a softer or larger ball for easier grip
  • Slow the pace and allow extra time between actions
  • Reduce distance to increase success
  • Allow catching between bounces before progressing
  • Play in a quiet, low-stimulation space

🧘‍♂️ Cooling Down

🟠 Gentle Ball Rolling

  • Roll the ball slowly between hands or along the ground

🟡 Stretch & Breathe

  • Gentle arm and wrist stretches
  • Slow, calm breathing

👉 This helps transition from activity to calm

⚖️ Sensory Considerations

  • Some clients may prefer softer impact on hands
  • Watch for signs of overload (speeding up, frustration, withdrawal)
  • Offer regular breaks and check-ins
  • Keep the activity predictable and pressure-free

🌈 Sensory Benefits Summary

🏐 Proprioception – Throwing, catching, bouncing
👀 Visual Tracking – Following the ball
🤲 Tactile Input – Handling and gripping
💨 Regulation – Rhythm and repetition
🧍‍♂️ Motor Planning – Sequencing movements

Hang Washing
Tactile

Description

🧺 Hanging Washing

A calming, functional activity for sensory engagement, coordination, and independence

🌿 Activity Overview

Hanging washing on a small clothes rack is a simple, repetitive task that provides rich sensory input while building everyday life skills.

It combines tactile exploration, fine motor coordination, and gentle movement, all within a predictable and meaningful routine.

The focus is on slow, steady participation and a sense of completion.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🤲 Tactile Sensory Input
Handling different fabrics (soft cotton, thick towels, smooth synthetics)
Supports sensory discrimination and tolerance of textures

💪 Fine Motor Skills
Using pegs or adjusting clothing on racks strengthens fingers and hands

🧠 Motor Planning
Organising, lifting, and placing items supports sequencing and coordination

💨 Regulation Through Repetition
Rhythmic hanging and clipping can be calming and organising

🌱 Independence & Confidence
A meaningful, real-life task that builds competence and self-esteem

🧰 Materials

  • Clean laundry (small, manageable loads)
  • Small clothes rack (at comfortable height)
  • Clothes hangers (optional)
  • Clips or pegs

▶️ How to Do It

📦 1. Prepare the Space

  • Place the rack within easy reach
  • Lay out clothes in simple piles (e.g. shirts, towels)

👉 Keep the setup uncluttered and predictable

👚 2. Sorting (Optional)

  • Sort clothes by type, size, or colour

👉 Keep this simple—only if helpful for the client

🧺 3. Hanging Clothes

Using Hangers:

  • Place item over hanger
  • Adjust so it sits evenly

Using Pegs/Clips:

  • Position item on rack
  • Squeeze peg and secure

👉 Encourage slow, deliberate movements

💪 4. Sensory Awareness

  • Notice textures (soft, rough, thick)
  • Feel temperature differences (warm vs cool fabrics)

👉 Gently draw attention to sensations if appropriate

🚶 5. Work at a Comfortable Pace

  • Allow breaks as needed
  • Alternate between easier and more complex items

👉 No rushing—focus on calm engagement

🔄 6. Completion

  • Step back and look at the finished rack
  • Acknowledge the effort and outcome

👉 Reinforce a sense of success

🧩 Modifications

  • Use larger items (e.g. towels) for easier handling
  • Start without pegs, then introduce them gradually
  • Reduce the number of items to avoid fatigue
  • Provide hand-over-hand support if needed
  • Use a seated position if standing is tiring

🧘‍♂️ Sensory & Regulation Benefits

👐 Tactile – Exploring different fabrics
🌡 Thermal – Warm vs cool clothing
💪 Proprioceptive – Lifting, placing, adjusting items
🔄 Repetition – Predictable, calming rhythm
🧠 Cognitive – Sorting and organising
🌸 Emotional – Satisfaction of completing a real task

⚖️ Sensory Considerations

  • Be aware of sensitivity to certain textures (e.g. rough fabrics)
  • Avoid overloading with too many items at once
  • Keep the environment quiet and low demand
  • Respect if the client prefers observation over participation

🌈 Overall Benefit

This activity provides a balanced, multi-sensory experience within a meaningful daily task.

It supports regulation, independence, and a quiet sense of achievement, making it particularly valuable for clients who benefit from structured, repetitive, low-pressure activities.

Happiness Basket
Multi-Sensory

Description

🧺 HAPPINESS BASKET

A curated collection of sensory treasures for exploration.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• The Happiness Basket is a personalized collection of high-interest sensory items chosen to provide comfort, excitement, or calm. By exploring the contents at their own pace, the individual engages in tactile discovery and self-regulation.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides tactile variety through different textures, weights, and temperatures.

• Encourages visual scanning and ocular tracking as items are retrieved.

• Promotes emotional regulation through access to preferred calming objects.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A sturdy, accessible basket or tray.

• A variety of textures (silky, fuzzy, bumpy, firm).

• Items with different weights or calming scents.

• Contrasting bright colors to support visual engagement.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Place the basket on a flat surface or a table within the individual's line of sight and reach.

• Introduce one item at a time, allowing the individual time to touch, look, or interact with it.

• Observe their reaction; offer more of what they respond to positively and remove items that cause withdrawal.

• Encourage exploration by placing items in their hands or gently brushing textures against their skin.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Secure the basket to a lap tray for optimal positioning.

• Use a height-adjustable table to ensure the basket is at elbow height for ease of reaching.

• If reaching is difficult, bring individual items from the basket into the individual's peripheral vision first.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure all items are non-toxic and too large to pose a choking hazard.

• Check for sharp edges or loose parts that could pinch skin.

• Monitor for over-stimulation; if the individual becomes agitated, reduce the number of items available.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Theme your basket (e.g., 'Nature' with pinecones and silk leaves or 'Kitchen' with soft brushes and smooth spoons).

• Include a vibrating toy for deep sensory input.

• Add a small mirror for visual reflection and engagement.

• Use a soft, scented sachet to provide olfactory input alongside tactile exploration.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Offer only one or two items at a time.

• Use only soft, familiar textures.

• Allow for quiet, unhurried exploration.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Increase the variety of textures available.

• Introduce items with slightly contrasting weights.

• Encourage the individual to reach into the basket themselves.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use items with strong, distinct textures like firm bristles or deep ridges.

• Add weighted items that provide proprioceptive feedback when held.

• Encourage 'digging' through the basket to find hidden objects.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Follow the person's lead; if they ignore an item, don't force it.

• Provide plenty of 'wait time' between offering items to allow for sensory processing.

• Narrate the experience gently to build connection.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• This activity is deeply personal and adaptable, making it a wonderful way to connect with an individual while celebrating their unique sensory preferences in a low-pressure environment.

Head Massage
Tactile

Description

💆‍♂️ Head Massage

A gentle, calming activity for regulation, body awareness, and relaxation

🌿 Activity Overview

A simple head massage provides deeply calming sensory input through gentle, rhythmic pressure to the scalp, neck, and shoulders.

It supports regulation, relaxation, and body awareness, and can be especially helpful during times of stress, fatigue, or sensory overload.

The focus is on slow, predictable touch and comfort, always guided by the person’s preferences.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🤲 Proprioceptive Input
Gentle pressure through the scalp and neck supports body awareness and calm

💆 Muscle Relaxation
Helps release tension commonly held in the head, neck, and shoulders

💨 Nervous System Regulation
Rhythmic touch can promote a calm, settled state

🧠 Sensory Awareness
Supports tolerance and processing of touch in a controlled way

🌸 Emotional Wellbeing
Can reduce stress and support a sense of comfort and safety

🧰 Materials (Optional)

  • Comfortable chair or quiet resting space
  • Optional: unscented oil or balm
  • Soft lighting / calm environment

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Prepare the Environment

  • Choose a quiet, low-stimulation space
  • Ensure the person is seated or lying comfortably

👉 Always ask for permission before starting

👋 2. Start Gently

  • Use the pads of your fingers (not nails)
  • Begin with light touch

👉 Gradually increase pressure only if comfortable

🌀 3. Scalp Massage Techniques

Circular Movements

  • Small, slow circles across the scalp

Gentle Kneading

  • Light, rhythmic lifting and pressing

Long Strokes

  • From forehead toward the back of the head

👉 Keep movements slow and predictable

🌱 4. Neck & Base of Skull

  • Apply gentle pressure at the base of the skull
  • Massage down into the neck and shoulders

👉 This area often holds significant tension

🌀 5. Optional Variations

  • Light, gentle hair pulling (only if tolerated)
  • Slight variation in pressure or rhythm

👉 Always follow the person’s response

💨 6. Encourage Relaxation

  • Slow the pace toward the end
  • Encourage calm breathing

👉 Finish gradually, not abruptly

🧩 Modifications

  • Keep touch very light for touch-sensitive individuals
  • Shorten duration (even 1–2 minutes can be beneficial)
  • Allow the person to guide your hands if helpful
  • Stop immediately if discomfort is shown

🧘‍♂️ Sensory & Regulation Benefits

💆 Muscle Relaxation – Releases built-up tension
💨 Calming Response – Supports parasympathetic activation
🩸 Circulation – Encourages blood flow to scalp and neck
👂 Tactile Input – Improves tolerance to touch
🌸 Stress Relief – Can reduce anxiety and agitation
🧘 Grounding – Rhythmic input supports calm and presence

⚖️ Sensory Considerations

  • Always seek consent and observe responses closely
  • Some individuals may find head touch uncomfortable or overwhelming
  • Avoid strong scents unless clearly preferred
  • Keep pressure predictable and consistent
  • Stop if signs of distress, withdrawal, or agitation appear

🌈 Overall Benefit

Head massage offers a simple, powerful way to support regulation and wellbeing through safe, controlled touch.

When delivered with care and sensitivity, it can become a highly valued calming strategy, supporting both sensory regulation and emotional comfort.

Heavy Work
Proprioceptive

Description

💪 Heavy Work Activities

Grounding, regulating activities using resistance, effort, and whole-body movement

🌿 Activity Overview

Heavy work activities involve pushing, pulling, lifting, and carrying, providing strong proprioceptive input to the muscles and joints.

These activities are often deeply regulating, helping to organise the nervous system, improve body awareness, and support calm, focused engagement.

The focus is on slow, controlled effort within meaningful tasks.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input
Deep pressure through muscles and joints supports regulation and body awareness

🧠 Motor Planning & Coordination
Sequenced, purposeful movement improves organisation of the body

💨 Regulation & Grounding
Effortful activity can calm, settle, and reduce agitation

🏋️ Strength & Endurance
Builds physical capacity in a functional, meaningful way

🌱 Sense of Purpose
Tasks feel useful and productive, supporting confidence and engagement

🧰 Materials (Depending on Activity)

  • Household items (laundry baskets, boxes, bags)
  • Cleaning tools (vacuum, broom)
  • Everyday environments (doors, furniture)

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Set Up

  • Choose a simple, purposeful task
  • Ensure the environment is safe and uncluttered

👉 Keep instructions clear and minimal

🛠️ 2. Demonstrate

  • Show the task slowly (e.g. lifting, pushing)
  • Emphasise controlled, steady movement

👉 Model the pace you want

💪 3. Engage in the Activity

Examples include:

  • Lifting & Carrying – baskets, bags, small boxes
  • Pushing/Pulling – furniture, doors, trolleys
  • Household Tasks – vacuuming, sweeping
  • Resistance Tasks – moving objects from one place to another

👉 Encourage full-body involvement where possible

⏸️ 4. Pace & Breaks

  • Work in short, manageable periods
  • Offer regular breaks

👉 Watch for signs of fatigue or overload

🔄 5. Repeat with Variation

  • Change tasks slightly to maintain interest
  • Keep the structure predictable

🧩 Modifications

  • Start with lighter loads, gradually increasing resistance
  • Use short distances for carrying tasks
  • Provide hand-over-hand guidance if needed
  • Break tasks into smaller steps
  • Allow seated or supported versions if standing is difficult

🧘‍♂️ Sensory & Regulation Benefits

💪 Muscle Activation – Deep pressure through effort
🏋️ Full-Body Input – Engages arms, legs, and core
🖐 Grip & Hand Strength – Holding and controlling objects
🔄 Rhythmic Movement – Repetition supports calm
🔊 Auditory Feedback – Natural sounds can support grounding
🌞 Environmental Input – Outdoor activity can enhance mood

⚖️ Sensory Considerations

  • Avoid overexertion—fatigue can increase dysregulation
  • Keep movements slow and controlled, not rushed
  • Monitor for signs of stress (breathing changes, agitation)
  • Ensure tasks are achievable and meaningful
  • Adjust weight and intensity to match the individual

🌈 Overall Benefit

Heavy work provides powerful organising input for the nervous system.

When used thoughtfully, it can support calmness, focus, and engagement, while also building strength, confidence, and independence through meaningful activity.

Herb Garden
Olfactory

Description

🌿 Scented Garden

A calming, multi-sensory activity for exploration, regulation, and gentle routine

🌿 Activity Overview

Creating and maintaining a scented garden provides a rich sensory experience through smell, touch, and gentle movement.

It supports calm engagement, curiosity, and routine, while offering a meaningful connection to natural elements.

The focus is on slow interaction, repetition, and enjoyment of sensory experiences.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👃 Olfactory Input
Exploring natural scents supports sensory processing and awareness

🖐️ Tactile Engagement
Handling soil, leaves, and water supports touch tolerance and exploration

🧠 Cognitive Skills
Naming, sorting, and caring for plants supports memory and sequencing

💨 Emotional Regulation
Gardening promotes calm, focus, and a grounded state

🌱 Routine & Responsibility
Daily care builds predictability and a sense of purpose

🧰 Materials

  • Small garden bed, pots, or indoor planter
  • Soil and watering can
  • Scented plants such as:
    • Lavender (calming)
    • Mint (refreshing)
    • Lemon balm (uplifting)
    • Rosemary (focusing)
    • Basil or thyme (familiar, comforting)
  • Plant labels or markers

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Set Up the Garden

  • Choose an indoor or outdoor space
  • Arrange plants within easy reach
  • Label each plant clearly

👉 Keep the environment simple and inviting

👃 2. Sensory Exploration

  • Smell each plant
  • Gently touch leaves and soil
  • Notice differences between scents and textures

👉 Allow time—no need to rush

🌱 3. Planting

  • Place soil into pots
  • Add plants and gently press soil around them
  • Water lightly

👉 Support with hand-over-hand guidance if needed

💧 4. Daily Care

  • Water plants
  • Trim or touch leaves
  • Smell plants regularly

👉 Build this into a simple daily routine

💬 5. Reflection

  • Notice favourite scents
  • Use simple prompts:
    • “Which smells strongest?”
    • “Which do you like?”

👉 Keep language simple and positive

🧩 Modifications

  • Use fewer plants to reduce complexity
  • Keep plants at table or lap height
  • Use a visual schedule for care steps
  • Choose stronger or milder scents based on preference
  • Use artificial plants initially if engagement is low

🌸 Sensory Considerations

  • Some individuals may be sensitive to strong smells
  • Introduce scents slowly and one at a time
  • Avoid overwhelming with too many options
  • Respect if the person prefers not to smell or touch

🌈 Sensory Benefits Summary

👃 Olfactory – Smelling herbs and plants
🖐️ Tactile – Soil, leaves, water
💨 Regulation – Calm, repetitive care
🧠 Cognitive – Naming, remembering, sequencing
🌱 Emotional – Satisfaction of nurturing and growth

🌿 Overall Benefit

A scented garden offers a gentle, ongoing sensory experience that supports calmness, engagement, and connection.

Over time, it becomes a familiar and meaningful routine, providing both regulation and a quiet sense of achievement.

Herb Garden Hands
Multi-Sensory

Description

🌿 Herb Garden Hands

Explore aromatic botanicals through gentle touch and scent.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Herb Garden Hands invites the participant to explore the textures, shapes, and scents of various fresh herbs. This activity provides a grounding experience that connects the individual to nature through close-contact sensory play.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides olfactory stimulation through natural plant scents. • Offers tactile exploration of varied leaf textures (smooth, fuzzy, waxy). • Promotes grounding and calming through rhythmic interaction with natural materials. • Encourages fine motor engagement through touching and grasping leaves.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A selection of fresh herbs (mint, rosemary, lavender, basil). • Shallow trays or sensory bins. • Warm water for light rinsing. • Soft towels for drying hands.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Arrange a variety of herbs in front of the participant on a tray. • Gently guide the participant’s hand to touch the leaves, noticing the different textures. • Encourage the participant to crush a leaf slightly to release the scent. • Model calm, slow movements to allow time for the participant to process each aroma. • Observe facial expressions and body language to gauge their reaction to different scents.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Place the sensory tray directly onto a lap tray or height-adjustable table. • Use a non-slip mat under the herb tray to keep it secure. • Bring the herbs to the participant if they are unable to reach the table comfortably.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure herbs are non-toxic and safe for contact. • Check for known plant or pollen allergies before beginning. • Monitor for signs of sensory overload or aversion to strong scents. • Be mindful of small pieces that could be picked up and placed in the mouth.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Create a 'scent story' by introducing herbs one at a time. • Add water to create a fragrant herb infusion bath for hands. • Contrast textures by mixing smooth leaves with rough, woody stems. • Incorporate soft music to enhance the calming atmosphere.

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Present one single herb at a time from a distance. • Allow for passive observation rather than active touching. • Use only mild-scented herbs like basil or chamomile.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Encourage the participant to hold a bunch of herbs. • Gently brush the herbs against the back of the hand or palm. • Use a mix of familiar and new scents to maintain engagement.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Actively crush multiple herbs together to create a potent sensory blend. • Encourage rhythmic rubbing of herbs between palms to stimulate pressure receptors. • Move the herbs in circular patterns across the skin for deeper tactile input.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Follow the participant's lead; if they pull away, offer a break or a different scent. • Use a gentle, slow pace to avoid overwhelming the senses. • Offer verbal encouragement and descriptive language about the smells and textures. • Prioritize comfort and choice throughout the session.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• You will love Herb Garden Hands because it creates a beautiful, shared moment of calm while celebrating the simple, grounding power of nature to soothe and regulate.

High-5 Games
Proprioceptive

Description

✋ High-Five Games

A playful, rhythmic activity for proprioception, coordination, and social connection

🌿 Activity Overview

High-five games provide short bursts of deep pressure and rhythmic movement through the hands and arms.

They combine proprioceptive input, timing, and shared interaction, supporting both regulation and connection in a simple, enjoyable format.

The focus is on predictable rhythm, gentle contact, and shared enjoyment.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input
Firm hand contact provides joint compression, supporting calm and body awareness

🤲 Tactile Input
Safe, predictable touch supports tolerance and sensory processing

🧠 Motor Planning & Timing
Reaching, contacting, and repeating movements improves coordination

💨 Regulation Through Rhythm
Repetitive, patterned interaction can be organising and calming

🤝 Social Engagement
Turn-taking and shared timing build connection and trust

🧰 Materials (Optional)

  • Soft gloves or foam hands (for tactile sensitivity)
  • Stickers or coloured tape (visual targets)
  • Soft ball (for simple catch variations)
  • Light wrist weights (used briefly if appropriate)

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Set Up

  • Sit or stand facing the person at arm’s length
  • Keep the environment quiet and low distraction

👉 Use relaxed posture and a friendly expression

👋 2. Warm-Up

  • Press palms together gently
  • Count slowly: “1… 2… 3…” then release

👉 Prepares the body for proprioceptive input

✋ 3. Basic High-Five

  • Raise one hand slowly
  • Invite gentle contact
  • Repeat at a steady pace

👉 Alternate left and right hands

🔄 4. Add Rhythm

  • Introduce a simple pattern:
    • “High five… low five…”
    • “Up high… down low…”

👉 Keep the tempo slow and predictable

💪 5. Add Gentle Resistance

  • Press hands together for 2–3 seconds
  • Release and repeat

👉 Use firm, controlled pressure (not light touch)

🤝 6. Social Play

  • Take turns (“my turn / your turn”)
  • Copy simple movements before the high-five
  • Pair with simple words (e.g. “strong”, “calm”)

👉 Keep it playful and pressure-free

🧘‍♂️ 7. Finish Calmly

  • Slow the rhythm
  • End with a final high-five or fist bump
  • Shake out hands and take a breath

👉 Support a smooth transition

🧩 Modifications

  • Use very gentle pressure if sensitive
  • Reduce speed and keep movements simple
  • Use gloves or props if touch is difficult
  • Keep sessions brief (1–3 minutes can be enough)
  • Return to palm pressing if overstimulated

🧘‍♂️ Sensory & Regulation Benefits

💪 Proprioceptive – Joint compression through hands and arms
🤲 Tactile – Safe, structured touch
👀 Visual Tracking – Following moving hands
🔄 Rhythm – Supports timing and co-regulation
🤝 Social – Builds shared attention and interaction

⚖️ Sensory Considerations

  • Use firm, predictable touch (avoid light, ticklish contact)
  • Stop if signs of distress or withdrawal appear
  • Avoid large or fast movements
  • Keep within comfortable shoulder range
  • Maintain consistent pacing and sequence

🌈 Overall Benefit

High-five games offer a simple, engaging way to combine sensory regulation and social interaction.

They are particularly useful as a warm-up or transition activity, supporting calmness, connection, and readiness to engage.

High-5 Games
Tactile

Description

High-Five Games Rhythmic Proprioceptive and Social Interaction Activity 🌿 Purpose To provide proprioceptive (muscle/joint) and tactile input through short bursts of upper-limb resistance and coordination, while encouraging eye contact, timing, anticipation, and shared enjoyment. This activity blends sensory regulation, social reciprocity, and motor planning within a simple, playful structure. 🧍♀️ Set-Up Environment: Quiet, distraction-free space with ample room to move arms freely. Avoid mirrors or reflective surfaces if the client is visually sensitive. Position chairs facing each other for seated participants. Equipment (optional): Soft gloves, foam hands, or hand puppets for clients with tactile defensiveness. Coloured tape on palms or stickers as visual targets. Weighted wristbands (0.5 kg each) for additional proprioceptive input. Positioning: Sit or stand facing the participant at arms length. Feet stable; elbows slightly bent. Maintain friendly, non-threatening body language and gentle facial expression. ✋ Step-by-Step Engagement Orientation Begin with stillness and a smile. Say: Were going to play a high-five game! Demonstrate slowly raise hand halfway and pause for visual cueing. Warm-Up Invite the participant to press palms together (isometric push) for a few seconds to prime proprioceptive awareness. Count together: 1 2 3 then release. Basic High-Five Sequence Offer one hand slowly, palm open. Encourage the person to reach and make gentle contact. Praise and repeat several times, alternating left and right hands. Rhythmic Variations Introduce a slow beat or simple song (e.g., High five, low five, up high, down low). Change height and tempo gradually. Add gentle clap-catch sequences: high-five pause catch a soft ball return. Proprioceptive Enrichment Increase intensity by adding resistance: push lightly against each others palms for 23 seconds (pushpushpushstop). Optionally wear weighted wristbands for brief bouts (avoid fatigue). Social Variations Turn-taking game with verbal cues: My turn your turn. Pair high-fives with emotion words or gestures (happy, strong, calm). Mirror play: worker performs slow movement; participant copies before high-five reward. Closure Slow tempo, then final firm high-five or fist-bump. Offer grounding: Lets shake out our hands and take a deep breath. 🧠 Sensory Benefits Sensory System Input Type Functional / Emotional Benefit Proprioceptive Joint compression through hands/arms Calms and organises the nervous system; strengthens body awareness and coordination. Tactile Firm palm contact Supports desensitisation and safe touch experiences. Visual / Vestibular Tracking moving hands; slight head movement Enhances visualmotor integration and spatial orientation. Auditory / Rhythmic Clapping or counting rhythm Reinforces timing, sequencing, and shared rhythm for co-regulation. SocialEmotional Eye contact, mirroring, joint attention Builds trust, turn-taking, and engagement in shared action. ⚠️ Safety Precautions Avoid light, ticklish touch always use firm, predictable contact. Stop immediately if the person shows distress, withdrawal, or startle. For individuals with fragile skin or joint instability, use soft gloves or reduced force. Keep movements within safe shoulder range (no overhead swings if hypermobile). Provide consistent sequence and pacing to prevent overstimulation. 🪶 Worker Cues Voice: rhythmic, encouraging tone; maintain consistent volume. Body: relaxed shoulders; steady tempo. Eye contact: brief, friendly, never forced. Touch: firm, short, and confident not slapping. Observation: watch for signs of joy (smiles, laughter, leaning forward) or fatigue (averted gaze, slowed responses). Adapt: reduce tempo, return to pressing palms, or finish if overstimulated. 🕊 Expected Outcomes Improved sensory modulation via short bursts of proprioceptive input. Increased bilateral coordination and timing. Enhanced tolerance of touch and interpersonal proximity. Positive affect, laughter, and engagement useful warm-up or transition activity. Reinforcement of trust and rapport between client and worker.
Historical Sites

Description

🏛️ Visiting Historical Sites

A gentle community activity for exploration, curiosity, and connection to place

🌿 Activity Overview

Visiting historical sites provides opportunities for real-world exploration, observation, and shared experience.

Participants are supported to move at their own pace, engaging with the environment in a way that suits them—ranging from quiet observation to simple interaction and discussion.

The focus is on curiosity and experience, not knowledge or performance.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👀 Visual Engagement
Architecture, objects, and displays support interest and visual exploration

👂 Auditory Input
Ambient sounds or guided commentary provide gentle sensory input

🚶 Movement (Proprioceptive & Vestibular)
Walking and exploring supports regulation and body awareness

🧠 Cognitive Engagement
Stories and environments encourage thinking and meaning-making

🤝 Social Connection
Shared experience supports conversation and engagement

🌍 Community Participation
Builds connection to place and everyday environments

🧰 Materials (Optional)

  • Map, brochure, or simple visual guide
  • Photos or prompts for orientation
  • Water bottle, hat, or comfort items

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Plan the Visit

  • Choose a suitable site and time (quieter periods if needed)
  • Keep expectations flexible

👉 Focus on comfort and accessibility

🚶 2. Arrive & Orient

  • Take a moment to settle into the environment
  • Look around and identify a simple starting point

👉 Avoid rushing

👀 3. Explore

  • Walk slowly through the space
  • Notice features, objects, and surroundings

👉 Follow the participant’s interest

💬 4. Gentle Engagement

  • Use simple prompts if appropriate:
    • “What do you notice?”
    • “What looks interesting?”

👉 Accept all responses (verbal or non-verbal)

⏸️ 5. Pause & Rest

  • Take breaks as needed
  • Sit, observe, or move to a quieter space

👉 Regulation comes first

🌿 6. Finish & Transition

  • Leave gradually
  • Option to reflect briefly or simply move on

👉 Pair with a calming activity if needed

🧩 Modifications

  • Shorten visit duration
  • Focus on one small area or exhibit
  • Visit during low-sensory times
  • Use wheelchair-accessible paths
  • Allow observation-only participation

🌱 Graded Participation

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Short visit (10–20 minutes)
  • One area only
  • Focus on looking

🌿 Moderate

  • Explore several areas
  • Simple observations or comments
  • 20–40 minutes

🌳 More Active

  • Longer visit with breaks
  • Discussion and comparison
  • Increased interaction

🧘‍♂️ Sensory & Regulation Benefits

👀 Visual – Architecture, displays, surroundings
👂 Auditory – Ambient sounds, quiet commentary
🚶 Movement – Walking and exploring
🧠 Cognitive – Curiosity and meaning-making
💨 Regulation – Pacing, pauses, and low-pressure engagement

⚖️ Sensory Considerations

  • Monitor for crowds, noise, and visual complexity
  • Watch for signs of fatigue or overwhelm
  • Avoid overloading with information or demands
  • Move to quieter areas as needed
  • Respect disengagement or preference to stop

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Support meaningful, low-pressure engagement in the community

✔️ Do

  • Move at the participant’s pace
  • Use open, simple prompts
  • Encourage any form of participation
  • Allow quiet observation

🛑 Watch For

  • Fatigue or slowing down
  • Sensory overload (noise, crowds)
  • Withdrawal or disengagement

🔁 Adjust By

  • Shortening the visit
  • Moving to quieter or outdoor spaces
  • Reducing talking and focusing on observation

🧠 Remember

  • This is not a test of knowledge
  • Curiosity and shared experience are the goal
  • All participation is valid

🌈 Overall Benefit

Visiting historical sites offers a rich but flexible community experience, supporting curiosity, regulation, and connection.

When approached gently, it becomes a meaningful and enjoyable way to engage with the world, at the person’s own pace and comfort level.

Homemade Clay
Tactile

Description

🍪🎨 Molding Clay Play

A calming, hands-on activity for tactile exploration, creativity, and fine motor development

🌿 Activity Overview

Homemade molding clay offers a rich tactile experience through squeezing, rolling, and shaping.

It supports calm engagement, hand strength, and creative expression, within a flexible and low-pressure activity.

The focus is on exploration, repetition, and enjoyment of touch and movement.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👐 Tactile Input
Soft, squishy textures support sensory exploration and tolerance

💪 Fine Motor Skills
Rolling, pinching, and shaping strengthen hands and fingers

💨 Regulation Through Repetition
Rhythmic movements can calm and organise the nervous system

🎨 Creative Expression
Making shapes and forms supports imagination and choice

👀 Visual Engagement
Colours and shapes provide simple visual interest

🧰 Materials

  • Homemade or store-bought clay
  • Flat surface (table or tray)
  • Optional tools:
    • Rolling pin
    • Cookie cutters
    • Stamps or textured objects
  • Wipes or cloth for cleaning

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Prepare the Space

  • Set up a clean, flat surface
  • Keep materials simple and within reach

👉 Reduce clutter to support focus

👐 2. Introduce the Clay

  • Offer a small amount of clay
  • Allow free exploration (squeeze, roll, press)

👉 No instructions needed at first

🎨 3. Explore & Create

  • Roll into balls or “snakes”
  • Flatten, pinch, or twist
  • Use cutters or objects to make shapes

👉 Follow the person’s interest

💪 4. Build Skills (Optional)

  • Encourage stacking or layering
  • Press objects to make patterns
  • Copy simple shapes if appropriate

👉 Keep demands low and supportive

⏸️ 5. Pace the Activity

  • Allow breaks as needed
  • Keep sessions short if fatigue appears

👉 Calm engagement is the goal

🧼 6. Finish & Clean Up

  • Return clay to container
  • Wipe hands and surface

👉 Support a clear beginning and end

🧩 Modifications

  • Start with very small amounts of clay
  • Use firmer or softer textures depending on preference
  • Offer gloves or tools if touch is difficult
  • Keep play brief (even 2–5 minutes is beneficial)
  • Focus on simple actions (pressing, holding) rather than creating

🌸 Sensory Considerations

  • Some individuals may find textures uncomfortable
  • Introduce slowly and allow time to adjust
  • Avoid strong scents unless clearly preferred
  • Watch for signs of withdrawal or distress
  • Respect if the person prefers to observe only

🌈 Sensory Benefits Summary

👐 Tactile – Soft, squishy textures
💪 Proprioceptive (Hands) – Squeezing and shaping
💨 Regulation – Repetitive, calming movement
🎨 Creative – Open-ended expression
👀 Visual – Shapes and colours

🌿 Overall Benefit

Molding clay play offers a simple, adaptable sensory experience that supports calmness, hand strength, and creativity.

It can be used as a regulation activity, skill-building task, or quiet engagement option, depending on the person’s needs.

HopScotch
Proprioceptive

Description

🔢 Hopscotch

A playful movement activity for balance, coordination, and rhythmic regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Hopscotch is a simple, structured game that involves hopping, balancing, and sequencing movement across a marked grid.

It provides vestibular and proprioceptive input, while supporting coordination, timing, and focus.

The focus is on rhythm, movement, and enjoyment, rather than accuracy or competition.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🧍‍♂️ Balance & Coordination
Hopping on one leg supports stability and body control

💪 Proprioceptive Input
Pushing off and landing provides joint and muscle feedback

🌀 Vestibular Input
Hopping and shifting weight supports balance and spatial awareness

🧠 Motor Planning
Following the sequence of squares builds movement organisation

💨 Regulation Through Rhythm
Repeated hopping patterns can be organising and energising

🧰 Materials

  • Chalk (to draw the grid)
  • Small object (coin, beanbag, or stone)

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Set Up

  • Draw a simple hopscotch grid on pavement
  • Stand at the start of the grid

👉 Keep the layout clear and easy to follow

🪙 2. Toss the Marker

  • Toss a coin or small object onto one square

👉 This square will be skipped

🦶 3. Hop Through the Grid

  • Hop on one leg from square to square
  • Avoid the square with the marker
  • Turn at the end and return

👉 Keep movements steady and controlled

🔄 4. Repeat

  • Continue with new squares
  • Alternate legs if appropriate

👉 Focus on rhythm rather than speed

🧩 Modifications

  • Allow two feet instead of one
  • Step instead of hop
  • Reduce the number of squares
  • Use a larger target area for the marker
  • Provide hand support if needed

🧘‍♂️ Sensory & Regulation Benefits

💪 Proprioceptive – Push-off and landing forces
🌀 Vestibular – Balance and movement through space
🧠 Motor Planning – Sequencing steps
💨 Regulation – Rhythmic, repetitive movement
👀 Visual Tracking – Following the grid and marker

⚖️ Sensory Considerations

  • Ensure a safe, non-slip surface
  • Monitor for fatigue or loss of balance
  • Keep pace slow and controlled
  • Avoid pressure to perform or compete
  • Offer rest breaks as needed

🌈 Overall Benefit

Hopscotch is a simple, engaging way to combine movement, coordination, and sensory regulation.

It works well as a short energising activity or structured outdoor play, supporting both physical and sensory development in a fun, low-pressure way.

Ice Discovery
Tactile

Description

🧊 Ice Discovery

A refreshing tactile exploration of temperature and texture.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Ice Discovery invites the participant to explore the melting process through touch and visual tracking. It provides intense cold stimuli which can be highly alerting and calming for individuals with sensory processing differences.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides strong thermal input for regulation.

• Encourages visual tracking of melting ice and liquid movement.

• Promotes hand-eye coordination through grasping cold objects.

• Offers proprioceptive feedback through the weight of ice cubes.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A shallow plastic tray or sensory bin.

• Ice cubes (add food coloring for visual interest).

• Small plastic toys frozen inside the ice.

• A soft, absorbent towel for cleanup.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Place the tray on a stable surface within easy reach of the participant.

• Gently guide the participant's hand toward the ice, encouraging them to touch the cold surface.

• Allow time for the participant to react to the temperature and track the melting patterns.

• Once the ice begins to melt, encourage the participant to reach for the hidden toys.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Secure the tray to a wheelchair tray or lap desk using non-slip matting.

• Place a large towel over the lap to catch drips and provide comfort.

• Use a height-adjustable table to ensure the participant does not have to lean forward excessively.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure the participant does not put ice in their mouth to prevent choking.

• Monitor skin closely for signs of over-sensitivity to cold; use a thin cloth barrier if needed.

• Check that the tray is secure to prevent spills onto the participant's clothes.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Use large blocks of ice to create an 'ice berg' exploration.

• Add glitter or non-toxic paint to the water before freezing for visual appeal.

• Use warm water spray bottles to help melt the ice faster.

• Incorporate different shaped molds for varied tactile edges.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use ice cubes wrapped in a thin layer of washcloth.

• Use only one or two ice cubes at a time.

• Maintain contact with the ice for very short intervals.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use exposed ice cubes in a shallow water bath.

• Encourage grasping and moving the ice across the tray.

• Use multiple ice cubes with different textures.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use large blocks of ice without any barrier.

• Incorporate a wider range of temperatures by adding slightly warmer water.

• Encourage sustained contact and searching for multiple frozen items.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always follow the participant's lead and stop if they show signs of distress.

• Narrate the experience using words like 'cold,' 'melting,' and 'slippery.'

• Offer choices between different colored ice cubes to increase engagement.

• Keep the pace slow to allow for adequate sensory processing time.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• Ice Discovery is a simple, low-cost way to provide powerful sensory feedback that can immediately shift a person's state of alertness and provide a fascinating, ever-changing environment to explore together.

Identify Sounds
Auditory

Description

🎶 Sound Identification Game

A focused listening activity for auditory processing, attention, and calm engagement

🌿 Activity Overview

The Sound Identification Game encourages the person to listen carefully to everyday sounds and identify their source.

By reducing visual input (closing eyes), the activity enhances auditory focus, attention, and awareness, within a simple and playful structure.

The focus is on listening, curiosity, and shared interaction, not getting the “right” answer.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👂 Auditory Processing
Supports recognition and discrimination of different sounds

🧠 Cognitive Engagement
Encourages memory, association, and recall

🎯 Attention & Focus
Builds sustained listening and concentration

💬 Communication Skills
Supports naming, describing, and expressing ideas

💨 Calm & Regulation
Quiet, focused listening can be grounding and settling

🤝 Social Interaction
Turn-taking builds connection and shared enjoyment

🧰 Materials

  • Everyday objects that make distinct sounds, such as:
    • Pencil (tapping or dropping)
    • Ball (bouncing)
    • Paper (scrunching)
    • Apple (crunching)
    • Keyboard (typing)

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Prepare the Environment

  • Choose a quiet, low-distraction space
  • Gather a few simple sound-making objects

👉 Keep the environment calm and predictable

🧘‍♂️ 2. Settle & Focus

  • Sit comfortably
  • Invite the person to close their eyes (if comfortable)

👉 This helps focus on sound

🔊 3. Make a Sound

  • Create one sound at a time
  • Pause after each sound

👉 Keep sounds clear and not too loud

👂 4. Identify the Sound

  • Ask: “What was that?”
  • Allow time to think and respond

👉 Accept all attempts without pressure

🔄 5. Repeat & Vary

  • Try different objects and sounds
  • Repeat sounds if needed

👉 Keep the pace slow and supportive

🤝 6. Reverse Roles

  • Invite the person to make sounds
  • You listen and guess

👉 Builds engagement and confidence

🎉 7. Finish Positively

  • Offer simple praise and encouragement
  • End calmly

👉 Reinforce enjoyment and success

🧩 Modifications

  • Keep eyes open if closing them is uncomfortable
  • Use fewer, very distinct sounds
  • Repeat sounds more than once
  • Reduce verbal demands (pointing or gesturing is fine)
  • Keep sessions short (2–5 minutes if needed)

🧘‍♂️ Sensory & Regulation Benefits

👂 Auditory – Listening and sound discrimination
🧠 Cognitive – Memory and association
🎯 Attention – Sustained focus
💬 Communication – Naming and describing
💨 Regulation – Calm, mindful listening

⚖️ Sensory Considerations

  • Avoid loud or sudden sounds
  • Monitor for signs of discomfort or overload
  • Keep volume gentle and predictable
  • Allow opt-out at any time
  • Respect preference for observation only

🌈 Overall Benefit

The Sound Identification Game offers a simple, low-demand way to build listening, attention, and communication skills.

It is particularly useful as a calm, focused activity, supporting regulation and shared interaction in a gentle and engaging way.

Indoor Balloon Tennis
Multi-Sensory

Description

🎈 Indoor Balloon Tennis

A gentle, rhythmic activity for coordination, regulation, and shared play

🌿 Activity Overview

Indoor balloon tennis is a slow-paced, playful activity where participants hit a balloon back and forth using paddles or hands.

It provides light movement, visual tracking, and rhythmic interaction, making it ideal for calm engagement and sensory regulation.

The focus is on keeping the balloon in play, not competition.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🌀 Vestibular Input
Gentle movement and weight shifting support balance and spatial awareness

💪 Proprioceptive Input
Swinging and reaching provide feedback through arms and shoulders

👀 Visual Tracking
Following the balloon supports attention and coordination

🤲 Tactile Input
Light contact with the balloon offers safe, non-threatening touch

💨 Regulation Through Rhythm
Slow, repetitive play can be calming and organising

🤝 Social Engagement
Turn-taking and shared play support connection

🧰 Materials

  • Balloon (light and slow-moving)
  • Optional:
    • Paddle, bat, or rolled towel
    • Tape or rope to mark a boundary

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Prepare the Space

  • Choose a clear indoor area
  • Remove obstacles and ensure safe footing

👉 Soft surfaces (carpet or mats) are ideal

🧘‍♂️ 2. Get Ready

  • Stand or sit facing each other
  • Hold paddles or use hands

👉 Keep positioning comfortable and stable

🎈 3. Start the Game

  • Gently tap or serve the balloon
  • Hit it back and forth across a line or space

👉 Aim to keep the balloon in the air

🔄 4. Keep It Going

  • Take turns hitting the balloon
  • Move gently to follow its path

👉 Focus on rhythm, not speed

⏸️ 5. Pause & Reset

  • Stop if the balloon drops
  • Restart calmly

👉 Keep the tone light and positive

🧘‍♂️ 6. Finish

  • Slow the pace
  • Stop and rest

👉 Option for gentle stretching afterward

🧩 Modifications

  • Use hands instead of paddles
  • Play seated for stability
  • Reduce distance between players
  • Use a larger or slower balloon
  • Play cooperatively (no scoring)

🧘‍♂️ Sensory & Regulation Benefits

🌀 Vestibular – Gentle movement and shifting
💪 Proprioceptive – Arm and shoulder engagement
👀 Visual – Tracking slow-moving object
🤲 Tactile – Soft contact with balloon
💨 Regulation – Rhythmic, predictable play
🧠 Motor Planning – Timing and coordination

⚖️ Sensory Considerations

  • Avoid overstimulation—keep pace slow
  • Monitor for fatigue or frustration
  • Use gentle, predictable movements
  • Keep the environment quiet and uncluttered
  • Allow breaks as needed

🌈 Overall Benefit

Indoor balloon tennis offers a low-pressure, highly adaptable activity that supports movement, coordination, and regulation.

Its slow, predictable nature makes it especially effective for calming engagement and shared enjoyment.

Jacobson Muscle Relaxation
Interoceptive

Description

🧘‍♂️ Jacobson’s Muscle Relaxation

A structured, calming activity for releasing tension and supporting deep regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Jacobson’s Muscle Relaxation involves gently tensing and then releasing muscle groups throughout the body.

It helps the person become aware of the difference between tension and relaxation, supporting a deep sense of calm and body awareness.

The focus is on slow pacing, gentle effort, and a predictable sequence.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Muscle Relaxation
Releasing tension supports physical comfort and ease

🧠 Body Awareness
Builds awareness of how the body feels when tense vs relaxed

💨 Regulation & Calm
Slow breathing and release of tension support a settled state

🌸 Stress Reduction
Helps reduce anxiety and emotional overwhelm

🧘 Grounding
Supports connection to the body in a safe, structured way

🧰 Materials (Optional)

  • Comfortable chair, mat, or bed
  • Quiet, low-stimulation environment
  • Soft lighting

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Prepare the Space

  • Choose a quiet, comfortable area
  • Sit or lie in a supported position

👉 Ensure the body feels safe and relaxed

💬 2. Introduce the Activity

  • Explain simply:
    “We’re going to gently tighten and relax different parts of the body.”

👉 Keep language calm and reassuring

💨 3. Slow Breathing

  • Breathe in slowly through the nose
  • Breathe out through the mouth

👉 Continue for a few breaths before starting

💪 4. Tense & Release Sequence

Work through the body slowly:

  • Feet – Curl toes, hold… release
  • Calves – Tighten, hold… release
  • Thighs – Squeeze, hold… release
  • Stomach – Tighten, hold… release
  • Hands & Arms – Make fists, hold… release
  • Shoulders – Lift up, hold… drop and relax
  • Neck & Jaw – Gently tense, hold… release
  • Face – Scrunch, hold… soften

👉 Hold each for a few seconds, then fully relax

🧘‍♂️ 5. Full Relaxation

  • Pause and notice the body
  • Take a few slow breaths

👉 Allow stillness and calm

💬 6. Finish Gently

  • Reflect briefly if appropriate:
    “How does your body feel now?”

👉 End quietly and without rush

🧩 Modifications

  • Use fewer muscle groups for shorter sessions
  • Reduce intensity of tensing (gentle only)
  • Skip areas that feel uncomfortable
  • Keep sessions brief (5–10 minutes initially)
  • Use simple cues or visual prompts if helpful

🧘‍♂️ Sensory & Regulation Benefits

💪 Proprioceptive – Gentle muscle activation and release
🧠 Body Awareness – Recognising tension vs relaxation
💨 Regulation – Slow, rhythmic breathing
🌸 Emotional Calm – Reduced stress and anxiety
🧘 Grounding – Connection to body sensations

⚖️ Sensory Considerations

  • Avoid strong or forced tensing
  • Monitor for discomfort or fatigue
  • Keep instructions slow and predictable
  • Allow the person to opt out at any time
  • Maintain a calm, quiet environment

🌈 Overall Benefit

Jacobson’s Muscle Relaxation provides a simple, structured way to release tension and support deep calm.

It is particularly useful as a wind-down activity, helping the person transition into a more relaxed, regulated state.

Jelly Painting
Tactile

Description

🍓🎨 Jelly Painting

A playful, multi-sensory activity for tactile exploration, creativity, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Jelly painting offers a rich sensory experience through soft textures, bright colours, and optional taste.

It encourages hands-on exploration, creativity, and gentle movement, within a safe and flexible activity.

The focus is on exploring sensations and enjoying the process, rather than creating a finished product.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👐 Tactile Input
Soft, wobbly textures support sensory exploration and tolerance

💪 Proprioceptive (Hands)
Pressing, squeezing, and spreading support hand awareness

🎨 Visual Engagement
Bright colours support interest and tracking

👅 Oral Sensory Input (Optional)
Safe tasting supports sensory-motor development

💨 Regulation
Repetitive squishing and spreading can be calming

🌸 Creative Expression
Open-ended play supports imagination and choice

🧰 Materials

  • Prepared jelly (various colours/flavours)
  • Flat surface (tray or table with covering)
  • Bowls or containers
  • Optional tools: spoons, brushes, spatulas
  • Cloths or wipes for cleaning

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Prepare the Space

  • Cover a flat surface for easy clean-up
  • Place small amounts of jelly within reach

👉 Keep the setup simple and inviting

👐 2. Introduce the Activity

  • Offer the jelly to explore
  • Encourage touching, pressing, or moving it

👉 No pressure—start gently

🎨 3. Explore & Create

  • Spread, swirl, or mix colours
  • Make patterns or shapes
  • Use hands or tools

👉 Follow the person’s interest

👅 4. Optional Taste

  • Allow small tastes if appropriate
  • Notice differences in flavour and texture

👉 Only if safe and comfortable

💬 5. Gentle Engagement

  • Use simple prompts:
    • “How does it feel?”
    • “What do you notice?”

👉 Accept all responses

🧼 6. Finish & Clean Up

  • Wipe hands and surface
  • Transition calmly to the next activity

👉 Support a clear ending

🧩 Modifications

  • Use tools instead of hands
  • Offer gloves for reduced tactile input
  • Start with one colour only
  • Keep play brief (2–5 minutes if needed)
  • Focus on observation if participation is low

🌸 Sensory Considerations

  • Some individuals may find textures overwhelming
  • Introduce slowly and in small amounts
  • Monitor for signs of discomfort
  • Respect choice not to touch or taste
  • Avoid strong flavours or scents if sensitive

🌈 Sensory Benefits Summary

👐 Tactile – Soft, squishy textures
💪 Proprioceptive (Hands) – Pressing and squeezing
🎨 Visual – Bright colours and movement
👅 Oral (Optional) – Taste and texture exploration
💨 Regulation – Repetitive, calming play

🌿 Overall Benefit

Jelly painting provides a highly engaging, multi-sensory experience that supports exploration, regulation, and creativity.

It is especially valuable for clients who benefit from hands-on sensory play in a safe, flexible, and enjoyable format.

Joint Mobilisation
Proprioceptive

Description

👐 Passive Joint Mobilisation

A gentle, supportive activity for body awareness, flexibility, and deep regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Passive joint mobilisation involves gently moving the person’s joints through their natural range, without requiring active effort.

It provides slow, controlled proprioceptive input, supporting relaxation, flexibility, and body awareness.

The focus is on comfort, rhythm, and predictable movement.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input
Gentle joint movement supports body awareness and regulation

🧠 Body Awareness
Improves awareness of limbs and joint position

💨 Regulation & Calm
Slow, rhythmic movement can reduce tension and support relaxation

🦴 Flexibility & Mobility
Helps maintain joint range and reduce stiffness

🌸 Comfort
Can ease physical tension when delivered gently

🧰 Materials (Optional)

  • Comfortable surface (bed, mat, or chair)
  • Cushions or supports for positioning
  • Quiet, low-stimulation environment

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Prepare the Person

  • Ensure a comfortable, supported position (lying or seated)
  • Explain gently what will happen

👉 Always seek consent and observe responses

💨 2. Settle & Breathe

  • Encourage slow, relaxed breathing
  • Begin when the body appears calm

👉 This supports relaxation

👐 3. Gentle Joint Movements

Move slowly through natural ranges:

Neck

  • Gentle side tilt
  • Slow rotation

Shoulders

  • Lift arm up and down
  • Move out to the side and across
  • Gentle rotation

Elbows & Wrists

  • Bend and straighten
  • Turn forearm (palm up/down)
  • Small wrist circles

Hands & Fingers

  • Open and close hand
  • Move fingers and thumb gently

Hips & Knees

  • Bend and straighten leg
  • Gentle outward/inward movement

Ankles & Feet

  • Ankle circles
  • Foot up and down
  • Gentle toe movements

👉 Move within comfort—never force

🔄 4. Maintain Rhythm

  • Use slow, steady pacing
  • Repeat movements gently

👉 Predictability supports regulation

🧘‍♂️ 5. Finish Calmly

  • Pause and allow stillness
  • Option for gentle deep pressure along limbs

👉 Support a relaxed end

🧩 Modifications

  • Work on one limb only if tolerance is low
  • Reduce range of movement
  • Short sessions (2–5 minutes initially)
  • Add gentle compression instead of movement
  • Combine with breathing or calming music

🧘‍♂️ Sensory & Regulation Benefits

💪 Proprioceptive – Joint movement and gentle pressure
🧠 Body Awareness – Understanding limb position
💨 Regulation – Slow, rhythmic input
🌸 Relaxation – Reduced muscle tension
🦴 Mobility – Maintains joint movement

⚖️ Sensory & Safety Considerations

  • Never push into pain or resistance
  • Avoid fast or jerky movements
  • Monitor for signs of discomfort or withdrawal
  • Follow natural joint alignment
  • Stop immediately if distress occurs
  • Seek medical guidance where appropriate

🌈 Overall Benefit

Passive joint mobilisation provides a deeply calming, body-based sensory experience, supporting relaxation, awareness, and comfort.

It is particularly useful for individuals who benefit from low-demand, supported sensory input.

Jumping Jacks
Proprioceptive

Description

🤸 Jumping Jacks

A rhythmic whole-body activity for coordination, regulation, and energy release

🌿 Activity Overview

Jumping jacks involve coordinated arm and leg movements performed in a repeating pattern.

They provide combined proprioceptive and vestibular input, supporting coordination, body awareness, and regulation.

The focus is on steady rhythm and controlled movement, not speed or performance.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input
Whole-body movement provides deep pressure through muscles and joints

🌀 Vestibular Input
Jumping and weight shifts support balance and spatial awareness

🧠 Bilateral Coordination
Arms and legs moving together supports midline crossing and organisation

💨 Regulation Through Rhythm
Repetitive movement can be calming or alerting depending on pace

❤️ Cardiovascular Activation
Supports endurance and physical engagement

🧰 Materials

  • Open space with safe, non-slip surface

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Set Up

  • Stand with feet together and arms by sides
  • Ensure enough space to move safely

👉 Demonstrate visually where possible

🤸 2. Basic Movement

  • Jump legs out while raising arms overhead
  • Jump legs back together while lowering arms

👉 Keep movements smooth and controlled

🔄 3. Repeat in Rhythm

  • Continue at a steady pace
  • Count or use a simple rhythm

👉 Focus on consistency, not speed

⏸️ 4. Pause & Rest

  • Stop after a short set
  • Take a break before repeating

👉 Watch for fatigue

🧩 Modifications

  • Half jacks – Step legs out instead of jumping
  • Seated version – Arms only or arms with leg taps
  • Reduce speed or range of movement
  • Provide hand support or visual cues
  • Allow observation-only participation

🌱 Graded Participation

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Arm movements or slow step-outs
  • 10–20 seconds

🌿 Moderate

  • Full jumping jacks at steady pace
  • 30–60 seconds

🌳 Strong Input

  • Faster pace or longer sets
  • With rest breaks

🧘‍♂️ Sensory & Regulation Benefits

💪 Proprioceptive – Whole-body muscle engagement
🌀 Vestibular – Jumping and spatial movement
🧠 Motor Planning – Coordinated sequencing
💨 Regulation – Rhythmic repetition
❤️ Physical Activation – Energy release and endurance

⚖️ Sensory Considerations

  • Monitor for fatigue, breathlessness, or dizziness
  • Ensure safe surface and adequate space
  • Keep pace steady and controlled
  • Avoid pressure to perform or compete
  • Allow rest or stop at any time

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Support regulation, coordination, and physical activation

✔️ Do

  • Demonstrate visually
  • Encourage steady rhythm
  • Count or time for predictability
  • Allow breaks

⏱️ Duration

  • Start: 10–20 seconds
  • Build gradually to 30–90 seconds
  • Include rest between sets

🛑 Stop If

  • Breathlessness beyond recovery
  • Dizziness or loss of balance
  • Reduced coordination

🧠 Remember

  • Focus on quality, not quantity
  • Keep it non-competitive
  • Follow with a calming activity if needed

🌈 Overall Benefit

Jumping jacks provide a simple, effective way to deliver whole-body sensory input, supporting regulation, coordination, and energy balance.

They are especially useful as a quick movement break or transition activity, helping the person become more alert, organised, or settled depending on how they are used.

Karaoke
Auditory

Description

🎤 Karaoke

A fun, expressive activity for voice, rhythm, and social connection

🌿 Activity Overview

Karaoke involves singing along to familiar songs, supporting vocal expression, rhythm, and confidence.

It offers a flexible, engaging experience where participation can range from listening and humming to full singing and performance.

The focus is on enjoyment, expression, and shared experience, not performance quality.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🎙️ Vocal Expression
Encourages use of voice in a safe, enjoyable way

👂 Auditory Processing
Listening and matching rhythm supports sound processing

🧠 Speech & Breath Control
Supports clarity, pacing, and vocal coordination

💨 Emotional Regulation
Music can calm, uplift, and reduce anxiety

🎭 Creative Expression
Exploring tone, style, and movement supports individuality

🤝 Social Engagement
Shared singing builds connection and confidence

🧰 Materials

  • Microphone (real or toy)
  • Karaoke app, machine, or videos
  • Screen or printed lyrics
  • Speaker for clear sound
  • Optional: props or costumes

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Set Up

  • Choose a comfortable, low-pressure space
  • Prepare song options

👉 Keep the environment supportive and fun

🎵 2. Choose a Song

  • Let the person select a familiar or preferred song

👉 Choice supports engagement

👂 3. Listen & Follow

  • Play the karaoke track
  • Follow along with the lyrics

👉 Allow time to settle into the rhythm

🎤 4. Sing Along

  • Encourage singing at their own pace
  • Adjust volume, tone, or style

👉 No pressure—participation can vary

🤝 5. Add Interaction

  • Sing together (duet or group)
  • Take turns

👉 Build shared enjoyment

🎭 6. Optional Expression

  • Add movement or dancing
  • Use props or playful voices

👉 Encourage creativity

🎉 7. Finish Positively

  • Acknowledge effort and enjoyment
  • End on a preferred song or calm note

🧩 Modifications

  • Hum or speak lyrics instead of singing
  • Lip-sync if vocalising is difficult
  • Use shorter songs or clips
  • Reduce volume if sensitive to sound
  • Allow observation-only participation

🎶 Variations

  • Echo Game – Repeat lines
  • Style Play – Sing in different voices
  • Guess the Lyrics – Pause and complete
  • Lip Sync – Perform without singing
  • Record & Playback – Watch or listen back

🧘‍♂️ Sensory & Regulation Benefits

👂 Auditory – Music, rhythm, and sound processing
🎙️ Vocal/Oral – Voice use and breath control
💨 Regulation – Music supports mood and calm
🎭 Creative – Expression through voice and movement
🤝 Social – Shared participation and connection

⚖️ Sensory Considerations

  • Monitor volume levels (avoid overstimulation)
  • Choose familiar, preferred songs
  • Avoid pressure to perform
  • Watch for signs of fatigue or withdrawal
  • Allow breaks or quiet listening

🌈 Overall Benefit

Karaoke provides a highly engaging and adaptable activity that supports communication, confidence, and emotional wellbeing.

It can be used as both an energising social activity or a gentle, enjoyable form of self-expression, depending on how it is paced.

Kicking Station
Proprioceptive

Description

⚽ Kicking Station

A graded movement activity for coordination, body awareness, and controlled force

🌿 Activity Overview

The Kicking Station involves progressively kicking balls of decreasing size, building coordination and control step by step.

It provides strong proprioceptive input through the legs and feet, while supporting balance, motor planning, and focus.

The focus is on controlled movement, gradual challenge, and success at each level.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

💪 Proprioceptive Input
Kicking provides deep feedback through legs, hips, and feet

🧠 Motor Planning
Adjusting force and direction supports movement organisation

⚖️ Balance & Coordination
Standing and kicking improves stability and control

👀 Visual-Motor Integration
Tracking and targeting the ball supports coordination

💨 Regulation Through Effort
Rhythmic, purposeful movement can be organising and grounding

🧰 Materials

  • Balls in decreasing size:
    • Large gym ball
    • Beach ball
    • Soccer ball
    • Tennis ball
  • Open space or mat
  • Optional: goal or target

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Set Up

  • Arrange balls from largest to smallest
  • Ensure safe, open space

👉 Start with the easiest option

🔵 2. Warm-Up

  • Gentle leg movements (marching, swings)

👉 Prepare the body for movement

⚽ 3. Kicking Progression

Large Ball (Gym Ball)

  • Gentle, controlled kicks
  • Focus on movement and balance

Medium Ball (Beach Ball)

  • Slightly more control required
  • Aim forward

Soccer Ball

  • More precise kicking
  • Controlled force and direction

Small Ball (Tennis Ball)

  • Highest level of precision
  • Focus and control

👉 Repeat each level 5–10 times as tolerated

🎯 4. Optional Target

  • Add a goal or marked area
  • Reduce target size as skills improve

👉 Adds focus and motivation

⏸️ 5. Rest & Adjust

  • Pause between sets
  • Adjust difficulty as needed

🧘‍♂️ 6. Cool Down

  • Gentle leg stretches
  • Slow breathing

👉 Support recovery and regulation

🧩 Modifications

  • Start with one ball only
  • Reduce distance to target
  • Allow stepping instead of kicking
  • Provide hand support for balance
  • Use larger balls for longer if needed

🌱 Graded Participation

🌱 Very Gentle

  • Large ball only
  • Light kicks, short duration

🌿 Moderate

  • Progress through 2–3 ball sizes
  • Add simple target

🌳 More Active

  • Full sequence
  • Smaller targets and increased precision

🧘‍♂️ Sensory & Regulation Benefits

💪 Proprioceptive – Strong input through legs and feet
⚖️ Balance – Stability during kicking
👀 Visual Tracking – Following ball movement
🧠 Motor Planning – Adjusting force and direction
💨 Regulation – Rhythmic, purposeful movement

⚖️ Sensory Considerations

  • Monitor for fatigue or frustration
  • Ensure safe footwear and surface
  • Avoid excessive force or overexertion
  • Keep progression gradual
  • Allow breaks and adjust as needed

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Build coordination, control, and body awareness through graded movement

✔️ Do

  • Start with large, slow-moving balls
  • Encourage controlled kicks
  • Progress gradually
  • Offer positive feedback

🛑 Watch For

  • Loss of balance
  • Frustration with smaller targets
  • Fatigue in legs

🔁 Adjust By

  • Returning to larger balls
  • Reducing repetitions
  • Removing targets

🧠 Remember

  • Focus on control, not power
  • Keep it achievable and enjoyable
  • Progress only when ready

🌈 Overall Benefit

The Kicking Station provides a structured, progressive way to build coordination and body awareness, while delivering strong regulating sensory input.

It is particularly effective for supporting motor control, focus, and confidence through movement.

Kinetic Sand
Tactile

Description

🏖️ Kinetic Sand Play

A calming, tactile activity for exploration, regulation, and fine motor development

🌿 Activity Overview

Kinetic sand provides a rich, soothing tactile experience through squeezing, shaping, and flowing movements.

It supports calm engagement, sensory exploration, and hand strength, within a flexible and low-pressure activity.

The focus is on touch, repetition, and enjoyment of the material.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👐 Tactile Input
Soft, moldable texture supports sensory exploration and tolerance

💪 Fine Motor Skills
Squeezing, shaping, and scooping strengthen hands and fingers

💨 Regulation & Calm
Repetitive movements can reduce stress and support focus

🧠 Sensory Integration
Combines touch and movement for improved processing

🎨 Creative Expression
Open-ended play supports imagination and problem-solving

👀 Visual Engagement
Colours and shapes support attention and interest

🧰 Materials

  • Kinetic sand
  • Tray or table surface
  • Optional tools:
    • Moulds, cups, scoops
    • Brushes or small toys

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Prepare the Space

  • Use a tray or contained surface
  • Keep the setup simple and uncluttered

👉 Supports focus and easy clean-up

👐 2. Introduce the Sand

  • Offer a small amount to explore
  • Encourage touching, squeezing, and holding

👉 No pressure—allow natural exploration

🎨 3. Explore & Create

  • Roll into balls or shapes
  • Flatten, press, or crumble
  • Use tools to scoop or mould

👉 Follow the person’s interest

💨 4. Calming Play

  • Encourage slow, repetitive movements
  • Let sand flow through fingers

👉 Supports regulation and relaxation

🧩 5. Optional Structured Play

  • Build simple shapes or patterns
  • Hide and find objects in the sand

👉 Add structure if helpful

🧼 6. Finish & Reset

  • Gather sand back into container
  • Clean hands and surface

👉 Supports routine and completion

🧩 Modifications

  • Use tools instead of hands
  • Offer small amounts to reduce overwhelm
  • Use firmer or looser sand depending on preference
  • Keep sessions short (2–5 minutes if needed)
  • Allow observation-only participation

🌸 Sensory Considerations

  • Some individuals may find textures uncomfortable
  • Introduce gradually and at the person’s pace
  • Avoid forcing interaction
  • Monitor for signs of overload or withdrawal
  • Keep environment calm and predictable

🌈 Sensory Benefits Summary

👐 Tactile – Soft, flowing texture
💪 Proprioceptive (Hands) – Squeezing and shaping
💨 Regulation – Repetitive, calming movement
👀 Visual – Colours and forms
🧠 Cognitive – Creative thinking and problem-solving

🌿 Overall Benefit

Kinetic sand play offers a highly effective calming sensory experience, supporting regulation, hand strength, and engagement.

It is particularly valuable as a quiet, grounding activity, helping the person feel settled, focused, and in control.

Lavender Journey
Olfactory

Description

💜 Lavender Journey

A calming, sensory-rich aromatherapy experience.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Lavender Journey is a gentle sensory experience designed to provide calming olfactory and tactile input. By pairing natural aromatherapy with soothing touch or movement, we create a safe space for the user to experience deep relaxation and regulation.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides calming olfactory input known to reduce heart rate and anxiety. • Offers opportunities for tactile exploration through textured fabrics or sachets. • Promotes autonomic nervous system regulation through rhythmic, predictable stimulation. • Encourages focused attention and environmental awareness through scent association.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Dried lavender sachets or high-quality therapeutic grade essential oil. • A soft, textured blanket or sensory scarf. • A diffuser or a small cotton ball for scent delivery. • Relaxing ambient music or nature soundscapes.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Create a calm, low-light environment free from unnecessary noise. • Introduce the lavender scent gradually by placing the sachet or cotton ball a few feet away, observing for signs of comfort. • Once the user is settled, bring the scent closer to their face for a deeper inhale. • Pair the scent with slow, rhythmic tactile strokes using the soft blanket along the arms or legs. • Narrate the experience gently to build a supportive, predictable rhythm.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Use a lap tray to secure the lavender sachet close to the user's midline. • Place the scent source on a mounted arm or near the headrest for consistent exposure. • Ensure the blanket is draped comfortably over the legs or shoulders to avoid restriction while seated.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Always check for allergies or respiratory sensitivities to strong scents before starting. • Ensure essential oils are diluted appropriately and never applied directly to broken skin. • Monitor for signs of sensory overload, such as turning away, grimacing, or increased muscle tension. • Keep small items like loose dried flowers safely contained in a breathable pouch to prevent ingestion.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Combine with a warm neck wrap for added deep pressure input. • Use a cool mist diffuser to create a gentle, humidified environment. • Create a 'scent story' by introducing lavender slowly followed by a second familiar calming scent. • Offer a lavender-infused plush toy that provides both scent and comforting weight.

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Place the sachet across the room and observe the user's reaction to the faint scent. • Use a very light, airy fabric to provide minimal tactile stimulation. • Keep sessions short (under 5 minutes) to avoid sensory fatigue.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Place the scent within 12 inches of the face for direct engagement. • Use a slightly heavier, textured blanket for more tactile feedback. • Integrate gentle, sweeping massage strokes along the limbs.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use a concentrated (but safe) aroma diffuser directly in the immediate space. • Apply firm, slow pressure using a weighted blanket infused with lavender. • Pair with rhythmic, firm rocking or swaying if the user is in a supportive seat.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always wait for an invitation or signal of interest before moving the scent closer. • Respect withdrawal cues immediately by moving the source away. • Maintain a consistent, calm tone of voice to anchor the experience. • Focus on the user's pace, not your own, during the exploration.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love the Lavender Journey because it is a simple yet powerful way to help a person feel grounded and safe. It creates a beautiful, ritualistic moment of peace that can turn a high-stress day into a calm and connected one.

Learning When to Rest
Interoceptive

Description

🛑 Learning When to Rest

A structured activity for recognising fatigue and supporting regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Learning when to rest helps the person notice early signs of tiredness and take breaks before becoming overwhelmed.

It builds body awareness, emotional regulation, and independence, using simple, predictable strategies.

The focus is on early recognition, routine breaks, and positive experiences of rest.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🧠 Self-Awareness
Recognising signs of tiredness and overwhelm

💨 Regulation
Taking breaks before escalation supports calm

🧘 Body Awareness
Noticing physical and emotional signals

📅 Routine & Predictability
Regular breaks reduce stress and fatigue

🌸 Emotional Wellbeing
Prevents frustration, shutdown, or overload

🧰 Materials (Optional)

  • Visual traffic light chart (🟢🟡🔴)
  • Timer (visual or auditory)
  • Simple checklist (pictures or words)
  • Rest choice board (activities)

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Introduce Rest

  • Explain simply:
    “We take breaks to help our body feel good.”

👉 Keep language positive and simple

🚦 2. Use the Traffic Light System

  • 🟢 Green – Feeling good, keep going
  • 🟡 Yellow – Getting tired, take a short break
  • 🔴 Red – Very tired, stop and rest

👉 Ask regularly: “What colour are you?”

👀 3. Notice Signs of Tiredness

Look for simple signs:

  • Yawning or rubbing eyes
  • Getting fidgety
  • Making more mistakes
  • Becoming frustrated

👉 If 2 or more signs appear → take a break

⏱️ 4. Build Regular Breaks

  • Use a timer (e.g. 20–30 minutes activity)
  • Then take a short break (5 minutes)

👉 Keep breaks predictable

🧘‍♂️ 5. Choose a Rest Activity

Offer simple choices:

  • Quiet rest (lying down, music)
  • Movement (walking, stretching)
  • Sensory (fidget, soft object)
  • Creative (drawing)

👉 Let the person choose

🔄 6. Check In After Rest

  • “Do you feel better?”
  • “Do you need more time?”

👉 Keep it simple and supportive

🌿 7. Build Routine

  • Include rest at regular times each day
  • Use visual schedules if helpful

👉 Predictability supports success

🧩 Modifications

  • Use pictures instead of words
  • Keep choices to 2–3 options only
  • Shorter activity periods (10–15 minutes)
  • Adult-led breaks initially
  • Gradually build independence

🧘‍♂️ Sensory & Regulation Benefits

🧠 Awareness – Recognising fatigue signals
💨 Regulation – Preventing overload
🧘 Calm – Structured rest reduces stress
📅 Routine – Predictable breaks
🌸 Emotional Balance – Reduced frustration

⚖️ Sensory Considerations

  • Some individuals may not recognise fatigue easily
  • Avoid waiting until distress occurs
  • Keep prompts gentle and consistent
  • Avoid framing rest as stopping or failure
  • Respect if more rest is needed

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Help the person recognise when to rest and take breaks early

✔️ Do

  • Use visual supports (traffic light, checklist)
  • Prompt regularly
  • Offer simple rest choices
  • Keep breaks predictable

🛑 Watch For

  • Irritability or frustration
  • Slowing down or errors
  • Withdrawal or overwhelm

🔁 Adjust By

  • Taking earlier breaks
  • Shortening activity time
  • Increasing support

🧠 Remember

  • Rest is a skill that takes time to learn
  • Early breaks prevent escalation
  • Praise independent rest decisions

🌈 Overall Benefit

Learning when to rest supports self-regulation, independence, and emotional wellbeing.

Over time, it helps the person recognise their own needs and respond early, leading to calmer, more successful daily participation.

Lemon Experiment
Multi-Sensory

Description

🍋 LEMON EXPERIMENT

A zesty, multi-sensory exploration of citrus.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Lemon Experiment invites the individual to engage with the sharp scent and unique texture of fresh lemons. This activity encourages exploration of the senses through tactile touch and olfactory stimulation in a controlled, supportive environment.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides strong olfactory stimulation to alert or awaken the senses.

• Offers varied tactile input through cold, smooth, and textured surfaces.

• Encourages oral exploration and taste awareness through the sharp, sour flavor profile.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Fresh lemons.

• A shallow tray or bowl.

• A soft washcloth for cleanup.

• A small spoon (optional for tasting).

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Place a fresh lemon onto a shallow tray to stabilize the item.

• Allow the individual to touch and explore the smooth, cold surface of the lemon skin.

• Gently roll the lemon near the individual's nose to introduce the citrus scent.

• If appropriate, cut a small slice and offer a tiny taste using a spoon, noting the reaction to the sour sensation.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Place the tray on an adjustable lap table to bring the activity to eye level.

• Ensure the participant is in an upright, supported seated position to allow for easier engagement.

• Use a non-slip mat under the tray to prevent sliding during tactile exploration.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Check for any allergies to citrus or skin sensitivities before starting.

• Ensure small pieces of rind or seeds are removed if offering a taste to prevent choking.

• Monitor for negative reactions to the intense sour flavor or strong scent.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Contrast the lemon with other textures like a fuzzy peach or rough orange.

• Freeze the lemon ahead of time for a colder tactile experience.

• Squeeze the juice into a bowl of water to create a scented wash.

• Use a grater to release more scent during the exploration.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Hold the whole lemon at a distance to allow scent exploration from afar.

• Offer a brief, light touch with the back of the hand.

• Ensure the lemon is room temperature.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Roll the lemon against the skin of the palm or forearm.

• Squeeze the lemon slightly to release the zest oils into the air.

• Allow for independent manipulation of the whole fruit.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Rub the lemon slices directly on the hands for intense scent and texture.

• Encourage biting or licking the lemon slice to experience the full sour sensation.

• Use chilled lemons to provide a high-contrast temperature shock.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always observe facial cues to determine if the sensory input is enjoyable or overwhelming.

• Offer the activity in short bursts, respecting the person's choice to pull away.

• Keep the pace slow to allow the nervous system to process the intense scent.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love this activity for its simplicity and the immediate, vivid responses it elicits, making it a perfect quick tool for grounding or alerting throughout the day.

Limbo
Proprioceptive

Description

🎶 Limbo

A playful movement activity for balance, coordination, and social engagement

🌿 Activity Overview

Limbo is a fun, rhythmic movement game where participants bend and move under a bar without touching it.

It provides vestibular and proprioceptive input, while supporting balance, coordination, and body awareness.

The focus is on controlled movement, rhythm, and enjoyment, not competition.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🌀 Vestibular Input
Bending and shifting position supports balance and spatial awareness

💪 Proprioceptive Input
Stretching and holding posture provides muscle and joint feedback

🧠 Motor Planning
Adjusting body position supports coordination and movement planning

🎯 Attention & Focus
Requires concentration and awareness of body position

💨 Regulation Through Rhythm
Music and repeated turns support calm, organised movement

🤝 Social Engagement
Turn-taking and shared play support connection and enjoyment

🧰 Materials

  • Limbo bar (rope, broomstick, or soft bar)
  • Open, safe space
  • Optional: music

▶️ How to Do It

🌿 1. Set Up

  • Place the bar at a comfortable starting height
  • Ensure the space is clear and safe

👉 Begin with an easy level

🧍‍♂️ 2. Take Turns

  • Stand facing the bar
  • Move under by bending backwards

👉 Keep movements slow and controlled

🎶 3. Add Rhythm

  • Play music to guide movement
  • Move in time with the beat

👉 Supports flow and enjoyment

🔄 4. Adjust the Challenge

  • Lower the bar gradually
  • Continue for several rounds

👉 Progress only as comfortable

⏸️ 5. Pause & Reset

  • Take breaks between turns
  • Allow rest as needed

🧘‍♂️ 6. Finish

  • Gentle stretching
  • Slow breathing

👉 Support calm transition

🧩 Modifications

  • Keep bar higher for longer
  • Allow stepping or bending forward instead
  • Provide hand support if needed
  • Reduce number of turns
  • Allow observation-only participation

🌱 Graded Participation

🌱 Very Gentle

  • High bar
  • Minimal bending
  • Slow pace

🌿 Moderate

  • Gradual lowering
  • Controlled movement

🌳 More Active

  • Lower bar
  • Increased flexibility and challenge

🧘‍♂️ Sensory & Regulation Benefits

🌀 Vestibular – Bending and spatial movement
💪 Proprioceptive – Muscle engagement and stretch
🧠 Motor Planning – Coordinated body positioning
🎯 Attention – Focus and control
💨 Regulation – Rhythmic, predictable play

⚖️ Sensory Considerations

  • Monitor for balance difficulties or discomfort
  • Avoid forcing range of movement
  • Ensure safe, non-slip surface
  • Keep pace slow and controlled
  • Allow rest and withdrawal at any time

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Support coordination, balance, and social engagement through playful movement

✔️ Do

  • Start easy and progress gradually
  • Encourage slow, controlled movement
  • Use music for rhythm
  • Keep it fun and light

🛑 Watch For

  • Loss of balance
  • Discomfort in back or legs
  • Fatigue or frustration

🔁 Adjust By

  • Raising the bar
  • Reducing turns
  • Providing support

🧠 Remember

  • Focus on participation, not success
  • Keep the activity enjoyable
  • Allow individual pacing

🌈 Overall Benefit

Limbo provides a fun, engaging way to combine movement, coordination, and sensory input, supporting both physical and emotional regulation.

It works well as a social, light-hearted activity, promoting confidence, flexibility, and shared enjoyment.

Magic Mirror
Visual

Description

✨ MAGIC MIRROR

Discover reflections and movement in a captivating sensory exploration.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Magic Mirror is an engaging visual exploration designed to foster self-awareness and interaction through reflective surfaces. By observing movements, lights, and objects reflected back, participants can connect with their environment in a safe, controlled way that celebrates curiosity and engagement.

SENSORY BENEFITS

VISION: The high-contrast reflections stimulate visual tracking and focus as the participant follows movement within the mirror. PROPRIOCEPTION: Observing one's own movements in the mirror provides critical visual feedback that helps the brain map body positioning and spatial awareness.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Large shatterproof mirror or reflective Mylar sheet

• Battery-operated fiber optic light or LED ribbon

• Colorful scarves or ribbons

• Soft pillows for positioning

ACTIVITY IDEAS

LIGHT PLAY: Drape fiber optic strands near the mirror to create shimmering light trails that the participant can watch dance across the surface. TEXTURE PAIRING: Use vibrant, soft scarves to stroke the air in front of the mirror, letting the participant see the colorful movement and motion reflected. SLOW TRACKING: Slowly move a high-contrast toy or a familiar object from one side of the mirror to the other to encourage sustained visual attention. FACE TO FACE: Position yourself next to the participant and smile into the mirror to encourage social imitation and connection.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Use a flexible Mylar mirror that can be curved to wrap around the participant's visual field. • Secure the mirror at a gentle tilt to allow for viewing while in a side-lying or reclined position. • Use a mirror with a backlight for those with cortical visual impairment to provide additional stimulation. Always prioritize the person's comfort, observing their breathing and facial expressions to gauge if they are enjoying the visual stimuli or need a break.

TIPS

• Ensure the area is clutter-free so the reflection remains clear and focused. • Keep the room dimly lit to make light-up items pop against the reflection. • Allow plenty of processing time for the participant to respond to the visual cues.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity provides a powerful, low-pressure way to encourage social interaction and environmental awareness, making it a cornerstone for building confidence and connection for people of all ability levels.

Magnifying Glasses
Visual

Description

🔍 Magnifying Glass Exploration

A calming visual and tactile activity for noticing detail, exploring textures, and supporting gentle engagement

🌿 Activity Overview

Magnifying glass exploration invites the participant to slow down and notice the small details in everyday objects.

Using a magnifying glass as a “magic lens,” this activity supports visual curiosity, tactile exploration, and calm engagement through simple, meaningful interactions.

The focus is on gentle discovery, choice, and enjoyment—not performance or sustained attention.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👁 Visual Engagement
Encourages noticing fine details, patterns, and changes in objects

✋ Tactile Exploration
Combines touch and sight to build sensory awareness

🧠 Visual–Tactile Integration
Supports understanding of how objects feel and look

🧘 Regulation
Slow, predictable exploration helps reduce arousal and anxiety

🌱 Choice & Autonomy
Selecting objects builds confidence and engagement

🧰 Materials

  • Magnifying glass
  • Small basket or tray
  • Selection of safe, non-moving objects

Suggested items:

  • Fruit (orange peel, apple skin, grapes)
  • Leaves, flowers, bark
  • Pebbles, shells, pinecones
  • Fabrics and textured materials
  • Sponges, brushes
  • Small wooden or sensory toys

🪜 How to Do the Activity

1. 🔮 Introduce the “Magic Lens”

Frame the magnifying glass as something playful:

  • “Let’s make things BIG!”
  • “This shows tiny details!”

Keep tone light and curious.

2. 🧺 Offer a Small Selection

Present 5–7 objects in a basket or tray.
Allow the participant to choose what to explore.

This keeps the activity predictable and calm.

3. ✋ Touch First, Then Look

Encourage the participant to feel the object before viewing it closely.

For example:

  • Touch the orange peel → then look at the texture
  • Feel a smooth stone → then notice the shine
  • Hold a soft toy → then explore the fibres

4. 🔍 Explore Slowly

Allow 1–3 minutes per object.
Follow the participant’s pace and interest.

No need to rush or extend attention.

5. 🎨 Compare Two Objects (Optional)

Offer simple comparisons:

  • Smooth rock vs rough rock
  • Soft fabric vs hard plastic
  • Pinecone vs ball

This supports noticing differences without needing language.

6. 😄 Keep It Playful

Use humour and curiosity:

  • Look at hands, clothes, or everyday objects
  • Try looking at your nose (“giant nose!”)

Playfulness often increases engagement.

7. 🪑 Adjust for Comfort

If needed, complete the activity seated at a table.

This can reduce:

  • Fatigue
  • Anxiety
  • Movement demands

8. 🕵️ Model Engagement

Show interest and curiosity:

  • “Wow, look at these lines!”
  • “This looks different up close!”

Your response helps guide participation.

🌿 Optional Variations

🌳 Nature Tray (Outdoors)
Collect items first (leaf, bark, rock, flower)
→ Then invite exploration without long searching

📋 Visual Schedule (if helpful)

  • NOW: Look at object
  • NEXT: Choose another
  • FINISHED: Pack away or break

⚠️ Support Worker Tips

  • Keep objects still and easy to see
  • Avoid fast-moving items (e.g., insects) unless clearly preferred
  • Stop when interest fades
  • Do not prompt excessively—follow the participant’s lead
  • Keep tone calm, slow, and positive

💡 Key Focus

The goal is not sustained attention or learning outcomes

The goal is:
✔ noticing
✔ exploring
✔ enjoying

Make Icy Poles
Gustatory

Description

🍧 Make Icy Poles (Popsicles)

A refreshing sensory cooking activity for taste exploration, choice-making, and simple cause-and-effect learning

🌿 Activity Overview

Making icy poles provides a cool, engaging sensory experience through taste, temperature, and simple food preparation.

Participants can be involved in choosing flavours, pouring liquids, and observing the freezing process, supporting creativity, independence, and understanding of cause and effect.

Participation can range from watching and tasting to more active involvement, depending on comfort and ability.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👅 Gustatory Input
Explores sweet, sour, and mild flavours

❄️ Cold Tactile Input
Engages temperature awareness through cold liquids and frozen textures

👁 Visual Engagement
Watching pouring, mixing, and freezing

👃 Olfactory Input
Smelling fruit, juice, and flavourings

🧠 Cause & Effect
Liquid → freeze → solid

🌱 Choice & Participation
Encourages decision-making and engagement

🧰 Materials

  • Icy pole moulds or small paper cups
  • Icy pole sticks or teaspoons
  • Juice, flavoured water, or yoghurt drink
  • Optional: small fruit pieces, lemon, berries, mint
  • Spoon

🪜 How to Do the Activity

1. 🍓 Offer Simple Choices

Let the participant choose:

  • Flavour (juice, yoghurt, fruit)
  • Colour or ingredients

Keep choices limited and clear.

2. 🥤 Prepare the Mixture

  • Pour liquid into mould or cup
  • Add fruit pieces if appropriate

Support as needed (hand-over-hand if helpful).

3. 🧊 Freeze

  • Place in freezer
  • Explain simply: “It will get cold and turn solid”

This step supports cause-and-effect understanding.

4. 🍧 Taste and Explore

  • Remove from mould
  • Allow slow tasting or licking

Model gentle tasting rather than biting.

🌈 Graded Sensory Input

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Watching preparation
  • Choosing flavours
  • Brief tasting or licking (2–5 minutes)
    Suitable for high sensitivity or first exposure

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Pouring liquids with support
  • Handling moulds and icy poles briefly
  • Moderate engagement time
    Supports exploration and learning

🌳 Strong / Sensory-Seeking Input

  • Extended tasting of cold icy poles
  • Exploring multiple flavours
  • Longer engagement with cold textures
    Suitable for sensory seekers

♿ Accessibility & Adaptations

  • Use large, easy-grip moulds
  • Offer pre-poured options if mess is a concern
  • Allow participation at any step (including observation only)
  • Provide gloves or cloths for cold sensitivity
  • Let icy poles soften slightly before tasting

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

  • Monitor for temperature sensitivity
  • Be aware of choking risks
  • Check dietary restrictions and allergies
  • Watch for gagging, coughing, or chewing difficulty

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose:
Support safe, enjoyable exploration of cold taste and texture while building participation and choice

✔️ How to Support

  • Offer clear, simple choices
  • Model slow tasting
  • Use simple words: “cold,” “sweet,” “sour”
  • Maintain hygiene and food safety

🛑 Watch For

  • Discomfort with cold
  • Food aversion or refusal
  • Signs of distress or fatigue

🔁 Adjust By

  • Letting icy poles melt slightly
  • Offering room-temperature alternatives
  • Reducing flavour intensity

🧠 Support Tips

  • Focus on process, not outcome
  • Respect refusals — tasting is optional
  • Observation = valid participation
  • Use waiting time (freezing) as part of learning

🍧 Simple Recipe Options

🍹 Very Simple Icy Poles

  • Pour juice into mould
  • Freeze
  • Taste

Sensory Notes: Cold • sweet • smooth

🍓 Fruit Icy Poles

  • Add small fruit pieces to juice
  • Spoon into mould
  • Freeze

Sensory Notes: Cold • bumpy • sweet • fruity smell

🍋 Sensory Choice Icy Poles

  • Choose flavour and colour
  • Mix ingredients
  • Freeze
  • Taste and respond: like / not sure / no thanks

Sensory Notes: Cold • sour/sweet • colourful • fresh smell

💡 Key Focus

The goal is not cooking skill or eating volume

The goal is:
✔ exploring taste and temperature
✔ making choices
✔ enjoying the experience

Marshmallow Towers
Tactile

Description

🍬 Marshmallow Towers

A fun, hands-on construction activity supporting fine motor skills, creativity, and sensory exploration

🌿 Activity Overview

Marshmallow Towers is a playful building activity where participants stack and connect marshmallows to create simple structures.

It combines tactile exploration, fine motor coordination, and problem-solving, with the option of tasting at the end for a rewarding sensory finish.

Participation can range from touching and placing to more complex building, depending on interest and ability.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

✋ Tactile Input
Soft, squishy, slightly sticky textures support sensory engagement

🤲 Fine Motor Skills
Stacking and placing develops hand control and coordination

🧠 Problem-Solving
Balancing and building supports planning and spatial awareness

🎨 Creativity
Encourages imaginative construction (towers, shapes, objects)

👁 Visual Engagement
Exploring colour, size, and structure

👅 Taste Exploration (Optional)
Opportunity to explore sweetness and texture

🧘 Regulation
Repetitive stacking can be calming and focusing

🧰 Materials

  • Marshmallows (mini, regular, or large)
  • Optional: pretzel sticks (for connecting)
  • Tray or table surface

🪜 How to Do the Activity

1. 🍡 Introduce the Activity

Keep it simple and playful:

  • “Let’s build with marshmallows!”
  • “We can make tall towers or fun shapes.”

2. 🧱 Start Building

Encourage stacking and simple construction:

  • Place one marshmallow on top of another
  • Explore height, shape, or patterns

Follow the participant’s ideas rather than directing.

3. 🔗 Add Support (if needed)

If stacking is difficult:

  • Use pretzel sticks to connect marshmallows
  • Create simple structures (e.g., towers, bridges)

Offer gently—do not insist.

4. 🎨 Explore Creativity

Optional prompts:

  • Make a tower, house, or animal
  • Use colours to create patterns
  • Build letters or simple shapes

Keep expectations flexible.

5. 🍽 Optional Taste

At the end, allow the participant to taste if appropriate.

Tasting is optional, not required.

🌈 Graded Sensory Input

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Touching marshmallows only
  • Placing one or two pieces
  • Short engagement (2–5 minutes)
    Suitable for high sensitivity or first exposure

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Stacking multiple marshmallows
  • Simple structures
  • Brief use of pretzel sticks
    Supports exploration and coordination

🌳 Strong / Sensory-Seeking Input

  • Building larger or more complex structures
  • Repeated stacking and rebuilding
  • Exploring texture and taste more fully
    Suitable for sensory seekers

♿ Accessibility & Adaptations

  • Use larger marshmallows for easier grip
  • Offer pre-started structures to build from
  • Allow one-step participation (e.g., placing only)
  • Provide hand-over-hand support if helpful
  • Use gloves if sticky textures are aversive
  • Observation-only participation is valid

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

  • Monitor for choking risk
  • Be aware of dietary needs/allergies
  • Watch for discomfort with sticky textures
  • Avoid over-prompting or pressure to eat

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose:
Support safe, enjoyable construction play while building motor skills and sensory engagement

✔️ How to Support

  • Offer simple choices (size, colour, structure)
  • Model slow stacking
  • Use simple language: “soft,” “squishy,” “sticky”
  • Keep tone calm and encouraging

🛑 Watch For

  • Frustration if towers fall
  • Sensory aversion to stickiness
  • Fatigue or loss of interest

🔁 Adjust By

  • Reducing number of pieces
  • Using pretzel supports
  • Shifting to simple placing rather than building

🧠 Support Tips

  • Focus on exploration, not outcome
  • Let structures fall—this is part of learning
  • Follow the participant’s lead
  • Keep sessions short and enjoyable

💡 Key Focus

The goal is not building skill or perfect structures

The goal is:
✔ exploring textures
✔ creating and experimenting
✔ enjoying the process

Masking Tape Balance Beam
Proprioceptive

Description

🟨 Masking Tape Balance Beam

A simple movement activity to support balance, coordination, and calm body awareness

🌿 Activity Overview

The masking tape balance beam uses a line on the floor to create a safe and flexible “beam” for walking.

It supports balance, coordination, and focus through slow, controlled movement, and can be easily adjusted to suit different ability levels.

The activity can be calming, playful, or gently challenging depending on how it is presented.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

⚖️ Vestibular Input (Balance & Spatial Awareness)
Supports body position awareness and postural control

💪 Proprioceptive Input (Body Awareness & Coordination)
Engages muscles to maintain stability and control movement

🦶 Tactile Input
Foot contact with the floor enhances sensory feedback

🧠 Motor Planning (Praxis)
Encourages planning and sequencing of movement

👁 Focus & Attention
Requires concentration and body control

🧘 Regulation
Slow, rhythmic walking can calm or organise the nervous system

🧰 Materials

  • Masking tape (coloured if possible)
  • Clear, flat surface (indoor or outdoor)
  • Optional: small objects for stepping over or carrying

🪜 How to Set Up

1. 🟨 Create the Beam

  • Place a strip of masking tape on the floor (approx. 2–3 metres long)

Adjust width:

  • Wide (4–6 inches): easier
  • Narrow (2 inches): more challenging

2. 🔄 Add Simple Variations (Optional)

  • Straight line (start here)
  • Curves or zigzags
  • Intersections or pathways

Keep the setup simple initially.

3. 👣 Introduce the Activity

Use calm, simple language:

  • “Let’s walk along the line”
  • “Slow steps, one foot in front”

Model slow, steady movement and encourage looking ahead.

🎨 Ways to Explore

👣 Basic Walking

  • Walk along the line at a comfortable pace

🐾 Movement Variations

  • Heel-to-toe walking
  • Sideways walking
  • Backward walking

🐧 Playful Ideas

  • Walk like animals (cat, penguin, giant steps)
  • Carry a small object while walking
  • Step over small obstacles

⏱ Gentle Challenge (Optional)

  • Count steps
  • Walk slowly from start to finish

Avoid pressure unless clearly motivating.

🌈 Graded Sensory Input

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Wide line
  • Short distance
  • Slow walking with support
    Suitable for high sensitivity or low confidence

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Standard width line
  • Heel-to-toe walking
  • Simple variations
    Supports coordination and focus

🌳 Strong / Sensory-Seeking Input

  • Narrow or complex pathways
  • Carrying objects or obstacles
  • Repeated or faster walking
    Suitable for sensory seekers

♿ Accessibility & Adaptations

  • Provide hand support if needed
  • Allow barefoot walking for added sensory input (if appropriate)
  • Use shorter lines for easier participation
  • Simplify the task if frustration occurs
  • Observation or partial participation is valid

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

  • Ensure a clear, non-slip surface
  • Keep surrounding area free of obstacles
  • Monitor for fatigue or loss of balance
  • Encourage calm reset if balance is lost

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose:
Support balance, coordination, and body awareness through simple, structured movement

✔️ How to Support

  • Model slow, steady steps
  • Use simple cues: “slow,” “step,” “balance”
  • Stay close for safety if needed
  • Keep tone calm and encouraging

🛑 Watch For

  • Frustration or loss of confidence
  • Fatigue
  • Anxiety around balance

🔁 Adjust By

  • Widening the line
  • Shortening the distance
  • Slowing the pace
  • Reducing complexity

🧠 Support Tips

  • Focus on movement, not performance
  • Let the participant set the pace
  • Keep sessions short and positive
  • Repetition builds confidence

💡 Key Focus

The goal is not perfect balance

The goal is:
✔ moving with control
✔ building body awareness
✔ enjoying the experience

Matching Pairs
Visual

Description

🟢 Matching Pairs

A simple sorting activity to support visual discrimination, attention, and calm engagement

🌿 Activity Overview

Matching Pairs is a structured activity where participants find and group identical items.

It supports visual discrimination, attention, and organisation, while also offering opportunities for tactile exploration and gentle problem-solving.

The activity is predictable and flexible, making it suitable for a wide range of ability levels.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👁 Visual Discrimination
Supports noticing differences and similarities in colour, shape, and size

🧠 Cognitive Processing
Encourages sorting, categorising, and problem-solving

🤲 Fine Motor Skills
Picking up and placing objects supports hand control

📍 Spatial Awareness
Understanding how objects relate to each other

🎯 Focus & Attention
Encourages sustained engagement

🧘 Regulation
Predictable sorting tasks can be calming and organising

🧰 Materials

  • Pairs of identical objects
    (e.g., socks, spoons, toy cars, blocks)
  • Tray, table, or floor space

Optional:

  • Textured objects
  • Picture cards

🪜 How to Do the Activity

1. 🟢 Set Up

  • Use a clear, uncluttered space
  • Place objects randomly but visibly

Start with a small number of pairs.

2. 🟠 Introduce the Task

Use simple language:

  • “Find two that are the same”
  • “Each one has a twin”

Demonstrate one match if needed.

3. 🔵 Encourage Participation

  • Allow the participant to scan and choose at their own pace
  • Support gently with prompts if needed

Encourage placing matches together in a pile or line.

4. 🟣 Build Gradually

As confidence increases:

  • Add more pairs
  • Introduce different colours or shapes
  • Include textured items

🎨 Ways to Explore

  • Match by colour, shape, or object type
  • Line up matched pairs neatly
  • Explore textures (soft, smooth, rough)
  • Try simple memory versions (show → cover → recall)

🌈 Graded Sensory Input

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • 2–3 pairs only
  • Clear visual differences
  • Slow, supported matching
    Suitable for high sensitivity or low tolerance

🌿 Moderate Input

  • 4–6 pairs
  • Some similarities between items
  • Independent matching with light support
    Supports attention and discrimination

🌳 Strong / Sensory-Seeking Input

  • Many pairs
  • Mixed textures and subtle differences
  • Memory or timed variations
    Suitable for higher engagement and challenge

♿ Accessibility & Adaptations

  • Reduce number of items to avoid overload
  • Group similar items to support scanning
  • Allow touch before matching
  • Use picture cards if preferred
  • Offer hand-over-hand support if needed
  • Observation-only participation is valid

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

  • Avoid small items if choking risk is present
  • Monitor for visual overload or fatigue
  • Keep task simple and achievable

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose:
Support attention, visual discrimination, and calm engagement through simple matching

✔️ How to Support

  • Use simple instructions
  • Model one example
  • Allow time to scan and choose
  • Offer gentle encouragement

🛑 Watch For

  • Frustration or confusion
  • Loss of interest
  • Overwhelm with too many items

🔁 Adjust By

  • Reducing number of pairs
  • Making differences more obvious
  • Slowing the pace
  • Adding tactile input

🧠 Support Tips

  • Focus on success and engagement
  • Keep the activity predictable
  • Follow the participant’s lead
  • Keep sessions short and positive

💡 Key Focus

The goal is not perfect matching

The goal is:
✔ noticing similarities
✔ engaging with objects
✔ enjoying the process

Mazes
Visual

Description

🗺️ Maze Navigation

A structured visual activity to support problem-solving, planning, and spatial awareness

🌿 Activity Overview

Maze Navigation involves following a path using a visual map, either on paper or in a physical space.

The activity supports planning, decision-making, and visual tracking, while encouraging the participant to think ahead and organise their movements.

Participation can range from simple tracing to more complex navigation depending on ability and interest.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🧭 Spatial Awareness
Supports understanding of direction, position, and movement

🧠 Problem-Solving
Encourages decision-making and flexible thinking

📋 Executive Functioning
Builds planning, sequencing, and organisation skills

👁 Visual Tracking
Strengthens the ability to follow paths and patterns

🧩 Attention to Detail
Encourages careful observation

💭 Working Memory
Supports remembering steps and directions

🧰 Materials

  • Printed maze or map
  • Pen, pencil, or finger for tracing
  • Optional: physical maze setup or floor pathway
  • Optional: visual checkpoints (pictures or symbols)

🪜 How to Do the Activity

1. 📜 Introduce the Maze

  • Show the start and finish points
  • Explain simply: “We are finding a path from here to here”

If using checkpoints, briefly explain each one.

2. 🧭 Plan the Path

  • Encourage looking ahead before starting
  • Trace the route with a finger or pen

Support as needed, without rushing.

3. 🚶 Navigate the Maze

  • Follow the path step by step

Options:

  • Trace on paper
  • Walk a physical pathway
  • Point and describe directions

4. 🔄 Reflect or Try Again

  • Repeat the maze
  • Try a different route if available

Keep tone positive and low pressure.

🎨 Ways to Explore

  • Use simple paper mazes
  • Create floor mazes using tape or objects
  • Add checkpoints (e.g., “kitchen,” “park”)
  • Include small tasks at checkpoints
  • Try collaborative problem-solving

🌈 Graded Sensory Input

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Simple, clear maze
  • Short paths
  • Finger tracing only
    Suitable for low tolerance or first exposure

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Medium complexity maze
  • Some decision points
  • Independent tracing with support
    Supports planning and attention

🌳 Strong / Cognitive-Seeking Input

  • Complex mazes with multiple pathways
  • Checkpoints or challenges
  • Timed or repeated attempts
    Suitable for higher-level engagement

♿ Accessibility & Adaptations

  • Use large, clear visuals
  • Reduce number of choices if overwhelming
  • Allow verbal guidance or prompting
  • Use hand-over-hand support if needed
  • Offer physical movement version for active participants
  • Observation-only participation is valid

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

  • Avoid cognitive overload
  • Monitor frustration or fatigue
  • Keep expectations flexible
  • Focus on success rather than completion

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose:
Support planning, problem-solving, and visual attention through structured navigation

✔️ How to Support

  • Use simple, clear instructions
  • Encourage looking ahead
  • Allow time to think
  • Offer gentle prompts if stuck

🛑 Watch For

  • Frustration with difficulty
  • Rushing or guessing
  • Loss of focus

🔁 Adjust By

  • Simplifying the maze
  • Reducing choices
  • Slowing the pace
  • Offering more guidance

🧠 Support Tips

  • Focus on process, not correctness
  • Let the participant lead where possible
  • Keep sessions short and achievable
  • Celebrate small successes

💡 Key Focus

The goal is not finishing the maze quickly

The goal is:
✔ thinking and planning
✔ exploring pathways
✔ enjoying the challenge

Memory Basket
Multi-Sensory

Description

🧺 Memory Basket

A tactile and olfactory journey through personal history.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• The Memory Basket is a curated collection of sensory-rich items chosen for their personal significance or evocative qualities. By exploring these objects, individuals can connect with familiar memories, ground themselves in the present, or simply enjoy the unique textures and scents of meaningful treasures.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Tactile stimulation through varied object surfaces. • Olfactory engagement via scented items or natural fibers. • Cognitive grounding through nostalgic association. • Proprioceptive input by holding and manipulating objects.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A sturdy, open-topped basket. • A variety of items with different textures (e.g., velvet, wood, metal). • Scented sachets or naturally fragrant items (e.g., dried lavender, coffee beans). • A selection of personal mementos like smooth stones, soft fabrics, or photographs.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Place the basket on a tray or table directly in front of the individual. • Gently guide their hand toward the basket to encourage exploration at their own pace. • Narrate the experience by describing the texture, temperature, or history of each object as they interact with it. • Observe their reaction to each item, allowing them to linger on those they seem to prefer.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Use a lap tray to secure the basket so it remains at a consistent, reachable height. • Ensure the individual is positioned with adequate trunk support to allow for comfortable arm movement. • If hand function is limited, bring the objects to the individual, offering them against their hands or cheeks.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure all items are non-toxic, clean, and free of sharp edges or choking hazards. • Monitor for any signs of sensory over-stimulation or negative emotional responses to specific mementos. • Maintain a gentle pace to avoid overwhelming the individual.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Themed baskets based on seasons (e.g., pine cones, seashells). • Sound-focused baskets including bells, crinkly paper, or textured chimes. • Temperature-contrast items such as a cool metal spoon versus a warm soft cloth. • Collaborative sorting by color or texture categories.

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use only one or two very familiar, soft-textured items. • Present items slowly and wait for a clear initiation of movement. • Use items with very subtle, neutral scents.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Include 3-5 items with distinct, contrasting textures. • Allow the individual to pick items out of the basket themselves. • Introduce one familiar, pleasant scent like dried flowers.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Increase the variety and quantity of objects to allow for more active sorting. • Include items with stronger olfactory profiles like fresh herbs or citrus peels. • Incorporate heavier objects to provide more proprioceptive feedback during handling.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always follow the individual’s lead; if they pull away, offer a different object or end the session. • Use consistent, calm verbal cues to help orient them to the task. • Observe body language and facial expressions as the primary communication of preference. • Keep sessions brief and positive to maintain engagement.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• This activity is a deeply personal, low-pressure way to build connection and comfort, turning simple objects into tools for communication and calm.

Metronome
Auditory

Description

🕰️ Metronome Exploration

A gentle rhythm-based activity to support auditory focus, coordination, and regulation

🌿 Activity Overview

Metronome Exploration uses a steady, predictable ticking sound to support attention, rhythm, and movement.

Participants are invited to listen, then gradually sync simple movements (tapping, swaying, clapping) to the beat.

The activity can be calming or alerting depending on the tempo and is easily adjusted to suit sensory preferences.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🔊 Auditory Processing
Supports attention to a consistent, repeating sound

🎯 Focus & Attention
Encourages sustained listening and awareness

💪 Motor Coordination
Promotes timing and synchronising movement with rhythm

🧠 Motor Planning (Praxis)
Supports organising movement in response to sound

🔄 Cognitive Flexibility
Adjusting to tempo changes supports adaptability

🧘 Regulation
Steady rhythm can calm or organise the nervous system

🎵 Sensory Integration
Combines auditory input with movement

🧰 Materials

  • Metronome (physical or app)
  • Quiet, low-distraction space

🪜 How to Do the Activity

1. 🕰️ Set Up the Metronome

  • Place within sight or hearing
  • Start at a slow, comfortable tempo

Keep volume low and non-intrusive.

2. 🔊 Introduce the Sound

Use simple language:

  • “Listen to the ticking”
  • “It goes tick… tick… tick…”

Allow time to adjust.

3. 🎵 Add Simple Movement

Encourage gentle syncing:

  • Tap fingers or feet
  • Clap softly
  • Sway or move hands

Follow the participant’s preference.

4. 🔄 Explore Tempo Changes (Optional)

  • Slowly increase or decrease speed
  • Observe and respond to comfort level

Pause if the rhythm becomes overwhelming.

5. 🎶 Add Variations (Optional)

  • Start/stop the metronome
  • Add clapping or vocal sounds
  • Take turns leading the rhythm

🌈 Graded Sensory Input

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Listening only
  • Slow tempo
  • Short duration
    Suitable for high sensitivity or first exposure

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Simple tapping or swaying
  • Consistent tempo
  • Short sequences
    Supports coordination and focus

🌳 Strong / Sensory-Seeking Input

  • Faster tempos
  • Whole-body movement
  • Rhythm changes and variation
    Suitable for active engagement

♿ Accessibility & Adaptations

  • Lower volume for sound sensitivity
  • Use visual cues (watching the metronome)
  • Allow listening only (no movement required)
  • Offer hand-over-hand support for tapping
  • Keep sessions short and flexible

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

  • Monitor for auditory sensitivity or discomfort
  • Avoid sudden loud or fast changes
  • Stop if signs of overwhelm appear

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose:
Support attention, rhythm, and regulation through simple, predictable sound

✔️ How to Support

  • Start slow and gentle
  • Model simple movements
  • Use simple words: “tap,” “slow,” “listen”
  • Follow the participant’s pace

🛑 Watch For

  • Discomfort with sound
  • Overstimulation from tempo changes
  • Loss of interest

🔁 Adjust By

  • Slowing the tempo
  • Reducing volume
  • Returning to listening only
  • Simplifying movement

🧠 Support Tips

  • Focus on rhythm, not accuracy
  • Keep it calm and predictable
  • Allow pauses and breaks
  • Let the participant lead when possible

💡 Key Focus

The goal is not perfect timing

The goal is:
✔ noticing rhythm
✔ connecting movement to sound
✔ experiencing calm, predictable input

Mexican Waves
Proprioceptive

Description

🌊 Mexican Wave Movement

A gentle rhythm and breathing activity to support regulation, engagement, and calm movement

🌿 Activity Overview

Mexican Wave Movement uses slow, flowing arm movements combined with breathing to support calm regulation and rhythmic engagement.

The activity is simple, playful, and adaptable, making it useful for reducing tension, redirecting anxiety, and encouraging gentle participation.

It can be done seated or standing and works well with soft, rhythmic music.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🧘 Regulation & Calming
Slow, repetitive movement helps reduce tension and support relaxation

🌬 Breathing Awareness
Encourages deep, rhythmic breathing

🎵 Rhythm & Flow
Supports coordination through steady, predictable movement

💪 Body Awareness
Gentle arm movements increase awareness of the body in space

😊 Emotional Engagement
Playful movement can improve mood and connection

🧠 Sensory Integration
Combines movement, rhythm, and breathing

🧰 Materials

  • Open space (seated or standing)
  • Optional: slow, rhythmic music
  • Optional: scarves, ribbons, or light props

🪜 How to Do the Activity

1. 🌿 Set Up

  • Ensure the participant is comfortable
  • Choose a calm, low-stimulation environment
  • Introduce in a light, positive way

2. 🌊 Basic Wave Movement

  • Slowly raise both arms upward
  • Breathe in as arms rise
  • Gently lower arms
  • Breathe out as arms lower

Repeat in a smooth, steady rhythm.

3. 🎵 Add Rhythm

  • Match movement to music or a steady pace
  • Keep movements slow and flowing

4. 🕊 Add Variations (Optional)

  • Gentle “bird wing” arm flapping
  • Arms out to the side, then back in
  • Use scarves or props for visual flow

5. 🔄 Adjust as Needed

  • Slow down for calming
  • Slightly increase pace if engagement improves
  • Pause or stop at any time

🌈 Graded Sensory Input

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Small arm movements
  • Slow pace
  • Seated position
    Suitable for high sensitivity or low energy

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Full arm movements
  • Steady rhythm with breathing
  • Light engagement with music
    Supports coordination and regulation

🌳 Strong / Sensory-Seeking Input

  • Larger, more expressive movements
  • Faster rhythm (if appropriate)
  • Use of props and full-body engagement
    Suitable for higher energy levels

♿ Accessibility & Adaptations

  • Can be done seated or standing
  • Reduce movement range if needed
  • Focus on breathing only if movement is not tolerated
  • Use visual modelling instead of verbal instruction
  • Observation-only participation is valid

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

  • Avoid overexertion
  • Monitor for fatigue or discomfort
  • Keep pace within the participant’s comfort level

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose:
Support calming, rhythmic movement and breathing in a gentle, engaging way

✔️ How to Support

  • Model slow, flowing movements
  • Use simple cues: “up,” “down,” “breathe”
  • Keep tone light and relaxed
  • Join in to co-regulate

🛑 Watch For

  • Fatigue
  • Loss of interest
  • Signs of overstimulation

🔁 Adjust By

  • Slowing the pace
  • Reducing movement size
  • Removing music if overstimulating
  • Returning to simple breathing

🧠 Support Tips

  • Keep it playful and pressure-free
  • Follow the participant’s rhythm
  • Use during early signs of anxiety or tension
  • Short, repeated sessions work best

💡 Key Focus

The goal is not performance or coordination

The goal is:
✔ calming the body
✔ moving with rhythm
✔ creating a positive, relaxed experience

Microphone
Auditory

Description

🎤 Microphone Exploration

A sensory activity for voice awareness, communication, and creative expression

🌿 Activity Overview

Microphone exploration allows the client to engage with their voice in a fun, playful, and exploratory way.

By speaking, humming, or making sounds into a microphone, the client can hear how their voice changes in volume, tone, and clarity.

This activity supports auditory awareness, communication, and confidence, while also providing an enjoyable opportunity for self-expression.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👂 Auditory Awareness
Helps the client notice differences in volume, pitch, and sound quality

🗣️ Communication Skills
Encourages clearer voice use and expressive communication

🎶 Creativity & Expression
Supports playful exploration through sounds, singing, and vocal play

🧘 Regulation
Can be calming or energising depending on how the voice is used

💪 Fine Motor Skills
Holding and adjusting the microphone supports hand control and coordination

🤝 Social Engagement
Turn-taking and shared listening build interaction and connection

🧰 Materials

  • Microphone (toy, real, or unplugged)
  • Speaker (optional)
  • Music (optional)

⚙️ Setup

  • Ensure the microphone is safe and easy to hold
  • Adjust volume to a comfortable level (avoid sudden loud sounds)
  • Choose a quiet space to reduce competing noise
  • Position the client so they feel relaxed and in control

▶️ How to Do the Activity

🎤 Step 1: Explore the Microphone

  • Offer the microphone to the client
  • Allow time to hold, look at, and become familiar with it
  • No pressure to speak—exploration can begin silently

🔊 Step 2: Explore Voice and Volume

Encourage the client to try:

  • whispering
  • talking
  • humming
  • making gentle sounds

Gradually explore louder sounds if comfortable

Focus on noticing differences between quiet and loud

🔄 Step 3: Add Another Person

  • A support person uses the microphone
  • The client listens to differences in voice and volume
  • Take turns if appropriate

👂 Step 4: Listen and Compare

  • Encourage simple noticing:
    • “That was loud”
    • “That was soft”
  • Keep discussion light and optional

🎶 Step 5: Explore Different Sounds

Invite playful vocal exploration:

  • singing
  • laughing
  • animal sounds
  • blowing air
  • sound effects

Follow the client’s interest and ideas

🧘 Cool Down

  • Gradually reduce volume and intensity
  • Encourage softer sounds or quiet humming
  • Allow the activity to finish calmly

💡 Sensory Benefits

👂 Auditory
Builds awareness of sound, volume, and voice control

✋ Tactile
Holding the microphone provides light sensory feedback

🧠 Sensory Integration
Combines listening, vocalising, and touch

❤️ Emotional & Regulation
Supports confidence, expression, and emotional release

🔔 Tips for Success

  • Keep volume low and controlled to avoid overwhelm
  • Follow the client’s lead—do not force vocalisation
  • Use humour and playfulness to encourage engagement
  • Allow pauses and quiet moments
  • Stop or reduce input if the client shows signs of discomfort 
Miming with Musical Instruments
Auditory

Description

🎭🎶 Miming with Musical Play Instruments to Favourite Music

A playful sensory activity for rhythm, movement, and creative expression

🌿 Activity Overview

Miming with musical play instruments allows the client to engage with music through movement, imagination, and pretend play.

Rather than producing sound, the focus is on feeling the rhythm, moving the body, and expressing ideas through silent performance.

This can be a highly enjoyable and regulating activity, supporting both energy release and calm engagement depending on the music used.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

✋ Motor Planning & Coordination
Pretending to strum, drum, or play instruments supports coordinated, purposeful movement

🎶 Rhythm & Auditory Processing
Engaging with music builds awareness of beat, timing, and structure

🎭 Imagination & Creativity
Encourages flexible thinking, pretend play, and expressive movement

🧘 Regulation
Rhythmic movement can calm or energise depending on tempo and intensity

😊 Emotional Expression
Provides a safe and enjoyable way to express mood and personality

🤝 Social Engagement
Supports imitation, turn-taking, and shared playful interaction

🧰 Materials

  • Favourite music playlist
  • Optional props:
    • Toy guitar
    • Drumsticks
    • Toy microphone
    • Keyboard prop
    • Ribbons or scarves
    • Glow sticks

(Air instruments with no props work just as well)

⚙️ Setup

  • Choose a comfortable space with room to move
  • Reduce noise and distractions if needed
  • Select familiar, preferred music
  • Use songs with a clear rhythm where possible
  • Offer props or encourage “air instrument” play

▶️ How to Do the Activity

🎵 Warm-Up (2–5 minutes)

  • Invite the client to explore instruments or pretend to hold one
  • Encourage slow, exaggerated movements:
    • strumming
    • tapping
    • conducting
  • Begin moving gently in time with the music

🎸 Miming with Music

  • Play a favourite song
  • Encourage the client to “perform” along with the music

They might:

  • drum to the beat
  • strum like a guitarist
  • play an imaginary piano
  • sing into a microphone
  • move their whole body with the music

Join in to model playful, expressive movement

🔄 Variations

🎭 Copycat Musician
Take turns copying each other’s instrument movements

🛑 Freeze Play
Pause the music and freeze in position

🎸 Band Performance
Pretend to be a band together, each choosing an instrument

⏱ Slow & Fast
Change tempo and match movements to the speed of the music

🧘 Cool Down (5–10 minutes)

  • Gradually slow the music
  • Encourage slower, softer movements
  • Pair movements with calm breathing
  • Allow the activity to gently come to a stop

💡 Sensory Benefits

👂 Auditory
Engages with music in a structured and enjoyable way without added sound demands

💪 Proprioceptive
Arm and body movements provide gentle resistance and body awareness

🌀 Vestibular
Movement with music supports balance and spatial awareness

👀 Visual
Watching and copying movements supports attention and imitation

❤️ Emotional & Regulation
Supports mood, expression, and overall engagement

🔔 Tips for Success

  • Follow the client’s lead and preferences
  • Keep the focus on enjoyment, not performance
  • Use exaggerated, playful movements
  • Adjust tempo and intensity to suit regulation needs
  • Reduce input if signs of overload appear
Mindful Breathing
Interoceptive

Description

🌬️ Mindful Breathing Exercise

A calming sensory activity for relaxation, grounding, and body awareness

🌿 Activity Overview

Mindful breathing is a simple and effective activity that helps the client slow down, relax, and become more aware of their body.

By focusing on the rhythm of their breath, the client can reduce stress, improve focus, and experience a sense of calm and control.

This activity can be used at any time of the day, particularly during moments of anxiety, restlessness, or overload.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

🧘 Regulation
Slows the nervous system and supports a calm, settled state

🧠 Focus & Attention
Encourages sustained attention to a single, predictable sensation

❤️ Emotional Awareness
Supports noticing and gently managing feelings

🌬️ Body Awareness
Helps the client tune into physical sensations and internal states

😌 Relaxation
Releases tension and promotes a sense of ease

🧰 Materials

  • Quiet, comfortable space
  • Optional:
    • Mat, chair, or cushion
    • Soft music (if helpful)

⚙️ Setup

  • Choose a calm, low-stimulation environment
  • Ensure the client is comfortable (sitting or lying down)
  • Reduce noise and distractions where possible
  • Invite the client to close their eyes if they feel comfortable

▶️ How to Do the Activity

🌬️ Step 1: Get Comfortable

  • Sit or lie in a relaxed position
  • Allow the body to settle
  • Hands can rest on lap or by the sides

🫁 Step 2: Gentle Breathing Pattern

Guide the client through a slow rhythm:

  • Breathe in through the nose (count to 4)
  • Gently hold (count to 4)
  • Breathe out slowly through the mouth (count to 6)

Continue for several minutes at a comfortable pace

👂 Step 3: Focus on the Breath

Encourage the client to notice:

  • the rise and fall of the chest
  • the feeling of air moving in and out
  • the rhythm of breathing

If attention drifts, gently guide it back to the breath

🧠 Step 4: Body Awareness

  • Invite the client to notice areas of tension
  • With each breath:
    • inhale → notice tension
    • exhale → imagine letting it go

You may guide attention to areas such as:

  • shoulders
  • hands
  • jaw
  • face

🧘 Cool Down

  • Return to normal breathing
  • Encourage the client to notice how they feel
  • Gently re-engage with the environment
  • Open eyes slowly if closed

💡 Sensory Benefits

🌬️ Interoceptive
Builds awareness of internal body signals (breathing, tension)

🧘 Regulatory
Supports calming and emotional balance

🧠 Attention
Improves focus through sustained, simple input

❤️ Emotional
Helps reduce anxiety and promotes a sense of control

🔔 Tips for Success

  • Keep instructions simple and calm
  • Do not force slow breathing—allow a natural rhythm to develop
  • Shorten the duration if needed
  • Use a soft, steady voice when guiding
  • Stop or adjust if the client becomes uncomfortable
Mindful Food Tasting
Interoceptive

Description

🍽️ Food Sensory Exploration Card

A structured sensory activity for exploring taste, texture, and food awareness

🌿 Activity Overview

Food sensory exploration supports the client to notice and describe the sensory qualities of food in a structured and engaging way.

By focusing on taste, texture, temperature, appearance, and smell, the client develops greater awareness of their sensory experiences.

Comparing responses with another person can support communication, perspective-taking, and understanding that sensory experiences can differ.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👅 Sensory Awareness
Builds understanding of taste, texture, and other food-related sensations

🧠 Cognitive Processing
Encourages noticing, categorising, and describing experiences

🗣️ Communication Skills
Supports expressing preferences and describing sensory input

🍽️ Food Tolerance
Helps gently explore new or challenging foods in a structured way

❤️ Emotional Awareness
Encourages noticing feelings associated with food experiences

🧰 Materials

  • Food item (e.g., apple, cracker, cheese)
  • Printed or verbal checklist
  • Pen or pointer (optional)

⚙️ Setup

  • Choose a calm, comfortable eating environment
  • Select a familiar or new food depending on the goal
  • Present the checklist in a simple, accessible format
  • Ensure the client feels safe and not pressured to eat

▶️ How to Do the Activity

🍎 Step 1: Choose a Food

  • Select one food item to explore
  • Allow the client to look at and hold the food before eating

👀 Step 2: Observe Before Eating

Encourage the client to notice:

  • colour
  • shape
  • surface (shiny, dull, varied)
  • smell

🍴 Step 3: Taste and Explore

As the client eats, guide them to notice different sensory qualities.

Use simple prompts if needed.

✅ Food Sensory Exploration Checklist

👅 Taste

  • ☐ Salty
  • ☐ Sweet
  • ☐ Savoury (meaty)
  • ☐ Sour
  • ☐ Bitter
  • ☐ Umami

🍞 Texture

  • ☐ Smooth / creamy
  • ☐ Crunchy
  • ☐ Chewy
  • ☐ Sticky / gooey
  • ☐ Grainy
  • ☐ Fibrous

🌡️ Temperature

  • ☐ Hot
  • ☐ Warm
  • ☐ Cold
  • ☐ Frozen

👀 Appearance

  • ☐ Colourful
  • ☐ Shiny
  • ☐ Mottled / varied

🌸 Aroma

  • ☐ Fruity
  • ☐ Spicy
  • ☐ Earthy / herbal
  • ☐ Sweet
  • ☐ Meaty

🔄 Step 4: Compare and Share

  • Share your own observations
  • Invite the client to share theirs (verbally or by pointing)
  • Notice similarities and differences

Keep this light and non-judgemental

🧘 Reflection

You might explore:

  • Did we notice the same things?
  • What was different?
  • Did you like the food?
  • How did it make you feel? (e.g., calm, happy, unsure)

💡 Sensory Benefits

👅 Taste (Gustatory)
Builds awareness of different flavours

✋ Tactile (Oral)
Explores textures and mouth feel

👃 Olfactory
Develops awareness of smell and its link to taste

👀 Visual
Encourages observation of food appearance

🧠 Sensory Integration
Combines multiple sensory inputs into a meaningful experience

🔔 Tips for Success

  • Never force tasting—participation can be observational
  • Start with familiar, preferred foods
  • Keep language simple and supportive
  • Accept all responses as valid
  • Stop if the client shows signs of discomfort
Mint Morning
Olfactory

Description

🌿 Mint Morning

A refreshing aromatic awakening to stimulate the senses and gently alert the nervous system.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Mint Morning is a sensory-focused activity designed to provide a crisp, clean olfactory experience. By introducing cool, peppermint-based scents in a controlled manner, this activity helps to wake up the senses and promote alertness in a non-invasive way.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides strong olfactory stimulation to help organize the nervous system.

• Offers gentle respiratory cooling which can improve breathing patterns.

• Enhances environmental awareness through the introduction of a distinct scent profile.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• High-quality peppermint essential oil or a fresh mint plant.

• Soft cotton balls or a diffuser.

• Warm, damp washcloth.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Begin by ensuring the room is well-ventilated and the participant is in a comfortable, supported position.

• Place a drop of peppermint oil on a cotton ball, holding it at least six inches away from the person's nose initially.

• Observe for positive engagement (turning toward the scent) or aversion (turning away).

• Gently move the scent closer if the participant remains calm and receptive.

• Follow the scent session by wiping the hands or neck with a warm, damp washcloth to provide a transition.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Mount a small clip-on diffuser to the wheelchair tray or frame for consistent, low-level scent release.

• Use a lap-tray to hold the mint plant, allowing the user to reach out and touch or brush the leaves if they choose.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Always dilute essential oils; never apply undiluted oil directly to the skin.

• Monitor for respiratory distress or sneezing, which may indicate over-stimulation.

• Ensure the person cannot accidentally touch or ingest the oil.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Rub a fresh mint leaf between your fingers to release the scent naturally.

• Use a cold diffuser to spread the scent throughout the room during a morning routine.

• Pair the scent with a soft peppermint-scented hand lotion.

• Create a 'sensory bottle' with dried mint leaves inside for safe, visual exploration.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Place a fresh mint plant on the other side of the room.

• Use a very diluted scent on a cotton ball kept at a distance.

• Limit exposure to 30 seconds only.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Hold the scented cotton ball closer to the nose for 1-2 minutes.

• Gently brush the mint leaves against the palm of the hand.

• Use a gentle fan to circulate the aroma toward the participant.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use a dedicated oil diffuser for a consistent, room-filling scent.

• Apply a peppermint-based, sensory-safe lotion to the hands or forearms.

• Combine scent with a cool, damp cloth touch on the forehead for a full-sensory 'wake-up' effect.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always offer the scent before introducing it to ensure consent through body language.

• Watch the shoulders and eyes for signs of discomfort; back off immediately if you see bracing or brow furrowing.

• Follow the participant's pace, allowing for 'pause' time between sniffing cycles.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• You will love how simple yet effective this is for transitioning into the day. It is an easy, low-resource way to provide a predictable sensory 'anchor' that helps the participant feel alert and refreshed every single morning.

Mirror Clapping
Visual

Description

Ideas for Assisting a Client with Mirror Clapping: 🪞 Set Up the Space: Ensure the area is free of obstacles and has a large mirror at the clients eye level, where they can clearly see their reflection. Ensure the space is calm and quiet to reduce distractions. Make sure the client is comfortable standing or sitting in front of the mirror, with enough room to move their arms freely. ✋ Explain the Activity: Tell the client that you will be playing a game where you will mirror each others movements, specifically clapping your hands in a synchronized way. If the client is unsure or hesitant, demonstrate the activity first by clapping your hands in front of the mirror, showing how you want them to copy your movements. 👋 Begin Clapping: Start with simple claps. Clap your hands slowly and allow the client to watch and mimic your movements. Encourage them to focus on the rhythm and timing. Make eye contact with the client in the mirror to encourage them to follow your lead and feel more connected to the activity. If needed, guide their hands gently at first to ensure they understand the motion and how to position their hands. 👏 Increase Complexity: Gradually increase the complexity of the clapping patterns. For example, you can try: Two claps together, then a pause One clap with each hand Clap one hand, then the other Clap in rhythm with a song or music to enhance engagement. Keep the pace slow and clear, giving the client enough time to adjust and replicate the actions. 💬 Provide Feedback and Encourage: As the client follows your movements, provide positive reinforcement such as Great job! or Youre doing it just right! to encourage engagement. If the client struggles, gently guide their hands or offer verbal cues like, Try clapping like me, or Can you do two claps? 🔄 Alternate Roles: Switch roles by having the client lead and you mirror their claps. This will build their confidence and give them a sense of control in the activity. Allow the client to decide the clapping pattern, if they are comfortable, fostering creativity and independence. 🎶 Add Music or Rhythm: If the client enjoys it, play music with a strong beat and clap in time with the rhythm. This can help improve the clients sense of timing and coordination. You can also clap to familiar songs or nursery rhymes to make the activity more engaging and fun. 💖 End on a Positive Note: After a set time or when the client shows signs of enjoyment or fatigue, praise their effort and reinforce the activity with a positive closing comment like, That was fantastic! You did an amazing job. Offer a gentle stretching or relaxation activity afterward to help them unwind if needed. Sensory Benefits of Mirror Clapping: 🖐 Tactile Stimulation: The physical act of clapping gives the client tactile input in their hands, which helps them become more aware of their body and motor movements. The repetition of clapping can have a calming effect on the hands and wrists while improving muscle coordination and hand strength. 🧠 Cognitive Engagement: Mirror clapping requires the client to engage in sequencing and attention, as they need to watch and respond to the clapping motions in a precise and timely manner. This activity also helps develop memory and imitation skills as they mirror what they see in the reflection. 👁️ Visual Stimulation: Watching their reflection in the mirror as they clap helps the client develop visual tracking skills and enhances their awareness of body movements. The act of mimicking movements in front of the mirror encourages visual-spatial awareness as they learn to match movements with the reflection. 💪 Motor Skill Development: Clapping in synchronization improves fine motor skills and hand-eye coordination. As the client practices the motion, they also build muscle memory, improving their ability to control and refine their motor movements. ⏱️ Timing and Rhythm: The activity encourages the client to develop rhythm and timing as they follow the clapping patterns. It can help regulate pace and movement coordination in a fun and manageable way. Music and beats can be incorporated to enhance rhythmic timing, which is excellent for improving motor planning and coordination. 🤲 Emotional Regulation: The predictable rhythm of clapping can have a soothing and calming effect on the nervous system, helping clients regulate their emotions. This activity may also offer a mindful, focused experience that helps the client manage stress, anxiety, or restlessness. 💬 Communication Development: Mirror clapping promotes non-verbal communication as the client learns to express themselves through synchronized movement. For non-verbal clients, this activity can encourage alternative forms of expression and increase engagement with the therapist or caregiver. 🎉 Sense of Accomplishment: Successfully mimicking the clapping sequence gives the client a sense of achievement. This can build confidence and self-esteem, especially when the client leads the activity or shows improvement over time. Praise and acknowledgment during the activity can further reinforce positive behavior and feelings of success. Mirror clapping is a fun and engaging activity that offers tactile, visual, and auditory benefits. It helps with motor coordination, cognitive skills, and emotional regulation while providing an opportunity for non-verbal communication and creative expression. Whether done in a structured or freeform manner, mirror clapping is a valuable tool for improving fine motor skills, rhythm, and self-confidence.
Mirror Garden
Visual

Description

🪞 MIRROR GARDEN

Explore light and reflection through a garden-themed sensory experience.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Create a mesmerizing, interactive environment using reflective surfaces and botanical elements. This activity uses light play and visual tracking to engage the senses and encourage focus.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Enhances visual tracking and ocular motor skills.

• Provides calming, predictable rhythmic movement through light reflection.

• Encourages visual exploration and curiosity in a safe space.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Shatterproof acrylic mirrors or reflective foil.

• Silk flowers or faux greenery.

• Small fairy lights or soft LED tea lights.

• A shallow tray or mat.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Position the mirror flat or propped against a stable base.

• Arrange the greenery around the perimeter to create a 'garden' border.

• Weave the fairy lights through the greenery to create glints of light on the mirror surface.

• Position the participant comfortably so they can look down or forward into the reflective display.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Mount the mirror on a lap tray or a vertical stand attached to the wheelchair headrest.

• Ensure the height allows for easy visual engagement without straining the neck.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Always use shatterproof mirror materials to avoid glass injury.

• Ensure fairy lights are cool-to-touch and battery-operated to avoid heat or entanglement risks.

• Monitor for over-stimulation if the light play is too intense.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Add water to the tray for a 'pond' effect if using waterproof reflective surfaces.

• Use colored cellophane over lights to shift the color palette.

• Introduce slow-moving bubbles across the mirror surface.

• Incorporate aromatic dried flowers for a multi-sensory olfactory boost.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use only stationary, warm-white LED lights.

• Place the mirror further away to reduce the intensity of light glints.

• Keep the garden perimeter simple with soft-textured greenery.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use blinking or color-changing fairy lights.

• Introduce high-contrast colors like deep greens against silver.

• Incorporate a wider variety of flower textures.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use multiple mirrors at different angles to create infinity reflections.

• Use high-brightness strobe-effect lights (if tolerated).

• Add small, battery-operated vibration toys to move the greenery and create shifting light patterns.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Observe which light patterns capture their attention and adjust the speed or color accordingly.

• Allow for quiet, independent observation time without verbal prompting.

• Follow their gaze; if they look away, move the 'garden' to their new line of sight.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

Mirror Garden turns a simple space into a magical sanctuary, offering a peaceful way to ground the nervous system through the beauty of light and reflection.

Mirror Play
Visual

Description

🪞 Mirror Play for Joy, Sensory Discovery, and Connection

A rich sensory activity for visual engagement, regulation, and shared connection

🌿 Activity Overview

Mirror play creates a calm, engaging sensory experience using reflection, light, movement, touch, and gentle sound.

The mirror becomes a way for the client to notice movement, explore sensory input, and connect with another person in a simple and enjoyable way.

The focus is on creating moments of curiosity, pleasure, and calm engagement, always following the client’s pace.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👀 Visual Engagement
Supports tracking, contrast awareness, and noticing movement

🤲 Tactile & Proprioceptive Input
Combines touch with visual feedback to strengthen body awareness

🎶 Auditory Regulation
Gentle sound and voice support calming and co-regulation

❤️ Emotional Connection
Encourages shared attention and meaningful interaction

🧘 Regulation
Predictable, slow sensory input supports a calm nervous system

🧰 Materials

  • Mirror (handheld, wall-mounted, or shatterproof)
  • Optional:
    • Scarves or ribbons
    • Light-up objects or torch
    • Soft brushes or textured fabrics
    • Spiky balls or soft objects to squeeze
    • Warm water (light mist or small bowl, if appropriate)
    • Soft music or gentle sound

⚙️ Setup

  • Use dim, warm lighting where possible
  • Reduce noise and distractions
  • Position the mirror based on the client’s preference:
    • front-facing
    • angled
    • lower position
  • Approach calmly with a soft voice and relaxed body language

▶️ How to Do the Activity

😊 Step 1: Gentle Introduction

  • Approach slowly and warmly
  • Allow the mirror to catch light softly
  • Give the client time to notice without pressure

🪞 Step 2: Explore Reflection

  • Position the mirror so the client can see:
    • their face
    • their hands
    • movement in the environment
  • Allow time for observation and curiosity

🙂 Step 3: Use Facial Expression

  • Use simple, exaggerated expressions:
    • smiling
    • opening and closing mouth slowly
    • raised eyebrows
  • Try gentle peekaboo or copying their expressions

🌈 Step 4: Add Light and Movement

Introduce slow, predictable visual input:

  • wave a scarf or ribbon
  • move a light source slowly
  • reflect light onto surfaces
  • use simple movement patterns:
    • up and down
    • side to side
    • slow circles

Pause regularly to allow processing

✋ Step 5: Add Touch (if appropriate)

  • Gently introduce tactile experiences:
    • soft brush on the hand
    • textured fabrics
    • squeezing a soft object
  • Show the movement in the mirror

Optional:

  • light mist of warm water
  • dipping fingers in water and watching movement

🎶 Step 6: Add Sound and Voice

  • Use soft humming or gentle speech
  • Try simple rhythmic phrases
  • Match your voice to the movement

🚶 Step 7: Encourage Movement

If the client moves, reflect it:

  • raise and lower hands
  • wiggle fingers
  • gentle rocking
  • small movements amplified through the mirror

🧘 Cool Down

  • Slowly reduce movement and input
  • Lower or move the mirror away
  • Use calm voice and stillness
  • Allow time to settle

💡 Sensory Benefits

👀 Visual
Supports tracking, contrast detection, and awareness of movement

✋ Tactile
Enhances touch through visual feedback

💪 Proprioceptive
Movement combined with reflection strengthens body awareness

👂 Auditory
Gentle sound supports rhythm and regulation

❤️ Emotional & Regulation
Promotes calm, connection, and enjoyment

🔔 Tips for Success

  • Go slowly and allow processing time
  • Follow the client’s cues and preferences
  • Keep input gentle and predictable
  • Avoid overwhelming with too many stimuli at once
  • Respect disengagement—pause and try again later 
Mirror Reflections
Visual

Description

🪞 Mirror Reflection Exploration

A sensory activity for visual awareness, self-recognition, and gentle exploration

🌿 Activity Overview

Mirror reflection exploration allows the client to observe themselves and objects in a mirror, supporting awareness of movement, appearance, and change.

Through simple, guided interaction, the client can explore how their body and objects look from different angles, helping build understanding of cause and effect, identity, and visual tracking.

This is a calm, flexible activity that can be adjusted to suit a wide range of abilities and sensory preferences.

🌟 Why This Activity Helps

👀 Visual Tracking & Awareness
Supports following movement and noticing changes in reflection

🧠 Cognitive Development
Builds understanding of cause and effect (movement → visual change)

🪞 Self-Recognition
Encourages awareness of face, body, and identity

✋ Motor Skills
Supports hand-eye coordination when interacting with objects

❤️ Emotional Awareness
Helps recognise and explore facial expressions and feelings

🧰 Materials

  • Mirror (full-length or handheld)

  • Optional:

    • Toys or objects

    • Textured items

    • Familiar personal items

⚙️ Setup

  • Position the mirror at a comfortable height and angle

  • Ensure the client can clearly see the reflection

  • Reduce distractions if needed

  • Allow space for arm and body movement

▶️ How to Do the Activity

🪞 Step 1: Introduce the Mirror

  • Present the mirror gently

  • Allow the client to look without pressure

  • Give time to notice their reflection

👀 Step 2: Explore Self-Reflection

Encourage simple noticing:

  • face

  • hands

  • body movement

Use gentle prompts such as:

  • “Can you see your hands?”

  • “What happens when you move?”

🔄 Step 3: Add Movement

  • Encourage slow movements:

    • raising hands

    • turning head

    • opening and closing hands

  • Watch how movement changes the reflection

🔍 Step 4: Explore Objects

  • Offer an object to hold up to the mirror

  • Encourage the client to:

    • move it closer or further away

    • turn it around

    • watch how it changes

Keep prompts simple and observational

🙂 Step 5: Emotional Expression (Optional)

  • Encourage simple facial expressions:

    • smiling

    • opening mouth

    • raising eyebrows

  • Use gentle prompts if appropriate:

    • “What does your smile look like?”

Focus on positive and safe exploration

🧘 Cool Down

  • Reduce movement gradually

  • Allow quiet observation

  • Gently move the mirror away

  • Return to a calm state

💡 Sensory Benefits

👀 Visual
Supports tracking, focus, and awareness of movement

✋ Tactile / Motor
Handling objects supports coordination and control

🧠 Cognitive
Builds understanding of cause and effect

❤️ Emotional
Encourages recognition and expression of feelings

🔔 Tips for Success

  • Keep interactions slow and simple

  • Follow the client’s interest and pace

  • Use minimal language if needed

  • Avoid overwhelming with too many objects

  • Respect disengagement—pause and try again later

Modified Basketball
Proprioceptive

Description

🏀 Modified Basketball

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive
Also Provides: Vestibular and visual input

Activity Overview

Modified basketball is a dynamic movement activity that involves handling, throwing, aiming, and tracking a ball in a simplified and accessible way. The activity can be adapted to suit a wide range of physical, cognitive, and sensory needs by changing the equipment, distance, pace, and level of support.

The focus is on enjoyable movement, coordination, and participation rather than competition or performance. It can be done individually, with a support worker, or in a small group.

Why This Activity Helps

  • Provides proprioceptive input through lifting, holding, dribbling, passing, and throwing
  • Supports vestibular input through walking, bending, reaching, and moving around the space
  • Encourages bilateral coordination when using both hands together
  • Develops visual-motor coordination through aiming, tracking, and catching
  • Can promote social interaction, turn-taking, and shared enjoyment
  • Offers an outlet for movement, energy release, and regulation

How to Set It Up

Adapt the activity to match the participant’s abilities and comfort level. You can:

  • Use a lighter ball, larger ball, or soft foam ball
  • Lower the hoop or use a laundry basket, box, or wall target
  • Reduce the throwing distance
  • Allow rolling, chest passes, or underarm throws
  • Play seated or from a wheelchair if needed
  • Simplify the activity by removing rules and focusing just on movement and engagement

Ideas for Participation

  • Holding and exploring the ball
  • Rolling the ball to a target
  • Throwing into a hoop, basket, or container
  • Gentle passing with another person
  • Dribbling on the spot
  • Taking a few steps and then throwing
  • Completing repeated shots with rest breaks

Graded Input Levels

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Holding, passing, or rolling the ball
  • Short engagement of around 2 to 5 minutes
  • Best for participants with high sensitivity, low stamina, or those new to the activity

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Dribbling, repeated throws, or short passes
  • Activity for around 5 to 10 minutes
  • Best for coordination practice, regulation, and active engagement

🌳 Strong / Active Input

  • Continuous movement, multiple shots, or light running if appropriate
  • Longer duration with rest breaks
  • Best for participants with high movement needs or those seeking stronger physical input

Support Worker Guidelines

Purpose:
To support safe, enjoyable movement and coordination through a familiar and motivating ball activity.

How to Support

  • Demonstrate actions visually
  • Use encouragement rather than correction
  • Focus on participation, effort, and enjoyment rather than scoring
  • Build in natural pauses and opportunities for rest
  • Match the pace of the activity to the participant’s regulation and energy levels

Duration

  • Start with short periods and build gradually
  • Allow the participant to choose when they want to continue or stop

Stop or Modify if You Notice

  • Reduced coordination or unsafe movement
  • Escalating frustration or competitive stress
  • Fatigue, breathlessness, or signs of overload
  • Loss of interest or reduced engagement

Support Tips

  • Keep the environment calm, predictable, and low-pressure
  • Join in alongside the participant to model movements
  • Celebrate participation rather than outcomes
  • Use simple, achievable goals to build confidence
  • Follow the activity with a calming or grounding task if needed

Important Considerations

Some participants may enjoy the movement and repetition of this activity, while others may become overwhelmed by noise, pressure, or too much physical demand. It is important to adapt the activity to the individual and keep the emphasis on fun, success, and regulation.

Modified Volleyball
Proprioceptive

Description


🏐 Modified Volleyball

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive
Also Provides: Vestibular and visual input

Activity Overview

Modified volleyball is a structured yet flexible movement activity involving throwing, catching, hitting, and tracking a ball. The activity can be adapted to suit a wide range of abilities by adjusting equipment, rules, and movement demands.

The focus is on coordinated movement, sensory engagement, and enjoyment rather than competitive play. Participation can range from simple ball exchanges to more active movement and positioning.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Proprioceptive input from hitting, passing, and serving the ball

  • Vestibular input from stepping, reaching, and moving into position

  • Bilateral coordination through using both hands and arms together

  • Visual–motor coordination for tracking and intercepting the ball

  • Tactile input from contact with hands and forearms

  • Motor planning and timing through responding to ball movement

  • Social engagement through shared play and turn-taking

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use a lightweight, soft, or larger ball for easier handling

  • Lower the net or remove it entirely

  • Allow catching instead of continuous volleys

  • Use underhand throws or taps instead of overhead hits

  • Reduce court size and distance between players

  • Allow seated play or wheelchair participation

  • Replace running with walking or stationary positioning

  • Simplify rules — focus on movement and success

🏐 Activity Ideas

  • Gentle toss and catch

  • Underhand passing to a partner

  • Bumping the ball to self or another person

  • Setting the ball upward with hands

  • Hitting toward a wall or large target

  • Practising simple serves over a low net

  • Moving into position to receive the ball

🔵 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Gentle toss and catch or rolling the ball

  • Minimal movement, mostly stationary

  • Short engagement (2–5 minutes)

  • Ideal for: high sensitivity, low confidence, or early introduction

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Repeated passes, light hitting, or short rallies

  • Some stepping and repositioning

  • Moderate duration (5–10 minutes)

  • Ideal for: coordination, engagement, and regulation

🌳 Strong / Active Input

  • Continuous play with movement and positioning

  • Serving, returning, and multiple hits

  • Longer duration with rest breaks

  • Ideal for: higher energy output and active sensory input

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose:
Support coordinated movement, sensory input, and enjoyable participation using a familiar ball activity.

✔️ How to Support

  • Demonstrate actions clearly and visually

  • Use encouragement rather than correction

  • Focus on participation, not performance

  • Slow the pace if needed to support success

  • Build in natural pauses and rest

⏱️ Duration

  • Begin with short periods and increase gradually

  • Let the participant guide how long they engage

🛑 Stop or Modify If You See

  • Difficulty tracking or coordinating movement

  • Signs of frustration or withdrawal

  • Fatigue or reduced physical control

  • Sensory overload (especially in busy/noisy settings)

🧠 Support Tips

  • Keep the environment calm and predictable

  • Play alongside to model timing and movement

  • Use larger targets to increase success

  • Celebrate effort and small achievements

  • Follow with a calming or grounding activity if needed


Monkey Bars
Proprioceptive

Description

🐒 Monkey Bars

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive
Also Provides: Vestibular and visual input

Activity Overview

Monkey bars involve hanging, swinging, and moving hand-over-hand across overhead bars. This activity provides strong, whole-body sensory input and requires coordination, strength, and motor planning.

Participation can range from simply hanging and weight-bearing through the arms to progressing toward swinging and crossing the bars. The focus is on effort, engagement, and building confidence rather than completing the full sequence.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Strong proprioceptive input through arm weight-bearing and shoulder activation
  • Upper body and grip strengthening
  • Bilateral coordination through alternating hand movements
  • Motor planning and sequencing when moving across the bars
  • Vestibular input from swinging and body movement
  • Confidence building through graded challenge and achievement

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Start with supported hanging (hands on bar, feet on ground or platform)
  • Provide physical support at hips or trunk if needed
  • Use low-height monkey bars or parallel bars
  • Allow the participant to hang briefly rather than traverse
  • Break the activity into small steps (reach, hold, release)
  • Use step platforms to assist reaching the bars
  • Offer rest between attempts to prevent fatigue

⚠️ Monitor closely for fatigue, as this is a high-demand upper body activity

🐒 Activity Ideas

  • Hanging with feet supported
  • Brief unsupported hanging
  • Reaching for the next bar with assistance
  • Swinging gently while holding one or two bars
  • Moving across one or two bars at a time
  • Attempting short sequences with rest breaks

🔵 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Holding the bar with feet supported
  • Brief weight-bearing through arms
  • Short engagement (1–3 minutes)
  • Ideal for: low strength, high sensitivity, or early exposure

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Short hangs and assisted reaching between bars
  • Gentle swinging with support
  • Moderate duration (3–7 minutes)
  • Ideal for: building strength and coordination

🌳 Strong / Active Input

  • Independent hanging and moving across bars
  • Repeated attempts and longer sequences
  • Strong swinging movements
  • Ideal for: high proprioceptive needs and energy release

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose:
Support strong proprioceptive input, upper body strength, and coordinated movement through a challenging and engaging activity.

✔️ How to Support

  • Stay close for safety and reassurance
  • Offer physical support only as needed
  • Encourage effort rather than completion
  • Break the task into small, achievable steps
  • Allow rest between attempts

⏱️ Duration

  • Keep attempts short and repeat as tolerated
  • Watch closely for fatigue in arms and hands

🛑 Stop or Modify If You See

  • Loss of grip strength or slipping
  • Signs of fatigue or discomfort in arms/shoulders
  • Frustration or loss of confidence
  • Unsafe movement or reduced control

🧠 Support Tips

  • Position yourself within reach at all times
  • Use simple cues like “reach”, “hold”, “next bar”
  • Celebrate small successes (even brief hangs)
  • Keep the environment calm and non-competitive
  • Follow with a calming, grounding activity if needed
Movement to Music
Auditory

Description

🎵 Movement to Music

Primary Sensory Area: Vestibular
Also Provides: Proprioceptive, auditory, tactile, and visual input

Activity Overview

Movement to music is a flexible, multisensory activity that combines rhythm, sound, and body movement. It can be calming, energising, or grounding depending on the music, pace, and type of movement used.

Participation can range from simple listening and gentle swaying to full-body movement and expressive dance. The focus is on enjoyment, self-regulation, and connection rather than performance.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Vestibular input through swaying, rocking, spinning, and moving through space
  • Proprioceptive input through stepping, jumping, and resistance-based movements
  • Auditory processing through rhythm, tempo, and sound awareness
  • Bilateral coordination through rhythmic and patterned movements
  • Emotional regulation through connection to music and movement
  • Self-expression and confidence building
  • Tactile and visual input when using props such as scarves or balls

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Adjust music volume and tempo to suit sensory preferences
  • Choose predictable, repetitive rhythms for ease of engagement
  • Allow seated, standing, or supported movement
  • Provide noise reduction (e.g., headphones) if needed
  • Use or remove mirrors depending on comfort
  • Introduce props (scarves, ribbons, balls, resistance bands)
  • Keep movements simple and repetitive for easier participation
  • Allow the participant to engage individually or with others

🎶 Activity Ideas

  • Listening and identifying rhythm or instruments
  • Clapping, tapping, or stomping to the beat
  • Swaying or rocking gently to music
  • Marching or stepping in rhythm
  • Jumping or bouncing for higher energy input
  • Spinning or turning (as tolerated)
  • Using scarves or ribbons for flowing movements
  • Mirror dancing or copying movements
  • Freeze dance or start/stop games
  • Expressing emotions through movement

🔵 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Listening to music with small movements (swaying, tapping)
  • Slow, predictable rhythms
  • Short duration (2–5 minutes)
  • Ideal for: high sensitivity, low energy, or calming

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Stepping, clapping, or simple dance sequences
  • Use of props with controlled movement
  • Moderate duration (5–10 minutes)
  • Ideal for: engagement, coordination, and regulation

🌳 Strong / Active Input

  • Full-body dancing, jumping, spinning, or fast-paced movement
  • Continuous activity with rhythm changes
  • Longer duration with rest breaks
  • Ideal for: high energy output and sensory input

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose:
Support regulation, coordination, and enjoyment through rhythm-based movement.

✔️ How to Support

  • Start with simple, predictable movements
  • Demonstrate and model rather than instruct
  • Match the participant’s pace and energy level
  • Allow freedom of expression without correction
  • Use music intentionally (calming vs energising)

⏱️ Duration

  • Begin with short sessions and build gradually
  • Follow the participant’s lead for engagement time

🛑 Stop or Modify If You See

  • Signs of auditory or sensory overload
  • Dizziness or discomfort with movement
  • Fatigue or reduced coordination
  • Withdrawal or loss of interest

🧠 Support Tips

  • Create a calm, safe, and non-judgmental space
  • Use familiar or preferred music to increase engagement
  • Keep transitions predictable (clear start and finish)
  • Offer choices (music, movement, props)
  • Follow with a calming wind-down if needed (slow music, breathing, stretching)
Movement to Music
Proprioceptive

Description

🎵 Movement to Music

Primary Sensory Area: Vestibular
Also Provides: Proprioceptive, auditory, tactile, and visual input

Activity Overview

Movement to music is a flexible, multisensory activity that combines rhythm, sound, and body movement. It can be calming, energising, or grounding depending on the music, pace, and type of movement used.

Participation can range from simple listening and gentle swaying to full-body movement and expressive dance. The focus is on enjoyment, self-regulation, and connection rather than performance.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Vestibular input through swaying, rocking, spinning, and moving through space
  • Proprioceptive input through stepping, jumping, and resistance-based movements
  • Auditory processing through rhythm, tempo, and sound awareness
  • Bilateral coordination through rhythmic and patterned movements
  • Emotional regulation through connection to music and movement
  • Self-expression and confidence building
  • Tactile and visual input when using props such as scarves or balls

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Adjust music volume and tempo to suit sensory preferences
  • Choose predictable, repetitive rhythms for ease of engagement
  • Allow seated, standing, or supported movement
  • Provide noise reduction (e.g., headphones) if needed
  • Use or remove mirrors depending on comfort
  • Introduce props (scarves, ribbons, balls, resistance bands)
  • Keep movements simple and repetitive for easier participation
  • Allow the participant to engage individually or with others

🎶 Activity Ideas

  • Listening and identifying rhythm or instruments
  • Clapping, tapping, or stomping to the beat
  • Swaying or rocking gently to music
  • Marching or stepping in rhythm
  • Jumping or bouncing for higher energy input
  • Spinning or turning (as tolerated)
  • Using scarves or ribbons for flowing movements
  • Mirror dancing or copying movements
  • Freeze dance or start/stop games
  • Expressing emotions through movement

🔵 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Listening to music with small movements (swaying, tapping)
  • Slow, predictable rhythms
  • Short duration (2–5 minutes)
  • Ideal for: high sensitivity, low energy, or calming

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Stepping, clapping, or simple dance sequences
  • Use of props with controlled movement
  • Moderate duration (5–10 minutes)
  • Ideal for: engagement, coordination, and regulation

🌳 Strong / Active Input

  • Full-body dancing, jumping, spinning, or fast-paced movement
  • Continuous activity with rhythm changes
  • Longer duration with rest breaks
  • Ideal for: high energy output and sensory input

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose:
Support regulation, coordination, and enjoyment through rhythm-based movement.

✔️ How to Support

  • Start with simple, predictable movements
  • Demonstrate and model rather than instruct
  • Match the participant’s pace and energy level
  • Allow freedom of expression without correction
  • Use music intentionally (calming vs energising)

⏱️ Duration

  • Begin with short sessions and build gradually
  • Follow the participant’s lead for engagement time

🛑 Stop or Modify If You See

  • Signs of auditory or sensory overload
  • Dizziness or discomfort with movement
  • Fatigue or reduced coordination
  • Withdrawal or loss of interest

🧠 Support Tips

  • Create a calm, safe, and non-judgmental space
  • Use familiar or preferred music to increase engagement
  • Keep transitions predictable (clear start and finish)
  • Offer choices (music, movement, props)
  • Follow with a calming wind-down if needed (slow music, breathing, stretching)
Moving To Music
Vestibular

Description

🎵 Movement to Music

Primary Sensory Area: Vestibular
Also Provides: Proprioceptive, auditory, tactile, and visual input

Activity Overview

Movement to music is a flexible, multisensory activity that combines rhythm, sound, and body movement. It can be calming, energising, or grounding depending on the music, pace, and type of movement used.

Participation can range from simple listening and gentle swaying to full-body movement and expressive dance. The focus is on enjoyment, self-regulation, and connection rather than performance.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Vestibular input through swaying, rocking, spinning, and moving through space
  • Proprioceptive input through stepping, jumping, and resistance-based movements
  • Auditory processing through rhythm, tempo, and sound awareness
  • Bilateral coordination through rhythmic and patterned movements
  • Emotional regulation through connection to music and movement
  • Self-expression and confidence building
  • Tactile and visual input when using props such as scarves or balls

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Adjust music volume and tempo to suit sensory preferences
  • Choose predictable, repetitive rhythms for ease of engagement
  • Allow seated, standing, or supported movement
  • Provide noise reduction (e.g., headphones) if needed
  • Use or remove mirrors depending on comfort
  • Introduce props (scarves, ribbons, balls, resistance bands)
  • Keep movements simple and repetitive for easier participation
  • Allow the participant to engage individually or with others

🎶 Activity Ideas

  • Listening and identifying rhythm or instruments
  • Clapping, tapping, or stomping to the beat
  • Swaying or rocking gently to music
  • Marching or stepping in rhythm
  • Jumping or bouncing for higher energy input
  • Spinning or turning (as tolerated)
  • Using scarves or ribbons for flowing movements
  • Mirror dancing or copying movements
  • Freeze dance or start/stop games
  • Expressing emotions through movement

🔵 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Listening to music with small movements (swaying, tapping)
  • Slow, predictable rhythms
  • Short duration (2–5 minutes)
  • Ideal for: high sensitivity, low energy, or calming

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Stepping, clapping, or simple dance sequences
  • Use of props with controlled movement
  • Moderate duration (5–10 minutes)
  • Ideal for: engagement, coordination, and regulation

🌳 Strong / Active Input

  • Full-body dancing, jumping, spinning, or fast-paced movement
  • Continuous activity with rhythm changes
  • Longer duration with rest breaks
  • Ideal for: high energy output and sensory input

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose:
Support regulation, coordination, and enjoyment through rhythm-based movement.

✔️ How to Support

  • Start with simple, predictable movements
  • Demonstrate and model rather than instruct
  • Match the participant’s pace and energy level
  • Allow freedom of expression without correction
  • Use music intentionally (calming vs energising)

⏱️ Duration

  • Begin with short sessions and build gradually
  • Follow the participant’s lead for engagement time

🛑 Stop or Modify If You See

  • Signs of auditory or sensory overload
  • Dizziness or discomfort with movement
  • Fatigue or reduced coordination
  • Withdrawal or loss of interest

🧠 Support Tips

  • Create a calm, safe, and non-judgmental space
  • Use familiar or preferred music to increase engagement
  • Keep transitions predictable (clear start and finish)
  • Offer choices (music, movement, props)
  • Follow with a calming wind-down if needed (slow music, breathing, stretching)
Multisensory 'Bingo'
Visual

Description

🔍 Visual Bingo Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Visual (with cognitive, auditory, and social engagement)

🌿 Activity Description

Visual Bingo Exploration is a gentle, playful activity that encourages the participant to look around, notice familiar items, and match them to simple images on a bingo-style board.

The activity is highly adaptable and can be completed in the environment around the participant or as a tabletop matching task. Participation can range from active searching and placing tokens to simply observing while a support person models the process.

The focus is on shared attention, enjoyment, and building awareness of the environment in a calm, low-pressure way.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Encourages visual scanning and noticing of the environment
• Supports visual discrimination and object recognition
• Builds joint attention and shared engagement
• Promotes cognitive linking between objects and images
• Can incorporate auditory processing through sound-based matching
• Supports emotional regulation through predictable, playful interaction

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should always be adjusted to match the participant’s comfort level, attention span, and sensory preferences.

A simplified bingo board using only two to four items is often the best starting point. Common examples include a dog, apple, car, or chair. The support person gently guides the participant to look around, helping them notice when an item appears and supporting them to place or tap a token.

Themes can be introduced depending on the setting to make recognition easier. Indoors, this may include furniture, appliances, textures, or colours. Outdoors, themes might include animals, nature, vehicles, or environmental sounds.

For participants who prefer structured or low-demand tasks, a matching version can be used. Real objects are placed in front of the participant (such as a cup, towel, or remote), and they match each item to the corresponding picture.

Sound-based bingo can support auditory engagement by using familiar environmental sounds such as a dog barking, a car passing, or water running. The participant responds by placing a token when the sound is heard.

For individuals who prefer minimal movement, the activity can be completed from a single seated position using only items visible from that space.

If engagement is best through observation, the support person can lead the activity, modelling the process by noticing items and placing tokens while the participant watches.

All participation methods—including pointing, looking, or brief visual fixation—should be recognised as meaningful engagement.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The activity is calm, predictable, and easily paced, supporting participants who may be sensitive to overstimulation.

Keeping the number of items small, using soft and quiet tokens, and maintaining a low-noise environment helps ensure the experience remains soothing rather than demanding.

Gentle celebration, such as smiling and saying “We found it!”, builds positive emotional associations without overwhelming the participant.

Choice—such as selecting tokens or deciding whether to continue—supports a sense of control and safety.

🛠 Materials

• Simple bingo board (2–4 images to start)
• Tokens (e.g., soft pom-poms, wooden discs, Velcro dots, stickers, felt shapes)
• Optional real objects for matching
• Optional themed images (indoor, outdoor, colours, sounds)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Begin by introducing the bingo board in a relaxed and playful way.

Sit or stand alongside the participant and gently look around together. When an item is spotted, support the participant to place a token, tap the image, or simply look at it.

Use warm, simple language such as “We found it!” and keep the tone encouraging but calm.

Follow the participant’s lead. If their attention shifts, allow the activity to pause or finish naturally.

Keep sessions short and successful, prioritising enjoyment over completion.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Participant watches while support person completes the activity

Gentle Input
Participant looks at or briefly attends to items with support

Moderate Input
Participant places tokens or points to matching items

Higher Engagement
Participant actively searches, matches, and anticipates items

💡 Optional Variations

Treasure-style bingo can be introduced by hiding a small number of objects around the space and gently supporting the participant to find them.

A gesture-based version can be used for non-verbal participants, where pointing, touching, or sustained looking replaces token placement.

A simple reward can be offered after a few successful matches, such as bubbles, music, or a preferred calming sensory activity.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid overstimulation by limiting visual clutter and noise.
Use safe, non-choking materials for tokens.
Stop the activity at the first sign of fatigue or distress.
Always prioritise comfort, autonomy, and enjoyment.

🔄 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity pairs well with the Proprioceptive Protocol before or after participation to support regulation and readiness.

It can also be used following movement-based activities as a calming, grounding task that shifts attention to visual engagement in a structured and predictable way.

Mystery Bag
Tactile

Description

🎒 Mystery Bag Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with proprioceptive, cognitive, and social engagement)

🌿 Activity Description

Mystery Bag Exploration is a hands-on sensory activity where the participant reaches into a bag and explores objects using touch alone, without looking.

The participant feels different textures, shapes, and weights, and is gently supported to describe or guess what the object might be. The activity can be playful and imaginative, framed as a “mystery” or “detective” game, or kept calm and exploratory depending on the participant’s preferences.

Participation can range from active guessing and describing to simple tactile exploration, with the support person guiding the experience.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Provides rich tactile input through varied textures and materials
• Supports tactile discrimination (e.g., soft, hard, smooth, rough, squishy)
• Integrates tactile and proprioceptive input through grasping and manipulation
• Builds hand strength, finger dexterity, and fine motor coordination
• Encourages focused attention and sustained engagement
• Supports cognitive processing, memory, and problem-solving
• Promotes expressive language through describing sensory experiences
• Can provide calming, grounding sensory input
• Encourages creativity and imaginative thinking

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be tailored to the participant’s sensory preferences and level of confidence.

The bag can be filled with a variety of items such as soft fabrics, plush toys, smooth stones, rubber balls, stress balls, small everyday objects, or textured materials like sandpaper.

For participants who are new or hesitant, begin with highly contrasting and easy-to-recognise items (e.g., soft vs hard). For those seeking more challenge, introduce smaller, more complex, or similar-textured objects.

The activity can be simplified by removing the guessing component and focusing purely on exploration—allowing the participant to feel and experience each item without pressure to identify it.

For participants who benefit from visual support, objects can be revealed immediately after exploration, or matched to pictures.

Turn-taking can be introduced in shared sessions, or the support person can model the process first to build understanding and comfort.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The deep, contained tactile input from reaching into the bag can feel safe and grounding, particularly for participants who benefit from predictable sensory experiences.

Soft, squishy, or familiar objects can promote calm and reduce anxiety, while the structured nature of the activity supports regulation through predictability.

The playful “mystery” element can increase engagement without creating pressure, especially when all responses are positively reinforced.

Participants are encouraged to explore at their own pace, with the option to stop at any time.

🛠 Materials

• Soft bag or covered box
• Selection of objects with varied textures and shapes, such as:
– Soft items (fabric, plush toys)
– Hard objects (plastic toys, wooden items)
– Textured materials (rubber, sandpaper, ridged surfaces)
– Squishy items (stress balls, foam shapes)
– Everyday objects (pencils, spoons, small tools)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the activity in a relaxed, playful way, such as “Let’s play a mystery game using our hands.”

Encourage the participant to reach into the bag without looking and explore an object using their hands.

Gently prompt with simple questions if appropriate, such as “Does it feel soft or hard?” or “Is it big or small?”

Support the participant to guess if they wish, but avoid pressure—exploration alone is valuable.

Reveal the object after each turn and respond with positive, encouraging feedback regardless of accuracy.

Keep the pace slow and enjoyable, following the participant’s level of interest.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Participant observes while support person explores and describes objects

Gentle Input
Participant briefly touches or holds objects with support

Moderate Input
Participant explores objects and gives simple descriptions

Higher Engagement
Participant independently explores, describes, and guesses objects

💡 Optional Variations

The activity can be framed as a “detective game,” with the participant solving mysteries through touch.

Objects can be grouped by themes (e.g., kitchen items, nature objects, favourite toys) to support familiarity.

A matching version can be introduced where objects are paired with pictures after exploration.

Participants can be invited to choose their favourite objects at the end, supporting reflection and communication.

The activity can also be used in group settings to support turn-taking and shared enjoyment.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure all objects are safe, non-toxic, and appropriate in size (avoid choking hazards).
Be mindful of tactile sensitivities—avoid textures that may be distressing.
Introduce new textures gradually and observe for signs of discomfort.
Stop the activity if the participant becomes overwhelmed or disengaged.

🔄 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity pairs well with the Proprioceptive Protocol before participation to support readiness and tolerance of tactile input.

It can also be used after more active or stimulating tasks as a grounding activity, helping the participant shift into a calmer, more regulated state through contained sensory exploration.

Name The Mistake
Auditory

Description

🎤 Rhyming Mistake Game

Primary Sensory Area: Auditory (with cognitive, language, and social engagement)

🌿 Activity Description

The Rhyming Mistake Game is a playful listening activity where a familiar rhyme, song, or phrase is intentionally altered with “mistakes,” and the participant is supported to notice when something sounds wrong.

The support person recites or sings a well-known rhyme, changing selected words to create humorous or unexpected variations. The participant listens carefully and responds when they detect a mistake.

The activity can be energetic and interactive or calm and gentle, depending on how it is delivered. Participation may include calling out mistakes, raising a hand, smiling, or simply showing recognition through attention.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Supports auditory processing and listening skills
• Enhances auditory discrimination (noticing differences in sounds and words)
• Encourages attention to rhythm, tone, and familiar patterns
• Builds memory recall of known songs and rhymes
• Supports language development and vocabulary awareness
• Encourages cognitive flexibility and problem-solving
• Promotes engagement through humour and surprise

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be tailored to the participant’s familiarity with language, attention span, and communication style.

Begin with very familiar and simple rhymes such as Twinkle, Twinkle Little Star or The Itsy Bitsy Spider. Only change one word at a time to make the task achievable and enjoyable.

For participants who require additional support, exaggerate the incorrect word slightly through tone or pause to make it easier to detect.

Responses can be adapted to suit the individual. Instead of calling out, the participant may point, raise a hand, smile, or simply look toward the support person when they notice a mistake.

For participants who prefer a lower-demand approach, the support person can model the process by noticing the mistake themselves and responding in a playful way, allowing the participant to engage through observation.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The predictable rhythm of familiar rhymes provides a sense of structure and safety, which can support regulation.

The playful and humorous nature of the “mistakes” often creates positive emotional engagement, helping participants feel relaxed and motivated to participate.

Gentle praise and shared enjoyment build confidence without pressure, reinforcing that participation is about fun rather than performance.

The activity can be easily slowed down or paused, making it suitable for participants who may become overwhelmed.

🛠 Materials

• Familiar rhymes, songs, or short scripts
• Optional visual supports (pictures representing key words)
• Optional props to enhance engagement

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the activity in a light, playful way, such as “Let’s play a silly listening game.”

Begin reciting or singing a familiar rhyme, inserting one simple mistake.

Pause slightly after the altered word to allow time for processing.

Encourage the participant to respond in whatever way is comfortable—verbally or non-verbally.

Acknowledge all responses positively, for example, “You heard that!” or “That sounded a bit funny, didn’t it?”

Repeat the correct version together if appropriate, reinforcing familiarity and learning.

Keep the pace relaxed and follow the participant’s level of engagement.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Participant listens while support person models noticing mistakes

Gentle Input
Participant shows awareness through looking, smiling, or brief responses

Moderate Input
Participant signals when a mistake is heard (e.g., gesture or word)

Higher Engagement
Participant actively identifies and corrects mistakes or creates their own

💡 Optional Variations

Use favourite songs, movie lines, or personal phrases to increase relevance and engagement.

Introduce more than one mistake per rhyme for participants who enjoy a challenge.

Invite the participant to create their own “silly versions” of rhymes.

In group settings, take turns being the “mistake maker” and the “listener.”

Pair the activity with simple actions or gestures to add a movement component.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid overwhelming the participant with too many changes at once.
Ensure the activity remains playful rather than corrective or demanding.
Be mindful of fatigue—listening tasks can require sustained concentration.
Always prioritise enjoyment and connection over accuracy.

🔄 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity pairs well with the Proprioceptive Protocol beforehand to support attention and readiness for listening tasks.

It can also follow movement-based activities as a calming transition, shifting focus to structured auditory engagement in a predictable and enjoyable format.

Nature Treasure Trail
Multi-Sensory

Description

🌿 Nature Treasure Trail

An immersive sensory journey connecting with the natural world.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Nature Treasure Trail is a personalized sensory expedition designed to bring the outside in or explore the immediate outdoor environment. By curating a selection of natural objects with distinct textures, scents, and sounds, we create a rich, accessible narrative that stimulates the senses and promotes engagement with the environment.

SENSORY BENEFITS

SMELL: Introducing aromatic leaves like pine or lavender provides olfactory stimulation that can be grounding and calming. TOUCH: Exploring the contrast between smooth stones, rough bark, and soft moss enhances tactile discrimination and awareness. VISION: Contrasting colors and patterns in natural elements offer visual tracking opportunities and brighten the visual field. PROPRIOCEPTION: Carrying a small bag of treasures or pressing hands into different surfaces helps develop body awareness and grounding. HEARING: The gentle rustle of dry leaves or the tapping of twigs provides rhythmic auditory input that is soothing and engaging.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A small basket or pouch for collecting items. • A selection of natural textures such as smooth pebbles, pinecones, and velvet-soft leaves. • A collection of aromatic items like rosemary, pine needles, or dried flower petals. • A small piece of sandpaper or a soft brush for contrast. • A portable speaker for natural ambient soundscapes.

ACTIVITY IDEAS

NATURE BASKET EXPLORATION: Present items one by one, allowing ample time for the individual to touch, smell, or look at each object before moving to the next. GUIDED TEXTURE WALK: Slowly guide the person’s hands over the textures of the outdoor environment, such as the ridges of a tree trunk or the softness of grass. SOUNDTRACK SCAVENGER HUNT: Use a recorded loop of forest or beach sounds and match the sensory items to the corresponding noises being played. MULTI-SENSORY RELAXATION: Pair the scent of collected items with a gentle touch massage to create a cohesive sensory story.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Use physical prompting to guide hands to items if range of motion is limited. • Ensure all items are non-toxic and sized safely for the individual. • Place items on a tray at eye level for those in wheelchairs. • Focus on a single sense at a time to avoid sensory overload. Always prioritize the individual's communication cues; if they turn away or show signs of withdrawal, shift the activity pace or stop to provide a rest period.

TIPS

• Introduce items slowly to allow for processing time. • Use a predictable rhythm or song to signal the start and end of the trail. • Incorporate the person's favorite scents or colors to increase interest.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity provides a wonderful, low-pressure way to bridge the gap between the indoors and the natural world, fostering a sense of curiosity and calm through meaningful, accessible sensory exploration.

Neighborhood Walk
Vestibular

Description

🚶‍♀️ Sensory Neighbourhood Walk

Movement · Exploration · Regulation · Comfort

A sensory-friendly neighbourhood walk offers a familiar, predictable way to enjoy the outdoors while supporting movement, curiosity, and self-regulation — without tipping into overload.

Think: calm movement, gentle noticing, and feeling safe in the world.

🌿 Why we’re doing this

This activity supports:

  • movement and body awareness

  • sensory exploration at a comfortable pace

  • emotional regulation through familiarity and rhythm

It’s about engaging the senses just enough, while keeping things predictable and reassuring.

🧍‍♂️ Before You Start: Set It Up for Success

👀 Know the client’s sensory world

  • Notice sensitivities
    (traffic noise, bright light, crowds, busy footpaths)

  • Identify what’s calming
    (steady walking, predictable routes, gentle movement)

  • Use a visual schedule or short social story to show:
    start → walk → finish → home

🌍 Shape the environment

  • Choose a quiet time of day

  • Plan a predictable route with familiar streets and landmarks

  • Identify rest spots along the way
    (bench, shade, quiet corner, small park)

👕 Clothing & Supports

  • Comfortable clothing (deep pressure if helpful)

  • Sunglasses or hat to soften visual input

  • Noise-reducing headphones if needed

  • A small fidget or comfort object for reassurance

🚶 During the Walk: Go at Their Pace

1️⃣ Easy Walking (Movement & Body Awareness)

Why it helps: supports coordination, balance, and muscle activation

  • Let the client set the pace

  • Take breaks whenever needed

  • Encourage stepping on different surfaces:
    pavement → grass → gravel

  • Optional playful movement:

    • step up on curbs

    • follow tactile patterns (bricks, lines, covers)

2️⃣ Gentle Noticing (Visual & Auditory)

Why it helps: builds attention and curiosity without pressure

  • Casually point out things to see:
    trees, cars, animals, colours

  • Play a light “I Spy” game if it’s enjoyable

  • If comfortable, notice sounds:
    birds, footsteps, leaves moving

No need to label everything — quiet observation is just as valuable.

3️⃣ Tactile Exploration (Optional)

Why it helps: supports sensory curiosity and fine motor engagement

  • Touch safe surfaces:
    tree bark, railings, textured walls

  • Pick up small natural objects:
    leaves, smooth stones

  • Use a handheld sensory item if extra input is helpful

4️⃣ Social & Community Awareness (Optional)

Why it helps: builds familiarity and comfort in the community

  • Greet familiar neighbours if the client enjoys this

  • Walk past known landmarks:
    shop, school, park

  • If social interaction isn’t preferred:
    ✔️ observe from a distance
    ✔️ focus on the environment instead

There’s no expectation to interact — observing is participation.

🌬️ Winding Down (After the Walk)

  • Sit in a quiet spot before heading home

  • Offer calming input:

    • deep pressure (hug, weighted lap pad)

    • water or preferred snack

  • Mark the walk as finished on a visual schedule

  • Transition calmly to the next activity

🕊 What this supports over time

  • Increased comfort moving outdoors

  • Better sensory regulation through gentle movement

  • Improved confidence in familiar environments

  • Stronger sense of safety and predictability

  • A more positive relationship with community spaces

Netball
Proprioceptive

Description

🏐 Simple Netball Activities

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with vestibular, visual, and tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

Simple Netball Activities provide structured, adaptable ball-play experiences that support movement, coordination, and engagement in a fun and achievable way.

The activity focuses on core skills such as passing, catching, shooting, and gentle movement, all of which can be modified to suit the participant’s abilities and confidence. Participation can range from basic ball handling in a seated or standing position to simple drills and small game play.

The emphasis is on success, enjoyment, and building confidence through predictable and supportive interaction.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Strong proprioceptive input through pushing, throwing, and catching
• Vestibular input from stepping, pivoting, and body movement
• Visual tracking and hand–eye coordination when following the ball
• Tactile input through gripping and handling the ball
• Supports motor planning and coordinated movement sequences
• Encourages regulation through rhythmic, repetitive actions
• Builds confidence through achievable physical challenges

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Activities should be carefully graded to match the participant’s physical ability, coordination, and sensory preferences.

Equipment can be modified by using lighter, softer, or textured balls to improve grip and reduce impact. The height of the net or target can be lowered to increase success and reduce frustration.

Passing activities can begin with simple, slow chest passes using two hands, progressing to bounce passes or one-handed shoulder passes as confidence develops. For participants who require less complexity, passing can be completed from a stationary position.

Movement components such as pivoting or stepping can be simplified or removed. Participants may remain in one spot or use slow, supported movement rather than dynamic play.

Shooting can be adapted by reducing distance, allowing underarm throws, or using larger targets such as hoops.

Catching and rebounding can be supported by slowing the pace and using predictable, gentle throws.

All activities can be completed individually, with a support person, or in a small group depending on social preference.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The structured and repetitive nature of passing and shooting provides predictable proprioceptive input, which can support regulation and body awareness.

The rhythm of movement and ball interaction can feel organising and calming for many participants.

Success-oriented tasks—such as simple passing or close-range shooting—help build confidence and reduce performance pressure.

Opportunities for shared play and gentle encouragement support positive emotional engagement and motivation.

🛠 Materials

• Netball (or similar ball—lighter, softer, or textured if needed)
• Net or alternative target (e.g., hoop, bucket, wall marker)
• Open, safe space
• Optional markers or cones for positioning

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Begin with simple, achievable tasks such as holding, passing, or gently throwing the ball.

Demonstrate each action clearly and encourage slow, controlled movements.

Position yourself close to the participant to provide consistent and supportive interaction.

Use clear, encouraging language and celebrate effort rather than outcome.

Gradually introduce variation—such as stepping, aiming, or turn-taking—only if the participant is comfortable.

Allow regular pauses and check in to ensure the activity remains enjoyable.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Holding the ball, light rolling or assisted passing

Gentle Input
Simple chest passes or short-distance throws

Moderate Input
Bounce passes, catching, and close-range shooting

Higher Engagement
Movement-based drills, pivoting, and simple game play

💡 Optional Variations

A shooting challenge can be introduced by taking turns aiming at a target and counting successful attempts.

Passing circles in small groups can support social interaction and quick responses.

Movement drills using markers can encourage stepping between positions before receiving the ball.

Activities can be adapted for small spaces by using wall targets or seated passing.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure the environment is clear of obstacles to prevent trips or collisions.
Use appropriate ball types to avoid discomfort or injury to hands and fingers.
Monitor for fatigue, especially during repeated throwing or movement tasks.
Adjust intensity and duration based on the participant’s energy levels and sensory tolerance.

🔄 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

These activities naturally provide strong proprioceptive input and can complement or substitute elements of the Proprioceptive Protocol.

They can be used before more structured tasks to support regulation and readiness, or earlier in a session to provide organising input prior to calmer, seated activities.

Newspaper Dress Up
Tactile

Description

📰 Newspaper Dress Up

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with auditory, proprioceptive, and body awareness input)

🌿 Activity Description

Newspaper Dress Up is a playful, low-cost sensory activity that invites the participant to explore newspaper through touch, sound, and creative expression.

The participant can tear, scrunch, fold, or drape newspaper to create simple clothing items or costumes such as capes, hats, skirts, or scarves. The activity can remain purely exploratory or extend into imaginative play and gentle movement.

Participation is flexible and can range from hands-only exploration to wearing loosely placed newspaper items, with the support person guiding the experience in a calm and responsive way.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Provides varied tactile input through light touch and texture
• Introduces controllable auditory input through rustling sounds
• Supports body awareness when paper is placed or moved on the body
• Offers gentle proprioceptive feedback through wrapping and resistance
• Encourages creativity, imagination, and self-expression
• Supports shared attention and social engagement
• Can promote calm through low-pressure, playful exploration

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be introduced gradually and adjusted to the participant’s sensory preferences.

Begin with simple tactile exploration using hands only, such as tearing, scrunching, or smoothing newspaper. This allows the participant to become familiar with the texture and sound before introducing any body-based interaction.

For participants who are comfortable, newspaper can be loosely draped over shoulders or placed on arms or legs. Avoid tight wrapping and ensure the participant can move freely at all times.

If auditory sensitivity is present, reduce the amount of newspaper used or move slowly to minimise rustling sounds.

Participation may also involve observation only, with the support person modelling the activity in a gentle and engaging way.

All choices—whether to touch, wear, or stop—should be led by the participant.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The light, controllable nature of the sensory input allows the participant to engage at their own pace, supporting a sense of safety and predictability.

The playful and creative aspects of the activity can promote positive emotional engagement and reduce pressure, particularly when there is no expectation of a “finished product.”

Gentle movement with the newspaper can enhance body awareness while maintaining a calm and regulated state.

The activity can also support relaxation when kept slow, quiet, and responsive to the participant’s cues.

🛠 Materials

• Old newspapers (large sheets preferred)
• Masking tape or paper tape (easy to remove)
• Optional scissors (staff use only)
• Clear space (floor or seated area)
• Optional mirror (if well tolerated)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the activity simply and playfully, for example: “We can use this paper to make costumes or just see how it feels.”

Allow the participant to explore the newspaper with their hands first.

Gently model actions such as tearing, scrunching, or draping, without expectation.

If appropriate, support the participant to place newspaper loosely on different parts of the body.

Use minimal language and follow the participant’s lead, responding to their level of interest.

If movement is introduced, keep it slow and predictable—such as gentle walking or turning.

Finish with a brief reflection or observation, acknowledging what the participant seemed to enjoy.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Participant observes or briefly touches newspaper

Gentle Input
Hands-only exploration (tearing, scrunching, smoothing)

Moderate Input
Newspaper placed loosely on body with support

Higher Engagement
Participant creates, wears, and moves in newspaper costumes

💡 Optional Variations

Create simple costume themes (e.g., superhero cape, hat, or scarf) to support imagination.

Encourage gentle movement to explore how the newspaper sounds and moves.

Use a mirror for visual feedback if the participant enjoys seeing themselves.

Combine with storytelling or role play for participants who enjoy creative expression.

Keep the activity short and repeat over time to build familiarity and tolerance.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Check for tactile or auditory sensitivities before starting.
Be mindful of paper cuts—assist with tearing and handling as needed.
Avoid wrapping newspaper tightly or near the face.
Ensure the participant can move freely at all times.
Stop the activity at the first sign of discomfort or overload.
Always respect refusal and allow the participant to disengage at any time.

🔄 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity provides light proprioceptive input and pairs well with the Proprioceptive Protocol to support regulation before or after participation.

It can be used as a gentle, exploratory activity following more structured proprioceptive input, helping the participant remain calm while engaging in creative and sensory play.

Noodle Play
Tactile

Description

🍜 Noodle Play Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile and Oral (with proprioceptive and auditory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Noodle Play Exploration is a playful, food-based sensory activity that invites the participant to explore cooked noodles through touch, movement, and (if appropriate) oral interaction.

Participants can squeeze, stretch, pick up, and manipulate noodles, with the option to bring them to the mouth and experience slurping or chewing. The activity can be purely tactile or include oral motor engagement, depending on the participant’s comfort and preferences.

The focus is on curiosity, enjoyment, and gentle sensory exploration within a safe and flexible environment.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Rich tactile input through soft, slippery, and flexible textures
• Oral motor development through slurping, chewing, and lip/tongue coordination
• Proprioceptive input through grasping, pulling, and manipulating noodles
• Auditory feedback from slurping and movement sounds
• Supports hand–mouth coordination
• Encourages sensory integration across touch, taste, and sound
• Promotes engagement through playful and novel experiences

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be adapted to match the participant’s sensory tolerance, feeding preferences, and confidence.

Begin with hands-only exploration, allowing the participant to touch, squeeze, or stretch the noodles without expectation of eating.

For participants who are hesitant, utensils such as a fork or spoon can be used to create distance from direct tactile input.

Different noodle types (e.g., spaghetti, udon, rice noodles) can be introduced to vary thickness, texture, and firmness.

Temperature can also be adjusted, offering warm or cool noodles depending on sensory preference.

Oral interaction should always be optional. Some participants may prefer to observe or engage only through touch, and this should be fully supported.

For those engaging orally, shorter noodles may make slurping easier and more comfortable.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The repetitive, rhythmic nature of handling and slurping noodles can provide organising sensory input and support regulation.

The playful and often humorous aspects of the activity—such as stretching noodles or making slurping sounds—can promote positive emotional engagement and reduce anxiety.

The flexible, low-pressure structure allows participants to engage at their own pace, supporting a sense of control and safety.

Shared enjoyment with a support person can enhance connection and motivation.

🛠 Materials

• Cooked noodles (e.g., spaghetti, udon, rice noodles)
• Bowl or tray
• Optional mild toppings (butter, light sauce, seasoning)
• Fork or spoon (optional)
• Wet wipes or towel for cleanup
• Optional mirror

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the activity in a relaxed and playful way, such as “Let’s explore these noodles and see how they feel.”

Encourage the participant to begin by touching and exploring the noodles with their hands.

Model simple actions such as stretching, lifting, or letting noodles fall back into the bowl.

If appropriate, demonstrate bringing a noodle to the mouth and gently slurping, without expectation for the participant to copy.

Use simple descriptive language to highlight sensory qualities (e.g., “These feel slippery” or “That was a long noodle”).

Follow the participant’s lead and allow them to move between touching, observing, or tasting as they choose.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Participant observes or briefly touches noodles

Gentle Input
Hands-only exploration (squeezing, stretching, lifting)

Moderate Input
Using utensils or partial hand-to-mouth interaction

Higher Engagement
Active slurping, eating, and playful interaction with noodles

💡 Optional Variations

Introduce simple games such as finding the longest noodle or lifting a bundle of noodles.

Offer “slow” or “fast” slurping as a playful variation for those who enjoy oral interaction.

Use different temperatures (warm vs cool noodles) to explore sensory contrast.

Add mild flavours or sauces for participants who enjoy taste-based exploration.

Incorporate a mirror for visual feedback if the participant finds this engaging.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Be mindful of choking risk—supervise closely during oral interaction.
Ensure noodles are an appropriate size and texture for safe eating.
Check for dietary restrictions or allergies.
Avoid pressure to eat—oral interaction must always be optional.
Monitor for signs of discomfort, gagging, or sensory overload.
Maintain hygiene and clean the area promptly after the activity.

🔄 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity provides gentle proprioceptive input through hand and oral motor engagement and can be used following the Proprioceptive Protocol to support calm, regulated exploration.

It is particularly useful as a grounding, seated activity after movement-based input, helping maintain regulation while encouraging engagement and curiosity.

Obstacle Course
Vestibular

Description

🧗 Obstacle Course Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Vestibular and Proprioceptive (with visual and motor planning input)

🌿 Activity Description

Obstacle Course Exploration involves setting up a sequence of simple movement-based activities that the participant moves through in order.

The course may include stepping over objects, crawling under barriers, climbing, balancing, or moving between markers. Each element provides a different type of sensory and movement experience, creating a varied and engaging activity.

The course can be highly structured or flexible, with the support person guiding the participant through each step at a comfortable pace. Participation can range from completing a single movement task to engaging in a full sequence.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Provides varied vestibular input through movement and position changes
• Offers strong proprioceptive feedback through pushing, climbing, and weight-bearing
• Supports motor planning and sequencing skills
• Encourages bilateral coordination through whole-body movement
• Enhances balance and spatial awareness
• Builds confidence through completing achievable challenges
• Supports problem-solving and adaptive movement strategies

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The obstacle course should always be tailored to the participant’s physical ability, confidence, and sensory preferences.

Start with very simple elements such as stepping over a line, walking between markers, or reaching for an object. Gradually introduce more complex components such as crawling, balancing, or climbing if appropriate.

Each part of the course can be completed individually rather than as a full sequence if this is more manageable.

For participants who require lower physical demand, activities can be adapted to seated or supported positions, such as reaching, passing objects, or gentle stepping.

Visual supports or demonstration can help clarify each step, and the support person can guide the participant physically if needed.

The pace should remain slow and predictable, with the option to pause or stop at any time.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The structured nature of an obstacle course provides predictability, which can support regulation and reduce anxiety.

The combination of movement and effortful activity can help organise the nervous system, particularly through proprioceptive input.

Completing each step offers a sense of achievement, building confidence and motivation.

When presented as a playful challenge, the activity can promote enjoyment and positive emotional engagement.

🛠 Materials

• Cones, markers, or household objects
• Cushions, mats, or soft surfaces
• Chairs, tables, or tunnels for crawling under
• Balance items (e.g., tape line, beam, or stepping stones)
• Optional objects to carry, push, or place

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up a simple course with clear start and finish points.

Demonstrate each step slowly, or guide the participant through one element at a time.

Use clear, simple language such as “Step over,” “Go under,” or “Walk to the cone.”

Stay close to provide reassurance and physical support if needed.

Encourage effort and celebrate completion of each step, rather than focusing on speed or accuracy.

Allow breaks between elements to maintain regulation and enjoyment.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Single movement task (e.g., stepping over or reaching) with support

Gentle Input
Two to three simple movements completed slowly

Moderate Input
Short sequence including stepping, crawling, or balancing

Higher Engagement
Full obstacle course with multiple movement challenges

💡 Optional Variations

Create themed courses (e.g., “jungle adventure” or “treasure path”) to increase engagement.

Introduce carrying or pushing objects between stations for added proprioceptive input.

Use timing or repetition for participants who enjoy challenge and structure.

Adapt for small spaces using minimal equipment and shorter distances.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure the environment is clear of hazards and has appropriate padding if needed.
Supervise closely during climbing or balance tasks.
Adjust difficulty to avoid frustration or fatigue.
Monitor for signs of sensory overload or physical discomfort.
Always prioritise safety, success, and enjoyment.

🔄 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

Obstacle courses naturally provide strong proprioceptive and vestibular input and can complement or replace elements of the Proprioceptive Protocol.

They are particularly effective at the beginning of a session to support regulation and readiness, or when the participant benefits from active, organising sensory input before transitioning to quieter activities.

Ocean Escape
Multi-Sensory

Description

🌊 Ocean Escape

A serene, multi-sensory voyage to the calming shores of the deep blue sea.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Ocean Escape invites participants to submerge themselves in the tranquil atmosphere of the seaside through a carefully curated sensory environment. This experience aims to evoke the feeling of gentle waves, salty air, and deep relaxation, providing a soothing reprieve designed to regulate the nervous system.

SENSORY BENEFITS

SMELL: The scent of sea salt and aquatic botanicals helps ground the participant and encourages deep breathing. TOUCH: Rhythmic tactile stimulation mimicking the flow of water provides soothing pressure and sensory variety. VISION: Soft blue hues and gentle, shimmering light reflections replicate the underwater environment, promoting focus and calm. HEARING: The sounds of ocean waves and whale songs offer auditory rhythm that can lower heart rate and reduce stress.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A blue silk or lycra fabric to act as the ocean waves.

• A diffuser with calming sea salt or clean linen scent.

• A sound machine or speaker playing recorded ocean waves.

• LED color-changing lights or an ocean projector.

• A small bowl of lukewarm water and a sea sponge.

ACTIVITY IDEAS

The Wave Motion: Hold the edges of the blue fabric and gently lift and lower it over the participant, creating a soft, rhythmic breeze that mimics the ebb and flow of the tide. Gentle Sponge Massage: Use a soft, damp sea sponge to gently press against the participant's hands or arms, providing tactile feedback alongside the scent of the sea. Acoustic Immersion: Position speakers at head height to create a surround-sound effect, layering whale calls under the consistent white noise of waves. Light Reflection: Aim a projector at a reflective surface or a bowl of water to create shimmering, dancing light patterns on the ceiling to mesmerize and soothe.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Use a vibration pad underneath the participant to simulate the low-frequency rumble of the ocean. • Reduce the speed and amplitude of all movements to ensure the sensory input is not overwhelming. • Provide consistent one-on-one proximity so the participant can feel your presence as a anchor during the experience. Always prioritize the person's unique interests and closely monitor their body language for signs of enjoyment or discomfort to guide the pace of the activity.

TIPS

• Ensure the temperature of the room and water remains warm and comfortable to prevent sensory shock. • Keep ambient lighting low to allow the light effects to stand out clearly. • Take breaks between sensory inputs to allow the individual time to process the experience.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

Ocean Escape is a beautiful way to foster connection through shared tranquility, offering a safe space to explore new sensations that promote both regulation and deep, peaceful rest.

Orange Spa
Multi-Sensory

Description

🍊 Orange Spa

A refreshing, citrus-themed multisensory relaxation experience.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Orange Spa brings a gentle, rejuvenating atmosphere to the room through the bright, clean scent of citrus and soft tactile sensations. It is designed to encourage deep breathing and calm focus through rhythmic, repetitive sensory inputs.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides calming olfactory input to reduce anxiety.

• Offers gentle tactile stimulation through warm compresses and varied textures.

• Promotes interoceptive awareness through temperature changes.

• Encourages slow, rhythmic movement for regulation.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Fresh oranges or high-quality orange essential oil.

• Two soft washcloths or towels.

• A bowl of warm water.

• A dimmable lamp or warm-colored light source.

• Soft, instrumental background music.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Set a warm, dim environment with gentle music playing.

• Soak the washcloths in warm water infused with a few slices of fresh orange.

• Slowly wring out the cloth and gently press it against the participant's hands or forearms.

• Use slow, circular strokes to massage the skin, occasionally pausing to let the warmth settle.

• Observe their breathing patterns and adjust the pace of touch to match their rhythm.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Ensure the participant is in a comfortable, reclined, or upright position with adequate arm support.

• Place a tray or towel across the lap to catch any water droplets.

• Focus solely on the hands and forearms if range of motion is limited.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Check the temperature of the warm water carefully to avoid burns.

• Check for any citrus allergies or skin sensitivities before starting.

• Ensure no essential oil gets into the eyes or mouth.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Introduce a cool, refrigerated orange slice to contrast with the warm cloth.

• Use a soft bristle brush to lightly stroke the skin before applying the warm cloth.

• Incorporate a gentle arm stretch while applying the warm pressure.

• Add an orange-scented diffuser for ambient sensory support.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use only the scent of an orange peel placed nearby.

• Use a dry, soft cloth without warmth.

• Limit touch to the fingertips only.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Apply warm compresses to both hands and forearms.

• Use slow, firm massage strokes.

• Incorporate low-volume calming music.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use warm, textured towels for increased friction.

• Incorporate firm joint compressions during the massage.

• Use brighter lighting to increase alertness alongside the scent.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always offer a 'smell test' of the orange before beginning.

• Mirror the participant’s breathing rate to build connection.

• If they pull away, stop immediately and offer a different sensory choice.

• Keep the session short and prioritize comfort over technique.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

Orange Spa is a simple yet effective way to reset the nervous system, turning a basic hygiene routine into a luxurious, sensory-rich moment of peace and connection.

P Protocol
Proprioceptive

Description

🌊 The P Protocol

Proprioceptive Joint Input · Gentle Vibration · Nervous System Calm

The P Protocol is a simple, hands-on sensory technique that uses a small handheld vibrating device to stimulate proprioceptors in the body’s major joints.

It is especially helpful for adults with complex needs who experience sensory overload, emotional dysregulation, or difficulty settling through verbal strategies alone.

Think: calming the nervous system through the joints.

🌿 Why the P Protocol Works

Proprioceptive input that is predictable, rhythmic, and controlled has a powerful organising effect on the nervous system.

For many people with complex needs, the P Protocol can:

  • reduce emotional overwhelm

  • increase feelings of safety

  • support regulation when words don’t help

🔧 How the P Protocol Is Applied

📍 Where to Apply

Hold the vibrating device firmly but gently over each major joint:

  • shoulders

  • elbows

  • hands & fingers

  • hips

  • knees

  • ankles

⏱️ How Long

  • 20 seconds per joint

  • One joint at a time

  • Slow, steady, predictable pressure

🧠 What’s Happening Inside the Body

💫 Nervous System Support

This form of deep proprioceptive input is thought to:

  • promote release of calming neurotransmitters (e.g. serotonin)

  • support mood regulation and emotional steadiness

🔼 Raising the Threshold

With regular use, many people show:

  • increased tolerance for sensory input

  • fewer sudden escalations

  • improved capacity to cope with everyday demands

🕰️ When & How Often

  • Most effective when used regularly across the day

  • Ideal frequency:
    every 90 minutes to 2 hours

  • Can be used:

    • preventatively

    • during early signs of dysregulation

    • as part of a predictable daily routine

🧍‍♂️ Getting Started

👋 Familiarisation First

  • Show the device

  • Allow the person to touch and feel the vibration

  • Explain simply what will happen (using words, gestures, or demonstration)

🌱 Environment Matters

  • Calm, quiet setting

  • Minimal distractions

  • Neutral, reassuring tone

This should feel soothing and safe — never rushed or clinical.

👥 Who Can Use the P Protocol

  • Support workers and family members can be trained

  • Some individuals may learn to apply it themselves, which:

    • increases autonomy

    • builds a sense of control

    • supports self-regulation

⚠️ Important Considerations

🛑 Comfort Comes First

The P Protocol is designed for adults with complex needs and limited understanding and should only be used if the person:

✔️ appears relaxed or interested
✔️ shows enjoyment or settling

If the person:

  • resists

  • pulls away

  • pushes the device away

➡️ Stop immediately.

🌿 Beyond Calming

In addition to regulation, the P Protocol may support:

  • improved body awareness

  • a stronger sense of connection with the body

  • greater emotional stability over time

🕊️ In Summary

The P Protocol is a simple but powerful sensory strategy that supports nervous system regulation through predictable proprioceptive input.

Used respectfully and regularly, it can contribute to:

  • calmer emotional states

  • increased tolerance to sensory input

  • improved overall wellbeing

🧠 Small input. Big regulation.

P Protocol
Tactile

Description

🔵 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol)

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive

🌿 Activity Description

The Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) is a structured sensory intervention that delivers consistent, controlled proprioceptive input through the application of a handheld vibrating device to the body’s major joints.

The device is held firmly over each joint for approximately 20 seconds, including the shoulders, elbows, hands and fingers, hips, knees, and ankles.

This predictable and repeated input is designed to support regulation, increase body awareness, and provide a calming sensory experience. The protocol can be administered by a trained support person or, in some cases, by the individual themselves.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Provides deep, targeted proprioceptive input to major joints
• Supports body awareness and sense of physical self
• Promotes calm through predictable, controlled sensory input
• May assist in increasing tolerance to sensory stimuli
• Can support emotional regulation and reduce distress
• Offers a consistent and repeatable regulation strategy

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The protocol should always be tailored to the individual’s sensory preferences and tolerance.

Before beginning, the participant should be introduced to the device in a calm and gradual way, allowing them to see, touch, and feel the vibration.

Application should be firm but comfortable, avoiding excessive pressure. Each joint is stimulated in a consistent sequence to build predictability and familiarity.

The full protocol may be shortened if required, focusing only on joints that the participant finds comfortable or enjoyable.

Some individuals may benefit from self-administration, which can increase autonomy and a sense of control.

If the participant shows any signs of discomfort, resistance, or distress, the protocol should be stopped immediately.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The consistent proprioceptive input provided through the protocol can have an organising effect on the nervous system, supporting a calmer and more regulated state.

The structured and predictable nature of the protocol helps reduce uncertainty and can create a sense of safety.

Over time, regular use may support increased tolerance to sensory input and reduce the likelihood of sensory overload or emotional escalation.

The experience may also contribute to improved mood and overall wellbeing through the calming and grounding effects of deep sensory input.

🛠 Materials

• Handheld vibrating device (suitable for therapeutic use)
• Quiet, calm environment

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the device in a calm and reassuring way, allowing the participant to become familiar with the sensation.

Apply the device firmly to each major joint for approximately 20 seconds, following a consistent sequence (e.g., shoulders → elbows → hands → hips → knees → ankles).

Maintain a calm presence and observe the participant’s responses throughout.

Use minimal language, focusing on predictability and reassurance.

Repeat the protocol at regular intervals if appropriate, based on the individual’s needs and response.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Participant observes or briefly experiences vibration on one joint

Gentle Input
Selected joints completed with support

Moderate Input
Most joints completed in sequence with support

Higher Engagement
Full protocol completed regularly, with increasing familiarity or partial independence

💡 Optional Variations

Adjust the sequence or number of joints based on preference and tolerance.

Incorporate into daily routines (e.g., morning, midday, evening) for consistency.

Pair with calming environments such as quiet rooms or low lighting.

Introduce self-administration where appropriate to support independence.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Use only if the participant appears comfortable and receptive.
Stop immediately if there are signs of distress, avoidance, or resistance.
Avoid use over injured, inflamed, or sensitive areas.
Ensure the device is safe, clean, and functioning correctly.
This approach is best suited to individuals with significant sensory regulation needs and should be used thoughtfully.

🔄 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity serves as a core regulation strategy within a sensory program.

It can be used proactively throughout the day (approximately every 90 minutes to 2 hours) to support ongoing regulation, or prior to challenging activities to increase tolerance and readiness.

It also pairs effectively with both movement-based and calming sensory activities, helping to stabilise the nervous system across a range of daily experiences.

Paddling
Proprioceptive

Description

🌊 Paddling at the Beach

Primary Sensory Area: Vestibular and Proprioceptive (with tactile, auditory, visual, and interoceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Paddling at the Beach is a calming, multisensory activity that involves standing, sitting, or supported positioning in shallow water while experiencing gentle wave movement.

The participant engages with natural sensory elements including water, sand, breeze, and sound, creating a rich and grounding experience. Movement is slow and rhythmic, often involving gentle forward and backward stepping as waves move in and out.

The activity can be highly supportive and co-regulated, with the support person remaining close and responsive throughout. Participation may range from observing the environment to active stepping and exploration in the water.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Vestibular input through gentle body sway and wave movement
• Proprioceptive input through weight-bearing and postural adjustments
• Tactile input from water, sand, temperature, and breeze
• Auditory input from consistent ocean sounds supporting rhythmic regulation
• Visual input from open space, horizon, and natural light
• Interoceptive awareness through temperature and body–environment connection
• Supports grounding, calm, and emotional regulation

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be carefully matched to the participant’s mobility, sensory preferences, and confidence.

Participants may stand, sit in shallow water, or be supported using appropriate equipment such as a beach wheelchair. The support person should remain beside or slightly behind to provide physical reassurance and balance support.

Engagement should begin gradually, allowing the participant to observe the environment before introducing tactile contact with the water. Initial interaction may involve simply touching the water with hands or toes.

Movement can be introduced gently, encouraging slow stepping or shifting weight as waves move. For participants requiring more support, physical guidance such as hand-holding or an elbow link may be used.

Duration should be brief initially and increased gradually as tolerance builds.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The rhythmic and predictable movement of the waves provides a naturally regulating sensory experience.

The combination of vestibular and proprioceptive input supports organisation of the nervous system, while the natural environment promotes calm and emotional connection.

The open space and sensory qualities of the beach can reduce overstimulation often present in indoor or busy environments.

Shared experience with a support person can strengthen co-regulation, trust, and positive emotional engagement.

🛠 Materials

• Suitable beach environment (quiet, low stimulation area)
• Sunscreen and hat
• Water shoes (if tolerated)
• Towel and optional chair for rest
• Drinking water or snack
• Optional mobility support (e.g., beach wheelchair)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Begin by introducing the environment calmly, allowing time to observe waves, light, and sounds.

Encourage initial contact with the water through hands or feet, using simple descriptive language such as “The water feels cool.”

Support gentle movement, such as slow stepping or swaying with the waves. Match movement to a calm, steady rhythm.

Stay physically close, offering support as needed while maintaining a relaxed and reassuring presence.

Observe closely for signs of comfort or discomfort, adjusting the level of input accordingly.

Conclude the activity by returning to dry sand, drying feet with firm, rhythmic pressure, and reinforcing the calming experience.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing the beach environment and waves

Gentle Input
Touching water with hands or feet

Moderate Input
Standing or sitting in shallow water with support

Higher Engagement
Active stepping, swaying, and sustained interaction with waves

💡 Optional Variations

Sit at the shoreline and allow waves to gently reach the feet without standing.

Incorporate simple breathing rhythms matched to wave movement.

Collect shells or explore sand textures as part of the experience.

Use brief, repeated exposures rather than longer sessions to build tolerance.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Always remain within arm’s reach of the participant.
Check water conditions, depth, and temperature before entering.
Avoid areas with strong waves, currents, or unstable surfaces.
Monitor closely for signs of sensory overload or distress.
Limit exposure initially and ensure hydration and sun protection.
Use appropriate mobility supports for participants with physical needs.

🔄 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity provides natural vestibular and proprioceptive input and can complement the Proprioceptive Protocol within a sensory program.

It is particularly effective as a grounding, regulating experience and may be used following structured proprioceptive input or as part of a broader sensory routine that incorporates real-world environments.

Paddling
Vestibular

Description

🌊 Paddling at the Beach

Primary Sensory Area: Vestibular and Proprioceptive (with tactile, auditory, visual, and interoceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Paddling at the Beach is a calming, multisensory activity that involves standing, sitting, or supported positioning in shallow water while experiencing gentle wave movement.

The participant engages with natural sensory elements including water, sand, breeze, and sound, creating a rich and grounding experience. Movement is slow and rhythmic, often involving gentle forward and backward stepping as waves move in and out.

The activity can be highly supportive and co-regulated, with the support person remaining close and responsive throughout. Participation may range from observing the environment to active stepping and exploration in the water.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Vestibular input through gentle body sway and wave movement
• Proprioceptive input through weight-bearing and postural adjustments
• Tactile input from water, sand, temperature, and breeze
• Auditory input from consistent ocean sounds supporting rhythmic regulation
• Visual input from open space, horizon, and natural light
• Interoceptive awareness through temperature and body–environment connection
• Supports grounding, calm, and emotional regulation

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be carefully matched to the participant’s mobility, sensory preferences, and confidence.

Participants may stand, sit in shallow water, or be supported using appropriate equipment such as a beach wheelchair. The support person should remain beside or slightly behind to provide physical reassurance and balance support.

Engagement should begin gradually, allowing the participant to observe the environment before introducing tactile contact with the water. Initial interaction may involve simply touching the water with hands or toes.

Movement can be introduced gently, encouraging slow stepping or shifting weight as waves move. For participants requiring more support, physical guidance such as hand-holding or an elbow link may be used.

Duration should be brief initially and increased gradually as tolerance builds.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The rhythmic and predictable movement of the waves provides a naturally regulating sensory experience.

The combination of vestibular and proprioceptive input supports organisation of the nervous system, while the natural environment promotes calm and emotional connection.

The open space and sensory qualities of the beach can reduce overstimulation often present in indoor or busy environments.

Shared experience with a support person can strengthen co-regulation, trust, and positive emotional engagement.

🛠 Materials

• Suitable beach environment (quiet, low stimulation area)
• Sunscreen and hat
• Water shoes (if tolerated)
• Towel and optional chair for rest
• Drinking water or snack
• Optional mobility support (e.g., beach wheelchair)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Begin by introducing the environment calmly, allowing time to observe waves, light, and sounds.

Encourage initial contact with the water through hands or feet, using simple descriptive language such as “The water feels cool.”

Support gentle movement, such as slow stepping or swaying with the waves. Match movement to a calm, steady rhythm.

Stay physically close, offering support as needed while maintaining a relaxed and reassuring presence.

Observe closely for signs of comfort or discomfort, adjusting the level of input accordingly.

Conclude the activity by returning to dry sand, drying feet with firm, rhythmic pressure, and reinforcing the calming experience.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing the beach environment and waves

Gentle Input
Touching water with hands or feet

Moderate Input
Standing or sitting in shallow water with support

Higher Engagement
Active stepping, swaying, and sustained interaction with waves

💡 Optional Variations

Sit at the shoreline and allow waves to gently reach the feet without standing.

Incorporate simple breathing rhythms matched to wave movement.

Collect shells or explore sand textures as part of the experience.

Use brief, repeated exposures rather than longer sessions to build tolerance.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Always remain within arm’s reach of the participant.
Check water conditions, depth, and temperature before entering.
Avoid areas with strong waves, currents, or unstable surfaces.
Monitor closely for signs of sensory overload or distress.
Limit exposure initially and ensure hydration and sun protection.
Use appropriate mobility supports for participants with physical needs.

🔄 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity provides natural vestibular and proprioceptive input and can complement the Proprioceptive Protocol within a sensory program.

It is particularly effective as a grounding, regulating experience and may be used following structured proprioceptive input or as part of a broader sensory routine that incorporates real-world environments.

Paper Sculpting
Tactile

Description

📄 Paper Sculpting (Paper Mâché)

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with proprioceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Paper Sculpting (Paper Mâché) is a process-focused sensory activity that involves tearing, soaking, and moulding paper with paste to create simple three-dimensional forms.

The activity provides rich, messy tactile input while supporting creativity and exploration. The emphasis is on the sensory experience—touching, shaping, and building—rather than producing a finished product.

Participation can range from brief interaction with dry or damp paper to sustained engagement with wet materials and sculpting, depending on the participant’s comfort and interest.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Wet tactile input through paste and soaked paper
• Proprioceptive feedback from tearing, squeezing, and moulding
• Gradual development of tolerance to messy textures
• Fine motor strengthening of hands and fingers
• Supports sequencing and multi-step task engagement
• Encourages creativity, imagination, and problem-solving
• Can provide regulating input through repetitive hand movements

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be introduced gradually, respecting the participant’s tactile preferences and tolerance.

Begin with dry or slightly damp paper before introducing wet paste.

For participants who find direct contact challenging, tools such as brushes, sponges, or gloves can be used to reduce tactile intensity.

Work in small sections to minimise sensory load and allow the participant to build confidence gradually.

Keep wipes, towels, and water nearby so the participant can clean their hands at any time, supporting a sense of control.

Observation or minimal interaction is a valid and meaningful form of participation.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The repetitive actions involved in tearing, dipping, and smoothing paper can provide calming and organising sensory input.

Gradual exposure to wet textures can support increased tolerance over time, particularly when the participant remains in control of the experience.

The open-ended and creative nature of the activity promotes self-expression without pressure, supporting positive emotional engagement.

Working at an individual pace helps maintain regulation and prevents sensory overload.

🛠 Materials

• Newspaper or scrap paper
• Paper mâché paste (e.g., flour and water mix or pre-made paste)
• Bowl or container
• Base form (e.g., balloon, cardboard, or object to build over)
• Brushes, sponges, or gloves (optional)
• Towels, wipes, and water for cleaning

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the activity simply, explaining each step in a calm and predictable way.

Model tearing, dipping, and placing paper without expectation for imitation.

Encourage the participant to explore materials at their own pace, offering choices where possible.

Use neutral, descriptive language such as “wet,” “sticky,” or “smooth” to support sensory awareness.

Focus on the process rather than the outcome, reinforcing effort and engagement.

Allow the activity to pause or stop at any time based on the participant’s cues.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Tearing dry or slightly damp paper; brief contact with paste

Gentle Input
Dipping paper and placing it with support; limited hand use

Moderate Input
Using hands to press, smooth, and shape paper over surfaces

Higher Engagement
Full hand exploration, layering, and creating larger or complex forms

💡 Optional Variations

Use different paper types (e.g., tissue, cardboard) to vary texture.

Create simple themed projects (e.g., masks, bowls, or abstract shapes).

Allow projects to dry over multiple sessions to reduce pressure.

Pair with storytelling or imaginative play for participants who enjoy creative expression.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid forcing contact with wet or messy textures.
Monitor for signs of tactile distress (e.g., pulling away, wiping hands urgently).
Be mindful of fatigue with multi-step tasks.
Ensure materials are safe and non-toxic.
Provide regular opportunities for hand cleaning and breaks.

🔄 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity provides moderate proprioceptive input through hand use and can complement the Proprioceptive Protocol within a sensory program.

It is well suited as a follow-up to structured proprioceptive input, allowing the participant to engage in creative, tactile exploration while maintaining a regulated state.

Perfume Counters
Olfactory

Description

🌸 Visit to Perfume Counters

Primary Sensory Area: Olfactory (with cognitive, emotional, and community participation elements)

🌿 Activity Description

A Visit to Perfume Counters is a community-based sensory activity designed for individuals who actively enjoy and seek strong smells.

The participant explores a range of fragrances in a controlled and supported way, using blotter strips or scent cards to sample perfumes. The activity emphasises choice, pacing, and enjoyment, allowing the participant to engage with scents that feel pleasant and regulating.

Participation may range from brief exposure to one or two familiar scents to exploring a small selection of different fragrances, depending on comfort and interest.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Provides rich olfactory input for smell-seeking individuals
• Supports sensory discrimination (e.g., strong vs soft, sweet vs fresh)
• Encourages preference identification and choice-making
• Can promote emotional regulation for those soothed by scent
• Enhances awareness of sensory likes and dislikes
• Supports engagement in real-world, community environments

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

This activity should only be offered to participants who enjoy and actively seek strong smells.

Begin with very brief exposure and limit the number of scents to avoid overload.

Use blotter strips rather than applying perfume directly to the skin to maintain control over intensity.

Allow the participant to choose which scents to explore and when to stop.

Visits should be scheduled during quiet times to reduce environmental stressors such as noise and crowding.

For participants requiring additional support, remain close and provide clear, simple guidance, while ensuring easy access to exits and quiet areas.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

For individuals who find scent regulating, this activity can provide calming or enjoyable sensory input.

The structured and paced nature of the experience supports a sense of control and predictability.

Engaging in a preferred sensory activity within the community can enhance wellbeing, confidence, and participation.

Regular breaks and the option to leave at any time help maintain regulation and prevent overload.

🛠 Materials

• Access to a department store with perfume counters
• Blotter strips (typically provided in-store)
• Water and tissues
• Optional: phone or notebook to record preferred scents

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare the participant beforehand by explaining the plan clearly and reassuring them that they can leave at any time.

Pause before entering the perfume area and check readiness.

Support exploration one scent at a time, encouraging slow and intentional smelling.

Use simple prompts such as “Do you like this one?” or “Is it strong or soft?”

Limit the number of scents (e.g., 3–5) and take regular breaks in neutral-smelling areas.

Observe closely for signs of enjoyment or discomfort and adjust accordingly.

End the activity calmly, reflecting briefly on preferred scents if appropriate.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Brief exposure to one scent from a distance

Gentle Input
Smelling one or two scents using blotter strips

Moderate Input
Exploring a small selection of scents with support

Higher Engagement
Comparing multiple scents and identifying preferences

💡 Optional Variations

Revisit preferred scents across different visits to build familiarity.

Introduce simple comparisons between two scents at a time.

Pair the activity with a short walk or rest break to support regulation.

Record preferred scents to guide future activities or purchases.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Only suitable for participants who enjoy strong smells.
Avoid if there is a history of asthma, migraines, allergies, or scent sensitivity.
Never surprise the participant with strong scents.
Limit exposure and avoid mixing multiple scents at once.
Monitor closely for signs of sensory overload or discomfort.
Ensure a clear and immediate exit strategy is always available.
Respect any indication to stop immediately.

🔄 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity provides primarily olfactory input and may be paired with the Proprioceptive Protocol before or after to support overall regulation.

It is often helpful to follow this activity with a grounding or calming sensory experience to assist with sensory reset.

Pillow Fight
Vestibular

Description

🛏 Pillow Play (Gentle Pillow Fight)

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with vestibular, tactile, and social engagement)

🌿 Activity Description

Pillow Play is a playful, movement-based activity involving gentle tapping or pushing with soft pillows in a safe, controlled environment.

The activity provides opportunities for interaction, movement, and sensory input through light resistance, body contact, and shared play. It can be framed as a fun, imaginative game (e.g., “knights,” “soft battles,” or playful back-and-forth tapping) or kept simple and rhythmic.

Participation can range from observing or receiving gentle input to actively initiating and engaging in reciprocal play.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Proprioceptive input through pushing, resistance, and impact with soft surfaces
• Vestibular input through body movement, shifting, and balance
• Tactile input from soft textures and light contact
• Supports body awareness and controlled force
• Encourages bilateral coordination and timing
• Promotes social interaction, turn-taking, and shared attention
• Can support regulation through rhythmic, predictable movement

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should always be adjusted to match the participant’s physical ability, sensory preferences, and comfort level.

Use soft, lightweight pillows without hard edges, zippers, or embellishments.

Begin with very gentle, slow movements and allow the participant to become comfortable before increasing interaction.

Participation can be one-sided (receiving gentle input) or reciprocal, depending on the participant’s engagement.

For participants who prefer lower intensity, the activity can involve slow pushing or pressing rather than tapping.

The environment should be soft and safe (e.g., bed, mat, or carpeted area), with minimal risk of falling or collision.

All boundaries should be clearly established, including avoiding the face and stopping immediately if requested.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The deep pressure and resistance provided through pillow contact can have a regulating and organising effect on the nervous system.

The playful and social nature of the activity can promote positive emotional engagement, enjoyment, and connection.

When paced appropriately, the rhythmic movement can support calm while still allowing for active participation.

The activity also provides a safe outlet for energy release in a controlled and supportive way.

🛠 Materials

• Soft, lightweight pillows
• Safe, padded space (e.g., bed, mat, or carpeted area)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the activity in a playful and reassuring way, explaining simple rules such as “gentle taps only” and “we stop if it’s not fun.”

Begin with slow, light contact using the pillow, allowing the participant to adjust to the sensation.

Encourage interaction by pausing and giving space for the participant to respond or initiate.

Use simple, positive language and, if appropriate, incorporate imaginative play themes.

Monitor the participant’s responses closely and adjust intensity, speed, and duration as needed.

Gradually slow the activity toward the end to support transition and regulation.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Receiving light pillow contact or observing the activity

Gentle Input
Slow, supported pushing or tapping with a pillow

Moderate Input
Reciprocal pillow play with controlled movement

Higher Engagement
Active, playful back-and-forth interaction with increased movement

💡 Optional Variations

Use rhythmic “tap and pause” patterns to support predictability.

Incorporate simple imaginative play (e.g., “pillow castle” or “soft battle”).

Combine with rolling, pushing, or squeezing pillows for varied input.

Use larger cushions for more full-body proprioceptive input (e.g., gentle crashing or leaning).

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Always avoid the head and face.
Use only soft, safe pillows without hard components.
Ensure the environment is free from obstacles and hazards.
Monitor closely for signs of overstimulation or discomfort.
Stop immediately if the participant withdraws or requests to stop.
Maintain clear boundaries and predictable interaction at all times.

🔄 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity provides strong proprioceptive input and can complement or substitute elements of the Proprioceptive Protocol within a sensory program.

It is particularly useful for providing regulating input before seated tasks or as a safe and engaging way to release energy while maintaining connection and control.

Pillow Fight
Proprioceptive

Description

🛏 Pillow Play (Gentle Pillow Fight)

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with vestibular, tactile, and social engagement)

🌿 Activity Description

Pillow Play is a playful, movement-based activity involving gentle tapping or pushing with soft pillows in a safe, controlled environment.

The activity provides opportunities for interaction, movement, and sensory input through light resistance, body contact, and shared play. It can be framed as a fun, imaginative game (e.g., “knights,” “soft battles,” or playful back-and-forth tapping) or kept simple and rhythmic.

Participation can range from observing or receiving gentle input to actively initiating and engaging in reciprocal play.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Proprioceptive input through pushing, resistance, and impact with soft surfaces
• Vestibular input through body movement, shifting, and balance
• Tactile input from soft textures and light contact
• Supports body awareness and controlled force
• Encourages bilateral coordination and timing
• Promotes social interaction, turn-taking, and shared attention
• Can support regulation through rhythmic, predictable movement

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should always be adjusted to match the participant’s physical ability, sensory preferences, and comfort level.

Use soft, lightweight pillows without hard edges, zippers, or embellishments.

Begin with very gentle, slow movements and allow the participant to become comfortable before increasing interaction.

Participation can be one-sided (receiving gentle input) or reciprocal, depending on the participant’s engagement.

For participants who prefer lower intensity, the activity can involve slow pushing or pressing rather than tapping.

The environment should be soft and safe (e.g., bed, mat, or carpeted area), with minimal risk of falling or collision.

All boundaries should be clearly established, including avoiding the face and stopping immediately if requested.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The deep pressure and resistance provided through pillow contact can have a regulating and organising effect on the nervous system.

The playful and social nature of the activity can promote positive emotional engagement, enjoyment, and connection.

When paced appropriately, the rhythmic movement can support calm while still allowing for active participation.

The activity also provides a safe outlet for energy release in a controlled and supportive way.

🛠 Materials

• Soft, lightweight pillows
• Safe, padded space (e.g., bed, mat, or carpeted area)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the activity in a playful and reassuring way, explaining simple rules such as “gentle taps only” and “we stop if it’s not fun.”

Begin with slow, light contact using the pillow, allowing the participant to adjust to the sensation.

Encourage interaction by pausing and giving space for the participant to respond or initiate.

Use simple, positive language and, if appropriate, incorporate imaginative play themes.

Monitor the participant’s responses closely and adjust intensity, speed, and duration as needed.

Gradually slow the activity toward the end to support transition and regulation.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Receiving light pillow contact or observing the activity

Gentle Input
Slow, supported pushing or tapping with a pillow

Moderate Input
Reciprocal pillow play with controlled movement

Higher Engagement
Active, playful back-and-forth interaction with increased movement

💡 Optional Variations

Use rhythmic “tap and pause” patterns to support predictability.

Incorporate simple imaginative play (e.g., “pillow castle” or “soft battle”).

Combine with rolling, pushing, or squeezing pillows for varied input.

Use larger cushions for more full-body proprioceptive input (e.g., gentle crashing or leaning).

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Always avoid the head and face.
Use only soft, safe pillows without hard components.
Ensure the environment is free from obstacles and hazards.
Monitor closely for signs of overstimulation or discomfort.
Stop immediately if the participant withdraws or requests to stop.
Maintain clear boundaries and predictable interaction at all times.

🔄 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity provides strong proprioceptive input and can complement or substitute elements of the Proprioceptive Protocol within a sensory program.

It is particularly useful for providing regulating input before seated tasks or as a safe and engaging way to release energy while maintaining connection and control.

Pillow Mountain
Proprioceptive

Description

🏔️ PILLOW MOUNTAIN

An immersive, soft-surface climbing and grounding experience.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Pillow Mountain transforms your living space into a gentle, mountainous landscape of soft textures and supportive cushioning. This activity invites exploration of varied heights and depths, providing a secure environment for individuals to engage with their body position in space while enjoying deep pressure and soft tactile input.

SENSORY BENEFITS

TOUCH: The varied textures of pillow covers and soft fabrics offer a soothing tactile experience for hands, feet, and face. PROPRIOCEPTION: Climbing, crawling, or simply pressing into the pillows provides essential deep pressure input to joints and muscles, which helps regulate the nervous system.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A large collection of various pillows and cushions • Several soft blankets or comforters • A foam wedge or bean bag chair for structure • Soft floor matting for safety

ACTIVITY IDEAS

Mountain Ascent: Encourage the individual to crawl over the gentle slopes of the pillows, using the different heights to engage core muscles and sense gravity. Deep Pressure Cave: Create a small, enclosed space using larger pillows or couch cushions to provide a sense of security and reduced visual stimulation. Texture Exploration: Place different fabrics like velvet, cotton, or fleece over the mountain to allow the individual to experience tactile variety as they explore the surface. Soft Landing: Use a larger base of blankets to practice controlled movements, allowing for a gentle impact that emphasizes body awareness and relaxation.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• For individuals with limited mobility, use pillows to create a supportive U-shape for upright positioning or a ramp to encourage gentle side-lying. • Use a vibrating pillow or a weighted blanket draped over the mountain to increase sensory input for those who need more intense proprioceptive feedback. • If the individual is non-mobile, bring the 'mountain' to them by placing smaller soft items directly onto their lap or limbs, allowing them to push into the softness. Always observe the person’s subtle cues—such as changes in breath, facial expressions, or muscle tension—to ensure the experience remains comfortable and follows their lead.

TIPS

• Ensure the base layer is secure and non-slip to prevent shifting during movement. • Keep the environment quiet and calm to maximize the focus on body-centered sensations. • Rotate the pillow types frequently to maintain interest and offer new tactile textures.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

Pillow Mountain offers a versatile, low-cost way to provide high-quality sensory input that promotes both relaxation and active exploration, making it a perfect tool for personalized sensory regulation.

Play with Reaction Ball
Proprioceptive

Description

🎾 Reaction Ball Play

Primary Sensory Area: Visual and Proprioceptive (with vestibular and tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

Reaction Ball Play is a dynamic activity using a multi-surfaced ball that bounces unpredictably, encouraging quick responses, tracking, and movement.

The participant engages in activities such as dropping, catching, throwing, or chasing the ball as it moves in unexpected directions. The unpredictable nature of the ball creates a playful challenge, supporting coordination, attention, and engagement.

Participation can range from simple rolling or observing to active catching and full-body movement, depending on ability and confidence.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Enhances visual tracking and hand–eye coordination
• Provides proprioceptive input through catching, gripping, and movement
• Supports vestibular input through quick directional changes and body shifts
• Encourages motor planning and timing
• Improves reaction speed and cognitive processing
• Builds balance, agility, and body awareness
• Promotes focus and sustained attention
• Supports engagement through playful challenge

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be graded carefully to match the participant’s coordination, sensory tolerance, and confidence.

Begin in a quiet, controlled environment with minimal distractions.

For beginners, use a larger, softer, or slower-moving ball and start with predictable actions such as rolling or gentle bouncing.

As confidence increases, introduce more unpredictable movements such as dropping from height or bouncing against a wall.

For participants with sensory sensitivities, reduce speed and unpredictability, allowing extra time to process movement.

Provide clear visual or verbal cues and position yourself close by to support successful interaction.

Ensure footwear and surface conditions support safe movement and balance.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The fast-paced, responsive nature of the activity can be alerting and engaging, helping to increase focus and readiness.

For some participants, the physical movement and playful challenge can support emotional release and reduce stress.

Success in catching or responding to the ball can build confidence and motivation.

The activity can also be used socially, supporting shared play and interaction.

🛠 Materials

• Reaction ball (textured, multi-surfaced)
• Safe, open space (indoor or outdoor)
• Optional wall for bouncing activities

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the ball and allow the participant to explore its shape and texture.

Begin with simple activities such as rolling or gentle drop-and-catch.

Demonstrate actions slowly and clearly, allowing time for processing.

Encourage participation using simple prompts such as “Watch the ball” or “Let’s see where it goes.”

Gradually increase challenge by introducing bounce, speed, or movement.

Provide positive reinforcement for effort and engagement rather than accuracy.

Monitor fatigue and offer breaks as needed.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing or rolling the ball slowly

Gentle Input
Simple drop-and-catch or predictable bounce

Moderate Input
Wall bounce, partner passing, or short-distance chasing

Higher Engagement
Fast-paced reactions, multi-directional movement, or complex drills

💡 Optional Variations

Use a wall to create unpredictable rebounds for catching practice.

Introduce partner games to support social interaction and turn-taking.

Add movement between actions (e.g., stepping or side-stepping before catching).

Use multiple balls for advanced participants who enjoy challenge.

Incorporate timing or counting games to increase engagement.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure the space is clear of obstacles and hazards.
Use appropriate ball type to avoid injury or discomfort.
Monitor for overstimulation due to fast movement demands.
Adjust speed and complexity based on the participant’s ability.
Provide adequate rest breaks to prevent fatigue.

🔄 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity provides moderate to strong proprioceptive and vestibular input and can complement the Proprioceptive Protocol within a sensory program.

It is particularly useful as an alerting activity to increase engagement and readiness before more structured or seated tasks.

Playlist
Auditory

Description

🎧 Creating a Soothing Playlist

Primary Sensory Area: Auditory

🌿 Activity Description

Creating a Soothing Playlist is a personalised sensory activity that supports emotional regulation, relaxation, and focus through carefully selected music and sound.

The participant explores different types of music, sounds, and rhythms to identify what feels calming, comforting, or organising. The playlist is then structured to match specific needs, such as relaxation, sleep, or concentration.

Participation may involve listening, choosing preferred sounds, or simply responding to music while a support person assists in building the playlist.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Provides controlled auditory input tailored to individual preference
• Supports emotional regulation and reduction of anxiety
• Encourages sensory discrimination (e.g., soft vs strong, slow vs fast)
• Promotes focus and sustained attention
• Can support sleep, relaxation, or grounding
• Offers a portable and repeatable self-regulation strategy
• Encourages autonomy and personal choice

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be guided by the participant’s auditory sensitivity, preferences, and emotional responses.

Begin by exploring simple sound options such as soft instrumental music, nature sounds, or familiar songs.

If the participant is sensitive to sound, ensure volume is kept low and avoid sudden or unpredictable changes.

Headphones may be used to reduce background noise, though some participants may prefer open listening.

Participation can be active (choosing songs) or passive (listening and responding), depending on communication and engagement levels.

Multiple playlists can be created for different needs (e.g., calming, focus, sleep).

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

Music can have a powerful regulating effect on the nervous system, supporting calm, focus, or emotional comfort depending on the type of input.

Predictable, slow, and gentle sounds can reduce anxiety and promote relaxation, while steady rhythms can support attention and organisation.

Familiar or preferred music can create a sense of safety and emotional connection.

The ability to control and personalise the playlist enhances autonomy and supports self-regulation over time.

🛠 Materials

• Music device (phone, tablet, or computer)
• Headphones or speakers
• Access to music or sound platforms
• Optional quiet listening space

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Begin by discussing or observing when the participant may benefit from calming or focusing music.

Explore different sounds one at a time, observing responses and preferences.

Use simple prompts such as “Do you like this one?” or “Does this feel calm?”

Select and group preferred sounds into a playlist based on purpose (e.g., relaxation, sleep, focus).

Ensure smooth transitions between tracks and avoid sudden changes in volume or tempo.

Encourage ongoing adjustment of the playlist as preferences change.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Listening passively to selected calming sounds

Gentle Input
Showing preference through simple responses (e.g., liking or disliking)

Moderate Input
Choosing between options and helping build the playlist

Higher Engagement
Independently selecting, organising, and using playlists for regulation

💡 Optional Variations

Create themed playlists (e.g., sleep, calm, focus, comfort).

Use nature sounds such as rain, ocean waves, or wind for grounding.

Incorporate familiar or meaningful songs for emotional connection.

Allow repetition of preferred tracks for predictability and comfort.

Pair listening with gentle movement such as rocking or swaying.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid sudden loud sounds or unpredictable changes.
Monitor for emotional responses to certain music.
Respect preferences—do not insist on listening to unfamiliar or disliked sounds.
Ensure volume levels are safe and comfortable.
Adjust or stop if the participant shows signs of distress or overstimulation.

🔄 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity provides auditory input and can be paired with the Proprioceptive Protocol to support overall regulation.

It is particularly useful following proprioceptive input to maintain a calm state, or as part of a daily routine supporting emotional balance and sensory organisation.

Pocket of Calm
Tactile

Description

👝 POCKET OF CALM

Creating a soothing, portable sensory experience using textured fabrics and hidden treasures.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Pocket of Calm is a gentle, invitation-based activity designed to create a personalized tactile haven. By curating a small collection of high-contrast, varied-texture items inside a soft pouch, you provide a quiet, rhythmic way for the individual to explore sensory input at their own pace.

SENSORY BENEFITS

TOUCH: The use of soft velvets, crinkly organza, or cool satin provides diverse tactile feedback that encourages exploration and regulation. PROPRIOCEPTION: Holding and manipulating the pouch provides grounding input through the hands and wrists, helping the individual feel connected to their immediate environment.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A soft fabric pouch or small bag with a secure closure • A variety of items with different textures (e.g., silicone, brushed cotton, wooden beads, metallic foil) • Optional: scented sachets or lavender-infused fabrics

ACTIVITY IDEAS

Exploration Time. Place the pouch on the individual's lap, allowing them to initiate contact by reaching in to discover items one by one. Rhythmic Patting. Use the pouch as a gentle weight on the lap or arms, offering soft, rhythmic pats to encourage a sense of body awareness. Hidden Treasures. Gently guide the individual's hand to pull a specific item from the pouch, narrating the texture to build anticipation and focus.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Use a pouch with a wide opening or keep it partially unzipped to minimize motor effort for exploration. • Choose lightweight, safe items that can be handled comfortably while lying in a supine or side-lying position. • Attach items to the inside of the pouch with ribbons to allow for independent reaching without losing pieces. Always observe the individual's facial expressions and body language, allowing their level of engagement to guide when to offer the activity and when to move on.

TIPS

• Ensure all items are large enough to be safe and free of sharp edges. • Keep the items clean and ensure the pouch is made of a breathable material. • If the individual shows signs of overstimulation, introduce one item at a time rather than keeping the pouch open.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love this activity for its simplicity and portability, allowing you to turn any moment of transition or waiting into a supportive, calming sensory experience.

Polaroids
Visual

Description

📸 Polaroid Photography Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Visual (with fine motor, cognitive, and emotional engagement)

🌿 Activity Description

Polaroid Photography Exploration is a creative, sensory activity that invites the participant to capture images of their environment using a camera.

The participant explores objects, spaces, and moments through the lens, experimenting with distance, angle, and framing. The immediate, tangible nature of printed photos (or viewing images on a device) adds a rewarding and engaging element to the experience.

Participation can range from observing and pressing the shutter with support to independently taking and reflecting on photographs.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Enhances visual awareness of colour, texture, shape, and light
• Supports visual scanning and attention to detail
• Develops fine motor skills through handling the camera and photos
• Encourages creativity and self-expression
• Builds focus, patience, and sequencing (taking and reviewing photos)
• Supports memory and emotional connection to captured moments
• Can promote social interaction through sharing images

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be tailored to the participant’s motor skills, attention, and sensory preferences.

Begin by introducing the camera in a simple and reassuring way, demonstrating how to take a photo.

For participants requiring support, hand-over-hand guidance can be used to press the shutter.

Use environments with minimal distraction initially, gradually introducing more complex settings if appropriate.

Prompts can be simplified, or the participant may simply be encouraged to photograph anything that interests them.

If immediate prints feel overwhelming, using a digital device may allow more flexible pacing.

Participation may also involve reviewing and enjoying photos rather than taking them.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

Focusing on visual elements through the camera can provide a grounding and organising sensory experience.

The creative and choice-based nature of photography supports a sense of control and autonomy.

Capturing meaningful or enjoyable images can promote positive emotional engagement and connection to the environment.

The structured process—take, view, reflect—can support calm and sustained attention.

🛠 Materials

• Polaroid camera or smartphone/tablet
• Film (if using Polaroid)
• Optional display materials (e.g., scrapbook, board, album)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the camera and demonstrate how to take a photo in a calm and simple way.

Encourage the participant to explore their environment, taking photos of items that interest them.

Use gentle prompts such as “What would you like to take a picture of?” or “Let’s try closer or further away.”

Allow time to observe and reflect on each image, reinforcing engagement and enjoyment.

Support optional activities such as arranging, displaying, or discussing the photos.

Follow the participant’s lead and keep the experience relaxed and pressure-free.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing photos being taken or viewing images

Gentle Input
Pressing the shutter with support or taking occasional photos

Moderate Input
Independently taking photos with simple prompts

Higher Engagement
Exploring angles, themes, and reflecting on images

💡 Optional Variations

Create simple themes (e.g., colours, favourite objects, nature).

Use indoor and outdoor environments for varied visual experiences.

Develop a photo journal or scrapbook over time.

Encourage storytelling based on the photos taken.

Share photos with others to support communication and social interaction.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure safe handling of the camera and materials.
Be mindful of sensory overload in busy or visually complex environments.
Respect the participant’s choices—avoid directing too heavily.
Monitor for fatigue or reduced attention.
Ensure privacy and consent when photographing people.

Pool Exercises
Proprioceptive

Description

🏊 Simple Pool Play

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive and Vestibular (with tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

Simple Pool Play is a calming, movement-based activity that uses water to provide gentle resistance, buoyancy, and full-body sensory input.

The participant engages in gradual immersion, floating, walking, and light play in the water, supported at all times to ensure safety and comfort. The activity can include gentle splashing, moving through water, or interacting with floating objects, depending on the participant’s preferences.

Participation can range from sitting at the pool edge and touching the water to more active engagement such as walking, floating, or simple games.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Strong proprioceptive input through water resistance and movement
• Vestibular input through floating and gentle body shifts
• Tactile input from water contact on the skin
• Supports body awareness, coordination, and balance
• Encourages relaxation through deep pressure and buoyancy
• Promotes motor planning and controlled movement
• Can support emotional regulation and calm

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be carefully graded based on the participant’s confidence, mobility, and sensory preferences.

Begin with gradual exposure, allowing the participant to sit at the edge and touch the water before entering.

Provide physical support as needed, such as hand-holding or close positioning, especially during initial immersion.

Floating can be supported using the support worker’s hands or flotation devices, and may be replaced with seated water play if preferred.

For participants sensitive to splashing or movement, focus on slow, controlled interactions with the water.

Use quiet pool environments where possible to reduce sensory overload.

All activities should be optional and paced according to the participant’s comfort.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

Water provides consistent, whole-body proprioceptive input, which can have a calming and organising effect on the nervous system.

The buoyancy of water reduces physical effort while supporting movement, allowing the participant to feel both supported and free.

Gentle, rhythmic movements in water can promote relaxation and reduce anxiety.

The activity can also support enjoyment and positive engagement in a safe and supportive environment.

🛠 Materials

• Access to a safe, clean pool
• Optional flotation devices
• Floating toys or balls
• Towel and drinking water

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the pool environment calmly, allowing time to observe and adjust.

Encourage gradual entry into the water, starting with feet or hands.

Support simple activities such as floating, gentle splashing, or walking in shallow water.

Use calm, simple language and maintain a reassuring presence.

Observe closely for signs of comfort or distress and adjust accordingly.

Finish with a calming phase such as floating or sitting at the pool edge.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Sitting at the edge, touching water with hands or feet

Gentle Input
Standing in shallow water with support

Moderate Input
Walking, splashing, or interacting with floating objects

Higher Engagement
Floating, coordinated movement, and simple water games

💡 Optional Variations

Use floating toys for gentle interaction and engagement.

Encourage slow walking or circular movement through water.

Introduce simple games such as passing a ball.

Alternate between active play and calming floating periods.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Always maintain close supervision in and around water.
Ensure the pool environment is safe and free from hazards.
Monitor water temperature for comfort (warm water is often more calming).
Watch for signs of fatigue, cold, or sensory overload.
Encourage hydration and regular breaks.

Portrait Gallery
Visual

Description

🖼 Personal Portrait Gallery

Primary Sensory Area: Visual (with emotional, cognitive, and social connection)

🌿 Activity Description

A Personal Portrait Gallery is a curated collection of photos featuring familiar people and positive life moments, designed to provide comforting and meaningful visual input.

The gallery may include images of family, friends, trusted support people, and enjoyable experiences. It can be presented physically (e.g., framed photos or a photo book) or digitally (e.g., a rotating display).

The activity involves gently viewing, reflecting on, or simply being in the presence of these images. Participation can range from passive observation to active selection, discussion, or organisation of photos.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Provides calming and familiar visual input
• Supports emotional regulation through positive imagery
• Reinforces identity, relationships, and sense of belonging
• Encourages visual focus and sustained attention
• Can support communication and reminiscence (verbal or non-verbal)
• Promotes feelings of safety, comfort, and connection
• Offers a predictable and repeatable calming activity

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The gallery should be highly individualised and responsive to the participant’s preferences and sensitivities.

Begin with one or two familiar and positively associated images, avoiding visual clutter.

Images should be clear, simple, and easy to process, with minimal background distraction.

The participant should have full control over when to engage, how long to view, and which images are included.

Digital formats may be helpful for reducing visual overload and allowing gradual presentation of images.

Participation may involve looking only, without any expectation to speak or respond.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

Viewing familiar and positive faces can have a grounding and reassuring effect, supporting emotional regulation and reducing anxiety.

The gallery provides a consistent and predictable source of comfort, particularly during times of stress, transition, or low mood.

It can strengthen a sense of identity and continuity by reinforcing meaningful relationships and experiences.

Shared viewing with a support person may enhance connection and co-regulation, while independent viewing supports autonomy.

🛠 Materials

• Printed photos (framed, mounted, or in a book)
• Optional digital display (e.g., tablet or digital photo frame)
• Simple display space (wall, table, or quiet area)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the gallery gently, explaining that these are photos of people and moments that are important and enjoyable.

Allow the participant to approach and engage at their own pace, without expectation.

Sit alongside if appropriate, maintaining a calm and supportive presence.

Use simple prompts only if helpful, such as “Do you like this one?” or “Would you like to look at another?”

Observe responses carefully and adjust the number of images, duration, or format as needed.

Respect any indication to stop or disengage.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Viewing a single familiar image briefly

Gentle Input
Looking at one or two images with support

Moderate Input
Exploring a small selection of images

Higher Engagement
Choosing, organising, or discussing photos

💡 Optional Variations

Create a small photo book for independent viewing.

Use a digital frame that displays one image at a time with slow transitions.

Rotate images gradually to maintain interest without overwhelming.

Pair with calming activities such as sitting quietly or listening to soft music.

Use the gallery during transitions or times of emotional need.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Only include images associated with positive or neutral experiences.
Avoid photos linked to distress, grief, or confusion unless clearly appropriate.
Monitor for emotional reactions and adjust content accordingly.
Avoid overwhelming the participant with too many images at once.
Respect privacy, consent, and personal preferences at all times.

Potting Plants
Tactile

Description

🌿 Potting Plants

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with proprioceptive, visual, and emotional engagement)

🌿 Activity Description

Potting Plants is a hands-on, sensory-rich activity involving placing soil and plants into pots, followed by watering and simple care.

The participant engages in scooping, touching, pressing, and arranging materials, creating a meaningful connection with a living object. The activity can include decorating and personalising the plant, as well as ongoing care over time.

Participation can range from brief tactile interaction with soil to completing the full planting process, depending on the participant’s comfort and interest.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Rich tactile input through soil, water, and plant textures
• Proprioceptive input from scooping, pressing, and handling materials
• Supports fine motor skills and hand–eye coordination
• Encourages motor planning through multi-step sequencing
• Provides calming, repetitive sensory input
• Supports visual engagement through observing plant growth
• Promotes emotional regulation and relaxation
• Encourages connection to nature and living systems

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be adjusted to match the participant’s sensory preferences and motor abilities.

Begin with simple exposure to soil, allowing the participant to touch or explore at their own pace.

For participants sensitive to texture, tools such as a trowel or gloves can reduce direct contact.

Break the activity into small, manageable steps (e.g., adding soil, placing plant, watering).

Provide a seated setup or raised surface if needed for comfort and accessibility.

Participation may be limited to one step (e.g., watering only), which is still meaningful engagement.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The repetitive and grounded nature of handling soil and caring for a plant can promote calm and reduce anxiety.

The activity supports mindfulness and present-moment engagement, helping the participant focus and regulate.

Creating and caring for a plant can build a sense of ownership, achievement, and connection.

Over time, observing the plant grow can reinforce positive emotional associations and continuity.

🛠 Materials

• Flower pots
• Potting soil
• Seeds or small plants
• Trowel or scoop
• Watering can
• Optional decorative items (e.g., pebbles, plant markers)
• Protective surface (tray or cloth)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the activity using simple, clear steps and demonstrate each stage.

Encourage the participant to explore the soil and materials at their own pace.

Support actions such as scooping soil, placing the plant, and watering.

Use descriptive, neutral language (e.g., “The soil feels soft” or “The water is cool”).

Offer choices where possible, such as plant type or decoration.

Reinforce effort and engagement, rather than focusing on outcome.

Encourage ongoing care by revisiting the plant regularly.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Touching soil briefly or observing the process

Gentle Input
Scooping soil or assisting with one step

Moderate Input
Participating in multiple steps (planting and watering)

Higher Engagement
Completing the full process and engaging in ongoing care

💡 Optional Variations

Decorate pots with colours, labels, or stones.

Use different soil types or textures for varied sensory input.

Create a simple routine for watering and checking the plant.

Track plant growth visually over time.

Incorporate outdoor gardening if appropriate.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure materials are safe and non-toxic.
Monitor for tactile sensitivities or aversion to soil textures.
Provide hand-cleaning options and breaks as needed.
Avoid overwhelming the participant with too many steps at once.
Ensure safe handling of tools and materials.

Pouring station
Visual

Description

💦 Pouring Station

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with fine motor, visual, and proprioceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

A Pouring Station is a simple, structured sensory activity where the participant transfers materials from one container to another.

Materials may include water, sand, rice, or other textured substances, allowing the participant to explore movement, flow, and control. The activity is repetitive and predictable, supporting calm engagement while building practical skills.

Participation can range from watching or assisting to independently pouring, mixing, and experimenting with different materials.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile exploration through varied textures (wet, dry, soft, grainy)
• Fine motor development through gripping and controlled pouring
• Hand–eye coordination when aiming and transferring materials
• Proprioceptive input through lifting and stabilising containers
• Supports understanding of cause and effect
• Encourages focus, sequencing, and spatial awareness
• Provides calming, repetitive sensory input

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be adapted to the participant’s sensory preferences and motor abilities.

Begin with dry materials such as rice or lentils if the participant is unsure about wet textures.

Use larger, lightweight containers for easier handling, or smaller tools for those ready for more precision.

For participants with tactile sensitivities, offer tools (funnels, spoons) or gloves to reduce direct contact.

Work within a contained space such as a tray or sensory bin to reduce mess and increase confidence.

Participation may be limited to a single action (e.g., scooping or watching), which remains meaningful.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The repetitive motion of pouring can have a calming and organising effect on the nervous system.

The predictability of the activity supports a sense of control and reduces anxiety.

Success in transferring materials builds confidence and independence.

The open-ended nature allows for gentle exploration without pressure or expectation.

🛠 Materials

• Tray or sensory bin
• Towels or sponges for clean-up
• Pouring materials (e.g., water, rice, sand, oats, water beads)
• Containers (cups, jugs, small pitchers)
• Tools (funnels, spoons, watering cans)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up the station in a contained, low-stress environment.

Demonstrate pouring slowly from one container to another.

Encourage the participant to try at their own pace, offering support if needed.

Use simple prompts such as “Let’s pour into this cup” or “Can you fill it halfway?”

Allow exploration and experimentation without correction.

Encourage gentle clean-up at the end to complete the activity.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing or assisting with pouring

Gentle Input
Simple pouring between large containers

Moderate Input
Using tools (funnels, spoons) and varying materials

Higher Engagement
Measuring, mixing, and experimenting with different textures

💡 Optional Variations

Use coloured water for visual interest.

Add scents (e.g., vanilla, citrus) for additional sensory input.

Create bubble pouring with a small amount of dish soap.

Try outdoor versions using sand, water, or mud.

Introduce simple challenges (e.g., filling to a line or pouring into smaller targets).

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure materials are safe and non-toxic.
Monitor for slipping hazards when using water.
Be mindful of tactile sensitivities and avoid forcing contact.
Keep the activity manageable to prevent overwhelm.
Provide supervision as needed for coordination and safety.

Prisms
Visual

Description

🌈 Light & Prism Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Visual (with fine motor and cognitive engagement)

🌿 Activity Description

Light & Prism Exploration is a hands-on activity where the participant uses a prism to bend, reflect, and split light into different colours and directions.

The participant explores how light changes when the prism is moved, discovering patterns, colours, and shifting light paths. The activity can progress from free exploration to simple challenges, such as directing light onto objects.

Participation can range from observing light effects to actively manipulating the prism and completing simple visual tasks.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Enhances visual tracking as light moves and shifts
• Supports visual discrimination through colour and light patterns
• Develops spatial awareness and depth perception
• Encourages fine motor control through adjusting angles
• Promotes hand–eye coordination
• Supports problem-solving and cause-and-effect learning
• Encourages curiosity, exploration, and engagement

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be adapted to the participant’s visual tolerance, coordination, and attention.

Begin with simple observation, allowing the participant to watch how light changes through the prism.

Use a strong, steady light source and a clear, uncluttered surface to make visual effects easier to see.

For participants needing support, guide hand movements gently or position the prism together.

Start with large, easy targets when introducing directional challenges.

Reduce complexity by focusing on one aspect at a time (e.g., just observing colour before adding movement tasks).

Participation may involve watching only, which remains meaningful engagement.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The slow, shifting movement of light can be calming and visually engaging.

The predictable cause-and-effect relationship supports a sense of control and understanding.

The activity encourages focused attention without pressure, supporting a relaxed but engaged state.

Success in directing or controlling light can build confidence and enjoyment.

🛠 Materials

• Glass or plastic prism (triangular prism preferred)
• Light source (sunlight, flashlight, or LED)
• Light-coloured surface (wall, table, or paper)
• Optional target objects (toys, coloured paper, images)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the prism and demonstrate how light passes through it.

Encourage the participant to move the prism slowly and observe changes in light and colour.

Use simple prompts such as “What happens when you turn it?” or “Can you see colours?”

Once comfortable, introduce gentle challenges such as directing light toward a nearby object.

Keep the pace slow and exploratory, allowing the participant to discover effects independently.

Acknowledge observations and discoveries to reinforce engagement.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing light and colour changes

Gentle Input
Holding or slightly adjusting the prism with support

Moderate Input
Independently exploring angles and light movement

Higher Engagement
Directing light toward targets and completing simple challenges

💡 Optional Variations

Use sunlight for natural colour effects or darken the room for stronger contrast.

Introduce coloured targets to match or track specific colours.

Create simple “light games” (e.g., moving light from one object to another).

Incorporate storytelling (e.g., imagining the light as a laser or magic beam).

Use multiple prisms for more complex visual effects.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid shining light directly into eyes.
Ensure safe handling of glass prisms if used.
Monitor for visual overstimulation or fatigue.
Adjust lighting intensity to maintain comfort.
Keep the environment uncluttered to support visual clarity.

Pull Up Bar
Proprioceptive

Description

Assisting a Client with Pull-Up Bar Exercises: Guidelines Sensory Benefits How to Support the Client in Using a Pull-Up Bar 🟢 Starting Position Ensure the pull-up bar is securely mounted and at an appropriate height. Guide the client to stand directly beneath the bar with feet shoulder-width apart. Encourage a firm grip using either an overhand (palms facing away) or underhand (palms facing toward) position. 🟡 Helping with Pull-Ups Assisted Movements Assisted Hang: Support the client in gripping the bar and hanging for a few seconds to build grip strength. Jump-Assisted Pull-Up: Encourage them to jump slightly to help lift themselves while engaging their upper body. Negative Pull-Ups: Assist them in starting at the to

🏋️ Pull-Up Bar Exercises

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with vestibular and motor planning input)

🌿 Activity Description

Pull-Up Bar Exercises involve gripping and lifting or supporting body weight using a fixed overhead bar.

The participant may engage in a range of movements including hanging, assisted pull-ups, partial lifts, or supported holds. The activity can be graded from simple hanging to more complex strength-based movements, depending on ability and confidence.

Participation can range from brief supported hangs to repeated pulling or controlled lowering movements.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Strong proprioceptive input through weight-bearing and muscle activation
• Supports body awareness and spatial orientation
• Enhances motor planning and coordinated movement
• Provides regulating deep pressure input
• Supports focus and attention through structured physical activity
• Builds upper body and core strength
• Offers an outlet for energy release and regulation

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be carefully graded to match the participant’s strength, coordination, and confidence.

Begin with supported hanging, allowing the participant to hold the bar briefly while their weight is partially supported.

Use assisted methods such as jump-assisted pull-ups, resistance bands, or hand-over-hand guidance to reduce load.

For participants who cannot hang fully, use a lower bar for supported leaning or rowing movements.

Introduce partial movements or isometric holds before progressing to full pull-ups.

Keep repetitions low and allow rest breaks to prevent fatigue.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The deep pressure and resistance provided through pulling and hanging can have a strong organising and calming effect on the nervous system.

The structured and repetitive nature of the activity supports focus and can help reset attention.

Physical effort provides a safe and effective outlet for excess energy or restlessness.

Success in completing even small movements can build confidence and motivation.

🛠 Materials

• Secure pull-up bar (appropriate height and installation)
• Optional resistance bands
• Stable surface or mat beneath

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Ensure the bar is secure and the environment is safe before starting.

Guide the participant to grip the bar with both hands, offering support as needed.

Begin with simple hanging or assisted movements.

Encourage controlled actions such as pulling slightly upward or lowering slowly.

Use clear, simple prompts such as “Hold on,” “Pull a little,” or “Slowly down.”

Monitor effort closely and allow rest breaks as needed.

Reinforce effort and participation rather than performance.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Holding the bar briefly with full support

Gentle Input
Supported hanging or partial weight-bearing

Moderate Input
Assisted pull-ups or controlled lowering

Higher Engagement
Independent pull-ups, holds, or combined movements (e.g., leg lifts)

💡 Optional Variations

Use resistance bands for graded support.

Introduce isometric holds (holding position briefly).

Add leg lifts while hanging for core engagement.

Use low-bar rowing for participants needing less intensity.

Incorporate into short movement breaks throughout the day.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure the bar is securely installed and weight-safe.
Supervise closely during all activities.
Avoid overexertion—monitor for fatigue or strain.
Provide appropriate support to prevent falls.
Stop immediately if the participant experiences discomfort or pain.

p of the movement and lowering themselves slowly. Resistance Band Support: Use a resistance band for extra support by looping it around the bar and under their feet. Partial Pull-Ups: Guide them in pulling up partway and lowering down with control. Suggest 5-10 repetitions, adjusting based on endurance and ability. 🔵 Modifications for Different Abilities Low Bar Holds: Have the client hold onto a lower bar and lean back for a supported row. Isometric Holds: Encourage holding the top position for a few seconds to build strength. Leg Lifts: Guide them in raising their knees to their chest while hanging for core activation. Sensory Benefits of Pull-Up Bar Exercises 🟣 Deep Pressure Input Provides strong proprioceptive input, helping to regulate the nervous system. Offers grounding sensations that can reduce anxiety and hyperactivity. 🔴 Improved Body Awareness Enhances motor planning and coordination by engaging upper body control. Helps develop a sense of spatial awareness and body positioning. 🟠 Enhanced Focus Attention Encourages structured, rhythmic movement, which can improve concentration. Useful as a sensory break to reset and refocus. 🟢 Strength Stability Builds upper body strength, particularly in the arms, shoulders, and core. Supports endurance for fine and gross motor activities. 🟡 Regulation Stress Relief Can be an effective tool for self-regulation, helping to manage restlessness. Provides a structured way to channel excess energy. 💡 When to Use Pull-Up Bar Exercises ✅ Before or after seated tasks (e.g., homework, classwork) ✅ As part of a movement break to improve focus ✅ During transitions to assist with self-regulation ✅ To manage sensory overload or anxiety
Puzzles
Visual

Description

🧩 Puzzle Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Visual (with fine motor and cognitive engagement)

🌿 Activity Description

Puzzle Exploration is a structured, tabletop activity where the participant assembles pieces to complete a picture or pattern.

The activity involves recognising shapes, colours, and patterns, and placing pieces in the correct positions to form a whole image. Puzzles can be selected based on the participant’s interests and adjusted in complexity to match their ability.

Participation can range from observing or placing a few pieces to independently completing a full puzzle.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Supports visual discrimination of shapes, colours, and patterns
• Enhances visual tracking and scanning skills
• Develops fine motor skills and hand–eye coordination
• Encourages sustained attention and focus
• Promotes problem-solving and logical thinking
• Supports spatial awareness and organisation
• Provides a calm, structured sensory experience

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be tailored to the participant’s interests, visual processing ability, and attention span.

Begin with puzzles that have larger pieces and fewer elements to reduce complexity.

Choose images that are familiar or motivating to increase engagement.

As confidence develops, gradually increase the number of pieces or reduce visual cues within the image to increase challenge.

Support strategies may include sorting pieces by colour or edge, identifying corner pieces, or grouping similar shapes.

Provide hand-over-hand assistance if needed, gradually reducing support as independence increases.

Allow the participant to work at their own pace without pressure to complete the puzzle.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The structured and predictable nature of puzzles can be calming and organising for the nervous system.

The focused attention required supports concentration and can reduce anxiety or restlessness.

Completing sections of the puzzle provides a sense of achievement and builds confidence.

The activity encourages patience and persistence in a low-pressure environment.

🛠 Materials

• Jigsaw puzzles (varied difficulty levels)
• Flat working surface (table or tray)
• Optional sorting containers or trays

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Present the puzzle and allow the participant time to explore the pieces.

Encourage simple strategies such as finding edge pieces or matching colours.

Use gentle prompts such as “Where might this go?” or “Do you see a matching colour?”

Offer support as needed while allowing the participant to lead the activity.

Reinforce effort and engagement rather than focusing on completion.

Allow breaks if attention decreases or fatigue occurs.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing or placing a single piece with support

Gentle Input
Matching simple pieces or completing small sections

Moderate Input
Completing a puzzle with guidance and strategies

Higher Engagement
Independently completing more complex puzzles

💡 Optional Variations

Use puzzles with different themes based on interests (e.g., animals, vehicles).

Introduce timed or collaborative puzzle activities for engagement.

Use peg puzzles or inset puzzles for easier access.

Incorporate puzzle apps or digital versions for variation.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure pieces are appropriately sized to avoid choking hazards.
Avoid puzzles that are too complex, which may cause frustration.
Monitor for signs of fatigue or disengagement.
Respect the participant’s pace and preference to stop.

Rain Shakers
Auditory

Description

🌧️ Rain Shaker Creation & Play

Primary Sensory Area: Auditory (with tactile and fine motor input)

🌿 Activity Description

Rain Shaker Creation & Play is a creative sensory activity where the participant makes a simple shaker using a container filled with materials such as rice, beans, or beads, then explores the sounds it produces through movement.

The activity combines making and playing, allowing the participant to engage in decorating, assembling, and then experimenting with rhythm and sound. The shaker produces a soft, rain-like sound that can be varied in intensity and speed.

Participation can range from observing or lightly shaking to independently creating rhythms and exploring sound patterns.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Auditory input through soft, rhythmic rain-like sounds
• Tactile input from handling and filling materials
• Supports auditory discrimination (soft vs loud, slow vs fast)
• Develops fine motor skills and hand strength
• Encourages cause-and-effect learning
• Promotes rhythm, timing, and sequencing
• Provides calming, repetitive sensory input
• Supports engagement and creative expression

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be adjusted to the participant’s sensory preferences and motor abilities.

Begin with simple observation or gentle shaking if the participant is unsure.

Use lightweight, easy-to-hold containers to support grip and control.

For participants sensitive to sound, start with small amounts of filling to produce a softer effect.

Assist with filling and sealing the shaker as needed, ensuring safety and ease.

Participation may focus on either creating or playing, depending on interest and tolerance.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The soft, repetitive sound of the rain shaker can have a calming and organising effect on the nervous system.

The rhythmic movement supports focus and can help regulate energy levels.

The creative process promotes a sense of ownership and achievement.

Slow, gentle shaking can be particularly soothing and support relaxation.

🛠 Materials

• Empty container (plastic bottle or tube)
• Rice, beans, or small beads
• Tape, glue, or secure lid
• Decorative materials (markers, stickers, paper)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Begin by introducing the materials and allowing the participant to explore them.

Support decorating the container if appropriate, encouraging creativity.

Assist the participant to fill the container about halfway to two-thirds full.

Secure the container safely before use.

Demonstrate gentle shaking and encourage the participant to experiment with different speeds and rhythms.

Use simple prompts such as “Can you make a soft rain sound?” or “What happens if you shake faster?”

Allow the activity to end with slow, calming movement.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing or holding the shaker briefly

Gentle Input
Slow, supported shaking

Moderate Input
Independent shaking and rhythm exploration

Higher Engagement
Creating patterns, rhythms, or group interaction

💡 Optional Variations

Use different materials to create varied sounds (e.g., beads vs rice).

Create multiple shakers for group rhythm activities.

Incorporate movement such as swaying or clapping along.

Add storytelling elements (e.g., pretending to create a rainstorm).

Use the shaker as part of a calming routine.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure containers are securely sealed to prevent spills.
Use non-toxic, safe materials appropriate for the participant.
Monitor sound levels for auditory sensitivity.
Avoid overfilling, which can make the shaker heavy or loud.
Supervise use to ensure safe handling.

Raking
Proprioceptive

Description

🍂 Leaf Raking Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with tactile and visual input)

🌿 Activity Description

Leaf Raking Exploration is a nature-based, movement activity where the participant uses a rake to gather and organise leaves within an outdoor or prepared environment.

The participant can rake leaves into piles, shapes, or patterns, or explore creative variations such as sorting by colour or building mounds. Objects can also be hidden beneath the leaves to encourage discovery and engagement.

Participation can range from observing or assisting with small movements to actively raking, collecting, and interacting with leaf piles.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Strong proprioceptive input through pushing, pulling, and lifting movements
• Tactile input from handling leaves and natural textures
• Visual engagement through colour, shape, and pattern recognition
• Supports motor planning and coordinated movement
• Encourages bilateral coordination through raking actions
• Provides rhythmic, repetitive input that can be calming
• Promotes connection with outdoor environments and nature

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be adapted to the participant’s physical ability, sensory preferences, and interest level.

Use lightweight rakes and ensure the handle length suits the participant’s height and strength.

Begin with simple actions such as moving a small group of leaves or assisting with hand-over-hand support.

For participants who prefer less physical demand, focus on creating small piles or sorting leaves by colour or size.

Hidden objects can be introduced gradually to increase engagement, using large and easy-to-find items initially.

Participation may also involve sitting and exploring leaf textures or observing the activity.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The repetitive, rhythmic motion of raking can have a calming and organising effect on the nervous system.

Outdoor environments provide natural sensory input that can support relaxation and reduce overstimulation.

The activity offers a meaningful and purposeful task, which can increase motivation and engagement.

Creating piles or discovering hidden objects can build a sense of achievement and enjoyment.

🛠 Materials

• Rake (lightweight and appropriately sized)
• Leaves (natural or collected)
• Optional hidden objects (toys or items for discovery)
• Outdoor space or prepared area

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the rake and demonstrate simple raking movements.

Encourage the participant to gather leaves into a small pile, offering support as needed.

Use simple prompts such as “Let’s make a pile here” or “Can we move these leaves together?”

Introduce variations such as making shapes, sorting leaves, or finding hidden objects.

Allow the participant to explore freely and follow their interests.

Reinforce effort and engagement rather than outcome.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing or touching leaves

Gentle Input
Assisting with small raking movements

Moderate Input
Independently raking and creating piles

Higher Engagement
Creating patterns, sorting, or searching for hidden objects

💡 Optional Variations

Sort leaves by colour, size, or type.

Create shapes (e.g., circles, lines, or pathways).

Hide objects under leaves for a “treasure hunt” element.

Jumping or sitting in leaf piles (if appropriate and safe).

Combine with storytelling or imaginative play (e.g., building a “leaf nest”).

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure the area is free from sharp objects or hazards.
Use safe, lightweight tools to prevent strain or injury.
Be mindful of allergies or sensitivities to outdoor materials.
Supervise closely during movement and tool use.
Monitor for fatigue or overstimulation.

Relaxation
Interoceptive

Description

🌿 Calming Routine Practice

Primary Sensory Area: Interoceptive (with proprioceptive and auditory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Calming Routine Practice is a structured, repeatable sequence of simple sensory-based strategies designed to support emotional regulation.

The participant learns and practices a short routine during calm moments, so it becomes familiar and easier to use during times of stress, anxiety, or frustration.

The routine may include breathing, squeezing an object, stretching, listening to calming sounds, and using a simple calming phrase. Participation can range from guided practice to independent use over time.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Supports interoceptive awareness (noticing internal states such as breathing and tension)
• Provides proprioceptive input through squeezing and stretching
• Offers auditory calming through music or sound
• Encourages body awareness and self-regulation
• Promotes relaxation and reduction of anxiety
• Builds predictable, repeatable coping strategies
• Supports emotional control and recovery

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The routine should be tailored to the participant’s preferences, communication style, and sensory needs.

Keep the routine short and simple (3–5 steps maximum).

Use visual supports or gestures if helpful (e.g., showing breathing, pointing to steps).

Allow the participant to choose preferred elements (e.g., type of music, object to squeeze, calming phrase).

Remove or adapt any step that does not feel comfortable or effective.

Participation may be passive initially, with the participant observing before joining in.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

Practicing the routine during calm moments builds familiarity, making it easier to access during distress.

The structured sequence provides predictability, which can reduce anxiety and support a sense of control.

Over time, the routine becomes an internalised strategy that supports faster recovery from emotional escalation.

Regular practice builds confidence and independence in managing emotions.

🛠 Materials

• Soft object (e.g., stress ball or soft toy)
• Optional calming music or sounds
• Quiet, low-stimulation environment
• Optional visual supports (e.g., step cards)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the routine in simple, reassuring language, explaining that it helps the body feel calm.

Demonstrate each step clearly (e.g., breathing slowly, squeezing an object, stretching gently).

Guide the participant through the routine at a slow, steady pace.

Repeat the routine regularly during calm periods to build familiarity.

Use gentle prompts such as “Let’s take a slow breath” or “Squeeze gently.”

Gradually encourage the participant to initiate steps independently when ready.

Reinforce effort and success with calm, positive feedback.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing or participating in one step with support

Gentle Input
Following the routine with full guidance

Moderate Input
Completing most steps with minimal prompting

Higher Engagement
Independently initiating and using the routine

💡 Optional Variations

Create different routines for different needs (e.g., calming, focus, sleep).

Use visual cue cards or a simple checklist for each step.

Incorporate movement (e.g., rocking or swaying) if helpful.

Practice through role-play of mild stress situations.

Allow repetition of preferred steps (e.g., extended breathing or squeezing).

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid introducing the routine for the first time during distress.
Keep instructions simple and avoid overwhelming the participant.
Respect refusal or disengagement at any time.
Adjust pacing to match the participant’s comfort level.
Ensure the routine remains supportive, not demanding.

Rhythmic Body Massage
Interoceptive

Description

🎶 Rhythmic Body Tapping to Music

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with tactile and auditory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Rhythmic Body Tapping to Music is a structured, calming activity where gentle tapping or patting is applied to the body in time with slow, steady music.

The activity involves tapping different parts of the body using hands or fingers, following a predictable rhythm. It can be delivered by a support person or completed as self-tapping, depending on the participant’s preference.

Participation can range from receiving brief input to actively engaging in self-directed rhythmic tapping.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Proprioceptive input through rhythmic tapping and deep pressure
• Tactile input supporting body awareness
• Auditory input through steady, predictable music
• Supports regulation of the nervous system
• Encourages body awareness and grounding
• Promotes relaxation and emotional calming
• Supports rhythm, timing, and coordination

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be guided by the participant’s comfort with touch, sound, and rhythm.

Always gain consent before initiating touch and respect personal space preferences.

Begin with self-tapping or demonstration if the participant is unsure about physical contact.

Adjust pressure (light to firm) based on tolerance and preference.

Use slow, steady music with minimal variation to support predictability.

If direct touch is uncomfortable, use a barrier such as clothing or soft fabric.

Participation may be passive, active, or observational.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The combination of rhythmic movement and deep pressure input can have a strong organising and calming effect on the nervous system.

Matching tapping to music creates predictability, which supports a sense of safety and control.

The activity can reduce anxiety, support relaxation, and assist with emotional regulation.

Self-tapping promotes independence and provides a portable strategy for calming.

🛠 Materials

• Music source (phone, speaker, or headphones)
• Calm, steady music (slow rhythm preferred)
• Comfortable seating or lying space
• Optional soft cloth or barrier

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up a calm, low-stimulation environment with appropriate music.

Introduce the activity and demonstrate tapping in a slow, steady rhythm.

Begin with large muscle groups such as shoulders or thighs.

Tap each area for a short period (e.g., 20–30 seconds), moving gradually across the body.

Encourage synchronising tapping with breathing if appropriate.

Invite the participant to join in through self-tapping if comfortable.

Adjust rhythm, pressure, and duration based on the participant’s response.

Finish with slower, softer tapping to support calming.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing or brief self-tapping

Gentle Input
Light tapping on one or two body areas

Moderate Input
Following a full tapping sequence with support

Higher Engagement
Independent self-tapping with rhythm and variation

💡 Optional Variations

Use different tapping styles (palm, fingers, cupped hands).

Incorporate breathing patterns with movement.

Try different music styles to find preferred rhythms.

Combine with gentle swaying or seated movement.

Use as part of a calming routine before sleep or during stress.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Always respect consent and stop if the participant is uncomfortable.
Avoid sensitive or distressing body areas.
Monitor for overstimulation from sound or touch.
Keep rhythm slow and predictable to avoid agitation.
Ensure the environment supports calm and focus.

Rhythmic Body Tappin to Music
Auditory

Description

🎶 Rhythmic Body Tapping to Music

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with tactile and auditory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Rhythmic Body Tapping to Music is a calming, structured activity where gentle tapping or patting is applied to the body in time with slow, steady music.

The activity involves moving rhythmically across different body areas using hands or fingers, creating predictable, repetitive sensory input. It may be delivered by a support person or completed as self-tapping, depending on the participant’s preference.

Participation can range from brief, supported tapping to independent, full-body rhythmic sequences.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Proprioceptive input through deep pressure and rhythmic tapping
• Tactile input supporting body awareness
• Auditory input from steady, predictable music
• Supports regulation of the nervous system
• Encourages grounding and body connection
• Promotes relaxation and emotional calming
• Supports rhythm, timing, and coordination

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be guided by the participant’s comfort with touch, sound, and rhythm.

Always seek consent before initiating touch.

Begin with demonstration or self-tapping if direct contact is uncertain.

Adjust pressure (light to firm) and rhythm based on preference.

Use slow, steady music with minimal variation to maintain predictability.

If touch is sensitive, use clothing or a soft cloth as a barrier.

Participation may be observational, assisted, or independent.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The combination of rhythm and deep pressure can help organise the nervous system and reduce anxiety.

Predictable tapping in time with music supports a sense of safety and control.

The activity can be grounding, helping the participant reconnect with their body during stress or overwhelm.

Over time, self-tapping can become an accessible and effective regulation strategy.

🛠 Materials

• Music source (phone, speaker, or headphones)
• Slow, steady music (instrumental preferred)
• Comfortable seating or lying space
• Optional soft cloth or barrier

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up a calm, low-stimulation environment with appropriate music.

Begin with slow, steady tapping on larger body areas such as shoulders or thighs.

Move gradually across the body (e.g., arms, legs, hands, feet), spending short periods on each area.

Keep the rhythm consistent and predictable.

Encourage the participant to follow along or try self-tapping if comfortable.

Optionally pair tapping with slow breathing (e.g., tap on the out-breath).

Adjust pressure, speed, and duration based on the participant’s response.

Finish with slower, lighter tapping to support calming.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing or brief self-tapping

Gentle Input
Light tapping on one or two body areas

Moderate Input
Following a full tapping sequence with support

Higher Engagement
Independent self-tapping with rhythm and variation

💡 Optional Variations

Use different tapping styles (palm, fingers, cupped hands).

Incorporate breathing patterns with movement.

Try different music styles to find preferred rhythms.

Combine with gentle swaying or seated movement.

Use as part of a calming routine before sleep or during stress.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Always respect consent and stop if the participant is uncomfortable.
Avoid sensitive or distressing body areas.
Monitor for overstimulation from sound or touch.
Keep rhythm slow and predictable.
Ensure the environment supports calm and focus.

Rocket Jumps
Proprioceptive

Description

1. Preparation Ensure the client is in a safe space with enough room to perform the jump without risk of injury. A soft surface, such as a mat or cushioned floor, is ideal. Ensure the client is wearing comfortable clothing and supportive footwear. Sensory Consideration: Before starting, check in with the client about how they feel about jumping (e.g., any concerns about sensory input, such as pressure on the joints or loud sounds from landing). 2. Warm-Up Start with a brief warm-up to activate the body, such as marching in place, shoulder rolls, or dynamic stretches for the legs (e.g., leg swings, ankle circles). Sensory Benefit: Gentle warm-up exercises increase proprioceptive awareness, helping the client become more attuned to their body in space before adding intensity with jumping. 3. Exercise: Rocket Jumps Positioning: Instruct the client to stand with their feet shoulder-width apart, knees slightly bent, and arms at their sides. Action: Ask the client to squat down slightly, keeping their chest up and weight balanced on the heels. Instruct them to explosively jump upwards as if theyre reaching for the sky, swinging their arms up for momentum. The client should aim for a soft, controlled landing, bending the knees slightly upon landing to absorb the impact and avoid injury. Repetitions: Begin with 5-10 repetitions, ensuring the client is landing softly and not over-exerting themselves. Sensory Benefit: The explosive movement provides strong proprioceptive input through the legs, enhancing body awareness and spatial coordination. The feeling of floating and landing can also promote sensory integration, helping the client become more aware of their body in different planes of movement. 4. Progression Adjust Intensity: If the client is comfortable with the exercise, you can increase the intensity by adding more repetitions, incorporating higher jumps, or performing jumps with a slight forward motion. Sensory Benefit: Increased intensity provides greater proprioceptive feedback, especially through the feet and legs. The sensation of jumping higher or moving through space engages the vestibular system, helping with balance and spatial orientation. 5. Cool Down After completing the rocket jumps, guide the client through a cool-down routine, including stretches for the legs, hips, and lower back (e.g., calf stretches, hamstring stretches, hip flexor stretches). Sensory Benefit: Stretching after the jump helps to relax the muscles, reducing the likelihood of overstimulation and allowing the body to integrate the sensory input from the jumps. 6. Feedback and Monitoring Throughout the exercise, check in with the client about how theyre feeling. Are they comfortable with the movement? Are they experiencing any discomfort, particularly with their joints or landing? Sensory Benefit: Be mindful of the clients tolerance for intense sensory input (e.g., pressure from the ground, fast movements). If they show signs of overload, adjust the intensity or modify the exercise to ensure they stay within their sensory thresholds. Encourage them to focus on the sensations they feel in their body, such as the pressure on their feet or the feeling of air during the jump. 7. Safety Considerations Make sure the client is aware of proper landing mechanics (e.g., landing with soft knees) to avoid unnecessary stress on their joints. Always ensure the environment is clear of obstacles or hazards that could cause injury during the jump.
Rocking
Vestibular

Description

🌀 Rocking Time

Primary Sensory Area: Vestibular (with proprioceptive, tactile, and auditory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Rocking Time is a calming, rhythmic movement activity that involves gentle, repetitive motion such as front-to-back, side-to-side, or circular rocking.

The participant may engage using a rocking chair, therapy ball, swing, hammock, or supported body movement. The activity is highly adaptable and can be paired with music, props, or simple interaction to enhance engagement.

Participation can range from being supported during movement to independently initiating and controlling rocking.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Vestibular input through rhythmic movement supporting regulation
• Proprioceptive input through body positioning and postural control
• Tactile comfort from soft materials or physical support
• Supports balance and spatial awareness
• Promotes emotional regulation and calming
• Encourages attention through predictable rhythm
• Supports multisensory integration when paired with sound or visuals

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be tailored to the participant’s sensory preferences, tolerance for movement, and physical needs.

Begin with very gentle rocking or simple holding and swaying if the participant is hesitant.

Offer a range of options (e.g., rocking chair, ball, hammock, supported rocking) to match comfort and ability.

Allow the participant to indicate preferred speed, direction, and intensity.

For participants sensitive to movement, keep the motion slow, predictable, and brief.

Add calming pressure (e.g., blanket, lap pad, or close contact) if helpful.

Participation may be passive, supported, or independent.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

Rhythmic rocking can have a strong calming and organising effect on the nervous system.

The predictable movement supports a sense of safety and reduces anxiety.

Rocking can help regulate alertness levels, either calming or gently increasing engagement depending on pace.

Over time, it can become a reliable self-soothing strategy.

🛠 Materials

• Rocking chair, therapy ball, swing, or hammock
• Soft supports (e.g., blanket, cushion, lap pad)
• Optional calming music or sounds
• Quiet, low-stimulation environment

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up a calm, quiet environment with minimal distractions.

Introduce the rocking gently, beginning with slow and consistent movement.

Follow the participant’s cues for speed, direction, and duration.

Use simple prompts such as “Slow rocks” or “Big rocks or small rocks?”

Optionally pair rocking with music, counting, or breathing for rhythm.

Gradually slow the movement toward the end to support transition.

Finish with a calm follow-up activity if needed.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Holding or slight swaying with minimal movement

Gentle Input
Slow, supported rocking

Moderate Input
Independent or semi-supported rhythmic rocking

Higher Engagement
Active rocking with added elements (music, games, or coordination tasks)

💡 Optional Variations

Add soft music, white noise, or nature sounds.

Incorporate simple games (e.g., counting, singing).

Use tactile props such as soft toys or blankets.

Pair with breathing or visual rhythm cues.

Combine with transitions (e.g., moving to or from another activity).

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure all equipment is stable and supervised.
Monitor closely for signs of dizziness or overstimulation.
Keep movement slow and predictable to avoid dysregulation.
Respect the participant’s signals to stop or change activity.
Adjust intensity and duration based on response.

Rolled Up
Tactile

Description

🧺 Roll-Up (Towel Wrap)

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

Roll-Up (Towel Wrap) is a calming, deep-pressure activity where the participant is gently wrapped in a towel or blanket to create a snug, contained feeling around the body.

The participant may lie on a soft surface while the towel is wrapped around them, or they may assist in wrapping themselves. The pressure is adjustable and designed to feel like a gentle, secure “hug.”

Participation can range from brief wrapping with assistance to independently initiating and adjusting the wrap.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Strong proprioceptive input through deep pressure
• Tactile input from soft, enclosing materials
• Supports body awareness and grounding
• Promotes muscle relaxation and reduced tension
• Encourages emotional regulation and calming
• Provides a predictable, contained sensory experience
• Supports focus and reduction of sensory overload

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be guided by the participant’s comfort with pressure, touch, and body positioning.

Always explain the activity clearly before starting and gain consent.

Allow the participant to control the tightness of the wrap where possible.

Begin with a loose wrap and gradually increase pressure only if desired.

Self-wrapping can be encouraged to promote independence and control.

For participants sensitive to full-body wrapping, apply pressure to selected areas only (e.g., legs or torso).

Participation may be brief or partial depending on tolerance.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The deep, consistent pressure can have a strong calming and organising effect on the nervous system.

The contained feeling can promote a sense of safety and security, helping reduce anxiety or overwhelm.

The activity encourages stillness and awareness of body sensations, supporting grounding.

It can be an effective self-soothing strategy when practiced regularly.

🛠 Materials

• Large towel or blanket
• Soft surface (mat, bed, or carpeted floor)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the activity in simple, reassuring language.

Position the participant comfortably on a soft surface.

Gently wrap the towel around the body, ensuring it is snug but not restrictive.

Check in regularly with simple prompts such as “Is this comfortable?” or “Would you like it tighter or looser?”

Allow the participant to remain wrapped for a short, comfortable duration (e.g., a few minutes).

Unwrap slowly and calmly, allowing time to transition out of the activity.

Encourage the participant to notice how their body feels afterward.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Loose or partial wrapping (e.g., legs only)

Gentle Input
Full-body wrap with light pressure

Moderate Input
Snug wrap with sustained pressure

Higher Engagement
Independent wrapping and adjusting pressure

💡 Optional Variations

Use different materials (e.g., soft blanket, weighted fabric if appropriate).

Pair with calming music or quiet time.

Incorporate slow breathing while wrapped.

Use as part of a calming routine before rest or during stress.

Combine with gentle rocking or stillness depending on preference.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Always ensure the participant can exit easily and is never restrained.
Monitor closely for discomfort, overheating, or distress.
Avoid wrapping too tightly or restricting breathing or movement.
Respect any request to stop immediately.
Use only for participants who find deep pressure calming.

Roller-skating
Vestibular

Description

🛼 Roller Skating

Primary Sensory Area: Vestibular (with proprioceptive and tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

Roller Skating is a dynamic movement activity involving gliding, balancing, and coordinated lower-body movement on wheels.

The participant learns to stand, push, glide, and gradually control direction and speed while supported as needed. The activity can begin with simple weight-shifting and progress to continuous movement and turning.

Participation can range from supported standing and stepping to independent skating and directional control.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Vestibular input through gliding and dynamic movement
• Proprioceptive input through weight-bearing and pushing actions
• Enhances balance, coordination, and postural control
• Supports body awareness and spatial orientation
• Provides rhythmic movement that can be regulating or alerting
• Encourages motor planning and sequencing
• Tactile feedback from surface vibration and movement

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be graded based on the participant’s confidence, balance, and sensory tolerance.

Begin in a safe, quiet environment with a smooth, level surface.

Ensure full protective equipment is worn (helmet, wrist guards, knee and elbow pads).

Start with the participant holding onto a stable surface (e.g., wall or rail).

Provide physical support (e.g., hand, shoulder, or back support) as needed.

Encourage small steps and weight shifts before progressing to gliding.

For participants who are hesitant, practice standing balance or stepping in skates before moving.

Allow frequent pauses to maintain confidence and regulation.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The rhythmic, flowing movement of skating can be both regulating and energising, depending on pace.

The combination of balance and motion can help organise the nervous system and improve focus.

Successfully maintaining balance and movement can build confidence and a sense of achievement.

The activity provides an outlet for movement and can support emotional release and engagement.

🛠 Materials

• Roller skates (appropriate size and support)
• Helmet, wrist guards, knee pads, elbow pads
• Safe skating surface (indoor or outdoor)
• Optional support rail or stable surface

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce the activity calmly, reassuring the participant that it is okay to go slowly.

Support the participant to stand in skates while holding a stable surface.

Encourage small, controlled pushes with one foot while the other stabilises.

Use simple prompts such as “Small steps” or “Look forward.”

Stay close to provide physical reassurance and support balance.

Gradually introduce gliding, turning, and stopping as confidence increases.

Allow breaks and reinforce effort and progress throughout.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Standing in skates with full support

Gentle Input
Stepping and weight shifting while holding support

Moderate Input
Short glides with assistance

Higher Engagement
Independent skating, turning, and stopping

💡 Optional Variations

Practice along a wall or rail for continuous support.

Introduce simple games (e.g., skating to a marker).

Use cones or objects to guide direction and turning.

Try different surfaces as confidence increases (e.g., indoor to outdoor).

Incorporate short movement breaks with rest periods.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure all protective gear is worn at all times.
Use a safe, obstacle-free environment.
Monitor closely for fatigue or loss of balance.
Encourage slow, controlled movement to reduce falls.
Allow the participant to stop immediately if they feel unsafe or overwhelmed.

Row Your Boat” Duet
Vestibular

Description

🚣 Row Your Boat Duet

Primary Sensory Area: Vestibular (with proprioceptive, auditory, and social input)

🌿 Activity Description

Row Your Boat Duet is a gentle, co-regulated movement activity where the participant and support person sit facing each other and rock rhythmically back and forth.

Hands or forearms are lightly held, and movement is guided by a slow, predictable rhythm, often supported by softly singing or humming “Row, Row, Row Your Boat.”

The activity emphasises shared timing, connection, and calm, repetitive motion. Participation can range from passive involvement to active, synchronised movement.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Vestibular input through slow, linear rocking movement
• Proprioceptive input through gentle pulling and joint compression
• Auditory input from soft, rhythmic singing or humming
• Supports body awareness and postural control
• Promotes emotional regulation and calming
• Encourages shared attention and co-regulation
• Builds trust, synchrony, and social connection

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be guided by the participant’s comfort with movement, touch, and social interaction.

Begin with stillness and clear consent before initiating movement.

Use very small, slow rocking motions initially.

Adjust hand contact (hands, forearms, or no contact) based on comfort.

For participants sensitive to eye contact, reduce or remove visual demands.

If singing is not preferred, use humming or quiet counting instead.

Participation may be passive, with the support person guiding the rhythm.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The slow, predictable rocking can have a calming and organising effect on the nervous system.

Shared rhythmic movement supports co-regulation, helping the participant feel safe and connected.

The combination of movement and sound promotes synchrony and emotional attunement.

The activity can reduce anxiety and support readiness for further engagement.

🛠 Materials

• Firm mat or low bench
• Quiet, low-stimulation environment

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up a calm environment with minimal noise and visual distraction.

Sit facing the participant with stable positioning.

Begin with stillness, offering reassurance or a simple cue (e.g., “Shall we rock?”).

Initiate slow, small rocking movements in a steady rhythm.

Use soft singing or humming to guide timing.

Observe the participant closely and adjust pace to match their comfort and breathing.

Pause regularly and gradually slow to stillness at the end.

Offer calm feedback such as “That was nice rocking together.”

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Sitting together with minimal or no movement

Gentle Input
Small, slow rocking with full support

Moderate Input
Sustained rhythmic rocking with shared movement

Higher Engagement
Active participation with synchronised movement and vocal rhythm

💡 Optional Variations

Use humming or counting instead of singing.

Incorporate gentle hand squeezing for added input.

Reduce physical contact while maintaining shared rhythm.

Pair with breathing cues for additional calming.

Use as part of a transition into or out of another activity.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid sudden or fast movements.
Monitor closely for signs of discomfort or overstimulation.
Stop immediately if the participant withdraws or becomes distressed.
Ensure safe and stable positioning throughout.
Seek guidance if there are medical considerations affecting movement tolerance.

Row Your Boat” Duet
Proprioceptive

Description

🚣 Row Your Boat Duet

Primary Sensory Area: Vestibular (with proprioceptive, auditory, and social input)

🌿 Activity Description

Row Your Boat Duet is a gentle, co-regulated movement activity where the participant and support person sit facing each other and rock rhythmically back and forth.

Hands or forearms are lightly held, and movement is guided by a slow, predictable rhythm, often supported by softly singing or humming “Row, Row, Row Your Boat.”

The activity emphasises shared timing, connection, and calm, repetitive motion. Participation can range from passive involvement to active, synchronised movement.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Vestibular input through slow, linear rocking movement
• Proprioceptive input through gentle pulling and joint compression
• Auditory input from soft, rhythmic singing or humming
• Supports body awareness and postural control
• Promotes emotional regulation and calming
• Encourages shared attention and co-regulation
• Builds trust, synchrony, and social connection

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be guided by the participant’s comfort with movement, touch, and social interaction.

Begin with stillness and clear consent before initiating movement.

Use very small, slow rocking motions initially.

Adjust hand contact (hands, forearms, or no contact) based on comfort.

For participants sensitive to eye contact, reduce or remove visual demands.

If singing is not preferred, use humming or quiet counting instead.

Participation may be passive, with the support person guiding the rhythm.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The slow, predictable rocking can have a calming and organising effect on the nervous system.

Shared rhythmic movement supports co-regulation, helping the participant feel safe and connected.

The combination of movement and sound promotes synchrony and emotional attunement.

The activity can reduce anxiety and support readiness for further engagement.

🛠 Materials

• Firm mat or low bench
• Quiet, low-stimulation environment

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up a calm environment with minimal noise and visual distraction.

Sit facing the participant with stable positioning.

Begin with stillness, offering reassurance or a simple cue (e.g., “Shall we rock?”).

Initiate slow, small rocking movements in a steady rhythm.

Use soft singing or humming to guide timing.

Observe the participant closely and adjust pace to match their comfort and breathing.

Pause regularly and gradually slow to stillness at the end.

Offer calm feedback such as “That was nice rocking together.”

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Sitting together with minimal or no movement

Gentle Input
Small, slow rocking with full support

Moderate Input
Sustained rhythmic rocking with shared movement

Higher Engagement
Active participation with synchronised movement and vocal rhythm

💡 Optional Variations

Use humming or counting instead of singing.

Incorporate gentle hand squeezing for added input.

Reduce physical contact while maintaining shared rhythm.

Pair with breathing cues for additional calming.

Use as part of a transition into or out of another activity.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid sudden or fast movements.
Monitor closely for signs of discomfort or overstimulation.
Stop immediately if the participant withdraws or becomes distressed.
Ensure safe and stable positioning throughout.
Seek guidance if there are medical considerations affecting movement tolerance.

Sailing
Vestibular

Description

⛵ Sailing (Boat Movement Experience)

Primary Sensory Area: Vestibular (with proprioceptive, tactile, and auditory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sailing is a dynamic, real-world movement activity where the participant experiences natural boat motion on water.

The participant is exposed to rhythmic rocking, swaying, acceleration, and directional changes created by wind and waves. Movement intensity can vary depending on conditions, boat type, and positioning.

Participation can range from passive sitting and observing to active balance, shifting weight, and moving around the boat.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Vestibular input through rocking, swaying, and directional changes
• Proprioceptive input through balance, weight shifting, and stabilisation
• Enhances spatial awareness and body orientation
• Supports postural control and core activation
• Provides varied, unpredictable movement input
• Auditory input from wind, water, and boat sounds
• Can be calming (rhythmic motion) or alerting (faster movement)

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be carefully matched to the participant’s tolerance for movement and balance demands.

Begin with calm conditions and gentle movement for participants new to sailing.

Position the participant seated in a stable, supported area of the boat.

Adjust intensity by choosing location (centre vs edge, front vs back).

Allow the participant to remain seated if balance is a concern, or introduce standing and movement gradually.

Provide physical support (e.g., holding railing or seated support) as needed.

Participation may be observational, passive, or active depending on comfort.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The rhythmic movement of the boat can have a calming and organising effect on the nervous system.

More dynamic movement can increase alertness and engagement for those seeking stronger input.

The natural environment (water, wind, open space) can support relaxation and emotional wellbeing.

The activity encourages body awareness and adaptation to changing movement.

🛠 Materials

• Boat (e.g., sailboat, dinghy, or catamaran)
• Life jacket (essential)
• Optional supportive seating or grip points

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare the participant by explaining the movement sensations they may experience.

Begin with seated positioning in a stable area of the boat.

Encourage awareness of movement (e.g., rocking, tilting, stopping).

Allow the participant to explore different positions if safe (e.g., sitting, leaning, standing).

Use simple prompts such as “Can you feel the boat moving?” or “What happens when we turn?”

Adjust exposure based on comfort and tolerance.

Allow breaks or stillness (e.g., anchoring) if needed.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Seated, passive experience in calm conditions

Gentle Input
Seated with awareness of movement changes

Moderate Input
Shifting position or light balance challenges

Higher Engagement
Standing, walking (if safe), and active balance during movement

💡 Optional Variations

Change position on the boat (front, back, centre) to vary movement intensity.

Introduce simple balance challenges while seated or holding support.

Alternate between movement and stillness for contrast.

Close eyes briefly (if safe) to enhance body awareness.

Pair with listening to environmental sounds for grounding.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Always wear a life jacket.
Ensure constant supervision and safe positioning.
Avoid standing or moving during unstable conditions.
Monitor for signs of seasickness or distress.
Adjust intensity based on tolerance and stop if needed.

Salt Alphabets
Tactile

Description

🧂 Tactile Salt Alphabet

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with fine motor and visual input)

🌿 Activity Description

Tactile Salt Alphabet is a sensory-based tabletop activity where the participant traces letters, shapes, or patterns in a shallow tray filled with salt.

The participant uses their fingers to draw and explore marks in the salt, combining touch and visual feedback. The activity can be structured (e.g., practicing letters) or open-ended (e.g., drawing patterns or names).

Participation can range from simple sensory exploration to repeated letter formation and creative expression.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input through contact with fine, textured material
• Enhances tactile discrimination and sensory awareness
• Develops fine motor control and finger strength
• Supports hand–eye coordination
• Reinforces motor memory through repeated tracing
• Encourages visual–motor integration
• Provides calming, repetitive sensory input
• Supports focus and sustained attention

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be adjusted to the participant’s sensory tolerance, motor ability, and learning goals.

Begin with free exploration of the salt to build comfort with the texture.

Use a thin, even layer of salt to make tracing easier and more visible.

For participants sensitive to direct touch, offer tools (e.g., brush, stylus) instead of fingers.

Start with simple shapes or familiar letters before increasing complexity.

Provide hand-over-hand guidance if needed, gradually reducing support.

Participation may focus on sensory play rather than letter formation if preferred.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The soft, repetitive movement of tracing in salt can be calming and grounding.

The predictable cause-and-effect (marking and clearing) supports a sense of control.

The activity can reduce anxiety and support regulation through focused engagement.

Creative exploration increases motivation and enjoyment.

🛠 Materials

• Shallow tray
• Salt (plain or coloured)
• Optional tools (brush, stylus)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up a calm, low-distraction environment.

Introduce the tray and allow the participant to explore the texture.

Demonstrate simple tracing (e.g., a letter or shape).

Encourage the participant to try, using prompts such as “Can you draw this?” or “What would you like to make?”

Allow repetition without pressure, focusing on experience rather than accuracy.

Reset the surface by gently shaking or smoothing the salt between attempts.

Reinforce effort and engagement.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Touching and exploring salt

Gentle Input
Tracing simple lines or shapes

Moderate Input
Forming letters with support

Higher Engagement
Independent letter writing or creative designs

💡 Optional Variations

Use coloured salt for added visual engagement.

Introduce simple patterns (zigzags, loops, waves).

Practice names or familiar words.

Combine with verbal cues (e.g., saying the letter while tracing).

Use themed prompts (e.g., draw shapes related to a story).

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid use if the participant is likely to ingest salt.
Monitor for tactile sensitivity or discomfort.
Keep the activity contained to prevent mess-related stress.
Respect the participant’s choice to stop or change activity.

Salty Foods
Gustatory

Description

🧂 Exploring Salty Foods

Primary Sensory Area: Oral (taste) (with tactile and cognitive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Exploring Salty Foods is a structured tasting activity where the participant samples small amounts of foods with varying levels of saltiness and texture.

The participant is supported to notice, compare, and describe flavours and mouth-feel, building awareness and tolerance of stronger tastes in a calm, low-pressure environment.

Participation can range from observing and touching foods to tasting and comparing multiple options.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Supports taste discrimination (mild vs strong salty flavours)
• Encourages oral sensory awareness and tolerance
• Develops recognition of different textures (crunchy, smooth, dry)
• Supports cognitive comparison and categorisation
• Promotes gradual food acceptance and confidence
• Encourages mindful eating and sensory awareness
• Supports regulation through structured, predictable pacing

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be carefully matched to the participant’s dietary needs, sensory tolerance, and mealtime abilities.

Always confirm foods are safe, appropriate, and approved (including texture and swallowing considerations).

Begin with very small portions and familiar, mild foods.

Offer one food at a time to reduce overwhelm.

Allow the participant to explore visually or through touch before tasting.

Provide water between tastings to reset the palate.

Participation may involve tasting, touching, or observing only.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The structured and predictable nature of the activity supports a sense of control and reduces anxiety.

Gradual exposure to different flavours can increase confidence and reduce food-related stress.

The focus on noticing and comparing promotes calm, mindful engagement.

Choice and pacing support emotional regulation and positive food experiences.

🛠 Materials

• Small portions of salty foods (e.g., crackers, cheese, popcorn, rice crackers)
• Small plates or bowls
• Water for palate cleansing
• Napkins or wipes

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up a calm, low-distraction environment.

Introduce one food at a time, naming it clearly.

Encourage the participant to look at and touch the food if helpful.

Invite a small taste using simple prompts such as “Is it salty or mild?”

Allow time between tastes and offer water as needed.

Encourage simple comparisons (e.g., “Which one is saltier?”).

Accept all responses without pressure and reinforce participation.

Finish with a brief reflection on preferences.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing or touching foods

Gentle Input
Tasting one familiar, mild food

Moderate Input
Comparing two or more foods

Higher Engagement
Describing, comparing, and expressing preferences across multiple foods

💡 Optional Variations

Compare salty foods with non-salty foods for contrast.

Explore different textures within salty foods (e.g., crunchy vs smooth).

Create a simple preference chart.

Include culturally familiar foods to increase engagement.

Pair with descriptive language or simple rating scales (e.g., “a little salty” vs “very salty”).

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Always follow dietary guidelines and medical advice.
Confirm suitability of textures and swallowing safety.
Avoid excessive salt intake—use very small portions.
Respect refusal and stop if distress occurs.
Monitor for sensory overload or fatigue.

Salty Foods
Gustatory

Description

Assisting a Client with the Exploring Salty Foods Activity The Exploring Salty Foods activity is designed to help the participant explore and become familiar with salty food textures and flavors. This activity enhances oral sensory integration and encourages the participant to expand their food experiences in a controlled and enjoyable environment. 🌟 How to Assist a Client with the Exploring Salty Foods Activity 🌟 🛍 Set Up the Activity Materials Needed: Salty foods such as salted nuts, pretzels, crisps, or cheese crackers. A clean, flat surface (table or tray). Napkins or tissues for cleanup. A small bowl or container to place the food in. Environment: Set up a calm, distraction-free environment where the participant can focus on the sensory experience of exploring salty foods. Make sure the area is comfortable and well-lit. 🍽 Guide the Participant through the Activity Introduce the Salty Foods: Show the participant the different salty foods available, and let them know that they will be exploring the textures and flavors of these foods. Today were going to try some salty foods! Lets see how these different snacks feel and taste. Here are some pretzels and salted nuts. Notice how each one feels when you pick it up. Encourage Exploration: Allow the participant to handle the foods before tasting them. Encourage them to feel the textures of the items with their fingers. Can you feel how crunchy the pretzel is? What does the nut feel like in your fingers? Is it smooth or rough? Can you break the pretzel in half with your fingers? How does it feel when it snaps? Focus on Tasting: Once the participant is ready, encourage them to taste the food. Ask them to focus on the taste and any other sensations they might experience. Now take a bite of the pretzel. What does it taste like? Is it very salty? Can you taste the salt on the nuts? How does it feel in your mouth when you chew? Do you like the flavor of the salty foods? What does it remind you of? Encourage Descriptive Language: Ask the participant to describe their experience with the food. This can help them engage their senses and articulate what they feel and taste. How does the salty taste compare to something sweet? Is it crunchy or soft when you chew the pretzel? What happens in your mouth? Offer a Variety: Provide several types of salty foods to expand the participants sensory experience. This may include a mix of textures like soft crackers, crisps, or nuts. Here are some different snackscan you feel a difference between the nuts and the pretzels? Which one do you like betterthe crunchy pretzel or the softer cracker? 🎉 Positive Reinforcement: After each taste test, acknowledge the participants effort and reinforce their participation with praise. Great job! You tried the pretzel and the nuts. How did that feel? Youre doing awesome with exploring these new flavors! 🌈 Sensory Benefits of the Exploring Salty Foods Activity 🥨 Oral Sensory Integration This activity encourages the oral sensory system to engage by providing new textures and flavors, which can help with food acceptance and sensory integration. 🍪 Texture Exploration As the participant chews or handles salty foods, they experience different textures (e.g., crunchy, smooth, or chewy), promoting oral tactile exploration. 🧂 Flavor Recognition The salty flavor stimulates taste receptors, encouraging the participant to explore the sensory difference between salty, sweet, bitter, and sour. 🥨 Jaw and Mouth Strength Chewing on different types of salty foods (like pretzels or nuts) can help strengthen the muscles involved in chewing and improve oral motor skills. 🍪 Encouraging Attention to Sensory Experiences The activity encourages the participant to focus on their sensory experiences and recognize their preferences in taste and texture. 🍫 Cultural and Emotional Exploration Salty foods can have strong cultural associations or emotional connections for the participant, helping them explore feelings and memories related to taste. 🧃 Building Tolerance for New Textures Repeated exposure to different foods can help the participant become more comfortable with new textures and expand their food variety. Adjustments Tips: Start Slow: If the participant is sensitive to salty foods or has a limited range of food preferences, begin with foods that have a mild saltiness and gradually work up to more intense flavors. Lets start with some lightly salted pretzels. How do they taste? Provide Choices: Offer a variety of salty foods to allow the participant to explore and choose what interests them most. This could include salted snacks, nuts, crackers, or even salted fruits like olives or pickles. Here are some different salty snacks. Which one do you want to try first? Be Mindful of Sensory Overload: Some participants may find the intensity of salty flavors overwhelming, so its important to gauge their comfort level and adjust accordingly. Do you want to try a smaller bite, or is it too salty for you? Observe Reactions: Watch the participants reaction to different textures and flavors. If they seem hesitant, reassure them and encourage them to take their time exploring the food. If you dont like it, thats okay! Lets try another one. Incorporate Other Senses: You can enhance the experience by adding aromas (if possible), like herbs or spices, to engage the participants sense of smell before tasting. Take a deep breath. What do you smell? Is it salty or something else? Provide Gentle Encouragement: If the participant is reluctant to taste certain foods, use gentle encouragement to keep the activity fun and exploratory. Its okay if you dont want to taste it yet. Lets just look at it and touch it for now.
Sand or Snow Angels
Proprioceptive

Description

❄️ Snow / Sand Angels

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with vestibular and tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

Snow / Sand Angels is a whole-body movement activity where the participant lies on their back and moves their arms and legs in a wide, sweeping motion to create an “angel” shape in snow or sand.

The participant repeatedly moves their arms above their head and back down to their sides, while opening and closing their legs, creating a clear imprint in the surface.

Participation can range from supported positioning and small movements to full, independent repetition and creative variation.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Proprioceptive input through full-body movement and resistance
• Vestibular input from transitioning to and from lying positions
• Tactile input from contact with snow or sand
• Supports body awareness and bilateral coordination
• Encourages motor planning and sequencing
• Provides rhythmic, repetitive movement that can be regulating
• Promotes engagement with natural outdoor environments

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be adapted to the participant’s physical ability, tolerance to temperature, and sensory preferences.

Ensure appropriate clothing for the environment (warm layers for snow, sun protection for sand).

Support safe lowering to the ground if needed.

Begin with smaller arm or leg movements if full range is difficult.

Provide physical guidance or demonstration to support understanding.

For participants unable to lie flat, the movement can be adapted to a seated or supported position.

Participation may involve observing, partial movement, or full engagement.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The repetitive, symmetrical movement can have a calming and organising effect on the nervous system.

The combination of movement and tactile input supports grounding and body awareness.

Creating a visible shape provides a clear sense of cause and effect, supporting motivation and enjoyment.

Outdoor engagement can enhance mood and overall wellbeing.

🛠 Materials

• Snow or sand surface (undisturbed area)
• Appropriate clothing (warm gear or sun protection)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Guide the participant to lie comfortably on their back in a safe, clear area.

Demonstrate or guide the arm and leg movements slowly.

Use simple prompts such as “Arms up and down” and “Legs out and in.”

Encourage repeated movement to form the shape.

Allow time for the participant to observe their imprint.

Invite them to modify or repeat the activity as desired.

Support safe transitions from lying to sitting or standing.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing or small arm/leg movements

Gentle Input
Partial movement with support

Moderate Input
Full angel movement with guidance

Higher Engagement
Independent movement and creative variations

💡 Optional Variations

Create multiple angels in different areas.

Add creative elements (e.g., decorate the shape).

Compare shapes made by different people.

Use storytelling (e.g., “making angel wings” or patterns in sand).

Combine with other outdoor sensory activities.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure the surface is safe and free from hazards.
Monitor temperature and exposure (cold or heat).
Support safe movement to and from the ground.
Stop if the participant becomes uncomfortable or fatigued.
Respect the participant’s choice to stop at any time.

Sand Timer
Visual

Description

⏳ Sand Timer Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Visual (with tactile and cognitive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sand Timer Exploration is a calming, visually engaging activity where the participant observes and interacts with a sand or liquid timer.

The participant flips the timer and watches the steady movement of sand or liquid as it flows from one section to another. The activity may include simple interaction, visual tracking, or using the timer to structure short tasks.

Participation can range from passive observation to active use of the timer within play or routine-based activities.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Supports visual tracking and sustained attention
• Provides predictable, slow-moving visual input
• Encourages focus and concentration
• Promotes understanding of time passing
• Supports cause-and-effect learning
• Offers calming, repetitive visual stimulation
• Tactile input from handling smooth surfaces

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be adapted to the participant’s visual preferences, attention level, and cognitive ability.

Begin with simple observation of the timer without added demands.

Use larger timers or high-contrast colours for easier visual tracking.

For participants with limited attention, use shorter timers.

Allow the participant to hold, flip, or explore the timer at their own pace.

If sand timers are less engaging, use liquid timers for more dynamic visual movement.

Participation may involve watching only, or integrating the timer into simple tasks.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The slow, predictable flow of sand or liquid can have a calming and organising effect on the nervous system.

The visual rhythm supports sustained attention and can help reduce anxiety.

Using the timer to structure activities can increase predictability and support emotional regulation.

The activity promotes patience and tolerance of waiting.

🛠 Materials

• Sand timer (various durations)
• Optional liquid timer

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up a calm, low-distraction environment.

Introduce the timer and demonstrate flipping it.

Encourage the participant to watch the movement from top to bottom.

Use simple prompts such as “Watch it fall” or “What happens when we turn it?”

Allow the participant to explore flipping or gently moving the timer.

Optionally use the timer to structure a short activity (e.g., “Let’s do this until the sand runs out”).

Reinforce engagement and curiosity.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing the timer

Gentle Input
Flipping and watching with support

Moderate Input
Using the timer within simple tasks

Higher Engagement
Independent use for timing activities or extended focus

💡 Optional Variations

Use different timer lengths for varied experiences.

Compare sand timers with liquid timers.

Pair with quiet music or calming routines.

Use as part of transitions or waiting periods.

Incorporate simple games (e.g., complete a task before time ends).

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure the timer is durable and safe to handle.
Avoid use if the participant may throw or break the timer.
Monitor for overstimulation or loss of interest.
Keep expectations low—focus on experience rather than task completion.

Sandbox
Tactile

Description

🏖️ Sandbox Play with Miniature Objects

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with fine motor, visual, and cognitive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sandbox Play with Miniature Objects is a sensory-rich activity where the participant explores sand while interacting with small objects such as animals, vehicles, tools, or natural items.

The participant may dig, bury, uncover, sort, build, or create imaginative scenes within the sand. The addition of miniature objects enhances both tactile exploration and creative engagement.

Participation can range from simple sensory play to complex imaginative and problem-solving activities.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input through soft, granular sand and varied object textures
• Enhances tactile discrimination and sensory processing
• Develops fine motor skills through grasping, placing, and manipulating objects
• Encourages visual attention and focus
• Supports imaginative play and creativity
• Promotes problem-solving and categorisation skills
• Provides calming, repetitive sensory input

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be tailored to the participant’s sensory preferences, motor skills, and attention level.

Begin with simple sand exploration before introducing objects.

Offer a small selection of objects to avoid overwhelm.

Use larger objects for easier grasping if fine motor skills are limited.

For participants sensitive to touch, use tools (e.g., scoops, brushes) instead of hands.

Participation may focus on sensory play, sorting, or imaginative interaction depending on interest.

Adjust the texture (e.g., dry sand, damp sand, kinetic sand) to suit tolerance.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The repetitive actions of scooping, pouring, and burying can have a calming and organising effect on the nervous system.

The structured yet flexible nature of the activity supports both relaxation and engagement.

Imaginative play promotes emotional expression and connection.

Focused interaction with materials can support attention and reduce anxiety.

🛠 Materials

• Sandbox or tray with sand (natural or kinetic)
• Miniature objects (e.g., animals, vehicles, blocks, shells, tools)
• Optional scoops, sifters, or containers
• Mat or tarp for easy clean-up

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up the sandbox in a safe, comfortable space.

Introduce the sand and allow the participant to explore freely.

Gradually add miniature objects and demonstrate simple actions (e.g., burying, digging).

Encourage play with prompts such as “Can you find this?” or “What can we build?”

Support sorting, arranging, or storytelling if appropriate.

Allow the participant to lead the activity and follow their interests.

Encourage tidy-up as part of the routine.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Touching or observing sand

Gentle Input
Simple scooping or placing objects

Moderate Input
Sorting, burying, or building

Higher Engagement
Imaginative play, storytelling, or structured tasks

💡 Optional Variations

Create themed play (e.g., ocean, farm, construction).

Introduce treasure hunts by hiding objects.

Use sorting games (e.g., by size, colour, or type).

Build structures such as sandcastles or small environments.

Incorporate letters or numbers for learning activities.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure objects are safe and appropriately sized (avoid choking hazards).
Monitor for ingestion of sand or objects.
Be mindful of tactile sensitivities or aversion.
Keep the activity contained to reduce mess-related stress.
Respect the participant’s choice to stop or change activity.

Scavenger Hunt
Visual

Description

🔍 Object Hunt

Primary Sensory Area: Visual (with cognitive and motor engagement)

🌿 Activity Description

Object Hunt is an interactive search activity where the participant locates items in their environment using visual or verbal cues.

The participant may begin by matching objects to pictures, then progress to finding items based on verbal instructions alone. The activity encourages scanning, remembering, and identifying objects within a space.

Participation can range from simple picture matching to independent searching using memory and problem-solving.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Supports visual discrimination (shape, colour, detail)
• Enhances visual scanning and tracking
• Encourages sustained attention and focus
• Strengthens memory recall and recognition
• Develops problem-solving and spatial awareness
• Promotes movement and active engagement
• Encourages interaction with the environment

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be tailored to the participant’s visual processing ability, attention span, and confidence.

Begin with clear, simple pictures of familiar objects.

Limit the search area to reduce overwhelm.

Provide extra time and gentle prompts if needed.

Use hand-over-hand guidance or pointing to support scanning.

Progress gradually from picture-based to verbal instructions.

Participation may involve observing, pointing, or physically retrieving objects.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The structured nature of the task supports focus and organised thinking.

Success in locating objects can build confidence and motivation.

The activity can be energising and engaging while still predictable.

Movement within the environment can support regulation and reduce restlessness.

🛠 Materials

• Picture cards or images of objects
• Everyday objects within the environment
• Optional timer

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Present a picture of an object and allow the participant time to scan the environment.

Encourage searching with prompts such as “Where could it be?” or “Look around slowly.”

Provide support if needed while allowing time for independent effort.

Progress to verbal instructions once the participant is comfortable.

Offer hints or narrow the search area if required.

Reinforce success and effort with positive feedback.

Allow breaks if attention decreases.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing or matching with full support

Gentle Input
Finding objects using clear picture cues

Moderate Input
Searching using verbal instructions

Higher Engagement
Independent searching with minimal cues or themed challenges

💡 Optional Variations

Use themed hunts (e.g., colours, textures, sounds).

Add a time element using a timer.

Introduce clues instead of direct naming (e.g., “Find something soft”).

Incorporate storytelling after finding objects.

Expand the search area for increased challenge.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure the environment is safe and free from hazards.
Avoid overly complex or cluttered spaces initially.
Monitor for frustration or fatigue.
Adjust difficulty to maintain engagement and success.
Respect the participant’s choice to stop.

Scent Bottles
Olfactory

Description

👃 Scent Bottle Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Olfactory (with cognitive and emotional input)

🌿 Activity Description

Scent Bottle Exploration is a controlled sensory activity where the participant smells a variety of contained scents and explores their differences.

Each scent is presented in a small bottle, allowing the participant to experience aromas one at a time in a predictable and manageable way. Scents may include herbs, citrus, spices, or familiar everyday smells.

Participation can range from brief smelling and observing to comparing, identifying, and expressing preferences.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Supports olfactory processing and scent recognition
• Encourages sensory discrimination (strong vs mild, pleasant vs unpleasant)
• Promotes memory and emotional connections through scent
• Supports language development through description
• Provides calming or alerting sensory input depending on scent
• Encourages curiosity and exploration
• Supports self-regulation through controlled exposure

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be carefully matched to the participant’s sensitivity to smells and overall sensory tolerance.

Begin with mild, familiar scents before introducing stronger or unfamiliar ones.

Present one scent at a time to avoid overload.

Allow the participant to control how close the bottle comes to their nose.

Use visual supports or matching images if helpful.

Avoid strong or artificial scents if sensitivity is present.

Participation may involve smelling, observing, or simply being near the scents.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

Certain scents can have a calming effect (e.g., lavender), while others may increase alertness (e.g., citrus or mint).

The structured, one-at-a-time presentation supports a sense of control and reduces overwhelm.

The activity can promote relaxation through slow breathing and mindful attention.

Familiar scents may evoke positive memories and emotional comfort.

🛠 Materials

• Small bottles or containers with lids
• Scented materials (e.g., herbs, citrus peels, coffee beans, essential oils on cotton)
• Optional labels (numbers or symbols)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up in a calm, low-distraction environment.

Introduce one bottle at a time and invite the participant to smell it.

Use simple prompts such as “What does it smell like?” or “Do you like it or not?”

Allow time between scents to prevent overload.

Encourage gentle breathing if the participant enjoys the scent.

Offer choices and respect all responses.

Finish with a brief reflection on preferred scents.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Being near scents or observing

Gentle Input
Smelling one familiar scent

Moderate Input
Comparing multiple scents

Higher Engagement
Describing, identifying, or matching scents

💡 Optional Variations

Create scent-matching games using pictures or objects.

Group scents by categories (e.g., calming, energising).

Use scents within routines (e.g., calming scent before rest).

Introduce themed sets (e.g., kitchen, garden, forest).

Pair with breathing exercises for relaxation.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid use if the participant has allergies, asthma triggers, or scent sensitivities.
Do not force exposure to disliked scents.
Use natural, mild scents where possible.
Monitor for signs of overwhelm or discomfort.
Ensure containers are secure and safe to handle.

Scent Hunt
Olfactory

Description

🌿 Scented Hunt

Primary Sensory Area: Olfactory (with movement, cognitive, and visual input)

🌿 Activity Description

Scented Hunt is an exploratory activity where the participant moves through an environment and identifies different smells in real-world settings.

The participant pauses, notices scents, and attempts to identify or describe them, linking smells to objects, places, or experiences. The activity may include recording findings through speech, notes, or photos.

Participation can range from guided noticing of a few scents to independent exploration and reflection.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Supports olfactory awareness and scent recognition
• Encourages sensory discrimination (strong vs mild, familiar vs new)
• Promotes movement and environmental engagement
• Enhances attention and observation skills
• Strengthens memory and association with smells
• Encourages language and descriptive communication
• Supports emotional connection to sensory experiences

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be tailored to the participant’s sensory tolerance, mobility, and communication style.

Begin in familiar, low-demand environments with predictable scents.

Limit the number of scents explored to avoid overload.

Provide prompts or a simple list of possible smells if needed.

Allow the participant to record observations verbally, visually, or with assistance.

If overwhelmed, focus on one scent at a time or reduce movement demands.

Participation may involve noticing, pointing, or describing rather than searching actively.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The activity promotes mindful awareness of the environment, which can be grounding and calming.

Familiar or pleasant scents may evoke positive emotional responses and memories.

Movement combined with sensory focus can support regulation and reduce restlessness.

The structured exploration supports confidence and engagement in real-world environments.

🛠 Materials

• Optional notebook or device for recording
• Optional list of scent prompts
• Camera or phone (optional)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Choose a safe, calm route (indoors or outdoors).

Encourage the participant to pause and notice scents in the environment.

Use simple prompts such as “What can you smell?” or “Where do you think it’s coming from?”

Allow time for thinking and exploration without rushing.

Support recording observations if appropriate.

Encourage simple reflection on preferred or interesting scents.

Keep the pace relaxed and participant-led.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Noticing one or two scents with support

Gentle Input
Identifying familiar scents

Moderate Input
Comparing and describing multiple scents

Higher Engagement
Independent exploration, recording, and reflection

💡 Optional Variations

Create themed hunts (e.g., food smells, nature smells).

Set simple challenges (e.g., find three different scents).

Pair with photography or drawing.

Create a “scent journal” over time.

Link scents to emotions or memories if appropriate.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid areas with overwhelming or unpleasant odours.
Be mindful of allergies, sensitivities, or respiratory conditions.
Do not force exposure to strong or disliked scents.
Monitor for fatigue or sensory overload.
Ensure the environment is safe for movement.

Scented Bubbles
Olfactory

Description

🫧 Scented Bubble Play

Primary Sensory Area: Olfactory (with visual, tactile, and oral motor input)

🌿 Activity Description

Scented Bubble Play is a multi-sensory activity where the participant blows and interacts with bubbles infused with gentle scents.

The participant creates bubbles using a wand, watches them float, and experiences the scent and tactile sensation as they pop on the skin or nearby surfaces.

Participation can range from observing bubbles to actively blowing, chasing, and exploring scent and touch.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Olfactory input through scented bubbles
• Visual tracking and attention as bubbles float and move
• Tactile input from bubbles landing and popping on the skin
• Supports oral motor skills through controlled blowing
• Encourages hand–eye coordination and fine motor control
• Promotes relaxation through repetitive, playful engagement
• Supports sensory integration across multiple systems

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be matched to the participant’s sensory preferences, breath control, and tolerance to scent.

Begin with observation if the participant is unsure or sensitive.

Use mild, familiar scents to avoid overload.

Provide assistance with dipping and blowing if needed.

Allow alternative participation such as popping bubbles rather than blowing.

Adjust the pace to avoid overstimulation.

Participation may involve watching, touching, or active bubble play.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The gentle, repetitive nature of bubbles can be calming and regulating.

Watching bubbles float supports focus and visual relaxation.

The combination of scent and touch can enhance grounding and sensory awareness.

Playful interaction promotes enjoyment, engagement, and emotional expression.

🛠 Materials

• Bubble solution (scented, mild)
• Bubble wand(s)
• Open space (indoor or outdoor)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up a safe, open space with minimal distractions.

Introduce the bubbles and demonstrate gentle blowing.

Encourage the participant to try blowing at their own pace.

Prompt exploration with simple cues such as “Watch it float” or “Can you smell it?”

Allow the participant to pop bubbles on their hands or body.

Encourage pauses for noticing scent and sensation.

Adjust intensity based on response and maintain a relaxed pace.

Finish with a calm transition and brief reflection.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing bubbles

Gentle Input
Popping bubbles or brief blowing

Moderate Input
Blowing and engaging with scent and movement

Higher Engagement
Sustained play with varied bubble sizes and interaction

💡 Optional Variations

Use different scented bubble solutions (e.g., citrus, lavender).

Introduce games (e.g., catching or counting bubbles).

Try blowing from different positions (sitting, standing).

Use multiple wands for varied bubble effects.

Incorporate slow breathing for calming routines.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid strong or artificial scents if sensitivity is present.
Monitor for ingestion of bubble solution.
Be mindful of slippery surfaces from popped bubbles.
Respect the participant’s tolerance and stop if overwhelmed.
Ensure materials are non-toxic and safe.

Scented Cooking
Olfactory

Description

🍴 Kitchen Scent Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Olfactory (with tactile, cognitive, and oral sensory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Kitchen Scent Exploration is a sensory-based cooking activity where the participant engages with a variety of food aromas during meal preparation.

The participant smells, handles, and observes ingredients at different stages (whole, cut, cooked), noticing how scents change throughout the cooking process.

Participation can range from simple smelling and observing to active involvement in food preparation and tasting.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Supports olfactory awareness and scent recognition
• Encourages sensory discrimination (mild vs strong, fresh vs cooked)
• Promotes connection between smell, taste, and memory
• Enhances attention and engagement in meaningful tasks
• Supports cognitive processing through sequencing and comparison
• Encourages tactile exploration through handling ingredients
• Provides calming, structured sensory input

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be adapted to the participant’s sensory tolerance, safety needs, and functional ability.

Begin with mild, familiar scents before introducing stronger aromas.

Present one ingredient at a time to avoid overload.

Offer pre-prepared ingredients if cutting or handling is difficult.

Allow participation at different levels (smelling only, assisting, or active cooking).

Use visual supports or simple prompts if helpful.

Adjust tasks to match ability (e.g., stirring, washing, sprinkling).

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The familiar and meaningful context of cooking can support emotional comfort and engagement.

Slow exploration of scents promotes mindfulness and grounding.

The predictable sequence of cooking supports a sense of control and reduces anxiety.

Positive scent experiences can build confidence and reduce aversion to new foods.

🛠 Materials

• Fresh ingredients (e.g., herbs, spices, fruits, vegetables)
• Basic cooking tools (e.g., bowls, utensils)
• Safe kitchen workspace

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up a calm, organised cooking space.

Introduce ingredients one at a time, encouraging the participant to smell them.

Use simple prompts such as “What does it smell like?” or “Is it strong or mild?”

Encourage handling (e.g., rubbing herbs, breaking pieces) to release scent.

Support participation in simple cooking steps as appropriate.

Pause at different stages to notice how smells change (e.g., before and after cooking).

Optionally connect smell to taste once the food is ready.

Reinforce engagement and preferences throughout.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing or smelling one ingredient

Gentle Input
Smelling and handling simple ingredients

Moderate Input
Comparing scents and assisting with tasks

Higher Engagement
Active cooking, describing, and linking scent to taste

💡 Optional Variations

Compare raw vs cooked smells.

Use themed cooking (e.g., herbs, baking, cultural dishes).

Create a simple scent journal or chart.

Focus on calming vs energising scents.

Incorporate blind smell guessing (if appropriate).

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Follow all kitchen safety guidelines.
Be aware of allergies, sensitivities, and dietary restrictions.
Avoid strong or overwhelming smells if the participant is sensitive.
Ensure supervision when using tools or heat.
Respect refusal and stop if distress occurs.

Scented Crafts
Olfactory

Description

🌸 Scented Craft Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Olfactory (with tactile, visual, and fine motor input)

🌿 Activity Description

Scented Craft Exploration is a creative sensory activity where the participant uses scented materials to create artwork while exploring different smells.

The participant may draw, colour, stick, or assemble using items such as scented markers, paper, stickers, or crayons. As they create, they notice and compare the scents associated with each material.

Participation can range from simple sensory exploration to more detailed creative expression and discussion.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Supports olfactory awareness and scent recognition
• Encourages sensory discrimination (different scents and intensities)
• Enhances fine motor skills through drawing, sticking, and handling materials
• Promotes visual engagement and sustained attention
• Encourages creativity and imaginative expression
• Supports language development through describing sensory experiences
• Provides calming, structured sensory input

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be tailored to the participant’s sensory tolerance, motor skills, and level of engagement.

Begin with a small number of mild, familiar scents.

Allow the participant to choose materials to increase control and engagement.

Use larger tools or pre-prepared materials if fine motor skills are limited.

Offer alternatives such as colouring or placing stickers if drawing is difficult.

Provide breaks if scents become overwhelming.

Participation may involve smelling, observing, or simple creative actions.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The combination of creativity and scent can support relaxation and emotional expression.

Familiar or pleasant smells may evoke positive memories and comfort.

The structured nature of craft activities can support focus and reduce anxiety.

The activity encourages a sense of achievement and self-expression.

🛠 Materials

• Scented markers, crayons, or pencils
• Scented paper or stickers
• Craft materials (e.g., glue, plain paper)
• Optional mixed-media materials

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up a calm, organised craft space.

Introduce scented materials one at a time.

Encourage the participant to smell and explore each item.

Use simple prompts such as “What does it smell like?” or “Do you like this one?”

Support creative expression without focusing on outcomes.

Encourage sharing or describing the experience if appropriate.

Provide positive reinforcement and allow the participant to lead.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing or briefly smelling materials

Gentle Input
Using one scented item

Moderate Input
Combining materials and exploring multiple scents

Higher Engagement
Creating detailed artwork and describing sensory experiences

💡 Optional Variations

Create themed artwork (e.g., nature, food, seasons).

Match scents to colours or images.

Combine scented and non-scented materials.

Create a “favourite scent” artwork collection.

Incorporate storytelling about the artwork and smells.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid strong or artificial scents if sensitivity is present.
Be mindful of allergies or respiratory conditions.
Do not force interaction with disliked scents.
Monitor for sensory overload or fatigue.
Ensure materials are non-toxic and safe to use.

Scented Hand Massage
Olfactory

Description

🤲 Scented Hand Massage

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with olfactory and proprioceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Scented Hand Massage is a calming sensory activity where the participant experiences gentle hand massage using scented lotion or oil.

The activity combines touch and smell to create a soothing, predictable experience. The participant may receive the massage or apply lotion themselves, depending on comfort and preference.

Participation can range from brief contact with scent and touch to sustained massage and relaxation.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input through gentle, sustained pressure
• Olfactory input from pleasant, controlled scents
• Supports body awareness and connection to hands and fingers
• Encourages positive touch experiences
• Promotes relaxation and emotional regulation
• Can reduce stress and anxiety
• Supports sensory integration through combined input

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be matched to the participant’s tolerance for touch, scent, and personal space.

Allow the participant to choose or approve the scent before beginning.

Begin with minimal contact (e.g., palm only) and increase gradually if tolerated.

Use firm, steady pressure rather than light touch to avoid discomfort.

Offer self-application if touch from others is not preferred.

Limit scent intensity by using small amounts of lotion.

Participation may involve smelling only, self-application, or full massage.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The combination of deep, steady touch and familiar scents can have a strong calming and organising effect on the nervous system.

The predictable, rhythmic nature of the massage supports relaxation and reduces arousal.

Scent can enhance emotional comfort and create positive sensory associations.

The activity can be used as a grounding strategy during times of stress.

🛠 Materials

• Scented lotion or oil (mild and preferred)
• Optional warm towel

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Create a calm, quiet environment.

Offer a small selection of scents and allow the participant to choose.

Warm the lotion in your hands before applying.

Begin with slow, firm strokes on the palms and fingers.

Use simple prompts such as “How does this feel?” or “Do you like this scent?”

Adjust pressure and duration based on response.

Encourage slow breathing during the activity.

Finish with a gentle transition, such as wiping hands or resting.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Smelling lotion or brief touch

Gentle Input
Short, supported hand massage

Moderate Input
Sustained massage with engagement

Higher Engagement
Independent application and extended relaxation

💡 Optional Variations

Use different scents for calming vs energising effects.

Incorporate into daily routines (e.g., before rest or after activity).

Extend to forearms if tolerated.

Pair with quiet music or breathing exercises.

Offer warm or cool sensations for variation.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Check for allergies or skin sensitivities.
Avoid strong or artificial scents if sensitivity is present.
Always seek consent before touch and monitor comfort closely.
Stop immediately if the participant withdraws or shows distress.
Ensure products are safe and appropriate for skin use.

Scented Markers
Olfactory

Description

🖍️ Scented Marker Drawing

Primary Sensory Area: Olfactory (with visual and fine motor input)

🌿 Activity Description

Scented Marker Drawing is a creative sensory activity where the participant uses scented markers to draw, colour, and explore different smells.

The participant may smell each marker, create artwork, and begin to associate scents with colours, objects, or personal experiences. The activity combines artistic expression with controlled scent exposure.

Participation can range from simple smelling and marking to detailed drawing and describing sensory experiences.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Supports olfactory awareness and scent recognition
• Encourages sensory discrimination between different smells
• Enhances fine motor skills through drawing and colouring
• Promotes visual–sensory integration
• Encourages creativity and imaginative expression
• Supports memory and association (linking scent to objects or experiences)
• Provides structured, engaging sensory input

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be tailored to the participant’s sensory tolerance, motor skills, and level of interest.

Begin with one or two mild scents before introducing more.

Allow the participant to choose which markers to use.

Use large paper and simple tasks if fine motor control is limited.

Offer structured options (e.g., colouring sheets) or free drawing depending on preference.

Limit scent exposure if sensitivity is present.

Participation may involve smelling, colouring, or observing.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The combination of drawing and scent can support calm focus and engagement.

Familiar or pleasant scents may evoke positive emotional responses.

Creative expression supports emotional release and communication.

The structured nature of the activity can reduce anxiety and increase predictability.

🛠 Materials

• Scented markers (variety of mild scents)
• Paper or colouring sheets
• Optional matching images or worksheets

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up a calm, organised drawing space.

Introduce the markers and invite the participant to smell them one at a time.

Encourage drawing or colouring using simple prompts such as “Which one do you like?”

Ask optional questions like “What does this smell remind you of?”

Allow free exploration or guide structured tasks if preferred.

Monitor for signs of sensory overload and pace the activity accordingly.

Finish with a brief reflection on favourite scents or drawings.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Smelling one marker or observing

Gentle Input
Simple colouring with one scent

Moderate Input
Using multiple markers and comparing scents

Higher Engagement
Detailed drawing with description and associations

💡 Optional Variations

Match scents to pictures or objects (e.g., fruit images).

Create a “guess the scent” game.

Use colour-by-number activities with scent pairing.

Combine with storytelling about drawings.

Build a “favourite scent artwork” collection.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid strong or artificial scents if sensitivity is present.
Ensure markers are non-toxic and safe for use.
Monitor for excessive inhalation or discomfort.
Provide breaks if needed.
Respect the participant’s preferences and stop if overwhelmed.

Scented Play Dough
Olfactory

Description

🌸 Scented Play Dough

Primary Sensory Area: Olfactory (with tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

Scented Play Dough is a hands-on sensory activity where the participant explores dough infused with gentle scents.

The participant squeezes, rolls, presses, and shapes the dough while noticing the associated aroma. The activity combines tactile input with controlled scent exposure to support sensory exploration and creative play.

Participation can range from brief handling or smelling to extended, imaginative engagement.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input through squeezing, rolling, and moulding
• Olfactory stimulation from mild, controlled scents
• Fine motor strengthening of hands and fingers
• Supports hand–eye coordination
• Encourages creativity and imaginative play
• Provides calming or alerting input depending on scent
• Supports sensory integration across touch and smell

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be matched to the participant’s tactile and olfactory tolerance.

Begin with unscented dough before introducing scent.

Introduce one mild scent at a time.

Offer tools (rollers, cutters) if direct touch is challenging.

Allow smelling without touching as a valid form of participation.

Provide wipes or handwashing options to increase control.

Participation may involve touching, smelling, or observing.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The repetitive, rhythmic nature of manipulating dough can be calming and organising.

The addition of scent can enhance emotional comfort or alertness depending on the type used.

The activity supports grounding through combined tactile and olfactory input.

Creative engagement can support emotional expression and enjoyment.

🛠 Materials

• Play dough (unscented or lightly scented)
• Mild scent options (e.g., vanilla, citrus, lavender)
• Optional tools (rollers, cutters)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up a calm, low-distraction space.

Introduce the dough and allow initial tactile exploration.

Offer a scent choice and introduce it gradually.

Use simple prompts such as “How does it feel?” or “Can you smell it?”

Model slow, controlled movements (squeezing, rolling).

Encourage creative play without focusing on outcomes.

Monitor tolerance and adjust as needed.

Finish with hand washing or a neutral activity.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Handling unscented or very lightly scented dough
Short engagement (2–5 minutes)
Smelling only if preferred

Gentle Input
Light squeezing and shaping with one mild scent

Moderate Input
Active rolling, pressing, and shaping
Sustained engagement (5–10 minutes)

Higher Engagement
Firm manipulation, tool use, and extended creative play

💡 Optional Variations

Use themed scents (e.g., food, nature).

Create simple shapes or objects.

Pair with storytelling or pretend play.

Alternate between scented and unscented dough.

Incorporate colour matching with scent themes.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid strong or mixed scents.
Check for allergies or skin sensitivities.
Monitor for signs of discomfort or overload.
Do not force interaction with scent or texture.
Ensure materials are non-toxic and safe.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Provide controlled tactile and olfactory input in a safe, enjoyable way.

✔️ How to Support
Use clear scent choices (e.g., “sweet,” “fresh,” “mild”).
Model slow, gentle manipulation.
Allow the participant to control scent and pressure.

🛑 Watch For
Turning away, nose wrinkling, agitation
Requests to stop
Skin irritation

🔁 Adjust By
Reducing scent strength
Returning to unscented dough
Shortening duration

🧠 Support Tips
Avoid mixing scents
Keep the focus on enjoyment
Follow with a neutral or calming activity if needed

Scented Scrunchies
Olfactory

Description

🎀 Scented Scrunchies

Primary Sensory Area: Olfactory (with tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

Scented Scrunchies are a portable sensory support tool where a soft fabric scrunchie is infused with a mild, preferred scent.

The participant can wear the scrunchie on their wrist or in their hair, allowing easy access to calming or alerting scent input throughout the day. The soft fabric also provides gentle tactile comfort.

Participation can range from brief smelling to ongoing use as a self-regulation strategy.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Olfactory input through preferred, controlled scents
• Tactile comfort from soft fabric against the skin
• Supports emotional regulation (calming or alerting)
• Encourages independence in self-regulation
• Provides discreet, on-the-go sensory support
• Reinforces scent–emotion associations
• Offers consistent, predictable sensory input

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be tailored to the participant’s sensory preferences and tolerance.

Allow the participant to choose both the fabric and scent.

Begin with very small amounts of scent.

Use mild, familiar scents to reduce overwhelm.

Offer alternatives (e.g., holding the scrunchie rather than wearing it).

If tactile sensitivity is present, suggest looser or different fabric options.

Participation may involve smelling, holding, or wearing.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The availability of a preferred scent throughout the day can support ongoing emotional regulation.

Calming scents may reduce anxiety, while more alerting scents can support focus.

The scrunchie provides a simple, reliable sensory anchor in different environments.

The combination of scent and touch can support grounding and comfort.

🛠 Materials

• Soft scrunchies (e.g., cotton, velvet, silk)
• Mild essential oils or scented solutions
• Optional carrier oil (e.g., coconut or almond oil)
• Small storage bag or container

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Offer a selection of scrunchies and scents.

Allow the participant to choose their preferred combination.

Apply a small amount of scent to the fabric.

Encourage the participant to smell and notice how it feels.

Support them to wear or hold the scrunchie as preferred.

Use simple prompts such as “Does this help you feel calm or alert?”

Encourage use during times when regulation support is needed.

Store the scrunchie in a sealed container when not in use.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Brief smelling only

Gentle Input
Holding the scrunchie with scent

Moderate Input
Wearing the scrunchie for short periods

Higher Engagement
Independent use throughout the day for regulation

💡 Optional Variations

Use different scents for different times of day (e.g., calming vs alerting).

Create a small set of scrunchies for different environments.

Pair with breathing or grounding strategies.

Use alongside other sensory tools (e.g., stress ball, visual supports).

Offer scent alternatives (e.g., scented cloth or tissue).

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid strong or overwhelming scents.
Check for allergies or skin sensitivities.
Ensure oils are diluted and safe for skin contact.
Do not force use if the participant dislikes the scent or texture.
Monitor for sensory overload and adjust as needed.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Provide portable, self-directed sensory regulation using scent and touch.

✔️ How to Support
Offer simple choices (fabric + scent)
Use minimal scent and build gradually
Encourage independent use

🛑 Watch For
Discomfort with scent or fabric
Attempts to remove or avoid
Skin irritation

🔁 Adjust By
Reducing scent strength
Changing fabric type
Using an alternative (e.g., tissue with scent)

🧠 Support Tips
Keep scents consistent for predictability
Link scents to routines (e.g., calm vs focus)
Store properly to maintain scent quality

Scented Sensory Bin
Olfactory

Description

🌸 Scented Sensory Bin

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with olfactory, proprioceptive, and visual input)

🌿 Activity Description

Scented Sensory Bin is a multi-sensory activity where the participant explores a container filled with textured materials infused with a mild scent.

The participant may scoop, pour, squeeze, or sift materials such as rice, beans, or foamy water while noticing both the texture and aroma. The activity combines hands-on exploration with controlled olfactory input.

Participation can range from brief tactile interaction to extended, immersive sensory play.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input through varied textures (soft, grainy, foamy)
• Olfactory stimulation from gentle, controlled scents
• Proprioceptive input through scooping, pouring, and pressing
• Supports fine motor development and coordination
• Encourages visual engagement through colour and movement
• Promotes sensory discrimination (texture and scent differences)
• Provides calming or alerting input depending on materials used

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be tailored to the participant’s sensory tolerance and preferences.

Begin with unscented materials before adding scent.

Introduce one mild scent at a time.

Offer tools (scoops, cups) if direct touch is challenging.

Allow gloves or partial interaction if needed.

Reduce the number of materials to avoid overload.

Participation may involve touching, observing, or using tools.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The repetitive, rhythmic nature of scooping and pouring can be calming and organising.

Combined tactile and olfactory input supports grounding and body awareness.

The activity can be energising or relaxing depending on the chosen scent and materials.

Provides a structured yet flexible sensory experience that supports engagement and regulation.

🛠 Materials

• Sensory bin or container
• Base material (e.g., rice, beans, sand, foamy water)
• Mild scent (e.g., essential oil, natural scent source)
• Optional tools (cups, scoops, containers)
• Optional hidden objects

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up the bin in a calm, contained space.

Introduce the material and allow initial exploration.

Add scent gradually and invite the participant to notice it.

Use simple prompts such as “How does it feel?” or “Can you smell it?”

Encourage scooping, pouring, and searching movements.

Allow the participant to lead the pace and type of interaction.

Monitor responses and adjust intensity as needed.

Finish with a clean-up routine and calming transition.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing or brief touch of unscented material

Gentle Input
Light interaction with one texture and mild scent

Moderate Input
Active scooping, pouring, and exploring

Higher Engagement
Extended play with multiple tools and hidden objects

💡 Optional Variations

Hide objects for a “find and discover” game.

Use themed bins (e.g., nature, kitchen, colours).

Compare different textures or scents.

Alternate between dry and wet materials.

Incorporate sorting or simple tasks.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid strong or mixed scents.
Check for allergies or sensitivities.
Monitor for ingestion of materials.
Ensure materials are safe and non-toxic.
Respect the participant’s tolerance and stop if overwhelmed.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Provide combined tactile and olfactory input in a controlled, engaging way.

✔️ How to Support
Start simple (one texture, one scent)
Use clear, descriptive language
Allow participant control

🛑 Watch For
Withdrawal from touch or scent
Agitation or increased arousal
Requests to stop

🔁 Adjust By
Removing scent
Switching to tools instead of hands
Reducing duration or materials

🧠 Support Tips
Avoid mixing multiple scents
Keep focus on experience, not outcome
Follow with a neutral or calming activity

Scented Water
Olfactory

Description

🥤 Guess the Scented Water

Primary Sensory Area: Olfactory (with gustatory and cognitive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Guess the Scented Water is a sensory tasting activity where the participant smells and tastes different flavoured waters and attempts to identify them.

Each sample is presented in a similar-looking cup so the participant relies on smell and taste rather than visual cues. The participant may first smell, then taste, and compare their guesses.

Participation can range from simple tasting to active guessing, comparing, and describing flavours.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Olfactory input through identifying scents
• Gustatory (taste) input supporting flavour awareness
• Encourages sensory discrimination (different tastes and smells)
• Supports memory and association (linking scent and flavour)
• Enhances cognitive skills such as problem-solving and recall
• Promotes language and descriptive communication
• Provides engaging, real-world sensory exploration

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be adapted to the participant’s taste tolerance, sensory sensitivity, and communication ability.

Begin with a small number of mild, familiar flavours.

Offer very small sips to avoid overwhelm.

Allow smelling only if tasting is not preferred.

Provide visual supports or hints if needed.

Adjust flavour strength to ensure it is not overpowering.

Participation may involve smelling, tasting, pointing, or choosing.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The structured, predictable format supports focus and engagement.

Familiar flavours may evoke comfort and positive associations.

The activity encourages curiosity and enjoyment in a low-pressure way.

Choice-making supports confidence and independence.

🛠 Materials

• Small cups of flavoured water (similar appearance)
• Natural flavourings (e.g., fruit, extracts, juice)
• Optional straws or spoons
• Cloth or wipes

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up a calm, organised tasting area.

Present one sample at a time.

Encourage the participant to smell first using prompts such as “What does it smell like?”

Offer a small taste and ask “Does it match the smell?”

Allow time for thinking and guessing without pressure.

Provide gentle hints if needed.

Reinforce effort and participation.

Finish with a simple reflection on favourite flavours.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Smelling only or tasting one familiar flavour

Gentle Input
Smelling and tasting with support

Moderate Input
Comparing and identifying multiple flavours

Higher Engagement
Independent guessing, describing, and matching

💡 Optional Variations

Mix two flavours and guess the combination.

Match flavours to pictures or real foods.

Use themed tasting (e.g., citrus, berries).

Introduce a simple “matching” game (smell to taste).

Create a favourite flavour chart over time.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Check for allergies or dietary restrictions.
Use small quantities to avoid overconsumption.
Avoid strong or artificial flavours if sensitivity is present.
Ensure all ingredients are safe and appropriate.
Respect refusal to taste or smell.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Support olfactory and taste exploration in a structured, enjoyable way.

✔️ How to Support
Start with familiar flavours
Keep portions small
Use simple, supportive prompts

🛑 Watch For
Dislike or aversion to taste or smell
Gagging or withdrawal
Signs of overload

🔁 Adjust By
Reducing number of samples
Using milder flavours
Returning to smelling only

🧠 Support Tips
Focus on experience, not accuracy
Allow time for processing
End with a preferred flavour

Scooter
Vestibular

Description

🛴 Scooter Riding (Manual & Electric)

Primary Sensory Area: Vestibular (with proprioceptive, tactile, and visual input)

🌿 Activity Description

Scooter Riding is a dynamic movement activity where the participant uses either a manual or electric scooter to explore controlled motion, balance, and coordination.

The participant may push and glide on a manual scooter or use gentle acceleration on an electric scooter, developing confidence in movement and navigation.

Participation can range from supported standing and short glides to independent riding and directional control.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Vestibular input through forward movement and gliding
• Proprioceptive input from balance, steering, and weight shifting
• Tactile feedback through feet on the platform and hands on handlebars
• Supports motor planning and coordination
• Encourages visual tracking and environmental awareness
• Promotes confidence and independence in movement
• Can provide calming, rhythmic motion or alerting input depending on speed

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be tailored to the participant’s balance, confidence, and sensory tolerance.

Begin on a flat, quiet surface with minimal distractions.

Provide physical support during mounting and initial movement if needed.

Use a manual scooter for slower, more controlled input.

Introduce electric scooters only when the participant is ready for increased speed and complexity.

Allow the participant to practice starting, stopping, and balancing before progressing.

Participation may involve standing, assisted movement, or short glides.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

The rhythmic motion of gliding can be calming and regulating.

Controlled movement supports body awareness and confidence.

Outdoor environments can enhance mood and engagement.

Mastering the scooter can provide a strong sense of achievement and independence.

🛠 Materials

• Manual scooter and/or electric scooter
• Protective gear (helmet, knee pads, elbow pads)
• Safe riding surface (flat, open area)

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Ensure the scooter is safe and adjusted to the participant.

Support the participant to mount the scooter in a stable position.

For manual scooters, guide gentle pushing and gliding.

For electric scooters, support slow, controlled use of the throttle.

Encourage steady steering and upright posture.

Practice starting, stopping, and turning in a controlled space.

Use simple prompts such as “Slow and steady” or “Look where you’re going.”

Gradually increase independence as confidence develops.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Standing on the scooter with support

Gentle Input
Short, assisted glides or slow movement

Moderate Input
Independent riding with supervision

Higher Engagement
Controlled steering, stopping, and varied speed

💡 Optional Variations

Create simple riding paths or circuits.

Incorporate stop-and-go games.

Practice turning and navigating around objects.

Use outdoor environments for varied sensory input.

Alternate between manual and electric scooters depending on needs.

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Always use appropriate protective gear.
Ensure the environment is safe and free from hazards.
Monitor speed, especially with electric scooters.
Provide close supervision for beginners.
Be mindful of fatigue, balance issues, or sensory overload.
Respect the participant’s confidence level and stop if needed.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Provide vestibular and proprioceptive input through controlled movement and balance.

✔️ How to Support
Start slow and build confidence
Use clear, simple instructions
Stay close for safety and reassurance

🛑 Watch For
Loss of balance or instability
Anxiety or reluctance
Overexcitement with speed

🔁 Adjust By
Slowing pace
Returning to manual scooter
Providing more physical support

🧠 Support Tips
Focus on control, not speed
Keep sessions short and positive
End on a successful experience

Scratch and Smell Stickers
Olfactory

Description

🏷️ Scratch & Sniff Stickers

Primary Sensory Area: Olfactory (with tactile and cognitive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Scratch & Sniff Stickers is a simple, engaging sensory activity where the participant scratches scented stickers to release and explore different aromas.

The participant scratches, smells, and may identify or describe the scent, linking it to familiar objects, foods, or experiences. The activity combines light tactile input with controlled olfactory exploration.

Participation can range from brief smelling to active matching, identifying, and discussing scents.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Supports olfactory awareness and scent recognition
• Encourages sensory discrimination between different smells
• Provides light tactile input through scratching
• Supports cognitive development through scent–object association
• Enhances memory and recall of familiar scents
• Encourages language and descriptive communication
• Promotes engagement through simple, playful interaction

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

The activity should be matched to the participant’s scent tolerance, attention, and communication ability.

Begin with a small number of mild, familiar scents.

Allow the participant to control when and how they scratch the sticker.

Use visual supports (pictures or objects) to assist identification.

Offer pre-scratched stickers if scratching is difficult.

Participation may involve smelling, pointing, choosing, or observing.

🧠 Sensory Regulation & Emotional Benefits

Familiar scents may evoke positive emotional responses and memories.

The simple, predictable nature of the activity supports calm engagement.

The activity can be used as a low-demand sensory break.

Choice and success in identifying scents can build confidence.

🛠 Materials

• Scratch and sniff stickers (variety of mild scents)
• Optional matching pictures or objects

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up in a calm, low-distraction space.

Offer a small selection of stickers.

Guide the participant to scratch and smell each one.

Use simple prompts such as “What does it smell like?” or “Do you like it?”

Support identification with hints or visual aids if needed.

Allow time for exploration without pressure.

Encourage simple reflection on preferred scents.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Smelling pre-scratched stickers

Gentle Input
Scratching and smelling one or two scents

Moderate Input
Comparing and identifying multiple scents

Higher Engagement
Matching scents to objects or describing associations

💡 Optional Variations

Match stickers to pictures or real objects.

Create a “guess the scent” game.

Sort stickers into categories (e.g., food, nature).

Rank favourite scents.

Use within themed activities (e.g., food, outdoors).

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid strong or artificial scents if sensitivity is present.
Check for allergies or sensitivities.
Monitor for overuse or excessive scratching.
Respect refusal to engage.
Ensure materials are safe and appropriate.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Provide simple, controlled olfactory input with light tactile engagement.

✔️ How to Support
Start with familiar scents
Keep choices limited
Use simple prompts

🛑 Watch For
Turning away or aversion
Agitation or loss of interest
Requests to stop

🔁 Adjust By
Reducing number of scents
Switching to milder options
Providing more support or cues

🧠 Support Tips
Focus on enjoyment, not accuracy
Allow time for processing
Use as a short, low-demand activity

Secret Garden
Multi-Sensory

Description

🌿 Secret Garden

A multi-sensory journey into a miniature botanical oasis.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Secret Garden is an immersive, sensory-rich experience that brings the tranquility of nature indoors. By creating a curated botanical corner, participants can explore the textures, scents, and colors of a garden setting in a controlled, safe environment designed to stimulate engagement and provide a grounding sense of peace.

SENSORY BENEFITS

SMELL: Fragrant herbs and flowers like lavender or mint provide gentle olfactory stimulation to soothe or awaken the senses. TOUCH: Exploring the varied textures of moss, smooth river stones, and soft flower petals offers tactile feedback that encourages reaching and exploration. VISION: Vibrant colors and the interplay of light filtering through hanging vines create a visually calming atmosphere. PROPRIOCEPTION: The act of gently placing items into soil or arranging floral displays promotes intentional movement and spatial awareness.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A selection of textured plants like ferns or lavender. • Smooth river stones and moss. • Small, shallow sensory trays. • Battery-operated fairy lights. • A soft blanket for floor-based engagement.

ACTIVITY IDEAS

NATURE BASKETS: Present individual bowls filled with soil, moss, or dry leaves for the participant to touch or explore with their hands. FLORAL AROMATHERAPY: Gently brush fresh sprigs of mint or rosemary against the participant's palm or near their nose to observe reactions to different scents. LIGHT GARDENS: Drape fairy lights through leafy branches to create a soft, flickering visual display that mimics dappled sunlight. TEXTURE MAPPING: Guide the participant's hand over contrasting surfaces like prickly pine cones and velvet-soft petals to encourage sensory discrimination.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Use sensory mitts or soft brushes to present plant textures if direct handling is difficult. • Ensure all plants used are non-toxic and hypoallergenic. • Utilize high-contrast items against a dark tray to maximize visibility for those with visual impairments. • Keep the environment quiet and minimize sudden movements to avoid overstimulation. Always follow the person's unique interests and cues, adjusting the intensity of the sensory input based on their immediate response.

TIPS

• Ensure all surfaces are at an accessible height for the participant. • Consider playing low-volume ambient bird song to complete the immersive atmosphere. • Rotate the plants regularly to keep the olfactory experience fresh and engaging.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

The Secret Garden offers a beautiful way to connect with the natural world, fostering deep relaxation and curiosity while providing a highly customizable sensory experience that honors the individual's pace and preferences.

See-Saw
Vestibular

Description

🎢 See-Saw Play

Primary Sensory Area: Vestibular (with proprioceptive and social input)

🌿 Activity Description

See-saw play provides rhythmic up-and-down movement as two participants take turns pushing off the ground to lift and lower each other.

The predictable rising and falling motion offers controlled vestibular input while also encouraging cooperation and shared timing. The activity can be calm and gentle or more dynamic, depending on how it is paced.

Participation may range from passive enjoyment of movement to active pushing, balancing, and social interaction.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Vestibular input through rhythmic vertical movement
• Proprioceptive feedback from pushing through the legs
• Supports balance and postural control
• Rhythmic movement can promote regulation and calm
• Enhances body awareness and spatial orientation
• Encourages social interaction and turn-taking

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Use a low, stable see-saw or spring-based version for increased safety.

Provide physical support at the trunk or shoulders if balance is reduced.

Allow the participant to sit passively while the worker controls the movement.

Keep movements small and slow for participants sensitive to vestibular input.

Ensure feet can comfortably reach the ground for pushing if active participation is expected.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Set up in a safe outdoor or indoor play area.

Assist the participant to sit securely and comfortably.

Begin with gentle, slow movements to introduce the sensation.

Use simple cues such as “up” and “down” to support predictability.

Encourage the participant to push with their feet if appropriate.

Pause regularly to allow the participant to reset and regulate.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Small, slow movements controlled by the worker

Gentle Input
Participant experiences rhythm with minimal active pushing

Moderate Input
Active pushing with feet and engagement in movement

Higher Input
Faster rhythm, larger movements, and coordinated turn-taking

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure equipment is stable and appropriate for the participant’s size.

Avoid sudden or fast movements.

Monitor for signs of dizziness, discomfort, or anxiety.

Stop immediately if the participant becomes distressed or unbalanced.

Supervise closely at all times.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Provide rhythmic vestibular input with social engagement.

✔️ How to Support
Start slow and predictable
Use simple cues
Support posture and balance

🛑 Watch For
Dizziness or fear
Gripping tightly or stiffening
Requests to stop

🔁 Adjust By
Reducing speed and range
Providing more physical support
Switching to a different movement activity

🧠 Support Tips
Keep rhythm consistent
Follow the participant’s comfort level
Focus on enjoyment, not performance

Sensory Barbecue
Gustatory

Description

🔥 Sensory Barbecue

Primary Sensory Area: Multisensory (tactile, olfactory, proprioceptive, auditory, and gustatory input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory barbecue provides a structured, real-world activity that combines cooking, social interaction, and sensory exploration in a flexible and supportive environment.

Participants may engage in setting up, preparing food, cooking, or eating, depending on their preferences and tolerance. The activity offers a range of sensory experiences including smells, textures, warmth, sounds, and taste, all of which can be adjusted to suit the individual.

Participation can range from observation to active involvement in each stage.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Olfactory input through food aromas and cooking smells
• Tactile exploration through handling food and utensils
• Proprioceptive input through carrying, pushing, and preparing items
• Auditory input from cooking sounds (e.g. sizzling)
• Oral sensory exploration through tasting different foods
• Supports social engagement and shared experiences
• Encourages real-world participation and independence

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Choose a quiet, low-stimulation outdoor space where possible.

Position the participant at a comfortable distance from the grill to manage heat and smell exposure.

Offer gloves or utensils if direct contact with food is uncomfortable.

Use simple, predictable steps and visual supports if needed.

Provide a quiet space for breaks or alternative eating areas.

Allow participation at any level, including observing only.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare the environment to minimise noise, crowding, and strong sensory input.

Explain the activity simply and allow the participant to observe before engaging.

Offer small, manageable roles such as carrying items, arranging utensils, or adding ingredients.

Support food preparation with simple tasks like mixing, brushing, or placing items.

Encourage smelling ingredients or food if tolerated.

Provide support during cooking from a safe distance, using clear and calm guidance.

Offer preferred foods and allow the participant to eat at their own pace.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observing the barbecue from a distance

Gentle Input
Smelling ingredients or assisting with simple setup

Moderate Input
Handling food, preparing ingredients, or light participation

Higher Engagement
Active involvement in cooking and social eating

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Monitor exposure to heat, smoke, and strong smells.

Ensure safe distance from the grill at all times.

Check dietary needs, allergies, and food safety requirements.

Watch for signs of sensory overload (e.g. withdrawal, distress).

Ensure supervision when near cooking equipment.

Respect refusal to engage with any part of the activity.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Support safe, meaningful participation in a real-world multisensory activity.

✔️ How to Support
Keep the environment calm and predictable
Offer simple roles and clear choices
Allow observation and gradual engagement

🛑 Watch For
Overwhelm from smells, heat, or noise
Avoidance or withdrawal
Fatigue during social interaction

🔁 Adjust By
Reducing sensory exposure
Moving to a quieter area
Offering simpler or familiar tasks

🧠 Support Tips
Participation is optional and flexible
Focus on enjoyment, not task completion
Use as an opportunity for real-world engagement

Sensory Barbecue
Olfactory

Description

🔥 Sensory-Friendly Barbecue

Primary Sensory Area: Multisensory (olfactory, tactile, gustatory, proprioceptive, and visual input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory-friendly barbecue is a structured outdoor activity that supports participation in cooking, eating, and social interaction while managing sensory input.

The participant is supported to engage with elements such as food preparation, smells, textures, and the environment in a calm and predictable way. The activity can be adapted to minimise overwhelm while still allowing meaningful engagement.

Participation may range from observing to actively helping prepare and eat food.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Olfactory input through food aromas and outdoor scents
• Oral sensory exploration through varied food textures and tastes
• Tactile input from handling food and interacting with outdoor surfaces
• Proprioceptive input through carrying items and light movement
• Visual regulation through natural outdoor environments
• Supports emotional regulation and social participation

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Choose a quiet, predictable location such as a backyard or calm park.

Provide shaded seating to reduce visual and heat-related overload.

Offer noise-reducing options such as headphones or quiet areas.

Use visual supports or simple explanations to prepare for the activity.

Provide familiar foods alongside new options.

Offer adaptive utensils or allow finger foods where appropriate.

Ensure access to a quiet retreat space for breaks.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare the environment to minimise noise, crowding, and unpredictability.

Explain the sequence of the activity in simple terms.

Allow the participant to observe before engaging.

Offer small roles such as carrying items, arranging plates, or choosing food.

Support participation in food handling only if tolerated.

Encourage tasting at the participant’s pace with no pressure.

Allow movement breaks such as walking or sitting away from the group.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observation from a quiet area

Gentle Input
Smelling food or sitting nearby

Moderate Input
Handling food or assisting with simple tasks

Higher Engagement
Active participation in preparation, cooking, and eating

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Monitor exposure to heat, smoke, and strong smells.

Ensure safe distance from cooking equipment.

Check dietary needs and food safety requirements.

Watch for signs of sensory overload (e.g. withdrawal, agitation).

Respect refusal to engage at any stage.

Ensure easy access to a quiet exit space.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Support participation in a real-world social and sensory activity while maintaining regulation.

✔️ How to Support
Keep the environment calm and predictable
Offer choice and familiar options
Allow flexible participation

🛑 Watch For
Overwhelm from smells, heat, or noise
Avoidance or withdrawal
Fatigue or irritability

🔁 Adjust By
Reducing sensory exposure
Moving to a quieter area
Simplifying the activity

🧠 Support Tips
Participation is flexible and optional
Focus on comfort and enjoyment
Use as a gentle community participation experience

Sensory Bath
Proprioceptive

Description

🛁 Sensory Bath

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with proprioceptive, vestibular, thermal, and auditory input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory bath provides a warm, structured immersion experience that delivers continuous tactile and deep-pressure input through water.

The participant is supported to enter the bath slowly and experience gentle movement, pouring, and full-body contact with warm water. The activity focuses on calm, predictable input that supports relaxation, body awareness, and positive engagement with self-care.

Participation may range from passive immersion to active movement and exploration within the water.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Continuous tactile input from warm water contact
• Proprioceptive input through hydrostatic pressure on the body
• Supports muscle relaxation and reduction in tension
• Gentle vestibular input through slow movement in water
• Thermal input promotes calm and internal body awareness
• Auditory input from water and soft sounds enhances relaxation
• Supports emotional regulation and positive self-care experiences

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Use a bath chair, headrest, or cushion for comfort and positioning.

Ensure water temperature remains consistent and comfortable.

Begin with minimal input and increase gradually based on tolerance.

Use unscented products if sensitivities are present.

Allow hands-only or partial immersion if full entry is not tolerated.

Provide full physical support for transfers where required.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare a warm, quiet environment with minimal sensory distraction.

Allow the participant to feel the water before entering.

Support slow, gradual immersion of the body.

Begin with stillness to allow adjustment to the water.

Introduce gentle, rhythmic pouring using hands or cups.

Encourage slow movements such as arm swaying or gentle kicking.

Use firm, steady touch when pouring or applying pressure.

Maintain a slow, predictable rhythm throughout.

Gradually reduce activity and prepare for a calm transition out of the bath.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Hands or feet in water only

Gentle Input
Passive immersion with minimal movement

Moderate Input
Active engagement with pouring and gentle movement

Higher Engagement
Full participation with movement, rhythm, and exploration

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Always supervise closely during the activity.

Check water temperature before and during the bath.

Avoid sudden movements or temperature changes.

Monitor for fatigue, overheating, or distress.

Avoid scented products if skin sensitivity is present.

Ensure safe transfer in and out of the bath.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Provide calming tactile and deep-pressure input through warm water immersion.

✔️ How to Support
Keep movements slow and predictable
Use firm, steady touch
Maintain warm, consistent environment

🛑 Watch For
Withdrawal or discomfort
Signs of overheating or fatigue
Sensitivity to touch or temperature

🔁 Adjust By
Reducing movement and input
Returning to simple water contact
Ending the activity earlier

🧠 Support Tips
Rhythm and consistency are key
Less input is often more effective
Focus on comfort and relaxation

Sensory Bath
Tactile

Description

🛁 Sensory Bath

Primary Sensory Area: Multisensory (tactile, proprioceptive, auditory, and temperature input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory bath provides a warm, soothing, and highly controlled multisensory experience designed to support relaxation, comfort, and gentle engagement.

The participant is supported to experience warm water, gentle movement, pouring, textures, and optional sensory additions in a predictable and calming way. The focus is on creating a safe, pleasurable environment where the person can explore sensations at their own pace.

Participation may range from passive enjoyment to active interaction with water, objects, and movement.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Deep pressure input from water supports proprioceptive regulation
• Warm temperature promotes muscle relaxation and calm
• Tactile input from water, bubbles, and textures enhances sensory awareness
• Rhythmic pouring and movement support co-regulation
• Gentle vestibular input through water movement (if used)
• Auditory input from water and soft sounds promotes relaxation
• Encourages emotional comfort and a sense of safety

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Use a bath chair or support device where required.

Ensure water temperature is consistent and comfortable.

Begin with minimal sensory input and add elements gradually.

Offer scent-free options if smell sensitivity is present.

Allow the participant to observe before entering if needed.

Provide full physical support depending on mobility and postural needs.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare a warm, quiet environment before starting.

Explain each step in a calm, predictable manner.

Allow the participant to feel the water before entering.

Support slow, gradual entry into the bath.

Begin with simple water contact and allow time for settling.

Introduce gentle pouring using cups in a slow, rhythmic pattern.

Offer optional elements such as bubbles, floating objects, or textures based on tolerance.

Use slow, firm touch when washing or applying pressure.

Maintain a calm pace throughout and observe responses closely.

End the activity gradually with warm drying and a quiet transition.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observation or minimal water contact (hands or feet only)

Gentle Input
Passive immersion with minimal movement and simple pouring

Moderate Input
Active engagement with water, textures, or floating objects

Higher Engagement
Full participation including movement, pouring, and exploration

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Always monitor water temperature and comfort level.

Ensure safe positioning and physical support at all times.

Avoid sudden movements, splashing, or rapid changes.

Check for skin sensitivities to products or materials.

Watch for signs of distress or overload (e.g. stiffening, withdrawal).

Ensure safe transfer in and out of the bath.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Provide calming, structured multisensory input through water-based experience.

✔️ How to Support
Keep movements slow and predictable
Use warm, consistent water
Introduce sensory elements gradually

🛑 Watch For
Signs of discomfort or withdrawal
Sensitivity to temperature or touch
Fatigue or disengagement

🔁 Adjust By
Reducing sensory input
Slowing pace further
Returning to simple water contact

🧠 Support Tips
Rhythm and predictability are key
Focus on comfort and enjoyment
Less input is often more effective

Sensory Bath
Proprioceptive

Description

🛁 Sensory Bath

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with proprioceptive, vestibular, thermal, and auditory input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory bath provides a warm, structured immersion experience that delivers continuous tactile and deep-pressure input through water.

The participant is supported to enter the bath slowly and experience gentle movement, pouring, and full-body contact with warm water. The activity focuses on calm, predictable input that supports relaxation, body awareness, and positive engagement with self-care.

Participation may range from passive immersion to active movement and exploration within the water.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Continuous tactile input from warm water contact
• Proprioceptive input through hydrostatic pressure on the body
• Supports muscle relaxation and reduction in tension
• Gentle vestibular input through slow movement in water
• Thermal input promotes calm and internal body awareness
• Auditory input from water and soft sounds enhances relaxation
• Supports emotional regulation and positive self-care experiences

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Use a bath chair, headrest, or cushion for comfort and positioning.

Ensure water temperature remains consistent and comfortable.

Begin with minimal input and increase gradually based on tolerance.

Use unscented products if sensitivities are present.

Allow hands-only or partial immersion if full entry is not tolerated.

Provide full physical support for transfers where required.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare a warm, quiet environment with minimal sensory distraction.

Allow the participant to feel the water before entering.

Support slow, gradual immersion of the body.

Begin with stillness to allow adjustment to the water.

Introduce gentle, rhythmic pouring using hands or cups.

Encourage slow movements such as arm swaying or gentle kicking.

Use firm, steady touch when pouring or applying pressure.

Maintain a slow, predictable rhythm throughout.

Gradually reduce activity and prepare for a calm transition out of the bath.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Hands or feet in water only

Gentle Input
Passive immersion with minimal movement

Moderate Input
Active engagement with pouring and gentle movement

Higher Engagement
Full participation with movement, rhythm, and exploration

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Always supervise closely during the activity.

Check water temperature before and during the bath.

Avoid sudden movements or temperature changes.

Monitor for fatigue, overheating, or distress.

Avoid scented products if skin sensitivity is present.

Ensure safe transfer in and out of the bath.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Provide calming tactile and deep-pressure input through warm water immersion.

✔️ How to Support
Keep movements slow and predictable
Use firm, steady touch
Maintain warm, consistent environment

🛑 Watch For
Withdrawal or discomfort
Signs of overheating or fatigue
Sensitivity to touch or temperature

🔁 Adjust By
Reducing movement and input
Returning to simple water contact
Ending the activity earlier

🧠 Support Tips
Rhythm and consistency are key
Less input is often more effective
Focus on comfort and relaxation

Sensory Beach Walk
Tactile

Description

🌊 Sensory Beach Walk

Primary Sensory Area: Multisensory (proprioceptive, tactile, auditory, and vestibular input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory beach walk provides a calming, real-world experience combining movement, natural textures, and environmental sensory input.

The participant is supported to walk along the beach at their own pace while exploring sand, water, sounds, and visual elements in a structured and flexible way. The activity can be adjusted to minimise overload while allowing meaningful engagement with the environment.

Participation may range from observing the environment to active walking and sensory exploration.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Proprioceptive input from walking on uneven sand
• Tactile input from sand, water, shells, and natural textures
• Auditory input from waves, wind, and natural sounds
• Vestibular input from movement across varied surfaces
• Visual regulation from open space and natural scenery
• Supports emotional regulation and calming through rhythm of waves

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Choose quiet times (early morning or late afternoon) to reduce crowds and noise.

Select firm sand areas for easier walking and stability.

Provide water shoes or socks if sand texture is not tolerated.

Use sunglasses, hats, or shaded areas to reduce visual overload.

Offer headphones if sound sensitivity is present.

Bring a quiet retreat option such as a blanket or sheltered area.

Allow full flexibility in level of participation.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare the participant by explaining the activity simply and clearly.

Begin slowly, allowing time to adjust to the environment.

Offer choices between walking on dry sand, wet sand, or near water.

Encourage brief tactile exploration such as touching sand or water.

Pause regularly to listen to sounds or observe surroundings.

Support simple activities such as collecting shells or drawing in the sand.

Allow movement breaks or quiet sitting as needed.

Follow the participant’s pace and preferences throughout.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observation from a seated or quiet area

Gentle Input
Short walking periods with minimal sensory interaction

Moderate Input
Walking with simple tactile exploration

Higher Engagement
Active exploration of sand, water, and environmental elements

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Monitor exposure to sun, wind, and temperature.

Ensure hydration and regular rest breaks.

Watch for signs of fatigue or sensory overload.

Be aware of uneven surfaces and slipping hazards.

Respect refusal to engage with specific elements (e.g. sand, water).

Ensure safe boundaries near water.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Provide calming, real-world sensory input through movement and nature-based exploration.

✔️ How to Support
Keep pace slow and flexible
Offer simple choices
Use the natural environment as the activity

🛑 Watch For
Overwhelm from wind, noise, or brightness
Fatigue or withdrawal
Discomfort with textures

🔁 Adjust By
Moving to quieter or more stable areas
Reducing sensory exposure
Offering seated or observation options

🧠 Support Tips
Less structure is often more effective
Follow the participant’s lead
Focus on calm, enjoyable engagement

Sensory Body Wash
Tactile

Description

🧼 Sensory Body Wash

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with proprioceptive, thermal, and auditory input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory body wash transforms routine hygiene into a calming, structured sensory experience using warm water, gentle pressure, rhythm, and texture.

The participant is supported through slow, predictable washing using cloths, sponges, or hands, with an emphasis on comfort, relaxation, and positive body awareness. The activity focuses on providing soothing tactile input while maintaining dignity and choice.

Participation may range from passive receiving of input to active engagement with washing.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input through warm water and varied textures
• Proprioceptive input from deep-pressure touch and compression
• Thermal input promotes relaxation and comfort
• Rhythmic movement supports emotional regulation
• Enhances body awareness and tolerance of self-care routines
• Auditory input from water and soft sounds supports calmness
• Supports feelings of safety, connection, and comfort

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Use soft cloths or sponges based on tactile preference.

Offer unscented or mildly scented products depending on sensitivity.

Begin with less sensitive areas such as hands or feet.

Adjust pressure from light to firm depending on tolerance.

Allow partial participation (e.g. hands only) if full body washing is not tolerated.

Provide full physical support where required.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare a warm, calm environment before starting.

Explain each step slowly and clearly.

Allow the participant to feel the washcloth or water first.

Begin with warm, deep-pressure strokes over arms or legs.

Use slow, rhythmic movements rather than quick or light touch.

Progress gradually across body areas, allowing time between steps.

Use firm, consistent pressure to reduce tactile defensiveness.

Incorporate gentle pouring or rinsing in a steady rhythm.

Finish with warm towel drying using slow, firm strokes.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observation or minimal contact (hands or feet only)

Gentle Input
Passive receiving of slow, warm touch

Moderate Input
Active engagement with washing or textures

Higher Engagement
Full participation with movement, washing, and sensory exploration

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure water temperature is comfortable and consistent.

Avoid sudden movements or unexpected touch.

Monitor for signs of discomfort or distress.

Use appropriate products for skin sensitivity.

Respect personal boundaries and refusal.

Ensure safe positioning and handling throughout.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Provide calming tactile and deep-pressure input during self-care routines.

✔️ How to Support
Use slow, rhythmic movements
Apply firm, consistent pressure
Maintain a calm and predictable approach

🛑 Watch For
Withdrawal or resistance to touch
Signs of discomfort or overstimulation
Fatigue or disengagement

🔁 Adjust By
Reducing pressure or texture intensity
Returning to simpler input
Shortening the activity

🧠 Support Tips
Start at extremities before the trunk
Rhythm is more important than technique
Focus on comfort, not task completion

Sensory Bush Walk
Olfactory

Description

🌿 Sensory Bush Walk

Nature · Movement · Regulation · Gentle Exploration

A sensory-friendly bush walk offers a calm, structured way to enjoy nature while supporting movement, sensory exploration, and regulation.

The aim is to create a safe, predictable, and enjoyable experience that matches the client’s sensory preferences — helping them relax, move comfortably, and connect with the natural environment.

🌱 Why we’re doing this

A bush setting provides rich sensory input, but it can also feel unpredictable. This activity:

  • supports movement and body awareness

  • encourages gentle sensory exploration

  • builds comfort in natural environments

  • promotes calm through rhythm, familiarity, and choice

🧠 Think: nature at the client’s pace, with just enough input to feel good.

🧍‍♂️ Before You Go: Set It Up Well

👀 Understand sensory preferences

  • Identify sensitivities:
    rough terrain, insects, unexpected sounds, dense vegetation

  • Notice what’s calming vs overwhelming:
    firm paths vs loose gravel, open spaces vs enclosed tracks

  • Use a visual schedule or short social story to show:
    start → walk → rest → finish

🌍 Choose the right environment

  • Pick a well-maintained, predictable trail

  • Avoid dense or overgrown paths if these cause discomfort

  • Choose routes with:

    • clear exits

    • rest areas

  • Go at a quiet time of day

  • Bring a tent or pop-up shelter if a calm retreat space may be needed

👕 Clothing & Supports

  • Comfortable, breathable clothing to protect from sun, wind, and plants

  • Compression clothing or weighted items if deep pressure is calming

  • Sunglasses or a hat to soften visual input

  • Noise-reducing headphones if sudden sounds may be distressing

  • A familiar fidget or comfort item for regulation

🚶 During the Bush Walk

1️⃣ Moving Along the Trail

(Proprioceptive & Vestibular Input)
Why it helps: supports balance, coordination, spatial awareness, and motor planning

  • Let the client set the pace

  • Pause whenever needed

  • Encourage walking on different safe surfaces:
    wooden bridges, compact dirt, firm paths

  • If enjoyable, allow:

    • gentle inclines

    • stepping over logs

    • safe climbing for deep pressure input

2️⃣ Exploring Nature

(Tactile & Olfactory Input)
Why it helps: builds sensory curiosity and emotional regulation

  • Touch different natural textures:
    smooth leaves, rough bark, cool water

  • Hold small objects:
    pebbles, feathers, pinecones

  • Smell plants or fresh earth only if enjoyed

  • Avoid strong or sticky sensations if these are distressing

3️⃣ Listening to the Bush

(Auditory Processing & Focus)
Why it helps: supports sound awareness and filtering

  • Notice gentle sounds:
    birds, leaves, distant water

  • Optional listening game:
    “What sounds can you hear?”

  • If sound sensitivity increases:
    ✔️ use headphones
    ✔️ play familiar calming audio if helpful

4️⃣ Rest & Regulation

(Deep Pressure & Calm)
Why it helps: restores safety and nervous system balance

  • Choose a quiet resting spot:
    shaded tree, smooth rock, clear area

  • Use a weighted lap pad or soft cushion if calming

  • Offer water or a preferred snack

  • Gentle rocking or swaying while seated can support regulation

🌬️ Winding Down & Transition

  • Do a short, predictable closing activity:
    stretching, slow breaths, still sitting

  • Offer a familiar comfort item if needed

  • Mark the walk as complete on a visual schedule

  • Allow quiet time in a low-stimulation space before the next activity

🕊 What this supports over time

  • Increased comfort in natural environments

  • Improved balance and movement confidence

  • Greater tolerance for outdoor sensory input

  • Calmer regulation following nature-based activity

  • Positive, predictable experiences of the bush

Sensory Bush Walk
Vestibular

Description

🌿 Sensory Bush Walk

Primary Sensory Area: Multisensory (proprioceptive, vestibular, tactile, and auditory input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory bush walk provides a calm, structured nature-based activity that supports movement, gentle exploration, and sensory regulation.

The participant is supported to walk at their own pace through a natural environment while engaging with textures, sounds, and visual elements in a predictable and flexible way. The focus is on creating a safe, enjoyable experience that matches the individual’s sensory preferences.

Participation may range from quiet observation to active walking and exploration.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Proprioceptive input from walking on varied terrain
• Vestibular input through natural movement and changes in level
• Tactile input from natural textures such as leaves, bark, and ground surfaces
• Auditory input from environmental sounds (e.g. birds, wind, leaves)
• Supports balance, coordination, and spatial awareness
• Encourages emotional regulation through rhythm and nature exposure
• Builds tolerance and comfort in outdoor environments

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Choose well-maintained, predictable trails with clear pathways.

Avoid dense or overgrown areas if these cause discomfort.

Provide supportive footwear or adaptive equipment as needed.

Offer sunglasses, hats, or headphones to manage sensory input.

Bring a quiet retreat option such as a blanket or shelter.

Use visual supports or simple explanations to prepare for the activity.

Allow flexible participation, including stopping or observing.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare the participant with a simple explanation of the walk.

Begin at a slow pace, allowing time to adjust to the environment.

Encourage walking on stable surfaces before introducing variation.

Offer opportunities to touch or observe natural elements if tolerated.

Pause regularly to rest, listen, or observe surroundings.

Support simple exploration such as collecting safe natural items.

Allow the participant to lead pace and level of engagement.

Provide a calm and predictable ending to the activity.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observation or sitting in a natural environment

Gentle Input
Short, supported walking with minimal interaction

Moderate Input
Walking with simple tactile and sensory exploration

Higher Engagement
Active exploration of terrain, objects, and environment

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Monitor for uneven ground, obstacles, and fatigue.

Be aware of environmental factors (weather, insects, plants).

Ensure hydration and rest breaks.

Watch for signs of sensory overload or distress.

Respect refusal to engage with specific sensory elements.

Ensure safe boundaries and supervision at all times.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Support regulation and movement through structured, nature-based sensory input.

✔️ How to Support
Keep pace slow and flexible
Offer simple choices
Use natural environment as the activity

🛑 Watch For
Overwhelm from sounds or textures
Fatigue or withdrawal
Discomfort with terrain

🔁 Adjust By
Moving to simpler or more open areas
Reducing sensory exposure
Offering rest or observation options

🧠 Support Tips
Follow the participant’s pace
Less input is often more effective
Focus on calm, positive engagement

Sensory Car Ride
Vestibular

Description

🚗 Sensory Car Ride

Primary Sensory Area: Vestibular (with visual, auditory, tactile, and olfactory input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory car ride provides a structured, calming experience using the gentle, rhythmic movement of a vehicle combined with controlled sensory input.

The participant is supported to sit comfortably while experiencing motion, changing scenery, sounds, and optional sensory items. The activity can be highly regulating when predictable and tailored to the individual’s preferences.

Participation may range from passive enjoyment of movement to active engagement with sights, sounds, or simple interaction.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Vestibular input through gentle, rhythmic vehicle movement
• Proprioceptive input from seated positioning and support
• Visual stimulation from changing scenery and movement tracking
• Auditory input from music, engine sounds, or environment
• Olfactory input from fresh air or preferred scents
• Supports emotional regulation and calming through predictability
• Encourages engagement with the external environment

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Ensure appropriate seating supports, headrests, and positioning aids.

Adjust temperature, lighting, and airflow for comfort.

Use weighted lap pads or blankets if calming.

Provide familiar sensory items (e.g. fidgets, fabrics, scented objects).

Choose quiet routes with minimal traffic and sudden stops.

Allow full flexibility in engagement level.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare the participant with a simple explanation before starting.

Ensure comfortable and secure positioning in the vehicle.

Begin the drive slowly to allow adjustment to movement.

Use a consistent, predictable route where possible.

Offer gentle sensory input such as music or fresh air if tolerated.

Observe responses and adjust environment (sound, temperature, pace) as needed.

Pause at quiet locations if additional sensory breaks are helpful.

End the ride gradually with slower movement and reduced stimulation.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Passive sitting with minimal sensory input

Gentle Input
Short ride with limited visual and auditory input

Moderate Input
Engagement with scenery, sounds, or simple interaction

Higher Engagement
Longer ride with varied environments and sensory exploration

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure proper seatbelt use and positioning at all times.

Monitor for signs of discomfort, motion sickness, or distress.

Avoid loud, unpredictable environments if sensitivity is present.

Limit sudden stops, sharp turns, or rapid changes in speed.

Ensure supervision throughout the activity.

Respect signs of fatigue or need to stop.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Provide calming vestibular input and structured sensory exposure through movement.

✔️ How to Support
Keep movement smooth and predictable
Adjust environment to comfort
Use familiar and calming inputs

🛑 Watch For
Agitation or restlessness
Signs of motion discomfort
Withdrawal or fatigue

🔁 Adjust By
Reducing sensory input
Shortening the ride
Stopping for a break

🧠 Support Tips
Predictability is key
Less input often works best
Focus on comfort and calm

Sensory Cleaning
Olfactory

Description

🧽 Sensory Household Cleaning

Primary Sensory Area: Olfactory (with tactile, proprioceptive, auditory, and visual input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory household cleaning is a structured, functional activity that combines everyday tasks with controlled sensory input.

Using natural, non-toxic cleaning products such as vinegar, baking soda, citrus, and essential oils, the participant engages in cleaning tasks while experiencing gentle smells, textures, movement, and visual change.

The focus is on participation, sensory exploration, and regulation rather than task completion.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Olfactory input from natural scents (e.g. citrus, lavender, eucalyptus)
• Tactile input from wiping, scrubbing, and handling materials
• Proprioceptive input through pushing, lifting, and repetitive movements
• Auditory input from water, scrubbing, and cleaning sounds
• Visual input from observing before-and-after changes
• Supports emotional regulation through structured, meaningful activity
• Encourages independence and engagement in daily routines

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Use mild, natural scents to avoid overwhelm.

Offer gloves or alternative tools if textures are uncomfortable.

Work in small, manageable areas to reduce sensory load.

Provide a simple checklist or visual sequence.

Allow choice of tasks (e.g. wiping, sweeping, sorting).

Ensure good ventilation and comfortable lighting.

Allow observation-only participation if preferred.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare the participant with a simple explanation of the task.

Introduce one cleaning activity at a time.

Offer scent choices (e.g. lemon, lavender) where appropriate.

Demonstrate actions such as wiping or scrubbing.

Encourage slow, repetitive movements rather than speed.

Allow the participant to engage at their own pace.

Provide breaks as needed to maintain regulation.

Finish with a clear end point and transition.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Smelling cleaning ingredients or light wiping

Gentle Input
Short cleaning tasks with minimal materials

Moderate Input
Active wiping, scrubbing, or simple organising

Higher Engagement
Multiple tasks involving movement and sequencing

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Use only non-toxic, natural cleaning products.

Avoid strong or mixed scents if sensitivity is present.

Monitor for skin irritation or discomfort.

Ensure safe handling of water and surfaces.

Avoid slippery floors or unsafe lifting tasks.

Respect refusal or signs of overload.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Support sensory regulation and engagement through meaningful, everyday activity.

✔️ How to Support
Keep tasks simple and predictable
Offer sensory choices
Focus on process, not outcome

🛑 Watch For
Overwhelm from smells or textures
Fatigue or disengagement
Avoidance behaviours

🔁 Adjust By
Reducing task size
Changing materials
Offering breaks or alternatives

🧠 Support Tips
Natural scents are usually better tolerated
Repetition supports regulation
Success is participation, not cleanliness

Sensory Cleaning
Proprioceptive

Description

🧽 Sensory Household Cleaning

Primary Sensory Area: Olfactory (with tactile, proprioceptive, auditory, and visual input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory household cleaning is a structured, functional activity that combines everyday tasks with controlled sensory input.

Using natural, non-toxic cleaning products such as vinegar, baking soda, citrus, and essential oils, the participant engages in cleaning tasks while experiencing gentle smells, textures, movement, and visual change.

The focus is on participation, sensory exploration, and regulation rather than task completion.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Olfactory input from natural scents (e.g. citrus, lavender, eucalyptus)
• Tactile input from wiping, scrubbing, and handling materials
• Proprioceptive input through pushing, lifting, and repetitive movements
• Auditory input from water, scrubbing, and cleaning sounds
• Visual input from observing before-and-after changes
• Supports emotional regulation through structured, meaningful activity
• Encourages independence and engagement in daily routines

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Use mild, natural scents to avoid overwhelm.

Offer gloves or alternative tools if textures are uncomfortable.

Work in small, manageable areas to reduce sensory load.

Provide a simple checklist or visual sequence.

Allow choice of tasks (e.g. wiping, sweeping, sorting).

Ensure good ventilation and comfortable lighting.

Allow observation-only participation if preferred.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare the participant with a simple explanation of the task.

Introduce one cleaning activity at a time.

Offer scent choices (e.g. lemon, lavender) where appropriate.

Demonstrate actions such as wiping or scrubbing.

Encourage slow, repetitive movements rather than speed.

Allow the participant to engage at their own pace.

Provide breaks as needed to maintain regulation.

Finish with a clear end point and transition.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Smelling cleaning ingredients or light wiping

Gentle Input
Short cleaning tasks with minimal materials

Moderate Input
Active wiping, scrubbing, or simple organising

Higher Engagement
Multiple tasks involving movement and sequencing

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Use only non-toxic, natural cleaning products.

Avoid strong or mixed scents if sensitivity is present.

Monitor for skin irritation or discomfort.

Ensure safe handling of water and surfaces.

Avoid slippery floors or unsafe lifting tasks.

Respect refusal or signs of overload.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Support sensory regulation and engagement through meaningful, everyday activity.

✔️ How to Support
Keep tasks simple and predictable
Offer sensory choices
Focus on process, not outcome

🛑 Watch For
Overwhelm from smells or textures
Fatigue or disengagement
Avoidance behaviours

🔁 Adjust By
Reducing task size
Changing materials
Offering breaks or alternatives

🧠 Support Tips
Natural scents are usually better tolerated
Repetition supports regulation
Success is participation, not cleanliness

Sensory Cleaning
Tactile

Description

🧽 Sensory Household Cleaning

Primary Sensory Area: Olfactory (with tactile, proprioceptive, auditory, and visual input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory household cleaning is a structured, functional activity that combines everyday tasks with controlled sensory input.

Using natural, non-toxic cleaning products such as vinegar, baking soda, citrus, and essential oils, the participant engages in cleaning tasks while experiencing gentle smells, textures, movement, and visual change.

The focus is on participation, sensory exploration, and regulation rather than task completion.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Olfactory input from natural scents (e.g. citrus, lavender, eucalyptus)
• Tactile input from wiping, scrubbing, and handling materials
• Proprioceptive input through pushing, lifting, and repetitive movements
• Auditory input from water, scrubbing, and cleaning sounds
• Visual input from observing before-and-after changes
• Supports emotional regulation through structured, meaningful activity
• Encourages independence and engagement in daily routines

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Use mild, natural scents to avoid overwhelm.

Offer gloves or alternative tools if textures are uncomfortable.

Work in small, manageable areas to reduce sensory load.

Provide a simple checklist or visual sequence.

Allow choice of tasks (e.g. wiping, sweeping, sorting).

Ensure good ventilation and comfortable lighting.

Allow observation-only participation if preferred.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare the participant with a simple explanation of the task.

Introduce one cleaning activity at a time.

Offer scent choices (e.g. lemon, lavender) where appropriate.

Demonstrate actions such as wiping or scrubbing.

Encourage slow, repetitive movements rather than speed.

Allow the participant to engage at their own pace.

Provide breaks as needed to maintain regulation.

Finish with a clear end point and transition.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Smelling cleaning ingredients or light wiping

Gentle Input
Short cleaning tasks with minimal materials

Moderate Input
Active wiping, scrubbing, or simple organising

Higher Engagement
Multiple tasks involving movement and sequencing

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Use only non-toxic, natural cleaning products.

Avoid strong or mixed scents if sensitivity is present.

Monitor for skin irritation or discomfort.

Ensure safe handling of water and surfaces.

Avoid slippery floors or unsafe lifting tasks.

Respect refusal or signs of overload.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Support sensory regulation and engagement through meaningful, everyday activity.

✔️ How to Support
Keep tasks simple and predictable
Offer sensory choices
Focus on process, not outcome

🛑 Watch For
Overwhelm from smells or textures
Fatigue or disengagement
Avoidance behaviours

🔁 Adjust By
Reducing task size
Changing materials
Offering breaks or alternatives

🧠 Support Tips
Natural scents are usually better tolerated
Repetition supports regulation
Success is participation, not cleanliness

Sensory Cooking
Gustatory

Description

🍳 Sensory Cooking

Primary Sensory Area: Multisensory (tactile, olfactory, auditory, visual, and proprioceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory cooking is a structured, hands-on activity that combines food preparation with controlled sensory exploration.

The participant engages in simple cooking tasks such as mixing, pouring, smelling, and observing while experiencing a variety of textures, smells, sounds, and visual changes. The focus is on participation, sensory engagement, and enjoyment rather than producing a finished meal.

Participation may range from observation to active involvement in multiple steps.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input from handling ingredients and utensils
• Olfactory input from herbs, spices, and cooking aromas
• Auditory input from cooking sounds (e.g. stirring, sizzling, chopping)
• Visual input from observing changes in food (colour, texture, movement)
• Proprioceptive input from stirring, kneading, and carrying items
• Supports fine motor development and coordination
• Encourages independence and engagement in daily living skills
• Promotes emotional regulation through structured activity

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Use simple, predictable recipes with clear steps.

Offer gloves or utensils if direct touch is uncomfortable.

Reduce strong smells by covering ingredients until needed.

Minimise background noise and visual clutter.

Provide adaptive tools (easy-grip utensils, non-slip surfaces).

Use visual guides or step-by-step prompts.

Allow observation-only participation if preferred.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare the participant with a simple explanation of the task.

Set up a calm, organised workspace.

Introduce one step at a time.

Demonstrate each action before encouraging participation.

Encourage slow, repetitive movements such as stirring or mixing.

Offer opportunities to smell or observe ingredients if tolerated.

Provide support as needed while promoting independence.

Allow breaks to maintain regulation and engagement.

Finish with a clear end point and transition.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observation or minimal interaction (e.g. watching, light touch)

Gentle Input
Simple tasks such as stirring or pouring

Moderate Input
Active engagement with multiple steps and textures

Higher Engagement
Full participation in preparing and assembling food

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure safe use of all kitchen tools and equipment.

Monitor for sensitivity to smells, textures, or sounds.

Avoid overwhelming sensory input (strong smells, loud noises).

Ensure food safety and appropriate textures for the participant.

Provide supervision at all times.

Respect refusal or signs of overload.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Support sensory regulation, independence, and engagement through structured cooking activity.

✔️ How to Support
Keep tasks simple and predictable
Offer choices and flexibility
Focus on process over outcome

🛑 Watch For
Overwhelm from smells, textures, or sounds
Fatigue or disengagement
Avoidance behaviours

🔁 Adjust By
Simplifying steps
Changing materials or tools
Offering breaks or alternative roles

🧠 Support Tips
One step at a time works best
Repetition supports regulation
Participation is more important than completion

Sensory Cooking
Tactile

Description

Sensory Cooking: Assisting Client Sensory Benefits Cooking is a highly engaging, multi-sensory activity that offers opportunities for tactile exploration, olfactory stimulation, auditory processing, and fine motor development. A sensory-friendly cooking session can be adapted to accommodate individual preferences and sensitivities, providing a structured, enjoyable experience while supporting self-regulation, independence, and life skills. 1. Preparation (Before Cooking) Assess Sensory Preferences and Triggers Before starting, consider: ✔️ Tactile Sensitivities Does the client enjoy handling ingredients, or do they dislike sticky, wet, or grainy textures? ✔️ Smell Sensitivities Are there any strong odors (e.g., garlic, vinegar, spices) that could be overwhelming? ✔️ Taste Preferences Does the client prefer mild flavors, or are they open to new tastes? ✔️ Auditory Sensitivities Does the sound of chopping, sizzling, or blenders cause distress? ✔️ Visual Preferences Is a clutter-free workspace needed to avoid visual overstimulation? Modify the Environment for Comfort Choose a well-lit, comfortable workspace with minimal clutter. Reduce kitchen noise by turning off unnecessary appliances. Cover strong-smelling ingredients until they are needed. Have a visual step-by-step guide or checklist to follow. Prepare Adaptive Clothing and Equipment For Tactile Sensitivities: Provide gloves or cooking utensils to avoid direct contact with sticky or wet textures. For Deep Pressure Input: Use a weighted apron, compression vest, or a snug-fitting long-sleeve shirt for regulation. For Auditory Sensitivities: Offer noise-reducing headphones or play soft background music to create a calming atmosphere. For Motor Difficulties: Use adaptive cooking tools like ergonomic grips, non-slip cutting boards, and easy-pour measuring cups. Select an Appropriate Recipe Choose a recipe that: ✔️ Has simple, clear steps. ✔️ Includes ingredients with a range of sensory experiences (different textures, smells, colors). ✔️ Can be modified for sensory needs (e.g., alternative textures, mild vs. strong flavors). ✔️ Has a predictable process to reduce anxiety. 2. Participation During Cooking Step 1: Tactile Exploration (Touch Fine Motor Skills) 💡 Sensory Benefits: Enhances hand coordination, strengthens fingers, and supports sensory integration. Activities: ✔️ Kneading dough, rolling balls, or pressing cookie shapes. ✔️ Peeling fruits or vegetables (e.g., bananas, oranges, cucumbers). ✔️ Stirring ingredients in a bowl using a whisk or spoon. ✔️ Using cookie cutters to press shapes into dough. ✔️ Spreading butter or sauce with a spoon or knife. ✔️ Crumbling crackers, cheese, or cookies with fingers. Adaptations: 🔹 Use gloves or a spoon if direct touch is uncomfortable. 🔹 Offer different textures to explore and allow refusal of certain textures. Step 2: Smelling Tasting Ingredients (Olfactory Gustatory Processing) 💡 Sensory Benefits: Encourages exploration of new scents and flavors, builds sensory curiosity, and enhances appetite regulation. Activities: ✔️ Smell fresh herbs, spices, or citrus zest before adding them. ✔️ Taste a small amount of a familiar or preferred ingredient. ✔️ Compare smells of different ingredients (e.g., vanilla vs. cinnamon). ✔️ Observe how cooking changes the smell of ingredients (e.g., raw vs. cooked onions). ✔️ If the client enjoys strong smells, encourage deep breaths to engage in the sensory experience. Adaptations: 🔹 Offer strong-smelling ingredients at a distance first. 🔹 Let the client choose whether or not to participate in smelling/tasting. 🔹 Have neutral-scented options available to minimize overwhelm. Step 3: Auditory Sensory Input (Listening to Cooking Sounds) 💡 Sensory Benefits: Improves sound awareness, auditory discrimination, and focus. Activities: ✔️ Listen to the sizzle of food in a pan. ✔️ Notice the bubbling sound of boiling water. ✔️ Pay attention to the crunch of cutting vegetables. ✔️ Stir ingredients and listen to the sound of different textures. ✔️ Use a timer with a soft chime rather than a loud beep if needed. Adaptations: 🔹 Allow the client to control the volume of the experience (e.g., stand farther from loud appliances). 🔹 Use earplugs or noise-reducing headphones if sounds become overwhelming. 🔹 Encourage verbal descriptions of sounds to increase comfort (e.g., Thats the sizzling sound of butter melting!). Step 4: Visual Engagement (Observing Changes in Food) 💡 Sensory Benefits: Supports attention to detail, cognitive processing, and patience. Activities: ✔️ Watch how ingredients change color, texture, or shape during cooking. ✔️ Observe bubbles forming while boiling or simmering. ✔️ Notice how dough rises in the oven. ✔️ Arrange food in creative or colorful patterns. ✔️ Read recipe instructions or match ingredients with visual images. Adaptations: 🔹 Use a clear, step-by-step guide with pictures to reduce confusion. 🔹 Allow time to process each visual change before moving to the next step. 🔹 Avoid overly bright or complex environments to minimize visual overstimulation. Step 5: Safe Fun Food Preparation (Encouraging Independence) 💡 Sensory Benefits: Enhances confidence, sequencing skills, and executive functioning. Activities: ✔️ Measuring ingredients with cups or a scale. ✔️ Pouring liquids carefully into a bowl or pan. ✔️ Spreading toppings or arranging food on a plate. ✔️ Using safe kitchen tools (plastic knives, soft graters, easy-grip utensils). ✔️ Cleaning up with warm or cool water (tactile regulation). Adaptations: 🔹 Offer alternative tools if standard ones are difficult to use. 🔹 Break tasks into smaller, manageable steps with verbal or visual cues. 🔹 Provide hand-over-hand assistance for tricky tasks. 3. Wind-Down Sensory Regulation (Post-Cooking Activities) After the cooking session, allow time for sensory regulation: ✔️ Calming Touch: Offer a deep-pressure activity (weighted lap pad, compression hug). ✔️ Hand-Washing: Pro

🍳 Sensory Cooking

Primary Sensory Area: Multisensory (tactile, olfactory, auditory, visual, and proprioceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory cooking is a structured, hands-on activity that combines food preparation with controlled sensory exploration.

The participant engages in simple cooking tasks such as mixing, pouring, smelling, and observing while experiencing a variety of textures, smells, sounds, and visual changes. The focus is on participation, sensory engagement, and enjoyment rather than producing a finished meal.

Participation may range from observation to active involvement in multiple steps.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input from handling ingredients and utensils
• Olfactory input from herbs, spices, and cooking aromas
• Auditory input from cooking sounds (e.g. stirring, sizzling, chopping)
• Visual input from observing changes in food (colour, texture, movement)
• Proprioceptive input from stirring, kneading, and carrying items
• Supports fine motor development and coordination
• Encourages independence and engagement in daily living skills
• Promotes emotional regulation through structured activity

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Use simple, predictable recipes with clear steps.

Offer gloves or utensils if direct touch is uncomfortable.

Reduce strong smells by covering ingredients until needed.

Minimise background noise and visual clutter.

Provide adaptive tools (easy-grip utensils, non-slip surfaces).

Use visual guides or step-by-step prompts.

Allow observation-only participation if preferred.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare the participant with a simple explanation of the task.

Set up a calm, organised workspace.

Introduce one step at a time.

Demonstrate each action before encouraging participation.

Encourage slow, repetitive movements such as stirring or mixing.

Offer opportunities to smell or observe ingredients if tolerated.

Provide support as needed while promoting independence.

Allow breaks to maintain regulation and engagement.

Finish with a clear end point and transition.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observation or minimal interaction (e.g. watching, light touch)

Gentle Input
Simple tasks such as stirring or pouring

Moderate Input
Active engagement with multiple steps and textures

Higher Engagement
Full participation in preparing and assembling food

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure safe use of all kitchen tools and equipment.

Monitor for sensitivity to smells, textures, or sounds.

Avoid overwhelming sensory input (strong smells, loud noises).

Ensure food safety and appropriate textures for the participant.

Provide supervision at all times.

Respect refusal or signs of overload.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Support sensory regulation, independence, and engagement through structured cooking activity.

✔️ How to Support
Keep tasks simple and predictable
Offer choices and flexibility
Focus on process over outcome

🛑 Watch For
Overwhelm from smells, textures, or sounds
Fatigue or disengagement
Avoidance behaviours

🔁 Adjust By
Simplifying steps
Changing materials or tools
Offering breaks or alternative roles

🧠 Support Tips
One step at a time works best
Repetition supports regulation
Participation is more important than completion

vide warm or cool water for tactile reset. ✔️ Mindful Eating: Encourage slow, mindful tasting of the final dish. ✔️ Visual Closure: Mark the recipe as completed on a checklist or visual schedule. ✔️ Rest Period: Sit in a quiet space with dim lighting to transition out of sensory stimulation. Conclusion A sensory-friendly cooking experience provides an engaging way to explore different textures, smells, sounds, and tastes while supporting independence and self-regulation. By adapting the process to individual needs, cooking can become an enjoyable and rewarding sensory activity, helping to build confidence and life skills in a supportive, structured environment.
Sensory Cooking
Gustatory

Description

🍳 Sensory Cooking

Primary Sensory Area: Multisensory (tactile, olfactory, auditory, visual, and proprioceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory cooking is a structured, hands-on activity that combines food preparation with controlled sensory exploration.

The participant engages in simple cooking tasks such as mixing, pouring, smelling, and observing while experiencing a variety of textures, smells, sounds, and visual changes. The focus is on participation, sensory engagement, and enjoyment rather than producing a finished meal.

Participation may range from observation to active involvement in multiple steps.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input from handling ingredients and utensils
• Olfactory input from herbs, spices, and cooking aromas
• Auditory input from cooking sounds (e.g. stirring, sizzling, chopping)
• Visual input from observing changes in food (colour, texture, movement)
• Proprioceptive input from stirring, kneading, and carrying items
• Supports fine motor development and coordination
• Encourages independence and engagement in daily living skills
• Promotes emotional regulation through structured activity

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Use simple, predictable recipes with clear steps.

Offer gloves or utensils if direct touch is uncomfortable.

Reduce strong smells by covering ingredients until needed.

Minimise background noise and visual clutter.

Provide adaptive tools (easy-grip utensils, non-slip surfaces).

Use visual guides or step-by-step prompts.

Allow observation-only participation if preferred.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare the participant with a simple explanation of the task.

Set up a calm, organised workspace.

Introduce one step at a time.

Demonstrate each action before encouraging participation.

Encourage slow, repetitive movements such as stirring or mixing.

Offer opportunities to smell or observe ingredients if tolerated.

Provide support as needed while promoting independence.

Allow breaks to maintain regulation and engagement.

Finish with a clear end point and transition.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observation or minimal interaction (e.g. watching, light touch)

Gentle Input
Simple tasks such as stirring or pouring

Moderate Input
Active engagement with multiple steps and textures

Higher Engagement
Full participation in preparing and assembling food

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure safe use of all kitchen tools and equipment.

Monitor for sensitivity to smells, textures, or sounds.

Avoid overwhelming sensory input (strong smells, loud noises).

Ensure food safety and appropriate textures for the participant.

Provide supervision at all times.

Respect refusal or signs of overload.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Support sensory regulation, independence, and engagement through structured cooking activity.

✔️ How to Support
Keep tasks simple and predictable
Offer choices and flexibility
Focus on process over outcome

🛑 Watch For
Overwhelm from smells, textures, or sounds
Fatigue or disengagement
Avoidance behaviours

🔁 Adjust By
Simplifying steps
Changing materials or tools
Offering breaks or alternative roles

🧠 Support Tips
One step at a time works best
Repetition supports regulation
Participation is more important than completion

Sensory Cooking
Olfactory

Description

🍳 Sensory Cooking

Primary Sensory Area: Multisensory (tactile, olfactory, auditory, visual, and proprioceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory cooking is a structured, hands-on activity that combines food preparation with controlled sensory exploration.

The participant engages in simple cooking tasks such as mixing, pouring, smelling, and observing while experiencing a variety of textures, smells, sounds, and visual changes. The focus is on participation, sensory engagement, and enjoyment rather than producing a finished meal.

Participation may range from observation to active involvement in multiple steps.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input from handling ingredients and utensils
• Olfactory input from herbs, spices, and cooking aromas
• Auditory input from cooking sounds (e.g. stirring, sizzling, chopping)
• Visual input from observing changes in food (colour, texture, movement)
• Proprioceptive input from stirring, kneading, and carrying items
• Supports fine motor development and coordination
• Encourages independence and engagement in daily living skills
• Promotes emotional regulation through structured activity

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Use simple, predictable recipes with clear steps.

Offer gloves or utensils if direct touch is uncomfortable.

Reduce strong smells by covering ingredients until needed.

Minimise background noise and visual clutter.

Provide adaptive tools (easy-grip utensils, non-slip surfaces).

Use visual guides or step-by-step prompts.

Allow observation-only participation if preferred.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare the participant with a simple explanation of the task.

Set up a calm, organised workspace.

Introduce one step at a time.

Demonstrate each action before encouraging participation.

Encourage slow, repetitive movements such as stirring or mixing.

Offer opportunities to smell or observe ingredients if tolerated.

Provide support as needed while promoting independence.

Allow breaks to maintain regulation and engagement.

Finish with a clear end point and transition.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observation or minimal interaction (e.g. watching, light touch)

Gentle Input
Simple tasks such as stirring or pouring

Moderate Input
Active engagement with multiple steps and textures

Higher Engagement
Full participation in preparing and assembling food

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure safe use of all kitchen tools and equipment.

Monitor for sensitivity to smells, textures, or sounds.

Avoid overwhelming sensory input (strong smells, loud noises).

Ensure food safety and appropriate textures for the participant.

Provide supervision at all times.

Respect refusal or signs of overload.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Support sensory regulation, independence, and engagement through structured cooking activity.

✔️ How to Support
Keep tasks simple and predictable
Offer choices and flexibility
Focus on process over outcome

🛑 Watch For
Overwhelm from smells, textures, or sounds
Fatigue or disengagement
Avoidance behaviours

🔁 Adjust By
Simplifying steps
Changing materials or tools
Offering breaks or alternative roles

🧠 Support Tips
One step at a time works best
Repetition supports regulation
Participation is more important than completion

Sensory Cooking
Interoceptive

Description

🍳 Sensory Cooking

Primary Sensory Area: Multisensory (tactile, olfactory, auditory, visual, and proprioceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory cooking is a structured, hands-on activity that combines food preparation with controlled sensory exploration.

The participant engages in simple cooking tasks such as mixing, pouring, smelling, and observing while experiencing a variety of textures, smells, sounds, and visual changes. The focus is on participation, sensory engagement, and enjoyment rather than producing a finished meal.

Participation may range from observation to active involvement in multiple steps.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input from handling ingredients and utensils
• Olfactory input from herbs, spices, and cooking aromas
• Auditory input from cooking sounds (e.g. stirring, sizzling, chopping)
• Visual input from observing changes in food (colour, texture, movement)
• Proprioceptive input from stirring, kneading, and carrying items
• Supports fine motor development and coordination
• Encourages independence and engagement in daily living skills
• Promotes emotional regulation through structured activity

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Use simple, predictable recipes with clear steps.

Offer gloves or utensils if direct touch is uncomfortable.

Reduce strong smells by covering ingredients until needed.

Minimise background noise and visual clutter.

Provide adaptive tools (easy-grip utensils, non-slip surfaces).

Use visual guides or step-by-step prompts.

Allow observation-only participation if preferred.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Prepare the participant with a simple explanation of the task.

Set up a calm, organised workspace.

Introduce one step at a time.

Demonstrate each action before encouraging participation.

Encourage slow, repetitive movements such as stirring or mixing.

Offer opportunities to smell or observe ingredients if tolerated.

Provide support as needed while promoting independence.

Allow breaks to maintain regulation and engagement.

Finish with a clear end point and transition.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Observation or minimal interaction (e.g. watching, light touch)

Gentle Input
Simple tasks such as stirring or pouring

Moderate Input
Active engagement with multiple steps and textures

Higher Engagement
Full participation in preparing and assembling food

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure safe use of all kitchen tools and equipment.

Monitor for sensitivity to smells, textures, or sounds.

Avoid overwhelming sensory input (strong smells, loud noises).

Ensure food safety and appropriate textures for the participant.

Provide supervision at all times.

Respect refusal or signs of overload.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Support sensory regulation, independence, and engagement through structured cooking activity.

✔️ How to Support
Keep tasks simple and predictable
Offer choices and flexibility
Focus on process over outcome

🛑 Watch For
Overwhelm from smells, textures, or sounds
Fatigue or disengagement
Avoidance behaviours

🔁 Adjust By
Simplifying steps
Changing materials or tools
Offering breaks or alternative roles

🧠 Support Tips
One step at a time works best
Repetition supports regulation
Participation is more important than completion

Sensory Cube
Multi-Sensory

Description

🧊 Sensory Cubes

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with proprioceptive and auditory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory cubes are small, handheld objects filled with different materials that provide varied tactile and movement-based sensory experiences.

The participant explores, squeezes, shakes, and manipulates the cubes to experience different textures, weights, and internal movement. The activity can be both calming and engaging, supporting sensory awareness and fine motor development.

Participation may range from simple holding and observing to active sorting and creative play.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input from a variety of textures (soft, smooth, crunchy, squishy)
• Proprioceptive input through squeezing, pressing, and gripping
• Auditory input from shaking cubes with loose materials
• Supports fine motor strength and hand coordination
• Encourages sensory discrimination and preference awareness
• Promotes calming, repetitive movement for regulation
• Supports focus, attention, and mindfulness

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Use larger cubes for easier grasping if needed.

Offer a limited number of textures to reduce sensory overload.

Ensure all cubes are securely sealed and safe.

Provide gloves if direct tactile input is not tolerated.

Allow observation or single-cube interaction only.

Adapt materials based on sensory preferences (e.g. avoid sticky or noisy fillings).

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Introduce one cube at a time to the participant.

Allow time for free exploration (holding, shaking, squeezing).

Model simple actions such as pressing or rolling the cube.

Encourage comparison between cubes (e.g. soft vs. firm).

Offer simple sorting activities based on texture or sound.

Support imaginative or game-based play if appropriate.

Allow the participant to choose preferred cubes.

Finish with a calm transition and tidy-up.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Holding or observing a single cube

Gentle Input
Light squeezing or shaking

Moderate Input
Active exploration of multiple cubes and textures

Higher Engagement
Sorting, comparing, and incorporating into play or games

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Ensure cubes are securely sealed with no loose parts.

Avoid materials that may cause allergic or sensory reactions.

Monitor for mouthing if not safe for ingestion.

Avoid overly loud or highly stimulating materials if sensitive.

Respect refusal or signs of discomfort.

Ensure supervision during use.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Provide varied tactile and proprioceptive input through simple, engaging objects.

✔️ How to Support
Keep exploration simple and unhurried
Offer choice of textures
Model gentle interaction

🛑 Watch For
Avoidance of certain textures
Overstimulation from sound or movement
Fatigue or disengagement

🔁 Adjust By
Reducing number of cubes
Changing textures
Slowing the activity

🧠 Support Tips
Repetition is calming
Preference is key — follow what they choose
Focus on sensory experience, not task

Sensory Dressing
Tactile

Description

👕 Sensory Dressing

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with tactile and thermal input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory dressing is a gentle, structured approach to dressing that focuses on comfort, deep pressure, warmth, and predictability.

The participant is supported through dressing using slow, rhythmic movements and calming touch, with an emphasis on enjoyable sensory input rather than task completion. Clothing is used as part of the sensory experience to provide grounding and body awareness.

Participation may range from passive receiving of input to gradual involvement in dressing steps.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Proprioceptive input through deep pressure and gentle compression
• Tactile input from clothing textures and warm touch
• Thermal input from warm hands, towels, and clothing
• Supports body awareness and sense of safety
• Reduces tactile defensiveness during dressing
• Promotes emotional regulation through rhythm and predictability
• Encourages positive associations with self-care routines

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

Use soft, comfortable clothing with minimal seams or irritation.

Warm clothing or hands before contact where possible.

Offer limited choices to reduce overwhelm.

Adjust pressure and pace based on tolerance.

Allow partial dressing (e.g. one item only).

Provide full physical support if needed.

Respect refusal and allow pauses or breaks.

▶️ How to Support the Activity

Begin with a short calming touch routine (e.g. gentle squeezes, warm towel).

Introduce each clothing item slowly and predictably.

Use rhythmic, consistent movements when dressing.

Incorporate deep pressure (e.g. gentle squeezes, firm touch) throughout.

Use simple, positive language to describe sensations (e.g. “warm,” “soft”).

Follow a consistent sequence each time.

Allow the participant to engage at their own pace.

Finish with a calming input such as a gentle hug or stillness.

🎯 Graded Participation Levels

Very Gentle Input
Passive receiving of touch or partial dressing

Gentle Input
Simple participation (e.g. arm through sleeve)

Moderate Input
Active engagement with multiple dressing steps

Higher Engagement
Full participation with sensory awareness and interaction

⚠️ Safety & Considerations

Avoid fast or unexpected movements.

Monitor for signs of tactile discomfort or distress.

Ensure clothing is appropriate for temperature and comfort.

Avoid restrictive or irritating materials.

Respect personal boundaries at all times.

Stop or adjust immediately if the participant withdraws.

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose: Support calm, regulated dressing through deep pressure and predictable sensory input.

✔️ How to Support
Use slow, rhythmic movements
Apply gentle, consistent pressure
Keep the routine predictable

🛑 Watch For
Withdrawal or resistance
Signs of discomfort or defensiveness
Fatigue or disengagement

🔁 Adjust By
Slowing down
Reducing touch or pressure
Returning to calming input (e.g. towel, stillness)

🧠 Support Tips
Deep pressure is key
Predictability reduces distress
Focus on comfort, not speed

Sensory Face Mask
Tactile

Description

🧴 Sensory Face Mask

Primary Sensory Area:
Tactile (with calming thermal and proprioceptive elements)

🌿 Activity Description

The Sensory Face Mask is a gentle, nurturing activity that introduces slow, predictable touch to the face using a soft, hypoallergenic mask.

The focus is not on skincare outcomes, but on enjoyable sensory experience, relaxation, and tolerance of facial touch.

The activity is introduced gradually, with full respect for the participant’s comfort and control. Participation may range from observing, to touching the product, to partial or full application on the face.

All steps are slow, predictable, and optional.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input through soft, controlled touch to the face
• Thermal input (cool or warm sensations) supporting calming or alerting responses
• Body awareness through gentle facial mapping and sensation
• Regulation via slow, rhythmic, predictable interaction
• Increased tolerance of facial touch and proximity
• Emotional comfort through nurturing, one-to-one interaction
• Self-care engagement in a supported and positive way

⚠️ Safety & Readiness Check

Before beginning, always confirm:

• No skin sensitivities, allergies, eczema flare-ups, acne irritation, or open areas
• Products are hypoallergenic, fragrance-free, and patch-tested
• The participant’s sensory profile supports (or cautiously trials) facial touch
• The participant is comfortable with close proximity
• Consent is clearly given (verbal or non-verbal)
• There is no history of distress related to facial contact

➡️ If unsure, pause and consult the care team

🧰 Materials

• Gentle face mask (cream, gel, or clay – approved for sensitive skin)
• Soft applicator brush or clean hands
• Bowl and spatula (if mixing)
• Warm, damp cloths or wipes
• Towel to protect clothing
• Mirror (optional)

🌿 Environment Setup

• Quiet, low-stimulation space
• Warm, comfortable temperature
• Supported seating or reclined position
• Soft, even lighting (no glare)

🪶 How to Support the Activity

1. Introduce with Choice and Predictability

Use calm, simple language:

“We can try a face mask. It goes on gently and comes off easily. We can stop anytime.”

• Show the product
• Allow smelling or touching
• Offer options:

  • Watch only
  • Try on hand/arm
  • Try on part of the face

2. Begin Away from the Face

If unsure or hesitant:

• Apply a small amount to the hand or forearm
• Describe the sensation:
“It feels cool and smooth”

This builds familiarity before facial input.

3. Gradual Facial Introduction

If the participant agrees:

• Start with less sensitive areas (cheeks, forehead)
• Avoid eyes, lips, nostrils, and hairline
• Use light pressure and slow, even strokes

Always prepare before touch:
“I’m going to put a small amount on your cheek now.”

4. During Mask Time

• Keep duration short and agreed (1–5 minutes)
• Allow movement – stillness is not required
• Support calm through:

  • Quiet music
  • Gentle voice
  • Slow pacing

Closely observe for signs of discomfort or overload.

5. Gentle Removal

Explain before removing:
“Now I’m going to wipe it off with a warm cloth.”

• Use warm, soft cloths
• Apply gentle, steady pressure
• Move slowly and predictably

Offer a mirror if the participant is interested.

6. Clear Ending

Mark completion clearly:
“All done.”

This supports predictability and closure.

💬 Reflection (Optional)

Keep this light and pressure-free:

• “Did you like the cool feeling?”
• “Would you try it again?”

Non-verbal responses are equally valid.

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

• Start with very small amounts
• Use fingers instead of brushes (or vice versa based on preference)
• Trial temperature variations (slightly warm vs cool)
• Allow self-application if preferred
• Use partial face only (e.g. one cheek)
• Keep sessions brief and repeatable
• Avoid strong scents, thick textures, or sudden touch

🧠 Regulation & Engagement Notes

• This activity works best when paced slowly and predictably
• The goal is enjoyment and comfort, not task completion
• Stop immediately if there are signs of:

  • Withdrawal
  • Facial tension
  • Avoidance
  • Distress

📌 Support Worker Quick Guide

• Go slow
• Narrate before touching
• Start away from the face
• Use light, predictable pressure
• Keep it short
• Watch closely
• Stop if unsure

➡️ Never insist — participation must always remain voluntary

Sensory Face Painting
Tactile

Description

🎨 Sensory Face Painting

Primary Sensory Area:
Tactile (with visual, emotional, and social engagement components)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory Face Painting is a gentle, creative activity that introduces light, controlled touch to the face through paint, brushes, or sponges.

The focus is on sensory exploration, choice, and enjoyment, rather than the final painted outcome.

The activity is delivered slowly and predictably, supporting participants to build tolerance of facial touch, engage in creative expression, and experience positive one-to-one interaction.

Participation can range from observing, to painting on objects or others, to partial or full face painting.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input through light, controlled facial touch
• Visual engagement through colour, contrast, and pattern
• Body awareness of facial features and boundaries
• Regulation through slow, predictable interaction
• Increased tolerance of facial touch and proximity
• Self-expression through colour and design choices
• Social connection via shared activity and attention

⚠️ Safety & Readiness Check

Before beginning, confirm:

• No skin sensitivities, allergies, eczema flare-ups, or irritation
• Products are hypoallergenic, non-toxic, and suitable for sensitive skin
• The participant’s sensory profile supports (or cautiously trials) facial touch
• The participant is comfortable with close proximity
• Consent is clearly given (verbal or non-verbal)
• No history of distress related to facial contact

➡️ If uncertain, pause and consult the care team

🧰 Materials

• Hypoallergenic face paints
• Soft brushes and/or cosmetic sponges
• Water cup and paper towels
• Damp wipes or soft cloth for removal
• Small mirror (optional)
• Visual choice cards or colour samples (optional)

🌿 Environment Setup

• Quiet, low-stimulation space
• Comfortable seating
• Good, soft lighting
• Position yourself at eye level where possible

🪶 How to Support the Activity

1. Introduce with Choice and Control

Use simple, reassuring language:

“We can try some face painting. We can use colours or shapes. We can stop anytime.”

• Allow observation first if preferred
• Show materials
• Let the participant touch the brush or sponge

2. Start Away from the Face

If the participant is unsure:

• Paint on your own hand or arm
• Paint on paper or a doll
• Invite the participant to paint your hand

This builds familiarity without pressure.

3. Gradual Introduction to the Face

If the participant agrees:

• Start with less sensitive areas (cheek or forehead)
• Avoid eyes, lips, and nose initially
• Use light pressure and slow, predictable strokes

Always prepare before touch:
“I’m going to paint a small line on your cheek now.”

Check in regularly and observe body language.

4. Encourage Choice and Participation

Offer simple, manageable choices:

• Colour options
• Brush or sponge
• Dot, line, or simple shape
• One side of the face only

Support autonomy by allowing the participant to:

• Hold a mirror
• Paint part of their own face
• Stop or remove paint at any time

5. Keep the Experience Predictable

• Narrate each step before touching
• Use short, consistent movements
• Avoid sudden or unexpected contact
• Maintain a calm, steady pace

6. Closure and Review

Mark the end clearly:
“All done.”

• Offer removal with a wipe or cloth
• Keep reflection light and optional:

  • “Did you like that?”
  • “Which colour felt best?”

Non-verbal responses are equally valid.

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

• Begin with hands or arms if facial touch is too challenging
• Use very small amounts of paint
• Warm paint slightly in hands if cold is aversive
• Use sponges instead of brushes (or vice versa) based on preference
• Limit to one small area of the face
• Keep sessions short and repeatable
• Avoid strong smells or thick textures

🧠 Regulation & Engagement Notes

• Prioritise enjoyment and comfort over completion
• Maintain slow pacing and predictability
• Watch for early signs of overload:

  • Turning away
  • Facial tension
  • Pulling back
  • Reduced engagement

➡️ Stop immediately if these occur

📌 Support Worker Quick Guide

• Go slow
• Narrate before touching
• Start away from the face
• Offer choices
• Keep it light and brief
• Watch closely
• Stop if unsure

➡️ Never insist — participation must always be voluntary

Sensory Feeding
Gustatory

Description

🍽️ Sensory Feeding for Adults

Making Mealtimes Safe, Respectful, and Enjoyable

Primary Sensory Area:
Interoceptive and tactile (with strong proprioceptive and emotional regulation components)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory Feeding for Adults is an approach that focuses on comfort, regulation, and dignity, rather than teaching eating skills.

The aim is to create a mealtime experience where the person feels:
safe, respected, calm, and able to enjoy the moment.

This approach recognises that for many adults with profound disabilities, body regulation and sensory comfort come before eating. When the body feels calm and supported, engagement with food is more likely to be positive and meaningful.

Feeding is approached as a shared, adult experience, not a task to be completed.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Regulation through calming proprioceptive and rhythmic input
• Reduced stress responses during feeding
• Improved tolerance of oral input when the body is calm
• Positive association with mealtimes
• Emotional connection through shared, respectful interaction
• Support for interoceptive awareness (hunger, fullness, comfort)

⚠️ Safety & Readiness Considerations

Before proceeding, ensure:

• The person is medically safe for oral intake (as per care plan)
• Positioning is safe and well-supported
• Swallowing guidelines are followed (if applicable)
• The person is showing signs of readiness or acceptance
• No signs of distress, fatigue, or overload are present

➡️ If unsure, pause and consult the care team

🌿 Environment Setup

Create a calm, adult, and non-clinical atmosphere:

• Soft lighting and warm tones
• Minimal noise and distractions
• Comfortable, supported seating
• Familiar setup (same chair, same positioning where possible)
• Gentle music if enjoyed
• Pleasant, familiar smells

➡️ The goal is to feel like a relaxed adult ritual, not a task

🪶 How to Support Sensory Feeding

1. Begin with Body Regulation (Before Food)

Start with 10–20 seconds of calming sensory input:

• Deep-pressure squeezes to arms or shoulders
• Warm towel across shoulders or chest
• Gentle shoulder massage
• Slow rocking or rhythmic sway
• Soft vibration on hands (not face)
• Warm hands cupped gently over back or chest
• Deep-pressure hug (if welcomed)

➡️ A calm body supports a calmer mouth and more positive feeding experience

2. Introduce Food Slowly and Respectfully

• Present food without urgency
• Allow time to see, smell, or explore
• Do not rush toward the mouth
• Follow the person’s cues

3. Use Rhythm and Predictability

Create a consistent, gentle pattern:

• Deep-pressure touch (e.g. shoulder)
• Show spoon
• Slowly present
• Offer small taste
• Pause

Repeat the same rhythm each time.

➡️ Rhythm creates safety — safety supports acceptance

4. Use Micro-Bites and Frequent Pauses

• Offer small amounts
• Allow time between each mouthful
• Watch closely for signs of comfort or fatigue

➡️ There is no need to rush

5. Maintain an Adult, Respectful Presence

• Sit beside or slightly behind (not directly confronting)
• Use calm, adult language
• Speak as an equal

Instead of:
“Good boy/girl”

Use:
• “Thank you”
• “That was nice”
• “Let’s take our time”
• “We can enjoy this together”

➡️ Dignity and tone significantly shape the experience

6. Keep It a Shared Experience

• Stay emotionally present
• Match pace and mood to the person
• Focus on connection, not completion

7. Finish with a Comfort Ritual

End the experience with sensory pleasure and closure:

• Warm towel to face or hands
• Gentle cheek or hand massage
• Soft vibration on hands
• Gentle rocking
• Deep-pressure input (if enjoyed)
• Warm drink

➡️ This helps the brain associate feeding with calm and enjoyment

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

• Begin with sensory regulation only if feeding is not tolerated
• Allow exploration without expectation to eat
• Adjust temperature, texture, and pacing
• Use familiar utensils and routines
• Maintain consistent staff approach where possible
• Document preferences and responses

🧠 Regulation & Engagement Notes

• Prioritise comfort over intake
• Watch for early signs of overload:

  • Turning away
  • Mouth refusal
  • Body tension
  • Distress signals

➡️ Stop or pause immediately if observed

📌 Support Worker Quick Guide

• Calm the body first
• Create a warm, adult environment
• Go slow
• Use rhythm for every bite
• Offer micro-bites
• Pause often
• Use respectful adult language
• End with comfort

➡️ Never rush, never insist — safety and dignity come first

Sensory Grooming
Tactile

Description

🍽️ Sensory Feeding for Adults

Making Mealtimes Safe, Respectful, and Enjoyable

Primary Sensory Area:
Interoceptive and tactile (with strong emotional and regulatory components)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory Feeding for Adults is an approach that prioritises comfort, regulation, dignity, and enjoyment, rather than teaching eating skills.

The goal is for the person to experience:
I feel safe. I feel respected. This feels good. I enjoy this moment.

This approach recognises that for many adults with profound disabilities, body comfort and sensory safety come before food engagement. When the body feels calm and supported, feeding becomes more positive, relaxed, and meaningful.

Mealtimes are approached as a shared adult experience, not a task to complete.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Calming regulation through gentle, predictable sensory input
• Reduced stress and resistance during feeding
• Improved tolerance of oral input
• Positive emotional association with mealtimes
• Increased comfort with close support
• Support for internal awareness (hunger, fullness, comfort)

⚠️ Safety & Readiness Considerations

Before proceeding, ensure:

• The person is medically safe for oral intake (as per care plan)
• Positioning is safe and well-supported
• Swallowing guidelines are followed (if applicable)
• The person shows signs of readiness or acceptance
• There are no signs of distress, fatigue, or overload

➡️ If unsure, pause and consult the care team

🌿 Environment Setup

Create a warm, calm, adult atmosphere:

• Soft lighting and minimal distractions
• Comfortable seating and stable positioning
• Familiar setup (same chair, same routine where possible)
• Gentle music if enjoyed
• Pleasant, familiar smells
• Slow, unhurried pace

➡️ Mealtime should feel like a pleasant adult ritual, not a clinical task

🪶 How to Support Sensory Feeding

1. Begin with Body Comfort (Before Food)

Offer 10–20 seconds of calming input before presenting food:

• Warm towel on shoulders or chest
• Deep-pressure squeezes down arms
• Gentle shoulder massage
• Slow rocking or rhythmic sway
• Soft vibration on hands (not face)
• Warm hands gently resting on back or chest
• Deep-pressure hug (if welcomed)

➡️ A calm body supports a calmer, more receptive feeding experience

2. Introduce Food Slowly

• Present food without urgency
• Allow time to see, smell, or anticipate
• Do not rush toward the mouth
• Follow the person’s cues

3. Use Rhythm and Predictability

Create a simple, repeated pattern:

• Gentle touch (e.g. shoulder)
• Show spoon
• Slowly present
• Offer small taste
• Pause

➡️ Consistent rhythm builds safety and trust

4. Use Micro-Bites and Pause Often

• Offer small amounts
• Allow time between each mouthful
• Observe closely for comfort or fatigue

➡️ There is no need to rush the process

5. Maintain an Adult, Respectful Presence

• Sit beside or slightly behind (not directly confronting)
• Use calm, respectful adult language
• Speak as an equal

Instead of:
“Good boy/girl”

Use:
• “Thank you”
• “That was nice”
• “Let’s take our time”
• “We can enjoy this together”

➡️ Tone and respect strongly shape the experience

6. Keep It a Shared Experience

• Stay present and attuned
• Match your pace to the person
• Focus on connection, not completion

7. Finish with a Comfort Ritual

End with something that feels good:

• Warm towel to face or hands
• Gentle hand or cheek massage
• Soft vibration on hands
• Gentle rocking
• Warm drink

➡️ This helps build a positive sensory memory of mealtime

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

• Begin with sensory comfort only if feeding is not yet tolerated
• Allow exploration without expectation to eat
• Adjust temperature, texture, and pacing
• Use familiar utensils and routines
• Keep staffing approach consistent where possible
• Document preferences and responses

🧠 Regulation & Engagement Notes

• Prioritise comfort over intake
• Watch for early signs of overload:

  • Turning away
  • Mouth refusal
  • Body tension
  • Distress signals

➡️ Pause or stop immediately if these occur

📌 Support Worker Quick Guide

• Calm the body first
• Create a warm, adult environment
• Go slow
• Use rhythm for every bite
• Offer micro-bites
• Pause often
• Use respectful adult language
• Finish with comfort

➡️ Never rush, never insist — safety, dignity, and enjoyment come first

Sensory Hair Care
Tactile

Description

💇 Sensory Hair Care Session

Making Hair Care Calm, Comfortable, and Enjoyable

Primary Sensory Area:
Tactile (with thermal, proprioceptive, auditory, and olfactory components)

🌿 Activity Description

A Sensory Hair Care Session transforms routine hair care into a calming, sensory-rich experience focused on comfort, enjoyment, and dignity.

The emphasis is not on completing grooming tasks, but on helping the person feel:
safe, relaxed, and comfortable with the sensations involved.

The session may include brushing, scalp touch, washing, drying, or styling, with all steps delivered slowly and adapted to the person’s sensory preferences.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input through brushing, touch, and scalp contact
• Proprioceptive input through gentle pressure and rhythmic movement
• Thermal input through warm water or towels
• Auditory exposure to soft, predictable sounds (if tolerated)
• Olfactory input through mild, pleasant scents
• Regulation through slow, rhythmic, predictable interaction
• Body awareness of scalp, head, and upper body

⚠️ Safety & Readiness Considerations

Before beginning, ensure:

• No scalp irritation, pain, or skin conditions causing discomfort
• Products are suitable (preferably mild or fragrance-free if sensitive)
• The person is comfortable with proximity and head/face touch
• Sensory sensitivities (sound, temperature, touch) are understood
• Consent or acceptance is clearly indicated

➡️ If unsure, pause and adjust or consult the care team

🌿 Environment Setup

Create a calm, predictable space:

• Soft lighting or natural light
• Comfortable chair with support
• Minimal noise or controlled sound
• Warm towels ready
• All materials within reach

➡️ The goal is a smooth, uninterrupted, and soothing flow

🪶 How to Support the Activity

1. Begin with Gentle Preparation

• Show tools (brush, comb, towel)
• Allow the person to touch or explore
• Use calm, respectful language:
“We’re going to gently brush your hair”

This builds predictability and trust.

2. Hair Brushing & Scalp Input

• Start at the ends of the hair, moving upward
• Use slow, rhythmic strokes
• Avoid pulling or sudden movement

Optional variations:
• Gentle fingertip pressure at the scalp
• Soft circular motions if tolerated

➡️ Rhythm and consistency are key

3. Hair Washing (Optional)

If included:

• Let the person check water temperature first
• Use gentle pouring or low-pressure water
• Avoid sudden splashes or loud sounds
• Use mild or unscented products

Alternative:
• Warm damp towel wrapped around the head

➡️ This can provide similar calming input without full washing

4. Conditioning & Texture Exploration

• Allow the person to feel the product first
• Apply slowly and evenly
• Use a wide-tooth comb if needed

➡️ Focus on the sensory experience (smooth, soft textures)

5. Drying the Hair

• Use a soft towel
• Pat gently instead of rubbing
• Avoid loud dryers unless tolerated

Optional:
• Low heat and low noise settings

6. Styling & Engagement

• Keep styling simple and low-pressure
• Offer small choices (clips, ties, positioning)
• Allow mirror use if the person is interested

➡️ Encourage participation without expectation

7. Maintain Rhythm, Language, and Presence

• Use a steady, predictable pace
• Speak in a calm, adult tone
• Sit beside or slightly behind where possible
• Avoid rushed or abrupt movements

➡️ The interaction itself is as important as the task

8. Finish with Comfort and Closure

• Wrap in a warm towel
• Offer a moment of stillness
• Use simple closure:
“All done. That was nice.”

➡️ Ending calmly reinforces a positive experience

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

• Skip washing if distressing
• Use dry methods (towel, brushing only)
• Adjust pressure (light vs firm)
• Avoid scents if sensitive
• Reduce duration
• Break into short, repeatable sessions

🧠 Regulation & Engagement Notes

• Prioritise comfort over task completion
• Watch for signs of overload:

  • Head withdrawal
  • Tension
  • Avoidance
  • Vocal distress

➡️ Pause or stop immediately if these occur

📌 Support Worker Quick Guide

• Go slow
• Show tools first
• Use gentle, predictable strokes
• Avoid pulling or sudden movement
• Keep the environment calm
• Offer small choices
• Finish with warmth and comfort

➡️ Never rush or insist — comfort and dignity come first

Sensory Hair Care
Interoceptive

Description

💇 Sensory Hair Care Session

Making Hair Care Calm, Comfortable, and Enjoyable

Primary Sensory Area:
Tactile (with thermal, proprioceptive, auditory, and olfactory components)

🌿 Activity Description

A Sensory Hair Care Session transforms routine hair care into a calming, sensory-rich experience focused on comfort, enjoyment, and dignity.

The emphasis is not on completing grooming tasks, but on helping the person feel:
safe, relaxed, and comfortable with the sensations involved.

The session may include brushing, scalp touch, washing, drying, or styling, with all steps delivered slowly and adapted to the person’s sensory preferences.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input through brushing, touch, and scalp contact
• Proprioceptive input through gentle pressure and rhythmic movement
• Thermal input through warm water or towels
• Auditory exposure to soft, predictable sounds (if tolerated)
• Olfactory input through mild, pleasant scents
• Regulation through slow, rhythmic, predictable interaction
• Body awareness of scalp, head, and upper body

⚠️ Safety & Readiness Considerations

Before beginning, ensure:

• No scalp irritation, pain, or skin conditions causing discomfort
• Products are suitable (preferably mild or fragrance-free if sensitive)
• The person is comfortable with proximity and head/face touch
• Sensory sensitivities (sound, temperature, touch) are understood
• Consent or acceptance is clearly indicated

➡️ If unsure, pause and adjust or consult the care team

🌿 Environment Setup

Create a calm, predictable space:

• Soft lighting or natural light
• Comfortable chair with support
• Minimal noise or controlled sound
• Warm towels ready
• All materials within reach

➡️ The goal is a smooth, uninterrupted, and soothing flow

🪶 How to Support the Activity

1. Begin with Gentle Preparation

• Show tools (brush, comb, towel)
• Allow the person to touch or explore
• Use calm, respectful language:
“We’re going to gently brush your hair”

This builds predictability and trust.

2. Hair Brushing & Scalp Input

• Start at the ends of the hair, moving upward
• Use slow, rhythmic strokes
• Avoid pulling or sudden movement

Optional variations:
• Gentle fingertip pressure at the scalp
• Soft circular motions if tolerated

➡️ Rhythm and consistency are key

3. Hair Washing (Optional)

If included:

• Let the person check water temperature first
• Use gentle pouring or low-pressure water
• Avoid sudden splashes or loud sounds
• Use mild or unscented products

Alternative:
• Warm damp towel wrapped around the head

➡️ This can provide similar calming input without full washing

4. Conditioning & Texture Exploration

• Allow the person to feel the product first
• Apply slowly and evenly
• Use a wide-tooth comb if needed

➡️ Focus on the sensory experience (smooth, soft textures)

5. Drying the Hair

• Use a soft towel
• Pat gently instead of rubbing
• Avoid loud dryers unless tolerated

Optional:
• Low heat and low noise settings

6. Styling & Engagement

• Keep styling simple and low-pressure
• Offer small choices (clips, ties, positioning)
• Allow mirror use if the person is interested

➡️ Encourage participation without expectation

7. Maintain Rhythm, Language, and Presence

• Use a steady, predictable pace
• Speak in a calm, adult tone
• Sit beside or slightly behind where possible
• Avoid rushed or abrupt movements

➡️ The interaction itself is as important as the task

8. Finish with Comfort and Closure

• Wrap in a warm towel
• Offer a moment of stillness
• Use simple closure:
“All done. That was nice.”

➡️ Ending calmly reinforces a positive experience

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

• Skip washing if distressing
• Use dry methods (towel, brushing only)
• Adjust pressure (light vs firm)
• Avoid scents if sensitive
• Reduce duration
• Break into short, repeatable sessions

🧠 Regulation & Engagement Notes

• Prioritise comfort over task completion
• Watch for signs of overload:

  • Head withdrawal
  • Tension
  • Avoidance
  • Vocal distress

➡️ Pause or stop immediately if these occur

📌 Support Worker Quick Guide

• Go slow
• Show tools first
• Use gentle, predictable strokes
• Avoid pulling or sudden movement
• Keep the environment calm
• Offer small choices
• Finish with warmth and comfort

➡️ Never rush or insist — comfort and dignity come first

Sensory Make Up
Tactile

Description

💄 Sensory Make-Up Session

A Calm, Creative, and Respectful Self-Care Experience

Primary Sensory Area:
Tactile (with visual and olfactory engagement)

🌿 Activity Description

A Sensory Make-Up Session is a gentle, sensory-based activity that focuses on comfort, choice, and self-expression, rather than appearance or outcome.

The goal is for the person to experience:
I feel comfortable. I feel in control. This feels good. I enjoy this moment.

The session introduces soft textures, light touch, and visual exploration in a slow and predictable way, supporting both regulation and engagement.

Participation may range from observing, to exploring products on the hands, to partial or full application.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

• Tactile input through soft brushes, sponges, and gentle touch
• Visual engagement through colour, contrast, and reflection
• Olfactory input (if tolerated) through mild or neutral scents
• Body awareness of facial features and boundaries
• Emotional regulation through slow, predictable interaction
• Self-expression and autonomy through choice-making
• Positive engagement in self-care routines

⚠️ Safety & Readiness Considerations

Before beginning, ensure:

• No skin irritation, sensitivities, or dermatological concerns
• Products are hypoallergenic and suitable for sensitive skin
• The person is comfortable with facial touch and proximity
• Sensory preferences (touch, smell, visual input) are understood
• Consent or acceptance is clearly indicated

➡️ If unsure, pause and adjust or consult the care team

🌿 Environment Setup

Create a calm, low-pressure space:

• Soft, natural lighting (avoid harsh glare)
• Comfortable seating
• Mirror available (optional)
• Clean, uncluttered setup
• Wipes or cloths ready for easy removal

➡️ The goal is a relaxed, enjoyable experience

🪶 How to Support the Activity

1. Introduce with Choice

Use calm, respectful language:

“We can try some make-up. You can choose what you’d like. We can stop anytime.”

• Show products
• Allow touching and smelling
• Offer simple choices

2. Start Away from the Face

If unsure or hesitant:

• Apply to hand or wrist first
• Explore textures and colours
• Allow observation

➡️ Builds familiarity and reduces pressure

3. Gentle Face Preparation

If moving to the face:

• Use a soft cloth, mist, or light moisturiser
• Apply with slow, predictable movements
• Use light pressure

Optional variations:
• Warm cloth vs cool mist
• Gentle circular motions

4. Explore Textures Slowly

Introduce sensations gradually:

• Sponge vs brush
• Cream vs powder
• Gloss vs balm

• Use small amounts
• Narrate before touching:
“I’m placing a small amount on your cheek.”

5. Support Self-Expression

• Offer simple choices:

  • Colour
  • Tool
  • Area

• Allow the person to:

  • Apply some products themselves
  • Explore freely
  • Use a mirror if desired

➡️ Focus on experience, not result

6. Maintain Calm Rhythm

• Keep movements slow and consistent
• Avoid sudden touch
• Use a calm, adult tone
• Stay present and attuned

7. Gentle Closure

Mark the end clearly:
“All done.”

• Offer removal with wipes or warm cloth
• Optional calming touch
• Keep reflection simple:
“Did that feel nice?”

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

• Keep interaction off the face if needed
• Use unscented products if sensitive
• Reduce visual intensity (neutral tones)
• Limit to one small area
• Use fingers instead of tools (or vice versa)
• Keep sessions short and repeatable

🧠 Regulation & Engagement Notes

• Prioritise comfort over completion
• Watch for early signs of overload:

  • Turning away
  • Facial tension
  • Withdrawal
  • Avoidance

➡️ Pause or stop immediately if observed

📌 Support Worker Quick Guide

• Go slow
• Offer choice
• Start away from the face
• Use light, predictable touch
• Keep it simple
• Focus on enjoyment
• Stop if unsure

➡️ Never insist — participation must always be voluntary

Sensory Mouth and Hand Wash
Tactile

Description

🧼 Sensory Mouth and Hand Wash

Primary Sensory Areas: Tactile, Proprioceptive, Oral-Motor (with thermal and olfactory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory Mouth and Hand Wash is a gentle, nurturing activity designed to provide calming, regulating sensory input through warm water, touch, rhythm, and oral-motor experiences.

The activity focuses on creating a slow, predictable, and enjoyable sensory routine, combining hand washing and non-ingestive mouth-based sensory input. It is particularly beneficial for individuals with profound disability who may respond positively to comfort-based, relational sensory experiences.

The emphasis is not on hygiene tasks, but on:

  • Feeling safe
  • Experiencing pleasant sensations
  • Supporting regulation
  • Creating moments of calm and enjoyment

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Warm water and touch support muscle relaxation and calming
  • Rhythmic pouring and slow movement help regulate arousal levels
  • Proprioceptive input through squeezing and massage may reduce agitation
  • Oral-motor input can decrease anxiety and self-stimulatory behaviours
  • Temperature contrast (warm/cool) supports alertness and sensory organisation
  • Smell and gentle taste (lip balms) provide pleasant sensory novelty
  • Multisensory integration supports overall regulation and engagement

🧰 Materials

Use only what is appropriate and safe for the individual.

Hand Wash:

  • Warm water (bowl, bucket, or tub)
  • Soft cloths, sponges, or textured mitts
  • Mild soap (only if tolerated)
  • Small cup for pouring
  • Warm towel (optional)

Mouth Sensory (Non-Ingestive Only):

  • Warm or cool damp cloths
  • Soft silicone oral brushes or soft toothbrush
  • Cold spoon or ice wrapped in cloth
  • Flavoured lip balms (non-irritating, mint-free if needed)

Environment:

  • Soft lighting
  • Quiet space
  • Gentle music (optional)

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Always check comfort, consent, and medical considerations (especially swallowing safety)
  • Begin with very small amounts of input and build gradually
  • Allow the individual to see, touch, or smell items first
  • Use hand-under-hand guidance, never force participation
  • Adjust temperature carefully and monitor for sensitivity
  • Pause frequently to allow processing time
  • Stop immediately if signs of distress appear

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set the tone first
Approach slowly and calmly. Use a soft voice:
“We’re going to make your hands and mouth feel nice and relaxed.”

Hand Wash (slow and rhythmic)

  • Introduce water visually and gradually
  • Use pour–pause–pour rhythm
  • Wash using slow circular movements
  • Add gentle squeezing and hand massage
  • Explore textures if tolerated

Mouth Sensory (external and safe only)

  • Use warm or cool cloth around lips and cheeks
  • Apply gentle pressure along jawline
  • Offer oral tools only if well tolerated
  • Use simple humming to add calming vibration

Combine if appropriate

  • Hand soak + cool cloth on cheeks
  • Gentle humming + water pouring
  • Hand massage + lip pressure

Keep it slow, predictable, and relational
This is about connection and comfort, not task completion.

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Warm cloth on hands only
  • Light touch around mouth

Gentle Input

  • Slow pouring water
  • Soft hand massage
  • Warm/cool contrast

Moderate Input

  • Deeper hand squeezes
  • Jawline pressure
  • Combined hand + mouth sensory input

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal the ending clearly: “All done soon”
  • Dry hands and face with a warm towel
  • Provide calming reassurance:
    “That was nice and relaxing.”
  • Allow quiet time to settle

🌱 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity naturally incorporates gentle proprioceptive input through:

  • Hand squeezing and massage
  • Rhythmic pressure
  • Jawline and facial input

It can be used:

  • As a standalone calming activity, or
  • Alongside a broader P-Protocol routine to support regulation

💛 Key Message

This is not about washing.

It is about creating a moment of safety, calm, and enjoyment
through predictable, soothing sensory experience.

Sensory Nail Care
Tactile

Description

💅 Sensory Nail Care Session

Primary Sensory Areas: Tactile, Proprioceptive, Visual (with thermal and olfactory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory Nail Care is a gentle, structured, and enjoyable hand-based activity that combines touch, temperature, visual exploration, and fine motor engagement.

The focus is not on appearance or grooming outcomes, but on:

  • Experiencing pleasant touch
  • Supporting calm and regulation
  • Encouraging choice and control
  • Providing predictable, rhythmic sensory input

This activity is particularly effective for individuals who respond well to slow, repetitive hand-based experiences and visual transformation.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Warm water and hand contact support relaxation and reduced tension
  • Rhythmic filing and massage provide proprioceptive input and organisation
  • Visual changes (colour, shine, texture) support engagement and interest
  • Temperature contrast enhances sensory awareness
  • Repetitive, predictable steps support calm and reduced anxiety
  • Fine motor involvement supports coordination and hand awareness

🧰 Materials

Use only what is appropriate and well tolerated.

  • Warm water (small bowl)
  • Soft towels
  • Nail file or buffer (fine grit)
  • Cuticle oil (optional, unscented or mild)
  • Hand lotion or balm
  • Non-toxic, low-odour nail polish (optional)
  • Optional: textured, matte, glossy, or glitter finishes
  • Optional: stickers, nail art tools

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Always assess tactile tolerance before beginning
  • Offer unscented products for sensitive individuals
  • Provide full choice and control (colour, textures, level of participation)
  • Use hand-under-hand support rather than direct control
  • Reduce steps if the individual prefers minimal touch
  • Allow observation only if engagement is low
  • Monitor closely for signs of discomfort or withdrawal

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Start with comfort, not task
Use warm water or gentle hand contact to prepare the body.

Keep everything slow and predictable
Narrate softly:
“We’re going to make your hands feel nice and relaxed.”

Hand Soak

  • Warm water for 2–5 minutes
  • Optional gentle scent
  • Dry slowly with a soft towel

Nail Care (gentle and rhythmic)

  • File slowly with light pressure
  • Offer pauses between each step
  • Add hand massage if enjoyed

Visual Exploration (optional)

  • Offer choice of colour or texture
  • Try one nail at a time
  • Allow looking, touching, comparing

End calmly

  • Air dry (avoid strong sprays)
  • Finish with a gentle hand massage
  • Provide reassurance and quiet time

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Warm towel only
  • Light hand holding
  • Observation of colours/textures

Gentle Input

  • Warm hand soak
  • Light filing
  • Soft hand massage

Moderate Input

  • Longer hand massage
  • Full nail care routine
  • Exploration of textures and finishes

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal the end clearly: “All done now”
  • Use a cool or warm cloth for closure
  • Provide calming feedback:
    “Your hands feel soft and relaxed”
  • Allow time to settle and enjoy the outcome

🌱 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity supports regulation through:

  • Gentle pressure during hand massage
  • Repetitive, controlled movements (filing, holding)
  • Sustained hand contact

It can be used:

  • As a standalone calming activity, or
  • As part of a broader sensory regulation routine

💛 Key Message

This is not about nails.

It is about creating a calm, enjoyable sensory experience
through touch, rhythm, and gentle visual engagement.

Sensory Nail Care
Olfactory

Description

💅 Sensory Nail Care Session

Primary Sensory Areas: Tactile, Proprioceptive, Visual (with thermal and olfactory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory Nail Care is a gentle, structured, and enjoyable hand-based activity that combines touch, temperature, visual exploration, and fine motor engagement.

The focus is not on appearance or grooming outcomes, but on:

  • Experiencing pleasant touch
  • Supporting calm and regulation
  • Encouraging choice and control
  • Providing predictable, rhythmic sensory input

This activity is particularly effective for individuals who respond well to slow, repetitive hand-based experiences and visual transformation.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Warm water and hand contact support relaxation and reduced tension
  • Rhythmic filing and massage provide proprioceptive input and organisation
  • Visual changes (colour, shine, texture) support engagement and interest
  • Temperature contrast enhances sensory awareness
  • Repetitive, predictable steps support calm and reduced anxiety
  • Fine motor involvement supports coordination and hand awareness

🧰 Materials

Use only what is appropriate and well tolerated.

  • Warm water (small bowl)
  • Soft towels
  • Nail file or buffer (fine grit)
  • Cuticle oil (optional, unscented or mild)
  • Hand lotion or balm
  • Non-toxic, low-odour nail polish (optional)
  • Optional: textured, matte, glossy, or glitter finishes
  • Optional: stickers, nail art tools

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Always assess tactile tolerance before beginning
  • Offer unscented products for sensitive individuals
  • Provide full choice and control (colour, textures, level of participation)
  • Use hand-under-hand support rather than direct control
  • Reduce steps if the individual prefers minimal touch
  • Allow observation only if engagement is low
  • Monitor closely for signs of discomfort or withdrawal

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Start with comfort, not task
Use warm water or gentle hand contact to prepare the body.

Keep everything slow and predictable
Narrate softly:
“We’re going to make your hands feel nice and relaxed.”

Hand Soak

  • Warm water for 2–5 minutes
  • Optional gentle scent
  • Dry slowly with a soft towel

Nail Care (gentle and rhythmic)

  • File slowly with light pressure
  • Offer pauses between each step
  • Add hand massage if enjoyed

Visual Exploration (optional)

  • Offer choice of colour or texture
  • Try one nail at a time
  • Allow looking, touching, comparing

End calmly

  • Air dry (avoid strong sprays)
  • Finish with a gentle hand massage
  • Provide reassurance and quiet time

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Warm towel only
  • Light hand holding
  • Observation of colours/textures

Gentle Input

  • Warm hand soak
  • Light filing
  • Soft hand massage

Moderate Input

  • Longer hand massage
  • Full nail care routine
  • Exploration of textures and finishes

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal the end clearly: “All done now”
  • Use a cool or warm cloth for closure
  • Provide calming feedback:
    “Your hands feel soft and relaxed”
  • Allow time to settle and enjoy the outcome

🌱 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity supports regulation through:

  • Gentle pressure during hand massage
  • Repetitive, controlled movements (filing, holding)
  • Sustained hand contact

It can be used:

  • As a standalone calming activity, or
  • As part of a broader sensory regulation routine

💛 Key Message

This is not about nails.

It is about creating a calm, enjoyable sensory experience
through touch, rhythm, and gentle visual engagement.

Sensory Picnic
Gustatory

Description

🧺 Sensory-Friendly Picnic

Primary Sensory Areas: Tactile, Proprioceptive, Vestibular, Visual (with auditory and olfactory input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory-friendly picnic provides a structured, calming, and enjoyable outdoor experience that supports participation while respecting the individual’s sensory needs.

The focus is not on the picnic itself, but on:

  • Feeling comfortable and safe in an outdoor environment
  • Experiencing pleasant, manageable sensory input
  • Supporting regulation through predictability and routine
  • Allowing flexible participation without pressure

The activity combines food, movement, nature, and gentle social interaction in a way that is adaptable, slow-paced, and responsive to the individual.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Natural environments provide gentle visual and auditory input
  • Sitting, reaching, and carrying items offers proprioceptive input
  • Movement (walking, setting up) supports vestibular regulation
  • Familiar foods and textures support comfort and predictability
  • Outdoor space can reduce sensory overload compared to indoor environments
  • Flexible participation reduces anxiety and behavioural escalation

🧰 Materials

  • Picnic blanket or mat (familiar if possible)
  • Preferred foods and drinks
  • Water bottle
  • Sun protection (hat, sunscreen)
  • Comfort items (e.g., cushion, favourite object)
  • Optional: sensory items (fidget tools, textured objects)

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Choose a quiet, low-stimulation location (away from crowds, noise, strong smells)
  • Visit familiar places where possible to increase predictability
  • Provide a clear structure (arrival → sit → eat → rest → leave)
  • Allow the individual to move away or take breaks at any time
  • Bring preferred foods to reduce stress around eating
  • Use visual supports or simple explanations if helpful
  • Monitor for signs of overload (covering ears, withdrawal, agitation)

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Prepare before arrival
Explain simply:
“We’re going to sit outside and have something nice to eat.”

Set up a safe base

  • Lay out blanket in a comfortable spot
  • Position away from noise and busy pathways
  • Offer a familiar item for grounding

Keep it slow and flexible

  • No pressure to sit, eat, or engage
  • Allow pacing, walking, or observing

Use gentle rhythm

  • Sit → snack → pause → look around → snack
  • Keep transitions predictable

Support regulation throughout

  • Offer drinks regularly
  • Use calming touch or proximity if appropriate
  • Allow quiet time without interaction

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Sitting quietly outdoors
  • Observing surroundings
  • Minimal interaction

Gentle Input

  • Eating preferred foods
  • Light conversation
  • Short walks nearby

Moderate Input

  • Helping carry items
  • Setting up picnic space
  • Exploring the environment (short distances)

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal the ending clearly: “We’ll pack up soon”
  • Pack away slowly and predictably
  • Offer reassurance:
    “That was a nice, calm time outside”
  • Transition to the next activity gently
Sensory Picnic
Tactile

Description

🧺 Sensory Picnic

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive, Tactile, Vestibular, Visual (with auditory, olfactory, and oral input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory picnic is a structured yet flexible outdoor activity designed to provide a calming, engaging, and sensory-aware experience in a natural environment.

The focus is not on the picnic itself, but on:

  • Supporting comfort and safety outdoors
  • Providing manageable, enjoyable sensory input
  • Encouraging gentle participation and choice
  • Promoting regulation through predictability and pacing

The environment, materials, and level of participation are all adapted to the individual’s sensory profile, allowing the experience to remain calm, positive, and non-overwhelming.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Natural surroundings provide gentle visual and auditory input
  • Carrying, setting up, and sitting supports proprioceptive regulation
  • Movement (walking, stretching) provides vestibular input
  • Food textures and temperatures support oral sensory exploration
  • Nature-based textures (grass, leaves, breeze) support tactile processing
  • Structured pacing reduces anxiety and sensory overload

🧰 Materials

  • Picnic blanket (ideally with varied textures)
  • Preferred foods and drinks
  • Easy-grip utensils and spill-proof containers (if needed)
  • Sun protection (hat, sunscreen, umbrella)
  • Comfort items (e.g., cushion, favourite object)
  • Optional: headphones, fidget items, small sensory tools

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Choose a quiet, shaded, low-stimulation location
  • Minimise exposure to wind, noise, and unpredictable sensory input
  • Use a visual schedule or simple explanation to prepare
  • Provide choice at every stage (sit, move, eat, observe)
  • Allow distance from others if social input is overwhelming
  • Bring familiar items to support predictability and safety
  • Monitor for early signs of overload (withdrawal, agitation, covering ears)

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Prepare and reassure
Explain simply and calmly:
“We’re going outside to sit, relax, and have something to eat.”

Set up a calm base

  • Lay out the blanket in a quiet, comfortable spot
  • Offer shade and a defined “safe space”
  • Keep items organised and predictable

Support gentle participation

1. Set-Up (Proprioceptive Input)

  • Carry light items
  • Spread the blanket together
  • Arrange food in a simple, ordered way

2. Food Preparation (Tactile & Olfactory Input)

  • Encourage simple food handling (peeling, pouring, assembling)
  • Offer utensils if direct touch is not preferred
  • Keep food textures familiar and manageable

3. Eating (Oral & Social Input)

  • Provide a range of preferred textures and temperatures
  • Allow independent or supported eating
  • Maintain comfortable social distance

4. Sensory Exploration (Movement & Nature Input)

  • Explore textures (leaves, rocks, grass) if tolerated
  • Offer gentle movement (walking, stretching, rocking)
  • Provide a fidget or sensory item if needed

Keep it slow, flexible, and responsive
There is no expectation to complete all steps.

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Sitting quietly on blanket
  • Observing surroundings
  • Minimal interaction

Gentle Input

  • Eating preferred foods
  • Light handling of objects
  • Short, supported movement

Moderate Input

  • Carrying items
  • Setting up space
  • Exploring environment more actively

🧘 Wind-Down & Regulation

  • Move to a quieter space or remain on the blanket
  • Offer deep pressure (e.g., blanket wrap, firm towel pressure)
  • Use gentle rhythmic movement (rocking, swaying)
  • Allow rest time with minimal interaction

🌱 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity naturally incorporates proprioceptive input through:

  • Carrying and organising items
  • Grounded sitting and positioning
  • Gentle movement and pressure

It can be supported further by providing additional structured proprioceptive input before or after the picnic.

💛 Key Message

This is not about going on a picnic.

It is about creating a safe, calm, and enjoyable outdoor sensory experience
that supports regulation, comfort, and gentle engagement.

Sensory Picnic
Gustatory

Description

🧺 Sensory Picnic

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive, Tactile, Vestibular, Visual (with auditory, olfactory, and oral input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory picnic is a structured yet flexible outdoor activity designed to provide a calming, engaging, and sensory-aware experience in a natural environment.

The focus is not on the picnic itself, but on:

  • Supporting comfort and safety outdoors
  • Providing manageable, enjoyable sensory input
  • Encouraging gentle participation and choice
  • Promoting regulation through predictability and pacing

The environment, materials, and level of participation are all adapted to the individual’s sensory profile, allowing the experience to remain calm, positive, and non-overwhelming.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Natural surroundings provide gentle visual and auditory input
  • Carrying, setting up, and sitting supports proprioceptive regulation
  • Movement (walking, stretching) provides vestibular input
  • Food textures and temperatures support oral sensory exploration
  • Nature-based textures (grass, leaves, breeze) support tactile processing
  • Structured pacing reduces anxiety and sensory overload

🧰 Materials

  • Picnic blanket (ideally with varied textures)
  • Preferred foods and drinks
  • Easy-grip utensils and spill-proof containers (if needed)
  • Sun protection (hat, sunscreen, umbrella)
  • Comfort items (e.g., cushion, favourite object)
  • Optional: headphones, fidget items, small sensory tools

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Choose a quiet, shaded, low-stimulation location
  • Minimise exposure to wind, noise, and unpredictable sensory input
  • Use a visual schedule or simple explanation to prepare
  • Provide choice at every stage (sit, move, eat, observe)
  • Allow distance from others if social input is overwhelming
  • Bring familiar items to support predictability and safety
  • Monitor for early signs of overload (withdrawal, agitation, covering ears)

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Prepare and reassure
Explain simply and calmly:
“We’re going outside to sit, relax, and have something to eat.”

Set up a calm base

  • Lay out the blanket in a quiet, comfortable spot
  • Offer shade and a defined “safe space”
  • Keep items organised and predictable

Support gentle participation

1. Set-Up (Proprioceptive Input)

  • Carry light items
  • Spread the blanket together
  • Arrange food in a simple, ordered way

2. Food Preparation (Tactile & Olfactory Input)

  • Encourage simple food handling (peeling, pouring, assembling)
  • Offer utensils if direct touch is not preferred
  • Keep food textures familiar and manageable

3. Eating (Oral & Social Input)

  • Provide a range of preferred textures and temperatures
  • Allow independent or supported eating
  • Maintain comfortable social distance

4. Sensory Exploration (Movement & Nature Input)

  • Explore textures (leaves, rocks, grass) if tolerated
  • Offer gentle movement (walking, stretching, rocking)
  • Provide a fidget or sensory item if needed

Keep it slow, flexible, and responsive
There is no expectation to complete all steps.

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Sitting quietly on blanket
  • Observing surroundings
  • Minimal interaction

Gentle Input

  • Eating preferred foods
  • Light handling of objects
  • Short, supported movement

Moderate Input

  • Carrying items
  • Setting up space
  • Exploring environment more actively

🧘 Wind-Down & Regulation

  • Move to a quieter space or remain on the blanket
  • Offer deep pressure (e.g., blanket wrap, firm towel pressure)
  • Use gentle rhythmic movement (rocking, swaying)
  • Allow rest time with minimal interaction

🌱 Proprioceptive Protocol (P-Protocol) Alignment

This activity naturally incorporates proprioceptive input through:

  • Carrying and organising items
  • Grounded sitting and positioning
  • Gentle movement and pressure

It can be supported further by providing additional structured proprioceptive input before or after the picnic.

💛 Key Message

This is not about going on a picnic.

It is about creating a safe, calm, and enjoyable outdoor sensory experience
that supports regulation, comfort, and gentle engagement.

Sensory Shower
Tactile

Description

🚿 Sensory Shower

Primary Sensory Areas: Tactile, Proprioceptive, Vestibular (with thermal input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory shower transforms a routine hygiene task into a calming, structured, and multisensory experience.

The focus is not on washing, but on:

  • Experiencing soothing and predictable sensations
  • Supporting relaxation and regulation
  • Increasing comfort with body-based care routines
  • Promoting body awareness in a safe, controlled way

Through warm water, gentle pressure, and slow, rhythmic pacing, the shower becomes a nurturing and regulating experience rather than a functional task.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Tactile input through warm water and varied textures
  • Proprioceptive grounding from steady water pressure
  • Gentle vestibular input through small position changes
  • Temperature awareness and regulation
  • Calming effect on the nervous system
  • Increased body boundary awareness

🧰 Materials

  • Shower with adjustable pressure and temperature
  • Mild, skin-friendly soaps or washes (unscented if needed)
  • Soft cloths, sponges, or textured mitts
  • Towels (option to warm beforehand)
  • Optional: handheld shower head for controlled input

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Always check temperature and pressure carefully before contact
  • Introduce water gradually and predictably
  • Allow the individual to see or feel water with hands first
  • Use hand-under-hand support if assistance is needed
  • Provide choice and control (e.g., where water is directed)
  • Reduce sensory load (lighting, noise, strong scents)
  • Stop or pause immediately if signs of discomfort appear

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Start with reassurance
Use a calm tone:
“We’re going to have a warm, relaxing shower.”

Introduce water slowly

  • Begin with hands or feet
  • Keep pressure low and steady
  • Build gradually based on comfort

Use rhythm and predictability

  • Move in a consistent sequence (e.g., arms → shoulders → back)
  • Use slow, repeated motions
  • Pause between steps

Add gentle touch

  • Use soft cloths or hands for slow, circular movements
  • Apply light to moderate pressure if tolerated

Support body awareness

  • Encourage noticing warmth and pressure
  • Keep movements calm and unhurried

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Light water on hands or feet
  • Minimal pressure
  • Short duration

Gentle Input

  • Warm water over arms and body
  • Soft cloth washing
  • Predictable sequence

Moderate Input

  • Increased water pressure
  • Full-body washing routine
  • Gentle movement and repositioning

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce water flow
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Wrap in a warm towel for comfort
  • Allow quiet time to settle

💛 Key Message

This is not about showering.

It is about creating a calm, safe, and soothing sensory experience
through warmth, touch, and predictable rhythm.

Sensory Skin Care
Tactile

Description

🌿 Sensory Skin Care Session

Primary Sensory Areas: Tactile, Proprioceptive, Thermal (with olfactory input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory skin care session is a calming, structured self-care activity that uses touch, temperature, and gentle pressure to support regulation and body awareness.

The focus is not on appearance or skin outcomes, but on:

  • Experiencing pleasant and manageable sensations
  • Supporting relaxation and emotional regulation
  • Increasing comfort with face and body touch
  • Providing a predictable, nurturing routine

Each step is adapted to the individual’s sensory preferences, allowing the experience to remain calm, safe, and enjoyable.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Gentle touch supports calming and reduced tension
  • Repetitive movements provide proprioceptive organisation
  • Warm and cool sensations support regulation and alertness
  • Soft textures increase tolerance to tactile input
  • Predictable sequencing reduces anxiety
  • Self-touch and exploration improve body awareness

🧰 Materials

  • Soft cloths or cotton pads
  • Warm and/or cool water
  • Gentle cleansers (fragrance-free or lightly scented)
  • Moisturiser (cream, gel, or oil based on preference)
  • Optional: face masks (clay, gel, or natural options)
  • Towels (warm if possible)
  • Optional: mirror (only if comfortable)

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Assess tactile, temperature, and scent preferences before starting
  • Offer choice of textures (cream, gel, oil)
  • Introduce all products slowly and predictably
  • Allow the individual to touch and explore items first
  • Use hand-under-hand support if needed
  • Avoid overwhelming sensations (strong smells, sudden temperature changes)
  • Stop or modify immediately if discomfort is observed

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Start with choice and reassurance
Explain calmly:
“We’re going to do something that helps your skin feel nice and relaxed.”

Keep everything slow and predictable

  • Introduce one step at a time
  • Allow pauses for processing
  • Maintain a consistent sequence

Cleansing (gentle introduction)

  • Use a soft, damp cloth (warm or cool)
  • Apply light or firm pressure based on preference
  • Avoid splashing if this is uncomfortable

Texture exploration (optional)

  • Offer different product types (gel, cream, oil)
  • Let the individual feel textures before application

Application and massage

  • Use slow, circular movements
  • Maintain steady, calming pressure
  • Encourage self-application if preferred

Temperature contrast (if enjoyed)

  • Alternate warm and cool cloths
  • Keep changes gradual and predictable

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Warm cloth only
  • Light touch to hands or face
  • Minimal product use

Gentle Input

  • Basic cleansing routine
  • Light moisturising
  • Simple, predictable sequence

Moderate Input

  • Full routine including mask or exfoliation
  • Longer massage
  • Exploration of multiple textures

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Use a warm or cool cloth for closure
  • Allow time to feel and notice the skin
  • Provide calm reassurance:
    “That feels nice and relaxed”

💛 Key Message

This is not about skin care.

It is about creating a calm, safe, and enjoyable sensory experience
through touch, temperature, and gentle, predictable interaction.

Sensory Skin Care
Interoceptive

Description

🌿 Sensory Skin Care Session

Primary Sensory Areas: Tactile, Proprioceptive, Thermal (with olfactory input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory skin care session is a calming, structured self-care activity that uses touch, temperature, and gentle pressure to support regulation and body awareness.

The focus is not on appearance or skin outcomes, but on:

  • Experiencing pleasant and manageable sensations
  • Supporting relaxation and emotional regulation
  • Increasing comfort with face and body touch
  • Providing a predictable, nurturing routine

Each step is adapted to the individual’s sensory preferences, allowing the experience to remain calm, safe, and enjoyable.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Gentle touch supports calming and reduced tension
  • Repetitive movements provide proprioceptive organisation
  • Warm and cool sensations support regulation and alertness
  • Soft textures increase tolerance to tactile input
  • Predictable sequencing reduces anxiety
  • Self-touch and exploration improve body awareness

🧰 Materials

  • Soft cloths or cotton pads
  • Warm and/or cool water
  • Gentle cleansers (fragrance-free or lightly scented)
  • Moisturiser (cream, gel, or oil based on preference)
  • Optional: face masks (clay, gel, or natural options)
  • Towels (warm if possible)
  • Optional: mirror (only if comfortable)

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Assess tactile, temperature, and scent preferences before starting
  • Offer choice of textures (cream, gel, oil)
  • Introduce all products slowly and predictably
  • Allow the individual to touch and explore items first
  • Use hand-under-hand support if needed
  • Avoid overwhelming sensations (strong smells, sudden temperature changes)
  • Stop or modify immediately if discomfort is observed

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Start with choice and reassurance
Explain calmly:
“We’re going to do something that helps your skin feel nice and relaxed.”

Keep everything slow and predictable

  • Introduce one step at a time
  • Allow pauses for processing
  • Maintain a consistent sequence

Cleansing (gentle introduction)

  • Use a soft, damp cloth (warm or cool)
  • Apply light or firm pressure based on preference
  • Avoid splashing if this is uncomfortable

Texture exploration (optional)

  • Offer different product types (gel, cream, oil)
  • Let the individual feel textures before application

Application and massage

  • Use slow, circular movements
  • Maintain steady, calming pressure
  • Encourage self-application if preferred

Temperature contrast (if enjoyed)

  • Alternate warm and cool cloths
  • Keep changes gradual and predictable

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Warm cloth only
  • Light touch to hands or face
  • Minimal product use

Gentle Input

  • Basic cleansing routine
  • Light moisturising
  • Simple, predictable sequence

Moderate Input

  • Full routine including mask or exfoliation
  • Longer massage
  • Exploration of multiple textures

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Use a warm or cool cloth for closure
  • Allow time to feel and notice the skin
  • Provide calm reassurance:
    “That feels nice and relaxed”

💛 Key Message

This is not about skin care.

It is about creating a calm, safe, and enjoyable sensory experience
through touch, temperature, and gentle, predictable interaction.

Sensory Suitcase
Multi-Sensory

Description

🧳 SENSORY SUITCASE

A mobile treasure chest of tactile exploration.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• The Sensory Suitcase is a portable, curated collection of objects chosen to provide varied tactile and visual stimulation. By bringing the sensory experience to the individual, you can facilitate engagement in any environment, from a bedroom to a communal lounge.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Encourages fine motor exploration through diverse textures.

• Promotes visual tracking and spatial awareness.

• Assists in self-regulation and grounding through rhythmic tactile input.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A sturdy suitcase or box with multiple compartments.

• A variety of textures (silk, sandpaper, faux fur, velvet).

• Small sensory items (rattles, stress balls, weighted plushies).

• Reflective surfaces or mirrors.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Place the suitcase on a table or directly in front of the individual.

• Slowly open the case to reveal the items one by one.

• Present a single item at a time, allowing the person time to touch, look at, or hold it.

• Observe their reaction; if they lean in, offer more input, if they pull away, stop and provide a rest period.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Use a lap tray to bring the suitcase contents closer to the person.

• Attach a tether to items to prevent them from falling to the floor.

• Place items directly on the person's lap blanket to increase tactile contact.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure all items are non-toxic and too large to be a choking hazard.

• Check for sharp edges or loose parts that could be pulled off.

• Monitor for signs of sensory overload such as turning away or irritability.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Create a themed suitcase, such as 'The Beach' with shells and sandbags.

• Incorporate battery-operated lights for visual engagement.

• Add scents to specific items to create a multi-sensory experience.

• Use a 'surprise' element by hiding items under fabric within the case.

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Present smooth, soft fabrics.

• Keep the suitcase closed most of the time.

• Keep items still and quiet.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Introduce items with slightly rougher textures.

• Allow the individual to grasp and manipulate the items.

• Use items that emit a soft sound, like a gentle rattle.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Incorporate firm massage tools or heavy weighted items.

• Add items with high-contrast colors and bright lights.

• Encourage active searching through a container of rice or beans.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always wait for a sign of interest before moving to the next item.

• Narrate the texture (e.g., 'this is very fuzzy') to pair tactile with auditory input.

• Rotate items regularly to keep the suitcase fresh and engaging.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• This activity is wonderfully flexible and can be personalized to match anyone’s specific preferences, making it the perfect tool for building connection and discovering new sensory joys together.

Sensory Tooth Brushing
Tactile

Description

🪥 Sensory Toothbrushing

Primary Sensory Areas: Tactile, Proprioceptive, Oral-Motor (with thermal and auditory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory Toothbrushing is a gradual, relationship-based approach to oral care that focuses on reducing defensiveness and building cooperation through predictable, calming sensory experiences.

The focus is not on brushing teeth effectively, but on:

  • Helping the individual feel safe and regulated
  • Increasing tolerance to oral input over time
  • Supporting choice, control, and trust
  • Creating positive associations with toothbrushing

Progress is slow, flexible, and guided entirely by the individual’s comfort.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Deep pressure input supports reduced defensiveness and calming
  • Gradual tactile exposure increases tolerance to oral sensations
  • Predictable routines reduce anxiety and resistance
  • Oral-motor input supports body awareness and organisation
  • Rhythmic input (movement, voice) enhances regulation

🧰 Materials

  • Soft-bristle or silicone toothbrush
  • Optional: vibrating toothbrush (only if well tolerated)
  • Toothpaste (mild, preferred flavour, or none initially)
  • Warm cloth or towel
  • Cup with warm water
  • Optional: visual supports (pictures, gestures)

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Always begin away from the mouth
  • Use deep pressure rather than light touch around the face
  • Introduce all steps slowly and predictably
  • Allow the individual to hold, explore, and choose tools
  • Keep brushing attempts very brief and successful
  • Use co-regulation (positioning, rhythm, voice) rather than instruction
  • Stop or step back immediately if distress is observed

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

1. Prepare the body first (critical)
Do not start at the mouth.
Use 10–20 seconds of calming input:

  • Deep pressure squeezes along arms
  • Shoulder rhythm (squeeze–release)
  • Warm cloth on cheeks
  • Slow rocking or swaying
  • Vibration on hands (not near face)

2. Introduce the toothbrush as a safe object

  • Hold, tap, explore
  • Brush hands or arms
  • Move through water
  • Smell toothpaste (if tolerated)
  • Optional: gentle touch to cheek

3. Use simple “brush games”

  • Brush hands or arms
  • Turn-taking (“my hand / your hand”)
  • Light touch and remove (“touch and go”)
  • Keep it playful, brief, and predictable

4. Warm the mouth area

  • Warm cloth on cheeks or jaw
  • Warm towel wrap
  • Warm water sip (if appropriate)

5. Follow a predictable routine
Use a simple sequence:

  • “Touch → Brush → Finish”
    Repeat consistently using voice, signs, or gestures

6. Gradual progression toward the mouth

  • Hand → cheek → lips → inside lip → teeth
  • Build slowly over time
  • Even 1–2 seconds is success

7. Use firm, calming touch

  • Gentle pressure along jawline
  • Support under chin
  • Deep pressure to cheeks or shoulders
    Avoid light, tickly touch

8. Support positioning

  • Sit together facing the same direction
  • Provide steady body contact
  • Reduce sudden movement or unpredictability

9. Use rhythm and voice

  • Soft singing or humming
  • Simple phrases: “Brush, brush, all done”
  • Keep tone calm and repetitive

10. Keep attempts very short

  • 1–2 seconds brushing
  • Pause and reset
  • Repeat if comfortable

11. Always finish with comfort

  • Warm towel
  • Gentle massage
  • Favourite sensory activity
  • Calm reassurance

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Toothbrush exploration away from face
  • Touch to hands and arms only
  • Warm cloth to cheeks

Gentle Input

  • Touch to lips
  • Brief inside lip contact
  • 1–2 second brushing attempts

Moderate Input

  • Short brushing sequences
  • Increased duration gradually
  • More consistent oral tolerance

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done”
  • Return to calming input (warmth, pressure, stillness)
  • Reinforce success, no matter how small
  • Allow time to settle

💛 Key Message

This is not about brushing teeth.

It is about helping the person feel safe enough
to gradually accept oral sensory experiences
through trust, rhythm, and gentle progression.

🌟 Simple Flow for Support Workers

Calm body
→ Explore brush
→ Brush game (hands/arms)
→ Warm cheeks
→ Touch cheek → lips → mouth
→ Brush 1–2 seconds
→ Pause
→ Repeat if comfortable
→ Finish with calming sensory input

Sensory Walk
Tactile

Description

🚶‍♀️ Sensory Neighbourhood Walk

Movement · Exploration · Regulation · Comfort

A sensory-friendly neighbourhood walk offers a familiar, predictable way to enjoy the outdoors while supporting movement, curiosity, and self-regulation — without tipping into overload.

Think: calm movement, gentle noticing, and feeling safe in the world.

🌿 Why we’re doing this

This activity supports:

  • movement and body awareness

  • sensory exploration at a comfortable pace

  • emotional regulation through familiarity and rhythm

It’s about engaging the senses just enough, while keeping things predictable and reassuring.

🧍‍♂️ Before You Start: Set It Up for Success

👀 Know the client’s sensory world

  • Notice sensitivities
    (traffic noise, bright light, crowds, busy footpaths)

  • Identify what’s calming
    (steady walking, predictable routes, gentle movement)

  • Use a visual schedule or short social story to show:
    start → walk → finish → home

🌍 Shape the environment

  • Choose a quiet time of day

  • Plan a predictable route with familiar streets and landmarks

  • Identify rest spots along the way
    (bench, shade, quiet corner, small park)

👕 Clothing & Supports

  • Comfortable clothing (deep pressure if helpful)

  • Sunglasses or hat to soften visual input

  • Noise-reducing headphones if needed

  • A small fidget or comfort object for reassurance

🚶 During the Walk: Go at Their Pace

1️⃣ Easy Walking (Movement & Body Awareness)

Why it helps: supports coordination, balance, and muscle activation

  • Let the client set the pace

  • Take breaks whenever needed

  • Encourage stepping on different surfaces:
    pavement → grass → gravel

  • Optional playful movement:

    • step up on curbs

    • follow tactile patterns (bricks, lines, covers)

2️⃣ Gentle Noticing (Visual & Auditory)

Why it helps: builds attention and curiosity without pressure

  • Casually point out things to see:
    trees, cars, animals, colours

  • Play a light “I Spy” game if it’s enjoyable

  • If comfortable, notice sounds:
    birds, footsteps, leaves moving

No need to label everything — quiet observation is just as valuable.

3️⃣ Tactile Exploration (Optional)

Why it helps: supports sensory curiosity and fine motor engagement

  • Touch safe surfaces:
    tree bark, railings, textured walls

  • Pick up small natural objects:
    leaves, smooth stones

  • Use a handheld sensory item if extra input is helpful

4️⃣ Social & Community Awareness (Optional)

Why it helps: builds familiarity and comfort in the community

  • Greet familiar neighbours if the client enjoys this

  • Walk past known landmarks:
    shop, school, park

  • If social interaction isn’t preferred:
    ✔️ observe from a distance
    ✔️ focus on the environment instead

There’s no expectation to interact — observing is participation.

🌬️ Winding Down (After the Walk)

  • Sit in a quiet spot before heading home

  • Offer calming input:

    • deep pressure (hug, weighted lap pad)

    • water or preferred snack

  • Mark the walk as finished on a visual schedule

  • Transition calmly to the next activity

🕊 What this supports over time

  • Increased comfort moving outdoors

  • Better sensory regulation through gentle movement

  • Improved confidence in familiar environments

  • Stronger sense of safety and predictability

  • A more positive relationship with community spaces

Sensory Walk
Vestibular

Description

🚶 Sensory Walk

Primary Sensory Areas: Visual, Auditory, Tactile, Olfactory (with vestibular input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory walk is a calm, structured outdoor activity that encourages focused, mindful engagement with the environment through intentional noticing of sensory experiences.

The focus is not on distance or exercise, but on:

  • Noticing what can be seen, heard, felt, and smelled
  • Supporting calm, regulated engagement with the environment
  • Encouraging slowed pace and present-moment awareness
  • Creating a predictable and enjoyable outdoor experience

The walk is paced slowly, with frequent pauses, allowing the individual to engage with sensory input in a manageable and meaningful way.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Visual attention to environmental details
  • Auditory awareness of natural and surrounding sounds
  • Tactile exploration of textures (e.g., leaves, surfaces, الهواء)
  • Olfactory noticing of scents in the environment
  • Vestibular input through steady walking movement
  • Supports mindfulness and present-moment focus

🧰 Materials

  • Comfortable clothing and walking shoes
  • Sun protection (hat, sunscreen)
  • Water bottle
  • Optional: small bag for collected items (leaves, stones)
  • Optional: sensory supports (fidget items, headphones)

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Choose a quiet, predictable walking route
  • Keep distance short and flexible based on tolerance
  • Allow the individual to pause, stop, or change direction freely
  • Reduce sensory load (avoid busy roads, loud environments)
  • Offer simple prompts rather than constant talking
  • Provide familiar support person or structure
  • Monitor for signs of fatigue or overload

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Start with a calm introduction
“We’re going for a slow walk and noticing what’s around us.”

Keep the pace slow and relaxed

  • Walk at the individual’s speed
  • Pause often

Encourage gentle noticing

  • “Can you hear that sound?”
  • “Look at this colour”
  • “Feel this texture”
  • “What can you smell?”

Follow the individual’s interest

  • Stop where they are drawn
  • Allow repeated exploration
  • No pressure to move on quickly

Keep interaction simple and supportive

  • Use short phrases
  • Allow quiet moments
  • Avoid over-directing

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Short walk with minimal prompts
  • Observing from a seated or standing position
  • Limited movement

Gentle Input

  • Slow walking with occasional stops
  • Light sensory exploration (touch, looking, listening)

Moderate Input

  • Longer walk
  • Active exploration (collecting items, varied terrain)
  • Increased engagement with environment

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “We’re heading back now”
  • Slow the pace toward the end
  • Reflect briefly if appropriate:
    “That was a nice, calm walk”
  • Transition gently to the next activity

💛 Key Message

This is not about walking.

It is about creating a calm, connected sensory experience
through noticing, slowing down, and being present in the environment.

Sensory Wheelchair Walk
Multi-Sensory

Description

♿🚶 Sensory Wheelchair Walk

Primary Sensory Areas: Vestibular, Visual, Auditory, Tactile (with proprioceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sensory wheelchair walk is a calm, structured outdoor activity that provides multisensory engagement through movement, nature, and gentle environmental exploration.

The focus is not on distance or destination, but on:

  • Experiencing movement in a safe, predictable way
  • Engaging with natural sights, sounds, and textures
  • Supporting emotional regulation and calm
  • Creating a positive connection with the outdoor environment

The pace is slow and responsive, with frequent pauses to allow the individual to notice and enjoy sensory experiences without overwhelm.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Vestibular input through movement and changes in terrain
  • Visual stimulation from natural scenery
  • Auditory input from outdoor sounds
  • Tactile exploration through plants and textures
  • Proprioceptive feedback from positioning and body support in the wheelchair
  • Emotional regulation through calming exposure to nature

🧰 Materials

  • Wheelchair (well-fitted and comfortable)
  • Cushioning or positioning supports as required
  • Sun protection (hat, sunscreen, blanket if needed)
  • Water bottle
  • Optional: sensory items (fidget tools, textured objects)

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Choose smooth, accessible, and quiet pathways
  • Avoid crowded or unpredictable environments
  • Ensure comfortable and well-supported positioning
  • Adjust pace based on tolerance and engagement
  • Provide opportunities to pause and explore
  • Allow the individual to indicate preferences (stop, continue, turn)
  • Monitor closely for signs of discomfort or fatigue

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Start with reassurance
“We’re going outside for a calm, gentle walk.”

Set a slow, steady rhythm

  • Push at a consistent, predictable pace
  • Avoid sudden starts or stops

Pause for sensory moments

  • Stop to look at scenery
  • Listen to sounds (birds, wind)
  • Offer safe tactile exploration (leaves, textures)

Support body awareness

  • Check positioning regularly
  • Adjust posture for comfort and stability

Follow the individual’s cues

  • Slow down, stop, or change direction as needed
  • Allow quiet observation without pressure

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Short, slow movement on smooth surface
  • Minimal environmental stimulation
  • Quiet observation

Gentle Input

  • Slight variation in terrain
  • Occasional stops for sensory exploration
  • Increased visual and auditory engagement

Moderate Input

  • Longer duration
  • More varied environments
  • Active engagement with surroundings

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually slow the pace
  • Signal clearly: “We’re heading back now”
  • Provide reassurance:
    “That was a calm and nice walk”
  • Transition to a quiet, comfortable space

💛 Key Message

This is not about going for a walk.

It is about creating a calm, enjoyable sensory experience
through movement, nature, and gentle connection with the environment.

Shadow Puppets
Visual

Description

🎭 Puppet Creation & Shadow Play

Primary Sensory Areas: Visual, Tactile, Proprioceptive (with auditory and cognitive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Puppet Creation and Shadow Play is a creative, multisensory activity that combines art, movement, and light exploration to support engagement, imagination, and sensory awareness.

The focus is not on producing perfect puppets or performances, but on:

  • Exploring light, shadow, and movement
  • Engaging in creative and imaginative play
  • Supporting fine motor and visual coordination
  • Providing a calm, enjoyable sensory experience

The activity moves from simple puppet creation to gentle shadow exploration, allowing participation at any level.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Visual stimulation through light, shadow, and movement
  • Tactile input from drawing, cutting, and handling materials
  • Proprioceptive input through holding and moving puppets
  • Fine motor development through cutting and assembling
  • Encourages creativity and imaginative thinking
  • Supports understanding of cause and effect (movement → shadow change)
  • Promotes language and communication through storytelling

🧰 Materials

  • Paper or light cardboard
  • Markers, crayons, or pencils
  • Scissors
  • Sticky tape or glue
  • Paddle pop sticks or similar
  • Light source (lamp or flashlight)
  • Blank wall or screen
  • Optional: templates or pre-cut shapes

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Pre-cut shapes for individuals with limited fine motor skills
  • Offer thicker materials for easier handling
  • Use larger puppets for easier visual tracking
  • Reduce complexity (focus only on shadow play if needed)
  • Allow observation-only participation
  • Adjust lighting gradually to avoid visual overwhelm
  • Provide hand-over-hand or hand-under-hand support if required

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Start with interest and choice
“What would you like to make? An animal? A shape?”

Puppet creation (keep it simple)

  • Trace or draw shapes
  • Colour and decorate
  • Attach stick securely

Introduce shadow play gently

  • Dim the room slowly
  • Show how the puppet creates a shadow
  • Move it slowly to demonstrate

Encourage exploration

  • Move closer/further from light
  • Change angles and positions
  • Notice how shadows grow or shrink

Support imaginative play (optional)

  • Create simple stories
  • Add voices or sounds
  • Use multiple puppets

Keep it flexible

  • Some may prefer just watching
  • Others may engage deeply in storytelling

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Watching shadows only
  • Minimal movement
  • Simple shapes

Gentle Input

  • Holding and moving one puppet
  • Basic shadow exploration
  • Short engagement

Moderate Input

  • Creating puppets
  • Using multiple shapes
  • Engaging in storytelling and play

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually increase lighting
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Pack away materials slowly
  • Offer calm feedback:
    “That was fun to watch the shadows”

💛 Key Message

This is not about making puppets.

It is about creating a calm, creative sensory experience
through light, movement, and imagination.

Shared Rythmic Movement
Proprioceptive

Description

🎵 Shared Rhythm and Movement

Primary Sensory Areas: Vestibular, Proprioceptive, Auditory (with visual and tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

Shared Rhythm and Movement is a co-regulation activity that uses music, rhythm, and gentle movement to support connection, regulation, and shared experience.

The focus is not on performance or structured participation, but on:

  • Being together in a shared rhythm
  • Supporting emotional regulation through predictable input
  • Encouraging connection and shared attention
  • Allowing choice, agency, and spontaneous movement

Rhythm provides a simple, organising structure that can support movement, attention, and emotional state, particularly for individuals who communicate through body-based expression.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Rhythmic auditory input supports regulation and predictability
  • Movement provides vestibular input and body organisation
  • Repetitive actions support calm and reduced anxiety
  • Shared movement enhances connection and co-regulation
  • Visual tracking of movement supports attention and engagement
  • Tactile input (if used) supports body awareness

🧰 Materials

  • Music player with adjustable volume
  • Rhythmic, predictable music (based on preference)
  • Optional: simple objects (scarves, soft balls, pom-poms)
  • Comfortable seating or open floor space

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Keep environment clear, calm, and low stimulation
  • Allow the person to sit, stand, or remain still
  • Use minimal verbal instruction; rely on demonstration
  • Adjust pace, intensity, and proximity continuously
  • Follow the person’s lead rather than directing
  • Allow full choice to engage, pause, or disengage
  • Monitor closely for signs of overstimulation

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Begin gently

  • Start music quietly
  • Position yourself nearby but not intrusive
  • Allow time to notice the sound

Invite, don’t direct

  • Use simple, slow movements
  • Demonstrate rather than instruct

Engage through shared rhythm

1. Gentle Movement

  • Offer hands and move slowly in time with music
  • Keep patterns simple and repetitive
  • Pause often

2. Visual Rhythm

  • Move hands or objects side-to-side or up-and-down
  • Keep movements predictable and easy to follow

3. Object-Based Movement

  • Offer a scarf or soft object
  • Demonstrate rhythmic movement
  • Allow individual exploration

4. Rhythmic Touch (only if clearly accepted)

  • Light tapping on hands, knees, or shoulders
  • Pause to allow response or turn-taking

Follow the person’s rhythm

  • Notice any self-initiated movement
  • Mirror rather than change it
  • Let their rhythm lead

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Listening to music only
  • Watching slow movement
  • Minimal interaction

Gentle Input

  • Small, slow movements
  • Visual tracking
  • Occasional shared rhythm

Moderate Input

  • Active movement
  • Object use
  • Sustained shared rhythm and interaction

🧘 Monitoring Regulation

  • Watch for changes in energy or arousal
  • Slow movement if intensity increases
  • Lower volume if needed
  • Increase space if signs of overload appear
  • Pause before escalation

Breaks are part of the activity.

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually slow movement
  • Reduce music volume slowly
  • Allow stillness before stopping
  • Avoid abrupt transitions

💛 Key Message

This is not about movement.

It is about being with the person
through shared rhythm, connection, and gentle attunement.

🌟 What to Observe

  • Facial expression and eye contact
  • Changes in posture or muscle tone
  • Level of engagement or withdrawal
  • Vocalisations or movement responses
  • Ability to transition at the end 
Shaving Cream
Tactile

Description

🧴 Shaving Cream Play

Primary Sensory Areas: Tactile, Proprioceptive, Visual (with olfactory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Shaving Cream Play is a simple, calming sensory activity that encourages exploration through touch, movement, and visual interaction.

The focus is not on creating specific outcomes, but on:

  • Experiencing pleasant tactile sensations
  • Supporting calm and self-regulation
  • Encouraging hands-on exploration and play
  • Providing a safe and flexible sensory experience

The soft, smooth texture allows for repetitive, soothing movement, which can help organise the body and support engagement.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Tactile input through soft, smooth, and airy textures
  • Proprioceptive input through pushing, spreading, and shaping
  • Visual feedback through marks, patterns, and movement
  • Supports fine motor development and coordination
  • Calming effect through repetitive hand movements
  • Gentle sensory exploration supports awareness and tolerance

🧰 Materials

  • Shaving cream (skin-safe, low fragrance or unscented if needed)
  • Flat surface (tray or table)
  • Protective covering (optional)
  • Towels or wipes for clean-up
  • Optional: tools (spoons, brushes, sponges)
  • Optional: food colouring for visual variation

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Check for skin sensitivities or allergies before use
  • Start with small amounts for those unsure of the texture
  • Offer tools or gloves if direct touch is not preferred
  • Allow observation-only participation if needed
  • Adjust scent and temperature to suit preferences
  • Keep the environment calm to avoid sensory overload

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Prepare the space

  • Use a tray or flat surface
  • Have wipes and towels ready
  • Keep setup simple and contained

Introduce slowly

  • Place a small amount of shaving cream on the surface
  • Allow the individual to look before touching

Demonstrate gently

  • Show spreading, swirling, or patting
  • Keep movements slow and simple

Encourage exploration

  • Smear, press, draw, or shape
  • Use fingers or tools
  • Follow the individual’s interest

Respect preferences

  • Do not force contact
  • Offer alternatives (tools, gloves)
  • Pause if discomfort appears

Keep it playful and low pressure

  • “Can we make a line?”
  • “What happens if we spread it?”
  • Avoid over-directing

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Watching the activity
  • Touching with tools only
  • Minimal contact

Gentle Input

  • Light finger contact
  • Small movements and exploration
  • Short duration

Moderate Input

  • Full hand engagement
  • Drawing, shaping, and spreading
  • Longer periods of play

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Assist with wiping hands or washing
  • Use a warm towel if helpful
  • Allow a calm transition

💛 Key Message

This is not about making shapes.

It is about creating a calm, enjoyable sensory experience
through touch, movement, and gentle exploration.

Shoulder Massage
Proprioceptive

Description

💆 Shoulder Massage

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive, Tactile (with calming nervous system input)

🌿 Activity Description

Shoulder massage is a calming, body-based activity that provides deep, steady input to support relaxation, body awareness, and regulation.

The focus is not on technique or muscle correction, but on:

  • Providing safe, predictable deep pressure
  • Supporting calm and reduced tension
  • Increasing comfort with touch
  • Promoting a sense of body awareness and grounding

The activity uses slow, rhythmic pressure and movement, particularly around the upper shoulders, where tension often accumulates.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Deep pressure input supports calming and reduced arousal
  • Helps release muscle tension in shoulders and upper back
  • Improves body awareness and sense of position
  • Rhythmic touch supports nervous system regulation
  • Can reduce discomfort associated with tension
  • Supports relaxation and emotional settling

🧰 Materials

  • Comfortable seating or lying position
  • Optional: massage oil or lotion
  • Quiet, calm environment

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Always check for consent and comfort with touch
  • Begin with light contact and build gradually
  • Adjust pressure based on response (never force)
  • Maintain predictable, steady movements
  • Avoid areas of pain, injury, or medical concern
  • Allow the person to guide duration and intensity
  • Stop immediately if discomfort or distress is observed

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Start gently

  • Place hands on shoulders with steady, calm contact
  • Allow the person to register the touch

Use slow, predictable pressure

1. Palm Pressure

  • Apply steady, even pressure through palms
  • Focus on upper shoulders (trapezius area)

2. Circular Movements

  • Use slow circles with palms or fingers
  • Move from outer shoulder inward

3. Kneading

  • Gently press and release muscle tissue
  • Keep rhythm slow and consistent

4. Rolling Movements

  • Roll fingers across muscles for deeper input
  • Maintain steady pressure

5. Gentle Stretch (if appropriate)

  • Guide arm slowly (e.g., across body or upward)
  • Keep movements controlled and minimal

Maintain rhythm and calm presence

  • Keep movements slow and repetitive
  • Avoid sudden changes

Support breathing (if appropriate)

  • Encourage slow, relaxed breathing

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Light resting hands on shoulders
  • Minimal pressure
  • Short duration

Gentle Input

  • Slow palm pressure
  • Small circular movements
  • Short sequences

Moderate Input

  • Deeper pressure
  • Kneading and rolling
  • Longer duration

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce pressure
  • Rest hands briefly before removing
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Allow a moment of stillness

💛 Key Message

This is not about massage.

It is about providing safe, calming deep pressure
to support relaxation, body awareness, and regulation.

Simon Says
Proprioceptive

Description

🎮 Simon Says

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive, Vestibular, Auditory (with visual input)

🌿 Activity Description

Simon Says is a structured, movement-based activity that combines listening, body movement, and simple rules to support engagement, coordination, and regulation.

The focus is not on getting the rules right, but on:

  • Supporting body awareness through movement
  • Encouraging attention and listening
  • Providing predictable, playful interaction
  • Allowing flexible participation at any level

The game can be easily adjusted in pace, complexity, and intensity to match the individual’s needs.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Proprioceptive input through whole-body movement
  • Vestibular input from actions like jumping, turning, and changing direction
  • Auditory processing through listening to instructions
  • Supports motor planning and coordination
  • Encourages attention, response timing, and engagement
  • Can support regulation through structured, rhythmic activity

🧰 Materials

  • Clear, safe space for movement
  • Comfortable clothing
  • Optional: soft background music

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Adjust movement demands based on physical ability
  • Use simple, slow instructions for beginners
  • Demonstrate movements visually if needed
  • Allow seated or minimal-movement participation
  • Reduce speed and complexity to avoid overload
  • Focus on enjoyment rather than correctness
  • Provide breaks as needed

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Start with a gentle warm-up

  • Simple movements (arm circles, stretches)
  • Prepare the body for movement

Keep instructions clear and simple

  • Use short phrases
  • Speak slowly and clearly

Begin with basic movements

  • “Simon says touch your head”
  • “Simon says clap your hands”
  • “Simon says reach down”

Build gradually if appropriate

  • Add combined movements
  • Introduce direction (left/right)
  • Increase pace slightly

Use space if tolerated

  • Step forward or backward
  • Turn or move side to side

Include fine motor options

  • Finger movements
  • Small hand actions

Keep it playful and flexible

  • No pressure to get it “right”
  • Laugh, reset, and continue

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Seated participation
  • Simple, slow movements
  • Minimal changes

Gentle Input

  • Standing movements
  • Basic whole-body actions
  • Moderate pacing

Moderate Input

  • More complex sequences
  • Faster pace
  • Movement through space

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Slow the pace gradually
  • Transition to simple movements or stretching
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Allow time to settle

💛 Key Message

This is not about following rules.

It is about creating a fun, structured movement experience
that supports body awareness, engagement, and regulation.

Sing Along
Auditory

Description

🎶 Sing-Along Session

Primary Sensory Areas: Auditory, Proprioceptive, Vestibular (with visual and tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

A sing-along session is a calm, engaging activity that uses music, rhythm, and voice to support connection, regulation, and participation.

The focus is not on singing correctly, but on:

  • Experiencing enjoyable and familiar sound
  • Supporting emotional regulation through rhythm and repetition
  • Encouraging communication and expression
  • Providing flexible participation in a shared activity

Music offers a predictable and structured sensory experience, which can support attention, engagement, and a sense of connection.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Auditory input supports sound processing and attention
  • Rhythm and repetition support calming and regulation
  • Vocalisation supports speech and communication development
  • Movement (clapping, swaying) provides proprioceptive and vestibular input
  • Supports social connection through shared experience
  • Enhances memory, sequencing, and cognitive engagement

🧰 Materials

  • Music player (speaker, tablet, or karaoke system)
  • Preferred songs (familiar and enjoyable)
  • Optional: lyric sheets or picture cards
  • Optional: simple instruments (shakers, tambourine)
  • Comfortable seating (cushion, chair, or therapy ball)

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Choose a quiet, low-distraction environment
  • Adjust lighting to suit comfort (soft lighting often preferred)
  • Select songs based on individual preference and familiarity
  • Use simple, repetitive songs for easier engagement
  • Offer visual supports if helpful (lyrics, symbols)
  • Allow full choice in participation (singing, listening, moving)
  • Reduce volume or complexity if signs of overload appear

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set the atmosphere

  • Calm space, comfortable seating
  • Start music at a low volume

Choose the right songs

  • Familiar and preferred
  • Simple, repetitive lyrics

Support engagement gently

  • Sing slowly and clearly
  • Use gestures or simple actions
  • Offer instruments if appropriate

Encourage flexible participation

  • Singing, humming, clapping, or listening
  • Use call-and-response if appropriate
  • Add gentle movement (swaying, tapping)

Follow the person’s lead

  • Repeat favourite songs
  • Adjust pace and intensity
  • Allow pauses and breaks

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Listening only
  • Soft volume
  • Minimal interaction

Gentle Input

  • Humming or simple vocalisation
  • Light movement (tapping, swaying)
  • Short engagement

Moderate Input

  • Singing along
  • Using instruments
  • Active participation and interaction

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually lower volume
  • Slow the tempo of the final song
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Allow a quiet moment to settle

💛 Key Message

This is not about singing.

It is about creating a shared, enjoyable sensory experience
through music, rhythm, and connection.

Singing
Auditory

Description

🎶 Singing

Primary Sensory Areas: Auditory, Proprioceptive, Vestibular (with emotional and respiratory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Singing is a relational, sensory–emotional activity that uses voice, breath, and rhythm to support connection, regulation, and expression.

The focus is not on words, music, or performance, but on:

  • Being together in sound
  • Supporting emotional regulation through breath and rhythm
  • Encouraging non-verbal expression
  • Creating shared attention and connection

Singing can include humming, vocal sounds, or simple tones. It is accessible to all, particularly for individuals who communicate primarily through body, breath, and sound.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Auditory input supports attention and engagement
  • Breath-based vocalisation supports calming and regulation
  • Rhythmic sound supports predictability and organisation
  • Proprioceptive input through vocal vibration increases body awareness
  • Supports emotional expression without reliance on words
  • Enhances connection through shared sound and timing

🧰 Materials

  • No materials required
  • Optional: simple instrumental backing tracks
  • Quiet, comfortable space

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • No expectation to sing words or melodies
  • Allow vocalisations of any type (humming, sounds, breath)
  • Keep environment calm and low stimulation
  • Match the person’s energy and pacing
  • Use minimal verbal instruction
  • Allow silence and stillness
  • Follow the person’s cues at all times

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Prepare the space and yourself

  • Sit comfortably at the same level
  • Soften posture and breathing
  • Create a calm, quiet environment

Begin with breath

  • Notice the person’s breathing
  • Gently match their rhythm
  • Let your out-breath become a soft sound (e.g., hum or vowel)

Respond to sound

  • Listen for any vocalisation
  • Mirror or gently vary it
  • Treat all sounds as meaningful

Use movement if helpful

  • Gentle rocking or swaying
  • Allow sound to emerge from movement
  • Follow the person’s rhythm

Develop shared rhythm

  • Repeat simple sounds or patterns
  • Pause and allow response
  • Let turn-taking emerge naturally

Use music only if helpful

  • Choose slow, simple, predictable tracks
  • Keep volume low
  • Allow space for voice

Respect silence

  • Pause often
  • Do not fill every gap
  • Silence supports regulation and participation

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Listening only
  • Quiet presence
  • Minimal sound

Gentle Input

  • Soft humming or breath sounds
  • Occasional vocal response
  • Slow pacing

Moderate Input

  • Active vocal play
  • Repeated patterns and turn-taking
  • Increased variation in sound

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce sound
  • Return to quiet breathing
  • Sit together in stillness
  • Signal gently: “All done now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about singing.

It is about being together in sound
through breath, rhythm, and connection.

🌟 What to Observe

  • Changes in breathing and body tone
  • Facial expression and eye gaze
  • Vocal frequency and variation
  • Emotional responses
  • Initiation or imitation
  • Ability to settle afterward 
Skipping
Proprioceptive

Description

⛹️ Skipping

Primary Sensory Areas: Vestibular, Proprioceptive (with motor planning input)

🌿 Activity Description

Skipping is a rhythmic, movement-based activity that involves coordinated hopping to support body awareness, timing, and regulation.

The focus is not on skill or performance, but on:

  • Experiencing rhythmic, repetitive movement
  • Supporting coordination and body awareness
  • Encouraging engagement through movement
  • Providing organising sensory input

The repetitive nature of skipping can help organise movement and attention while offering a predictable and energising sensory experience.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Vestibular input through repeated hopping motion
  • Proprioceptive feedback from landing and push-off
  • Supports bilateral coordination and timing
  • Encourages rhythm and sequencing
  • Promotes motor planning and body control
  • Provides cardiovascular activation

🧰 Materials

  • Open, safe space
  • Comfortable footwear
  • Optional: skipping rope

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Begin with simple hopping or stepping patterns
  • Use hand support or guidance if needed
  • Allow skipping without a rope initially
  • Break the movement into smaller parts
  • Reduce speed and intensity to suit tolerance
  • Offer rest breaks as needed
  • Adapt for seated or supported movement if required

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Start simple

  • Demonstrate basic hopping
  • Encourage small, controlled movements

Build rhythm gradually

  • Count or use simple phrases
  • Keep pace slow and predictable

Support coordination

  • Break into steps (hop, step, hop)
  • Use hand-over-hand or visual modelling

Introduce rope if appropriate

  • Swing slowly
  • Focus on timing rather than speed

Keep it positive and flexible

  • No pressure to “get it right”
  • Focus on movement experience

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Small hops or stepping patterns
  • Supported movement
  • Short duration

Gentle Input

  • Independent hopping
  • Slow, rhythmic skipping
  • Moderate duration

Moderate Input

  • Continuous skipping
  • Use of rope
  • Increased pace and coordination

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually slow the pace
  • Transition to walking or standing still
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Allow time to settle

💛 Key Message

This is not about skipping.

It is about providing rhythmic, organising movement
that supports coordination, engagement, and regulation.

Slime
Multi-Sensory

Description

🧪 Slime Play

Primary Sensory Areas: Tactile, Proprioceptive (with visual and olfactory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Slime Play is a hands-on sensory activity that supports exploration through touch, resistance, and movement.

The focus is not on making perfect slime, but on:

  • Experiencing different textures and resistance levels
  • Supporting calm and self-regulation through repetitive movement
  • Encouraging exploration and curiosity
  • Providing a flexible, enjoyable sensory experience

Different slime types (stretchy, fluffy, crunchy, soft) offer varied sensory input, allowing the activity to be tailored to individual preferences.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Tactile input through smooth, stretchy, or textured materials
  • Proprioceptive input through squeezing, pulling, and resistance
  • Visual engagement through colour, movement, and change
  • Supports fine motor strength and coordination
  • Repetitive actions support calming and regulation
  • Encourages tolerance to varied sensory input

🧰 Materials

  • PVA glue (non-toxic)
  • Baking soda
  • Contact lens solution (with boric acid)
  • Optional: shaving cream, foam beads, food colouring, glitter
  • Optional: pudding mix, cornstarch, water (for edible version)
  • Mixing bowls and spoons
  • Towels or wipes for clean-up

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Check for skin sensitivities or allergies before use
  • Start with small amounts for new participants
  • Offer tools or gloves if direct contact is not preferred
  • Allow observation-only participation
  • Adjust textures (smooth, fluffy, crunchy) based on tolerance
  • Keep environment calm to reduce overload
  • Allow breaks as needed

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Prepare simply

  • Set up a clean, contained space
  • Have wipes and towels ready

Introduce gradually

  • Show the slime before touching
  • Allow the person to approach at their own pace

Demonstrate gently

  • Stretch, squeeze, or roll slowly
  • Keep movements calm and repetitive

Encourage exploration

  • Pull, press, twist, or poke
  • Try different textures if appropriate
  • Follow the person’s interest

Respect preferences

  • No pressure to touch
  • Offer tools or alternatives
  • Pause if discomfort appears

Keep it low-demand and enjoyable

  • Focus on the experience, not outcomes

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Watching only
  • Touching with tools
  • Minimal contact

Gentle Input

  • Light finger contact
  • Small movements
  • Short duration

Moderate Input

  • Full hand engagement
  • Stretching, squeezing, shaping
  • Longer exploration

🧪 Simple Slime Variations

Stretchy Slime

  • Smooth, elastic, easy to pull

Fluffy Slime

  • Light, airy, soft resistance

Crunchy Slime

  • Added beads for textured feedback

Soft Edible Dough

  • Gentle, safe alternative for oral-sensitive individuals

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Assist with hand washing or wiping
  • Use warm water or towel if calming
  • Allow a quiet transition

💛 Key Message

This is not about making slime.

It is about creating a calm, engaging sensory experience
through touch, resistance, and gentle exploration.

Smoothie Guess
Gustatory

Description

🥤 Smoothie Taste & Guess

Primary Sensory Areas: Oral, Tactile, Olfactory (with cognitive and interoceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Smoothie Taste & Guess is a gentle, exploratory food activity that supports engagement with flavour, texture, and mixed ingredients in a low-pressure way.

The focus is not on guessing correctly or consuming full amounts, but on:

  • Noticing taste, texture, and temperature
  • Supporting oral sensory exploration
  • Encouraging choice and control
  • Building confidence with blended foods

This activity provides a structured and predictable way to explore new or combined foods while maintaining a strong sense of safety and autonomy.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Supports taste discrimination (sweet, mild, strong, fresh)
  • Builds awareness of texture (smooth, thick, creamy)
  • Encourages oral sensory exploration in a controlled way
  • Supports multisensory processing (taste, smell, texture)
  • Promotes cognitive skills (guessing, comparing, remembering)
  • Supports food acceptance through gradual exposure
  • Predictable structure supports regulation and confidence

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Check mealtime management plan and texture recommendations
  • Follow guidance from speech pathologist (if involved)
  • Confirm safety with liquids, mixed consistencies, and straw use
  • Check for allergies, dietary restrictions, and medical conditions
  • Only use approved ingredients
  • Stop immediately if there are signs of distress, coughing, or discomfort
  • Seek guidance if there is any uncertainty

🧰 Materials

  • Blender
  • Small tasting cups
  • Spoon or straw (if approved)
  • Water for palate breaks

Ingredients (approved only):

  • Fruits (banana, berries, mango)
  • Yoghurt or milk alternatives
  • Small amounts of vegetables (e.g. spinach, avocado)
  • Optional flavour additions (e.g. peanut butter, cocoa, cinnamon, honey)

Optional:

  • Labels or simple checklist
  • Food journal

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use small tasting amounts only
  • Begin with very familiar flavours
  • Keep textures consistent and appropriate to the individual
  • Offer clear visual or verbal structure
  • Allow full choice and refusal at any time
  • Avoid strong or overwhelming flavours unless preferred
  • Provide extra time between tastings

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set the environment

  • Quiet, calm, low distraction
  • Comfortable seating
  • Allow plenty of time

Introduce simply
“We’re going to taste some smoothies and see what they might be.”

Offer one at a time

  • Small sip or spoon
  • Pause and allow noticing

Support sensory exploration

  • “Is it sweet or mild?”
  • “Does it feel smooth or thick?”
  • “What does it remind you of?”

Encourage guessing (no pressure)

  • “Do you think there’s banana in this?”
  • “Does it taste fruity or creamy?”

Offer choice throughout

  • Which one next
  • Whether to continue
  • When to stop

Compare if appropriate

  • Sweeter vs milder
  • Thicker vs thinner
  • Favourite vs least preferred

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Smelling only
  • Watching preparation
  • Very small taste

Gentle Input

  • Small sips
  • Simple flavour noticing
  • Limited number of options

Moderate Input

  • Multiple tastings
  • Comparing flavours
  • Active guessing and discussion

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Offer water to reset taste
  • Allow time to settle
  • Acknowledge participation:
    “You did a great job trying those”

💛 Key Message

This is not about guessing ingredients.

It is about creating a safe, enjoyable way to explore food
through taste, texture, and gentle curiosity.

Smoothie Taste And Guess
Gustatory

Description

🥤 Smoothie Taste & Guess

Primary Sensory Areas: Oral, Tactile, Olfactory (with cognitive and interoceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Smoothie Taste & Guess is a gentle, exploratory food activity that supports engagement with flavour, texture, and mixed ingredients in a low-pressure way.

The focus is not on guessing correctly or consuming full amounts, but on:

  • Noticing taste, texture, and temperature
  • Supporting oral sensory exploration
  • Encouraging choice and control
  • Building confidence with blended foods

This activity provides a structured and predictable way to explore new or combined foods while maintaining a strong sense of safety and autonomy.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Supports taste discrimination (sweet, mild, strong, fresh)
  • Builds awareness of texture (smooth, thick, creamy)
  • Encourages oral sensory exploration in a controlled way
  • Supports multisensory processing (taste, smell, texture)
  • Promotes cognitive skills (guessing, comparing, remembering)
  • Supports food acceptance through gradual exposure
  • Predictable structure supports regulation and confidence

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Check mealtime management plan and texture recommendations
  • Follow guidance from speech pathologist (if involved)
  • Confirm safety with liquids, mixed consistencies, and straw use
  • Check for allergies, dietary restrictions, and medical conditions
  • Only use approved ingredients
  • Stop immediately if there are signs of distress, coughing, or discomfort
  • Seek guidance if there is any uncertainty

🧰 Materials

  • Blender
  • Small tasting cups
  • Spoon or straw (if approved)
  • Water for palate breaks

Ingredients (approved only):

  • Fruits (banana, berries, mango)
  • Yoghurt or milk alternatives
  • Small amounts of vegetables (e.g. spinach, avocado)
  • Optional flavour additions (e.g. peanut butter, cocoa, cinnamon, honey)

Optional:

  • Labels or simple checklist
  • Food journal

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use small tasting amounts only
  • Begin with very familiar flavours
  • Keep textures consistent and appropriate to the individual
  • Offer clear visual or verbal structure
  • Allow full choice and refusal at any time
  • Avoid strong or overwhelming flavours unless preferred
  • Provide extra time between tastings

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set the environment

  • Quiet, calm, low distraction
  • Comfortable seating
  • Allow plenty of time

Introduce simply
“We’re going to taste some smoothies and see what they might be.”

Offer one at a time

  • Small sip or spoon
  • Pause and allow noticing

Support sensory exploration

  • “Is it sweet or mild?”
  • “Does it feel smooth or thick?”
  • “What does it remind you of?”

Encourage guessing (no pressure)

  • “Do you think there’s banana in this?”
  • “Does it taste fruity or creamy?”

Offer choice throughout

  • Which one next
  • Whether to continue
  • When to stop

Compare if appropriate

  • Sweeter vs milder
  • Thicker vs thinner
  • Favourite vs least preferred

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Smelling only
  • Watching preparation
  • Very small taste

Gentle Input

  • Small sips
  • Simple flavour noticing
  • Limited number of options

Moderate Input

  • Multiple tastings
  • Comparing flavours
  • Active guessing and discussion

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Offer water to reset taste
  • Allow time to settle
  • Acknowledge participation:
    “You did a great job trying those”

💛 Key Message

This is not about guessing ingredients.

It is about creating a safe, enjoyable way to explore food
through taste, texture, and gentle curiosity.

Soothing Vibration
Tactile

Description

🌀 Soothing Vibration

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive, Tactile (with calming nervous system input)

🌿 Activity Description

Soothing Vibration is a calm, body-based sensory activity that uses gentle, rhythmic vibration to support relaxation, body awareness, and regulation.

The focus is not on stimulation, but on:

  • Providing predictable, steady sensory input
  • Supporting calm and reduced tension
  • Increasing body awareness and grounding
  • Creating a safe and soothing sensory experience

Vibration offers a consistent and contained form of input that can help the body feel organised, settled, and more comfortable.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Deep, steady input supports calming and reduced arousal
  • Provides proprioceptive feedback to muscles and joints
  • Supports body awareness and sense of position
  • Rhythmic input supports nervous system regulation
  • Can assist with emotional settling and stress reduction
  • May support focus and attention through grounding input

🧰 Materials

  • Vibration source (e.g. vibration pillow, mat, handheld device)
  • Comfortable seating or lying surface
  • Quiet, low-stimulation environment

Optional:

  • Soft music
  • Cushions or positioning supports

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Always start with low intensity vibration
  • Offer full choice and control over placement and duration
  • Introduce vibration gradually and predictably
  • Avoid sensitive areas unless clearly tolerated
  • Monitor closely for signs of discomfort or overstimulation
  • Allow the person to stop at any time
  • Keep sessions short initially

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Prepare the environment

  • Quiet, calm space
  • Comfortable positioning (sitting or lying)

Introduce gently

  • Show the device before use
  • Start on a neutral area (e.g. hands or feet)

Build gradually

  • Begin with low vibration
  • Increase slightly only if well tolerated

Position for comfort

  • Back or shoulders for broader input
  • Hands or feet for more localised input
  • Legs or lower body if calming

Encourage awareness (if appropriate)

  • “Can you feel the vibration?”
  • “Does it feel calm or strong?”

Keep it steady and predictable

  • Avoid moving too quickly between areas
  • Maintain consistent rhythm

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Low vibration
  • Short duration
  • Localised areas (hands/feet)

Gentle Input

  • Slightly increased intensity
  • Longer duration
  • Broader body areas

Moderate Input

  • Sustained vibration
  • Multiple areas
  • Increased duration (as tolerated)

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce vibration
  • Remove device slowly
  • Allow stillness
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about vibration.

It is about providing steady, predictable sensory input
that supports calm, grounding, and body awareness.

Sort Clothes
Visual

Description

👕 Sorting Clothes (Cupboards & Drawers)

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive, Tactile, Visual (with cognitive and olfactory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sorting clothes is a structured, functional activity that supports organisation, independence, and regulation through repetitive, purposeful movement.

The focus is not on achieving perfect organisation, but on:

  • Engaging in predictable, meaningful tasks
  • Supporting calm through repetition and structure
  • Encouraging choice and decision-making
  • Building confidence and independence

The activity combines sorting, folding, and organising to create a clear, visually ordered environment.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Proprioceptive input through lifting, reaching, folding, and placing
  • Tactile input from handling different fabrics and textures
  • Visual organisation supports calm and sense of order
  • Supports cognitive skills (sorting, categorising, decision-making)
  • Repetitive actions support regulation and predictability
  • Can provide a sense of achievement and emotional satisfaction

🧰 Materials

  • Clothing items
  • Hangers
  • Storage bins or drawer dividers (optional)
  • Labels (optional)
  • Cloths or wipes for cleaning
  • Donation bag or discard bin

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Break the task into small, manageable steps
  • Offer clear categories (e.g. shirts, pants, socks)
  • Use visual supports or labels if helpful
  • Allow seated or supported participation
  • Reduce number of items if overwhelming
  • Provide hand-over-hand or guided support if needed
  • Allow choice in how items are sorted

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Start simple

  • Gather items and create a clear workspace
  • Explain one step at a time

Empty and prepare

  • Remove clothes and place in one area
  • Wipe drawers or shelves if appropriate

Sort into categories

  • Group by type, colour, or purpose
  • Keep categories simple

Support decision-making

  • Keep / donate / discard
  • Use gentle prompts if needed

Fold and organise

  • Demonstrate simple folding
  • Group similar items together

Hang where needed

  • Place items on hangers
  • Organise in a clear, consistent way

Check and adjust

  • Ask if they are happy with the result
  • Make small changes if requested

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Handling a few items only
  • Simple sorting (e.g. two categories)
  • Observation or minimal participation

Gentle Input

  • Sorting and folding small groups
  • Basic organisation
  • Short duration

Moderate Input

  • Full sorting process
  • Folding, hanging, and organising
  • Larger number of items

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Step back and look at the space together
  • Acknowledge effort:
    “That looks organised and calm”
  • Allow time to settle

💛 Key Message

This is not about organising clothes.

It is about creating a calm, structured experience
through sorting, movement, and gentle decision-making.

Sort Washing
Tactile

Description

🧺 Sorting Washing

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive, Tactile, Visual (with cognitive and olfactory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sorting washing is a structured, functional activity that supports organisation, independence, and regulation through repetitive, purposeful movement.

The focus is not on perfect folding or sorting, but on:

  • Engaging in predictable, meaningful tasks
  • Supporting calm through repetition and routine
  • Encouraging choice and simple decision-making
  • Building confidence and independence

The activity combines sorting, folding, and organising to create a clear, orderly outcome that can feel satisfying and grounding.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Proprioceptive input through lifting, reaching, folding, and placing
  • Tactile input from handling a variety of fabrics
  • Visual organisation supports calm and sense of order
  • Supports cognitive skills (sorting, categorising, sequencing)
  • Repetitive actions support regulation and predictability
  • Can provide a sense of achievement and emotional satisfaction

🧰 Materials

  • Laundry items (clean or to be sorted)
  • Baskets or containers
  • Drying rack or clothesline (if needed)
  • Optional: gloves
  • Optional: labels or colour-coded systems

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Break the task into small, clear steps
  • Use simple categories (e.g. socks, shirts, towels)
  • Provide visual supports if helpful
  • Allow seated or supported participation
  • Reduce number of items if overwhelming
  • Offer hand-over-hand or guided support
  • Allow flexibility in how items are sorted or folded

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Prepare the task

  • Set up baskets or sorting areas
  • Keep the space clear and organised

Start with simple sorting

  • Separate by type or colour
  • Keep categories easy to understand

Fold smaller items first

  • Socks, underwear, small items
  • Use simple folding or pairing

Move to larger items

  • Shirts, pants, towels
  • Demonstrate a basic fold or rolling method

Organise and place

  • Group similar items together
  • Prepare for drying or storage

Support completion

  • Assist with putting items away
  • Ask if the person is happy with the result

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Handling a few items
  • Simple sorting only
  • Observation or minimal participation

Gentle Input

  • Sorting and folding small groups
  • Basic organisation
  • Short duration

Moderate Input

  • Full sorting and folding process
  • Larger number of items
  • Greater independence

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Step back and view the result together
  • Acknowledge effort:
    “That looks organised and clear”
  • Allow time to settle

💛 Key Message

This is not about sorting washing.

It is about creating a calm, structured experience
through movement, repetition, and simple organisation.

Sound Bingo
Auditory

Description

🎧 Sound Bingo

Primary Sensory Areas: Auditory (with visual and cognitive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sound Bingo is a structured listening activity that supports engagement through sound recognition, attention, and matching.

The focus is not on winning the game, but on:

  • Noticing and identifying different sounds
  • Supporting listening and attention skills
  • Encouraging engagement through play
  • Providing a predictable and enjoyable activity

The game combines sound and visual cues, helping the individual connect what they hear with what they see.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Supports auditory processing and sound discrimination
  • Encourages attention and listening skills
  • Links auditory input with visual recognition
  • Supports memory and cognitive processing
  • Provides structured engagement and focus
  • Can be calming through predictable turn-taking

🧰 Materials

  • Bingo cards with pictures
  • Tokens or markers
  • Audio player or sound source
  • Pre-recorded sounds or live sound-making

Sound categories may include:

  • Animals (dog, bird, cow)
  • Transport (car, train, plane)
  • Household (doorbell, water, phone)
  • Instruments (drum, guitar, piano)
  • Nature (rain, wind, waves)

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use clear, familiar sounds initially
  • Reduce number of options on each card
  • Play sounds at a comfortable volume
  • Repeat sounds if needed
  • Allow extra processing time
  • Provide visual or verbal cues
  • Allow participation without pressure to respond

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up calmly

  • Quiet environment
  • Clear seating and materials

Explain simply
“We’re going to listen to sounds and find the matching picture.”

Play one sound at a time

  • Keep pace slow
  • Repeat if needed

Support matching

  • Help locate the picture if needed
  • Use prompts:
    “What does that sound like?”

Encourage participation

  • Place token together if needed
  • Acknowledge effort, not accuracy

Keep it flexible

  • No pressure to “get it right”
  • Adjust pace and complexity

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Listening only
  • Few sound options
  • Slow pace

Gentle Input

  • Matching simple, familiar sounds
  • Small number of choices

Moderate Input

  • Larger variety of sounds
  • Faster pace
  • Increased independence

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Finish the current round calmly
  • Acknowledge participation:
    “You listened really carefully”
  • Allow transition to next activity

💛 Key Message

This is not about getting bingo.

It is about supporting listening, attention, and engagement
through a simple, structured sound experience.

Sound Location
Auditory

Description

🔊 Sound Location Game

Primary Sensory Areas: Auditory (with proprioceptive and cognitive input)

🌿 Activity Description

The Sound Location Game is a structured listening activity that supports engagement through directional hearing, movement, and focused attention.

The focus is not on finding the object quickly, but on:

  • Noticing where sound is coming from
  • Supporting listening and attention skills
  • Encouraging movement guided by sound
  • Providing a calm, purposeful sensory challenge

The activity allows the individual to explore how sound changes with distance and direction, building awareness in a simple, engaging way.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Supports auditory discrimination and directional listening
  • Builds awareness of volume, distance, and sound location
  • Encourages focus and sustained attention
  • Supports spatial awareness through movement
  • Promotes problem-solving and exploration
  • Provides gentle proprioceptive input through searching movement
  • Builds confidence through successful engagement

🧰 Materials

  • Sound source (e.g. timer, metronome, ticking clock, phone sound)
  • Quiet, safe space

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Start in a small, quiet environment
  • Use clear, consistent sounds
  • Keep distance short initially
  • Allow the individual to keep eyes open if preferred
  • Offer gentle guidance if needed
  • Reduce complexity if the task becomes frustrating
  • Allow breaks and reset between attempts

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up simply

  • Place the sound source slightly out of view
  • Ensure the volume is clear but not overwhelming

Introduce the activity
“Listen carefully and see if you can find where the sound is coming from.”

Encourage listening before movement

  • Pause and allow the person to orient
  • Support noticing direction

Guide the search

  • Move slowly through the space
  • Encourage attention to changes in sound

Support success

  • Offer gentle hints if needed
  • Acknowledge effort, not speed

Keep it calm and paced

  • One attempt at a time
  • Allow time between rounds

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Sound close by
  • Minimal movement required
  • Supported participation

Gentle Input

  • Short-distance searching
  • Simple environments
  • Independent attempts

Moderate Input

  • Increased distance
  • Larger or more complex spaces
  • Added background noise

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Turn off the sound
  • Allow time to settle
  • Acknowledge participation:
    “You listened really carefully”

💛 Key Message

This is not about finding the object.

It is about supporting listening, attention, and awareness
through a calm, engaging sound-based experience.

Sound Sensory Bin
Multi-Sensory

Description

🔊 Sensory Sound Bin Exploration

Primary Sensory Areas: Auditory, Tactile (with proprioceptive and cognitive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sensory Sound Bin Exploration is a hands-on listening activity that supports engagement through sound discovery, touch, and playful exploration.

The focus is not on identifying sounds correctly, but on:

  • Exploring different types of sound
  • Supporting listening and attention
  • Encouraging curiosity and experimentation
  • Providing a calm, flexible sensory experience

The combination of hidden objects and varied textures creates a rich, multisensory experience that encourages both exploration and focus.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Auditory input through varied sounds (pitch, tone, volume)
  • Tactile input from exploring different textures in the bin
  • Supports sound discrimination and listening skills
  • Fine motor development through grasping and manipulating objects
  • Encourages rhythm, timing, and pattern exploration
  • Supports sensory integration (touch + sound)
  • Can be calming through repetitive, self-directed play

🧰 Materials

  • Large shallow container or bin
  • Base materials (e.g. rice, sand, shredded paper, fabric)
  • Sound-making objects such as:
    • Bells or chimes
    • Shakers or maracas
    • Clickers
    • Wooden sticks
    • Small rattles

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use simple, clearly different sounds initially
  • Limit number of objects to avoid overwhelm
  • Adjust textures based on tolerance
  • Allow exploration without expectation
  • Offer tools (scoops, cups) if direct touch is not preferred
  • Keep environment calm and low distraction
  • Allow pauses and breaks

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up the bin

  • Hide sound-making objects within the material
  • Ensure sounds are safe and not too loud

Introduce gently
“Let’s explore and see what sounds we can find.”

Encourage exploration

  • Reach, feel, and find objects
  • Shake, tap, or move items
  • Focus on one object at a time

Support listening

  • “What does that sound like?”
  • “Is it loud or soft?”

Expand play (if appropriate)

  • Combine two sounds
  • Try slow vs fast movement
  • Create simple rhythms

Follow the person’s lead

  • Allow repetition
  • No pressure to perform or identify

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Watching or minimal touch
  • One object at a time
  • Soft sounds only

Gentle Input

  • Exploring several objects
  • Simple sound-making
  • Short engagement

Moderate Input

  • Combining sounds
  • Creating rhythms
  • Longer, more active exploration

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Allow time to finish current interaction
  • Gradually reduce activity
  • Acknowledge engagement:
    “You explored lots of different sounds”

💛 Key Message

This is not about identifying sounds.

It is about creating a curious, engaging sensory experience
through listening, touch, and playful exploration.

Sparkle Station
Visual

Description

✨ Sparkle Station

Explore light, reflection, and visual wonder through shimmering surfaces.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Sparkle Station invites the individual to explore a curated space filled with mirrors, sequins, and light-reflecting materials. This activity encourages visual tracking and focused attention as light dances across surfaces.

• By interacting with tactile, shiny textures, the user can discover the relationship between movement and visual reward, fostering curiosity and calm engagement.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Enhances visual tracking and oculomotor skills.

• Promotes visual regulation and soothing engagement.

• Provides tactile exploration through varied smooth, metallic, and reflective textures.

• Encourages spatial awareness through light reflection patterns.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A selection of sequined fabrics, metallic foil, or Mylar sheets.

• A small adjustable light source or torch.

• Handheld mirrors or mirrored tiles.

• Fairy lights (battery operated and encased).

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Dim the overhead lights to maximize the impact of the sparkling elements.

• Place the reflective fabrics and mirrors within the individual's field of vision.

• Position the light source to catch the edges of the materials, creating points of light that move as the fabric is touched.

• Gently move the fabric or mirror to show the individual how their presence changes the reflection.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Drape sparkling fabrics across a lap tray for easy reach.

• Secure mirrors to a mounted arm or tray for stable viewing.

• Hang reflective ribbons from the wheelchair headrest or over a stand for overhead tracking.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure all fabrics are flame retardant if placed near lights.

• Supervise closely to ensure materials are not placed in the mouth.

• Avoid using high-intensity strobe lighting to prevent sensory overload.

• Check mirrors for sharp edges before use.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Use a rotating glitter ball to cast patterns on the wall.

• Place metallic crinkle paper inside a clear container for auditory and visual feedback.

• Create a 'sparkle tunnel' using mirrored paper for an immersive view.

• Use a fiber optic lamp to create moving points of light.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Hold one single static mirror at eye level.

• Use soft, matte-finish metallic fabrics without direct light.

• Allow natural light to hit the materials slowly.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Introduce a small, steady LED light source.

• Use sequined fabric that creates a soft glimmer when moved.

• Use a hand mirror to follow the movement of the light.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use a fast-rotating light source for dynamic, rapid light patterns.

• Incorporate multiple reflective surfaces to multiply light intensity.

• Provide high-contrast, large-scale metallic sheets for deep visual stimulation.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always follow the individual's gaze to identify what they find most engaging.

• Offer 'breaks' from the visual stimuli by turning the light off periodically.

• Use slow, rhythmic movements to maintain a sense of calm.

• Respect preferences by removing materials that cause withdrawal or discomfort.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• Sparkle Station is a magical way to transform an ordinary space into a peaceful sensory retreat, allowing you to connect with the individual through simple, beautiful, and mesmerizing visual play.

Spice Adventure
Olfactory

Description

🌶️ Spice Adventure

A gentle, multisensory exploration of aromatic kitchen spices to awaken curiosity and encourage olfactory engagement.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Spice Adventure introduces individuals to a variety of familiar, safe kitchen scents. By bringing these aromas into the sensory space, we create a non-invasive, engaging way to encourage exploration and promote alertness.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Stimulates the olfactory system to improve sensory processing.

• Encourages focused attention and environmental awareness.

• Provides a safe, controlled way to explore new sensory inputs.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Small jars or containers with breathable lids.

• Dried herbs or spices (e.g., cinnamon, rosemary, vanilla, dried mint).

• Cotton balls or small fabric sachets.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Prepare individual spice containers by placing small amounts of scent inside.

• Present the scent to the individual by moving the container slowly toward their nose, maintaining a distance of at least 15cm initially.

• Observe closely for signs of interest, such as increased breathing, eye movement, or facial changes.

• Allow plenty of time for processing between each scent and respect any withdrawal behaviors.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Secure containers on a lap tray for easier access.

• Use a flexible arm or clamp to position the scents at the individual's eye or nose level without them needing to hold the item.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Always check for allergies or respiratory sensitivities before introducing new scents.

• Ensure the lids are secured so that spices cannot be spilled or ingested.

• Stop immediately if signs of distress or sneezing occur.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Pair scents with corresponding visual photos of the raw ingredients.

• Introduce a 'scent-of-the-day' theme for deeper engagement.

• Gently move the scent in a tracking arc to encourage eye movement.

• Use contrasting scents, such as sweet vanilla versus pungent cloves, to gauge preferences.

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use extremely diluted scents or small amounts of dried herbs.

• Maintain a further distance of 20-30cm.

• Only introduce one familiar scent at a time.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use fresh spices with stronger, natural aromas.

• Bring the scent within 10-15cm of the nose.

• Offer a choice between two distinct scent options.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use concentrated essential oils on a cotton ball for potent impact.

• Gently tap the container near the nose to encourage deeper inhalation.

• Introduce a rotation of four or more varied, strong spices.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always follow the participant's lead; if they lean back or turn away, remove the stimulus immediately.

• Provide verbal reassurance and describe the scent being presented.

• Take note of preferences to build a personalized 'scent profile' for future sessions.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• Spice Adventure is a beautifully simple, low-cost way to enrich a daily routine, offering immediate and measurable responses that help support workers connect with the individual's current sensory state.

Spicy Foods
Gustatory

Description

🌶️ Exploring Spicy Foods

Primary Sensory Areas: Oral, Tactile, Interoceptive (with olfactory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Exploring Spicy Foods is a gentle, structured sensory activity that supports engagement with heat, flavour, and oral sensations in a safe and controlled way.

The focus is not on tolerating high levels of spice, but on:

  • Noticing different levels of heat and flavour
  • Supporting safe exploration of strong sensations
  • Encouraging choice and control
  • Building confidence with new sensory experiences

This activity provides an opportunity to explore how the body responds to intense oral input, while maintaining comfort and safety.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Supports oral sensory processing and awareness
  • Builds recognition of flavour intensity (mild → strong)
  • Encourages tolerance of new sensory experiences
  • Engages interoceptive awareness (internal body sensations)
  • Supports emotional regulation when managing intensity
  • Promotes confidence through controlled exploration

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Always start with very mild spice levels
  • Check for dietary restrictions, allergies, or medical conditions
  • Use very small amounts only
  • Monitor closely for signs of distress or discomfort
  • Always provide a cooling option (e.g. milk, yoghurt, water)
  • Allow the individual to stop at any time
  • Do not encourage tolerance beyond comfort

🧰 Materials

  • Mild to moderate spicy foods (e.g. sauces, seasoned snacks, peppers)
  • Small bowls or plates
  • Water and cooling options (milk, yoghurt)
  • Napkins or wipes
  • Calm, quiet space

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Begin with very small tastes only
  • Start with mild flavours before progressing
  • Allow exploration through touch or smell first
  • Offer full choice and control
  • Keep language neutral and descriptive
  • Respect refusal or withdrawal immediately
  • Allow breaks between attempts

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up calmly

  • Quiet, comfortable space
  • Small portions prepared

Introduce simply
“We’re going to try some different flavours and see how they feel.”

Start very small

  • Tiny taste or dab
  • Pause and observe

Encourage noticing

  • “Is it warm or hot?”
  • “Does it stay on your tongue or move?”

Check comfort often

  • Offer breaks
  • Provide cooling options immediately if needed

Support choice

  • Continue, pause, or stop
  • Try a different option

Reinforce effort

  • Acknowledge exploration, not tolerance

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Smelling or touching only
  • Extremely mild flavour
  • Minimal exposure

Gentle Input

  • Small tastes
  • Mild spice levels
  • Short engagement

Moderate Input

  • Exploring different spice levels
  • Comparing sensations
  • Increased confidence and tolerance

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Offer cooling food or drink
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Allow time for the body to settle
  • Acknowledge participation:
    “You explored that really carefully”

💛 Key Message

This is not about eating spicy food.

It is about exploring strong sensory experiences safely
with control, awareness, and confidence.

Spot The Difference
Visual

Description

🧠 Memory & Attention Game (Object Positioning)

Primary Sensory Areas: Visual (with cognitive and attentional input)

🌿 Activity Description

The Memory & Attention Game is a structured visual activity that supports engagement through observation, recall, and noticing change.

The focus is not on getting the answer right, but on:

  • Noticing details and positions
  • Supporting attention and visual scanning
  • Encouraging memory and recall
  • Providing a clear, engaging cognitive challenge

Objects are arranged in a simple layout, then changed or removed, allowing the individual to explore what is different in a calm and structured way.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Supports visual scanning and attention to detail
  • Builds working memory and recall
  • Encourages sustained focus and concentration
  • Promotes problem-solving and flexible thinking
  • Strengthens pattern recognition
  • Provides structured cognitive engagement

🧰 Materials

  • Small objects (toys, figurines, pictures)
  • Flat surface (table, floor, or tray)
  • Optional: timer

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use familiar or preferred objects
  • Start with a small number of items (3–5)
  • Keep layout simple and clearly spaced
  • Allow extra time for scanning
  • Use verbal cues to support memory
  • Reduce complexity if frustration appears
  • Allow observation without pressure to respond

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up the objects

  • Arrange in a clear, simple order
  • Use a layout that is easy to see

Initial scan

  • Allow time to look carefully
  • Name or describe objects together if helpful

Make a change

  • Remove one object or move positions
  • Ensure the person is not watching

Invite noticing

  • “Can you see what’s different?”
  • “Is anything missing or moved?”

Support gently

  • Offer hints if needed
  • Focus on effort, not correctness

Keep it calm and paced

  • One change at a time
  • Allow time to process

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • 2–3 objects
  • One simple change
  • Full support

Gentle Input

  • 3–5 objects
  • One change or movement
  • Independent attempts with support

Moderate Input

  • 5–10 objects
  • Multiple changes
  • Reduced time for scanning

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Reset or pack away objects
  • Acknowledge effort:
    “You looked really carefully”
  • Allow transition to next activity

💛 Key Message

This is not about remembering perfectly.

It is about supporting attention, noticing, and recall
through a simple, structured visual experience.

Squish Studio
Tactile

Description

🎨 Squish Studio

Creative exploration through tactile pressure and texture.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Squish Studio invites participants to engage with various soft, malleable, and textured materials. By squeezing, pressing, and molding items, individuals gain rich tactile feedback that supports body awareness and emotional regulation.

• This activity focuses on the therapeutic benefits of proprioceptive and tactile input, allowing for a soothing, repetitive experience that helps ground the senses in a creative environment.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides deep pressure input through hand and finger manipulation.

• Offers varied tactile experiences (soft, firm, sticky, smooth).

• Improves fine motor control and bilateral coordination.

• Promotes emotional regulation and a sense of calm through repetitive movement.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Assorted stress balls, therapy putty, or dough.

• Textured fabrics or sensory bags filled with gel or sand.

• Soft cushions or foam blocks.

• Trays to contain materials.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Prepare a clean, accessible space with the chosen materials laid out on a tray or directly in front of the participant.

• Offer one item at a time to avoid sensory overload.

• Gently place the participant's hand on the material, using hand-under-hand assistance if needed.

• Encourage exploration by modeling a squishing or rolling motion.

• Observe reactions closely and follow the pace set by the participant.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Use a lap tray or height-adjustable table to bring materials to a comfortable level.

• Secure materials to the tray using velcro or non-slip mats if hand grasp is limited.

• Position the individual with trunk support to allow for maximum focus on hand and arm movements.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure all materials are non-toxic and choke-safe if there is a risk of mouthing.

• Monitor for signs of sensory fatigue or irritation, such as pulling away or increased agitation.

• Keep surfaces clean to avoid cross-contamination between different sensory materials.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Hide small, interesting beads or buttons inside putty for a 'treasure hunt'.

• Use cooling or warming packs wrapped in soft fabric for temperature contrast.

• Press textured items into dough to create unique patterns.

• Pair the squishing movements with slow, rhythmic music.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use soft velvet or silk fabric swatches.

• Offer gentle, light touch on the back of the hand.

• Use a soft, squishy pom-pom.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use standard therapy putty of medium resistance.

• Encourage squeezing a medium-firm stress ball.

• Explore dough or clay with moderate hand-over-hand support.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use high-resistance therapy putty.

• Use heavy, firm foam blocks to press together.

• Incorporate rhythmic, firm squeezing of a large, weighted sensory cushion.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always wait for an invitation or positive engagement before introducing a new texture.

• Use the 'pause and wait' technique to allow the participant to process the sensation.

• Adjust the firmness of the material based on the participant's current energy levels.

• Celebrate small gestures of exploration, such as a slight twitch or a shift in focus toward the materials.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• You will love Squish Studio because it is a low-pressure, highly customizable activity that meets the participant exactly where they are, turning simple sensory exploration into a beautiful moment of connection and calm.

Star Jumps
Proprioceptive

Description

⭐ Star Jumps

Primary Sensory Areas: Vestibular, Proprioceptive (with motor planning input)

🌿 Activity Description

Star Jumps are a dynamic, whole-body movement activity that supports regulation through rhythmic jumping, coordination, and body awareness.

The focus is not on speed or fitness, but on:

  • Experiencing controlled, rhythmic movement
  • Supporting body awareness and coordination
  • Providing organising sensory input
  • Encouraging engagement through movement

The repeated pattern of jumping out and in creates a predictable and energising sensory experience.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Proprioceptive input through jumping, landing, and muscle activation
  • Vestibular input from upward and downward movement
  • Supports coordination and motor planning
  • Encourages rhythm and timing
  • Promotes body awareness and spatial orientation
  • Can be alerting or regulating depending on intensity

🧰 Materials

  • Clear, open space
  • Soft surface (mat if available)
  • Comfortable clothing and supportive footwear

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Check tolerance for fast or dynamic movement before starting
  • Begin with small or slow movements
  • Offer alternatives (e.g. stepping out instead of jumping)
  • Provide physical guidance or demonstration if needed
  • Reduce repetitions or intensity if fatigue occurs
  • Allow rest breaks at any time

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Prepare the body

  • Begin with a simple warm-up (arm circles, gentle movement)

Set up the movement

  • Stand tall, feet apart, arms by sides
  • Knees slightly bent

Guide the action

  • Jump and open arms and legs into a “star” shape
  • Return to starting position
  • Emphasise soft, controlled landings

Keep it rhythmic

  • Use a steady pace
  • Count or use simple cues if helpful

Start small

  • 5–10 repetitions
  • Focus on comfort and control

Build gradually

  • Increase repetitions or height only if appropriate

Monitor throughout

  • Watch for signs of fatigue or overload
  • Adjust pace or stop as needed

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Stepping version (no jumping)
  • Slow, supported movement
  • Few repetitions

Gentle Input

  • Small jumps
  • Controlled pace
  • Short sequences

Moderate Input

  • Full star jumps
  • Increased repetitions
  • Faster or more dynamic movement

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually slow movement
  • Transition to gentle stretching
  • Focus on breathing and stillness
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about exercise.

It is about providing rhythmic, whole-body input
that supports coordination, awareness, and regulation.

Stationary Cycling
Proprioceptive

Description

🚴 Stationary Cycling

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive, Vestibular (with tactile and visual input)

🌿 Activity Description

Stationary Cycling is a rhythmic, movement-based activity that supports regulation through repetitive pedalling, resistance, and body alignment.

The focus is not on fitness or performance, but on:

  • Providing steady, predictable movement
  • Supporting body awareness and coordination
  • Offering organising proprioceptive input
  • Encouraging calm, sustained engagement

The consistent cycling motion creates a structured sensory experience that can be both calming and gently alerting.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Proprioceptive input through pedalling and resistance
  • Supports lower body strength and body awareness
  • Rhythmic movement supports calming and regulation
  • Vestibular input through continuous motion
  • Encourages coordination and timing
  • Can support focus and sustained attention

🧰 Materials

  • Stationary bike
  • Comfortable clothing
  • Supportive footwear

Optional:

  • Music or headphones
  • Towel and water bottle

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Adjust seat height and handlebars for proper posture
  • Begin with low resistance and short duration (5–10 minutes)
  • Encourage slow, controlled pedalling
  • Provide verbal cues for posture and pacing
  • Allow rest breaks as needed
  • Monitor for fatigue, discomfort, or overstimulation
  • Adapt duration and intensity to individual tolerance

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up correctly

  • Ensure proper seat height (knees slightly bent at lowest pedal point)
  • Adjust handlebars for comfort

Start slowly

  • Begin with gentle pedalling
  • Low resistance

Support rhythm and pacing

  • Encourage steady, consistent movement
  • Use simple cues: “Slow and steady”

Build gradually

  • Increase duration or resistance only if tolerated
  • Keep progression small and manageable

Support posture

  • Encourage upright sitting
  • Relax shoulders and maintain a steady grip

Monitor throughout

  • Check for discomfort or fatigue
  • Adjust as needed

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Short duration (2–5 minutes)
  • Very low resistance
  • Slow pace

Gentle Input

  • Moderate duration (5–10 minutes)
  • Low resistance
  • Steady rhythm

Moderate Input

  • Longer duration
  • Increased resistance
  • Variable pacing

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually slow pedalling
  • Reduce resistance
  • Allow stillness and recovery
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about exercise.

It is about providing steady, rhythmic movement
that supports regulation, body awareness, and calm engagement.

Straw Bubbles
Tactile

Description

🫧 Straw Bubbles

Primary Sensory Areas: Oral-Motor, Tactile (with visual and respiratory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Straw Bubbles is a play-based breathing activity that supports development through blowing, control of airflow, and sensory exploration.

The focus is not on making large bubbles, but on:

  • Practicing controlled breathing and airflow
  • Supporting oral motor strength and coordination
  • Encouraging visual and tactile exploration
  • Providing a calm, engaging sensory experience

The activity combines breath, movement, and visual feedback to create a simple and motivating learning experience.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Develops breath control and oral motor coordination
  • Strengthens lip closure and airflow control
  • Provides calming input through slow, controlled breathing
  • Visual feedback through bubble formation
  • Tactile exploration through touching and popping bubbles
  • Supports focus and attention

🧰 Materials

  • Cup or bowl (preferably transparent)
  • Straw (standard or wide)
  • Water

Optional:

  • Small amount of dish soap (for foam bubbles)
  • Food colouring
  • Thicker liquids (juice, yogurt, syrup – if appropriate)

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Ensure the individual understands blowing (not sucking)
  • Supervise closely to prevent liquid intake through the straw
  • Use safe, appropriate liquids
  • Stop if coughing, distress, or fatigue occurs
  • Follow any relevant oral-motor or feeding guidelines

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use wide straws for easier airflow
  • Begin with practice blowing without liquid
  • Allow observation before participation
  • Use thicker liquids to reduce splashing if needed
  • Offer hand-over-hand support if required
  • Keep setup simple and contained

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up simply

  • Small amount of liquid in a cup
  • Calm, seated position

Introduce gently
“Let’s blow bubbles with the straw.”

Demonstrate clearly

  • Dip straw
  • Blow slowly into the liquid

Encourage controlled breathing

  • “Slow blow”
  • “Like cooling hot food”

Support exploration

  • Try different strengths of blowing
  • Notice bubble size and sound

Keep it playful

  • Big bubbles vs small bubbles
  • Fast vs slow

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Watching only
  • Practice blowing without liquid
  • Minimal attempts

Gentle Input

  • Blowing into water
  • Small bubbles
  • Short duration

Moderate Input

  • Longer blowing sequences
  • Foam bubbles or thicker liquids
  • Increased control and variation

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Allow final bubbles to settle
  • Clean hands and area
  • Acknowledge effort:
    “You made some great bubbles”
Straw Games
Gustatory

Description

🥤 Straw Practice

Primary Sensory Areas: Oral-Motor, Tactile (with visual and proprioceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Straw Practice is a play-based oral motor activity that supports development through suction, coordination, and exploration.

The focus is not on accuracy or speed, but on:

  • Practicing suction and oral control
  • Supporting hand–mouth coordination
  • Encouraging exploration of textures and tastes
  • Providing a fun, low-pressure sensory experience

The activity combines sucking, reaching, and handling small items, creating a multisensory learning experience.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Develops oral motor strength and coordination
  • Strengthens sucking ability for food and drink
  • Supports hand–eye coordination
  • Encourages tactile exploration of different textures
  • Integrates multiple sensory systems (oral, visual, touch)
  • Builds focus and sustained attention

🧰 Materials

  • Straw (standard or wide, depending on ability)
  • Small edible items (e.g. cereal, marshmallows, soft fruit, gummies)
  • Bowl or plate
  • Optional: smoothie, milkshake, or thick drink
  • Napkins or wipes

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Ensure foods are safe for the individual’s swallowing ability
  • Follow any speech pathology or mealtime guidelines
  • Avoid choking hazards or inappropriate textures
  • Supervise closely at all times
  • Stop if signs of distress, coughing, or fatigue occur

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Start with larger, lighter items (easier to pick up)
  • Use wide straws for easier suction
  • Allow exploration without expectation
  • Offer hand-over-hand support if needed
  • Adjust complexity (objects → liquids)
  • Allow breaks and pacing based on tolerance

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up calmly

  • Quiet space, clear surface
  • Small number of items

Introduce simply
“Let’s see what we can pick up with the straw.”

Demonstrate gently

  • Show how to suck and lift an item
  • Keep it slow and clear

Encourage exploration

  • Try different angles and speeds
  • Explore different objects

Add variation (if appropriate)

  • Try thicker liquids
  • Change item size or texture

Support success

  • Allow time
  • Offer gentle guidance
  • Praise effort, not outcome

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Watching or minimal attempts
  • Large, easy items
  • Short duration

Gentle Input

  • Picking up simple objects
  • Repeated attempts
  • Moderate engagement

Moderate Input

  • Smaller or heavier items
  • Use of liquids
  • Increased coordination and control

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Allow time to finish
  • Clean hands and area
  • Acknowledge effort:
    “You worked really hard with that”
Straw Games
Gustatory

Description

🥤 Straw Pick-Up Exploration

Primary Sensory Areas: Oral-Motor, Tactile (with visual and proprioceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Straw Pick-Up Exploration is a play-based oral motor activity that supports development through suction, coordination, and sensory exploration.

The focus is not on picking up items successfully every time, but on:

  • Practicing suction and breath control
  • Supporting hand–mouth coordination
  • Exploring different textures and weights
  • Providing a curious, low-pressure sensory experience

A range of edible objects are spread out, allowing the participant to experiment with how positioning and suction affect what can be lifted and held on the straw.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Develops oral motor strength and suction control
  • Supports coordination between eyes, hands, and mouth
  • Provides tactile exploration through handling food items
  • Encourages problem-solving and experimentation
  • Integrates multiple sensory systems (oral, tactile, visual)
  • Supports focus and sustained attention

🧰 Materials

  • Straw (standard or wide)
  • Variety of edible objects (e.g. cereal, marshmallows, soft fruit, gummies)
  • Flat surface (table or tray)

Optional:

  • Thick drinks (e.g. smoothie, milkshake)
  • Napkins or wipes

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Ensure foods are appropriate for swallowing ability
  • Follow any speech pathology or mealtime guidelines
  • Avoid choking risks (size, texture)
  • Supervise closely at all times
  • Ensure the participant understands sucking vs blowing
  • Stop if coughing, fatigue, or distress occurs

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Start with larger, lighter items (easier to pick up)
  • Use wide straws for easier suction
  • Reduce number of items to avoid overwhelm
  • Allow observation before participation
  • Offer hand-over-hand support if needed
  • Introduce thicker liquids as an alternative

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up simply

  • Spread items out clearly on a table
  • Keep environment calm

Introduce gently
“Let’s see what we can pick up with the straw.”

Encourage exploration

  • Try different angles
  • Move the straw slowly or quickly
  • Notice what sticks and what doesn’t

Support problem-solving

  • “What happens if you tilt it?”
  • “Is this one easier or harder?”

Offer variation

  • Try different textures
  • Use a thick drink instead

Keep it low-pressure

  • No expectation of success
  • Focus on trying and exploring

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Watching or minimal attempts
  • Large, easy items
  • Short engagement

Gentle Input

  • Picking up simple objects
  • Repeated attempts
  • Moderate engagement

Moderate Input

  • Smaller or heavier items
  • Greater control and coordination
  • Longer exploration

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Allow time to finish
  • Clean hands and surface
  • Acknowledge effort:
    “You explored that really well”

💛 Key Message

This is not about picking up the objects.

It is about supporting oral motor control and coordination
through a playful, exploratory sensory experience.

Straw Race
Visual

Description

🏐 Ball Blowing Challenge

Primary Sensory Areas: Oral-Motor, Visual (with proprioceptive and cognitive input)

🌿 Activity Description

The Ball Blowing Challenge is a play-based breath control activity that supports development through airflow, coordination, and visual tracking.

The focus is not on completing the course quickly, but on:

  • Practicing controlled breathing and airflow
  • Supporting oral motor strength and coordination
  • Encouraging focus and visual tracking
  • Providing a fun, low-pressure sensory challenge

The activity invites the individual to explore how different levels of breath affect movement, building awareness through cause and effect.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Develops oral motor control and breath regulation
  • Strengthens coordination between breath and movement
  • Supports visual tracking and attention
  • Encourages problem-solving and planning
  • Provides gentle proprioceptive input through posture and control
  • Can support regulation through rhythmic breathing

🧰 Materials

  • Lightweight ball (e.g. ping pong ball, foam ball)
  • Straw (standard or wide)
  • Flat surface (table or floor)

Optional:

  • Tape or markers for pathways
  • Obstacles (blocks, tunnels, cups)
  • Shallow bowl of water

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Ensure the individual understands blowing (not sucking)
  • Supervise closely to prevent misuse of the straw
  • Use safe, appropriate materials
  • Monitor for fatigue, dizziness, or frustration
  • Allow breaks as needed

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Start with a straight, simple path
  • Use larger or lighter balls for easier movement
  • Use wide straws to reduce effort
  • Allow participation without completing the task
  • Reduce obstacles if overwhelming
  • Offer hand-over-hand guidance if needed

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up simply

  • Clear surface
  • Ball at starting point

Introduce gently
“Let’s see if we can move the ball using our breath.”

Demonstrate clearly

  • Blow through the straw
  • Show slow vs strong airflow

Encourage exploration

  • Try different strengths of blowing
  • Adjust direction and angle

Build gradually

  • Add curves or simple obstacles
  • Introduce water variation if appropriate

Keep it playful

  • No pressure to finish
  • Focus on experimenting

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Short distance
  • Straight path
  • Minimal attempts

Gentle Input

  • Slight direction changes
  • Repeated attempts
  • Moderate engagement

Moderate Input

  • Obstacles or curves
  • Longer paths
  • Increased control and coordination

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Allow the ball to come to rest
  • Encourage a few calm breaths
  • Acknowledge effort:
    “You controlled your breathing really well”

💛 Key Message

This is not about moving the ball.

It is about supporting breath control, coordination, and focus
through a playful, exploratory sensory experience.

Structured Bell Ringing
Auditory

Description

🔔 Bell Playing

Primary Sensory Areas: Auditory, Proprioceptive (with tactile and vestibular input)

🌿 Activity Description

Bell Playing is a structured sensory–motor activity that supports engagement through sound, vibration, and rhythmic movement.

The focus is not on playing music correctly, but on:

  • Exploring sound, vibration, and rhythm
  • Supporting auditory processing and attention
  • Encouraging movement and coordination
  • Providing a flexible, engaging sensory experience

Bells offer clear, immediate feedback, allowing the individual to explore how movement creates sound in a predictable and meaningful way.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Auditory input through variation in pitch, volume, and rhythm
  • Proprioceptive input through shaking, tapping, and gripping
  • Tactile feedback through vibration and contact
  • Supports fine motor coordination and control
  • Encourages rhythm, timing, and sequencing
  • Can support regulation (alerting or calming depending on use)
  • Promotes social engagement and shared attention

🧰 Materials

  • Variety of bells (handbells, jingle bells, desk bells, chime bars)

Optional:

  • Mallets
  • Visual supports (colour coding, simple rhythm cards)
  • Music or backing tracks
  • Noise-reducing headphones

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Begin with free exploration before structure
  • Start with soft, gentle sounds if sensitivity is present
  • Allow full control over volume and intensity
  • Use one bell at a time if overwhelmed
  • Provide visual or physical guidance if needed
  • Incorporate movement for engagement
  • Allow breaks as required

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up the environment

  • Quiet, calm space
  • Arrange bells within easy reach

Begin with exploration

  • Shake, tap, and listen
  • Compare sounds (loud/soft, high/low)

Introduce simple structure

  • Copy simple patterns (call and response)
  • Ring at specific moments in a song
  • Explore fast vs slow

Encourage variation

  • Change volume
  • Combine movement (swaying, stepping)
  • Try different bells

Follow the person’s lead

  • Repeat preferred sounds
  • Keep it playful and flexible

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Single bell
  • Soft, slow sounds
  • Minimal movement

Gentle Input

  • Simple patterns
  • Moderate volume
  • Short engagement

Moderate Input

  • Multiple bells
  • Rhythmic sequences
  • Movement combined with sound

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce volume
  • Slow the rhythm
  • Transition to gentle sounds or stillness
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about playing music.

It is about exploring sound, rhythm, and movement
in a safe, engaging sensory experience.

Sunshine Box
Multi-Sensory

Description

☀️ SUNSHINE BOX

A warm, multisensory exploration of light, texture, and golden hues.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Sunshine Box is a curated sensory container designed to bring the brightness and warmth of the sun into any environment. By gathering objects that feature glowing light, soft yellow textures, and warm, uplifting scents, you create an immersive experience that promotes engagement and calm for individuals with complex needs.

SENSORY BENEFITS

VISION: The use of soft golden lights and reflective surfaces encourages visual tracking and focus on bright, non-glaring stimuli. TOUCH: Tactile engagement is supported through the contrast of soft fabrics like velvet or silk against smooth, warm-toned wooden items. SMELL: Subtle, citrusy or warm honey-like scents provide an uplifting olfactory experience that triggers positive associations with sunshine.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A shallow basket or box with a light-colored lining

• Battery-operated fairy lights or a safe, glowing orb

• Yellow-toned fabrics like silk, fleece, or soft chenille

• Smooth wooden shapes or textured yellow sensory balls

• A small aromatherapy sachet with a mild citrus or vanilla scent

ACTIVITY IDEAS

Gently illuminate the box with the fairy lights to create a warm, inviting glow. Use the soft fabrics to gently stroke the individual's hands or cheeks to introduce varying tactile sensations. Present the scented sachet slowly near the nose to observe for reactions like smiling or deep breathing. Place smooth wooden items in the person's palm, allowing them to feel the weight and temperature against their skin.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Secure the light source firmly within the box to prevent accidental removal or contact. • Allow the individual to lean into the box if they have sufficient head control, or bring the objects one by one to their preferred sensory field. • Keep the intensity of light low and steady rather than flashing to avoid overstimulation. Always follow the person's unique interests and cues; if they turn away, provide a moment of stillness before trying a different item or ending the session.

TIPS

• Ensure all items are non-toxic and sized safely to prevent choking hazards. • Keep the environment quiet to allow the individual to focus on the sensory input. • Observe facial expressions and muscle tension closely to gauge their level of comfort and enjoyment.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity is deeply soothing and helps bridge the gap between abstract concepts like warmth and light through tangible, gentle interaction, making it a beautiful way to foster connection and calm.

Supported Lying (Break from Wheelchair)
Proprioceptive

Description

🛌 Supported Lying

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive, Tactile, Interoceptive (with emotional and regulatory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Supported Lying is a body-based sensory–postural experience that supports regulation through full-body support, stillness, and safety.

The focus is not on doing, but on:

  • Creating a sense of physical and emotional safety
  • Supporting calm through stillness and containment
  • Allowing the nervous system to settle and organise
  • Providing a foundation for optional, low-demand engagement

Activity may be introduced, but only if it supports regulation and is clearly welcomed.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Proprioceptive input through full-body support and containment
  • Tactile input through stable, predictable contact
  • Supports interoceptive awareness (breathing, internal state)
  • Promotes reduced muscle tone and physical relaxation
  • Supports emotional regulation and sense of safety
  • Can reduce sensory overload and defensive responses

🧰 Materials

  • Comfortable surface (bed, mat, or padded area)
  • Pillows or positioning supports
  • Blanket or weighted option (if appropriate)

Optional:

  • Soft auditory input (music, voice)
  • Familiar objects (cushion, fabric)
  • Warm items (e.g. wheat bag)

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Ensure full-body support and alignment
  • Adjust positioning for comfort and safety
  • Allow the person to lead all engagement
  • Use minimal verbal input
  • Introduce sensory input slowly and predictably
  • Remove any input immediately if not tolerated

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Establish supported lying first

  • Ensure the body is fully supported
  • Check comfort and positioning

Observe before introducing anything

  • Breathing becomes slower
  • Muscle tone softens
  • Body appears settled

Only introduce input if appropriate

  • Start with one gentle input
  • Keep it slow and predictable

Follow the person’s response

  • Continue only if it supports calm
  • Stop immediately if tension increases

Use minimal language

  • Gentle, neutral statements
  • Silence is appropriate

🔄 Optional Activity Types (Only if Welcomed)

Auditory (lowest demand)

  • Soft music
  • Familiar voice
  • Quiet environmental sounds

Visual (if tolerated)

  • Single image
  • Soft, slow visual input
  • Looking out a window

Tactile (predictable touch)

  • Hand holding or massage
  • Soft object
  • Warm item

Proprioceptive (grounding)

  • Weighted input
  • Firm, still contact
  • Increased support through positioning

Connection-based

  • Sitting quietly together
  • Gentle narration
  • Shared stillness

⚠️ Activities to Avoid

  • Demanding or goal-based tasks
  • Fast or unpredictable input
  • Light, tickly touch
  • Problem-solving or questioning
  • Any activity requiring effort or alertness

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Reduce input gradually
  • Remove one element at a time
  • Give gentle verbal notice before movement
  • Support slow, careful transition

💛 Key Message

This is not about activity.

It is about creating a state of safety and support
from which calm, connection, and regulation can emerge.

🌿 What to Observe

  • Breathing (slower, deeper)
  • Muscle tone (softening)
  • Facial expression (calm, neutral)
  • Stillness or gentle engagement
  • Signs of comfort or distress
Surfing
Proprioceptive

Description

🌊 Kickboard Surfing / Body Gliding

Primary Sensory Areas: Vestibular, Proprioceptive (with tactile and auditory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Kickboard Surfing (or Body Gliding) is a water-based sensory activity that supports regulation through floating, gentle movement, and rhythmic body engagement.

The focus is not on surfing skill, but on:

  • Experiencing movement through water
  • Supporting balance and body awareness
  • Encouraging rhythmic, calming motion
  • Providing a soothing, immersive sensory experience

The buoyancy of the water combined with gentle movement creates a naturally regulating environment that supports both calm and engagement.

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Not suitable for non-swimmers
  • Ensure the individual has basic swimming and water confidence
  • Use a life jacket or appropriate flotation device
  • Provide close supervision at all times
  • Choose calm, safe water environments
  • Stop immediately if the person becomes distressed or fatigued

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Vestibular input from gentle rocking and gliding motion
  • Proprioceptive input through kicking and body positioning
  • Tactile input from water contact across the body
  • Rhythmic movement supports calming and regulation
  • Auditory input from water sounds enhances focus and presence
  • Supports body awareness and coordination
  • Can improve emotional regulation and confidence

🧰 Materials

  • Kickboard (appropriate size and buoyancy)
  • Personal flotation device (if required)
  • Safe water environment (pool, calm lake, or gentle ocean area)

Optional:

  • Water shoes
  • Supervision equipment

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Begin in very calm, shallow water
  • Start with floating only before adding movement
  • Allow the person to choose kickboard or body-only support
  • Keep sessions short initially
  • Provide physical or verbal guidance as needed
  • Allow rest breaks and gradual progression

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Prepare the environment

  • Calm, safe water
  • Minimal distractions

Introduce gently

  • Explain floating and gliding
  • Demonstrate if helpful

Position the body

  • Lie on stomach with body extended
  • Hold the board or float naturally

Support movement

  • Encourage gentle, rhythmic kicking
  • Allow gliding with water movement

Maintain balance

  • Keep body centred
  • Head up and relaxed

Monitor closely

  • Watch for fatigue or discomfort
  • Check in regularly

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Supported floating only
  • Minimal movement
  • Short duration

Gentle Input

  • Gentle kicking
  • Slow gliding
  • Calm environment

Moderate Input

  • Increased movement or wave interaction
  • Longer duration
  • Greater independence

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce movement
  • Transition to still floating or standing
  • Exit water slowly and safely
  • Allow time to settle

💛 Key Message

This is not about surfing.

It is about experiencing gentle movement, buoyancy, and rhythm
in a way that supports calm, awareness, and connection.

Surprise Basket
Multi-Sensory

Description

🎁 Surprise Basket

A tactile exploration of hidden treasures.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• The Surprise Basket is a highly engaging exploration activity designed to stimulate curiosity and tactile discrimination. By hiding various objects inside a basket filled with tactile fillers, you provide the user with a predictable yet stimulating environment to reach into and discover new items.

• This activity is excellent for promoting engagement, turn-taking, and active reaching, helping to ground the individual through sensory-rich, hands-on interaction.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Improves tactile processing and desensitization through varied textures.

• Encourages fine motor exploration and active reaching.

• Supports emotional regulation by providing a focused, repetitive sensory task.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A sturdy, low-sided basket or bin.

• Tactile fillers (e.g., shredded paper, dried rice, fabric scraps, or plastic balls).

• A variety of safe, interesting objects (e.g., brushes, wooden blocks, soft toys, silicone shapes).

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Place the basket on a stable surface at the user’s eye level or on their lap.

• Fill the basket completely with your chosen filler material.

• Submerge the surprise objects deep within the basket so they are hidden from view.

• Encourage the user to reach inside, allowing them to search, stir, and find the hidden items.

• Offer verbal encouragement or hand-under-hand assistance if the individual is hesitant to touch the filler.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Secure the basket to a lap tray to prevent it from sliding away during exploration.

• For individuals with limited range of motion, use a shallower container to reduce the effort needed to reach the bottom.

• If seated in a reclined chair, place the basket on a height-adjustable stand positioned in front of the user.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure all tactile fillers are non-toxic and choke-safe if the user is prone to mouthing items.

• Monitor for sensory overload; if the user shows signs of agitation, remove the filler and simplify the activity.

• Check that all hidden objects have smooth edges to prevent scratches during the search.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Themed baskets: 'Ocean' (blue shredded paper with sea creatures) or 'Kitchen' (sponges and wooden spoons).

• Sound discovery: Hide items that make a noise, like bells or squeaky toys, inside the basket.

• Weight challenge: Use heavier fillers like dried beans to provide extra proprioceptive feedback during reaching.

• Scent integration: Lightly spray the filler with a calming scent like lavender to add an olfactory layer.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use soft fabric scraps instead of granular fillers.

• Keep items large, smooth, and easy to grasp.

• Limit the number of objects to two or three to avoid clutter.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use varied fillers like pom-poms or shredded paper.

• Include objects with distinct textures (e.g., rough, soft, cold).

• Allow for independent searching without physical prompts.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use heavier, more resistant fillers like dried rice or plastic pellets.

• Hide smaller, uniquely shaped items that require more focused dexterity.

• Position the basket slightly further away to encourage fuller range of motion and reaching.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always follow the user's lead; if they reach for a specific item, allow them to explore it as long as they like.

• Model the 'reaching' behavior slowly, giving them time to process the sensation of the filler.

• Use clear, simple language like 'What's inside?' to build anticipation.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• You will love seeing the spark of joy and curiosity when the user successfully locates a 'hidden' treasure. It is a wonderfully simple way to provide deep sensory engagement and foster confidence in exploring new tactile environments.

Sweeping
Proprioceptive

Description

🧹 Sweeping

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive, Tactile (with visual and auditory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Sweeping is a functional, movement-based activity that supports regulation through rhythmic upper body movement, resistance, and repetition.

The focus is not on cleaning perfectly, but on:

  • Engaging in steady, purposeful movement
  • Supporting body awareness and coordination
  • Providing organising proprioceptive input
  • Creating a calm, structured activity

The repetitive motion of sweeping offers a predictable sensory experience that can support both focus and relaxation.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Proprioceptive input through pushing, pulling, and resistance
  • Tactile feedback through hands and contact with the broom
  • Supports upper body strength and coordination
  • Repetitive movement supports calming and regulation
  • Visual feedback from a clean space supports satisfaction and completion
  • Auditory input from sweeping can provide rhythmic feedback

🧰 Materials

  • Broom (appropriate size and weight)
  • Dustpan (optional)
  • Clear floor space

Optional:

  • Marked area to sweep
  • Gloves if preferred

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Adjust broom height to support posture
  • Break the task into small, clear steps
  • Use slow, controlled movements
  • Reduce area size if overwhelming
  • Provide hand-over-hand support if needed
  • Allow seated or partial participation
  • Offer rest breaks as needed

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up simply

  • Clear a small area
  • Provide broom within easy reach

Introduce gently
“Let’s move the dirt into one place.”

Demonstrate movement

  • Slow, steady sweeping
  • Push and pull motions

Encourage rhythm

  • Keep movements consistent
  • Work in one direction if helpful

Support coordination

  • Sweep into small piles
  • Use dustpan if appropriate

Monitor effort

  • Watch for fatigue
  • Adjust pace or stop as needed

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Small area
  • Minimal movement
  • Short duration

Gentle Input

  • Sweeping a defined space
  • Repetitive, steady motion
  • Moderate duration

Moderate Input

  • Larger area
  • More forceful sweeping
  • Combining sweeping and collecting

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Finish current section
  • Step back and view the result
  • Acknowledge effort:
    “That looks clear and organised”

💛 Key Message

This is not about cleaning.

It is about providing rhythmic, purposeful movement
that supports calm, coordination, and body awareness.

Sweet Foods
Gustatory

Description

🍯 Exploring Sweet Foods

Primary Sensory Areas: Gustatory, Olfactory (with tactile and oral-motor input)

🌿 Activity Description

Exploring Sweet Foods is a gentle sensory activity that supports engagement through taste, smell, and texture.

The focus is not on eating large amounts, but on:

  • Noticing sweet flavours and scents
  • Supporting safe exploration of food experiences
  • Encouraging choice and preference
  • Building positive associations with eating

This activity introduces a range of sweet foods in a low-pressure, enjoyable way, supporting both sensory tolerance and confidence.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Gustatory input through sweet flavours
  • Olfactory stimulation from food scents
  • Tactile exploration of different textures
  • Supports oral-motor skills through chewing and tasting
  • Encourages expansion of food repertoire
  • Builds positive emotional associations with food

🧰 Materials

  • Variety of sweet foods (e.g. fruit, yoghurt, soft desserts, sweet snacks)
  • Small plates or bowls
  • Water for palate breaks

Optional:

  • Napkins or wipes
  • Visual choice supports

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Check for allergies, dietary restrictions, and medical needs
  • Follow any mealtime or speech pathology guidelines
  • Use appropriate textures for swallowing ability
  • Offer small amounts only
  • Allow the individual to stop at any time

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Start with familiar, preferred foods
  • Introduce one item at a time
  • Allow smelling or touching before tasting
  • Use small portions to reduce overwhelm
  • Keep language neutral (e.g. sweet, soft, smooth)
  • Respect refusal without pressure

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up calmly

  • Quiet, comfortable environment
  • Small portions presented clearly

Introduce simply
“Let’s try some sweet flavours.”

Encourage exploration

  • Look, smell, touch, then taste (if appropriate)
  • Allow time between each step

Support choice

  • Offer options
  • Accept yes/no responses

Keep it positive

  • Focus on experience, not intake
  • Acknowledge effort and curiosity

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Looking or smelling only
  • Familiar foods
  • Minimal interaction

Gentle Input

  • Small tastes
  • Soft, predictable textures
  • Short engagement

Moderate Input

  • Variety of foods
  • Comparing flavours and textures
  • Increased exploration

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Offer water or a neutral taste
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Allow time to settle
  • Acknowledge participation:
    “You tried some new tastes today”

💛 Key Message

This is not about eating.

It is about exploring taste, smell, and texture
in a way that builds comfort, choice, and positive experience.

Swimming
Proprioceptive

Description

🏊 Swimming

Primary Sensory Areas: Vestibular, Proprioceptive (with tactile and interoceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Swimming is a whole-body sensory activity that supports regulation through water movement, resistance, and buoyancy.

The focus is not on swimming skill, but on:

  • Experiencing movement in water
  • Supporting body awareness and coordination
  • Encouraging breath control and rhythm
  • Providing a calming, immersive sensory experience

Water provides consistent, full-body input, creating a highly regulating environment when introduced gradually and safely.

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Confirm medical clearance where required (e.g. epilepsy, cardiac, respiratory)
  • Review seizure management plans and supervision needs
  • Ensure appropriate support ratios and lifeguard presence
  • Check water safety skills and ability to follow instructions
  • Consider sensory sensitivities (temperature, noise, splashing)
  • Monitor fatigue, temperature tolerance, and physical limits
  • Stop immediately if signs of distress or safety concerns arise

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Proprioceptive input through water resistance
  • Vestibular input through buoyancy and movement
  • Tactile input from water pressure across the body
  • Supports body awareness and coordination
  • Encourages breath regulation and rhythm
  • Can promote calming and emotional regulation
  • Builds confidence and participation

🧰 Materials

  • Safe pool environment (preferably warm and calm)
  • Flotation aids (e.g. noodles, kickboards, life vests)

Optional:

  • Goggles or swim caps
  • Pool access supports (steps, ramp, hoist)
  • Towels and warm clothing

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Begin with water-adjacent exposure if needed
  • Enter water slowly and predictably
  • Start in shallow, calm areas
  • Use full physical support or flotation aids
  • Allow the person to observe before participating
  • Maintain choice and control at all times
  • Keep sessions short and paced

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Prepare the environment

  • Quiet time, minimal distractions
  • Warm, comfortable water

Introduce gently
“We can go slowly and stop anytime.”

Support entry

  • Gradual immersion
  • Stay close and reassuring

Explore simple movements

  • Standing or floating
  • Gentle walking in water
  • Moving arms and legs

Encourage rhythm

  • Slow, repetitive movement
  • Natural water-supported motion

Monitor continuously

  • Watch breathing, tension, and energy levels
  • Provide rest at pool edge

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Sitting on steps
  • Feet or legs in water
  • Full support

Gentle Input

  • Standing or walking in shallow water
  • Supported floating
  • Minimal movement

Moderate Input

  • Independent movement with support nearby
  • Coordinated kicking or arm movement
  • Short distances

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce movement
  • Transition to stillness at pool edge
  • Exit water slowly
  • Use towels or warmth to support regulation
  • Signal clearly: “Swimming is finished now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about swimming skill.

It is about creating a safe, supported sensory experience
through water, movement, and rhythm.

🌿 What to Observe

  • Breathing (calm vs rapid)
  • Muscle tone (relaxed vs tense)
  • Emotional response (calm, engaged, distressed)
  • Movement patterns and coordination
  • Signs of fatigue or overload
Swing
Multi-Sensory

Description

🌿 Swinging

Primary Sensory Areas: Vestibular (with proprioceptive and tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

Swinging is a movement-based sensory activity that supports regulation through rhythmic motion, balance, and body awareness.

The focus is not on pushing high or fast, but on:

  • Experiencing controlled movement
  • Supporting balance and spatial awareness
  • Encouraging rhythmic, regulating input
  • Providing a predictable and enjoyable sensory experience

Different types of swinging (forward/back, side-to-side, circular) offer varying levels of sensory input, allowing the activity to be adjusted to the individual.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Vestibular input supporting balance and coordination
  • Proprioceptive input through grip, posture, and body positioning
  • Rhythmic movement supports calming and regulation
  • Can improve focus and attention
  • Supports spatial awareness and body control
  • Can be alerting or calming depending on speed and direction
  • Encourages enjoyment and engagement

🧰 Materials

  • Swing (playground swing, sensory swing, or adapted swing)
  • Safe outdoor or indoor environment

Optional:

  • Cushioned ground surface (grass, matting, sand)
  • Support harness or adaptive seating

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Ensure swing is secure and appropriate for size and ability
  • Check attachments and surrounding clearance
  • Supervise at all times
  • Monitor for dizziness, nausea, or distress
  • Stop immediately if signs of overstimulation or discomfort appear
  • Avoid excessive spinning unless clearly tolerated

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Begin with slow, gentle movement
  • Allow the person to control pace where possible
  • Provide physical support or positioning assistance
  • Use adaptive swings if needed (e.g. high-back support)
  • Offer different movement types (linear vs side-to-side)
  • Allow rest breaks and gradual transitions

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Prepare the environment

  • Check safety and clearance
  • Ensure stable, comfortable setup

Introduce gently

  • Start with slow, small movements
  • Check comfort and response

Support positioning

  • Ensure secure grip or supported seating
  • Encourage upright posture if appropriate

Guide movement

  • Begin with forward/back swinging
  • Adjust speed gradually

Observe continuously

  • Watch facial expression, body tension, and engagement
  • Respond quickly to signs of discomfort

Follow the person’s lead

  • Increase or reduce intensity based on response

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Slow, small forward/back movement
  • Full support
  • Short duration

Gentle Input

  • Moderate swinging
  • Slight variation in direction
  • Independent sitting

Moderate Input

  • Increased speed or range
  • Introduction of side-to-side or light spinning
  • Greater independence

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually slow the swing
  • Avoid sudden stopping
  • Allow time to sit still and settle
  • Support transition to next activity

💛 Key Message

This is not about swinging high.

It is about providing rhythmic, controlled movement
that supports regulation, balance, and enjoyment.

Tactile Balloons
Tactile

Description

🎈 Tactile Balloon Play

Primary Sensory Areas: Tactile, Proprioceptive (with visual input)

🌿 Activity Description

Tactile Balloon Play is a hands-on sensory activity that supports engagement through squeezing, pressure, and texture exploration.

The focus is not on making or using the balloons perfectly, but on:

  • Exploring different textures and resistance
  • Supporting calm through repetitive hand movements
  • Encouraging curiosity and sensory discovery
  • Providing a flexible, low-pressure sensory experience

Different fillings create varied sensory feedback, allowing the activity to be easily tailored to individual preferences.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Tactile input through soft, firm, or textured surfaces
  • Proprioceptive input through squeezing and pressure
  • Supports hand strength and fine motor coordination
  • Repetitive movement supports calming and regulation
  • Encourages sensory exploration and tolerance
  • Visual engagement through colour and movement

🧰 Materials

  • Balloons (latex or rubber, non-toxic)

Fillings may include:

  • Flour or cornstarch (soft, squishy)
  • Rice or beans (textured, firm)
  • Gel or slime (stretchy, fluid)

Optional:

  • Tray or table covering
  • Towels or wipes
  • Alternative fidget tools

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Check for latex allergies or sensitivities
  • Supervise closely, especially if balloons may burst
  • Avoid overfilling balloons
  • Monitor for distress related to popping sounds
  • Clean up immediately if a balloon breaks

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Begin with one balloon at a time
  • Use softer fillings for sensitive individuals
  • Offer non-popping or thicker balloons
  • Allow use of gloves or tools if direct touch is not preferred
  • Keep interactions slow and predictable
  • Allow observation before participation

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up simply

  • Safe, clear space
  • Balloons ready for use

Introduce gently
“Let’s see how this feels.”

Demonstrate slowly

  • Squeeze, roll, and press
  • Show different ways to explore

Encourage exploration

  • Press between hands
  • Roll across surface
  • Pinch, stretch, or hold

Follow the person’s lead

  • Repeat preferred actions
  • Adjust based on comfort

Keep it playful and calm

  • No pressure to try everything
  • Allow repetition

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Holding or touching briefly
  • Soft fillings only
  • Minimal movement

Gentle Input

  • Squeezing and rolling
  • Exploring different textures
  • Short engagement

Moderate Input

  • Stronger pressure and manipulation
  • Multiple balloons
  • Longer, more active play

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Place balloons aside
  • Clean hands and surface
  • Acknowledge engagement:
    “You explored lots of different textures”

💛 Key Message

This is not about playing with balloons.

It is about exploring touch, pressure, and texture
in a calm, flexible sensory experience.

Tactile Cooking
Tactile

Description

🍴 Tactile Cooking

Primary Sensory Areas: Tactile, Proprioceptive (with olfactory, gustatory, and visual input)

🌿 Activity Description

Tactile Cooking is a hands-on, sensory-rich activity that supports engagement through touch, movement, and exploration of food textures.

The focus is not on producing a perfect meal, but on:

  • Exploring textures, temperature, and resistance
  • Supporting calm through repetitive, purposeful movement
  • Encouraging curiosity and creativity
  • Providing a meaningful, sensory-based experience

Cooking offers a natural opportunity to engage with a wide range of sensations, from soft and smooth to rough and sticky, in a structured and familiar context.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Tactile input through handling varied textures (smooth, grainy, sticky, soft)
  • Proprioceptive input through kneading, mixing, and pressing
  • Supports fine and gross motor coordination
  • Olfactory stimulation through food smells
  • Gustatory exploration through tasting (if appropriate)
  • Repetitive actions support calming and regulation
  • Encourages sensory awareness and tolerance

🧰 Materials

  • Ingredients suited to the activity (e.g. dough, vegetables, fruit)
  • Mixing bowls, spoons, utensils
  • Stable work surface

Optional:

  • Rolling pins, whisks, graters
  • Apron or gloves
  • Cleaning materials

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Check for allergies, dietary restrictions, and medical needs
  • Ensure safe use of utensils and equipment
  • Modify or avoid sharp tools if required
  • Supervise closely during all tasks
  • Monitor for sensory overload or distress

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Prepare ingredients in simple, manageable forms
  • Allow exploration before structured steps
  • Offer tools or gloves if direct contact is not preferred
  • Break tasks into clear, small steps
  • Allow participation at any level (observe, touch, assist)
  • Keep environment calm and predictable

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up simply

  • Organised, clutter-free space
  • Ingredients ready and accessible

Encourage sensory exploration

  • Touch and feel ingredients first
  • Notice textures (soft, sticky, rough)

Support hands-on engagement

  • Mix, knead, mash, or stir
  • Use both hands where possible

Introduce variation

  • Compare raw vs cooked textures
  • Use different tools and movements

Encourage choice and creativity

  • Select ingredients
  • Shape or decorate food

Keep it low-pressure

  • Focus on experience, not outcome
  • Allow repetition and pacing

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Watching or minimal touch
  • Simple textures only
  • Short engagement

Gentle Input

  • Handling ingredients
  • Basic mixing or shaping
  • Moderate engagement

Moderate Input

  • Full participation in preparation
  • Multiple textures and tools
  • Longer activity duration

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Assist with clean-up (wiping, washing)
  • Allow time to settle
  • Acknowledge effort:
    “You explored lots of different textures”

💛 Key Message

This is not about cooking.

It is about exploring texture, movement, and sensory experience
in a meaningful, engaging way.

Tactile Hide and Seek
Tactile

Description

🧩 Tactile Hide and Seek

Primary Sensory Areas: Tactile, Proprioceptive (with cognitive and visual input)

🌿 Activity Description

Tactile Hide and Seek is a hands-on sensory activity that supports engagement through touch, exploration, and discovery.

The focus is not on guessing correctly, but on:

  • Exploring textures and hidden objects
  • Supporting tactile awareness and discrimination
  • Encouraging curiosity and problem-solving
  • Providing a calm, engaging sensory experience

Objects are hidden within different materials, allowing the individual to explore using touch alone, building awareness through a structured and playful task.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Tactile input through varied textures (soft, rough, smooth, grainy)
  • Proprioceptive input through searching, grasping, and digging
  • Supports fine motor skills and hand coordination
  • Encourages sensory discrimination and awareness
  • Promotes problem-solving and cognitive engagement
  • Repetitive exploration can support calming and regulation

🧰 Materials

  • Containers or tubs

Fill materials may include:

  • Rice or pasta
  • Shredded paper
  • Fabric pieces
  • Pom-poms or cotton balls
  • Beans or small pebbles
  • Small hidden objects (toys or everyday items)

Optional:

  • Visual communication chart
  • Towels or tray for containment

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Ensure materials are safe and non-toxic
  • Avoid choking hazards where appropriate
  • Monitor closely during exploration
  • Be aware of sensory sensitivities
  • Stop if distress or discomfort occurs

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Offer a choice of textures
  • Start with one container only
  • Use larger objects for easier detection
  • Allow observation before participation
  • Provide hand-over-hand guidance if needed
  • Use a communication chart for non-verbal participants

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up simply

  • One or more tubs with hidden objects
  • Calm, low-distraction space

Introduce gently
“Let’s see what we can find using our hands.”

Encourage exploration

  • Feel slowly through the material
  • Notice textures and shapes

Support discovery

  • Ask simple prompts:
    “Does it feel soft or hard?”
  • Allow guessing before revealing

Reveal and reflect

  • Show the object
  • Compare expectation vs result

Repeat if appropriate

  • Try a new tub or object
  • Increase or decrease challenge as needed

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • One soft texture
  • Large, easy-to-find object
  • Minimal exploration

Gentle Input

  • Multiple textures
  • Simple hidden objects
  • Moderate engagement

Moderate Input

  • Smaller or multiple objects
  • Mixed textures
  • Increased exploration time

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Remove hands and settle
  • Clean hands if needed
  • Acknowledge participation:
    “You explored that really carefully”

💛 Key Message

This is not about finding the object.

It is about exploring texture, touch, and discovery
in a calm and engaging sensory experience.

Tactile Picture Making
Tactile

Description

🎨 Tactile Picture Making

Primary Sensory Areas: Tactile, Proprioceptive (with visual and cognitive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Tactile Picture Making is a creative, hands-on sensory activity that supports engagement through touch, layering, and construction of textured images.

The focus is not on creating a perfect picture, but on:

  • Exploring different textures and materials
  • Supporting calm through repetitive, hands-on movement
  • Encouraging creativity and personal expression
  • Providing a meaningful, sensory-based experience

A variety of materials are combined to create a picture that can be both seen and felt, supporting multi-sensory engagement.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Tactile input through varied textures (soft, rough, smooth, bumpy)
  • Proprioceptive input through pressing, placing, and layering
  • Supports fine motor skills and hand coordination
  • Encourages sensory discrimination and awareness
  • Promotes creativity and problem-solving
  • Repetitive actions support calming and regulation
  • Supports emotional expression through creative activity

🧰 Materials

  • Base (cardboard or thick paper)
  • Glue

Textured materials may include:

  • Fabric, felt, yarn
  • Cotton balls, pom-poms
  • Sandpaper
  • Buttons or small objects

Optional:

  • Markers or paint
  • Scissors
  • Decorative items (glitter, cut-outs)

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Ensure materials are safe and non-toxic
  • Supervise use of scissors or small objects
  • Monitor for sensory sensitivities
  • Avoid choking hazards where appropriate
  • Stop if distress or discomfort occurs

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Start with larger, easy-to-handle materials
  • Pre-cut shapes if needed
  • Allow exploration of materials before assembling
  • Offer tools or gloves if direct contact is not preferred
  • Provide hand-over-hand guidance if required
  • Keep instructions simple and flexible

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up simply

  • Materials organised and accessible
  • Clear workspace

Encourage exploration

  • Touch and compare textures
  • Sort or group materials

Support creation

  • Apply glue and place materials
  • Press and hold to secure

Encourage creativity

  • Choose textures freely
  • Build shapes, patterns, or images

Keep it flexible

  • No right or wrong outcome
  • Follow the person’s ideas

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Touching materials only
  • Minimal placement
  • Short engagement

Gentle Input

  • Simple picture with few textures
  • Basic placement and pressing
  • Moderate engagement

Moderate Input

  • Multiple textures and layers
  • More detailed construction
  • Longer creative engagement

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Set picture aside to dry
  • Clean hands and workspace
  • Acknowledge effort:
    “You created something really interesting”

💛 Key Message

This is not about making a picture.

It is about exploring texture, touch, and creativity
in a calm and meaningful sensory experience.

Target Games
Multi-Sensory

Description

🎯 Target Striking

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive, Visual (with vestibular input)

🌿 Activity Description

Target Striking is a movement-based coordination activity that supports engagement through hitting an object toward a target.

The focus is not on perfect accuracy, but on:

  • Developing hand–eye coordination
  • Supporting motor planning and timing
  • Encouraging controlled, purposeful movement
  • Providing a fun and motivating sensory experience

The activity can be easily graded by adjusting distance, target size, and equipment.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Proprioceptive input through striking and force control
  • Visual tracking and coordination
  • Supports motor planning and timing
  • Improves spatial awareness and trajectory understanding
  • Encourages focus and sustained attention
  • Can support regulation through structured movement

🧰 Materials

  • Striking tool (e.g. racket, paddle, bat)
  • Ball (foam, ping pong, or tennis ball)
  • Target (e.g. hoop, bucket, marked area)

Optional:

  • Cones or markers
  • Score system

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use larger, softer balls for beginners
  • Start with large, close targets
  • Reduce distance initially
  • Allow stationary or supported positioning
  • Provide demonstration and guided practice
  • Adjust speed and complexity gradually

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up clearly

  • Visible target
  • Safe, open space

Introduce simply
“Let’s try to hit the ball to the middle.”

Support technique

  • Encourage controlled swing
  • Focus on contact, not force

Encourage repetition

  • Multiple attempts
  • Adjust based on success

Increase challenge gradually

  • Smaller target
  • Greater distance

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Large target
  • Close distance
  • Soft ball

Gentle Input

  • Moderate distance
  • Consistent striking
  • Basic accuracy

Moderate Input

  • Smaller target
  • Increased distance
  • Moving or bouncing ball

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Collect equipment
  • Acknowledge effort:
    “You kept trying and aiming carefully”

💛 Key Message

This is not about hitting the target perfectly.

It is about developing coordination, control, and focus
through engaging, purposeful movement.

Taste Challenge
Gustatory

Description

👅 Taste Challenge

Primary Sensory Areas: Gustatory, Olfactory (with tactile and cognitive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Taste Challenge is a structured sensory exploration activity that supports engagement through tasting, noticing, and identifying flavours and textures.

The focus is not on guessing correctly or eating large amounts, but on:

  • Exploring different tastes and textures
  • Supporting safe and gradual food exploration
  • Encouraging curiosity and sensory awareness
  • Building positive experiences with food

The activity can be adjusted from familiar food recognition to exploring new and less familiar flavours, depending on the individual.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Supports taste discrimination (sweet, salty, sour, mild)
  • Encourages oral sensory awareness (texture, temperature)
  • Promotes sensory exploration and tolerance
  • Supports cognitive skills through guessing and memory
  • Builds confidence with food experiences
  • Encourages multisensory integration (taste, smell, texture)

🧰 Materials

  • Variety of foods (familiar and new)
  • Small portions (cut pieces or small bowls)
  • Spoons or forks

Optional:

  • Blindfold (only if appropriate and accepted)
  • Water for palate breaks
  • Simple tracking sheet or food journal

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Check for allergies, dietary restrictions, and medical needs
  • Follow any speech pathology or mealtime guidelines
  • Ensure textures are safe for swallowing ability
  • Use small amounts only
  • Respect refusal at all times
  • Use blindfold only with clear consent and comfort

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Begin with highly familiar foods
  • Offer visual and verbal cues
  • Allow looking, smelling, or touching before tasting
  • Keep portions small and manageable
  • Allow the person to opt in or out at any stage
  • Slow pacing to match comfort

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up calmly

  • Quiet, low-pressure environment
  • Small portions presented clearly

Start with familiar foods

  • Easy to recognise
  • Predictable textures

Guide tasting
“Take a small bite and notice the taste.”

Encourage guessing

  • “What does it taste like?”
  • “Is it sweet, soft, crunchy?”

Provide feedback

  • Confirm gently
  • Describe features (e.g. sweet, smooth, salty)

Introduce variation gradually

  • Familiar flavour → new texture
  • Then introduce new flavours

Keep it positive

  • No pressure to like or finish
  • Acknowledge effort and curiosity

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Looking or smelling only
  • Familiar foods
  • Minimal tasting

Gentle Input

  • Small tastes
  • Predictable textures
  • Simple guessing

Moderate Input

  • Variety of foods
  • New flavours and textures
  • Increased exploration and comparison

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Offer water or neutral taste
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Allow time to settle
  • Acknowledge participation:
    “You tried some different tastes today”

💛 Key Message

This is not about getting the answer right.

It is about exploring taste, texture, and sensory experience
in a way that builds comfort, confidence, and curiosity.

Taste Testing Challenge
Gustatory

Description

👅 Taste Challenge

Primary Sensory Areas: Gustatory, Olfactory (with tactile and cognitive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Taste Challenge is a structured sensory exploration activity that supports engagement through tasting, noticing, and identifying flavours and textures.

The focus is not on guessing correctly or eating large amounts, but on:

  • Exploring taste and texture in a safe, low-pressure way
  • Supporting gradual exposure to new foods
  • Encouraging curiosity and sensory awareness
  • Building positive experiences with eating

The activity can move from familiar food recognition to gentle introduction of new flavours, supporting confidence over time.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Supports taste discrimination (sweet, salty, sour, mild)
  • Encourages oral sensory awareness (texture, temperature)
  • Promotes sensory exploration and tolerance
  • Supports memory and problem-solving through guessing
  • Builds confidence with food experiences
  • Encourages multisensory integration (taste, smell, texture)

🧰 Materials

  • Variety of foods (familiar and new)
  • Small portions (bite-sized or in bowls)
  • Spoons or forks

Optional

  • Blindfold (only if appropriate and accepted)
  • Water for palate breaks
  • Simple food journal

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Check for allergies, dietary restrictions, and medical needs
  • Follow speech pathology or mealtime guidelines where relevant
  • Ensure textures are safe for swallowing ability
  • Use small portions only
  • Respect refusal at all times
  • Use blindfold only with clear consent and comfort

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Start with familiar, preferred foods
  • Offer visual, smell, or touch exploration before tasting
  • Keep portions small and manageable
  • Allow the person to observe or opt out
  • Use clear, simple language
  • Adjust pacing based on comfort

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up calmly

  • Quiet, low-pressure environment
  • Small portions presented clearly

Start with familiar foods

  • Easy to recognise
  • Predictable textures

Guide tasting
“Take a small bite and notice the taste.”

Encourage guessing

  • “What does it taste like?”
  • “Is it sweet, soft, crunchy?”

Provide feedback

  • Confirm gently
  • Describe key features (e.g. sweet, smooth, salty)

Introduce new foods gradually

  • Familiar flavour → new texture
  • Then introduce new flavours slowly

Support reflection

  • “Which one did you like?”
  • “Did anything surprise you?”

Keep it positive

  • No pressure to like foods
  • Acknowledge effort and curiosity

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Looking or smelling only
  • Familiar foods
  • Minimal tasting

Gentle Input

  • Small tastes
  • Predictable textures
  • Simple guessing

Moderate Input

  • Variety of foods
  • New flavours and textures
  • Increased exploration and comparison

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Offer water or neutral taste
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Allow time to settle
  • Acknowledge participation:
    “You explored some new tastes today”

💛 Key Message

This is not about getting the answer right.

It is about exploring taste, texture, and sensory experience
in a way that builds comfort, confidence, and curiosity.

Tea Bag Painting
Multi-Sensory

Description

🍵 Tea Bag Painting: A Creative Sensory Art Activity 🎨✨ 🌟 Sensory Benefits: 👃 Olfactory Stimulation Engages the sense of smell with pleasant tea scents. 🎨 Visual Tactile Engagement Combines artistic expression with hands-on movement. 💧 Proprioception Motor Skills Helps with hand coordination and control during spraying and squeezing. 🧘 Calming Focus The act of spraying and moving the tea bags can be soothing and improve attention span. ✨ How to Assist a Client with Tea Bag Painting ✨ 🛠️ Set Up the Activity: 🔹 Provide a blank sheet of paper or cardboard as a canvas. 🔹 Choose a variety of scented tea bags that have vibrant colors when wet, such as: 🍃 Chamomile Yellow 🍓 Berry or Hibiscus Red/Pink 🍋 Lemon Light Yellow 🌱 Mint Green 🔹 Fill a spray bottle with water and prepare it for use. 🔹 Arrange the tea bags and spray bottle within the clients reach. 🎨 Encourage Sensory Exploration Creativity: 🔸 Have the client choose several tea bags and place them on the paper in any arrangement they like. 🔸 Instruct the client to spray water on each tea bag, watching the color and scent slowly spread across the paper. 🔸 Allow the client to move the tea bags around on the paper, observing how the colors blend and interact. 🔸 Encourage the client to squeeze the tea bags to release even more color onto the paper. 🔸 If the client enjoys tactile input, encourage them to press the bags gently with their hands to create more vibrant color patterns. 🌿 Personalization Adaptation: 🔻 If the client is sensitive to spray bottles, offer them the chance to squeeze the tea bags directly onto the paper. 🔻 Provide supportive prompts if needed, such as: Lets try mixing these two colors or What does the lavender scent remind you of? 🔻 If the client enjoys a particular scent, suggest creating a specific pattern or design around that tea bag for added meaning. ✨ Ideal Scents for Different Sensory Needs: 💜 Chamomile, Lavender Calming relaxing 🍋 Lemon, Ginger Energizing refreshing 🍓 Berry, Hibiscus Uplifting fragrant 🌱 Mint, Eucalyptus Refreshing stimulating 📜 Wrap-Up Transition: 🔹 Once the painting is complete, allow it to dry and discuss the final artwork. 🔹 Encourage the client to talk about the experience, such as Which scent did you like the most? or How did the colors change when you added water? 🔹 Frame the artwork if desired to keep it as a sensory memory. This engaging and sensory-rich activity encourages creativity, fine motor skills, and emotional connection through the combination of sight, touch, and smell! 🎨✨🍵
Tea Garden
Multi-Sensory

Description

☕ Tea Garden

A multisensory exploration of warmth, fragrance, and gentle touch.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Tea Garden activity invites individuals to engage in a relaxing, fragrant experience that centers on the comfort of warm tea and the natural textures of dried herbs and botanicals. This session creates a soothing environment designed to help regulate the nervous system through gentle olfactory and tactile stimulation.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides calming olfactory input through natural herbal aromas.

• Offers gentle tactile exploration of dried textures like tea leaves and petals.

• Encourages thermal regulation through the warmth of a mug or heat pack.

• Supports focus and presence through rhythmic, slow-paced movements.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A selection of herbal teas (chamomile, peppermint, lavender).

• A shallow tray or sensory bin.

• Soft, warm face towels.

• A stable table or lap tray.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Set up a quiet space with calming lighting.

• Pour warm water over the chosen tea bags or loose leaves in the tray to release the scent.

• Invite the individual to lean in and experience the aroma safely.

• Use warm, damp towels to gently pat the individual's hands or forearms to mirror the warmth of the tea experience.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Use a lap tray to bring the sensory bin within easy reach.

• Place towels on a soft cushion on the lap for better positioning.

• Ensure the tea container is placed at a safe height to prevent accidental spills.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure tea is warm, not hot, to prevent accidental burns.

• Monitor for skin sensitivities or allergies to specific herbs.

• Keep all containers stable and secure at all times.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Use dried rose petals for visual and tactile contrast.

• Play soft nature soundscapes to enhance the garden atmosphere.

• Incorporate soft brushes for tactile variety on hands.

• Use a small diffuser if the individual prefers a more dispersed scent.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Keep tea at a lukewarm temperature.

• Use only one familiar, mild scent like chamomile.

• Limit touch to just one hand at a time.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Alternate between two different herbal scents.

• Use slightly warmer towels for a more pronounced thermal sensation.

• Encourage self-directed reaching toward the tray.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use a variety of textures including large leaves and seeds.

• Integrate deeper massage strokes with warm towels on shoulders and arms.

• Increase the intensity of the aroma with fresh herbs.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always offer a choice of tea scents before starting.

• Follow the individual's pace and pause if they show signs of overstimulation.

• Observe facial expressions to gauge comfort with specific aromas.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

The Tea Garden is a simple yet deeply grounding way to connect, offering a moment of tranquility that is easy to customize and clean up, making it perfect for daily sensory regulation.

Tea Garden
Multi-Sensory

Description

🍵 Tea Garden

A gentle, multi-sensory exploration of herbal aromas and textures.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Tea Garden invites individuals to engage in a calming, ritualized experience centered around the natural world of herbal teas. By interacting with dried leaves, warm infusions, and soft botanical elements, participants can explore a gentle sensory landscape that encourages relaxation and focused engagement.

SENSORY BENEFITS

SMELL: The release of aromatic oils from chamomile, mint, or lavender provides a soothing olfactory experience that can help regulate the nervous system. TOUCH: Participants can explore the contrast between crisp, dried leaves and the gentle warmth of a mug or smooth ceramic surfaces. TASTE: Small, controlled samples of brewed tea offer a subtle introduction to natural flavors, promoting oral awareness and hydration. VISION: The visual delight of floating tea leaves and the vibrant colors of different infusions provide a soft, non-intrusive focus point.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A selection of high-quality, caffeine-free herbal tea bags or loose-leaf herbs

• Warm (not boiling) water in a safe, insulated carafe

• A variety of bowls with different textures, such as wood, ceramic, or silicone

• A soft muslin or linen cloth for gentle tactile exploration

• Clear or colorful glass mugs for visual observation

ACTIVITY IDEAS

AROMA EXPLORATION: Present individual herbs in small bowls, allowing the participant to smell the dried leaves before they are brewed. GENTLE WARMTH: Place a warm, damp cloth infused with herbal tea against the palm or cheek to provide a comforting tactile input. INFUSION OBSERVATION: Watch the swirling colors of the tea as it steeps in a clear vessel, focusing on the slow transformation of the water. TASTE SAMPLING: Offer a tiny drop of cooled herbal tea on a spoon to introduce new oral sensations in a controlled manner.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Use scent-infused sachets if the participant is sensitive to direct contact with wet materials. • Place items on a tray secured to a wheelchair to keep the materials within the primary field of vision. • Focus on hand-over-hand movement to guide the participant toward the sensory stimuli at their own pace. Always observe the individual's facial expressions and body language closely to ensure they are enjoying the exploration; if they show signs of over-stimulation, move to a quiet activity immediately.

TIPS

• Always ensure the water temperature is comfortably warm and never hot to the touch. • Consider using essential oil diffusers if the participant prefers a consistent, low-level aroma. • Narrate the activity using simple, calming language to ground the experience in the present moment.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

Tea Garden is a wonderful way to bring the outside in, offering a predictable, soothing routine that honors individual preferences and creates a quiet space for connection through the senses.

Tennis
Proprioceptive

Description

Ideas for Assisting Client with Tennis Activities: Sensory and Physical Benefits 1. Setup Preparation 🟢 Selecting the Tennis Equipment: Choose a tennis racket that suits the clients size and strength. For younger clients or those with less strength, a lightweight or mini racket may be easier to handle. Select a tennis ball that is easy to see, such as a brightly colored ball, to help with visual tracking. Consider using a softer or larger ball for clients who may be sensitive to the speed or force of standard tennis balls. Sensory Consideration: Ensure the racket and ball feel comfortable to hold. The client should not feel overwhelmed by the size or weight of the equipment. 2. Introducing Tennis Activity 🔵 Gentle Toss and Catch with the Ball: Begin by gently tossing the ball to the client and encouraging them to catch it. This simple activity helps the client focus on hand-eye coordination. Sensory Benefit: Catching the ball provides tactile feedback to the hands, improving proprioception. The activity also helps focus attention, as the client must track the ball visually and coordinate their movements. 3. Basic Racket Grip and Swing Practice 🟡 Grip the Racket and Swing: Show the client how to properly grip the racket. Start with slow, controlled swings where they hit a stationary ball placed on the ground or a cone. Sensory Benefit: The racket provides sensory input through the hands, which helps improve tactile awareness and grip strength. The swinging motion also promotes body coordination and balance. 🔵 Modifications: If the client struggles with the grip or swing, start with larger movements, such as swinging the racket with both hands or using a larger ball. Increase the complexity as their confidence builds. 4. Hitting the Ball with Racket (Simple Rally) 🟢 Gentle Rally with a Partner or Wall: Start with gentle back-and-forth rallies with a partner, aiming to hit the ball with the racket. If a partner is not available, the client can practice hitting the ball against a wall. Sensory Benefit: The activity involves bilateral coordination and balance, as the client needs to position their body correctly to strike the ball. The balls impact on the racket also provides proprioceptive input. 🔵 Modifications: If the client finds it hard to rally, start by having them hit the ball a short distance. Gradually increase the distance and complexity of the rally as they improve. 5. Forehand and Backhand Practice 🟡 Basic Forehand and Backhand Swings: Encourage the client to practice forehand and backhand swings. Begin with slow, controlled movements and focus on good form. Use the ball as a target, aiming to hit it cleanly with the racket. Sensory Benefit: Practicing forehand and backhand strokes provides body awareness and improves motor control. The controlled movement promotes joint and muscle coordination, enhancing motor planning. 🔵 Modifications: If the client struggles with precision, start with exaggerated swings, focusing on motion rather than accuracy. You can also reduce the speed or use a larger, slower ball to increase success. 6. Dribbling the Tennis Ball (Without Racket) 🟢 Ball Dribbling with Hands: Have the client practice gently dribbling the tennis ball with their hands, focusing on controlled bounces. This can help with tactile feedback and hand coordination. Sensory Benefit: Dribbling the ball enhances tactile sensitivity and promotes fine motor control. It also provides visual and proprioceptive feedback as the client works to keep the ball under control. 🔵 Modifications: If the client finds dribbling too difficult, use a softer or larger ball, or have them practice with a lower bounce to gain confidence. 7. Serving Practice 🟡 Serving the Ball: Introduce a simple underhand serve where the client tosses the ball lightly into the air and hits it with the racket. Focus on using gentle, controlled motions. Sensory Benefit: Serving promotes upper body coordination and motor control. The repetitive motion of tossing and hitting also helps with body awareness, especially in the arms and shoulders. 🔵 Modifications: If serving is too challenging, allow the client to practice tossing the ball with both hands or start by simply practicing hitting the ball off a tee. 8. Targeted Tennis Practice (Hitting Targets or a Net) 🟢 Aim for Targets or Net: Set up a target area for the client to aim for, such as a cone or a net. Encourage them to hit the ball towards the target, gradually increasing the difficulty as their skills improve. Sensory Benefit: The task helps with concentration and precision, as the client must focus on aiming and timing their strikes. It also provides visual and tactile feedback, helping improve coordination and visual tracking. 🔵 Modifications: If targeting is too difficult, use a larger target or increase the size of the ball. Start with a slower pace or a stationary ball to build confidence. 9. Incorporating Movement into Tennis Activities 🟡 Running or Walking While Hitting the Ball: Have the client practice moving while hitting the ball. This could involve walking to different positions on the court or running to hit the ball. Focus on balance and body control while staying in position to hit the ball. Sensory Benefit: Moving while hitting the ball helps improve coordination and balance. The combination of motor activity and tactile feedback from the racket or ball helps improve sensory regulation. 🔵 Modifications: For clients who are less mobile, encourage walking or short, slow steps to build confidence. Start with a more stationary position and gradually increase mobility as they feel comfortable. 10. Cooling Down and Relaxation 🟢 Gentle Stretching After Tennis Activity: After the tennis session, guide the client through some gentle stretches focusing on the arms, shoulders, and legs. This helps reduce muscle tension and promotes relaxation. Sensory Benefit: Stretching provides proprioceptive input, helping to calm the body after physical exertion. It also promotes flexibility and relaxation, reducing any lingering muscle tightness. 🔵 Modifications: Ensure that the client stretches at their own pace. Use slow, deep breathing techniques to enhance relaxation during the cool-down period. 11. Monitoring Comfort and Sensory Response 🟡 Feedback Adjustments: Ask the client regularly how they feel during the activity. Make sure the intensity, duration, and movements match their comfort level and sensory needs. Sensory Benefit: Ensuring comfort throughout the session helps prevent sensory overload and enhances the clients experience, allowing them to build positive associations with the activity. Sensory Benefits Summary: 🟢 Proprioceptive Feedback: Tennis activities improve body awareness, joint coordination, and muscle control through tactile input. 🔵 Visual Tracking: The movement of the ball and aiming tasks help improve visual tracking and focus. 🟡 Motor Coordination: The various swings, dribbles, and serves help enhance both fine and gross motor coordination. 🔴 Focus and Concentration: Targeting activities and precise movements improve attention, visual tracking, and concentration.
Texture Gallery
Tactile

Description

🎨 TEXTURE GALLERY

A curated tactile exhibition designed to explore varying surface sensations.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Create an immersive experience by presenting a variety of tactile surfaces. This activity encourages exploration of textures to stimulate sensory processing and provide calming proprioceptive feedback through touch.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Improves tactile discrimination and sensory awareness.

• Provides calming input through controlled, repetitive touch.

• Encourages motor planning and fine motor engagement.

• Supports sensory regulation and reduces tactile defensiveness.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• A selection of textured materials (e.g., silk, burlap, velvet, bubble wrap, sandpaper, artificial grass).

• Mounting board or display tray.

• Double-sided tape or adhesive putty.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Securely attach a variety of distinct textured materials onto the display board or tray.

• Place the gallery within the person's reach, ensuring they are comfortable and supported.

• Gently guide their hand to the first texture, providing verbal prompts like 'soft' or 'rough'.

• Observe their reaction, noting which textures prompt withdrawal or increased engagement.

• Rotate through the surfaces at the person's pace, allowing ample time for sensory integration between each.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Mount the texture board onto an adjustable over-the-lap table or a swing-away tray.

• Secure materials to a 'texture mitt' if the person has difficulty reaching the board, allowing them to feel surfaces by moving their hand against their own leg or support.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Ensure all materials are clean, non-toxic, and securely attached to prevent choking hazards.

• Check surfaces for sharp edges or splinters before presenting.

• Monitor for signs of sensory overload, such as pulling away, increased vocalization, or distress.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Create a 'Texture Tunnel' by lining a cardboard box with different materials.

• Group textures by theme, such as 'Rough & Rugged' or 'Smooth & Silky'.

• Use scented materials or add light essential oils to combine tactile and olfactory input.

• Incorporate nature-based items like pinecones, smooth stones, or soft moss.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Present only soft, uniform fabrics like silk or velvet.

• Use very light, passive contact on the fingertips.

• Keep the session brief, lasting only 1-2 minutes.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Combine 3-4 varied textures including both soft and slightly raised surfaces.

• Encourage active participation by allowing the person to move their hand across the surface.

• Provide moderate pressure by gently guiding their palm into the textures.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Include highly tactile, rough, or vibrating materials.

• Use active exploration with larger surface areas, such as the whole palm or forearm.

• Increase the duration and use firm, deep pressure strokes against the textures.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always offer a choice between two textures first to encourage autonomy.

• Pause frequently to allow the person to process the sensory information.

• Follow the person's lead; if they pull away, respect that choice and offer a different texture or a break.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• You will love the Texture Gallery for how it transforms simple household items into a rich, exploratory journey that builds confidence and helps you understand the unique sensory preferences of the person you support.

The Relaxation Response
Interoceptive

Description

🧘 Feeling Tense / Feeling Calm

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive, Interoceptive (with emotional and respiratory input)

🌿 Activity Description

Feeling Tense / Feeling Calm is a body-based regulation activity that supports awareness through contrast between tension and relaxation.

The focus is not on doing it perfectly, but on:

  • Noticing how the body feels when tense vs calm
  • Supporting awareness of internal body signals
  • Practising intentional release of tension
  • Building a faster pathway to calm

By moving between these two states, the body learns to recognise and shift out of tension more easily over time.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Proprioceptive input through muscle contraction and release
  • Interoceptive awareness of breathing, heart rate, and tension
  • Supports emotional regulation and calming
  • Builds awareness of early signs of stress
  • Encourages controlled breathing patterns
  • Can reduce physical tension and discomfort

🧰 Materials

  • Quiet, comfortable space

Optional:

  • Mat, chair, or cushion
  • Visual supports (e.g. “tense” vs “calm” cues)

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Offer demonstration rather than verbal instruction
  • Use simple cues (e.g. “tight” / “loose”)
  • Reduce intensity of tension if needed
  • Allow participation through one body part only (e.g. hands)
  • Support pacing and breathing
  • Allow observation instead of participation

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up calmly

  • Quiet, low-demand environment
  • Comfortable position (sitting or standing)

Introduce simply
“We’re going to feel tight… then relaxed.”

🔄 Activity Flow

Phase 1: Tense (Short duration)

  • Clench fists
  • Lift shoulders
  • Tighten body gently
  • Hold briefly

“Feel your body getting tight.”

Phase 2: Calm (Longer duration)

  • Release all tension
  • Drop shoulders
  • Open hands
  • Slow breathing

“Let everything go… feel your body soften.”

Repeat

  • 2–5 cycles
  • Keep transitions slow and predictable

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • One body part only (e.g. hands)
  • Very light tension
  • Short duration

Gentle Input

  • Upper body involvement
  • Clear tense → relax contrast
  • Moderate repetition

Moderate Input

  • Whole body participation
  • Stronger contrast
  • Multiple repetitions with rhythm

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Remain in calm state
  • Slow breathing
  • Minimal talking
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about tensing the body.

It is about learning the feeling of letting go
and recognising how the body moves from tight to calm.

Theraband Stretches
Proprioceptive

Description

💪 Theraband Upper Limb Exercises

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive (with tactile and postural input)

🌿 Activity Description

Theraband Upper Limb Exercises are a resistance-based movement activity that supports regulation through controlled muscle activation and steady, repetitive movement.

The focus is not on strength training alone, but on:

  • Providing deep, organising proprioceptive input
  • Supporting body awareness and joint stability
  • Encouraging controlled, purposeful movement
  • Creating a calm, structured sensory experience

The resistance of the band offers consistent feedback to the muscles and joints, helping the body feel more grounded and organised.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Strong proprioceptive input through resistance and muscle engagement
  • Supports joint awareness and body positioning
  • Encourages controlled, rhythmic movement
  • Can support calming and regulation
  • Improves upper limb coordination and stability
  • Provides tactile feedback through hands and grip

🧰 Materials

  • Theraband (appropriate resistance level)
  • Chair or stability ball

Optional:

  • Anchor point (under feet or stable object)

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Ensure band is securely positioned
  • Use appropriate resistance level
  • Monitor for fatigue, strain, or discomfort
  • Maintain controlled movements (no snapping)
  • Stop if pain or distress occurs

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Adjust band length and resistance
  • Use seated or supported positioning
  • Reduce repetitions or range of movement
  • Focus on one exercise at a time
  • Provide demonstration or hand-over-hand guidance
  • Allow rest breaks between sets

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up safely

  • Comfortable seated position
  • Band secure and appropriate

Introduce simply
“Let’s move slowly and feel the resistance.”

Encourage controlled movement

  • Slow, steady actions
  • Focus on pushing and pulling

Support awareness

  • “Feel the muscles working”
  • “Move slowly back”

Monitor continuously

  • Watch posture, breathing, and effort
  • Adjust as needed

🔄 Core Movements

Shoulder Abduction

  • Arms move out to the side against resistance
  • Return slowly

Bicep Curls

  • Bend elbows, bringing hands toward shoulders
  • Lower with control

External Rotation

  • Rotate forearms outward, elbows by sides
  • Return slowly

Triceps Extension

  • Extend arm against resistance
  • Control return

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Light resistance
  • Small movements
  • Few repetitions

Gentle Input

  • Moderate resistance
  • Controlled repetitions
  • One movement at a time

Moderate Input

  • Increased resistance
  • Multiple exercises
  • Longer duration

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gentle stretching of arms and shoulders
  • Slow breathing
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”
  • Allow time to settle

💛 Key Message

This is not about building strength.

It is about providing deep, controlled input
that supports body awareness, organisation, and calm.

🌿 What to Observe

  • Quality of movement (smooth vs strained)
  • Muscle engagement and control
  • Posture and alignment
  • Signs of fatigue or overload
  • Overall regulation before and after
Therapeutic Vibration
Proprioceptive

Description

💆 Therapeutic Vibration

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive (with tactile and interoceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Therapeutic Vibration is a body-based sensory activity that supports regulation through rhythmic vibration applied to muscles and joints.

The focus is not on intensity, but on:

  • Providing steady, predictable sensory input
  • Supporting muscle relaxation and body awareness
  • Encouraging calm through rhythmic stimulation
  • Offering a controlled and adaptable sensory experience

When used thoughtfully, vibration can help the body feel more organised, grounded, and settled.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Proprioceptive input through muscle and joint stimulation
  • Tactile input from consistent vibration contact
  • Supports muscle relaxation and reduced tension
  • Enhances body awareness and positioning
  • Can support calming and regulation
  • May improve circulation and comfort
  • Can support alerting or calming depending on use

🧰 Materials

  • Therapeutic vibration device (low to moderate intensity)

Optional:

  • Comfortable seating or lying position
  • Cushion or support surface

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Avoid use on face, throat, or sensitive areas
  • Check for medical considerations (e.g. epilepsy, pain conditions)
  • Begin with low intensity only
  • Use for short, monitored intervals
  • Do not hold in one spot for extended periods
  • Stop immediately if discomfort, distress, or overstimulation occurs

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Start with brief, low-intensity exposure
  • Introduce vibration away from sensitive areas first (e.g. hands, arms)
  • Allow the person to see and feel the device before use
  • Offer control (e.g. turning on/off if possible)
  • Use through clothing if direct contact is not tolerated
  • Keep sessions short and predictable

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Introduce gently
“Let’s try a gentle vibration.”

Start low and slow

  • Low intensity
  • Short duration

Begin at tolerated areas

  • Hands, arms, or shoulders
  • Move gradually to other areas if accepted

Keep the device moving

  • Slow, steady motion
  • Avoid staying in one place

Watch closely

  • Facial expression
  • Muscle tone
  • Signs of comfort or distress

Adjust based on response

  • Increase slightly if clearly tolerated
  • Reduce or stop if needed

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Very low vibration
  • Brief contact
  • Peripheral areas only (hands, arms)

Gentle Input

  • Low to moderate vibration
  • Short duration across larger areas
  • Slow, predictable movement

Moderate Input

  • Increased duration
  • Multiple body areas
  • Slightly increased intensity (if well tolerated)

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce intensity
  • Remove device slowly
  • Allow stillness and settling
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about strong stimulation.

It is about providing gentle, predictable input
that supports calm, awareness, and comfort.

🌿 What to Observe

  • Muscle response (relaxation vs tension)
  • Breathing changes
  • Facial expression
  • Engagement or withdrawal
  • Signs of overstimulation
Therapy Ball
Proprioceptive

Description

🟢 Therapy Ball Pushing

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive (with postural and tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

Therapy Ball Pushing is a deep pressure, resistance-based activity that supports regulation through pushing, pressure, and controlled whole-body movement.

The focus is not on strength or performance, but on:

  • Providing strong, organising proprioceptive input
  • Supporting body awareness and coordination
  • Encouraging steady, controlled movement
  • Creating a grounding and regulating sensory experience

The consistent pressure through the hands, arms, and body helps the nervous system feel more settled and organised.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Strong proprioceptive input through pushing and resistance
  • Deep pressure input supports calming and regulation
  • Enhances body awareness and motor planning
  • Encourages focus through repetitive, structured movement
  • Supports upper body strength and stability
  • Provides a safe outlet for excess energy

🧰 Materials

  • Therapy ball (appropriate size and firmness)
  • Wall or clear floor space

Optional:

  • Mat for kneeling
  • Marked area for direction

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Ensure ball is properly inflated and stable
  • Maintain clear space around the activity
  • Monitor posture and avoid overexertion
  • Encourage controlled pushing (no sudden force)
  • Stop if fatigue, discomfort, or distress occurs

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Adjust ball size for height and comfort
  • Use wall pushing for more stability
  • Allow seated or kneeling positions
  • Reduce repetitions or duration
  • Provide hand-over-hand guidance if needed
  • Adjust pace to match regulation level

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up safely

  • Ball positioned at chest height (wall) or on floor
  • Stable stance or supported position

Introduce simply
“Let’s push the ball slowly.”

Support positioning

  • Hands flat on the ball
  • Feet grounded or knees supported

Encourage controlled pressure

  • Push into the wall or forward
  • Hold briefly, then release

Repeat rhythmically

  • Slow, steady repetitions
  • Allow breaks as needed

Monitor response

  • Watch effort, breathing, and engagement
  • Adjust intensity based on response

🔄 Activity Variations

Wall Pushing

  • Ball at chest height
  • Push into wall with both hands
  • Hold and release

Floor Pushing

  • Push ball forward and back
  • Use both hands or alternate hands
  • Maintain slow, controlled movement

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Light pressure
  • Few repetitions
  • Short duration

Gentle Input

  • Moderate pressure
  • Repetitive pushing
  • Structured rhythm

Moderate Input

  • Stronger pressure
  • Longer duration
  • Combined movements (push + move)

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce effort
  • Step back from the ball
  • Slow breathing
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about pushing hard.

It is about providing steady, controlled pressure
that supports calm, focus, and body awareness.

🌿 What to Observe

  • Quality of movement (controlled vs forceful)
  • Body posture and alignment
  • Breathing patterns
  • Signs of regulation or overload
  • Engagement and endurance
Train Ride
Vestibular

Description

🚆 Train Ride

Primary Sensory Areas: Vestibular (with proprioceptive, tactile, and auditory input)

🌿 Activity Description

A Train Ride is a natural, movement-based sensory experience that supports regulation through rhythmic motion, changes in speed, and whole-body movement input.

The focus is not on travel itself, but on:

  • Experiencing movement through acceleration, stopping, and turning
  • Supporting balance and spatial awareness
  • Encouraging rhythmic, regulating input
  • Providing a predictable yet varied sensory experience

The consistent motion of the train offers a unique combination of rhythm and variation, which can be highly organising for the nervous system.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Vestibular input through acceleration, deceleration, and directional changes
  • Proprioceptive input through posture, standing, and weight shifting
  • Tactile input from vibration and seat contact
  • Rhythmic movement supports calming and regulation
  • Supports balance, coordination, and spatial awareness
  • Can enhance focus and environmental engagement

🧰 Materials

  • Access to a train journey

Optional:

  • Headphones
  • Weighted item (if appropriate)
  • Small fidget tool

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Supervise closely when standing or moving
  • Ensure use of rails or supports when required
  • Be aware of sudden stops or changes in movement
  • Avoid excessive movement in crowded environments
  • Respect the individual’s comfort and tolerance

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Choose quieter, off-peak travel times
  • Start with shorter journeys
  • Use seated participation first
  • Allow choice of seat position
  • Provide support when standing or moving
  • Adjust sensory input using headphones or positioning

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Plan the experience

  • Choose a suitable route (steady, predictable)
  • Select seating based on tolerance

Introduce gently
“We’re going to notice how the train moves.”

Encourage awareness

  • Notice starting and stopping
  • Feel the sway and rhythm

Support positioning

  • Sitting, standing, or holding rail
  • Adjust posture to explore movement

Allow gentle movement

  • Small body shifts
  • Leaning with motion

Monitor continuously

  • Watch for overstimulation or discomfort
  • Adjust positioning or stop if needed

🔄 Ways to Explore Movement

  • Acceleration / Deceleration – feel pulling and slowing
  • Stops and Starts – notice changes in momentum
  • Turns and Curves – lean gently with movement
  • Postural Changes – upright, leaning, or relaxed sitting
  • Standing Balance – holding rails while feeling sway

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Seated, minimal movement
  • Short journey
  • Quiet environment

Gentle Input

  • Seated with posture changes
  • Noticing movement
  • Moderate duration

Moderate Input

  • Standing with support
  • Walking short distances
  • Increased engagement with movement

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Prepare for stopping
  • Transition slowly off the train
  • Allow time to settle
  • Signal clearly: “Train ride is finished now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about getting somewhere.

It is about experiencing movement, rhythm, and change
in a way that supports calm, awareness, and regulation.

🌿 What to Observe

  • Response to movement (calm vs overstimulated)
  • Balance and posture
  • Engagement with the environment
  • Signs of enjoyment or discomfort
  • Recovery after the ride

If you want, I can next:

  • Build a full “community sensory program” (train, bus, walking, cafes)
  • Or adapt this specifically for high sensory sensitivity (very important variation)
  • Or create a short script for support workers during travel
Tram
Vestibular

Description

🚋 Tram Ride

Primary Sensory Areas: Vestibular (with proprioceptive, tactile, and auditory input)

🌿 Activity Description

A Tram Ride is a community-based sensory activity that supports regulation through rhythmic movement, stopping and starting, and gentle directional changes.

The focus is not on transport, but on:

  • Experiencing movement and changes in momentum
  • Supporting balance and body awareness
  • Encouraging rhythmic, organising input
  • Providing a predictable and repeatable sensory experience

The steady motion and frequent stops of a tram create a structured pattern of movement, which can be both calming and engaging.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Vestibular input through acceleration, deceleration, and turns
  • Proprioceptive input through posture, standing, and weight shifting
  • Tactile input from vibration and seat contact
  • Rhythmic movement supports calming and regulation
  • Enhances balance and coordination
  • Supports environmental awareness and engagement

🧰 Materials

  • Access to a tram journey

Optional:

  • Headphones
  • Sunglasses
  • Weighted item or compression support
  • Small fidget tool

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Supervise closely when boarding, standing, or moving
  • Use rails or supports when required
  • Be aware of sudden stops and movement changes
  • Avoid unnecessary movement in crowded spaces
  • Exit early if distress or overload occurs

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Travel during off-peak times
  • Start with short, predictable routes
  • Use seated positioning first
  • Choose stable areas of the tram (centre section)
  • Provide physical or verbal support when needed
  • Adjust sensory load using headphones or positioning

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Prepare the experience

  • Plan route and timing
  • Explain simply: “We’re going to feel how the tram moves.”

Support boarding

  • Assist with stepping on
  • Ensure stable positioning

Encourage awareness

  • Notice starting and stopping
  • Feel gentle swaying and movement

Support positioning

  • Sitting or standing (with support)
  • Feet grounded or slight weight shifts

Allow gentle movement

  • Small swaying or leaning
  • Adjust posture to explore movement

Monitor continuously

  • Watch for comfort, engagement, or overload
  • Adjust or pause if needed

🔄 Ways to Explore Movement

  • Stops and Starts – feel forward and backward motion
  • Turns and Curves – gentle leaning into movement
  • Seated Position Changes – upright vs relaxed
  • Standing Balance – holding rail and adjusting posture
  • Weight Shifting – side-to-side or forward/back

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Seated only
  • Minimal movement
  • Short duration

Gentle Input

  • Seated with posture changes
  • Noticing movement
  • Moderate duration

Moderate Input

  • Standing with support
  • Controlled weight shifting
  • Increased engagement with movement

🧘 Managing Overload

  • Return to still sitting
  • Reduce movement and input
  • Use headphones or visual focus
  • Exit at next stop if needed
  • Allow time to settle

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Prepare for stopping
  • Assist with safe exit
  • Transition slowly to stillness
  • Signal clearly: “Tram ride is finished now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about getting somewhere.

It is about experiencing movement, rhythm, and change
in a way that supports calm, awareness, and regulation.

Trampoline
Proprioceptive

Description

🟣 Trampoline

Primary Sensory Areas: Vestibular, Proprioceptive (with tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

Trampoline use is a dynamic movement-based sensory activity that supports regulation through repetitive bouncing, rhythm, and whole-body engagement.

The focus is not on jumping skill, but on:

  • Experiencing up-and-down movement and rhythm
  • Supporting body awareness and coordination
  • Providing strong proprioceptive input through impact and rebound
  • Creating an engaging and regulating sensory experience

The repetitive nature of bouncing can be either calming or alerting, depending on intensity and pacing.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Vestibular input through vertical movement
  • Strong proprioceptive input through jumping and landing
  • Supports coordination and motor planning
  • Rhythmic movement supports regulation
  • Enhances body awareness and spatial orientation
  • Provides an outlet for excess energy

🧰 Materials

  • Trampoline (mini or full size, appropriate to the person)

Optional:

  • Safety enclosure or handle bar
  • Soft mat surrounding trampoline

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Supervise at all times
  • Ensure trampoline is stable and well-maintained
  • Use one person at a time (unless designed otherwise)
  • Encourage controlled jumping (no excessive height or risk-taking)
  • Ensure safe mounting and dismounting
  • Stop if fatigue, loss of control, or distress occurs

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use a mini trampoline with handle bar for stability
  • Begin with supported standing or gentle bouncing
  • Allow holding hands or physical support if needed
  • Reduce intensity (small bends instead of full jumps)
  • Provide clear structure (e.g. number of jumps)
  • Allow observation before participation

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up safely

  • Stable trampoline
  • Clear surrounding area

Introduce simply
“Let’s try some gentle bouncing.”

Support positioning

  • Feet centred
  • Knees slightly bent

Encourage rhythm

  • Slow, controlled bouncing
  • Build a steady pace

Offer variation

  • Small jumps
  • Pausing between jumps
  • Counting or rhythm

Monitor closely

  • Watch balance and coordination
  • Adjust intensity based on response

🔄 Ways to Engage

  • Gentle bouncing – small, controlled movements
  • Rhythmic jumping – consistent pace
  • Pause and jump – build control and timing
  • Counting jumps – adds predictability
  • Supported bouncing – with hand or rail

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Standing with slight knee bends
  • Minimal bounce
  • Short duration

Gentle Input

  • Small, controlled jumps
  • Rhythmic pacing
  • Moderate duration

Moderate Input

  • Higher or faster bouncing
  • Continuous jumping
  • Increased duration

🧘 Managing Overload

  • Slow or stop bouncing
  • Return to standing still
  • Step off safely
  • Provide grounding input (e.g. sitting, deep pressure)
  • Allow time to settle

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce jumping
  • Transition to still standing
  • Step off with support if needed
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about jumping high.

It is about using rhythm, movement, and impact
to support regulation, awareness, and engagement


Trampoline
Proprioceptive

Description

🟣 Trampoline

Primary Sensory Areas: Vestibular, Proprioceptive (with tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

Trampoline use is a dynamic movement-based sensory activity that supports regulation through repetitive bouncing, rhythm, and whole-body engagement.

The focus is not on jumping skill, but on:

  • Experiencing up-and-down movement and rhythm
  • Supporting body awareness and coordination
  • Providing strong proprioceptive input through impact and rebound
  • Creating an engaging and regulating sensory experience

The repetitive nature of bouncing can be either calming or alerting, depending on intensity and pacing.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Vestibular input through vertical movement
  • Strong proprioceptive input through jumping and landing
  • Supports coordination and motor planning
  • Rhythmic movement supports regulation
  • Enhances body awareness and spatial orientation
  • Provides an outlet for excess energy

🧰 Materials

  • Trampoline (mini or full size, appropriate to the person)

Optional:

  • Safety enclosure or handle bar
  • Soft mat surrounding trampoline

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Supervise at all times
  • Ensure trampoline is stable and well-maintained
  • Use one person at a time (unless designed otherwise)
  • Encourage controlled jumping (no excessive height or risk-taking)
  • Ensure safe mounting and dismounting
  • Stop if fatigue, loss of control, or distress occurs

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use a mini trampoline with handle bar for stability
  • Begin with supported standing or gentle bouncing
  • Allow holding hands or physical support if needed
  • Reduce intensity (small bends instead of full jumps)
  • Provide clear structure (e.g. number of jumps)
  • Allow observation before participation

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up safely

  • Stable trampoline
  • Clear surrounding area

Introduce simply
“Let’s try some gentle bouncing.”

Support positioning

  • Feet centred
  • Knees slightly bent

Encourage rhythm

  • Slow, controlled bouncing
  • Build a steady pace

Offer variation

  • Small jumps
  • Pausing between jumps
  • Counting or rhythm

Monitor closely

  • Watch balance and coordination
  • Adjust intensity based on response

🔄 Ways to Engage

  • Gentle bouncing – small, controlled movements
  • Rhythmic jumping – consistent pace
  • Pause and jump – build control and timing
  • Counting jumps – adds predictability
  • Supported bouncing – with hand or rail

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Standing with slight knee bends
  • Minimal bounce
  • Short duration

Gentle Input

  • Small, controlled jumps
  • Rhythmic pacing
  • Moderate duration

Moderate Input

  • Higher or faster bouncing
  • Continuous jumping
  • Increased duration

🧘 Managing Overload

  • Slow or stop bouncing
  • Return to standing still
  • Step off safely
  • Provide grounding input (e.g. sitting, deep pressure)
  • Allow time to settle

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce jumping
  • Transition to still standing
  • Step off with support if needed
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about jumping high.

It is about using rhythm, movement, and impact
to support regulation, awareness, and engagement

Trampoline
Vestibular

Description

🟣 Trampoline

Primary Sensory Areas: Vestibular, Proprioceptive (with tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

Trampoline use is a dynamic movement-based sensory activity that supports regulation through repetitive bouncing, rhythm, and whole-body engagement.

The focus is not on jumping skill, but on:

  • Experiencing up-and-down movement and rhythm
  • Supporting body awareness and coordination
  • Providing strong proprioceptive input through impact and rebound
  • Creating an engaging and regulating sensory experience

The repetitive nature of bouncing can be either calming or alerting, depending on intensity and pacing.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Vestibular input through vertical movement
  • Strong proprioceptive input through jumping and landing
  • Supports coordination and motor planning
  • Rhythmic movement supports regulation
  • Enhances body awareness and spatial orientation
  • Provides an outlet for excess energy

🧰 Materials

  • Trampoline (mini or full size, appropriate to the person)

Optional:

  • Safety enclosure or handle bar
  • Soft mat surrounding trampoline

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Supervise at all times
  • Ensure trampoline is stable and well-maintained
  • Use one person at a time (unless designed otherwise)
  • Encourage controlled jumping (no excessive height or risk-taking)
  • Ensure safe mounting and dismounting
  • Stop if fatigue, loss of control, or distress occurs

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use a mini trampoline with handle bar for stability
  • Begin with supported standing or gentle bouncing
  • Allow holding hands or physical support if needed
  • Reduce intensity (small bends instead of full jumps)
  • Provide clear structure (e.g. number of jumps)
  • Allow observation before participation

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up safely

  • Stable trampoline
  • Clear surrounding area

Introduce simply
“Let’s try some gentle bouncing.”

Support positioning

  • Feet centred
  • Knees slightly bent

Encourage rhythm

  • Slow, controlled bouncing
  • Build a steady pace

Offer variation

  • Small jumps
  • Pausing between jumps
  • Counting or rhythm

Monitor closely

  • Watch balance and coordination
  • Adjust intensity based on response

🔄 Ways to Engage

  • Gentle bouncing – small, controlled movements
  • Rhythmic jumping – consistent pace
  • Pause and jump – build control and timing
  • Counting jumps – adds predictability
  • Supported bouncing – with hand or rail

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Standing with slight knee bends
  • Minimal bounce
  • Short duration

Gentle Input

  • Small, controlled jumps
  • Rhythmic pacing
  • Moderate duration

Moderate Input

  • Higher or faster bouncing
  • Continuous jumping
  • Increased duration

🧘 Managing Overload

  • Slow or stop bouncing
  • Return to standing still
  • Step off safely
  • Provide grounding input (e.g. sitting, deep pressure)
  • Allow time to settle

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce jumping
  • Transition to still standing
  • Step off with support if needed
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about jumping high.

It is about using rhythm, movement, and impact
to support regulation, awareness, and engagement

Trampoline Dodgeball
Visual

Description

🟣 Trampoline Dodge Ball

Primary Sensory Areas: Vestibular, Proprioceptive (with visual and motor planning input)

🌿 Activity Description

Trampoline Dodge Ball is a dynamic, movement-based activity that supports regulation through jumping, timing, and responding to a moving object.

The focus is not on competition, but on:

  • Experiencing movement and rhythm through bouncing
  • Supporting body awareness and coordination
  • Encouraging visual tracking and responsive movement
  • Providing an engaging and adaptable sensory experience

The combination of bouncing and reacting to a ball creates a playful, alerting form of sensory input.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Vestibular input through jumping and vertical movement
  • Strong proprioceptive input through landing and impact
  • Supports balance and coordination
  • Enhances visual tracking and attention
  • Encourages motor planning and quick responses
  • Provides an outlet for energy and engagement

🧰 Materials

  • Trampoline (safe and appropriate size)
  • Soft, lightweight ball (e.g. foam or inflatable)

Optional:

  • Safety enclosure or handle
  • Additional balls for progression

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Supervise at all times
  • Use a soft ball only to reduce injury risk
  • Ensure clear space around the trampoline
  • One participant at a time (unless designed for more)
  • Encourage controlled jumping (no excessive height)
  • Stop if balance, coordination, or control reduces

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Begin with gentle bouncing only
  • Use a larger, slower-moving ball
  • Allow smaller jumps or stepping instead of bouncing
  • Provide physical support or a handle if needed
  • Reduce speed and number of balls
  • Allow observation before participation

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up safely

  • Stable trampoline
  • Soft ball ready

Introduce simply
“Keep jumping and move away from the ball.”

Start gently

  • Place the ball on the trampoline
  • Let it move naturally

Encourage movement

  • Small, controlled jumps
  • Move away from the ball

Adjust challenge

  • Move the ball slightly
  • Add a second ball if appropriate

Monitor continuously

  • Watch balance, timing, and engagement
  • Reduce intensity if needed

🔄 Ways to Engage

  • Bounce and avoid – move away from the ball
  • Track the ball – watch and anticipate movement
  • Catch and release – introduce simple catching
  • Directional prompts – “move left”, “move back”
  • Rhythmic play – jump in time or pattern

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Gentle bouncing only
  • Ball placed and moving slowly
  • Short duration

Gentle Input

  • Controlled jumping
  • One moving ball
  • Simple avoidance

Moderate Input

  • Faster bouncing
  • Multiple balls
  • Added tasks (catching, direction changes)

🧘 Managing Overload

  • Slow or stop jumping
  • Remove the ball
  • Return to still standing
  • Step off the trampoline
  • Provide grounding input (e.g. sitting, deep pressure)

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce jumping
  • Remove ball input
  • Transition to stillness
  • Step off safely
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about dodging perfectly.

It is about combining movement, timing, and awareness
in a way that supports engagement, coordination, and regulation.

🌿 What to Observe

  • Balance and coordination
  • Ability to track the ball visually
  • Timing and responsiveness
  • Signs of enjoyment or overstimulation
  • Ability to stop and transition
Treadmill
Proprioceptive

Description

🚶 Treadmill Walking

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive (with vestibular, tactile, and interoceptive input)

🌿 Activity Description

Treadmill Walking is a rhythmic, repetitive movement activity that supports regulation through steady stepping, weight shifting, and predictable motion.

The focus is not on fitness, but on:

  • Providing consistent proprioceptive input through the lower body
  • Supporting body awareness and coordination
  • Encouraging rhythm and pacing
  • Creating a structured, regulating sensory experience

The predictable nature of treadmill walking can be particularly helpful for supporting calm, focus, and organisation.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Proprioceptive input through stepping and weight transfer
  • Supports joint awareness in ankles, knees, and hips
  • Rhythmic movement supports calming and regulation
  • Enhances balance and coordination
  • Supports postural awareness
  • Encourages breathing rhythm and regulation
  • Can improve focus and mental clarity

🧰 Materials

  • Treadmill

Optional:

  • Supportive footwear
  • Headphones or music
  • Visual focus point

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Supervise at all times, especially during initial use
  • Start at a slow, manageable speed
  • Ensure access to handrails if needed
  • Use safety features (e.g. emergency stop)
  • Avoid fatigue or overexertion
  • Stop immediately if discomfort, imbalance, or distress occurs

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Begin with very short sessions (5–10 minutes)
  • Use low speed only initially
  • Allow holding handrails for stability
  • Provide physical or verbal guidance
  • Reduce distractions in the environment
  • Adjust incline or speed gradually
  • Allow breaks as needed

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up safely

  • Clear, quiet space
  • Treadmill set to low speed

Introduce simply
“Let’s walk slowly.”

Support positioning

  • Upright posture
  • Feet placed evenly
  • Arms moving naturally

Encourage rhythm

  • Steady stepping
  • Consistent pace

Monitor continuously

  • Balance and coordination
  • Breathing and effort
  • Signs of fatigue or overload

🔄 Ways to Engage

  • Steady walking – consistent pace
  • Posture focus – upright alignment
  • Arm swing – natural movement
  • Pacing awareness – slow vs slightly faster
  • Rhythm matching – steps in time with breathing or sound

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Very slow walking
  • Short duration
  • Handrail support

Gentle Input

  • Steady walking pace
  • Moderate duration
  • Reduced reliance on support

Moderate Input

  • Increased speed or incline
  • Longer duration
  • More independent walking

🧘 Managing Overload

  • Reduce speed immediately
  • Hold handrails
  • Stop the treadmill
  • Step off safely
  • Sit or rest
  • Allow time to settle

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce speed
  • Pause before stepping off
  • Step off with support if needed
  • Allow stillness
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about exercise.

It is about using steady, rhythmic movement
to support calm, awareness, and organisation.

🌿 What to Observe

  • Walking pattern and coordination
  • Posture and alignment
  • Breathing rhythm
  • Signs of fatigue or overload
  • Level of focus and regulation

Tug of War
Proprioceptive

Description

🟠 Tug of War

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive (with postural and tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

Tug of War is a resistance-based, whole-body activity that supports regulation through pulling, sustained effort, and deep pressure input.

The focus is not on winning, but on:

  • Providing strong, organising proprioceptive input
  • Supporting body awareness and coordination
  • Encouraging controlled force and effort
  • Creating a structured and engaging sensory experience

The steady resistance and full-body engagement help the nervous system feel more grounded and regulated.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Strong proprioceptive input through pulling and resistance
  • Deep pressure input supports calming and regulation
  • Enhances body awareness and motor planning
  • Encourages focus through goal-directed movement
  • Builds strength and postural stability
  • Provides a safe outlet for physical energy

🧰 Materials

  • Sturdy rope or resistance band

Optional:

  • Towel (for softer grip)
  • Adaptive handles or thicker grips

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Ensure rope is secure and appropriate for use
  • Maintain clear space around participants
  • Encourage controlled pulling (no sudden jerks)
  • Monitor for fatigue or strain
  • Stop if discomfort, loss of balance, or distress occurs

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use lighter resistance (towel or band)
  • Offer seated or supported versions
  • Reduce duration of pulling
  • Provide hand-over-hand guidance if needed
  • Allow one-handed or assisted grip
  • Adjust intensity based on tolerance

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Set up safely

  • Clear space
  • Comfortable grip on rope

Introduce simply
“Let’s pull gently.”

Support positioning

  • Feet shoulder-width apart
  • Knees slightly bent
  • Stable stance

Encourage controlled effort

  • Pull steadily, not suddenly
  • Hold and release

Use short bursts

  • 10–20 seconds
  • Pause between rounds

Monitor continuously

  • Watch posture and effort
  • Adjust resistance as needed

🔄 Ways to Engage

  • Gentle pulling – steady resistance
  • Hold and release – build control
  • Side-to-side pulling – varied movement
  • Partner play – shared interaction
  • Seated tug – reduced balance demand

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

Very Gentle Input

  • Light resistance
  • Short duration
  • Supported or seated position

Gentle Input

  • Moderate resistance
  • Short repeated rounds
  • Standing with stable posture

Moderate Input

  • Increased resistance
  • Longer pulling phases
  • More dynamic movement

🧘 Managing Overload

  • Reduce resistance
  • Stop pulling
  • Release rope slowly
  • Transition to stillness
  • Provide calming input if needed

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Gradually reduce effort
  • Release rope safely
  • Allow arms and body to relax
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about pulling harder.

It is about providing steady resistance and deep pressure
that supports calm, awareness, and organisation.

🌿 What to Observe

  • Quality of movement (controlled vs forceful)
  • Body posture and stability
  • Grip strength and coordination
  • Signs of enjoyment or frustration
  • Overall regulation before and after
Tunnel Crawling
Proprioceptive

Description

🌀 Tunnel Crawling

Primary Sensory Areas: Proprioceptive (with tactile input)

🌿 Activity Description

Tunnel crawling is a whole-body movement activity that provides strong proprioceptive input through crawling, pushing, and weight-bearing within an enclosed space.

The focus is not on completing the tunnel, but on:

  • Experiencing movement and resistance through the body
  • Supporting body awareness and spatial orientation
  • Encouraging motor planning and sequencing
  • Providing a contained, organising sensory experience

For many individuals, the enclosed nature of the tunnel can feel calming, predictable, and grounding.

🌟 Sensory Benefits

  • Proprioceptive input through crawling, pushing, and weight-bearing
  • Tactile input from contact with tunnel surfaces
  • Increased spatial awareness in a confined space
  • Core and upper body strengthening
  • Supports motor planning and sequencing
  • Can promote a calming, contained feeling

🧰 Materials

  • Tunnel (fabric tunnel, pop-up tunnel, or improvised tunnel)

Optional:

  • Cushions or soft obstacles
  • Mats for comfort

⚠️ Important Safety Considerations

  • Never force entry into a tunnel
  • Ensure the tunnel is stable, open, and well-ventilated
  • Maintain clear visibility of entry and exit
  • Monitor for signs of distress or claustrophobia
  • Allow immediate exit at any time

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use short, wide tunnels to reduce intensity
  • Allow partial entry or backing out
  • Provide reassurance or visual cues at the exit
  • Use alternatives (boxes, chair tunnels, open pathways)
  • Observation-only participation is valid

🔄 Graded Input Levels (SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Sitting at tunnel entrance
  • Reaching or leaning inside
  • Partial crawling with support
  • Short duration (10–20 seconds)

🌿 Gentle Input

  • Full crawl at own pace
  • One or two repetitions
  • Moderate duration (20–60 seconds)

🌳 Moderate / Strong Input

  • Multiple crawls or longer tunnels
  • Added resistance (e.g. soft cushions)
  • Increased duration with breaks

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose
Support safe, regulating movement within an enclosed space

How to Support

  • Show the tunnel and explain simply
  • Stay visible at the exit
  • Encourage slow, steady crawling
  • Allow the participant to control entry and exit

🛑 Stop or Modify If You See

  • Hesitation, distress, or freezing
  • Rapid breathing or agitation
  • Urgent attempts to exit

🔁 Adjust By

  • Shortening the tunnel
  • Increasing light or opening sides
  • Switching to open-space crawling
  • Reducing repetitions

🧠 Support Tips

  • Praise participation, not completion
  • Avoid time pressure or competition
  • Pair with grounding input afterward if calming is the goal
  • Use consistently to build predictability

🧘 Ending the Activity

  • Allow the participant to exit at their own pace
  • Transition to stillness or a calming activity
  • Signal clearly: “All done now”

💛 Key Message

This is not about getting through the tunnel.

It is about experiencing movement, pressure, and containment
in a way that supports calm, awareness, and organisation.

Twister
Proprioceptive

Description

🌀 Twister Game Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with vestibular, tactile, and visual input)

Activity Description

Twister is a playful movement activity that encourages stretching, balancing, reaching, twisting, and body awareness through colourful floor-based positions.
The activity provides rich proprioceptive and vestibular input as participants move their bodies into different positions while maintaining balance and coordination.

Participation can range from very simple one-hand or one-foot movements through to more complex multi-directional body positioning.
The focus should remain on enjoyment, movement exploration, flexibility, and regulation rather than competition or performance.

For many individuals, the predictable movement patterns, physical challenge, and playful interaction can feel highly engaging and regulating.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Strong proprioceptive input through weight-bearing, stretching, pushing, and stabilising
  • Vestibular input through bending, twisting, reaching, and shifting body positions
  • Improved body awareness and spatial orientation
  • Bilateral coordination through crossing midline and multi-limb movements
  • Motor planning and sequencing practice
  • Balance and postural control development
  • Visual tracking and colour recognition
  • Increased flexibility and joint awareness
  • Social engagement and shared enjoyment
  • Rhythmic movement and regulation through repeated positioning tasks

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Reduce the number of body parts used at once
  • Use slower pacing with extended processing time
  • Allow seated or kneeling participation if standing balance is difficult
  • Simplify instructions to one movement at a time
  • Use visual demonstration alongside verbal cues
  • Provide physical support or hand-over-hand guidance if welcomed
  • Use softer mats underneath if tactile sensitivities are present
  • Allow observation-only participation
  • Encourage rest breaks whenever needed
  • Use larger coloured markers instead of a standard Twister mat if required

⚠️ Never force stretching, twisting, or balance positions that feel unsafe or distressing.

🌟 Activity Ideas

🟢 Basic Twister – One Hand, One Foot

Call out a single colour and body part:

  • “Left hand on red”
  • “Right foot on blue”

This simpler version supports:

  • body awareness
  • balance
  • coordination
  • gentle stretching

🟣 Multi-Body-Part Twister

Increase complexity gradually:

  • “Left hand on yellow”
  • “Right foot on blue”
  • “Left foot on green”

This encourages:

  • motor planning
  • crossing midline
  • sequencing
  • coordination

🟡 Speed Challenge

Call movements more quickly while maintaining safety and enjoyment.

This can increase:

  • reaction time
  • vestibular activation
  • cognitive processing
  • focused attention

Reduce pace immediately if overload or frustration appears.

🟢 Twisting & Reaching Challenge

Encourage twisting and directional movement:

  • “Reach across your body”
  • “Twist to the side”
  • “Stretch behind you”

This provides rich:

  • vestibular input
  • proprioceptive feedback
  • flexibility work
  • postural activation

🟣 Hold-the-Position Challenge

Encourage holding positions briefly:

  • “Hold for five seconds”

This supports:

  • muscle endurance
  • postural stability
  • sustained proprioceptive input
  • focused body awareness

🧰 Set-Up & Environment

Materials

  • Twister mat or coloured floor markers
  • Open floor space
  • Stable, non-slip surface
  • Comfortable clothing
  • Optional music for rhythm and engagement

Environment Suggestions

  • Calm, uncluttered area
  • Enough surrounding space for safe movement
  • Reduced distractions if attention is limited
  • Predictable turn-taking if playing socially

🔄 Suggested Activity Flow

🌱 Beginning

  • Introduce the mat slowly
  • Explore colours and positions
  • Begin with very simple movements

🌿 Middle

  • Gradually increase complexity if the participant is enjoying the activity
  • Add reaching, balancing, or multi-step positioning
  • Encourage playful movement and experimentation

🌸 Ending

  • Slow movements down gradually
  • Finish with stretching or calming positions
  • Allow rest and regulation time after activity

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

  • Monitor for signs of fatigue, frustration, or overload
  • Avoid forcing difficult stretches or balance tasks
  • Ensure footwear is stable and non-slip
  • Clear surrounding obstacles to reduce falls risk
  • Encourage slow, controlled movements
  • Respect body limits and flexibility differences
  • Allow frequent pauses and movement breaks
  • A playful and supportive approach is more important than “getting it right”

🌱 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Touching coloured circles while seated
  • One-hand-only movements
  • Observation and imitation

🌿 Gentle Input

  • One hand and one foot positions
  • Slow reaching movements
  • Supported standing participation

🌳 Moderate Input

  • Multi-body-part positioning
  • Twisting and stretching
  • Independent balance tasks

🌲 Strong Input

  • Fast-paced movement changes
  • Extended balance holds
  • Repeated whole-body twisting and reaching
  • Full-game participation with rapid transitions 
Vacuuming
Proprioceptive

Description

🧹 Assisting a Client with Vacuuming Activities

Vacuuming can provide rich proprioceptive, tactile, visual, and auditory sensory input while also supporting participation in meaningful household tasks.
For many individuals, the repetitive pushing, pulling, and whole-body movement involved in vacuuming can feel organising, regulating, and satisfying.

The focus should remain on:

  • enjoyable participation
  • predictable movement
  • body awareness
  • regulation through purposeful activity
  • success without pressure

Participation may range from briefly holding the vacuum handle to independently vacuuming a room.

🌟 General Approach

  • Use clear verbal, visual, or demonstrated instructions.
  • Break the activity into simple, manageable steps.
  • Encourage slow, controlled movements rather than rushing.
  • Allow frequent pauses or rest breaks if fatigue or overload occurs.
  • Use a lightweight vacuum if strength, endurance, or coordination are limited.
  • Ensure cords, furniture, and walkways are safely managed.
  • Observation-only participation is valid.
  • Never force participation if the noise or sensations become distressing.

💪 Proprioceptive-Rich Vacuuming Activities

🧹 Pushing the Vacuum Cleaner

Provides strong proprioceptive input through:

  • shoulders
  • arms
  • hands
  • back
  • core muscles

The resistance involved in pushing and pulling can increase body awareness and regulation.

🖐 Handling the Vacuum Hose

Using the hose attachment encourages:

  • grip strength
  • bilateral coordination
  • fine motor control
  • controlled arm movements

This can be especially regulating when moving slowly and rhythmically.

🚪 Navigating Around Furniture

Moving around obstacles supports:

  • spatial awareness
  • motor planning
  • coordination
  • balance
  • body positioning

Slow navigation often increases focused attention and body awareness.

📏 Reaching High or Low Areas

Stretching, bending, kneeling, or reaching can provide:

  • joint compression
  • proprioceptive feedback
  • postural activation
  • whole-body movement input

Adapt movements to the individual’s comfort and physical capacity.

🔌 Plugging and Unplugging the Vacuum

This smaller task supports:

  • finger strength
  • hand coordination
  • sequencing
  • fine motor planning

Some individuals enjoy the predictability of repeating this routine.

🎨 Sensory Benefits

🎶 Auditory Input

The rhythmic hum of the vacuum can feel:

  • predictable
  • organising
  • calming

For some individuals, however, the sound may feel overwhelming or distressing.

Possible supports:

  • noise-cancelling headphones
  • ear defenders
  • lower-noise vacuums
  • vacuuming at quieter times
  • gradual exposure at the person’s pace

🖐 Tactile Feedback

Different flooring surfaces create varying vibrations and resistance through the hands and arms.

This tactile feedback can:

  • increase grounding
  • improve body awareness
  • support sensory regulation

👀 Visual Satisfaction

Seeing visible changes in the environment can provide:

  • motivation
  • predictability
  • completion satisfaction
  • reduced stress
  • increased engagement

The immediate “before and after” effect is often highly reinforcing.

💪 Heavy Work Input

Vacuuming naturally provides “heavy work” through:

  • pushing
  • pulling
  • carrying
  • stabilising movements

Heavy work activities are often calming and organising for the nervous system.

🔄 Rhythmic Repetition

The repetitive nature of vacuuming may support:

  • focus
  • emotional regulation
  • calming rhythmic movement
  • sustained attention

For some individuals, this repetitive movement can feel almost meditative.

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use cordless or lightweight vacuums if endurance is limited.
  • Reduce the size of the area being cleaned.
  • Vacuum one section at a time.
  • Use visual markers or simple sequences:
    • start here
    • move forward
    • turn
    • stop
  • Allow seated rest breaks.
  • Pair with preferred music if helpful.
  • Provide hand-over-hand assistance only if welcomed.
  • Use predictable routines and consistent sequences.

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

  • Monitor for signs of sensory overload:
    • covering ears
    • agitation
    • withdrawal
    • rapid breathing
    • frustration
  • Avoid forcing continued participation once distress appears.
  • Be cautious around cords, pets, stairs, and unstable surfaces.
  • Ensure the vacuum weight and resistance are appropriate.
  • Respect sensory sensitivities to sound, vibration, dust, or airflow.
  • A calm, encouraging approach is usually far more effective than correction or pressure.

🌱 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Watching vacuuming from nearby
  • Touching the vacuum while turned off
  • Holding the handle briefly
  • Helping plug or unplug the vacuum

🌿 Gentle Input

  • Vacuuming a very small area
  • Using lightweight attachments
  • Short periods of pushing and pulling
  • Vacuuming alongside support staff

🌳 Moderate Input

  • Vacuuming a full room
  • Moving around furniture
  • Carrying lightweight vacuum components
  • Longer periods of repetitive movement

🌲 Strong Input

  • Vacuuming larger areas independently
  • Pushing heavier vacuums
  • Repetitive whole-body movement over extended periods
  • Combined lifting, bending, carrying, and pushing tasks
Vestibular Walk
Vestibular

Description

🚶‍♀️ Vestibular Walk

Rhythmic Movement · Graded Challenge · Sensory Grounding

A simple walk — done on purpose — to help the nervous system settle, organise, and feel at home in the body.

🌿 Why we’re doing this

This activity provides vestibular input (balance & movement) and proprioceptive input (muscles & joints) through walking over varied terrain and gentle gradients.

The goals are to:

  • build postural control

  • improve body awareness

  • support emotional regulation

  • create calm through rhythmic, whole-body movement

Think: steady, grounded, predictable movement that the nervous system can trust.

🧍‍♂️ Set-Up

🌍 Environment

Choose a quiet, safe walking route with a mix of:

  • flat ground

  • gentle hills

  • curbs

  • grass, gravel, or firm paths

✔️ Start simple
✔️ Add challenge gradually
❌ Avoid heavy traffic, crowds, and loud noise

🎒 Equipment

  • Supportive footwear

  • Optional weighted backpack or vest (start light)

  • Hat, sunscreen, water

  • Mobility aid, gait belt, or co-walking support if needed

🚶 Step-by-Step Flow

1️⃣ Arrival & Orientation

  • Pause before starting

  • Say: “We’re going for a walk. Let’s feel the ground under our feet.”

  • Take one slow breath in, one slow breath out

2️⃣ Warm-Up (2–3 minutes)

  • Walk on flat ground

  • Even pace, relaxed steps

  • Match steps to breathing

  • Quietly observe posture, balance, and confidence

3️⃣ Main Walk: Gentle Challenge

  • Add small inclines and declines

  • Encourage looking toward the horizon

  • Change surfaces: pavement → grass → gravel

  • Add light proprioceptive load if appropriate

Use simple rhythmic cues:

“Step… step… up the hill… step… step… down.”

4️⃣ Intensity Options (choose what fits today)

  • Level 1 – Slow walk, flat ground, no weight

  • Level 2 – Gentle hills and surface changes

  • Level 3 – Light weight, longer walk, stepping over low obstacles

  • Level 4 – Add gentle dual tasks
    (“What colours can you see?” “What sounds are nearby?”)

5️⃣ Cool-Down & Grounding

  • Return to flat ground

  • Slow the pace

  • Match breathing to slower steps

  • Finish with a still balance pause
    (feet apart, eyes open, steady body)

🧠 Sensory Benefits (What’s happening inside)

  • Vestibular – Movement over slopes improves balance & spatial awareness

  • Proprioceptive – Muscle load calms and organises the nervous system

  • Visual – Scanning the environment supports coordination

  • Tactile – Different surfaces build adaptability

  • Interoceptive – Breathing and heart-rate awareness support self-regulation

⚠️ Safety First

  • Start with low challenge — build gradually

  • Watch for fatigue, dizziness, or overheating

  • Take breaks and hydrate

If using weights:

  • Max 5–10% of body weight

  • Even distribution only

  • Avoid if spinal, cardiac, or joint instability is present

For clients with seizure history:
✔️ close supervision
✔️ clear visual boundaries

🪶 Support Worker Cues

  • Voice: calm, rhythmic, encouraging
    (“Nice and steady up the hill.”)

  • Body: walk alongside or slightly ahead

  • Observe: posture, breath, foot placement, enjoyment

  • Touch: brief, firm support only if needed

  • Adapt: shorten route, flatten terrain, remove weight if stress appears

🕊 What we expect to see over time

  • Better balance and gait confidence

  • Increased vestibular tolerance

  • Calmer, more organised mood after walking

  • Greater comfort moving outdoors

  • Stronger connection through shared, co-regulated movement

Vibration & Relaxation
Tactile

Description

🪑 VIBRATION & RELAXATION

A gentle tactile and proprioceptive experience using therapeutic vibration to soothe the nervous system.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

This activity uses handheld or wearable vibration tools to provide deep, rhythmic sensory input. By applying steady, low-frequency pressure, you can help an individual ground themselves, reduce muscle tension, and prepare the body for rest or focused engagement.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides calming deep pressure input to help organize the nervous system.

• Increases body awareness through proprioceptive feedback.

• Helps to soothe hyper-sensitive tactile systems through consistent, predictable stimulation.

• Promotes relaxation by reducing muscle tightness and nervous system arousal.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Handheld vibrating massager (variable speed preferred).

• Vibrating cushion or pillow.

• Weighted blanket or lap pad (optional).

• Soft, comfortable towels or fabric covers.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Ensure the individual is in a comfortable, supported position.

• Start with the vibration tool on the lowest setting and introduce it near the feet or hands to gauge comfort.

• Move the device in slow, smooth strokes along large muscle groups like the arms or legs.

• Observe closely for signs of enjoyment, relaxation, or discomfort.

• Maintain a consistent, rhythmic pace to encourage a meditative state.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Place a vibrating cushion behind the back or under the thighs while seated.

• Secure vibrating tools to armrests for independent hand exploration.

• Use a lap tray to stabilize vibration devices for easy access.

• Ensure seat belts or positioning supports are not restricting the path of the vibrating device.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Avoid placing vibration directly over bony prominences or the spine.

• Never use vibration devices near the head, neck, or throat area.

• Monitor skin regularly for any redness or signs of irritation.

• Always allow the person to push the device away to signal a desire for a break.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Layer the vibration with soft, low-volume music to create a calming multi-sensory environment.

• Alternate between vibrating and non-vibrating touch to provide sensory contrast.

• Use a vibrating pillow during reading time or passive listening activities.

• Guide the person's hand to hold the vibration tool so they can control the placement.

• Wrap the tool in different textures like velvet or cotton to change the tactile feel.

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use a vibrating plush toy with very low intensity.

• Apply vibration through a thick towel to soften the initial impact.

• Use only 5-10 second bursts of vibration followed by long rests.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use a handheld massager on a medium setting.

• Apply direct touch over clothing on the arms or legs.

• Maintain consistent contact for 1-2 minutes at a time.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use a high-frequency vibrating cushion or mat.

• Apply direct, firm pressure with the vibrating tool for longer durations.

• Combine vibration with the weight of a heavy blanket for maximum sensory grounding.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always check for verbal or non-verbal consent before starting.

• Follow the person's lead on which body parts feel comfortable to stimulate.

• Use a "stop-start" signal to ensure the person feels in control of the experience.

• Adjust your pace based on the individual's breathing rate and muscle tone.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

Vibration is a powerful tool for instant regulation, making this an essential activity for de-escalation or promoting deeper sleep. It is simple to implement, highly adjustable, and offers a quiet way to connect and provide comfort to those with complex sensory needs.

Vibration Discovery
Tactile

Description

📳 Vibration Discovery

Exploring textures and sensations through gentle, rhythmic vibration.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• Vibration Discovery introduces controlled, soothing sensory input by using vibrating tools to explore different areas of the body. This activity helps the individual become more aware of their physical boundaries and provides organized input that can either calm or alert the system.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Improves tactile awareness and body schema.

• Provides proprioceptive input to muscles and joints.

• Supports nervous system regulation and calming.

• Assists in desensitizing specific areas of the body.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Handheld massager, vibrating pillow or sensory toy.

• A selection of textured fabrics (silk, fleece, corduroy).

• Soft towel for comfort.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Ensure the individual is comfortable and alert before starting.

• Introduce the vibrating device away from the face first, allowing them to feel the motion through their clothing or a blanket.

• Observe closely for signs of pleasure or withdrawal, moving at their pace.

• Slowly introduce the vibration to the arms, legs, or back, maintaining consistent, rhythmic contact.

• Offer sensory breaks where the device is turned off to notice the change in sensation.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Place a vibrating cushion behind the back or under the thighs while seated.

• Attach a vibration device to a tray or armrest to encourage active reaching.

• Use the device on the feet or lower legs if the person is positioned in a tilt-in-space wheelchair.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Never use vibration devices directly on the neck, head, or over bony prominences.

• Monitor for skin irritation or signs of over-stimulation.

• Always have the individual's consent through body language before initiating contact.

• Check batteries and device wires for safety prior to each use.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Layer fabric between the device and skin to dampen the intensity.

• Use the vibrating toy to 'chase' a soft ball across the individual's lap.

• Coordinate vibrations with a piece of music to add an auditory component.

• Compare high-frequency vs. low-frequency vibrations to note preference.

• Allow the individual to hold the device if they have sufficient grasp.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use the vibrating device through three layers of thick fleece.

• Limit vibration sessions to 10 seconds followed by 30 seconds of rest.

• Apply vibration only to the feet or distal extremities.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Use the device through a single layer of fabric or directly on clothing.

• Apply vibration to the arms or calves using long, sweeping motions.

• Alternate between 30 seconds of activity and 30 seconds of rest.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Use the device directly on the skin if safe and tolerated.

• Apply firm, stationary pressure with the device on large muscle groups like the thighs.

• Use a higher intensity setting for sustained periods of 1-2 minutes.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Watch the face for micro-expressions that signal comfort or distress.

• Respect a withdrawal movement by stopping immediately and waiting.

• Use descriptive language like 'buzzy' or 'humming' to narrate the experience.

• Always let the person feel the vibration on your hand first to build trust.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• Vibration Discovery is a simple, highly effective way to provide deep input that helps ground the body, making it a perfect tool for transitioning between activities or finding calm in a busy day.

Visual Sorting
Visual

Description

🧺 Sorting Activities

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with visual, proprioceptive, and cognitive input)

Activity Description

Sorting activities involve grouping objects by shared features such as colour, texture, size, shape, sound, or function.
These activities provide structured sensory exploration while supporting attention, organisation, visual discrimination, and fine motor development.

The repetitive and predictable nature of sorting can feel calming and regulating for many individuals, while also encouraging active engagement and problem-solving.

Participation may range from simply exploring and moving objects through to independently sorting large groups of items into categories.

The focus should remain on:

  • exploration
  • enjoyment
  • sensory engagement
  • success without pressure
  • predictable participation

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Tactile exploration through handling varied textures
  • Visual discrimination and visual scanning practice
  • Fine motor development through grasping and placing objects
  • Hand-eye coordination
  • Proprioceptive input through lifting, carrying, and moving items
  • Cognitive organisation and categorisation
  • Attention and sustained focus
  • Problem-solving and decision-making
  • Predictable repetitive movement supporting regulation
  • Increased independence and task participation

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use larger objects if fine motor control is difficult
  • Reduce the number of items initially
  • Sort using only one category at a time
  • Use clear visual labels or colour-coded containers
  • Allow touching and exploring objects before sorting
  • Use hand-over-hand guidance only if welcomed
  • Offer seated or floor-based participation
  • Use familiar or highly preferred objects
  • Allow observation-only participation
  • Simplify verbal instructions:
    • “Find blue”
    • “Put soft things here”
    • “Match the same”

⚠️ Avoid overwhelming the participant with too many choices or overly complex sorting rules.

🌟 Sorting Activity Ideas

🔵 Colour Sorting

Sort objects by colour:

  • blocks
  • toys
  • pom-poms
  • buttons
  • pegs

Supports:

  • visual processing
  • matching skills
  • categorisation

🟢 Texture Sorting

Sort by tactile qualities:

  • soft
  • rough
  • smooth
  • bumpy
  • fluffy

Supports:

  • tactile discrimination
  • sensory exploration
  • body awareness

🟣 Shape Sorting

Group items by shape:

  • circles
  • squares
  • triangles
  • objects with matching outlines

Supports:

  • visual perception
  • spatial awareness
  • problem-solving

🟡 Sound Sorting

Sort objects by sound:

  • loud
  • quiet
  • rattling
  • jingling
  • tapping

Supports:

  • auditory discrimination
  • attention
  • sensory awareness

🌈 Movement-Based Sorting

Place sorting tubs around the room and encourage movement between stations.

This adds:

  • proprioceptive input
  • vestibular input
  • whole-body engagement
  • increased alertness and regulation

🧰 Set-Up & Environment

Materials

  • Baskets, tubs, trays, or containers
  • Objects with varied colours, textures, shapes, or sounds
  • Labels or picture cards if helpful
  • Optional timer or music

Environment Suggestions

  • Calm, uncluttered space
  • Soft lighting if sensory sensitivities are present
  • Clear work area with predictable layout
  • Reduced background distractions

🔄 Suggested Activity Flow

🌱 Beginning

  • Introduce objects slowly
  • Allow touching and exploration
  • Demonstrate simple sorting examples

🌿 Middle

  • Encourage independent sorting
  • Gradually increase complexity if appropriate
  • Add movement, timing, or matching challenges if enjoyable

🌸 Ending

  • Finish with organising or packing away items
  • Provide positive feedback and calm closure
  • Allow regulation time if needed

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

  • Monitor for signs of frustration or overload
  • Avoid small objects if there is a choking risk
  • Reduce visual clutter if attention is limited
  • Keep instructions simple and predictable
  • Allow extra processing time
  • Respect sensory sensitivities to textures, sounds, or smells
  • The goal is engagement and regulation, not perfection

🌱 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Touching or exploring objects only
  • Sorting two highly distinct objects
  • Matching identical items

🌿 Gentle Input

  • Sorting by one category (colour or texture)
  • Small number of objects
  • Supported participation

🌳 Moderate Input

  • Multiple sorting categories
  • Increased number of objects
  • Independent sorting with visual supports

🌲 Strong Input

  • Timed sorting games
  • Movement-based sorting around the room
  • Multi-step categorisation tasks
  • Sorting while carrying or transporting objects between stations
Voice Recording
Auditory

Description

🎙️ Voice Recording Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Auditory (with cognitive, tactile, and expressive input)

Activity Description

Voice Recording Exploration is a playful auditory activity that encourages individuals to record, listen to, and modify their own voice using a smartphone, tablet, or recording device.

Participants can experiment with:

  • pitch
  • tone
  • speed
  • volume
  • echo
  • sound effects
  • character voices
  • creative expression

The activity supports auditory awareness, communication, self-expression, and creativity while also providing opportunities for sensory exploration and cognitive flexibility.

For many individuals, hearing their voice transformed in different ways can feel surprising, engaging, humorous, calming, or empowering.

The focus should remain on:

  • curiosity
  • creativity
  • sensory exploration
  • enjoyment
  • experimentation without pressure

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Auditory processing and sound discrimination
  • Increased awareness of pitch, tone, rhythm, and volume
  • Tactile interaction through device use
  • Fine motor coordination when using recording controls
  • Cognitive flexibility through experimentation
  • Cause-and-effect learning
  • Expressive communication and language use
  • Emotional expression through voice variation
  • Confidence-building through creative exploration
  • Multisensory integration involving hearing, touch, movement, and speech

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use simple recording apps with large buttons
  • Offer visual demonstrations before starting
  • Use headphones if helpful for focus
  • Reduce background noise
  • Allow single-word recordings instead of full phrases
  • Support non-speaking individuals to record sounds, humming, or vocalisations
  • Use hand-over-hand support only if welcomed
  • Allow passive listening participation
  • Keep instructions short and predictable

⚠️ Some individuals may feel uncomfortable hearing their own recorded voice initially. Introduce playback slowly and respectfully.

🌟 Activity Ideas

🎤 Simple Phrase Recording

Record:

  • favourite words
  • names
  • funny sounds
  • greetings
  • short phrases

Supports:

  • communication
  • expressive language
  • confidence

🎚️ Pitch Exploration

Experiment with:

  • high voices
  • low voices
  • robot voices
  • slow-motion sounds

Supports:

  • auditory discrimination
  • creativity
  • sound awareness

🔊 Volume Exploration

Explore:

  • whispering
  • loud voices
  • soft speaking
  • dramatic speaking

Supports:

  • voice control
  • self-awareness
  • auditory feedback

🎭 Character Voice Play

Pretend to be:

  • animals
  • cartoon characters
  • robots
  • superheroes
  • narrators

Supports:

  • imagination
  • emotional expression
  • social engagement

🎧 Sound Effects Exploration

Experiment with:

  • echo
  • reverb
  • speed changes
  • layered sounds
  • sound filters

Supports:

  • sensory curiosity
  • auditory processing
  • cause-and-effect understanding

🧰 Set-Up & Environment

Materials

  • Smartphone or tablet
  • Voice recording app
  • Optional headphones or speaker
  • Quiet space with minimal distractions

Environment Suggestions

  • Calm and relaxed atmosphere
  • Comfortable seating
  • Reduced background noise
  • Predictable pacing with pauses between recordings

🔄 Suggested Activity Flow

🌱 Beginning

  • Introduce the recording device slowly
  • Demonstrate recording and playback
  • Choose a simple word or sound

🌿 Middle

  • Explore voice effects and modifications
  • Encourage playful experimentation
  • Repeat recordings if desired

🌸 Ending

  • Listen to favourite recordings
  • Discuss preferred sounds or effects
  • Finish calmly without pressure to perform

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

  • Monitor for auditory overload or discomfort
  • Avoid excessive volume through headphones
  • Respect privacy and consent regarding recordings
  • Never pressure participation or playback
  • Some individuals may become dysregulated by distorted sounds — reduce effects if distress occurs
  • Keep the experience playful and low-pressure
  • Focus on enjoyment rather than “correct” speech or performance

🌱 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Listening to recordings only
  • Pressing playback buttons
  • Recording single sounds or words

🌿 Gentle Input

  • Recording short phrases
  • Simple playback exploration
  • Minimal sound effects

🌳 Moderate Input

  • Multiple recordings
  • Pitch and speed experimentation
  • Character voice play

🌲 Strong Input

  • Complex sound editing
  • Layering effects and recordings
  • Extended creative storytelling or performance
  • Rapid auditory feedback and repeated experimentation
Walk the Dog
Proprioceptive

Description

🐕 Walking a Dog

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with vestibular, tactile, auditory, visual, and emotional input)

Activity Description

Walking a dog is a meaningful sensory-motor activity that combines rhythmic movement, companionship, outdoor exploration, and gentle physical exertion.

The activity provides rich proprioceptive input through:

  • holding the leash
  • maintaining posture
  • responding to the dog’s movement
  • walking across varied environments

For many individuals, the calming rhythm of walking alongside a dog can support:

  • emotional regulation
  • reduced anxiety
  • sensory organisation
  • increased confidence
  • social participation

Participation may range from briefly holding the leash while supported through to independently walking a calm dog in the community.

The focus should remain on:

  • enjoyment
  • connection
  • predictable movement
  • sensory regulation
  • safe participation

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Proprioceptive input through leash resistance and walking movement
  • Vestibular input from whole-body movement and directional changes
  • Tactile input through touching the leash, harness, and dog
  • Visual engagement through observing surroundings and the dog
  • Auditory processing through environmental and animal sounds
  • Rhythmic repetitive movement supporting regulation
  • Emotional calming through animal companionship
  • Improved body awareness, posture, and coordination
  • Increased endurance and physical participation
  • Opportunities for social engagement and confidence-building

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use calm, predictable, well-trained dogs
  • Use shorter or adaptive leashes for additional control
  • Begin in quiet, familiar environments
  • Keep walks short initially
  • Allow pauses and rest breaks
  • Provide side-by-side support if balance is reduced
  • Use visual schedules or predictable walking routes
  • Allow the participant to walk beside the dog without holding the leash if preferred
  • Observation-only participation is valid

⚠️ Never force interaction with the dog if the participant appears fearful, overwhelmed, or distressed.

🌟 Dog Walking Activity Ideas

🐾 Gentle Companion Walk

Walk slowly alongside the dog in a quiet environment.

Supports:

  • emotional regulation
  • rhythmic movement
  • sensory grounding
  • calm engagement

🚶 Rhythm Walking

Encourage steady pacing and awareness of movement:

  • “Slow steps”
  • “Walk with the dog”
  • “Match the rhythm”

Supports:

  • body awareness
  • balance
  • motor planning
  • regulation

🌳 Nature Exploration Walk

Walk through parks, grassy areas, or quiet trails.

Adds:

  • visual sensory input
  • tactile variation underfoot
  • natural sounds and smells
  • calming environmental sensory experiences

🐶 Pause-and-Connect Activity

Pause during the walk to:

  • pat the dog
  • brush the dog
  • sit quietly nearby
  • observe the dog’s behaviour

Supports:

  • calming tactile input
  • co-regulation
  • emotional connection

🎯 Simple Responsibility Tasks

Encourage participation in:

  • carrying treats
  • helping fill water bowls
  • attaching the leash
  • giving simple commands

Supports:

  • independence
  • sequencing
  • confidence
  • cognitive engagement

🧰 Set-Up & Environment

Materials

  • Calm, trained dog
  • Comfortable leash and harness
  • Appropriate footwear
  • Water bottle
  • Optional sensory supports:
    • headphones
    • sunglasses
    • weighted vest if appropriate

Environment Suggestions

  • Quiet footpaths
  • Parks or nature areas
  • Familiar walking routes
  • Reduced traffic and noise initially
  • Predictable walking times

🔄 Suggested Activity Flow

🌱 Beginning

  • Introduce the dog calmly
  • Allow gentle interaction
  • Begin with short walking periods

🌿 Middle

  • Maintain a steady, predictable walking rhythm
  • Pause for sensory check-ins if needed
  • Encourage observation and connection with the dog

🌸 Ending

  • Slow the pace gradually
  • Offer quiet time with the dog afterward
  • Provide hydration and rest

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

  • Ensure the dog is appropriate for the participant’s abilities
  • Monitor for signs of fatigue, fear, or overload
  • Avoid crowded or highly stimulating environments initially
  • Watch for tripping hazards and uneven surfaces
  • Ensure leash handling is safe and comfortable
  • Use calm, predictable support rather than sudden corrections
  • Respect sensory sensitivities to barking, touch, smells, or outdoor environments
  • Keep walks enjoyable and pressure-free

🌱 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Sitting near the dog
  • Patting or brushing the dog
  • Walking beside the dog without holding the leash

🌿 Gentle Input

  • Short supported walks
  • Holding the leash briefly
  • Walking on flat, predictable surfaces

🌳 Moderate Input

  • Longer walks
  • Independent leash holding
  • Walking through parks or varied terrain

🌲 Strong Input

  • Extended community walks
  • Managing mild leash resistance
  • Walking on nature trails or uneven surfaces
  • Combined walking, carrying, and dog-care tasks
Walk with Heavy Backpack
Proprioceptive

Description

🎒 Walking with a Heavy Backpack

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with vestibular and postural input)

Activity Description

Walking with a weighted backpack provides strong proprioceptive input through deep pressure, resistance, and whole-body muscle activation during movement.

The added weight increases body awareness and postural activation while encouraging rhythmic, repetitive movement that can feel organising and regulating for many individuals.

For some people, the consistent deep pressure from the backpack may support:

  • calming
  • grounding
  • focus
  • emotional regulation
  • improved body awareness

Participation may range from wearing a lightly weighted backpack for a short walk through to carrying heavier loads over varied terrain.

The focus should remain on:

  • safe body awareness
  • predictable movement
  • regulation
  • enjoyment
  • gradual progression without strain

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Strong proprioceptive input through deep pressure and resistance
  • Increased body awareness and postural feedback
  • Vestibular input through walking and directional movement
  • Rhythmic repetitive movement supporting regulation
  • Core muscle activation and postural stability
  • Improved balance and coordination
  • Increased endurance and lower-body strength
  • Grounding sensory input through weighted compression
  • Potential reduction in anxiety or restlessness for some individuals
  • Enhanced focus and sustained attention through heavy work input

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Begin with very light weight initially
  • Use backpacks with padded, adjustable straps
  • Ensure weight is distributed evenly
  • Use soft weighted items such as towels, books, or sandbags
  • Keep walks short at first
  • Allow frequent rest breaks
  • Walk with support if balance is reduced
  • Use flat, predictable walking surfaces initially
  • Observation-only participation is valid

⚠️ Weighted walking should never cause pain, strain, exhaustion, or unsafe fatigue.

🌟 Weighted Walking Activity Ideas

🚶 Gentle Weighted Walk

Wear a lightly weighted backpack during a short walk.

Supports:

  • grounding
  • regulation
  • body awareness
  • calm repetitive movement

🌳 Nature Trail Walking

Walk through parks, grass, or natural environments.

Adds:

  • visual sensory input
  • tactile variation underfoot
  • auditory nature sounds
  • increased sensory engagement

⚖️ Balance Awareness Walking

Encourage:

  • slow deliberate steps
  • posture awareness
  • steady pacing
  • mindful movement

Supports:

  • motor planning
  • balance
  • postural control
  • proprioceptive feedback

🎯 Purposeful Carrying Tasks

Carry:

  • books
  • picnic supplies
  • water bottles
  • sensory items

This can increase:

  • functional participation
  • motivation
  • meaningful heavy work input

🌬️ Mindful Sensory Walking

Encourage noticing:

  • sounds
  • sights
  • breathing rhythm
  • movement sensations
  • pressure from the backpack

Supports:

  • grounding
  • emotional regulation
  • sensory integration

🧰 Set-Up & Environment

Materials

  • Comfortable backpack
  • Weighted items
  • Supportive footwear
  • Water bottle
  • Optional walking supports if required

Environment Suggestions

  • Quiet footpaths
  • Parks or open outdoor spaces
  • Predictable walking routes
  • Flat surfaces initially
  • Reduced traffic and noise where possible

🔄 Suggested Activity Flow

🌱 Beginning

  • Fit the backpack carefully
  • Begin with standing and noticing the weight
  • Start with short slow walking periods

🌿 Middle

  • Maintain steady rhythmic walking
  • Pause for sensory check-ins
  • Adjust weight or duration if needed

🌸 Ending

  • Slow walking pace gradually
  • Remove backpack slowly
  • Stretch and rest afterward

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

  • Backpack weight should generally remain within safe limits relative to body size and strength
  • Monitor for:
    • fatigue
    • leaning forward excessively
    • pain
    • shortness of breath
    • instability
  • Avoid overly heavy loads
  • Ensure even weight distribution
  • Avoid prolonged weighted walking without breaks
  • Use caution with individuals who have:
    • joint instability
    • back pain
    • balance difficulties
    • cardiovascular concerns
  • Respect sensory sensitivities to pressure or heat buildup
  • Focus on regulation and safe participation rather than endurance or performance

🌱 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Wearing an empty backpack
  • Very short walks with minimal weight
  • Standing and noticing pressure input

🌿 Gentle Input

  • Short walks with light weight
  • Flat predictable surfaces
  • Supported walking participation

🌳 Moderate Input

  • Longer walks
  • Increased backpack weight
  • Mildly uneven terrain
  • Independent walking

🌲 Strong Input

  • Extended weighted walks
  • Heavier resistance loads
  • Hills or nature trails
  • Combined carrying and walking activities
  • Sustained whole-body heavy work input
Wall Push Ups
Proprioceptive

Description

🧱 Wall Push-Ups

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive

Activity Description

Wall push-ups are a simple proprioceptive activity that provides deep pressure and resistance input through the arms, shoulders, hands, and upper body.

The pushing action activates muscles and joints while encouraging body awareness, postural control, and rhythmic movement.
For many individuals, the repetitive heavy-work input from wall push-ups can feel calming, organising, and grounding.

Wall push-ups can be used:

  • as a movement break
  • before seated activities
  • during transitions
  • as part of a regulation routine
  • to support focus and attention

Participation may range from gently leaning into the wall through to completing multiple controlled repetitions independently.

The focus should remain on:

  • slow controlled movement
  • safe body positioning
  • regulation
  • success without pressure

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Strong proprioceptive input through pushing resistance
  • Deep pressure through hands, wrists, arms, and shoulders
  • Increased body awareness and spatial awareness
  • Rhythmic repetitive movement supporting regulation
  • Improved postural stability and core activation
  • Enhanced motor planning and coordination
  • Increased upper body strength and endurance
  • Potential reduction in anxiety, restlessness, or sensory overload
  • Improved attention and readiness for seated tasks

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Adjust distance from the wall to change resistance level
  • Use fewer repetitions initially
  • Demonstrate movements visually
  • Provide verbal pacing cues:
    • “Slow push”
    • “Bend”
    • “Push away”
  • Use hand-over-hand support only if welcomed
  • Allow seated rest breaks if needed
  • Encourage participation at the client’s own pace

⚠️ Avoid forcing repetitions if fatigue, pain, or distress occurs.

🌟 Wall Push-Up Activity Ideas

🧱 Basic Wall Push-Ups

Stand facing the wall with hands flat at shoulder height.

Slowly:

  • bend elbows
  • lean toward the wall
  • push back to standing

Supports:

  • proprioceptive regulation
  • upper body strength
  • body awareness

🔄 Rhythmic Push-Ups

Pair push-ups with:

  • counting
  • breathing
  • music
  • rhythmic cues

Supports:

  • regulation
  • pacing
  • focus
  • calm repetitive movement

🌬️ Breathing Push-Ups

Encourage:

  • inhale while leaning in
  • exhale while pushing away

Supports:

  • emotional regulation
  • grounding
  • body awareness

🎯 Target Push-Ups

Place visual targets or coloured markers on the wall.

Encourage:

  • pushing toward colours
  • alternating hand positions
  • reaching different heights

Supports:

  • visual engagement
  • motor planning
  • coordination

🟢 Animal-Themed Push-Ups

Make the activity playful:

  • “Strong bear pushes”
  • “Robot pushes”
  • “Superhero wall pushes”

Supports:

  • motivation
  • imaginative play
  • engagement

🧰 Set-Up & Environment

Materials

  • Stable wall surface
  • Optional visual markers
  • Comfortable footwear
  • Clear floor space

Environment Suggestions

  • Quiet area with minimal distractions
  • Non-slip flooring
  • Enough room for safe movement
  • Calm predictable environment

🔄 Suggested Activity Flow

🌱 Beginning

  • Demonstrate positioning slowly
  • Practise standing posture
  • Begin with a few gentle pushes

🌿 Middle

  • Encourage rhythmic controlled repetitions
  • Add breathing or counting if helpful
  • Pause between sets if needed

🌸 Ending

  • Slow movements gradually
  • Shake out arms gently
  • Transition into calming or seated activities

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

  • Monitor for:
    • wrist discomfort
    • shoulder pain
    • fatigue
    • dizziness
  • Encourage neutral spine posture
  • Avoid locking elbows forcefully
  • Ensure the wall surface is stable and non-slip
  • Reduce repetitions if quality of movement decreases
  • Avoid excessive pressure for individuals with joint instability or pain
  • Focus on calming regulation rather than exercise intensity

🌱 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Light leaning into the wall
  • Single slow pushes
  • Minimal repetitions

🌿 Gentle Input

  • Small sets of controlled wall push-ups
  • Slow pacing
  • Supported participation

🌳 Moderate Input

  • Increased repetitions
  • Rhythmic push-up sequences
  • Added visual or breathing challenges

🌲 Strong Input

  • Extended sets
  • Faster rhythmic sequences
  • Combined push-up and movement activities
  • Sustained upper-body heavy work input
Wall/Rock Climbing
Proprioceptive

Description

🧗 Rock Climbing

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with vestibular, tactile, visual, and cognitive input)

Activity Description

Rock climbing is a highly engaging whole-body sensory-motor activity that involves climbing vertical or angled surfaces using coordinated movements, balance, strength, and problem-solving.

The activity provides rich proprioceptive and vestibular input through:

  • pulling
  • pushing
  • weight shifting
  • gripping
  • balancing
  • reaching

For many individuals, climbing can feel:

  • organising
  • grounding
  • confidence-building
  • emotionally regulating
  • deeply engaging

Participation may range from low-level climbing and touching holds through to supported top-rope climbing with professional supervision.

The focus should remain on:

  • safety
  • enjoyment
  • body awareness
  • gradual confidence-building
  • successful participation without pressure

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Strong proprioceptive input through muscles, joints, and heavy work
  • Vestibular stimulation through climbing, reaching, and shifting body position
  • Improved balance and coordination
  • Increased body awareness and motor planning
  • Tactile input through wall textures, holds, ropes, and harnesses
  • Visual scanning and spatial awareness
  • Hand and finger strengthening
  • Sustained attention and concentration
  • Emotional regulation through focused movement
  • Increased confidence, resilience, and problem-solving

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Begin with low-level climbing or bouldering
  • Use large, easy-to-grip climbing holds
  • Provide frequent rest breaks
  • Use simplified climbing routes
  • Allow observation-only participation
  • Offer physical guidance or spotting if appropriate
  • Use clear visual and verbal instructions
  • Begin indoors in a predictable climbing environment
  • Encourage climbing at the participant’s own pace

⚠️ Climbing activities should always be supervised by appropriately trained professionals using approved safety equipment.

🌟 Rock Climbing Activity Ideas

🧱 Low-Level Wall Exploration

Encourage the participant to:

  • touch holds
  • step onto lower holds
  • shift weight gently
  • practise reaching

Supports:

  • confidence
  • body awareness
  • tactile exploration
  • vestibular activation

🧗 Indoor Climbing Wall

Use beginner climbing routes with large colourful holds.

Supports:

  • motor planning
  • coordination
  • proprioceptive regulation
  • visual scanning

🎯 Colour Hold Challenges

Ask the participant to:

  • climb using only certain colours
  • reach specific holds
  • follow simple movement patterns

Supports:

  • attention
  • sequencing
  • cognitive engagement
  • visual processing

🌬️ Slow Rhythm Climbing

Encourage:

  • slow movements
  • steady breathing
  • controlled reaching
  • mindful pacing

Supports:

  • regulation
  • focus
  • reduced anxiety
  • body control

🪢 Harness & Rope Exploration

Allow the participant to:

  • wear the harness
  • hold ropes
  • experience gentle supported weight-bearing

Supports:

  • tactile input
  • trust-building
  • sensory exploration
  • grounding feedback

🧰 Set-Up & Environment

Materials

  • Climbing wall
  • Harness
  • Helmet
  • Climbing shoes
  • Rope and belay system
  • Crash mats if appropriate

Environment Suggestions

  • Professionally supervised climbing environment
  • Quiet climbing periods if sensory sensitivities are present
  • Predictable climbing routines
  • Clear visual boundaries and instructions

🔄 Suggested Activity Flow

🌱 Beginning

  • Introduce equipment slowly
  • Explore harness and wall safely
  • Begin with very low climbing tasks

🌿 Middle

  • Gradually increase climbing participation
  • Encourage reaching, balancing, and problem-solving
  • Pause frequently for regulation and support

🌸 Ending

  • Descend slowly and safely
  • Remove equipment calmly
  • Allow rest and recovery time afterward

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

  • Always use qualified climbing instructors or guides
  • Ensure all safety equipment is fitted correctly
  • Monitor for:
    • fatigue
    • fear
    • dizziness
    • overload
    • grip fatigue
  • Never pressure participation at heights beyond comfort level
  • Ensure crash mats and safety systems are appropriate
  • Use clear communication and predictable support
  • Respect sensory sensitivities to:
    • harness pressure
    • noise
    • height
    • touch
    • crowds
  • Emotional reassurance and pacing are essential

🌱 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Watching climbing activities
  • Touching climbing holds
  • Wearing harness briefly
  • Low-level stepping activities

🌿 Gentle Input

  • Supported low-wall climbing
  • Simple reaching tasks
  • Large stable holds
  • Short climbing periods

🌳 Moderate Input

  • Indoor climbing routes
  • Independent movement between holds
  • Increased height exposure
  • Sustained climbing participation

🌲 Strong Input

  • Extended climbing sessions
  • Complex climbing routes
  • Full-body heavy work climbing
  • Dynamic movement and advanced balance challenges
  • Sustained vestibular and proprioceptive input
Warm Water Retreat
Tactile

Description

🛁 Warm Water Retreat

A deeply soothing hydrotherapy-inspired experience focused on warmth and gentle tactile input.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• The Warm Water Retreat uses the grounding nature of warm water to provide deep pressure, calming proprioception, and gentle tactile stimulation. This activity is designed to lower arousal levels and promote relaxation in a safe, controlled environment.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Provides consistent deep pressure input across the skin surface to promote body awareness.

• Offers calming thermal input which helps regulate the nervous system.

• Encourages slow, rhythmic movement in the water to soothe a dysregulated system.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Large basin or shallow sensory tub

• Warm water (thermally tested)

• Soft sponges or sensory mitts

• Thick, warm towels

• Optional: calming essential oil or water-safe weighted balls

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Ensure the water is comfortably warm (test with the inside of your wrist) to prevent burns.

• Assist the individual to position their hands, feet, or limbs into the water, providing physical support as needed.

• Use soft sponges to gently stroke the skin, moving slowly from the extremities toward the center of the body.

• Allow time for the individual to acclimate to the temperature before introducing further movement.

• Conclude by wrapping the participant in a warm, dry towel and providing gentle massage if tolerated.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Place the basin on a sturdy, height-adjustable trolley or table so it sits comfortably at the individual's lap or armrest level.

• Utilize a waterproof lap tray to hold the basin securely while the user is seated in their chair.

• Ensure proper postural support with pillows or lateral supports to keep the individual comfortable throughout the session.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Always test water temperature with a thermometer or your inner wrist to ensure it is safe (not exceeding 38°C/100°F).

• Keep a close watch for signs of skin sensitivity, redness, or heat-related discomfort.

• Ensure the floor is kept dry around the station to prevent slips.

• Monitor for fatigue, as warm water can sometimes cause drowsiness.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Add water-safe textured items like smooth river stones or silicone scrubbers for varied tactile input.

• Incorporate soft, ambient music to enhance the calming atmosphere.

• Use colored LED lights to change the visual environment if the user prefers sensory variety.

• Introduce bubbles to provide gentle resistance and tactile

Wash the Dishes
Tactile

Description

🍽️ Doing the Dishes

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with proprioceptive, auditory, visual, and cognitive input)

Activity Description

Doing the dishes is a meaningful daily living activity that provides rich sensory experiences through water, textures, repetitive movement, and organised sequencing.

The activity combines:

  • tactile exploration
  • fine motor coordination
  • visual satisfaction
  • rhythmic movement
  • cognitive organisation

For many individuals, the repetitive and predictable nature of dishwashing can feel calming, grounding, and emotionally regulating.

Participation may range from rinsing a single dish through to independently washing, drying, and putting away a full set of dishes.

The focus should remain on:

  • sensory engagement
  • participation
  • predictability
  • success without pressure
  • enjoyment of meaningful activity

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Rich tactile input through warm water, soap, sponges, and dish textures
  • Proprioceptive input through scrubbing, lifting, and carrying dishes
  • Fine motor strengthening and coordination
  • Visual satisfaction from transforming dirty dishes into clean dishes
  • Auditory input from running water and rhythmic dish sounds
  • Sequencing and organisational skill development
  • Repetitive movement supporting emotional regulation
  • Increased attention and sustained focus
  • Sense of accomplishment and contribution
  • Opportunities for social interaction and shared activity

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use lightweight dishes if strength is reduced
  • Reduce the number of dishes initially
  • Use non-breakable items if safety is a concern
  • Offer seated participation if standing endurance is limited
  • Use visual task sequences or picture prompts
  • Simplify steps into:
    • wash
    • rinse
    • dry
  • Use warm rather than hot water if sensory sensitivities exist
  • Allow gloves if direct tactile input is uncomfortable
  • Observation-only participation is valid

⚠️ Never force participation if the sensations of water, soap, sound, or textures become distressing.

🌟 Dishwashing Activity Ideas

🧼 Washing Cups and Plates

Encourage:

  • scrubbing
  • rinsing
  • stacking
  • gentle handling

Supports:

  • tactile input
  • fine motor coordination
  • sequencing

💦 Water Play Dishwashing

Focus on:

  • bubbles
  • pouring water
  • swirling water
  • rinsing motions

Supports:

  • calming sensory engagement
  • visual tracking
  • tactile regulation

🧽 Scrubbing Activities

Use:

  • sponges
  • brushes
  • cloths
  • textured scrubbers

Supports:

  • hand strength
  • proprioceptive input
  • repetitive regulation

🍴 Sorting and Organising

Sort:

  • plates
  • bowls
  • cups
  • utensils

Supports:

  • categorisation
  • visual processing
  • cognitive organisation

🎵 Rhythmic Dishwashing

Pair washing with:

  • music
  • counting
  • predictable sequences

Supports:

  • focus
  • rhythm
  • emotional regulation

🧰 Set-Up & Environment

Materials

  • Sink or tubs
  • Warm water
  • Dish soap
  • Sponges or brushes
  • Drying rack
  • Towels

Environment Suggestions

  • Calm uncluttered kitchen space
  • Comfortable working height
  • Reduced noise if auditory sensitivities are present
  • Predictable layout and routine

🔄 Suggested Activity Flow

🌱 Beginning

  • Organise dishes into groups
  • Prepare warm water and materials
  • Begin with easier or cleaner dishes

🌿 Middle

  • Encourage slow repetitive washing motions
  • Alternate washing, rinsing, and drying
  • Offer breaks if needed

🌸 Ending

  • Dry and put away dishes
  • Wipe down surfaces
  • Finish with a clear end to the task

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

  • Monitor for:
    • sensory overload
    • frustration
    • fatigue
    • discomfort with water temperature
  • Use caution with sharp or breakable items
  • Ensure safe standing posture if working at the sink
  • Avoid overly hot water
  • Respect tactile sensitivities to soap, wetness, or food residue
  • Allow pacing and breaks as needed
  • Focus on participation and sensory experience rather than perfection
Washing Car/Bus
Proprioceptive

Description

🚌 Washing a Bus

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with tactile, vestibular, visual, and motor-planning input)

Activity Description

Washing a bus is a large-scale sensory-motor activity that combines heavy work, repetitive movement, water play, tactile exploration, and visual satisfaction.

The activity involves:

  • scrubbing
  • reaching
  • rinsing
  • squeezing
  • lifting
  • wiping
  • moving around a large object

For many individuals, the repetitive full-body movements and visible transformation of the bus can feel highly engaging, regulating, and rewarding.

Participation may range from rinsing small sections through to independently completing multiple stages of the washing process.

The focus should remain on:

  • safe participation
  • sensory engagement
  • rhythmic movement
  • enjoyment
  • meaningful contribution

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Strong proprioceptive input through scrubbing and pushing movements
  • Tactile input from water, soap, brushes, and cloths
  • Vestibular input through bending, reaching, stretching, and moving around the bus
  • Visual satisfaction from watching dirt wash away
  • Improved upper-body strength and endurance
  • Fine and gross motor coordination
  • Motor planning and sequencing development
  • Rhythmic repetitive movement supporting regulation
  • Increased focus and sustained attention
  • Emotional satisfaction from completing a visible task

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Begin with smaller sections of the bus
  • Use lightweight brushes or sponges
  • Use long-handled tools for easier reach
  • Allow seated rest breaks
  • Use visual step-by-step supports
  • Simplify the activity into stages:
    • wet
    • scrub
    • rinse
    • dry
  • Use gentle water flow for sensory-sensitive individuals
  • Observation-only participation is valid

⚠️ Never force participation if the sensations of water, noise, soap, or physical effort become overwhelming.

🌟 Bus Washing Activity Ideas

💦 Water Spraying

Use hoses or buckets to wet the bus.

Supports:

  • tactile input
  • visual tracking
  • calming water play
  • sensory engagement

🧽 Lower Section Scrubbing

Wash:

  • wheels
  • doors
  • lower panels
  • bumpers

Supports:

  • proprioceptive input
  • arm strength
  • repetitive heavy work

🪣 Sponge Squeezing

Encourage:

  • soaking
  • squeezing
  • wringing out sponges

Supports:

  • hand strength
  • tactile feedback
  • fine motor development

🧹 Long Sweeping Movements

Use large brushes with broad strokes across windows and panels.

Supports:

  • bilateral coordination
  • motor planning
  • upper-body movement
  • vestibular activation

✨ Drying and Polishing

Use towels or cloths to dry surfaces and polish windows.

Supports:

  • deep pressure input
  • visual attention
  • repetitive regulation
  • hand-eye coordination

🧰 Set-Up & Environment

Materials

  • Buckets
  • Hose or water spray
  • Sponges
  • Soft brushes
  • Microfiber cloths
  • Mild soap
  • Rubber gloves if desired
  • Step stool or extension tools if appropriate

Environment Suggestions

  • Non-slip outdoor area
  • Good drainage
  • Shaded environment if possible
  • Predictable workspace with clear boundaries

🔄 Suggested Activity Flow

🌱 Beginning

  • Prepare equipment together
  • Explore textures and water slowly
  • Begin with wetting the bus

🌿 Middle

  • Scrub one section at a time
  • Alternate scrubbing and rinsing
  • Encourage rhythmic movement and pacing

🌸 Ending

  • Dry surfaces
  • Pack away equipment
  • Wash hands and rest afterward

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

  • Monitor for:
    • fatigue
    • overheating
    • slipping
    • sensory overload
  • Use caution with ladders or elevated surfaces
  • Ensure safe footwear with grip
  • Avoid harsh cleaning chemicals
  • Reduce hose pressure for sensory-sensitive individuals
  • Encourage hydration and rest breaks
  • Respect tactile sensitivities to soap, wet clothing, or textures
  • Focus on enjoyment and participation rather than task completion

🌱 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Touching water and sponges
  • Spraying small sections
  • Wiping easy-to-reach areas

🌿 Gentle Input

  • Washing lower bus sections
  • Small repetitive scrubbing tasks
  • Drying windows or panels

🌳 Moderate Input

  • Full wash-rinse-dry participation
  • Reaching and bending activities
  • Sustained scrubbing movements

🌲 Strong Input

  • Extended whole-bus washing
  • Heavy scrubbing and sweeping motions
  • Carrying buckets and equipment
  • Sustained full-body proprioceptive and vestibular activity
Water Aerobics
Proprioceptive

Description

🌊 Water Aerobics

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with vestibular, tactile, and cardiovascular input)

Activity Description

Water aerobics involves performing simple movement exercises in a swimming pool environment using the natural resistance and support of water.

Activities may include:

  • arm lifts
  • walking through water
  • leg kicks
  • jumping jacks
  • reaching movements
  • floating movements
  • rhythmic whole-body exercises

The buoyancy of water reduces pressure on joints while still providing strong proprioceptive input through resistance during movement.

For many individuals, the combination of warm water, rhythmic exercise, and reduced gravity can feel:

  • calming
  • regulating
  • organising
  • enjoyable
  • physically freeing

Participation may range from standing in shallow water and copying simple movements through to independently completing structured exercise routines.

The focus should remain on:

  • enjoyment
  • safe movement
  • rhythmic participation
  • sensory regulation
  • success without pressure

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Strong proprioceptive input from water resistance
  • Vestibular input through movement and balance changes
  • Tactile input from water pressure and temperature
  • Reduced joint impact through buoyancy support
  • Whole-body muscle activation
  • Improved balance, coordination, and endurance
  • Rhythmic repetitive movement supporting regulation
  • Increased body awareness and movement confidence
  • Calming sensory compression from water pressure
  • Cardiovascular activation and energy regulation

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Begin in shallow water
  • Use flotation devices if needed
  • Allow observation-only participation
  • Copy one movement at a time
  • Use slow predictable exercises initially
  • Provide visual demonstration and modelling
  • Reduce session duration if fatigue occurs
  • Use quieter pool times if sensory sensitivities are present
  • Encourage movement at the participant’s own pace

⚠️ Never force participation in water activities if the participant appears fearful, overwhelmed, cold, or distressed.

🌟 Water Aerobics Activity Ideas

🖐 Arm Lifts

Slowly raise and lower arms through the water.

Supports:

  • upper-body strength
  • proprioceptive input
  • controlled movement
  • body awareness

🚶 Water Walking

Walk slowly across the pool while maintaining balance.

Supports:

  • coordination
  • endurance
  • postural control
  • rhythmic regulation

🦵 Leg Kicks and Leg Lifts

Perform:

  • gentle kicks
  • marching
  • side leg lifts
  • seated pool kicks

Supports:

  • lower-body strength
  • vestibular input
  • motor planning

🌊 Water Jumping Jacks

Complete slow jumping-jack movements in the water.

Supports:

  • whole-body coordination
  • cardiovascular activation
  • bilateral movement

🎵 Rhythmic Movement to Music

Perform simple exercises with calming or upbeat music.

Supports:

  • pacing
  • engagement
  • emotional regulation
  • social participation

🧰 Set-Up & Environment

Materials

  • Swimming pool
  • Flotation aids if required
  • Pool noodles or kickboards
  • Towels
  • Water bottle
  • Appropriate swimwear

Environment Suggestions

  • Warm-water pools if possible
  • Quiet pool sessions for sensory-sensitive participants
  • Predictable routines and movement sequences
  • Safe shallow-water access

🔄 Suggested Activity Flow

🌱 Beginning

  • Enter the water slowly
  • Adjust to water temperature and sensation
  • Begin with gentle standing or walking movements

🌿 Middle

  • Copy simple exercises
  • Alternate active and slower-paced movements
  • Encourage rhythmic breathing and pacing

🌸 Ending

  • Slow movements gradually
  • Gentle floating or stretching
  • Dry off and transition calmly out of the pool

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

  • Ensure constant supervision around water
  • Monitor for:
    • fatigue
    • overheating
    • cold sensitivity
    • sensory overload
    • anxiety
  • Use qualified aquatic staff if required
  • Ensure safe pool entry and exit
  • Respect sensitivities to:
    • splashing
    • noise
    • chlorine smell
    • crowded environments
  • Encourage hydration and rest breaks
  • Focus on regulation and enjoyment rather than performance or intensity

🌱 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Standing in shallow water
  • Watching others participate
  • Gentle arm movements only

🌿 Gentle Input

  • Slow water walking
  • Simple copied movements
  • Short activity periods

🌳 Moderate Input

  • Structured water aerobics routines
  • Repetitive whole-body exercises
  • Increased movement variety

🌲 Strong Input

  • Extended aerobic routines
  • Fast-paced repetitive movements
  • Deep-water participation with support
  • Sustained whole-body proprioceptive and vestibular activity
Water Beads
Tactile

Description

🔵 Water Beads Play

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with visual, fine motor, and calming sensory input)

Activity Description

Water beads provide a highly engaging sensory experience through soft, smooth, squishy textures and visually stimulating colours.

The activity encourages:

  • tactile exploration
  • scooping
  • squeezing
  • sorting
  • pouring
  • transferring
  • imaginative play

For many individuals, the cool gel-like texture and repetitive hand movements can feel calming, soothing, and regulating.

Participation may range from simply touching and observing the beads through to completing sorting games, treasure hunts, or fine motor challenges.

The focus should remain on:

  • sensory enjoyment
  • exploration
  • curiosity
  • calming engagement
  • participation without pressure

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Rich tactile exploration through soft slippery textures
  • Fine motor strengthening through grasping and pinching
  • Hand-eye coordination through scooping and pouring
  • Visual stimulation through colourful translucent beads
  • Bilateral coordination using both hands together
  • Calming repetitive movement supporting regulation
  • Cognitive engagement through sorting and categorisation
  • Temperature awareness through warm or cold bead play
  • Increased attention and sustained focus
  • Encouragement of imaginative and exploratory play

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use large trays or containers to contain beads safely
  • Begin with small amounts of beads initially
  • Offer dry tools first if wet textures feel uncomfortable
  • Use larger scoops for easier grasping
  • Provide visual demonstrations
  • Allow observation-only participation
  • Use seated floor or tabletop setups
  • Introduce beads slowly for sensory-sensitive participants

⚠️ Water beads can present a choking hazard and should always be closely supervised, particularly with young children or individuals who mouth objects.

🌟 Water Beads Activity Ideas

👐 Free Sensory Exploration

Encourage:

  • squeezing
  • rolling
  • scooping
  • stirring
  • running hands through beads

Supports:

  • tactile regulation
  • calming sensory input
  • sensory curiosity

🌈 Colour Sorting

Sort beads by:

  • colour
  • size
  • container

Supports:

  • visual processing
  • categorisation
  • fine motor skills

🥄 Scooping and Pouring

Use:

  • spoons
  • scoops
  • funnels
  • cups
  • strainers

Supports:

  • hand strength
  • coordination
  • motor planning
  • repetitive calming movement

✂️ Tweezer and Tongs Challenges

Pick up beads using:

  • tweezers
  • tongs
  • chopsticks

Supports:

  • finger isolation
  • pincer grasp
  • precision control

🏆 Hidden Treasure Hunt

Hide:

  • small toys
  • shells
  • letters
  • shapes

Supports:

  • tactile discrimination
  • visual searching
  • problem-solving
  • engagement

🧰 Set-Up & Environment

Materials

  • Water beads
  • Large tray or container
  • Towels
  • Scoops, cups, funnels, strainers
  • Tweezers or tongs
  • Optional hidden objects

Environment Suggestions

  • Calm uncluttered area
  • Easy-to-clean surfaces
  • Seated setup for stability
  • Reduced distractions if needed

🔄 Suggested Activity Flow

🌱 Beginning

  • Introduce beads slowly
  • Allow visual observation first
  • Encourage touching with one finger or tool initially

🌿 Middle

  • Explore different tools and movements
  • Introduce sorting or scooping challenges
  • Allow free exploration and pacing

🌸 Ending

  • Participate in clean-up together
  • Wash and dry hands
  • Transition calmly to the next activity

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

  • Maintain close supervision at all times
  • Prevent beads from being swallowed
  • Clean spills promptly to avoid slipping hazards
  • Monitor for tactile defensiveness or overload
  • Respect preferences regarding wetness or slippery textures
  • Avoid scented additives if sensitivities or allergies are present
  • Focus on calming exploration rather than task demands

🌱 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Looking at beads only
  • Touching with tools
  • Brief fingertip exploration

🌿 Gentle Input

  • Scooping and pouring
  • Small-container bead play
  • Simple colour sorting

🌳 Moderate Input

  • Full-hand exploration
  • Tweezer or tong challenges
  • Treasure hunts and sequencing tasks

🌲 Strong Input

  • Large-scale bead play
  • Fast repetitive scooping and transferring
  • Multi-step games and sensory challenges
  • Sustained tactile and fine motor engagement
Water Play
Tactile

Description

💧 Water Play

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with proprioceptive and visual input)

Activity Description

Water play provides rich tactile and temperature-based sensory input through hands-on interaction with water. Participants explore pouring, splashing, squeezing, and watching water move, supporting sensory exploration, fine motor development, and regulation.

The activity can feel:

  • calming
  • organising
  • refreshing
  • engaging
  • playful

depending on:

  • temperature
  • movement speed
  • water depth
  • sensory preferences

Water play is highly adaptable and can be completed indoors or outdoors using simple materials and varying levels of movement.

Participation may range from briefly touching water through to sustained pouring, scooping, squeezing, and imaginative water exploration.

The focus should remain on:

  • sensory enjoyment
  • curiosity
  • safe exploration
  • regulation
  • participation without pressure

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Tactile input from water texture and temperature
  • Proprioceptive feedback through pouring, squeezing, lifting, and splashing
  • Visual tracking of flowing and moving water
  • Fine motor development through grasping and releasing tools
  • Bilateral coordination during scooping and pouring
  • Calming and organising repetitive movement
  • Increased awareness of temperature differences
  • Cause-and-effect learning
  • Emotional regulation through rhythmic sensory input
  • Sustained focus and sensory engagement

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use shallow trays or containers
  • Position water containers at comfortable heights
  • Offer tools such as:
    • cups
    • funnels
    • syringes
    • sponges
    • scoops
  • Adjust water temperature to preference
  • Provide towels for drying hands frequently
  • Reduce splashing if sensory overload occurs
  • Allow observation-only participation
  • Introduce water slowly for individuals with water aversion

⚠️ Monitor closely for slipping hazards, cold sensitivity, or distress related to wet textures.

🌟 Water Play Activity Ideas

🫗 Pouring and Scooping

Use:

  • cups
  • jugs
  • funnels
  • spoons

Supports:

  • hand-eye coordination
  • motor planning
  • proprioceptive feedback

🧽 Sponge Squeezing

Encourage:

  • soaking
  • squeezing
  • wringing out sponges

Supports:

  • hand strength
  • tactile exploration
  • calming repetitive movement

🌊 Splash and Movement Play

Encourage gentle:

  • splashing
  • swirling
  • water movement
  • hand tracing through water

Supports:

  • tactile seeking
  • visual engagement
  • sensory regulation

❄️ Temperature Exploration

Experiment with:

  • warm water
  • cool water
  • neutral water

Supports:

  • temperature awareness
  • sensory discrimination
  • body awareness

🎯 Floating Object Play

Use:

  • floating toys
  • balls
  • leaves
  • containers

Supports:

  • visual tracking
  • reaching
  • coordination
  • imaginative play

🧰 Set-Up & Environment

Materials

  • Water tray or container
  • Towels
  • Cups, scoops, funnels, syringes
  • Sponges
  • Floating objects
  • Optional waterproof mat underneath

Environment Suggestions

  • Non-slip area
  • Calm predictable environment
  • Easy access to towels and dry clothing
  • Outdoor spaces if active water play is preferred

🔄 Suggested Activity Flow

🌱 Beginning

  • Introduce water slowly
  • Explore temperature and tools
  • Begin with small amounts of water movement

🌿 Middle

  • Encourage pouring, scooping, squeezing, and exploration
  • Introduce visual or motor challenges if appropriate
  • Allow free sensory experimentation

🌸 Ending

  • Gradually reduce movement intensity
  • Dry hands and body calmly
  • Assist with clean-up and transition

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

  • Monitor for:
    • slipping
    • cold discomfort
    • tactile overload
    • escalating dysregulation
  • Keep water depth appropriate to the individual
  • Avoid sudden splashing for sensory-sensitive participants
  • Respect aversions to wet clothing or water on the face
  • Encourage pacing and breaks
  • Use predictable routines where possible
  • Focus on sensory enjoyment rather than mess or task completion

🌱 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Brief fingertip water exploration
  • Neutral-temperature water
  • Tool-based touching only
  • Short duration (2–5 minutes)

Ideal for:

  • high sensory sensitivity
  • first exposure to water play

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Pouring, scooping, and squeezing
  • Moderate movement and splashing
  • Mild temperature variation
  • Moderate duration (5–10 minutes)

Ideal for:

  • sensory exploration
  • fine motor engagement
  • calming repetitive play

🌳 Strong / Sensory-Seeking Input

  • Active splashing and movement
  • Sustained water interaction
  • Noticeable temperature contrast (if tolerated)
  • Fast repetitive movement
  • Longer duration with breaks

Ideal for:

  • tactile-seeking individuals
  • alerting sensory input
  • high movement engagement

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose

Provide safe, enjoyable tactile and temperature exploration through water-based sensory play.

✔️ How to Support

  • Set clear boundaries around the water area
  • Model slow, controlled movements initially
  • Offer choices of tools and water temperatures
  • Use simple descriptive language:
    • “warm”
    • “cool”
    • “slow”
    • “fast”
  • Allow sensory exploration at the participant’s own pace

🛑 Watch For

  • discomfort with temperature
  • escalating splashing or dysregulation
  • slipping risks
  • fatigue or sensory overload

🔁 Adjust By

  • changing water temperature
  • reducing water quantity or movement
  • switching to tool-based interaction
  • shortening duration

🧠 Support Tips

  • Keep the focus on exploration rather than mess
  • Allow frequent breaks and hand drying
  • Use predictable routines and transitions
  • Follow water play with calming sensory input if needed
Water Play
Tactile

Description

💧 Water Play

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile (with proprioceptive and visual input)

Activity Description

Water play provides rich tactile and temperature-based sensory input through hands-on interaction with water. Participants explore pouring, splashing, squeezing, and watching water move, supporting sensory exploration, fine motor development, and regulation.

The activity can feel:

  • calming
  • organising
  • refreshing
  • engaging
  • playful

depending on:

  • temperature
  • movement speed
  • water depth
  • sensory preferences

Water play is highly adaptable and can be completed indoors or outdoors using simple materials and varying levels of movement.

Participation may range from briefly touching water through to sustained pouring, scooping, squeezing, and imaginative water exploration.

The focus should remain on:

  • sensory enjoyment
  • curiosity
  • safe exploration
  • regulation
  • participation without pressure

🌿 Sensory Benefits

  • Tactile input from water texture and temperature
  • Proprioceptive feedback through pouring, squeezing, lifting, and splashing
  • Visual tracking of flowing and moving water
  • Fine motor development through grasping and releasing tools
  • Bilateral coordination during scooping and pouring
  • Calming and organising repetitive movement
  • Increased awareness of temperature differences
  • Cause-and-effect learning
  • Emotional regulation through rhythmic sensory input
  • Sustained focus and sensory engagement

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

  • Use shallow trays or containers
  • Position water containers at comfortable heights
  • Offer tools such as:
    • cups
    • funnels
    • syringes
    • sponges
    • scoops
  • Adjust water temperature to preference
  • Provide towels for drying hands frequently
  • Reduce splashing if sensory overload occurs
  • Allow observation-only participation
  • Introduce water slowly for individuals with water aversion

⚠️ Monitor closely for slipping hazards, cold sensitivity, or distress related to wet textures.

🌟 Water Play Activity Ideas

🫗 Pouring and Scooping

Use:

  • cups
  • jugs
  • funnels
  • spoons

Supports:

  • hand-eye coordination
  • motor planning
  • proprioceptive feedback

🧽 Sponge Squeezing

Encourage:

  • soaking
  • squeezing
  • wringing out sponges

Supports:

  • hand strength
  • tactile exploration
  • calming repetitive movement

🌊 Splash and Movement Play

Encourage gentle:

  • splashing
  • swirling
  • water movement
  • hand tracing through water

Supports:

  • tactile seeking
  • visual engagement
  • sensory regulation

❄️ Temperature Exploration

Experiment with:

  • warm water
  • cool water
  • neutral water

Supports:

  • temperature awareness
  • sensory discrimination
  • body awareness

🎯 Floating Object Play

Use:

  • floating toys
  • balls
  • leaves
  • containers

Supports:

  • visual tracking
  • reaching
  • coordination
  • imaginative play

🧰 Set-Up & Environment

Materials

  • Water tray or container
  • Towels
  • Cups, scoops, funnels, syringes
  • Sponges
  • Floating objects
  • Optional waterproof mat underneath

Environment Suggestions

  • Non-slip area
  • Calm predictable environment
  • Easy access to towels and dry clothing
  • Outdoor spaces if active water play is preferred

🔄 Suggested Activity Flow

🌱 Beginning

  • Introduce water slowly
  • Explore temperature and tools
  • Begin with small amounts of water movement

🌿 Middle

  • Encourage pouring, scooping, squeezing, and exploration
  • Introduce visual or motor challenges if appropriate
  • Allow free sensory experimentation

🌸 Ending

  • Gradually reduce movement intensity
  • Dry hands and body calmly
  • Assist with clean-up and transition

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

  • Monitor for:
    • slipping
    • cold discomfort
    • tactile overload
    • escalating dysregulation
  • Keep water depth appropriate to the individual
  • Avoid sudden splashing for sensory-sensitive participants
  • Respect aversions to wet clothing or water on the face
  • Encourage pacing and breaks
  • Use predictable routines where possible
  • Focus on sensory enjoyment rather than mess or task completion

🌱 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Brief fingertip water exploration
  • Neutral-temperature water
  • Tool-based touching only
  • Short duration (2–5 minutes)

Ideal for:

  • high sensory sensitivity
  • first exposure to water play

🌿 Moderate Input

  • Pouring, scooping, and squeezing
  • Moderate movement and splashing
  • Mild temperature variation
  • Moderate duration (5–10 minutes)

Ideal for:

  • sensory exploration
  • fine motor engagement
  • calming repetitive play

🌳 Strong / Sensory-Seeking Input

  • Active splashing and movement
  • Sustained water interaction
  • Noticeable temperature contrast (if tolerated)
  • Fast repetitive movement
  • Longer duration with breaks

Ideal for:

  • tactile-seeking individuals
  • alerting sensory input
  • high movement engagement

⚡ Support Worker Quick Guide

Purpose

Provide safe, enjoyable tactile and temperature exploration through water-based sensory play.

✔️ How to Support

  • Set clear boundaries around the water area
  • Model slow, controlled movements initially
  • Offer choices of tools and water temperatures
  • Use simple descriptive language:
    • “warm”
    • “cool”
    • “slow”
    • “fast”
  • Allow sensory exploration at the participant’s own pace

🛑 Watch For

  • discomfort with temperature
  • escalating splashing or dysregulation
  • slipping risks
  • fatigue or sensory overload

🔁 Adjust By

  • changing water temperature
  • reducing water quantity or movement
  • switching to tool-based interaction
  • shortening duration

🧠 Support Tips

  • Keep the focus on exploration rather than mess
  • Allow frequent breaks and hand drying
  • Use predictable routines and transitions
  • Follow water play with calming sensory input if needed
Water Sprinkler
Tactile

Description

🌟 Water Sprinkler Play Ideas

💦 Gentle Water Exploration

Encourage:

  • touching water streams
  • walking slowly through spray
  • feeling droplets on hands and feet

Supports:

  • tactile exploration
  • sensory confidence
  • calming regulation

🏃 Running Through the Sprinkler

Encourage:

  • running
  • tiptoeing
  • weaving through spray patterns

Supports:

  • gross motor coordination
  • vestibular activation
  • proprioceptive input

🤸 Jumping and Spinning

Encourage:

  • jumping over water streams
  • spinning through the spray
  • dancing movements

Supports:

  • balance
  • body awareness
  • motor planning
  • joyful movement

🎯 Sprinkler Games

Play:

  • freeze games
  • water tag
  • jumping challenges
  • follow-the-leader

Supports:

  • social interaction
  • attention
  • sequencing
  • emotional engagement

🌈 Visual Water Watching

Encourage watching:

  • moving spray
  • sunlight reflections
  • water patterns
  • splashes and ripples

Supports:

  • visual tracking
  • calming visual regulation
  • sustained attention

🧰 Set-Up & Environment

Materials

  • Sprinkler or hose attachment
  • Outdoor water source
  • Towels or blankets
  • Comfortable wet-weather clothing or swimwear
  • Optional music or outdoor toys

Environment Suggestions

  • Safe non-slip outdoor area
  • Soft grass if possible
  • Warm weather conditions
  • Clear boundaries around the play space
  • Shade nearby for rest breaks

🔄 Suggested Activity Flow

🌱 Beginning

  • Introduce water slowly
  • Observe sprinkler movement together
  • Begin with gentle water contact

🌿 Middle

  • Encourage movement and exploration
  • Introduce playful games if appropriate
  • Alternate active play with rest breaks

🌸 Ending

  • Gradually reduce water intensity
  • Dry off calmly
  • Transition to a quieter calming activity afterward

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

  • Monitor for:
    • slipping
    • cold sensitivity
    • fatigue
    • sensory overload
    • escalating excitement leading to dysregulation
  • Ensure safe footing and clear outdoor space
  • Avoid overly forceful water pressure
  • Respect sensitivities to:
    • water on the face
    • sudden sprays
    • temperature changes
    • wet clothing
  • Encourage hydration and rest breaks
  • Focus on sensory enjoyment rather than structured performance

🌱 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

  • Watching the sprinkler
  • Touching water briefly with hands or feet
  • Standing near light spray
  • Short duration exposure

🌿 Gentle Input

  • Walking through sprinkler spray
  • Slow playful movement
  • Mild splashing and reaching

🌳 Moderate Input

  • Running and jumping through water
  • Repetitive movement games
  • Increased whole-body engagement

🌲 Strong Input

  • Fast-paced active sprinkler games
  • Sustained running and spinning
  • High movement and sensory intensity
  • Extended full-body tactile and vestibular input
Water Wall
Multi-Sensory

Description

💧 WATER WALL

An interactive, flowing sensory experience using cascading water.

📝 ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

• The Water Wall creates a calming, rhythmic environment by allowing water to cascade over varied surfaces. It provides soothing visual tracking opportunities and gentle auditory stimulation for those who benefit from repetitive, predictable environmental sounds.

• This activity is excellent for promoting exploration and curiosity, as the individual can interact with the water flow directly or simply observe the movement and light reflections.

🌿 SENSORY BENEFITS

• Visual: Tracking falling water droplets and light patterns.

• Auditory: Providing a consistent, rhythmic sound for regulation.

• Tactile: Experiencing temperature variations and the sensation of water flow.

🧰 WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Waterproof vertical surface (e.g., fence, wall, or specialized stand).

• Assorted containers, funnels, and tubing.

• Water collection bin or trough at the base.

• Water pitcher or small cups.

▶️ HOW TO RUN THIS ACTIVITY

• Secure your vertical mounting board or wall surface firmly.

• Attach various funnels, pipes, and channels at different heights to create a cascading effect.

• Place a large catch-basin at the bottom to prevent splashing and floor hazards.

• Slowly pour water at the top and encourage the individual to watch or touch the flow as it travels down.

♿ WHEELCHAIR & SEATED ADAPTATIONS

• Ensure the catch basin is positioned at the exact height of the individual’s lap or tray for easy reach.

• Use a portable, tabletop version of the Water Wall for those who remain in a fixed wheelchair position.

• Position the individual so they have a clear line of sight to the water's path without requiring neck strain.

⚠️ SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

• Monitor for slips on wet floor surfaces; use non-slip mats nearby.

• Ensure the water temperature is lukewarm to avoid thermal shock.

• Check all mounted components periodically to ensure they are securely attached.

💡 ACTIVITY IDEAS

• Add non-toxic food coloring to the water to increase visual engagement.

• Incorporate different textures (e.g., sponges, scrubbers) in the water path.

• Add light-up waterproof toys to float in the collection basin.

• Include sensory items that make sound when the water hits them, like metal bells or hollow tubes.

📊 GRADED INPUT LEVELS

🌱 VERY GENTLE INPUT

• Use only small, slow drips of water.

• Keep the water at a comfortable room temperature.

• Provide a static visual display without complex path changes.

🌿 MODERATE INPUT

• Introduce a steady, gentle flow from a pitcher.

• Add simple obstacles that change the water's direction slightly.

• Use a variety of different sized containers for pouring.

🌳 STRONG INPUT

• Increase the volume and speed of the water flow.

• Use high-contrast colors in the water to heighten visual stimulation.

• Encourage the person to reach through the water flow, providing stronger tactile feedback.

🧠 SUPPORT TIPS

• Always follow the individual’s pace and never rush the observation phase.

• Offer choice by presenting different pouring tools and waiting for an indication of preference.

• Observe their facial expressions; if they look overstimulated, reduce the flow of water immediately.

❤️ WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

• The Water Wall is a wonderful, highly adaptable activity that transforms a simple wall into an engaging sensory centerpiece, perfect for fostering relaxation and engagement in a controlled, peaceful way.

Water Xylophone
Auditory

Description

🫧 Glass Cup Sound Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Auditory (with tactile and fine motor input)

Activity Description
Glass cup sound exploration is a calming and engaging sensory activity involving glass cups filled with different amounts of water to create varying pitches and tones. Participants gently tap or drag a spoon around the rim of each glass, listening to the changes in sound created by different water levels.

The activity encourages curiosity, active listening, concentration, and creative exploration through predictable auditory feedback. Participation can range from simple listening and observing to creating melodies, guessing games, and collaborative musical interaction.

For many individuals, the repetitive and soothing nature of the sounds can feel organising and calming.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

• Auditory discrimination through listening to different pitches and tones
• Predictable and rhythmic auditory input
• Fine motor skill development through controlled spoon movements
• Tactile feedback through handling cups, water, and utensils
• Visual engagement through observing water levels and movement
• Cognitive engagement through guessing, sequencing, and memory tasks
• Attention and concentration practice
• Opportunities for creativity and shared interaction
• Can support relaxation and emotional regulation through soothing sound patterns

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

• Use plastic cups instead of glass if safety is a concern
• Use fewer cups to simplify the activity
• Allow observation-only participation
• Provide hand-over-hand assistance if needed
• Use larger spoons or adapted grips for easier handling
• Reduce background noise for participants sensitive to competing sounds
• Skip blindfold activities if they increase anxiety or discomfort
• Allow participants to explore freely without pressure to “perform” correctly
• Use visual markers showing water levels if helpful

⚠️ Some individuals may find glass sounds too sharp or overstimulating. Monitor carefully for signs of auditory discomfort or overload.

🎯 Purpose

• Encourage auditory exploration and listening skills
• Support sensory regulation through predictable sound patterns
• Develop concentration, attention, and auditory memory
• Promote creativity and playful experimentation
• Support fine motor coordination and controlled movement
• Encourage shared interaction and turn-taking

🧰 Set-Up / Environment & Equipment

Equipment:

• Equal-sized cups or glasses
• Water
• Spoon (preferably rounded and smooth)
• Tray or table surface
• Optional blindfold
• Optional calming background music

Environment:

• Quiet, calm space with minimal distractions
• Stable table surface to reduce spills
• Comfortable seating position
• Soft lighting if calming input is preferred

🔄 Step-by-Step Activity Flow

  1. Set Up the Cups
    Arrange the cups in a line or semi-circle with enough space for easy access.
  2. Fill with Water
    Invite the participant to fill each cup with different amounts of water. Encourage experimentation with varying water levels.
  3. Explore the Sounds
    Demonstrate gently tapping or dragging the spoon around the rim of each cup. Encourage slow, controlled movements and active listening.
  4. Compare the Tones
    Discuss how the sounds change depending on water levels. Encourage noticing high and low pitches.
  5. Introduce Guessing Games (Optional)
    Participants can close their eyes or wear a blindfold while listening to the sounds and guessing which cups contain more or less water.
  6. Reverse Roles
    Allow the participant to create sounds while another person guesses.
  7. Create Musical Sequences
    Arrange the cups to create simple melodies or rhythmic sound patterns.
  8. Finish Calmly
    Slow the pace toward the end of the activity and allow quiet listening or free exploration before packing away.

🔵 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

• Listening to another person create sounds
• Exploring one or two cups only
• Slow tapping without guessing games
• Quiet observation and sound comparison

🌿 Moderate Input

• Filling multiple cups independently
• Creating simple sound sequences
• Participating in guessing games
• Comparing pitch differences

🔥 Higher Input

• Blindfolded auditory discrimination challenges
• Creating longer melodies or rhythms
• Fast-paced turn-taking games
• Combining sound exploration with background music or social interaction

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

• Monitor carefully if using glass cups
• Avoid forcing participation or blindfold use
• Reduce noise and complexity if the participant becomes overwhelmed
• Encourage slow and gentle movements to prevent spills or breakage
• Observation-only participation is completely valid
• Stop immediately if sharp sounds trigger distress or sensory overload
• Ensure the activity remains playful, low-pressure, and enjoyable

Weighted Vest
Proprioceptive

Description

🦺 Weighted Vest Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with calming deep-pressure input)

Activity Description
Weighted vest exploration provides steady proprioceptive input through gentle deep pressure across the body. The vest delivers calming and grounding sensory feedback which may assist some individuals with body awareness, attention, emotional regulation, and overall sensory organisation.

The activity focuses on comfort, calm participation, and gradual sensory exploration rather than endurance or prolonged wear. Weighted vests can be incorporated into movement activities, quiet tasks, sensory breaks, or calming routines depending on the participant’s preferences and responses.

For many individuals, the consistent pressure can feel organising, predictable, and reassuring.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

• Deep proprioceptive input through gentle body compression
• Increased body awareness and postural feedback
• Calming and grounding sensory input
• May support attention and concentration during activities
• Can assist emotional regulation and sensory organisation
• Encourages slower, more controlled movement patterns
• May reduce feelings of restlessness or dysregulation for some individuals
• Supports participation in calming or structured activities

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

• Begin with very light weight and short wear periods
• Ensure the vest fits comfortably without restricting movement
• Use soft materials for individuals sensitive to touch or texture
• Allow observation-only participation before wearing
• Offer choice and control regarding duration of wear
• Combine with preferred calming activities such as reading, music, or walking
• Remove immediately if distress or discomfort occurs
• Some individuals may prefer lap weights or weighted blankets instead

⚠️ Weighted equipment should only be used following appropriate professional guidance. Monitor closely for fatigue, overheating, discomfort, or sensory overload.

🎯 Purpose

• Provide calming proprioceptive input
• Support sensory regulation and grounding
• Improve body awareness and postural feedback
• Assist participation in structured or calming activities
• Encourage emotional regulation and reduced sensory overwhelm
• Support focus and attention during selected tasks

🧰 Set-Up / Environment & Equipment

Equipment:

• Weighted vest appropriate to participant size
• Comfortable clothing underneath
• Optional calming sensory supports (music, quiet space, beanbag, books)

Environment:

• Calm, low-pressure setting
• Comfortable room temperature
• Quiet environment with minimal sensory distractions
• Access to rest breaks and easy removal of vest if needed

⚠️ General guideline: weighted vests are commonly kept within approximately 5–10% of body weight unless otherwise directed by a qualified professional.

🔄 Step-by-Step Activity Flow

  1. Introduce the Vest Slowly
    Allow the participant to touch, hold, or inspect the vest before wearing it.
  2. Trial Short Wear Periods
    Begin with very short durations (approximately 10–15 minutes) during calm activities.
  3. Observe Sensory Responses
    Monitor body language, posture, breathing, mood, and comfort carefully.
  4. Pair with Enjoyable Activities
    Use during calming or regulating activities such as walking, reading, quiet play, sensory breaks, or listening to music.
  5. Encourage Gentle Movement
    Simple walking or slow movement while wearing the vest may enhance proprioceptive input.
  6. Remove and Reflect
    Remove the vest before fatigue or discomfort develops. Discuss or observe how the participant responded.
  7. Gradually Adjust if Appropriate
    If well tolerated, slowly increase duration over time while continuing to monitor closely.

🔵 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

• Holding or exploring the vest without wearing it
• Wearing for a few minutes while seated
• Quiet observation and familiarisation

🌿 Moderate Input

• Wearing during calm seated tasks
• Gentle walking while wearing the vest
• Short sensory regulation sessions

🔥 Higher Input

• Longer structured wear periods (only if well tolerated)
• Wearing during movement-based activities
• Combining with additional proprioceptive activities such as carrying, pushing, or walking

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

• Never force the participant to wear weighted equipment
• Monitor for overheating, fatigue, agitation, or discomfort
• Avoid prolonged wear without monitoring responses
• Ensure full freedom of movement and comfortable breathing
• Stop immediately if distress, anxiety, or overload occurs
• Observation-only participation is completely valid
• Weighted equipment should always be introduced gradually and respectfully
• Individual responses vary significantly — some individuals may find weighted input calming while others may not tolerate it well

What's The Temperature
Interoceptive

Description

🔮 Foil Ball Sensory Exploration

Primary Sensory Area: Tactile and Thermal (with proprioceptive input through hand manipulation)

Activity Description
Foil ball sensory exploration is a simple but engaging tactile activity involving aluminum foil balls prepared at different temperatures. Participants explore the sensations of warm, cool, cold, and ice-cold foil balls using their hands and fingers while identifying and comparing temperature differences.

The smooth metallic texture combined with strong thermal contrast creates highly noticeable sensory input that can support sensory awareness, focus, curiosity, and sensory discrimination. Participation may involve simple touching and observing or more structured guessing, sorting, and matching games.

For many individuals, the clear and predictable temperature changes provide strong sensory feedback that can feel alerting, interesting, and engaging.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

• Thermal awareness through experiencing different temperatures
• Tactile exploration through smooth metallic textures
• Increased body and sensory awareness
• Encourages sensory discrimination and comparison skills
• Fine motor engagement through grasping, rolling, and manipulating foil balls
• Attention and concentration practice
• Cognitive engagement through guessing and sorting activities
• Can support sensory regulation through structured sensory input
• Encourages curiosity and active sensory exploration

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

• Introduce only one or two temperature variations at a time
• Allow observation-only participation
• Use larger foil balls for easier grasping
• Avoid extreme temperatures for individuals sensitive to thermal input
• Offer hand-over-hand support if required
• Use visual supports or labels for matching activities
• Reduce verbal demands and focus simply on exploration if preferred
• Allow participants to stop immediately if uncomfortable

⚠️ Some individuals may find metallic textures or cold sensations distressing. Introduce slowly and monitor carefully for signs of discomfort.

🎯 Purpose

• Improve awareness of temperature differences
• Encourage tactile and thermal sensory exploration
• Develop sensory discrimination skills
• Support focus, attention, and curiosity
• Encourage fine motor hand use and manipulation
• Promote sensory engagement in a playful and low-pressure way

🧰 Set-Up / Environment & Equipment

Equipment:

• Aluminum foil
• Warm water
• Refrigerator or freezer
• Bowls or containers for temperature preparation
• Towels for drying hands
• Optional temperature labels or sorting trays
• Optional blindfold for advanced exploration

Environment:

• Calm and comfortable space
• Table or tray surface for organising materials
• Minimal distractions if concentration is the goal
• Access to warm towels or breaks if needed

⚠️ Always test temperatures carefully before presenting foil balls to participants.

🔄 Step-by-Step Activity Flow

  1. Prepare the Foil Balls
    Roll aluminum foil into several small balls of varying sizes with smooth surfaces.
  2. Create Temperature Variations
    Prepare different temperature conditions:

• Warm
• Slightly hot (comfortable only)
• Cool
• Cold
• Ice cold

  1. Introduce the Activity
    Explain that the participant will explore different temperatures using their hands.
  2. Begin Exploration
    Place one foil ball at a time into the participant’s hand and encourage slow exploration.
  3. Encourage Observation
    Ask simple questions:

• Does it feel warm or cold?
• Which one feels colder?
• Which one feels strongest?

  1. Introduce Matching or Guessing Games (Optional)
    Participants can sort balls by temperature or guess the temperature while blindfolded.
  2. Compare Sensations
    Encourage noticing differences between temperatures and how the body responds.
  3. Finish Calmly
    Allow time for reflection, calming input, or warming hands afterward if needed.

🔵 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

• Exploring room-temperature foil balls only
• Touching briefly with fingertips
• Watching another person demonstrate
• Simple warm versus cool comparison

🌿 Moderate Input

• Exploring multiple temperatures
• Sorting or matching games
• Rolling foil balls between hands
• Identifying temperature differences independently

🔥 Higher Input

• Blindfolded temperature guessing
• Rapid comparison tasks
• Ice-cold temperature exploration
• Combining with movement or timed games

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

• Always check temperatures before use
• Never use temperatures that could cause pain or skin irritation
• Avoid prolonged exposure to very cold temperatures
• Monitor for distress, withdrawal, or sensory overload
• Stop immediately if the participant becomes uncomfortable
• Observation-only participation is completely valid
• Keep the activity playful, calm, and pressure-free
• Dry hands regularly if condensation develops from cold materials

Wheelbarrow/Trolley
Proprioceptive

Description

🛒 Wheelbarrow Pushing

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with vestibular and tactile input)

Activity Description
Wheelbarrow pushing is a heavy-work sensory activity that provides strong proprioceptive input through pushing, lifting, stabilising, and controlling movement. The activity involves transporting objects in a wheelbarrow across different pathways or obstacle courses while maintaining balance, coordination, and controlled force.

The resistance created by the weight of the wheelbarrow provides deep pressure input to the muscles and joints, which can feel grounding, organising, and regulating for many individuals. Participation can range from simple straight-line pushing to more complex obstacle navigation involving turns, ramps, stopping, and reversing.

For many individuals, repetitive pushing activities provide calming and regulating sensory input while also supporting body awareness and motor planning.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

• Strong proprioceptive input through pushing and stabilising
• Deep pressure input to muscles and joints
• Increased body awareness and spatial awareness
• Supports motor planning and coordination
• Vestibular input during movement and directional changes
• Encourages bilateral coordination
• Builds upper body, core, and lower body strength
• Can improve focus, attention, and emotional regulation
• Provides a structured outlet for excess movement energy
• Repetitive heavy work can feel calming and organising

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

• Use lightweight wheelbarrows for beginners
• Reduce the load to match individual strength and endurance
• Use soft or lightweight objects for transporting
• Allow shorter pushing distances with frequent breaks
• Provide hand-over-hand assistance if required
• Use flat surfaces initially before introducing inclines or obstacles
• Observation-only participation is completely valid
• Allow participants to push empty wheelbarrows if preferred

⚠️ Heavy-work activities can cause fatigue quickly. Monitor carefully for signs of exhaustion, frustration, or loss of safe control.

🎯 Purpose

• Provide calming and organising proprioceptive input
• Improve body awareness and motor planning
• Encourage strength, endurance, and coordination
• Support emotional regulation and focus
• Provide structured movement and sensory input
• Encourage participation in meaningful physical activity

🧰 Set-Up / Environment & Equipment

Equipment:

• Lightweight wheelbarrow
• Sandbags, beanbags, balls, or soft weighted objects
• Cones or markers for pathways
• Optional ramps or uneven terrain
• Optional stop/start markers

Environment:

• Safe open area with clear pathways
• Flat ground for beginners
• Outdoor or indoor space with enough room for turning
• Minimal hazards or obstacles unless intentionally included in the course

⚠️ Ensure the wheelbarrow is stable and appropriately sized for the participant before beginning.

🔄 Step-by-Step Activity Flow

  1. Introduce the Wheelbarrow
    Allow the participant to explore the wheelbarrow and practice gripping the handles.
  2. Begin with Simple Pushing
    Start with an empty or lightly loaded wheelbarrow on a straight path.
  3. Encourage Controlled Movement
    Support slow, steady pushing using both arms and stable body positioning.
  4. Add Simple Challenges
    Introduce turns, stop/start points, or carrying lightweight objects.
  5. Introduce Obstacle Course Elements (Optional)

• Zigzag pathways
• Gentle inclines
• Load-and-dump stations
• Reverse pushing
• Pausing and balancing tasks

  1. Monitor Regulation and Fatigue
    Observe posture, breathing, coordination, emotional regulation, and endurance.
  2. Finish with Calm Movement
    Gradually reduce intensity and allow rest or calming activities afterward.

🔵 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

• Pushing an empty wheelbarrow
• Straight-line movement only
• Short pushing distances
• Slow, controlled pacing

🌿 Moderate Input

• Carrying lightweight loads
• Simple obstacle navigation
• Stop/start activities
• Wider turns and direction changes

🔥 Higher Input

• Heavier loads
• Inclines or uneven terrain
• Longer obstacle courses
• Reverse pushing and balance challenges
• Faster-paced pushing activities

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

• Ensure loads remain manageable and safe
• Monitor closely for fatigue or muscle strain
• Encourage proper posture and controlled pacing
• Avoid excessive weight or overly difficult terrain
• Stop immediately if pain, distress, or unsafe movement occurs
• Observation-only participation is completely valid
• Heavy-work activities should remain enjoyable and not become physically overwhelming
• Provide frequent hydration and rest opportunities as needed

Wheelchair Obstacle Course
Vestibular

Description

♿ Wheelchair Obstacle Course

Primary Sensory Area: Vestibular (with proprioceptive and visual input)

Activity Description
Wheelchair obstacle courses provide dynamic vestibular sensory input through movement, directional changes, speed variation, stopping, turning, and changes in body position while safely seated in a wheelchair. The activity is designed for individuals who cannot independently propel their wheelchair and relies on a support person to create controlled movement experiences.

The course may include forward and backward movement, weaving, gentle ramps, spinning, acceleration, sudden stopping, and directional shifts. These changing movement patterns provide rich vestibular input while also encouraging anticipation, engagement, attention, and enjoyment.

For many individuals, rhythmic and predictable wheelchair movement can feel highly organising, calming, exciting, or regulating depending on the pace and style of movement.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

• Vestibular input through movement, acceleration, stopping, and turning
• Increased body awareness through movement in space
• Proprioceptive input during directional changes and wheelchair positioning
• Visual tracking and spatial awareness
• Encourages anticipation and engagement
• Supports sensory regulation and arousal modulation
• Can provide excitement, alerting input, or calming rhythmic movement
• Encourages social interaction and shared enjoyment
• Promotes trust and co-regulation with support staff

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

• Adjust speed and intensity according to participant comfort
• Simplify the course for individuals sensitive to vestibular input
• Allow observation before participation
• Use predictable movement patterns initially
• Provide verbal countdowns before sudden stops or turns
• Use supportive seating, headrests, or positioning supports if required
• Reduce spinning or reversing if distress occurs
• Pause regularly for regulation and comfort checks
• Observation-only participation is completely valid

⚠️ Vestibular activities can become overwhelming quickly for some individuals. Monitor closely for signs of nausea, distress, anxiety, dizziness, shutdown, or sensory overload.

🎯 Purpose

• Provide controlled vestibular sensory input
• Support sensory regulation and body awareness
• Encourage engagement and enjoyment through movement
• Improve tolerance to movement experiences
• Support attention and arousal regulation
• Promote co-regulation and trust with support staff
• Create enjoyable shared sensory experiences

🧰 Set-Up / Environment & Equipment

Equipment:

• Wheelchair with appropriate supports
• Cones, markers, or tape
• Soft barriers or pool noodles
• Gentle ramps or inclines (optional)
• Stopwatch or music (optional)

Environment:

• Large open space free of hazards
• Smooth, safe flooring or pathways
• Minimal environmental dangers or obstacles
• Calm and supportive atmosphere
• Adequate room for turning and reversing

⚠️ Always ensure wheelchair brakes, positioning supports, and safety features are functioning correctly before beginning.

🔄 Step-by-Step Activity Flow

  1. Introduce the Course
    Show the participant the pathway and explain or demonstrate the types of movement involved.
  2. Begin Slowly
    Start with gentle forward movement to establish comfort and predictability.
  3. Introduce Directional Changes
    Add weaving, gradual turns, or zigzag pathways.
  4. Add Speed Variations
    Alternate between slower and slightly faster movement patterns while monitoring responses.
  5. Introduce Stops and Reversals
    Use gentle stopping and backward movement if tolerated.
  6. Include Additional Vestibular Challenges (Optional)

• Gentle ramps or slopes
• Controlled spinning
• Tight weaving sections
• Rhythmic movement to music

  1. Monitor Sensory Responses
    Pause regularly to observe emotional regulation, comfort, posture, breathing, and enjoyment.
  2. Finish with Calming Movement
    End with slower, rhythmic movement patterns to support regulation before stopping.

🔵 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

• Slow straight-line pushing
• Gentle predictable turns
• Rhythmic forward movement only
• Short movement sessions

🌿 Moderate Input

• Zigzag pathways
• Speed changes
• Gentle backward movement
• Wider weaving patterns
• Mild ramp experiences

🔥 Higher Input

• Faster movement changes
• Sharp turns and sudden stops
• Controlled spinning
• Complex obstacle navigation
• Frequent acceleration and reversals

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

• Never force vestibular movement experiences
• Watch closely for signs of overload or nausea
• Communicate before sudden stops, turns, or reversals
• Ensure proper wheelchair positioning and safety supports
• Keep movement controlled and respectful at all times
• Stop immediately if distress occurs
• Some individuals seek intense movement while others tolerate only very gentle vestibular input
• Predictability and trust are critical during vestibular activities
• Observation-only participation is completely valid
• Avoid excessive spinning or rapid movement for prolonged periods

Wheelchair Swing
Vestibular

Description

♿ Wheelchair Swing Experience

Primary Sensory Area: Vestibular (with tactile, visual, auditory, proprioceptive, and olfactory input)

Activity Description
Wheelchair swing experiences provide gentle rhythmic vestibular input through swinging movement while allowing individuals to remain safely positioned in their wheelchair. The swinging motion creates calming or alerting sensory input depending on the speed, rhythm, and intensity of movement.

The activity also provides rich multi-sensory experiences through outdoor sights, sounds, airflow, textures, and environmental changes. For many individuals, the repetitive rhythmic movement can feel soothing, regulating, enjoyable, and emotionally calming.

Participation may involve quiet relaxation, active engagement with the environment, shared interaction with support staff, or simply enjoying the sensation of movement.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

• Vestibular input through rhythmic swinging movement
• Proprioceptive input through body positioning and movement changes
• Visual tracking and spatial awareness through moving scenery
• Tactile input from airflow, sunlight, textures, and temperature changes
• Auditory input from outdoor environmental sounds
• Olfactory stimulation from fresh air, grass, flowers, and outdoor environments
• Supports sensory regulation and emotional calming
• Encourages relaxation, engagement, and enjoyment
• Can improve body awareness and movement tolerance
• Promotes shared social experiences and co-regulation

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

• Use gentle swinging movements initially
• Reduce speed and duration for individuals sensitive to vestibular input
• Use weighted lap pads or familiar sensory items if calming
• Allow observation-only participation before using the swing
• Schedule visits during quieter times if environmental stimulation is overwhelming
• Use noise-cancelling headphones if needed
• Provide sunshades, blankets, or additional positioning supports for comfort
• Allow participants to communicate preferences through gestures, facial expressions, vocalisations, or AAC systems

⚠️ Vestibular activities can become overwhelming quickly for some individuals. Monitor closely for signs of distress, nausea, anxiety, dizziness, shutdown, or overload.

🎯 Purpose

• Provide calming or alerting vestibular sensory input
• Support sensory regulation and emotional wellbeing
• Encourage outdoor sensory exploration
• Promote relaxation and enjoyment through rhythmic movement
• Support tolerance to movement experiences
• Encourage engagement with the environment
• Provide meaningful and pleasurable sensory experiences

🧰 Set-Up / Environment & Equipment

Equipment:

• Wheelchair-accessible swing
• Wheelchair safety straps or securing systems
• Optional weighted lap pad
• Optional sensory items or textured objects
• Optional headphones or calming music
• Blanket, hat, or sunshade if needed

Environment:

• Safe and accessible playground or park
• Quiet times if sensory sensitivity is present
• Comfortable weather conditions
• Access to nearby quiet/rest areas if breaks are needed

⚠️ Some wheelchair swings require council or park bookings in advance.

🔄 Step-by-Step Activity Flow

  1. Prepare for the Visit
    Check swing availability, weather conditions, and required equipment before leaving.
  2. Position the Wheelchair Safely
    Secure the wheelchair correctly using all available safety mechanisms.
  3. Begin with Gentle Movement
    Start with slow rhythmic swinging to establish comfort and predictability.
  4. Observe Sensory Responses
    Monitor facial expressions, body tension, breathing, vocalisations, posture, and engagement.
  5. Encourage Sensory Exploration
    Notice environmental sensations together:

• Breeze on the skin
• Sounds of the park
• Movement of trees or clouds
• Warmth or coolness outdoors

  1. Adjust Movement Style
    Increase or decrease speed based on the participant’s comfort and enjoyment.
  2. Provide Breaks if Needed
    Pause or stop if signs of overload, fatigue, or discomfort appear.
  3. Slow Down Gradually
    Reduce movement slowly before stopping completely.
  4. Transition Calmly Away from the Swing
    Allow time for regulation and rest after the movement experience.

🔵 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

• Slow rhythmic swinging
• Short duration movement
• Quiet environmental setting
• Observation before participation

🌿 Moderate Input

• Longer swinging sessions
• Moderate movement speed
• Gentle changes in rhythm or direction
• Increased sensory engagement with surroundings

🔥 Higher Input

• Faster swinging movement
• Longer vestibular experiences
• More dynamic rhythm changes
• Busy outdoor sensory environments

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

• Always secure wheelchairs according to manufacturer guidelines
• Never force vestibular activities
• Monitor continuously for signs of overload or nausea
• Avoid excessive speed or abrupt stopping
• Ensure all wheelchair brakes and positioning supports are secure before use
• Provide clear communication and reassurance throughout the activity
• Observation-only participation is completely valid
• Some individuals seek intense movement while others require very slow and gentle vestibular input
• End the activity gradually to support nervous system regulation

Whisper Tent
Auditory

Description

🤫 Whisper Tent

A cozy, sound-dampened sanctuary for intimate auditory exploration.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

The Whisper Tent is a secluded, fabric-enclosed space designed to filter out visual and auditory chaos, creating a calm environment where subtle sounds become the focus of interaction. By minimizing external distractions, this space allows individuals to connect with delicate acoustic stimuli in a safe and supportive setting.

SENSORY BENEFITS

HEARING: Enhances auditory discrimination and focus by highlighting quiet, rhythmic, or melodic sounds that are often lost in a busy room. TOUCH: Provides deep pressure and comfort through the soft textures of the tent walls and floor coverings.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Pop-up play tent or fabric draped over a frame • Soft floor mats or beanbag chairs • Battery-operated sensory lights • Selection of wind chimes, rain sticks, or gentle shaker instruments • Bluetooth speaker for soft ambient noise

ACTIVITY IDEAS

Gentle Percussion. Slowly move a rain stick near the user's ear to provide a calming, steady auditory experience. Ambient Soundscapes. Play soft nature sounds like rustling leaves or running water at a low volume to create a tranquil background. Illuminated Echoes. Pair quiet sound toys with dim, color-changing lights to engage the visual system alongside gentle hearing engagement.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Place the individual on their side or back on a supportive wedge to increase comfort while in the tent. • Use vibration-based sound tools that allow the user to feel the resonance of the music against their skin. • Keep auditory inputs very low-intensity to avoid over-stimulating sensitive systems. Always prioritize the person's unique preferences and monitor their body language closely for signs of enjoyment or distress to ensure the interaction remains positive.

TIPS

• Ensure the tent is well-ventilated to maintain a comfortable temperature. • Remove noisy jewelry or clothing to ensure the environment remains quiet during the session. • Keep sessions short and frequent to allow for natural regulation of sensory input.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

You will love how this simple space transforms a complex environment into a focused, peaceful, and highly responsive sanctuary that honors the need for quiet connection.

Whistles
Auditory

Description

🎶 Whistle Play

Primary Sensory Area: Oral Motor and Auditory (with respiratory and proprioceptive input)

Activity Description
Whistle play is a fun and engaging oral motor activity that encourages breath control, sound exploration, rhythm, and auditory processing. Participants explore how inhaling and exhaling through a whistle creates different sounds, volumes, and rhythms.

The activity supports respiratory control, coordination, listening skills, and sensory exploration while also encouraging creativity and playful interaction. Participation can range from simple sound-making to copying rhythms, creating musical patterns, or engaging in interactive whistle games.

For many individuals, whistle play can feel alerting, exciting, regulating, or socially engaging depending on the type of sound and rhythm used.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

• Oral motor strengthening through controlled breathing
• Proprioceptive input through respiratory effort
• Auditory processing and sound discrimination
• Encourages rhythm and timing awareness
• Supports concentration and listening skills
• Fine motor coordination through holding and positioning the whistle
• Cause-and-effect learning through sound creation
• Encourages social interaction and turn-taking
• Can support emotional regulation through controlled breathing

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

• Use softer or lower-volume whistles for sound-sensitive individuals
• Begin with simple blowing exploration only
• Use larger whistles that require less airflow
• Allow observation-only participation
• Practice bubbles or candle blowing beforehand if breath control is difficult
• Reduce environmental noise to improve focus
• Offer rhythm imitation instead of free play if structure is preferred
• Use visual cues or clapping to support rhythm games

⚠️ Some individuals may find whistle sounds overstimulating or distressing. Monitor carefully for signs of auditory overload.

🎯 Purpose

• Develop breath control and oral motor coordination
• Encourage auditory exploration and rhythm awareness
• Support listening and attention skills
• Promote sensory engagement and playful interaction
• Encourage social turn-taking and imitation
• Support emotional regulation through structured breathing activities

🧰 Set-Up / Environment & Equipment

Equipment:

• Whistle (plastic, metal, toy whistle, or softer whistle type)
• Optional multiple whistles with different pitches
• Optional rhythm cards or visual supports
• Optional music or metronome

Environment:

• Calm space with manageable noise levels
• Comfortable seating or standing position
• Reduced distractions if concentration is the goal

⚠️ Softer whistles or kazoos may be preferable for individuals sensitive to loud sounds.

🔄 Step-by-Step Activity Flow

  1. Introduce the Whistle
    Allow the participant to hold, inspect, and explore the whistle before using it.
  2. Demonstrate Blowing
    Model slow and gentle blowing to create sound.
  3. Encourage Exploration
    Invite the participant to experiment with:

• Soft versus strong blowing
• Long versus short sounds
• Different rhythms and patterns

  1. Explore Sound Changes
    Notice how different breathing strengths affect volume and pitch.
  2. Introduce Rhythm Games (Optional)

• Copy simple sound patterns
• Take turns creating rhythms
• Match rhythms to clapping or music

  1. Create Musical Play
    Encourage simple songs, sound sequences, or stop-and-go whistle games.
  2. Finish Calmly
    Gradually reduce the pace and volume before ending the activity.

🔵 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

• Holding and exploring the whistle only
• Soft single sounds
• Short blowing attempts
• Listening to another person whistle

🌿 Moderate Input

• Repeating simple rhythms
• Longer sound sequences
• Turn-taking games
• Exploring different blowing strengths

🔥 Higher Input

• Fast-paced rhythm games
• Loud or prolonged whistle blowing
• Complex musical patterns
• Group whistle activities

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

• Monitor carefully for auditory overload or distress
• Encourage breaks if fatigue or frustration develops
• Avoid excessive volume in enclosed spaces
• Ensure whistles are clean and hygienic
• Observation-only participation is completely valid
• Some individuals may prefer quieter oral motor activities instead
• Keep the activity playful, flexible, and low-pressure

Wonder Window
Visual

Description

🪟 WONDER WINDOW

Transforming the everyday view into a sensory-rich kaleidoscope of light and movement.

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION

Wonder Window invites users to engage with natural and artificial light by transforming a simple window into an interactive canvas. By layering translucent materials, hanging reflective objects, and manipulating light intensity, we create an immersive experience that stimulates visual tracking and curiosity without overwhelming the senses.

SENSORY BENEFITS

VISION: The interplay of colored gels and natural light creates shifting patterns that encourage visual attention and color discrimination. PROPRIOCEPTION: Hanging items at varying heights encourages reaching and movement, helping individuals develop spatial awareness through gentle physical interaction.

WHAT YOU'LL NEED

• Translucent colored cellophane or window film

• Lightweight iridescent ribbons or streamers

• Suction cup hooks

• Small mirrors or reflective craft shapes

• A spray bottle of water

ACTIVITY IDEAS

COLOR BATHS: Apply squares of colored window film directly onto the glass to create a stained-glass effect that changes as the sun moves across the sky.

DANCING REFLECTIONS: Attach small mirrors to suction cups at varying heights so that as the wind or a gentle touch moves them, they cast dancing light spots around the room.

STREAMER CURTAINS: Tape iridescent ribbons to the top of the window frame, allowing them to hang and flutter in the breeze, providing a rhythmic and captivating visual element.

ADAPTING FOR PEOPLE WITH PROFOUND DISABILITY

• Position the individual in their preferred seating or positioning device directly facing the window to maximize visual accessibility.

• Use high-contrast materials if the individual has visual impairments to ensure the light changes are perceptible.

• Incorporate gentle touch by allowing the individual to feel the vibration of the streamers or the temperature of the sun-warmed glass if safe to do so.

Always prioritize the individual's comfort and emotional response, stopping or simplifying the activity if they show signs of sensory fatigue or withdrawal.

TIPS

• Observe the person's reaction to different colors, as some may find bright, primary colors stimulating while others may prefer cooler, soothing tones.

• If natural light is limited, use a strong floor lamp positioned outside the window to create the same effect on cloudy days or in the evening.

WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS ACTIVITY

This activity provides a calming, ever-changing visual environment that respects the pace of the individual, offering a beautiful way to connect with the natural rhythms of the day.

Yoga
Interoceptive

Description

🧘 Easy and Gentle Yoga

Primary Sensory Area: Proprioceptive (with vestibular, tactile, and interoceptive input)

Activity Description
Easy and gentle yoga combines slow movement, stretching, breathing, and mindful body awareness to provide calming and organising sensory input. The activity focuses on simple poses, predictable movement sequences, and controlled breathing rather than physical performance or flexibility goals.

Yoga can support relaxation, body awareness, emotional regulation, balance, and sensory organisation through sustained muscle activation and rhythmic breathing. Participation may range from observing movements to completing simple seated or standing poses with support.

For many individuals, slow and repetitive yoga movements combined with calm breathing can feel grounding, regulating, and emotionally soothing.

🌿 Sensory Benefits

• Proprioceptive input through stretching, holding poses, and muscle activation
• Vestibular input through slow position changes and balance activities
• Increased body awareness and spatial awareness
• Breath regulation and calming nervous system input
• Supports emotional regulation and stress reduction
• Encourages mindfulness and focus
• Improves flexibility, balance, and gentle strength
• Promotes slow, predictable movement patterns
• Can reduce feelings of overwhelm or restlessness

♿ Accessibility & Support Adaptations

• Use seated or chair-based yoga if standing is difficult
• Allow observation-only participation
• Simplify poses and reduce hold times
• Use visual demonstrations and slow pacing
• Provide cushions, mats, bolsters, or supports for comfort
• Focus on breathing and gentle movement rather than pose accuracy
• Offer hand-over-hand guidance only if welcomed
• Allow participants to rest or stop at any time

⚠️ Some individuals may feel uncomfortable with certain body positions, touch, or sustained postures. Respect all refusals and modify activities as needed.

🎯 Purpose

• Provide calming proprioceptive sensory input
• Support body awareness and sensory regulation
• Encourage slow, organised movement patterns
• Promote emotional regulation and relaxation
• Improve flexibility, balance, and gentle strength
• Support mindfulness, breathing, and focus

🧰 Set-Up / Environment & Equipment

Equipment:

• Yoga mat or soft surface
• Cushions or bolsters
• Chair for seated yoga if needed
• Optional calming music or visual supports
• Optional weighted items for grounding

Environment:

• Quiet and calm space
• Comfortable room temperature
• Soft lighting if preferred
• Minimal distractions and clutter

⚠️ Avoid physically demanding poses unless appropriate for the individual’s abilities and health status.

🔄 Step-by-Step Activity Flow

  1. Prepare the Environment
    Create a calm and comfortable space with enough room to move safely.
  2. Begin with Calm Breathing
    Encourage slow breathing and gentle body awareness.
  3. Introduce Simple Poses
    Use easy and predictable movements such as:

• Reaching upward
• Gentle forward bends
• Side stretches
• Seated twists
• Cat-cow movements
• Child’s pose
• Supported balance poses

  1. Move Slowly Between Positions
    Allow time for adjustment and body awareness during transitions.
  2. Encourage Relaxed Participation
    Focus on comfort and enjoyment rather than correct technique.
  3. Include Rest Breaks
    Pause regularly for breathing or quiet stillness.
  4. Finish with Relaxation
    End with calming breathing, lying quietly, or seated relaxation.

🔵 Graded Input Levels (for SensePlanner Filters)

🌱 Very Gentle Input

• Seated breathing exercises
• Small arm stretches
• Observation-only participation
• Brief simple poses

🌿 Moderate Input

• Standing poses with support
• Longer held stretches
• Gentle balance activities
• Slow movement sequences

🔥 Higher Input

• Longer yoga sessions
• Multiple pose transitions
• More physically demanding positions
• Dynamic movement sequences

⚠️ Safety & Support Considerations

• Never force stretching or body positions
• Encourage comfortable movement ranges only
• Monitor for fatigue, dizziness, discomfort, or overload
• Allow frequent breaks and hydration if needed
• Observation-only participation is completely valid
• Avoid overstimulating environments during yoga activities
• Respect sensory sensitivities related to touch, positioning, or proximity
• The focus should remain on calm regulation and enjoyment, not performance or perfection

Yoga Stretches
Proprioceptive

Description

Ideas for Assisting Client with Simple Yoga Stretches: Sensory and Physical Benefits 1. Setup Preparation 🟢 Space Equipment: Ensure the client has a calm, quiet space to stretch. If possible, provide a yoga mat or soft carpet for comfort. Encourage the client to wear comfortable clothing that allows free movement. Sensory Consideration: For sensory-sensitive clients, create a soothing environment with soft lighting or calming music to help them feel more at ease. 2. Warm-Up 🔵 Gentle Movements: Begin with light movements to gently wake up the body, such as shoulder rolls or gentle side-to-side torso twists. Sensory Benefit: These movements prepare the body for stretching by providing proprioceptive input to the muscles and joints, helping the client become more aware of their body. 3. Yoga Stretch 1: Seated Cat-Cow Pose 🟡 ideas: Instruct the client to sit comfortably on the floor with legs crossed or in a chair. Have the client place their hands on their knees and guide them to inhale while gently arching their back and looking up (Cow Pose). Encourage them to exhale as they round their back, tucking the chin (Cat Pose). Ask them to repeat 5 times. Sensory Benefit: This movement helps increase spinal mobility and body awareness, providing gentle proprioceptive input to the back and shoulders. 🔵 Modifications: If sitting on the floor is uncomfortable for the client, suggest sitting on a cushion or in a chair. 4. Yoga Stretch 2: Seated Forward Fold 🟢 ideas: Have the client sit with their legs extended straight in front of them or bend their knees if thats easier. Encourage them to inhale and lengthen the spine, then exhale and gently reach their hands toward their feet or shins. Guide them to hold the stretch for 3-5 breaths, then relax. Sensory Benefit: This stretch improves flexibility in the hamstrings and lower back, providing calming sensory input. 🔵 Modifications: If the client cannot reach their feet, suggest they keep their knees slightly bent or place a pillow under their knees for support. 5. Yoga Stretch 3: Childs Pose 🟡 ideas: Instruct the client to sit on their knees and gently lower their torso toward the floor, extending their arms forward or resting them by their sides. Encourage the client to rest their forehead on the floor and hold the position for 5 breaths. Sensory Benefit: This stretch calms the nervous system and provides deep proprioceptive input, which can be soothing for clients with sensory sensitivities. 🔵 Modifications: Suggest using a cushion under the knees for comfort or keeping the knees apart if the position feels too intense. 6. Yoga Stretch 4: Gentle Neck Stretches 🟢 ideas: Ask the client to sit or stand tall with their shoulders relaxed. Guide them to slowly tilt their head to the right, bringing their ear towards their shoulder, and hold for a few seconds. Instruct them to return to center and tilt to the left, holding again for a few seconds. Repeat 3-5 times. Sensory Benefit: This stretch helps release tension in the neck and shoulders and provides calming sensory feedback. 🔵 Modifications: If the client feels discomfort, suggest that they perform the stretch while sitting or reduce the range of motion. 7. Yoga Stretch 5: Shoulder Rolls 🟡 ideas: Have the client sit or stand with their arms relaxed at their sides. Guide them to slowly roll their shoulders forward in a circular motion 3 times, then reverse and roll them backward 3 times. Sensory Benefit: This motion helps release upper body tension and provides gentle proprioceptive input to the shoulders. 🔵 Modifications: If the client cannot fully circle their shoulders, encourage them to simply lift and drop the shoulders gently. 8. Yoga Stretch 6: Seated Side Stretch 🟢 ideas: Instruct the client to sit tall, either on the floor with their legs crossed or in a chair. Have them reach their right arm overhead, gently leaning to the left side and feeling the stretch along the right side of the body. Encourage the client to hold for 3-5 breaths, then repeat on the other side. Sensory Benefit: This stretch opens up the sides of the body, providing light stretching for the torso and enhancing body awareness. 🔵 Modifications: Suggest placing the hand on the hip or chair if reaching overhead is difficult for the client. 9. Yoga Stretch 7: Standing or Seated Forward Fold 🟡 ideas: Instruct the client to stand or sit with their legs extended straight in front of them. Encourage them to gently reach forward, lowering the chest toward the thighs. Guide them to hold the stretch for a few breaths, then slowly come back up. Sensory Benefit: This stretch offers calming effects and relieves tension in the lower back and hamstrings. 🔵 Modifications: If the client prefers sitting, offer the option to keep the knees slightly bent for comfort. 10. Cool Down Relaxation 🟣 ideas: Guide the client to lie on their back in Savasana (Corpse Pose). Instruct them to close their eyes, relax their arms and legs, and focus on slow, deep breaths for 5 minutes. Sensory Benefit: This position promotes relaxation and allows the body to process the stretches, providing calming feedback for the nervous system. Safety Considerations 🟢 Comfort First: Remind the client to stretch gently, avoiding any discomfort or pain. Yoga should be relaxing, not painful. Encourage slow, steady breathing to help deepen the stretch and maintain relaxation. 🔵 Body Awareness: Check in with the client regularly to ensure they are feeling comfortable and make adjustments as needed. Sensory Benefits Summary: 🔵 Proprioception: Gentle stretches engage the bodys sense of position, helping with balance and muscle awareness. 🟡 Calming Effect: Stretches like Childs Pose and Savasana help to calm the nervous system and reduce stress. 🟣 Body Awareness: Simple movements like shoulder rolls and side stretches improve body awareness, helping with coordination and movement.